Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2016.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   8733   20-8149544

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

650 Townsend Street, Suite 500

San Francisco, California 94103

(415) 632-5700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Kevin M. King

Chief Executive Officer

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

650 Townsend Street, Suite 500

San Francisco, California 94103

(415) 632-5700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Philip H. Oettinger

Calise Y. Cheng

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $86,250,000   $8,685.38

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated September 23, 2016

             Shares

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock

$             per share

 

 

We are offering              shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “IRTC.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please see the section entitled “ Risk Factors ” starting on page 10 to read about risks you should consider carefully before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

   $         $     

 

(1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, to cover over-allotments.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                 , 2016.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan    Morgan Stanley

 

Canaccord Genuity    BTIG

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2016


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

 

The right test, the first time. Zio® ambulatory cardiac monitoring combines innovative analysis and a simplified experience to put doctors and patients on a shorter path to what they both need—answers. Zio® by iRhythm Your path forward.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     6   

Summary Financial Data

     8   

Risk Factors

     10   

Cautionary Notes Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     43   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     44   

Dividend Policy

     44   

Use of Proceeds

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     51   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     52   

Business

     66   
     Page  

Management

     91   

Executive Compensation

     102   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     114   

Principal Stockholders

     117   

Description of Capital Stock

     120   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     125   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     129   

Underwriting

     133   

Legal Matters

     141   

Experts

     141   

Where You Can Find More Information

     141   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of securities.

For investors outside the United States, neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus related to this offering are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                      , 2016, (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions .

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes. As used in this prospectus, references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the company” and “iRhythm Technologies” refer to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. and, where appropriate, its wholly-owned subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage digital healthcare company redefining the way cardiac arrhythmias are clinically diagnosed by combining our wearable biosensing technology with cloud-based data analytics and machine-learning capabilities. Our goal is to be the leading provider of first-line ambulatory electrocardiogram, or ECG, monitoring for patients at risk for arrhythmias. We have created a unique platform, called the ZIO Service, which combines an easy-to-wear and unobtrusive biosensor that can be worn for up to 14 days, called the ZIO Patch, with powerful proprietary algorithms that distill data from millions of heartbeats into clinically actionable information. We believe that the ZIO Service allows physicians to diagnose many arrhythmias more quickly and efficiently than traditional technologies and avoid multiple indeterminate tests. Early detection of heart rhythm disorders such as atrial fibrillation, or AF, and other clinically relevant arrhythmias, allows for appropriate medical intervention and helps avoid more serious downstream medical events, including stroke. Since receiving U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, clearance in 2009, we have provided the ZIO Service to over 500,000 patients and have collected over 125 million hours of curated heartbeat data, creating what we believe to be the world’s largest repository of ambulatory ECG patient data. This data provides us with a competitive advantage by informing our proprietary machine-learned algorithms, which may enable operating efficiencies, gross margin improvement and business scalability. We believe the ZIO Service is well aligned with the goals of the U.S. healthcare system: improving population health, enhancing the patient experience and reducing per-capita cost.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 11 million patients in the United States have a heart rhythm disorder, or arrhythmia. Arrhythmias exist when the electrical impulses that coordinate heartbeats do not occur properly, causing the heart to beat too quickly, too slowly or irregularly. The most common sustained type of arrhythmia is AF. The American Heart Association, or AHA, estimates that as many as six million people in the United States and 33.5 million people worldwide have AF. Atrial fibrillation is the leading risk factor for stroke because AF can cause blood to collect in the heart and potentially form a clot, which can travel to the brain. The AHA estimates individuals with AF are five times more likely to suffer a stroke. However, the National Stroke Association, or NSA, estimates that up to 80% of strokes suffered by people with AF are preventable with early detection and proper treatment. In addition, the NSA estimates that one-third of AF patients are asymptomatic and remain undiagnosed. According to the AHA, stroke costs the United States an estimated $34 billion each year in healthcare costs and lost productivity, and is a leading cause of serious long-term disability.

The ambulatory cardiac monitoring market is well-established with an estimated 4.6 million diagnostic tests performed annually in the United States, which we believe to be an existing $1.4 billion market opportunity for our ZIO Service. While reliable third party data is not available for markets outside the United States, we believe there is a substantial additional market opportunity for our ZIO Service in the rest of the world. Traditional ambulatory cardiac monitoring tools used by physicians for diagnosing patients with suspected arrhythmias, such as Holter and cardiac event monitors, are constrained by one or more of the following: short prescribed monitoring times, non-continuous data collection, cumbersome equipment and low patient compliance.

The ZIO Service addresses these limitations and offers a clear value proposition to patients, providers, and payors by providing an easy-to-use, clinically proven, low-cost solution. Our ZIO Service improves physician

 



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

management and diagnosis of arrhythmias by providing a patient-friendly wearable biosensor, curating and analyzing voluminous ECG data, and ultimately creating a concise report that is used by the physician to make a diagnosis and which can be integrated into a patient’s electronic health record. We believe our ZIO Service has the potential to supplant traditional technology, become the primary first-line monitoring option for patients who are candidates for ambulatory cardiac monitoring and expand the market for new clinical use cases and indications.

We have a body of clinical evidence, including 18 peer-reviewed publications, showing, among other advantages, that the ZIO Service helps to reduce healthcare costs and improves arrhythmia detection, characterization and diagnosis by prescribing physicians. These improvements have the potential to change clinical management of patients. Our clinical evidence is helping to drive physician adoption and payor reimbursement coverage. One study of the ZIO Service published in The American Journal of Cardiology in August 2013 showed that among 16,142 consecutive ZIO Service patients in whom an arrhythmia was detected, over 50% of symptomatic arrhythmias detected by the ZIO Service occur more than 48 hours into the wear period. Although this study did not directly compare the ZIO Service to Holter monitoring performance, it should be noted that 48 hours, is outside of the typical prescribed wear period for Holter monitors. In another prospective comparative study against Holter monitors published in The American Journal of Medicine in January 2014, the ZIO Service detected 96 arrhythmia events compared to 61 arrhythmia events detected by the Holter monitor (P < 0.001), providing a 57% improvement in diagnostic yield, which is the percentage of patients in whom an arrhythmia was detected during the monitoring period. In the same study, the ZIO Service was preferred by 81% of patients when compared to Holter monitors. This clinical study, however, was a single-center study with a relatively small sample size that directly compared the ZIO Service to a Holter monitor, but not to other ambulatory cardiac monitoring products. In summary, the ZIO Service is preferred by patients and allows for significantly longer continuous monitoring, improved clinical accuracy, increased detection of arrhythmias by physicians, and meaningful changes in clinical management.

We are a vertically-integrated company headquartered in San Francisco, California, with additional commercial operations and facilities in Lincolnshire, Illinois and Houston, Texas. We manufacture our devices in Cypress, California. As of June 30, 2016, we had 356 full-time employees. Our revenue was $21.7 million and $36.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $15.9 million and $28.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and we incurred a net loss of $15.8 million, $22.8 million, $9.4 million and $10.6 million for those same periods.

Ambulatory Cardiac Monitoring Overview

Arrhythmia symptoms are generally monitored either in a physician’s office or healthcare facility or remotely with the use of ambulatory cardiac monitoring devices. Typically, physicians will administer a resting ECG in their offices to record and analyze the electrical impulses of patients’ hearts. If physicians determine that patients require monitoring for a longer period of time to generate a diagnosis, they have historically prescribed a first-line ambulatory cardiac monitoring device, such as a Holter monitor. If the diagnosis is not definitive following the first monitoring period, physicians may repeat the Holter monitoring period, or alternatively, prescribe event monitors, mobile cardiac telemetry or implantable loop recorders as second-line tools.

Holter monitors are non-invasive, ambulatory, battery-operated monitoring products that continuously record the ECG data of a patient, during a typical prescribed wear period of 24 to 48 hours. A Holter monitor consists of a recorder, electrodes that are attached to the patient’s chest and wires connecting the electrodes to the recorder. After the prescribed wear period, the data recorded by the device is delivered by hand, mail or internet for processing and analysis by the physician’s office or a third party provider.

Cardiac event monitoring is another type of non-invasive, ambulatory monitoring. Event monitoring differs from Holter monitoring in that the monitor is prescribed and worn for a longer period of time, up to 30 days, and the data recorded during the wear period is symptom driven. Event monitors generally record several minutes of activity at a time and then start over, a process referred to as memory loop recording. Mobile cardiac telemetry,

 



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

also known as MCOT or outpatient telemetry, is another form of event monitor that usually uses wireless technology, such as a cell phone network, to transmit data to a monitoring facility where the ECG data is analyzed.

A separate segment of ambulatory cardiac monitoring consists of implantable diagnostic products such as implantable loop recorders, also known as insertable cardiac monitors. Implantable loop recorders are implanted underneath a patient’s skin during a hospital-based, minimally invasive procedure.

Limitations of these various types of traditional ambulatory cardiac monitors can include the following:

 

    short prescribed monitoring periods leading to low diagnostic yield

 

    non-continuous data collection, resulting in an incomplete picture of a patient’s arrhythmia experience

 

    bulky monitoring equipment with dangling electrode leads causing discomfort and low patient compliance

 

    the need to use costly second-line diagnostic options that would not be necessary if first-line tests produced more diagnoses per monitoring period

 

    the generation of excessive and uncurated data for the physician to analyze

Our Solution

Our patented ZIO Patch is a patient-worn biosensor that captures ECG data continuously for up to 14 days. Patients also have the ability to mark when symptoms occur while wearing the ZIO Patch by pressing a trigger button on the device and separately recording contextual data like activities and circumstances in a symptom diary. This allows physicians to match symptoms and activity with ECG data. Following the wear period, the ZIO Patch is returned and data is uploaded to our secure cloud and run through our proprietary, machine-learned algorithms. A concise report of preliminary findings is prepared by our certified cardiac technicians and made available to physicians electronically.

LOGO

We believe the ZIO Service is a disruptive first-line option for ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our solution is the only patch-based monitor to achieve meaningful scale to date, with over 500,000 monitored patients. The ZIO Service addresses patient compliance issues because the ZIO Patch is not bulky or cumbersome to wear, and may be worn in the shower, while sleeping, or during exercise. The ZIO Service continuously monitors patients up to 14 days and produces easy to read, comprehensive, digital reports which provide the information physicians need to make accurate and timely clinical decisions. Clinical studies have shown that our innovative digital healthcare solution improves physicians’ abilities to more accurately detect arrhythmias, allowing them to change the course of treatment. Our proprietary machine-learned algorithms give us a competitive advantage due to the depth and breadth of curated and annotated ECG data collected to date.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are actively working to make the ZIO Service the preferred first-line monitoring option for patients who require ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our solution helps reduce healthcare costs and improves arrhythmia detection, characterization and diagnosis by providing simple, seamless integration of heart rhythm data from patient to cloud to physician. We believe that we offer a high value, low cost, disruptive solution to a market ready for innovative technology.

We believe we have the first mover advantage in the market, particularly related to the progress we have made in securing government and commercial payor coverage and contracts. As of June 30, 2016, approximately 290 million individuals in the United States had government or private insurance policies that covered reimbursement for the ZIO Service and we had reimbursement contracts and in-network arrangements in place with government and commercial payors covering approximately 200 million individuals in the United States.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to be the leading first-line ambulatory cardiac monitoring option for patients at risk for arrhythmias. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

    further penetrating the existing ambulatory cardiac monitoring market

 

    increasing coverage, reimbursement contracts and in-network arrangements with commercial payors to increase patient access to the ZIO Service

 

    driving conversion of business to direct billing of third party payors

 

    expanding our sales organization to support growth

 

    expanding indications and clinical use cases

 

    advancing our technology offerings and continuing to solidify our footprint in digital healthcare

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

 

    we are an early-stage company with a history of net losses, which we expect to continue, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future

 

    our business is dependent upon physicians adopting our ZIO Service and if we fail to obtain broad adoption, our business would be adversely affected

 

    our revenue relies substantially on the ZIO Service, which is currently our only product offering. If the ZIO Service or future product offerings fail to gain, or lose, market acceptance, our business will suffer

 

    changes in public health insurance coverage and Centers of Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, reimbursement rates for the ZIO Service could affect the adoption of the ZIO Service and our future revenue

 

    if third party commercial payors do not provide any or adequate reimbursement, rescind or modify their reimbursement policies or delay payments for our ZIO Service, or if we are unable to successfully negotiate reimbursement contracts, our commercial success could be compromised

Recent Developments

A brief summary of certain of our consolidated preliminary unaudited financial results for the quarter ended September 30, 2016 is set forth below. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive statement of our consolidated financial results for this period. The following financial data for the quarter ended September 30,

 



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2016 is preliminary and based upon our estimates, and actual results may differ from these estimates following the completion of our financial closing procedures and related adjustments.

In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, our revenue is expected to be between approximately $         million and $         million and approximately $         million and $         million, respectively, as compared to $9.3 million and $25.3 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, our loss from operations is expected to be between approximately $         million and $         million and $         million and $         million, respectively, as compared to $5.5 million and $14.7 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015. Our cash and cash equivalents balance as of September 30, 2016 is expected to be approximately $         million.

You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The preliminary financial data included in this registration statement has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying preliminary financial data. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

Company Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on September 14, 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 650 Townsend Street, Suite 500, San Francisco, CA 94103, and our telephone number is (415) 632-5700. Our website address is www.iRhythmTech.com. The information on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We are also a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We will remain eligible for the exemptions from various reporting requirements available to emerging growth companies, other than with respect to stockholder approval of golden parachute payments, after we are no longer an emerging growth company for as long as we remain a smaller reporting company. We will remain a smaller reporting company until we have a public float, or value attributable to stock held by non-affiliates, of at least $75 million, as measured on the prior June 30th.

“iRhythm,” the iRhythm logo, “ZIO,” the ZIO logo, “myZIO” and the myZIO logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of our company. Our logo and our other tradenames, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are our property. Other tradenames, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ™ or ® symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

 



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Underwriters’ over-allotment option

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to expand our salesforce and operations, increase our research and development activities, conduct or sponsor clinical studies and trials, promote international expansion, and provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Stock Market symbol

IRTC

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 87,050,790 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016, including preferred stock then outstanding on an as-converted basis, and excludes:

 

    16,018,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.85 per share

 

    90,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after June 30, 2016, with an exercise price of $1.82 per share

 

    1,396,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to certain of our executive officers and new employees pursuant to our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, with a grant date on the effective date of this registration statement and with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price

 

    1,852,776 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.46 per share, that will convert into warrants to purchase 1,930,283 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

    1,481,660 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2006 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2016, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    a              -for-              reverse split of our common stock to be effected prior to this offering

 

    the conversion, in accordance with our existing amended and restated certificate of incorporation, of all shares of preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016 into 78,498,907 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering

 



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option

 

    the adoption, filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws prior to the completion of this offering

 



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016, from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary consolidated financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our interim results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016, or any other period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
     (in thousands, except share and per share numbers)  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:         

Revenue

   $ 21,749      $ 36,140      $ 15,942      $ 28,588   

Cost of revenue

     10,591        14,700        6,791        9,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     11,158        21,440        9,151        18,773   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,698        6,349        2,898        3,212   

Selling, general and administrative

     20,225        36,722        15,490        24,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,923        43,071        18,388        27,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (14,765     (21,631     (9,237     (8,568

Interest expense

     (774     (1,059     (255     (1,581

Other expense, net

     (293     (109     141        (413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (15,832   $ (22,799   $ (9,351   $ (10,562
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.82   $ (1.19   $ (1.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     7,731,791        8,095,513        7,890,682        8,378,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.27     $ (0.12
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       84,872,900          86,877,858   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     As of June 30, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,974      $ 8,974      $                

Working capital

     12,543        12,543     

Total assets

     28,727        28,727     

Debt

     31,375        31,375     

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     3,346            

Convertible preferred stock

     97,096            

Accumulated deficit

     (116,828     (116,828  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (111,261     (10,819  

 

(1) Reflects (i) the conversion of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2016 into 78,498,907 shares of our common stock, (ii) the conversion of warrants to purchase 1,852,776 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase up to 1,930,283 shares of common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering and the related reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and (iii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as if such conversions, reclassification and effectiveness had occurred on June 30, 2016.

 

(2) Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) and the sale and issuance of              shares of our common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Please also see “Cautionary Notes Regarding Forward Looking Statements” and “Market Industry and Other Data.”

Risks Related to Our Business

We are an early-stage company with a history of net losses, which we expect to continue, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses since our inception in September 2006. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016, we had a net loss of $15.8 million, $22.8 million and $10.6 million, respectively, and we expect to continue to incur additional losses. As of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $116.8 million. The losses and accumulated deficit were primarily due to the substantial investments we made to develop and improve our technology and products and improve our business and the ZIO Service through research and development efforts and infrastructure improvements. Over the next several years, we expect to continue to devote substantially all of our resources to increase adoption of and reimbursement for our ZIO Service and to develop additional arrhythmic detection and management products and services. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses or at all. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability. Our failure to achieve and sustain profitability in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our business is dependent upon physicians adopting our ZIO Service and if we fail to obtain broad adoption, our business would be adversely affected.

Our success will depend on our ability to educate physicians regarding the benefits of our ZIO Service over existing products and services, such as Holter monitors and event monitors, and to persuade them to prescribe the ZIO Service as a first-line diagnostic product for their patients. We do not know if the ZIO Service will be successful over the long term and market acceptance may be hindered if physicians are not presented with compelling data demonstrating the efficacy of our service compared to alternative technologies. Any studies we, or third parties which we sponsor, may conduct comparing our ZIO Service with alternative technologies will be expensive, time consuming and may not yield positive results. Additionally, adoption will be directly influenced by a number of financial factors, including the ability of providers to obtain sufficient reimbursement from third party commercial payors, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, for the professional services they provide in applying the ZIO Patch and analyzing the ZIO Report. The efficacy, safety, performance and cost-effectiveness of our ZIO Service, on a stand-alone basis and relative to competing services, will determine the availability and level of reimbursement received by us and providers. Some payors do not have pricing contracts with us setting forth the ZIO Service reimbursement rates for us and providers. Physicians may be reluctant to prescribe the ZIO Service to patients covered by such non-contracted insurance policies because of the uncertainty surrounding reimbursement rates and the administrative burden of interfacing with patients to answer their questions and support their efforts to obtain adequate reimbursement for the ZIO Service. If physicians do not adopt and prescribe our ZIO Service, our revenue will not increase and our financial condition will suffer as a result.

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our revenue relies substantially on the ZIO Service, which is currently our only product offering. If the ZIO Service or future product offerings fail to gain, or lose, market acceptance, our business will suffer.

Our current revenue is dependent on prescriptions of the ZIO Service, and we expect that sales of the ZIO Service will account for substantially all of our revenue through at least 2016. We are in various stages of research and development for other diagnostic solutions and new indications for our technology and the ZIO Service; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop and commercialize any new products or services. Any new products may not be accepted by physicians or may merely replace revenue generated by our ZIO Service and not generate additional revenue. If we have difficulty launching new products, our reputation may be harmed and our financial results adversely affected. In order to substantially increase our revenue, we will need to target physicians other than cardiologists, such as emergency room doctors, primary care physicians and other physicians with whom we have had little contact and may require a different type of selling effort. If we are unable to increase prescriptions of the ZIO Service, expand reimbursement for the ZIO Service, or successfully develop and commercialize new products and services, our revenue and our ability to achieve and sustain profitability would be impaired.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and the risk of your investment.

We first commercialized the ZIO Service in the first quarter of 2011 and do not have a long history operating as a commercial company. As a result, our operating results are not predictable. Since 2011, our revenue has been derived, and we expect it to continue to be derived, substantially from sales of the ZIO Service and its predecessor products. Because of its recent commercial introduction, the ZIO Service has limited product and brand recognition. In addition, demand for our services may decline or may not increase as quickly as we expect. Failure of the ZIO Service to significantly penetrate current or new markets would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenue, profitability and cash flow, may vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly and annual results may decrease the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results include, without limitation:

 

    market acceptance of the ZIO Service

 

    our ability to get payors under contract at acceptable reimbursement rates

 

    the availability of reimbursement for the ZIO Service through government programs

 

    our ability to attract new customers and improve our business with existing customers

 

    results of our clinical trials and publication of studies by us, competitors or third parties

 

    the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners

 

    our revenue recognition policy, which generally provides that we recognize revenue only upon the earlier of notification of payment or when payment is received

 

    the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business and operations

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions

 

    the regulatory environment

 

    expenses associated with unforeseen product quality issues

 

    timing of physician prescriptions and demand for our ZIO Service

 

    the hiring, training and retention of key employees, including our ability to expand our sales team

 

    litigation or other claims against us for intellectual property infringement or otherwise

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing as necessary

 

    advances and trends in new technologies and industry standards

Because our quarterly results may fluctuate, period-to-period comparisons may not be the best indication of the underlying results of our business and should only be relied upon as one factor in determining how our business is performing.

Reimbursement by CMS is highly regulated and subject to change; our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in decreased revenue and may subject us to penalties or have an adverse impact on our business.

For each of the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, we received approximately 30% of our revenue from reimbursement for our ZIO Service by CMS. CMS imposes extensive and detailed requirements on manufacturers of medical devices and providers of medical services, including but not limited to, rules that govern how we structure our relationships with physicians, how and when we submit reimbursement claims, how we operate our monitoring facilities and how and where we provide our monitoring solutions. Our failure to comply with applicable CMS rules could result in a discontinuation of our reimbursement under the CMS payment programs, our being required to return funds already paid to us, civil monetary penalties, criminal penalties and/or exclusion from the CMS programs. In addition, regional Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, change from time to time, which may result in changes to our reimbursement rates, increased administrative burden and reimbursement delay.

Changes in public health insurance coverage and CMS reimbursement rates for the ZIO Service could affect the adoption of the ZIO Service and our future revenue.

Government payors may change their coverage and reimbursement policies, as well as payment amounts, in a way that would prevent or limit reimbursement for our ZIO Service, which would significantly harm our business. For example, government and other third party payors require us to identify the service for which we are seeking reimbursement by using a Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, code set maintained by the American Medical Association. We have secured CPT codes specific to our category of diagnostic monitoring through 2022. In addition, third party payors often reimburse based on CMS reimbursement rates. To the extent CMS reduces its reimbursement rates for the ZIO Service, third party payors may reduce the rates at which they reimburse the ZIO Service, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Determinations of which products or services will be reimbursed under Medicare can be developed at the national level through a national coverage determination, or an NCD, by CMS, or at the local level through a local coverage determination, or an LCD, by one or more of the regional Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, which are private contractors that process and pay claims on behalf of CMS for different regions. In the absence of an NCD, as is the case with the ZIO Service, the MAC with jurisdiction over a specific geographic region will have the discretion to make an LCD and determine the fee schedule and reimbursement rate within the region, and regional LCDs may not always be consistent in their determinations. We have in the past been, and in the future may be, required to respond to potential changes in reimbursement rates for our products. Reductions in reimbursement rates, if enacted, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, a

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reduction in coverage by Medicare could cause some commercial third-party payers to implement similar reductions in their coverage or level of reimbursement of the ZIO Service. Given the evolving nature of the healthcare industry and on-going healthcare cost reforms, we are and will continue to be subject to changes in the level of Medicare coverage for our products, and unfavorable coverage determinations at the national or local level could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Also, healthcare reform legislation or regulation may be proposed or enacted in the future that may adversely affect such policies and amounts. Changes in the healthcare industry directed at controlling healthcare costs or perceived over-utilization of ambulatory cardiac monitoring products and services could reduce the volume of ZIO Services prescribed by physicians. If more healthcare cost controls are broadly instituted throughout the healthcare industry, the volume of cardiac monitoring solutions prescribed could decrease, resulting in pricing pressure and declining demand for our ZIO Service. We cannot predict whether and to what extent existing coverage and reimbursement will continue to be available. If physicians, hospitals and clinics are unable to obtain adequate coverage and government reimbursement of the ZIO Service, they are significantly less likely to use the ZIO Service and our business and operating results would be harmed.

If third party commercial payors do not provide any or adequate reimbursement, rescind or modify their reimbursement policies or delay payments for our ZIO Service, or if we are unable to successfully negotiate reimbursement contracts, our commercial success could be compromised.

We currently receive a substantial portion of our revenue from third party private commercial payors, such as medical insurance companies. These commercial payors may reimburse the ZIO Service at inadequate rates, suspend or discontinue reimbursement at any time or require or increase co-payments from patients. Any such actions could have a negative effect on our revenue and the revenue of providers prescribing the ZIO Service. Physicians may not prescribe our ZIO Service unless payors reimburse a substantial portion of the submitted costs, including the physician’s, hospital’s or clinic’s charges related to the application of the ZIO Patch and the interpretation of results which may inform a diagnosis. There is significant uncertainty concerning third party reimbursement of any new product or service until a contracted rate is established. Reimbursement by a commercial payor may depend on a number of factors, including a payor’s determination that the prescribed service is:

 

    not experimental or investigational

 

    appropriate for the specific patient

 

    cost effective

 

    supported by peer-reviewed publications

 

    advocated by key opinion leaders

Since each payor makes its own decision as to whether to establish a policy concerning reimbursement or enter into a contract with us to set the price of reimbursement, seeking reimbursement on a payor-by-payor basis is a time consuming and costly process to which we dedicate substantial resources. If we do not dedicate sufficient resources to establishing contracts with third party commercial payors, the amount that we are reimbursed for our ZIO Service may decline, our revenue may become less predictable, and we will need to expend more efforts on a claim-by-claim basis to obtain reimbursement for our ZIO Service.

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from third party commercial payors who have pricing contracts with us, which means that the payor has agreed to a defined reimbursement rate for our ZIO Service. These contracts provide a high degree of certainty to us, physicians and hospitals and clinics with respect to the rate at which our ZIO Service will be reimbursed. These contracts also impose a number of obligations regarding billing and other matters, and our noncompliance with a material term of such contracts may result in termination of the contract and loss of any associated revenue. A portion of our revenue is derived from third party commercial payors without such contracts in place. Without a contracted rate, reimbursement claims for our ZIO Service are often denied upon submission, and we or our billing partner, XIFIN, Inc., or XIFIN, must appeal the

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

denial. The appeals process is time consuming and expensive, and may not result in full or any payment. In cases where there is no contracted rate for reimbursement, it may be more difficult for us to acquire new accounts with physicians, hospitals and clinics. In addition, in the absence of a contracted rate, there is typically a greater out-of-network, co-insurance or co-payment requirement which may result in payment delays or decreased likelihood of full collection. In some cases involving non-contracted insurance companies, we may not be able to collect any amount or only a portion of the invoiced amount for our ZIO Service.

We expect to continue to dedicate significant resources to establishing pricing contracts with non-contracted insurance companies; however, we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such pricing contracts or that such pricing contracts will contain reimbursement for the ZIO Service at rates that are favorable to us. If we fail to establish these contracts we will be able to recognize revenue only upon the earlier of notification of payment or when payment is received. In addition, XIFIN may need to expend significant resources obtaining reimbursement on a claim-by-claim basis and in adjudicating claims which are denied altogether or not reimbursed at acceptable rates. We currently pay XIFIN a percentage of the amounts it collects on our behalf and this percentage may increase in the future if it needs to expend more resources in adjudicating such claims. We sometimes informally engage physicians, hospitals and clinics to help establish contracts with third party payors who insure their patients. We cannot provide any assurance that such physicians, hospitals and clinics will continue to help us establish contracts in the future. If we fail to establish contracts with more third party payors it may adversely affect our ability to increase our revenue. In addition, a failure to enter into contracts could affect a physician’s willingness to prescribe our ZIO Service because of the administrative work involved in interacting with patients to answer their questions and help them obtain reimbursement for the ZIO Service. If physicians are unwilling to prescribe our ZIO Service due to the lack of certainty and administrative work involved with patients covered by non-contracted insurance companies, or patients covered by non-contracted insurance companies are unwilling to risk that their insurance may charge additional out-of-pocket fees, our revenue could decline or fail to increase.

If we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our future revenue and operating results may be harmed.

Any growth that we experience in the future could provide challenges to our organization, requiring us to expand our sales personnel and manufacturing operations and general and administrative infrastructure. In addition to the need to scale our clinical operations capacity, future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional employees. Rapid expansion in personnel could mean that less experienced people manufacture our ZIO Patch, market and sell our ZIO Service and analyze the data to produce ZIO Reports, which could result in inefficiencies and unanticipated costs, reduced quality in our ZIO Reports and disruptions to our operations. As we seek to gain greater efficiency, we may expand the automated portion of our ZIO Service and require productivity improvements from our certified cardiac technicians. Such improvements could compromise the quality of our ZIO Reports. In addition, rapid and significant growth may strain our administrative and operational infrastructure. Our ability to manage our business and growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. We recently installed a new Enterprise Resource Planning, or ERP, platform, which is critical to our ability to track our claims processing and the delivery of our ZIO Reports to physicians, as well as to support our financial reporting systems. The time and resources required to optimize these systems are uncertain, and failure to complete optimization in a timely and efficient manner could adversely affect our operations. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our business could be harmed.

If we are unable to support demand for the ZIO Service or any of our future products or services, our business could suffer.

As demand for the ZIO Service or any of our future products or services increases, we will need to continue to scale our manufacturing capacity and algorithm processing technology, expand customer service, billing and systems processes and enhance our internal quality assurance program. We will also need additional certified

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cardiac technicians and other personnel to process higher volumes of data. We cannot assure you that any increases in scale, related improvements and quality assurance will be successfully implemented or that appropriate personnel will be available to facilitate growth of our business. Failure to implement necessary procedures, transition to new processes or hire the necessary personnel could result in higher costs of processing data or inability to meet increased demand. There can be no assurance that we will be able to perform our data analysis on a timely basis at a level consistent with demand, quality standards and physician expectations. If we encounter difficulty meeting market demand, quality standards or physician expectations, our reputation could be harmed and our future prospects and business could suffer.

We have limited experience manufacturing the ZIO Patch in commercial quantities and providing services on a broad scale, which could harm our business.

Because we have only limited experience in manufacturing the ZIO Patch in commercial quantities and providing services on a broad scale, we may encounter production or service delays or shortfalls. Such production or service delays or shortfalls may be caused by many factors, including the following:

 

    we intend to expand our manufacturing capacity, and our production processes may have to change to accommodate this growth

 

    key components of the ZIO Patch are provided by a single supplier or limited number of suppliers, and we do not maintain large inventory levels of these components; if we experience a shortage or quality issues in any of these components, we would need to identify and qualify new supply sources, which could increase our expenses and result in manufacturing delays

 

    we may experience a delay in completing validation and verification testing for new controlled environment rooms at our manufacturing facilities

 

    we are subject to state and federal regulations, including the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or the QSR, for both the manufacture of the ZIO Patch and the provision of the ZIO Service, noncompliance with which could cause an interruption in our manufacturing and services

 

    to increase our manufacturing output significantly and scale our services, we will have to attract and retain qualified employees for our operations

If we are unable to keep up with demand for the ZIO Service, our revenue could be impaired, market acceptance for the ZIO Service could be harmed and physicians may instead prescribe our competitors’ products and services. Our inability to successfully manufacture the ZIO Patch in sufficient quantities, or provide the ZIO Service in a timely manner, would materially harm our business.

Our manufacturing facilities and processes and those of our third party suppliers are subject to unannounced FDA and state regulatory inspections for compliance with the QSR. Developing and maintaining a compliant quality system is time consuming and expensive. Failure to maintain compliance with, or not fully complying with the requirements of the FDA and state regulators could result in enforcement actions against us or our third party suppliers, which could include the issuance of warning letters, seizures, prohibitions on product sales, recalls and civil and criminal penalties, any one of which could significantly impact our manufacturing supply and provision of services and impair our financial results.

We depend on third party vendors to manufacture some of our components, which could make us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could harm our business.

We rely on third party vendors for components used in our ZIO Patch. Our reliance on third party vendors subjects us to a number of risks, including:

 

    inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms

 

    interruption of supply resulting from modifications to, or discontinuation of, a supplier’s operations

 

    production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding regulatory qualifications

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    inability of the manufacturer or supplier to comply with the QSR and state regulatory authorities

 

    delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues, or a supplier’s failure to consistently produce quality components

 

    price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements with our suppliers for key components

 

    inability to control the quality of products manufactured by third parties

 

    delays in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers

Any significant delay or interruption in the supply of components or sub-assemblies, or our inability to obtain substitute components, sub-assemblies or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and in a timely manner could impair our ability to meet the demand for our ZIO Service and harm our business.

We rely on single suppliers for some of the materials used in our products, and if any of those suppliers are unable or unwilling to produce these materials or supply them in the quantities that we need at the quality we require, we may not be able to find replacements or transition to alternative suppliers before our business is materially impacted.

We rely on single suppliers for the supply of our reusable printed circuit board assemblies, disposable housings, instruments and other materials that we use to manufacture our ZIO Patch and the adhesive that binds the ZIO Patch to a patient’s body. These components and materials are critical and there are relatively few alternative sources of supply. We have not qualified additional suppliers for some of these components and materials and we do not carry a significant inventory of these items. While we believe that alternative sources of supply may be available, we cannot be certain whether they will be available if and when we need them and that any alternative suppliers would be able to provide the quantity and quality of components and materials that we would need to manufacture our ZIO Patch if our existing suppliers were unable to satisfy our supply requirements. To utilize other supply sources, we would need to identify and qualify new suppliers to our quality standards, which could result in manufacturing delays and increase our expenses. Any supply interruption could limit our ability to manufacture our products and could therefore harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. If our current suppliers and any alternative suppliers do not provide us with the materials we need to manufacture our products or perform our services, if the materials do not meet our quality specifications, or if we cannot obtain acceptable substitute materials, an interruption in our ZIO Service could occur. Any such interruption may significantly affect our future revenue and harm our relations and reputation with physicians, hospitals, clinics and patients.

If our manufacturing facility becomes damaged or inoperable, or if we are required to vacate a facility, we may be unable to manufacture the ZIO Patch or we may experience delays in production or an increase in costs which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently manufacture and assemble the ZIO Patch in only one location. Our products are comprised of components sourced from a variety of contract manufacturers, with final assembly completed at our facility in Cypress, California. Our facility and equipment, or those of our suppliers, could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including fire, earthquake, terrorism, flooding and power outages. Any of these may render it difficult or impossible for us to manufacture products for some period of time. If our Cypress facility is inoperable for even a short period of time, the inability to manufacture the ZIO Patch, and the interruption in research and development of any future products, may result in harm to our reputation, increased costs, the loss of orders and lower revenue. Furthermore, it could be costly and time consuming to repair or replace our facilities and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work and manufacture our products.

If we fail to increase our sales and marketing capabilities and develop broad brand awareness in a cost effective manner, our growth will be impeded and our business may suffer.

We plan to continue to expand and optimize our sales and marketing infrastructure in order to increase our prescribing physician base and our business. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the application of the ZIO Service, on applicable federal and state laws and regulations and on our internal policies and procedures requires significant time, expense and attention. It often takes several months or more before a sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be harmed if our efforts to expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our marketing efforts. We plan to dedicate significant resources to our marketing programs. Our business may be harmed if our marketing efforts and expenditures do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue.

In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining broad awareness of our brand in a cost effective manner is critical to achieving broad acceptance of the ZIO Service and penetrating new accounts. Brand promotion activities may not generate patient or physician awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the costs and expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, we may fail to attract or retain the physician acceptance necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand building efforts, or to achieve the level of brand awareness that is critical for broad adoption of the ZIO Service.

Billing for our ZIO Service is complex, and we must dedicate substantial time and resources to the billing process.

Billing for independent diagnostic testing facility, or IDTF, services is complex, time consuming and expensive. Depending on the billing arrangement and applicable law, we bill several types of payors, including CMS, third party commercial payors, institutions and patients, which may have different billing requirements procedures or expectations. We also must bill patient co-payments, co-insurance and deductibles. We face risk in our collection efforts, including potential write-offs of doubtful accounts and long collection cycles, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Several factors make the billing and collection process uncertain, including:

 

    differences between the submitted price for our ZIO Service and the reimbursement rates of payors

 

    compliance with complex federal and state regulations related to billing CMS

 

    differences in coverage among payors and the effect of patient co-payments, co-insurance and deductibles

 

    differences in information and billing requirements among payors

 

    incorrect or missing patient history, indications or billing information

Additionally, our billing activities require us to implement compliance procedures and oversight, train and monitor our employees and undertake internal review procedures to evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations and internal policies. Payors also conduct audits to evaluate claims, which may add further cost and uncertainty to the billing process. These billing complexities, and the related uncertainty in obtaining payment for our ZIO Service, could negatively affect our revenue and cash flow, our ability to achieve profitability, and the consistency and comparability of our results of operations.

The operation of our call centers and monitoring facilities is subject to rules and regulations governing IDTFs; failure to comply with these rules could prevent us from receiving reimbursement from CMS and some commercial payors.

In order to get reimbursed by CMS, we must establish an IDTF. IDTFs are defined by CMS as entities independent of a hospital or physician’s office in which diagnostic tests are performed by licensed or certified nonphysician personnel under appropriate physician supervision. Our IDTFs are staffed by certified cardiac

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

technicians, who are overseen by a medical director who reviews the accuracy of the data we curate and from which we prepare reports. The existence of an IDTF allows us to bill a government payor for the ZIO Service through one or more MACs, such as Novitas Solutions, Noridian Healthcare Solutions and Palmetto GBA. MACs are companies that operate on behalf of the federal government to process claims for reimbursement and allow us to obtain reimbursement for our ZIO Service at CMS defined rates. Certification as an IDTF requires that we follow strict regulations governing how the center operates, such as requirements regarding the experience and certifications of the certified cardiac technicians. In addition, many commercial payors require our IDTFs to maintain accreditation and certification with the Joint Commission of American Hospitals. To do so we must demonstrate a specified quality standard and are subject to routine inspection and audits. These rules and regulations vary from location to location and are subject to change. If they change, we may have to change the operating procedures at our IDTFs, which could increase our costs significantly. If we fail to obtain and maintain IDTF certification, our ZIO Service may no longer be reimbursed by CMS and some commercial payors, which would have a material adverse impact on our business.

Because we recognize approximately fifteen percent of our revenue on a non-accrual basis, our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict.

If we do not have a contracted rate with a payor, we recognize revenue only upon the earlier of notification of payment or when payment is received. We have limited visibility as to when we will receive payment for our ZIO Service with non-contracted payors and we or XIFIN must appeal any negative payment decisions, which often delay collections further. Additionally, a portion of the revenue from non-contracted payors is received from patient co-pays, which we may not receive for several months following delivery of service or at all. There is no stable payment history for direct-billed non-contracted payors, and we recognize revenue from such accounts only when we are notified of payment or it is received. Fluctuations in revenue may make it difficult for us, research analysts and investors to accurately forecast our revenue and operating results or to assess our actual performance. If our revenue or operating results fall below expectations, the price of our common stock would likely decline.

We rely on a third party billing company, XIFIN, to transmit and pursue claims with payors. A delay in transmitting or pursuing claims could have an adverse effect on our revenue.

While we manage the overall processing of claims, we rely on XIFIN to transmit the majority of our claims to payors, and pursue most claim denials. If claims for our ZIO Service are not submitted to payors on a timely basis, not properly adjudicated upon a denial, or if we are required to switch to a different claims processor, we may experience delays in our ability to process receipt of payments from payors, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue and our business.

The market for ambulatory cardiac monitoring solutions is highly competitive. If our competitors are able to develop or market monitoring products and services that are more effective, or gain greater acceptance in the marketplace, than any products and services we develop, our commercial opportunities will be reduced or eliminated.

The market for ambulatory cardiac monitoring products and services is evolving rapidly and becoming increasingly competitive. Our ZIO Service competes with a variety of products and services that provide alternatives for ambulatory cardiac monitoring, including Holter monitors and mobile cardiac telemetry monitors. Our industry is highly fragmented and characterized by a small number of large manufacturers and a large number of smaller regional service providers. These third parties compete with us in marketing to payors and prescribing physicians, recruiting and retaining qualified personnel, acquiring technology and developing products and services that compete with the ZIO Service. Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to distinguish our company and the ZIO Service from our competitors and their products, and includes such factors as:

 

    safety and efficacy

 

    acute and long term outcomes

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    ease of use

 

    price

 

    physician, hospital and clinic acceptance

 

    third party reimbursement

Large competitors in the ambulatory cardiac market include companies that sell standard Holter monitor equipment such as GE Healthcare, Philips Healthcare, Mortara Instrument, Inc., Spacelabs Healthcare, Inc. and Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc., which was acquired by Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Additional competitors who offer Holter and event monitors, and also function as service providers, include BioTelemetry, Inc., LifeWatch AG and Medtronic plc. These companies have also developed other patch-based mobile cardiac monitors that have recently received FDA and foreign regulatory clearances. For example, LifeWatch AG received FDA clearance and CE mark for its mobile cardiac telemetry monitoring patch in January 2016 and December 2015, respectively. In addition, in July 2016, BioTelemetry, Inc. announced FDA clearance for its patch-based mobile cardiac telemetry monitor. There are also several small start-up companies trying to compete in the patch-based cardiac monitoring space. We have seen a trend in the market for large medical device companies to acquire, invest in or form alliances with these smaller companies in order to diversify their product offerings and participate in the digital health space. Two examples of this are Medtronic plc’s 2014 acquisition of Corventis, Inc. and Boston Scientific Corporation’s 2015 equity investment and sales cooperation agreement with Preventice Solutions, Inc., which was formerly named eCardio Diagnostics, LLC. Future competition could come from makers of wearable fitness products or large information technology companies focused on improving healthcare. These competitors and potential competitors may introduce new products that compete with our ZIO Service. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do and have well-established reputations, broader product offerings, and worldwide distribution channels that are significantly larger and more effective than ours. If our competitors and potential competitors are better able to develop new ambulatory cardiac monitoring solutions than us, or develop more effective or less expensive cardiac monitoring solutions, they may render our current ZIO Service obsolete or non-competitive. Competitors may also be able to deploy larger or more effective sales and marketing resources than we currently have. Competition with these companies could result in price cutting, reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to compete depends on our ability to innovate successfully.

The market for medical devices, including the ambulatory cardiac monitoring segment, is competitive, dynamic, and marked by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovation. There are few barriers that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. Demand for the ZIO Service and future related products or services could be diminished by equivalent or superior products and technologies offered by competitors. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our products and services could become obsolete and our revenue would decline as our customers purchase our competitors’ products and services.

In order to remain competitive, we must continue to develop new product offerings and enhancements to the ZIO Service. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in monetizing our electrocardiogram, or ECG, database, expanding the indications for our ZIO Service, developing new products or commercializing them in ways that achieve market acceptance. In addition, if we develop new products, sales of those products may reduce revenue generated from our existing products. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop new products, applications or features or improve our algorithms due to constraints, such as insufficient cash resources, high employee turnover, inability to hire personnel with sufficient technical skills or a lack of other research and development resources, we may not be able to maintain our competitive position compared to other companies. Furthermore, many of our competitors devote a considerably greater amount of funds to their research and development programs than we do, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to research and development programs. Our failure or inability to devote adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could harm our business.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The continuing clinical acceptance of the ZIO Service depends upon maintaining strong working relationships with physicians.

The development, marketing, and sale of the ZIO Service depends upon our ability to maintain strong working relationships with physicians and other key opinion leaders. We rely on these professionals’ knowledge and experience for the development, marketing and sale of our products. Among other things, physicians assist us in clinical trials and product development matters and provide public presentations at trade conferences regarding the ZIO Service. If we cannot maintain our strong working relationships with these professionals and continue to receive their advice and input, the development and marketing of the ZIO Service could suffer, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The medical device industry’s relationship with physicians is under increasing scrutiny by the Health and Human Services Office of the Inspector General, or OIG, the Department of Justice, or DOJ, state attorneys general, and other foreign and domestic government agencies. Our failure to comply with laws, rules and regulations governing our relationships with physicians, or an investigation into our compliance by the OIG, DOJ, state attorneys general or other government agencies, could significantly harm our business.

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs and our failure to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms and in a timely manner could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs and commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2016 and our debt facilities with Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, or Pharmakon, and Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months following this offering. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our ZIO Service, net proceeds from the issuance of our preferred stock and debt financings. We cannot guarantee that the proceeds from this offering together with the foregoing sources of liquidity and cash flows from future operations alone will be sufficient to allow us to fund our business beyond the next 12 months. We expect capital expenditures and operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we expand our infrastructure, commercial operations and research and development activities. However, our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    actions taken by the FDA, CMS and other regulatory authorities affecting the ZIO Service and competitive products

 

    the rate at which the ZIO Service is adopted and prescribed by physicians

 

    the reimbursement rates associated with our products and services through MACs or third party commercial payors

 

    research and development costs of our next generation products and services

 

    the costs of hiring additional personnel and investing in infrastructure

 

    the degree of success we experience in commercializing the ZIO Service and future products

 

    the costs associated with expanding our manufacturing capabilities

 

    our ability to secure contracts and coverage with additional commercial and government payors providing for reimbursement of our services

 

    the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights or defending against claims of infringement by others

 

    the costs of investing in additional lines of business outside of ambulatory cardiac monitoring solutions

We may seek to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations or licensing arrangements. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise funds by

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

issuing equity or equity-linked securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations.

The incurrence of additional indebtedness or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the event that we enter into collaborations or licensing arrangements to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms. These agreements may require that we relinquish, or license to a third party on unfavorable terms, our rights to technologies or product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves, or reserve certain opportunities for future potential arrangements when we might otherwise be able to achieve more favorable terms. In addition, we may be forced to work with a partner on one or more of our products or market development programs, which could lower the economic value of those programs to us.

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, we may terminate or delay the development of one or more of our products, delay clinical trials necessary to market our products, or delay establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities necessary to commercialize our products. If this were to occur, our ability to grow and support our business and to respond to market challenges could be significantly limited.

We have a significant amount of debt, which may affect our ability to operate our business and secure additional financing in the future.

As of June 30, 2016, we had $32.4 million in principal and interest outstanding under our credit facilities consisting of our loan agreements with Pharmakon and SVB and a promissory note issued to California HealthCare Foundation. We must make significant annual debt payments under the loan agreements and the promissory note, which will divert resources from other activities. Our debt with Pharmakon and SVB is collateralized by substantially all of our assets and contains customary financial and operating covenants limiting our ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The covenants in these loan agreements, the promissory note and the note purchase agreement pursuant to which the promissory note was issued, as well as in any future financing agreements into which we may enter, may restrict our ability to finance our operations and engage in, expand or otherwise pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control and future breaches of any of these covenants could result in a default under the loan agreements, the promissory note and the note purchase agreement. If not waived, future defaults could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under the loan agreements and the promissory note to become immediately due and payable and terminate commitments to extend further credit. If we do not have or are unable to generate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either upon maturity or in the event of a default, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all, which may negatively impact our ability to operate and continue our business as a going concern.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

Our success depends largely on the continued services of key members of our executive management team and others in key management positions. For example, the services of Kevin M. King, our Chief Executive Officer, and Matthew C. Garrett, our Chief Financial Officer, are essential to formulating and executing on corporate strategy and to ensuring the continued operations and integrity of financial reporting within our company. In addition, the services provided by David A. Vort, our Executive Vice President of Sales, are critical

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to the growth that we have experienced in the sales of our ZIO Service. Our employees may terminate their employment with us at any time. If we lose one or more key employees, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategy. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies on these or any of our employees.

In addition, our research and development programs and clinical operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled engineers and certified cardiac technicians. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified engineers and certified cardiac technicians in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than us. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources and, potentially, damages. In addition, job candidates and existing employees, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, either because we are a public company or otherwise, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

International expansion of our business exposes us to market, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Our business strategy includes international expansion, primarily through distributorships and co-licensing agreements and may include establishing and maintaining physician outreach and education capabilities outside of the United States and expanding our relationships with international payors. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

    multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as tax laws, privacy laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses

 

    obtaining regulatory approvals where required for the sale of our products and services in various countries

 

    requirements to maintain data and the processing of that data on servers located within such countries

 

    complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors or patient self-pay systems

 

    logistics and regulations associated with shipping and returning ZIO Patches following use

 

    limits on our ability to penetrate international markets if we are required to process the ZIO Service locally

 

    financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the effect of local and regional financial pressures on demand and payment for our products and services and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

    natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other market restrictions

 

    regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over activities subject to regulation under the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and comparable laws and regulations in other countries.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our revenue and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our relationships with business partners in new international markets may subject us to an increased risk of litigation.

As we expand our business internationally, if we cannot successfully manage the unique challenges presented by international markets and our relationships with new business partners within those markets, our expansion activities may be adversely affected and we may become subject to an increased risk of litigation.

We may become involved in disputes relating to our products, contracts and business relationships. Such disputes include litigation against persons whom we believe have infringed on our intellectual property, infringement litigation filed against us, litigation against a competitor or litigation filed against us by distributors or service providers resulting from a breach of contract or other claim. Any of these disputes may result in substantial costs to us, judgments, settlements and diversion of our management’s attention, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. There is also a risk of adverse judgments, as the outcome of litigation in foreign jurisdictions can be inherently uncertain.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws and the ongoing investigation, and outcome of the investigation, by government agencies of possible violations by us of the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from corruptly providing any benefits to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We are in the process of designing and implementing policies and procedures intended to help ensure compliance with these laws. In the future, we may operate in parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from improper acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

For example, in the process of terminating our U.K. distributor in April 2016, the distributor alleged that we had violated certain provisions of the FCPA. We then conducted an internal investigation with our outside legal counsel. In August 2016, we voluntarily reported this matter to the DOJ. We plan to cooperate with any investigation the DOJ elects to undertake. We may incur substantial costs due to our compliance with information requests and cooperation with the DOJ’s investigation. In addition, the DOJ or other governmental agencies could impose a broad range of civil and criminal sanctions under the FCPA and other laws and regulations including, but not limited to, injunctive relief, disgorgement, fines, penalties, modifications to business practices including the termination or modification of existing business relationships, the imposition of compliance programs and the retention of a monitor to oversee compliance with the FCPA. We are unable to estimate the outcome of this matter; however, the imposition of any of these sanctions or remedial measures could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our proprietary data analytics engine may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

The ECG data that is gathered through the ZIO Patch is curated by algorithms that are part of our ZIO Service and a ZIO Report is delivered to the prescribing physician for diagnosis. The continuous development, maintenance and operation of our machine-learned backend data analytics engine is expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties including material performance problems, undetected defects or errors. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary algorithms from operating properly. If our data analytics platform does not function reliably or fails to meet physician or payor expectations in terms of performance, physicians may stop prescribing the ZIO Service and payors could attempt to cancel their contracts with us.

Any unforeseen difficulties we encounter in our existing or new software, cloud-based applications and analytics services, and any failure by us to identify and address them could result in loss of revenue or market

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

share, diversion of development resources, injury to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or patients, or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our third party billing and collections provider, XIFIN, collect and store sensitive data, including legally-protected personally identifiable health information about patients in the United States and the United Kingdom. We also process and store, and use additional third parties to process and store, sensitive intellectual property and other proprietary business information, including that of our customers, payors and collaborative partners. Our patient information is encrypted but not de-identified. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems, managed data center systems and cloud-based computing center systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business critical information, including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information.

We are highly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the internet and services hosted by Amazon Web Services, to securely process, transmit and store this critical information. Security breaches of this infrastructure, including physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar breaches, can create system disruptions, shutdowns, or unauthorized disclosure or modifications of confidential information involving patient health information to become publicly available. The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information are vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure, and that of XIFIN, may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breaches due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. While we have implemented data privacy and security measures that we believe are compliant with applicable privacy laws and regulations, some confidential and protected health information is transmitted to us by third parties, who may not implement adequate security and privacy measures.

A security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or modification of, or prevents access to, patient information, including protected health information, could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with disparate state breach notification laws, require us to verify the correctness of database contents and otherwise subject us to liability under laws that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent such security breaches or privacy violations or implement satisfactory remedial measures, our operations could be disrupted, we may be unable to provide the ZIO Service and we may suffer loss of reputation, financial loss and other regulatory penalties because of lost or misappropriated information, including sensitive patient data. In addition, these breaches and other inappropriate access can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm.

Any such breach or interruption of our systems, or those of XIFIN or any of our third party information technology partners, could compromise our networks or data security processes and sensitive information could be inaccessible or could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such interruption in access, improper access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of patient information, such as the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and the European Union Data Protection Directive, and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to perform our services, bill payors or patients, process claims and appeals, provide customer assistance services, conduct research and development activities, collect, process and prepare company financial information, provide information about our current and future solutions and engage in other patient and clinician education and outreach efforts. Any such breach could also result in the compromise of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, which could adversely affect our business and competitive position.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, the interpretation and application of consumer, health-related and data protection laws, rules and regulations in the United States, Europe and elsewhere are often uncertain, contradictory and in flux. It is possible that these laws, rules and regulations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices or those of our distributors and partners. If we or these third parties are found to have violated such laws, rules or regulations, it could result in government-imposed fines, orders requiring that we or these third parties change our or their practices, or criminal charges, which could adversely affect our business. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices, systems and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business.

The use, misuse or off-label use of the ZIO Service may result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business.

The use, misuse or off-label use of the ZIO Service may in the future result in outcomes and complications potentially leading to product liability claims. For example, we are aware that physicians have prescribed the ZIO Patch off-label for pediatric patients. We have also received and may in the future receive product liability or other claims with respect to the ZIO Service, including claims related to skin irritation and alleged burns. In addition, if the ZIO Patch is defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contains defective components or is misused, we may become subject to costly litigation initiated by physicians, or the hospitals and clinics where physicians prescribing our ZIO Service work, or their patients. Product liability claims are especially prevalent in the medical device industry and could harm our reputation, divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and may result in sizable damage awards against us.

Although we maintain product liability insurance, we may not have sufficient insurance coverage for future product liability claims. We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, harm our reputation, significantly increase our expenses, and reduce product sales. Product liability claims in excess of our insurance coverage would be paid out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and operating results.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not increase at similar rates, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this prospectus relating to, among other things, the expected growth in the ambulatory cardiac monitoring solutions market may prove to be inaccurate.

Even if this market experiences the forecasted growth described in this prospectus, we may not increase our business at a similar rate, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including whether the market for first-line ambulatory cardiac monitoring solutions continues to improve, the rate of market acceptance of the ZIO Service as compared to the products of our competitors and our success in implementing our business strategies, each of which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. If our ZIO Service works as anticipated to provide a correct first-line diagnosis, it may lead to a decrease in the amount of ambulatory cardiac monitoring prescriptions each year in the United States. This outcome would result if our ZIO Service is proven to produce the right diagnosis the first time, thereby reducing the need for additional testing. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our ambulatory cardiac monitoring solutions portfolio, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or obtain the expected benefits of any acquisition or investment.

To date, the growth of our operations has been largely organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses or technologies. We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following an acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

Consolidation of commercial payors could result in payors eliminating coverage or reducing reimbursement rates for our ZIO Service.

The commercial payor industry is undergoing significant consolidation. For example, in 2015, Anthem Inc. announced plans to acquire Cigna Corp., and Aetna Inc. announced plans to acquire Humana Inc. When payors combine their operations, the combined company may elect to reimburse our ZIO Service at the lowest rate paid by any of the participants in the consolidation or use its increased size to negotiate reduced rates. If one of the payors participating in the consolidation does not reimburse for the ZIO Service at all, the combined company may elect not to reimburse for the ZIO Service, which would adversely impact our operating results.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryovers may be limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $93.6 million and $51.9 million, respectively, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes and 2017 for state purposes. We may use these NOLs to offset against taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. However, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may limit the NOLs we may use in any year for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of certain changes in ownership of our company. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. This offering or future issuances or sales of our stock, including certain transactions involving our stock that are outside of our control, could cause an “ownership change.” If an “ownership change” has occurred in the past or occurs in the future, including in connection with this offering, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes, and also potentially causing those tax attributes to expire unused. Any limitation on using NOLs could, depending on the extent of such limitation and the NOLs previously used, result in our retaining less cash after payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes during any year in which we have taxable income, rather than losses, than we would be entitled to retain if such NOLs were available as an offset against such income for U.S. federal and state income tax reporting purposes, which could adversely impact our operating results.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decrease.

Our Chief Financial Officer has not been the chief financial officer of a publicly traded company and although our Chief Executive Officer has been the chief executive officer of a public company, he has never been involved in the transition of a private company to a public company through an initial public offering. As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2017, provide a management report on our internal control over financial reporting, which must be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm to the extent we no longer qualify an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Jumpstart Our Businesses Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, or a “smaller reporting company” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act.

If we have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing our internal controls over financial reporting; this process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. Until such time as we are no longer an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company,” our auditors will not be required to attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. If we continue to identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or, once required, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decrease. We could also become subject to stockholder or other third party litigation as well as investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources and could result in fines, trading suspensions or other remedies.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may become a party to intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings that could be costly and could interfere with our ability to provide the ZIO Service.

The medical device industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. It is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications or trademarks controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products or services, or that we may be accused of misappropriating third parties’ trade secrets. Additionally, our products include hardware and software components that we purchase from vendors, and may include design components that are outside of our direct control. Our competitors, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios, trade secrets, trademarks, and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained, or may in the future apply for or obtain, patents or trademarks that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell and/or export our products and services or to use product names. We may become a party to patent or trademark infringement or trade secret related disputes or litigation as a result of these and other third party intellectual property rights being asserted against us. The defense and prosecution of these matters are both costly and time consuming. Vendors from whom we purchase hardware or software may not indemnify us in the event that such hardware or software is accused of infringing a third party’s patent or trademark or of misappropriating a third party’s trade secret.

Further, if such patents, trademarks, or trade secrets are successfully asserted against us, this may harm our business and result in injunctions preventing us from selling our products, license fees, damages and the payment of attorney fees and court costs. In addition, if we are found to willfully infringe third party patents or trademarks or to have misappropriated trade secrets, we could be required to pay treble damages in addition to other penalties. Although patent, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our ZIO Patch or our ZIO Service to avoid infringement.

Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, may be necessary to determine priority with respect to our patents, patent applications, trademarks or trademark applications. We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as reexamination, inter partes review, derivation or opposition proceedings before the USPTO or other jurisdictional body relating to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others. Adverse

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing the ZIO Patch and selling the ZIO Service or using product names, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.

Additionally, we may need to commence proceedings against others to enforce our patents or trademarks, to protect our trade secrets or know how, or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. These proceedings would result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. We may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling products that are the same or similar to our products and services or from using product or service names that are the same or similar to ours, and our business may be harmed as a result.

We use certain open source software in the ZIO Service. We may face claims from companies that incorporate open source software into their products or from open source licensors, claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the source code, the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to cease offering the ZIO Service unless and until we can re-engineer it to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. These risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection, which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively.

In order to remain competitive, we must develop and maintain protection of the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property rights. As of August 31, 2016, we owned, or retained exclusive license to, seven issued U.S. patents, the earliest of which will expire in 2028. As of August 31, 2016, we also owned, or retained an exclusive license to, two issued patents from the Japan Patent Office, and one issued patent from the patent offices in each of Australia, Canada, the European Union and Korea. The earliest expiration date of these international patents is 2027. As of August 31, 2016, we had 16 pending patent applications globally, including five in the United States, one in Australia, two in Canada, four in the European Union, two in Japan, one in Korea and one in the PCT phase. Our patents and patent applications include claims covering key aspects of the design, manufacture and use of the ZIO Patch and the ZIO Service.

We rely, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our proprietary products and processes. The process of applying for and obtaining a patent is expensive, time consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous, or we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights at all. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may be able to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. In addition, the issuance of a patent does not ensure that it is valid or enforceable, so even if we obtain patents, they may not be valid or enforceable against third parties. Our patent applications may not result in issued patents and our patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. Furthermore, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our own products and practicing our own technology. Alternatively, third parties may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend and/or assert our patents, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable; competitors may then be able to market products and use manufacturing and analytical processes that are substantially similar to ours. Even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

We rely heavily on trade secrets as well as invention assignment and confidentiality provisions that we have in contracts with our employees, consultants, collaborators and others to protect our algorithms and other aspects of our ZIO Service. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, vendors or former or current employees, despite the existence generally of these confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information. There can be no assurance that employees, consultants, vendors and clients have executed such agreements or have not breached or will not breach their agreements with us, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known or independently developed by competitors. Despite the protections we do place on our intellectual property, monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand to international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology.

We may also employ individuals who were previously or are concurrently employed at research institutions or other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former or concurrent employers, or that patents and applications we have filed to protect inventions of these employees, even those related to one or more of our products, are rightfully owned by their former or concurrent employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

To the extent our intellectual property protection is incomplete, we are exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. A third party could, without authorization, copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology, or develop similar technology. Our competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts or design around our protected technology. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our ZIO Service, brand and business. The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the differentiation of our products and harm our business, the value of our investment in development or business acquisitions could be reduced and third parties might make claims against us related to losses of their confidential or proprietary information. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business.

Further, it is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our trade secret rights and related confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions. If we fail to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or if our competitors obtain our trade secrets or independently develop technology similar to ours or competing technologies, our competitive market position could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets and agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might not be enforceable in certain cases.

If our trademarks and tradenames are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets and our business may be adversely affected.

We rely on trademarks, service marks, tradenames and brand names, such as our registered trademark “ZIO,” to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

register these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in proceedings before the USPTO and in proceedings before comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources towards advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. Additionally, we do not own any registered trademarks for the mark “IRHYTHM” and we are aware of at least one third party that has registered the “IRHYTHM” mark in the United States, the European Union and Taiwan in connection with computer software for controlling and managing patient medical information, heart rate monitors, and heart rate monitors to be worn during exercise, among other uses. We and the third party are involved in adversary proceedings before the Trademark Offices in the United States and the European Union, and those proceedings could impact our ability to register the “IRHYTHM” mark in those jurisdictions. It is possible that the third party could bring suit against us claiming infringement of the “IRHYTHM” mark, and if it did so and if there were a court determination against us, we might then be obligated to pay monetary damages, enter into a license agreement, or cease use of the “IRHYTHM” name and mark, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. In 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These also include provisions that switched the United States from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system, allow third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and set forth additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by the USPTO administered post grant proceedings. Under a first-to-file system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective in 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Changes in the regulatory environment may constrain or require us to restructure our operations, which may harm our revenue and operating results.

Healthcare laws and regulations change frequently and may change significantly in the future. We may not be able to adapt our operations to address every new regulation, and new regulations may adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities would not result in a determination that adversely affects our revenue and operating results, or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations. In addition, there is risk that the U.S. Congress may implement changes in laws and regulations governing healthcare service providers, including measures to control costs, or reductions in reimbursement levels, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Government payors, such as CMS, as well as insurers, have increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of healthcare services. From time to time, the U.S. Congress has considered and implemented changes in the CMS fee schedules in conjunction with budgetary legislation. Further reductions of reimbursement by CMS for services or changes in policy regarding coverage of tests or other requirements for payment, such as prior authorization or a physician or qualified practitioner’s signature on test requisitions, may be implemented from time to time. Reductions in the reimbursement rates and changes in payment policies of other third party payors may occur as well. Similar changes in the past have resulted in reduced payments as well as added costs and have added more complex regulatory and administrative requirements. Further changes in federal, state, local and third party payor regulations or policies may have a material adverse impact on our business. Actions by agencies regulating insurance or changes in other laws, regulations, or policies may also have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we fail to comply with healthcare and other governmental regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The products and services we offer are highly regulated, and there can be no assurance that the regulatory environment in which we operate will not change significantly and adversely in the future. Our arrangements with physicians, hospitals and clinics may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other laws and regulations that may restrict the financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products and services. Our employees, consultants, and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements. Federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to conduct business, include, without limitation:

 

    federal and state laws and regulations regarding billing and claims payment applicable to our ZIO Service and regulatory agencies enforcing those laws and regulations

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the CMS programs

 

    the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims, or knowingly using false statements, to obtain payment from the federal government

 

    federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters

 

    the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act of 2010, and other local anti-corruption laws that apply to our international activities

 

   

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, or Open Payments, created under the Affordable Care Act (as defined below), and its implementing regulations, which requires manufacturers of drugs, medical

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to licensed physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and its implementing regulations, which impose certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; HIPAA also created criminal liability for knowingly and willfully falsifying or concealing a material fact or making a materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services

 

    the federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law

 

    state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third party payor, including commercial insurers, and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or Affordable Care Act, was enacted in 2010. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions, it is possible that some of our activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action brought against us for violations of these laws or regulations, even successfully defended, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. We may be subject to private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers on behalf of the federal or state governments, with potential liability under the federal False Claims Act including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim.

Although we have adopted policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws and regulations and conduct internal reviews of our compliance with these laws, our compliance is also subject to governmental review. The growth of our business and sales organization and our expansion outside of the United States may increase the potential of violating these laws or our internal policies and procedures. The risk of our being found in violation of these or other laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action brought against us for violation of these or other laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal, state and foreign laws described above or any other current or future fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, for individuals, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and we could be required to curtail or cease our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for the ZIO Patch and ZIO Service, or if clearances or approvals for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

The ZIO Patch and ZIO Service are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by regulatory agencies in other countries where we do business. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

 

    product design, development and manufacture

 

    laboratory, preclinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution

 

    premarketing clearance or approval

 

    record keeping

 

    product marketing, promotion and advertising, sales and distribution

 

    post marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and recalls and correction and removals

Before a new medical device or service, or a new intended use for an existing product or service, can be marketed in the United States, a company must first submit and receive either 510(k) clearance or premarketing approval from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive, lengthy and unpredictable. We may not be able to obtain the necessary clearances or approvals or may be unduly delayed in doing so, which could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the product, which may limit the market for the product. Although we have obtained 510(k) clearance to market the ZIO Patch and ZIO Service, our clearance can be revoked if safety or efficacy problems develop.

In addition, we are required to file various reports with the FDA, including reports required by the medical device reporting regulations, or MDRs, that require that we report to the regulatory authorities if our ZIO Service may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed in a timely manner, regulators may impose sanctions and we may be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business.

If we initiate a correction or removal for our ZIO Service to reduce a risk to health posed by the ZIO Service, we would be required to submit a publicly available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our ZIO Service. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us and cause physicians to delay or cancel prescriptions, which could harm our reputation.

The FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulate the advertising and promotion of our products and services to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory clearances, that there is adequate and reasonable data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising is neither false nor misleading. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including warning letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

The FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

    adverse publicity, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties

 

    repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production

 

    denial of our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products or services, new intended uses or modifications to existing products or services

 

    withdrawal of 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that have already been granted

 

    criminal prosecution

If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial condition could be harmed.

Material modifications to the ZIO Patch or ZIO Service may require new 510(k) clearances, CE Marks or other premarket approvals or may require us to recall or cease marketing our products and services until clearances are obtained.

Material modifications to the intended use or technological characteristics of the ZIO Patch or ZIO Service will require new 510(k) clearances, premarket approvals or CE Mark grants, or require us to recall or cease marketing the modified devices until these clearances or approvals are obtained. Based on FDA published guidelines, the FDA requires device manufacturers to initially make and document a determination of whether or not a modification requires a new approval, supplement or clearance; however, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision. Any modification to an FDA cleared device or service that would significantly affect its safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, the ZIO Patch or ZIO Service in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining required future clearances would harm our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. We have made modifications to the ZIO Patch and ZIO Service in the past that we believe do not require additional clearances or approvals, and we may make additional modifications in the future. If the FDA or an EU Notified Body disagrees and requires new clearances or approvals for any of these modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop selling or marketing the ZIO Patch and ZIO Service as modified, which could harm our operating results and require us to redesign our products or services. In these circumstances, we may be subject to significant enforcement actions.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s QSR or the European Union’s Medical Device Directive, our manufacturing or distribution operations could be delayed or shut down and our revenue could suffer.

Our manufacturing and design processes and those of our third party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR and the EU’s Medical Device Directive, or MDD, both of which cover procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of ZIO Patches. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses, and to ongoing ISO 13485 compliance in all operations, including design, manufacturing, and service, to maintain our CE Mark. In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting and must make available our facilities and records for periodic unannounced inspections by governmental agencies, including the FDA, state authorities, EU Notified Bodies and comparable agencies in other countries. If we fail a regulatory inspection, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take adequate corrective action in response to an adverse regulatory inspection could result in, among other things, a shutdown of our manufacturing or product distribution operations, significant fines, suspension of marketing clearances and approvals, seizures or recalls of our device, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays for our product and cause our revenue to decline.

We are registered with the FDA as a medical device specifications developer and manufacturer. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Public Health, or CDPH, to determine our

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

compliance with the QSR and other regulations at both our design and manufacturing facilities, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. For our design facilities in San Francisco, California, the CDPH completed a routine audit in December 2008, while the FDA completed routine audits in December 2010, February 2013 and June 2016, and no formal observations resulted from these audits. The CDPH also completed a routine audit of our previous manufacturing facility in Huntington Beach, California in June 2010 with no observations noted, while the FDA audited the same facility in May 2013, and issued one Form 483 observation requiring a change to documentation procedures. Remedial action was completed within the 45-day timeline that was agreed to at the close of the audit. No additional follow up with the FDA was required and we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the QSR.

We are also registered with the EU as a medical device developer, manufacturer and service operator through the National Standard Authority of Ireland, or NSAI, our European Notified Body. The NSAI first inspected our facilities for ISO 13485 compliance in May and June of 2014 and found two non-conformities of Minor (Category 2) characterization, one in each of our manufacturing and service operation centers. The NSAI conducted a six-month follow-up of the same facilities in January 2015, and no nonconformities were found. Immediately following the move of our manufacturing facility to Cypress, California, in August 2015, the NSAI conducted a site audit of the new facility and no nonconformities were found. Most recently, the NSAI conducted a routine ISO 13485 surveillance audit of our design, manufacturing and service operations in February and March of 2016 and continued certification was achieved. The audit noted eight non-conformities of Minor (Category 2) characterization, primarily related to documentation processes, the integration of MDD technology and workflow standards within our standard operating procedures, and climate control improvements. Effective implementation of corrective actions for each nonconformance will be evaluated at the next ISO compliance audit in 2017.

We can provide no assurance that we will continue to remain in compliance with the QSR or MDD. If the FDA, CDPH or NSAI inspect any of our facilities and discover compliance problems, we may have to cease manufacturing and product distribution until we can take the appropriate remedial steps to correct the audit findings. Taking corrective action may be expensive, time consuming and a distraction for management and if we experience a delay at our manufacturing facility we may be unable to produce ZIO Patches, which would harm our business.

ZIO Patches may in the future be subject to product recalls that could harm our reputation.

The FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material regulatory deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors or design or labeling defects. Recalls of ZIO Patches would divert managerial attention, be expensive, harm our reputation with customers and harm our financial condition and results of operations. A recall announcement would also negatively affect our stock price.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent the ZIO Service’s commercial success.

In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system that could harm our future revenue and profitability. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, the Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposes an excise tax of 2.3% on the sale of most medical devices, including ours. Although this excise tax has temporarily been suspended for two years beginning on January 1, 2016, any failure to pay this amount if it becomes due in the future could result in an injunction on the sale of our products, fines and penalties.

We cannot assure you that the Affordable Care Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not harm our business and financial results and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business. There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may harm:

 

    our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our ZIO Service

 

    our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability

 

    the availability of capital

Compliance with environmental laws and regulations could be expensive, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to significant liability.

Our research and development and manufacturing operations involve the use of hazardous substances and are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal, remediation of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances and the sale, labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of products containing hazardous substances. Liability under environmental laws and regulations can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may be expensive and noncompliance could result in substantial liabilities, fines and penalties, personal injury and third party property damage claims and substantial investigation and remediation costs. Environmental laws and regulations could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We cannot assure you that violations of these laws and regulations will not occur in the future or have not occurred in the past as a result of human error, accidents, equipment failure or other causes. The expense associated with environmental regulation and remediation could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to This Offering

Our common stock has never been publicly traded, and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.

Before this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary substantially from the market price of our common stock following this offering. An active public trading market may not develop after completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The public trading price for our common stock after this offering will be affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates

 

    quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations

 

    periodic fluctuations in our revenue, due in part to the way in which we recognize revenue

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections

 

    general market conditions and other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors

 

    changes in reimbursement by current or potential payors

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in the medical device industry in particular

 

    actual or anticipated changes in regulatory oversight of our products

 

    the results of our clinical trials

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the loss of key personnel, including changes in our board of directors and management

 

    legislation or regulation of our market

 

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us

 

    the announcement of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors

 

    announcements related to patents issued to us or our competitors and related litigation

 

    developments in our industry

In addition, the stock prices of many companies in the medical device industry have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, reputation and cash flows. These factors may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

A sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lapse of lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of              shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our directors and officers and substantially all of our other stockholders has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters that restricts their ability to sell or transfer their shares. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, waive the contractual lock-up prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016, up to an additional              shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which              are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2016, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. In addition,              shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options as of June 30, 2016, will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding and reserved for issuance under our stock plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements described above. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

As of June 30, 2016, our directors, officers and each stockholder holding 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates beneficially owned approximately 90.5% of our outstanding common stock in the aggregate, assuming the exercise of all options and warrants held by such persons and without giving effect to the purchase of shares by any such persons in this offering. We expect that immediately following the completion of this offering the same group will continue to hold at least     % of our outstanding common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to exert significant influence over the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

We will have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to expand our salesforce and operations, increase our research and development activities, conduct or sponsor clinical studies and trials, promote international expansion, and provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the potential repayment of indebtedness. Within those categories, our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering, and accordingly, investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Dodd Frank Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. Compliance with these laws, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” under the JOBS Act. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns and our costs and expenses will increase, which could harm our business and operating results. We will likely need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

We will incur additional compensation costs in the event that we decide to pay our executive officers cash compensation closer to that of executive officers of other public medical device companies, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could harm our profitability. Any future equity awards will also increase our compensation expense. We also expect that being a public company and compliance with applicable rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which could be advantageous to our competitors and other third parties and could result in threatened or actual litigation. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We currently qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and as a “smaller reporting company” under the Exchange Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. After we are no longer an emerging growth company and for as long as we remain a smaller reporting company, we will remain eligible for certain exemptions, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, but we will be required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and obtain stockholder approval of golden parachute payments. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive to the extent we rely on available exemptions. If some investors do find our common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile or may decline.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is at least $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period or (iv) the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the date of this prospectus occurs. We will remain a smaller reporting company until we have a public float, or value attributable to stock held by non-affiliates, of at least $75 million, as measured on the prior June 30th.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and Delaware law, could discourage a change in control of our company or a change in our management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, will contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors

 

    advance notice requirements applicable to stockholders for matters to be brought before a meeting of stockholders and requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ notice

 

    a supermajority stockholder vote requirement for amending certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws

 

    the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer

 

    allowing stockholders to remove directors only for cause

 

    a requirement that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors

 

    allowing all vacancies, including newly created directorships, to be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, except as otherwise required by law

 

    a requirement that our stockholders may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders and not by written consent

 

    limiting the forum to Delaware for certain litigation against us

 

    limiting the persons that can call special meetings of our stockholders to our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer)

These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ abilities to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, provides that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and, as a result, any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our loan agreements limit our ability to, among other things, pay dividends or make other distributions or payments on account of our common stock, in each case subject to certain exceptions. If we do not pay dividends, our stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if you sell our common stock after our stock price appreciates.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our reported financial information and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report after the completion of this offering, provide a management report on the internal control over financial reporting. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are implementing the process and documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.

During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our management will be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Moreover, when we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal controls or the level at which our internal controls are documented, designed, implemented or reviewed.

If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when we are no longer an emerging growth company, if our auditors were to express an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting because we had one or more material weaknesses, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial disclosures, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. Internal control deficiencies could also result in a restatement of our financial results in the future.

New investors purchasing our common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

Our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the book value per share of our common stock. If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $         in net tangible book value per share of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under our stock option and employee stock purchase plans will increase annually without further stockholder approval. Investors will incur additional dilution upon the exercise of stock options and warrants. See “Dilution.”

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly, or at or above the initial offering price.

There has not been a public market for our common stock prior to this initial public offering. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly, or at or above the initial offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAUTIONARY NOTES REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business, operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “predict,” “potential,” “positioned,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    plans to conduct further clinical studies

 

    our plans to modify our current products, or develop new products, to address additional indications

 

    the expected growth of our business and our organization

 

    our expected uses of the net proceeds from this offering

 

    our expectations regarding government and third party payor coverage and reimbursement

 

    our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including the continued development of a sales and marketing infrastructure

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products

 

    our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for, or ability to obtain, additional financing

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act or a smaller reporting company under the Exchange Act

 

    our ability to identify and develop new and planned products and acquire new products

 

    our financial performance

 

    developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and management’s beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. We relied on industry, market data, peer reviewed journals, formal presentations at medical society meetings and other sources. We also rely on our own research and estimates in this prospectus. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on any of our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future, and we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and to finance the growth and development of our business. Future determinations as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our operating results, financial condition, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Our loan agreements limit our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions or payments on account of our common stock, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             , or approximately $              if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on the initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from the offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to expand our salesforce and operations, increase our research and development activities, conduct or sponsor clinical studies and trials, promote international expansion, and provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty the specific allocations or all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, our management and board of directors will have broad discretion in the application and specific allocations of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management and board of directors regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

Additionally, such expected uses represent our current intentions based upon our present plans and market conditions. The amounts we actually expend in these areas, and the timing thereof, may vary significantly from our current intentions and will depend upon a number of factors, including future sales growth, success of research and product development efforts, cash generated from future operations and actual expenses to operate our business. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transactions and are not involved in negotiations to do so.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment grade, interest bearing instruments such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and U.S. government securities.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2016 on:

 

    An actual basis

 

    A pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the conversion of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2016 into 78,498,907 shares of our common stock, (ii) the conversion of warrants to purchase 1,852,776 shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,930,283 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the related reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and (iii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as if such conversions, reclassification and effectiveness had occurred on June 30, 2016

 

    A pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale and issuance of              shares of our common stock by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us

You should read this table together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
     (Unaudited)  
    

(In thousands, except share and

per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,974      $ 8,974     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt

   $ 31,375      $ 31,375     

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     3,346            

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001—67,020,892 shares authorized; 64,981,354 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     97,096            

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value—no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Common stock, par value $0.001 – 109,000,000 shares authorized; 8,551,883 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 87,050,790 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     8        87     

Additional paid-in capital

     5,559        105,922     

Accumulated deficit

     (116,828     (116,828  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (111,261     (10,819  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 20,556      $ 20,556     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes:

 

    16,018,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.85 per share

 

    90,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after June 30, 2016, with an exercise price of $1.82 per share

 

    1,396,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to certain of our executive officers and new employees pursuant to our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, with a grant date on the effective date of this registration statement and with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price

 

    1,852,776 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.46 per share, that will convert into warrants to purchase 1,930,283 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

    1,481,660 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2006 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2016, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of June 30, 2016, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was approximately $(114.4) million, or $(13.38) per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, less convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock.

As of June 30, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $(14.0) million, or $(0.16) per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 78,498,907 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of the offering, the conversion of warrants to purchase 1,852,776 shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase up to 1,930,283 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the related reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

After giving further effect to the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 would have been approximately $              million, or $              per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $              per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $              per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2016

   $                   

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2016

     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $              per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $              per share, assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Similarly, a 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $              per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $              per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock would be $              per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $              per share.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2016 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and (iii) the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration       Average Price  
Per Share
 
      Number        Percent       Amount        Percent     

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

Investors purchasing shares in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Similarly, a 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the shares purchased by new investors and total shares purchased by all stockholders by 1,000,000, would increase (decrease) the percentage of shares purchased by new investors by     %, and would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $          million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes:

 

    16,018,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.85 per share

 

    90,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after June 30, 2016, with an exercise price of $1.82 per share

 

    1,396,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to certain of our executive officers and new employees pursuant to our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, with a grant date on the effective date of this registration statement and with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price

 

    1,852,776 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2016 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.46 per share, that will convert into warrants to purchase 1,930,283 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

    1,481,660 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2006 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2016, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
                 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or convertible preferred stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected consolidated financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our interim results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016, or any other period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015             2015                     2016          
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

       

Revenue

  $ 21,749      $ 36,140      $ 15,942      $ 28,588   

Cost of revenue

    10,591        14,700        6,791        9,815   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    11,158        21,440        9,151        18,773   

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    5,698        6,349        2,898        3,212   

Selling, general and administrative

    20,225        36,722        15,490        24,129   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    25,923        43,071        18,388        27,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (14,765     (21,631     (9,237     (8,568

Interest expense

    (774     (1,059     (225     (1,581

Other expense, net

    (293     (109     141        (413
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (15,832   $ (22,799   $ (9,351   $ (10,562
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (2.05   $ (2.82   $ (1.19   $ (1.26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

    7,731,791        8,095,513        7,890,682        8,378,951   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted
(unaudited) (1)

    $ (0.27     $ (0.12
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

      84,872,900          86,877,858   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,

2016
 
     2014     2015    
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,618      $ 25,208      $ 8,974   

Working capital

     10,672        24,054        12,543   

Total assets

     18,509        37,872        28,727   

Debt

     6,255        30,552        31,375   

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     2,794        2,949        3,346   

Convertible preferred stock

     85,014        97,096        97,096   

Accumulated deficit

     (83,467     (106,266     (116,828

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (80,544     (101,624     (111,261

 

(1) See Notes 2, 14 and 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data,” should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage digital healthcare company redefining the way cardiac arrhythmias are clinically diagnosed by combining our wearable biosensing technology with cloud-based data analytics and machine-learning capabilities. Our goal is to be the leading provider of first-line ambulatory electrocardiogram, or ECG, monitoring for patients at risk for arrhythmias. We have created a unique platform, called the ZIO Service, which combines an easy-to-wear and unobtrusive biosensor that can be worn for up to 14 days, called the ZIO Patch, with powerful proprietary algorithms which distill data from millions of heartbeats into clinically actionable information. The ZIO Service consists of:

 

    the wearable ZIO Patch biosensor, which continuously records and stores ECG data from every patient heartbeat for up to 14 days

 

    a cloud-based analysis of the recorded cardiac rhythms using our proprietary machine-learned algorithms

 

    a final quality assessment review of the data by our certified cardiac technicians

 

    the easy-to-read ZIO Report, a curated summary of findings that includes high quality and clinically-actionable information, which is sent directly to a patient’s physician and can be integrated into a patient’s electronic health record

We receive revenue for the ZIO Service primarily from two sources: third party payors and institutions. Third party payors, which accounted for approximately 62% and 72% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, respectively, consist of commercial payors and government agencies, such as the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, and the Veterans Administration, or the VA. A significant portion of our revenue in the third party commercial payor category is contracted, which means we have entered into pricing contracts with these payors. Approximately 41% of our total revenue for each of the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 is received from federal government agencies under established reimbursement codes. A small portion of this revenue is received from patients in accordance with their insurance co-payments and deductibles. Institutions, which are typically hospitals or clinics, or private physician practices accounted for approximately 38% and 28% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, respectively. We bill these organizations directly for our services and they are responsible for paying those invoices and seeking reimbursement from third party payors where applicable. In addition, a small percentage of patients whose physicians prescribe the ZIO Service pay us directly. Typically, we bill institutional customers and rely on a third party billing partner, named XIFIN, to submit patient claims and collect from commercial and certain government agencies.

Since our ZIO Service was cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2009, we have provided the ZIO Service to over 500,000 patients and have collected over 125 million hours of curated heartbeat data. We believe the ZIO Service is well-positioned to disrupt an already-established $1.4 billion U.S. ambulatory cardiac monitoring market by offering a user-friendly device to patients, actionable information to physicians and value to payors.

We market our ZIO Service in the United States to physicians, hospitals and clinics through a direct sales organization comprised of territory managers, strategic account managers, sales managers, field billing

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

specialists, and sales support. Territory managers focus on initial introduction into new customers and penetration across a sales region, while strategic account managers focus on driving adoption within existing accounts, conveying our message of clinical and economic value to service line managers and hospital administrators and departments. We continue to increase the size of our U.S. sales organization to expand the current customer account base and increase utilization of our monitoring solution. Our sales personnel headcount increased from 38 as of December 31, 2014 to 83 as of December 31, 2015 and we expect to continue to add additional sales personnel. In addition, we will continue to explore new opportunities to expand our sales and marketing efforts in international geographies using both direct and distribution channels.

Our revenue increased from $21.7 million in 2014 to $36.1 million in 2015. We incurred a net loss of $15.8 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2016, our revenue was $28.6 million and we incurred a net loss of $10.6 million compared to revenue of $15.9 million and a net loss of $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. We expect to continue to incur losses at least in the near term as we expand our organization to support planned sales growth, while also continuing to invest in product development and additional indications and clinical use cases. As of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $116.8 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from private placements of our convertible preferred securities, sales of our products and services and amounts borrowed under debt financing arrangements.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Substantially all of our revenue is currently derived from sales of our ZIO Service in the United States. We earn revenue from the provision of our ZIO Service primarily from two sources, third party payors and institutions; however, a small percentage of our revenue is derived directly from patient payments. For the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, we recognized approximately 90% and 85%, respectively, of our revenue on an accrual basis for instances where we have a predictable history of collections, which consists primarily of revenue from contracted payors and institutions. We recognize revenue based on the billing rate less contractual and other adjustments to arrive at the amount we expect to collect from third party payors with an established billing rate. We determine the amount we expect to collect based on a per-payor or agreement basis, after analyzing payment history. When we do not have a contract or agreement, or have an insufficient or unpredictable history of collections, we recognize revenue only upon the earlier of notification or when payment is received. We expect our revenue to increase as we increase the number of covered and contracted lives for our ZIO Service, expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, increase awareness of our product offerings, expand the range of indications for our ZIO Service and develop new products and services. We are subject to seasonality similar to other companies in our field, as vacations by physicians and patients tend to affect enrollment in the ZIO Service more during the summer months and during the end of year holidays compared to other times of the year. To date, the effect of these seasonal fluctuations on our quarterly results has been obscured by the growth of our business.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue is expensed as incurred and includes direct labor, material costs, equipment and infrastructure expenses, allocated overhead, and shipping and handling. Direct labor includes personnel involved in manufacturing and data analysis. Material costs include both the disposable materials costs of the ZIO Patch and amortization of the re-usable printed circuit board assemblies, or PCBAs. Each ZIO Patch includes a PCBA, the cost of which is amortized over the anticipated number of uses of the board. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars to the extent our revenue grows.

We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including increased contracting with third party payors and institutional providers. Historically, we have increased our average selling price by entering into contracts with third party commercial payors at rates that were higher than amounts typically collected from payors without contracts or

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

from institutional customers. We expect our gross margin to increase over time to the extent we are able to increase the percentage of our services which are billed directly to payors, as opposed to providers, establish contract pricing with more third party payors, and increase the average price of the ZIO Service as we achieve increased adoption and as new clinical evidence supports the benefits of the ZIO Service. We have in the past been able to increase our pricing as third party payors become more familiar with the benefits of the ZIO Service and move to contracted pricing arrangements. We believe we will be able to continue to achieve pricing increases as more payors contract with us due to the benefits the ZIO Service provides compared to other available products. We expect to continue to decrease the cost of service per device by obtaining volume purchase discounts for our material costs and implementing scan time algorithm improvements and software-driven workflow enhancements to reduce labor costs. We expect further decreases in the cost of service as we spread the fixed portion of our manufacturing overhead costs over a larger number of units produced, which will result in a decrease in our per unit manufacturing costs. However, our gross margin could vary depending upon the percentage of revenue derived from our direct-billed, non-contracted business from quarter to quarter because we do not defer costs on these services. In addition, the cost of new products and services could negatively impact our gross margin unless we are able to adequately realize manufacturing efficiencies and sufficiently increase sales volume.

Research and Development Expenses

We expense research and development costs as they are incurred. Research and development expenses include payroll and personnel-related costs including expenses related to stock-based compensation, consulting services, clinical studies, and laboratory supplies and an allocation of facility overhead costs. We expect our research and development costs to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional personnel to develop new product and service offerings and product enhancements.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses consist of payroll and personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, sales commissions, travel expenses, consulting, public relations costs, direct marketing, tradeshow and promotional expenses and allocated facility overhead costs. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional sales personnel and increase our sales support infrastructure in order to further penetrate the U.S. market and expand into international markets.

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for executive, finance, legal and administrative personnel, including stock-based compensation. Other significant expenses include professional fees for legal and accounting services, consulting fees, recruiting fees, bad debt expense, third party patient claims processing fees and travel expenses.

We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and those of any national securities exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of cash and non-cash components. The cash component of interest expense is attributable to borrowings under our loan agreements and amounts owed under the promissory note issued to California HealthCare Foundation. The non-cash component consists of interest expense recognized from the amortization of debt discounts derived from the issuance of warrants and debt issuance costs capitalized on our balance sheets, and the accrual of a portion of the final payment equal to a percentage of the total bank debt borrowings upon maturity.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists primarily of the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities. Our convertible preferred stock warrants are exercisable for shares that are contingently redeemable and as such, are classified as a liability on our balance sheets at their estimated fair value.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2016

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    $
Change
    %
Change
 
     2015     2016      
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 15,942      $ 28,588      $ 12,646        79

Cost of revenue

     6,791        9,815        3,024        45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     9,151        18,773        9,622        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

     57     66    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     2,898        3,212        314        11   

Selling, general and administrative

     15,490        24,129        8,639        56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     18,388        27,341        8,953        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (9,237     (8,568     669        7   

Interest expense

     (255     (1,581     (1,326     520   

Other expense, net

     141        (413     (554     393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (9,351   $ (10,562   $ (1,211     13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue

Revenue increased $12.6 million, or 79%, to $28.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $15.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. $10.2 million of the increase in revenue was primarily attributable to the increase in volume of the ZIO Service performed as a result of the expansion of coverage and the increase in the number of payors under contract, increasing physician acceptance and expansion of our sales force as we continued to gain market acceptance for our ZIO Service. Increases in contracted rates contributed $2.4 million to the revenue increases.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $3.0 million, or 45%, to $9.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $6.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to increased ZIO Service volume in 2016. This increase was partially offset by the reduction in costs to provide the ZIO Service, which was achieved through manufacturing efficiencies in the production of our device and reductions in technician labor costs through algorithm improvements and software driven workflow enhancements.

Gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2016 increased to 66%, compared to 57% for the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase was driven primarily by the reduction in the cost of the ZIO Service due to our continued efforts to lower manufacturing costs, fixed costs absorption and reduced labor costs per device through our algorithm improvements and software-driven workflow enhancements. In addition, increases in commercial and government contracted rates with the launch of the direct billing to commercial third-party payors program also improved our gross margin during the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $0.3 million, or 11%, to $3.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $2.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase was primarily

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

attributable to a $0.5 million increase in payroll and personnel-related expenses; offset in part by a $0.2 million decrease in other expenses, primarily professional services.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $8.6 million, or 56%, to $24.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $15.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a $4.4 million increase in payroll and personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount to support the growth in our operations, a $1.7 million increase in professional services expenses, primarily as a result of an increase in accounting, legal and recruiting services expenses, a $0.6 million increase in facility-related expenses, a $0.6 million increase in travel-related expenses due to increased headcount, a $0.5 million increase in bad-debt expense due to the overall increase in accounts receivable, a $0.5 million increase in commissions as a result of increased sales, and a $0.5 million increase in other expenses related to marketing activities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $1.3 million to $1.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to our debt financing in December 2015.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net increased $0.6 million to $0.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $0.1 million in other income during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The change was primarily related to the fair value re-measurement of warrant liabilities at each balance sheet date.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    $
Change
    %
Change
 
     2014     2015      
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 21,749      $ 36,140      $ 14,391        66

Cost of revenue

     10,591        14,700        4,109        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     11,158        21,440        10,282        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

     51     59    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,698        6,349        651        11   

Selling, general and administrative

     20,225        36,722        16,497        82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     25,923        43,071        17,148        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (14,765     (21,631     (6,866     47   

Interest expense

     (774     (1,059     (285     37   

Other expense, net

     (293     (109     184        63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (15,832   $ (22,799   $ (6,967     44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue

Revenue increased $14.4 million, or 66%, to $36.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $21.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. $12.6 million of the increase in revenue was attributable to the increase in volume of the ZIO Service performed as a result of the increase in the payors under contract with us, the increase in physician acceptance and the expansion of our sales force as we continue to gain more market acceptance for our ZIO Service. Increases in contracted rates contributed $1.8 million to the revenue increase.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $4.1 million, or 39%, to $14.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $10.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the increase in the ZIO Service volume in 2015. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in the per unit cost of providing the ZIO Service, which was achieved by manufacturing efficiencies and reductions in technician labor costs through algorithm improvements and software-driven workflow enhancements.

Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased to 59%, compared to 51% for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition to cost reductions, increases in commercial and government contracted rates also improved our gross margin.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $0.7 million, or 11%, to $6.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in payroll and personnel-related expenses as a result of an increase in headcount, a $0.4 million increase in materials and clinical trials and a $0.4 million increase in facility-related expenses. These increases were offset by a $0.9 million decrease in professional service fees.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $16.5 million, or 82%, to $36.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $20.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to a $6.8 million increase in payroll and personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount and higher bonuses in 2015, a $3.2 million increase in sales commissions due to the increase in sales volume, a $2.5 million increase in professional service fees, a $1.7 million increase in travel-related expenses due to increased headcount, a $0.9 million increase in facility-related expenses to support the growth of our business, and a $0.8 million increase in bad debt expense due to the overall increase in accounts receivable.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $0.3 million to $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 due to the refinancing of our bank debt in the second quarter of 2014 and entering into a new debt financing in December 2015.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net decreased by $0.2 million to $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $0.3 million expense during the year ended December 31, 2014. The change was primarily related to the fair value re-measurement of warrant liabilities at each balance sheet date.

Liquidity and Capital Expenditures

Overview

As of June 30, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $9.0 million and an accumulated deficit of $116.8 million. We have financed our operations primarily through sales of our convertible preferred securities, sales of our products and services and debt financings. In December 2015, we entered into a $55.0 million debt financing arrangement with Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, or Pharmakon. Upon closing of the debt agreement, we received the first tranche of $30.0 million. Additionally, in December 2015 we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, that provides us with the ability to draw advances based on our eligible outstanding accounts receivable balances. In August 2016, we obtained a $3.1 million letter of credit pursuant to the SVB revolving credit facility in connection with a new lease.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows raise doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2015, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2016, together with the expected net proceeds from this offering, cash generated from sales of our ZIO Service and funds available under our borrowing arrangements will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months following this offering. Our expected future capital requirements may depend on many factors including expanding our customer base, the expansion of our salesforce, and the timing and extent of spending on the development of our technology to increase our product offerings. We may need additional funding to fund our operations but additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. We may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund our operations, we will need to curtail planned activities to reduce costs, which will likely harm our ability to execute on our business plan.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (15,626   $ (18,005   $ (7,246   $ (13,364

Cash used in investing activities

     (539     (1,787     (845     (1,069

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     17,684        36,382        12,411        (1,801

Cash Used in Operating Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash used in operating activities was $13.4 million, which consisted of a net loss of $10.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $4.7 million and a net change of $7.5 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of a change in allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual allowance of $2.1 million, change in value of warrant liability of $0.4 million, stock based-based compensation of $0.9 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase of $5.8 million in accounts receivable as a result of an increase in revenue and a decrease of $0.8 million in accrued liabilities, primarily related to payments made on accrued payroll and related compensation accruals. This change was partially offset by a $0.1 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of vendor payments, a $0.3 million increase in inventory to support the growth in our business and a $0.5 million increase in other assets primarily related to the purchase of ZIO Patch PCBAs to support the growth in volume of ZIO Service performed.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, cash used in operating activities was $7.2 million, which consisted of a net loss of $9.4 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.2 million and a net change of $0.9 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $0.7 million, a change in allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual allowance of $0.5 million, a decrease in value of warrant liability of $0.2 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in deferred revenue and a $0.6 million increase in accrued liabilities primarily related to increased accrued payroll

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and related compensation accruals, offset by a $0.4 million increase in prepaids and other assets primarily related to the purchase of ZIO Patch PCBAs to support the growth in volume of ZIO Service performed.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in operating activities was $18.0 million, which consisted of a net loss of $22.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $3.0 million and a net change of $1.8 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of stock-based compensation of $1.4 million, change in allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual allowance of $0.9 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.5 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in accrued liabilities, primarily related to accrued payroll and related compensation accruals as a result of increased headcount. This increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in revenue, a $0.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, primarily due to the timing of annual insurance fees and certain software contracts and a $0.5 million increase in other assets primarily related to the purchase of PCBAs to support the growth in volume.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $15.6 million, which consisted of a net loss of $15.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.5 million and a net change of $1.3 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of stock based-based compensation of $0.8 million, change in value of warrant liability of $0.3 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.3 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of the increase in revenue and a delay in Medicare payment due to our establishment of a new independent diagnostic testing facility and a national system issue with the CMS, and an increase in other assets of $1.2 million primarily related to the purchase of PCBAs. These changes were partially offset by a $1.4 million increase in accrued liabilities, primarily related to accrued payroll and related compensation accruals as a result of increased headcount, and a $0.7 million increase in accounts payable due to the overall increase in our costs and operating expenses.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment.

Cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash used in financing activities was $1.8 million, primarily consisting of payments for costs incurred in connection with this offering.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $12.4 million, primarily consisting of net proceeds of $12.1 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and $0.3 million from the exercise of common stock options, net of repurchases.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $36.4 million, primarily consisting of net proceeds from bank debt of $29.0 million and net proceeds of $12.1 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, partially offset by $4.9 million in payments on bank debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $17.7 million, consisting of net proceeds of $17.2 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and net proceeds of $4.9 million from bank debt, partially offset by $4.5 million in payments on bank debt.

Indebtedness

Pharmakon Loan Agreement

In December 2015, we entered into a Loan Agreement with Pharmakon. The Pharmakon Loan Agreement provides for up to $55.0 million in term loans split into two tranches as follows: (i) Tranche A Loans of

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$30.0 million in term loans, and (ii) Tranche B Loans are up to $25.0 million in term loans. The Tranche A Loans were drawn on December 4, 2015. The Tranche B Loans are available to be drawn prior to December 4, 2016. The amount of Tranche B Loans available to be borrowed is dependent on our net sales for the two fiscal quarters preceding such drawing. If net revenue for the two preceding fiscal quarters taken together before the closing date prior to funding each tranche totals: (i) more than or equal to $20.0 million but less than $25.0 million, we can borrow not less than $5.0 million and up to $15.0 million; (ii) more than or equal to $25.0 million, we can borrow not less than $5.0 million and up to $25.0 million; and (iii) less than $20.0 million, the total available borrowings is $0. On the date drawn, we are obligated to pay Pharmakon an amount equal to 1% of the Tranche B Loans drawn.

During the first four years, payments are interest only and for the first two years 50% of the interest will be “paid in kind.” We are subject to a financial covenant related to minimum trailing revenue targets that begins in June 2017, and is tested on a semi-annual basis. The minimum net revenue covenant ranges from $44.7 million for the period ended June 30, 2017 to $102.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2021. The minimum net revenue financial covenant has a 45-day equity cure period following required delivery date of the financial statements. Pursuant to this equity cure provision, we may cure a revenue covenant default by raising additional funds from the sale of equity. The loan matures in December 2021. As of June 30, 2016, $30.8 million in principal and interest was outstanding under the Pharmakon Loan Agreement.

The Tranche A Loans bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 9.50% per annum, which is due and payable quarterly in arrears. During the first eight calendar quarters, 50% of the interest due and payable shall be added to the then-outstanding principal. The Tranche B Loans bear interest at a fixed rate equal to (i) 9.50% per annum if drawn prior June 30, 2016, (ii) 10.00% per annum if drawn on or after June 30, 2016 but before September 30, 2016 and (iii) 10.50% per annum if drawn on or after September 30, 2016.

The Pharmakon Loan Agreement requires us to maintain a minimum liquidity and minimum net sales during the term of the loan facility and contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and event of default provisions that could result in the acceleration of the repayment obligations under the loan facility. Upon a change in control of our company, Pharmakon has the option to demand payment in full of the outstanding loans together with the prepayment premium. The obligations under the Pharmakon Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets pursuant to the Pharmakon Guaranty and Security Agreement, and this security interest is governed by an intercreditor agreement between Pharmakon and SVB.

SVB Loan and Security Agreement

In June 2014, we refinanced our debt with SVB by entering into a Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, or Second Amendment. Under the Second Amendment, we borrowed $4.9 million. In June 2014, we repaid $3.9 million of bank debt that was outstanding prior to the effectiveness of the Second Amendment and made principal payments totaling $0.6 million during 2014.

In December 2015, we used the proceeds from the Pharmakon Loan Agreement to repay $4.9 million of bank debt to SVB and entered into a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB, or the SVB Loan Agreement. Under the SVB Loan Agreement we may borrow, repay and reborrow under a revolving credit line, but not in excess of the maximum loan amount of $15.0 million, until December 4, 2018, when all outstanding principal and accrued interest becomes due and payable. Any principal amount outstanding under the SVB revolving credit line bears interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the rate published by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” plus 0.25%. The credit line is subject to financial covenants tied to our trailing twelve-month net sales. We may borrow up to 80% of our eligible accounts receivable, up to the maximum of $15.0 million. As of June 30, 2016, we were eligible to borrow up to $5.0 million and no amount was outstanding under the SVB revolving credit line. In August 2016, we obtained a $3.1 million letter of credit pursuant to the SVB revolving credit facility in connection with a new lease.

The SVB Loan Agreement requires us to maintain a minimum consolidated liquidity and minimum net sales during the term of the loan facility. In addition, the SVB Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The obligations under the SVB Loan Agreement are secured by a

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

security interest in substantially all of our assets, and this security interest is governed by an intercreditor agreement between Pharmakon and SVB.

CHCF Note

In November 2012, we entered into a Note Purchase Agreement and Promissory Note with the California HealthCare Foundation, or the CHCF Note, through which we borrowed $1.5 million. The CHCF Note accrues simple interest of 2.0%. The accrued interest and the principal was set to mature in November 2016. In June 2015, we amended the CHCF Note to extend the maturity date to May 2018. The CHCF Note is subordinate to other bank debt.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
     Total  

Debt including interest

   $ 1,591       $ 6,407       $ 22,361       $ 17,563       $ 47,922   

Operating leases

     1,816         320         218                 2,354   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 3,407       $ 6,727       $ 22,579       $ 17,563       $ 50,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table above does not include purchase orders entered into in the normal course of operations.

On August 9, 2016, we entered into a commercial building lease agreement. The lease, which has an expected commencement date in September 2016, and which will expire in February 2020, provides for the lease of approximately 60,873 square feet of office space in San Francisco, California. The base annual rent is initially set at approximately $320,000 per month. The total base rent payable over the lease period is approximately $13.6 million. In August 2016, we obtained a $3.1 million letter of credit pursuant to our SVB credit facility in connection with the lease.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Our ZIO Patch, a wearable biosensor, is worn by patients for a monitoring period up to 14 days. The ZIO Patch is returned to our monitoring facility and the heartbeat data is curated and analyzed by our proprietary algorithms and reviewed by our certified cardiac technicians. The final step in the ZIO Service is the delivery of

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

an electronic ZIO Report to the prescribing physician with a summary of findings. Our ZIO Service is generally billable when the ZIO Report is issued to the physician. For all ZIO Services performed, we consider whether or not the following revenue recognition criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. For services performed for customers we invoice directly, additional revenue recognition criteria include that the price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured; for customers for which we submit claims to third party commercial and governmental payors for reimbursement, we recognize revenue only when a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made.

The assessment of whether a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made requires significant judgment. If all revenue recognition criteria are met, revenue is recognized upon delivery of the ZIO Report. To date, we have not been able to estimate revenue for third party payors for which we do not have a contracted rate and therefore revenue has been recognized on the earlier of notification or when payment is received. Some patients have out-of-pocket costs for amounts not covered by their insurance carrier, and we may bill patients directly for these amounts in the form of co-payments and co-insurance in accordance with their insurance carrier and health plans. Some payors may not cover our ZIO Service under their reimbursement policies. In the absence of contracted reimbursement coverage or the ability to reasonably estimate reimbursement, we recognize revenue only upon the earlier of notification of payment or when payment is received.

We recognize revenue related to billings for Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, and commercial payors on an accrual basis, net of contractual adjustments, when a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made. These contractual adjustments represent the difference between the list price (the billing rate) and the reimbursement rate for each payor. Upon ultimate collection from CMS and commercial payors, the amount is compared to the previous estimates and the contractual allowance is adjusted accordingly. Until a contract has been negotiated with a commercial payor, our services may or may not be covered by these entities’ existing reimbursement policies. In addition, patients do not enter into direct agreements with us that commit them to pay any portion of the cost of the ZIO Service in the event that their insurance declines to reimburse us. In the absence of an agreement with the patient or other clearly enforceable legal right to demand payment from the patient, the related revenue is recognized only upon the earlier of notification of payment or when payment is received. Costs associated with providing the ZIO Service are recorded as the service is provided regardless of whether or when revenue is recognized.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Contractual Allowance

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated uncollectible receivables based on our historical collections, review of specific outstanding claims, consideration of relevant qualitative factors and an established allowance percentage by aging category. We write off outstanding accounts against the allowance for doubtful accounts when they are deemed to be uncollectible. Increases and decreases in the allowance for doubtful accounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses. We record reductions in revenue for estimated uncollectible amounts.

We review and update our estimates for the allowance for doubtful accounts and the contractual allowance periodically to reflect our experience regarding historical collections. If we were to make different judgments or utilize different estimates in the allowance for doubtful accounts and the contractual allowance, differences in both the amount of reported general and administrative expenses and revenue could result.

Estimated Usage of the Printed Circuit Board Assembly

We use a printed circuit board assembly, or PCBA, in each wearable device and it is reused numerous times in multiple patients. Each time the PCBA is used in a wearable device, a portion of the cost of the PCBA is recorded as a cost of revenue. We have based our estimates of how many times a PCBA can be used on testing in research and development, loss rates, product obsolescence, and the amount of time it takes the device to go through the manufacturing, shipping, customer shelf and patient wear time and upload process. We periodically evaluate the use estimate.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period).

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Our assumptions are as follows:

 

    Expected term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We use the simplified method to determine the expected term, which is calculated as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the options.

 

    Expected volatility. As our common stock has never been publicly traded, the expected volatility is derived from the average historical volatilities of publicly traded companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period approximately equal to the expected term for employees’ options and the remaining contractual life for nonemployees’ options.

 

    Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield with a maturity equal to the expected term of the option in effect at the time of grant.

 

    Dividend yield. The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our equity awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is periodically re-measured as the underlying options vest.

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $0.7 million and $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options and other equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Beginning in January 2015, we received valuations at least quarterly. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In determining a fair value for our common stock, we estimated the enterprise value of our business using the market approach. The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by including an estimation of the value of a business based on guideline public companies. The estimated enterprise value is then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, and the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, or the hybrid method. The hybrid method applied the PWERM utilizing the probability of two exit scenarios, going public or being acquired, and the OPM was utilized in the scenario where our company remains private. For stock awards after the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of              was $              million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

We have issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock in connection with the issuance of various debt facilities and debt instruments. We account for these warrants as a liability in our financial statements because the underlying instrument into which the warrants are exercisable contains deemed liquidation provisions that are outside our control.

The warrants are recorded at fair value using an option pricing model based on an allocation of our company’s aggregate value to the outstanding equity instruments, applying a discount to the warrant value for lack of marketability. The warrants are re-measured at each financial reporting period with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (i) exercise or expiration of the warrants, or (ii) the completion of this offering, at which time all convertible preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily relate to interest rate risks. We had cash and cash equivalents of $25.2 million and $9.0 million as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively, which consist of bank deposits and money market funds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Such interest-bearing instruments carry a degree of risk; however, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

We had total outstanding debt of $30.6 million and $31.4 million, which is net of debt discount and debt issuance costs, as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively. The interest rates on our bank debt and CHCF Note carry fixed interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents were maintained with one financial institution in the United States, and our current deposits are likely in excess of insured limits. We have reviewed the financial statements of this institution and believe it has sufficient assets and liquidity to conduct its operations in the ordinary course of business with little to no credit risk to us.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of Effective Date, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year allowing early adoption as of the original effective date of fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, at which time companies may adopt the new standard update under the full retrospective method or the modified retrospective method. The deferral results in the new revenue standard being effective for us for fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern— Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . The amendments require management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. Specifically, the amendments: (1) provide a definition of the term substantial doubt; (2) require an evaluation every reporting period including interim periods; (3) provide principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans; (4) require certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans; (5) require an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated; and (6) require an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). ASU 2014-15 will be effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. We do not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on our consolidated financial statements will be material.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Under ASU 2015-11, the measurement principle for inventory will change from lower of cost or market value to lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016. We do not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on our consolidated financial statements will be material.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. Under ASU 2015-17, deferred tax liabilities and assets will be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. Previous guidance required deferred tax liabilities and assets to be separated into current and noncurrent amounts on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. We do not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2015-17 on our consolidated financial statements will be material.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which establishes a comprehensive new lease accounting model. The new standard: (a) clarifies the definition of a lease; (b) requires a dual approach to lease classification similar to current lease classifications; and, (c) causes lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet as a lease liability with a corresponding right-of-use asset for leases with a lease-term of more than twelve months. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This ASU was issued as part of the FASB’s simplification initiative and affects all entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. This standard covers accounting for income taxes, forfeitures and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. The ASU will be effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial-stage digital healthcare company redefining the way cardiac arrhythmias are clinically diagnosed by combining our wearable biosensing technology with cloud-based data analytics and machine-learning capabilities. Our goal is to be the leading provider of first-line ambulatory electrocardiogram, or ECG, monitoring for patients at risk for arrhythmias. We have created a unique platform, called the ZIO Service, which combines an easy-to-wear and unobtrusive biosensor that can be worn for up to 14 days, called the ZIO Patch, with powerful proprietary algorithms that distill data from millions of heartbeats into clinically actionable information. We believe that the ZIO Service allows physicians to diagnose many arrhythmias more quickly and efficiently than traditional technologies and avoid multiple indeterminate tests. Early detection of heart rhythm disorders, such as atrial fibrillation, or AF, and other clinically relevant arrhythmias, allows for appropriate medical intervention and helps avoid more serious downstream medical events, including stroke. Since receiving clearance from the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2009, we have provided the ZIO Service to over 500,000 patients and have collected over 125 million hours of curated heartbeat data, creating what we believe to be the world’s largest repository of ambulatory ECG patient data. This data provides us with a competitive advantage by informing our proprietary machine-learned algorithms, which may enable operating efficiencies, gross margin improvement and business scalability. We believe the ZIO Service is well aligned with the goals of the U.S. healthcare system: improving population health, enhancing the patient care experience and reducing per-capita cost.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 11 million patients in the United States have a heart rhythm disorder, or arrhythmia. The most common sustained type of arrhythmia is AF. The American Heart Association, or AHA, estimates that as many as six million people in the United States have AF and individuals with AF are five times more likely to suffer a stroke. However, the National Stroke Association, or NSA, estimates that up to 80% of strokes suffered by people with AF are preventable with early detection and proper treatment.

The ambulatory cardiac monitoring market is well-established with an estimated 4.6 million diagnostic tests performed annually in the United States, which we believe to be an existing $1.4 billion market opportunity for our ZIO Service. Traditional ambulatory cardiac monitoring tools used by physicians for diagnosing patients with suspected arrhythmias, such as Holter and cardiac event monitors, are constrained by one or more of the following: short prescribed monitoring times, non-continuous data collection, cumbersome equipment and low patient compliance. As an example of these traditional constraints, patients often remove these traditional monitors when sleeping, showering or exercising, leading to failure to capture critical data. These limitations contribute to incomplete diagnoses and repeat testing, which in turn result in suboptimal patient care and higher costs to the health system.

While some existing products may address a subset of these limitations, we believe the ZIO Service provides a comprehensive solution that addresses all of these limitations and offers a clear value proposition to patients, providers, and payors by providing an easy-to-use, clinically proven, low-cost solution. Our ZIO Service improves physician management and diagnosis of arrhythmias by providing a patient-friendly wearable biosensor, curating and analyzing voluminous ECG data, and ultimately creating a concise report that is used by the physician to make a diagnosis and which can be integrated into a patient’s electronic health record. We believe our ZIO Service can continue taking significant market share from the existing ambulatory cardiac monitoring market and expand the market for new clinical use cases and indications. We believe the ZIO Service has the potential to supplant traditional technology and become the primary first-line monitoring option for patients who are candidates for ambulatory cardiac monitoring due to its ability to detect more arrhythmias, which allows for earlier changes in clinical patient management.

The ZIO Service consists of:

 

    the wearable ZIO Patch biosensor, which continuously records and stores ECG data from every patient heartbeat for up to 14 days

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    cloud-based analysis of the recorded cardiac rhythms using our proprietary machine-learned algorithms

 

    a final quality assessment review of the data by our certified cardiac technicians

 

    an easy-to-read ZIO Report, a curated summary of findings that includes high quality and clinically-actionable information which is sent directly to a patient’s physician and can be integrated into a patient’s electronic health record

We have a body of clinical evidence, including 18 peer-reviewed publications, showing, among other advantages, that the ZIO Service helps reduce healthcare costs and improves arrhythmia detection, characterization and diagnosis by prescribing physicians. These improvements have the potential to change clinical management of patients. Our clinical evidence is helping to drive physician adoption and payor reimbursement coverage. One study of the ZIO Service, published in The American Journal of Cardiology in August 2013, showed that among 16,142 consecutive ZIO Service patients in whom an arrhythmia was detected, over 50% of symptomatic arrhythmias detected by the ZIO Service occur more than 48 hours into the wear period. Although this study did not directly compare the ZIO Service to Holter monitoring performance, it should be noted that 48 hours is outside of the typical wear period for Holter monitors. In another prospective comparative study against Holter monitor, published in The American Journal of Medicine in January 2014, the ZIO Service detected 96 arrhythmia events compared to 61 arrhythmia events detected by the Holter monitor (P < 0.001), providing a 57% improvement in diagnostic yield, which is the percentage of patients in whom an arrhythmia was detected during the monitoring period. In the same study, the ZIO Service was preferred by 81% of patients when compared to Holter monitors. This clinical study, however, was a single-center study with a relatively small sample size that directly compared the ZIO Service to a Holter monitor, but not to other ambulatory cardiac monitoring products. In summary, the ZIO Service is preferred by patients and allows for significantly longer continuous monitoring, improved clinical accuracy, increased detection of arrhythmias by physicians, and meaningful changes in clinical management.

Over 500,000 patients have utilized the ZIO Service since its commercialization, and as of June 30, 2016, approximately 290 million individuals in the United States have government or private insurance policies that cover reimbursement for the ZIO Service. We have designed a comprehensive strategy to allow us to compete favorably in the ambulatory cardiac monitoring market, which includes capturing market share from existing monitoring devices as well as expanding the market through new indications. We expect to drive sales and margin growth in our business by expanding our sales organization, securing additional contracts with commercial payors, maintaining technology leadership through research and development, and continuing to build clinical evidence supporting the benefits of the ZIO Service.

We have collected over 125 million hours of curated heartbeat data, creating what we believe to be the world’s largest repository of annotated, continuous ambulatory ECG recordings with contextual patient information. This extensive database, along with our proprietary analytic platform, differentiates the ZIO Service and gives us a competitive advantage. We will continue to seek opportunities to capitalize on our product design, proprietary analytic capabilities and data repository to capture additional opportunities in the digital healthcare market.

We are a vertically-integrated company headquartered in San Francisco, California, and we have additional commercial operations and facilities in Lincolnshire, Illinois and Houston, Texas. We manufacture our devices in Cypress, California. As of June 30, 2016, we had 356 full-time employees. Our revenue was $21.7 million and $36.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $15.9 million and $28.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and we incurred a net loss of $15.8 million, $22.8 million, $9.4 million and $10.6 million for those same periods.

Market Opportunity

Every year, millions of patients experience symptoms potentially associated with cardiac arrhythmias, a condition in which the electrical impulses that coordinate heartbeats do not occur properly, causing the heart to beat too quickly, too slowly or irregularly. Examples of arrhythmias include premature (extra) beats, superventricular arrhythmias which are fast heart rates that originate from the upper chambers of the heart, atrial

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tachycardia, atrial flutter and AF. Atrial fibrillation is the most common type of sustained cardiac arrhythmia. The symptoms of arrhythmias include palpitations or a skipped heartbeat, rapid heartbeat, shortness of breath, dizziness, light-headedness, fainting spells, and fatigue. Early detection is essential in order to obtain early treatment and help avoid more serious medical conditions, such as stroke, and additional medical costs.

Atrial Fibrillation and Stroke

In patients with AF, the upper chambers of the heart beat irregularly and blood does not flow properly to the lower chambers of the heart. The AHA estimates that AF affects as many as six million patients in the United States and 33.5 million patients worldwide. The NSA estimates that one-third of AF patients are asymptomatic and still undiagnosed. More than 750,000 hospitalizations occur each year because of AF, and the condition contributes to an estimated 130,000 deaths each year. Since AF is more common among people over the age of 60, these numbers are expected to increase as the U.S. population ages.

In addition, AF is the leading risk factor for stroke because AF can cause blood to collect in the heart and potentially form a clot, which can travel to the brain. While individuals with AF are approximately five times more likely to suffer a stroke, the NSA estimates that up to 80% of strokes in people with AF can be prevented through early detection and proper treatment. According to the AHA, stroke costs the United States an estimated $34 billion each year in healthcare costs and lost productivity, and is a leading cause of serious long-term disability. The AHA estimates that ischemic strokes represent 87% of all strokes in the United States and that between 15% and 20% of the estimated 690,000 ischemic strokes are attributable to AF.

Currently, the ZIO Service is prescribed by physicians primarily for symptomatic patients. However, we believe that high-risk asymptomatic patients represent an additional market opportunity for the ZIO Service. Monitoring high-risk asymptomatic patients may lead to increased diagnoses, earlier treatment and potentially avoid more severe downstream conditions, because, as the Framingham Study published in Stroke in September 1995 demonstrated, 18% of AF-related strokes present with asymptomatic AF that is only detected at the time of stroke.

Early detection of AF is critical in optimizing patient care, delivering earlier treatment to help avoid further adverse clinical events, managing symptoms caused by AF, and reducing the total public health burden of treating stroke. The AHA and American Stroke Association, or ASA, have published treatment guidelines for patients diagnosed with AF to manage heart rhythm and rate and prevent stroke. These early treatments include:

 

    medications such as oral anticoagulants, new variations of which have been shown in multiple recent studies to safely reduce stroke rates by 60%

 

    treatment with anti-arrhythmic drugs

 

    interventions such as cardiac ablation therapy to help control heart rhythm and rate

Atrial fibrillation burden, the amount of time a patient spends in AF, has been identified in the clinical community as an important measure for determining appropriate and effective therapeutic interventions to manage patients with AF and assessing stroke risk. The calculated AF burden is only as good as the data available for analysis during the monitoring period. Since the most common type of AF occurs intermittently, continuous patch-based monitoring devices, such as the ZIO Patch, more accurately measure AF burden because every heartbeat is recorded without interruption during the entire monitoring period. We are currently conducting a study to determine the correlation between AF burden, as measured by the ZIO Service, and the risk of stroke in patients.

The ZIO Patch was designed specifically to be patient-friendly to facilitate high patient compliance and allow data to be recorded continuously for up to 14 days. Other non-invasive monitoring modalities are limited due to intermittent monitoring, short prescribed monitoring periods and patient compliance issues due to removal of the device during the monitoring period.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Ambulatory Cardiac Monitoring Overview

Arrhythmia symptoms are generally monitored either in a physician’s office or healthcare facility or remotely with the use of ambulatory cardiac monitoring devices. Typically, physicians will administer a resting ECG in their offices to record and analyze the electrical impulses of patients’ hearts. If physicians determine that patients require monitoring for a longer period of time to generate a diagnosis, they have historically prescribed a first-line ambulatory cardiac monitoring device such as a Holter monitor. If the diagnosis is not definitive following the first monitoring period, physicians may prescribe a repeat Holter monitoring period, or alternatively, prescribed event monitors, mobile cardiac telemetry or implantable loop recorders as second-line tools. Some physicians own their own ambulatory cardiac monitoring devices and provide ambulatory monitoring services directly to their patients, while others outsource these services to third party providers.

Based in part on a Frost & Sullivan and third party company reports, we estimate that approximately 4.6 million ambulatory monitoring procedures were performed in the United States in 2015 and that these procedures represent an existing $1.4 billion market opportunity for our ZIO Service.

 

LOGO

Holter Monitors

Holter monitors are non-invasive, ambulatory, battery-operated monitoring products that continuously record the ECG data of a patient, during a typical prescribed wear period of 24 to 48 hours. A Holter monitor consists of a recorder, electrodes that are attached to the patient’s chest and wires connecting the electrodes to the recorder. After the prescribed wear period, the data recorded by the device is delivered by hand, mail or internet for processing and analysis by the physician’s office or a third party provider. For patients with suspected arrhythmias, Holter monitors have a relatively low diagnostic yield of approximately 24% due to a limited prescribed wear period of typically no more than 48 hours and low patient compliance, likely resulting from bulky equipment and cumbersome wires. The low diagnostic yield is also attributable to missing data, because patients typically remove the electrodes and disconnect their Holter monitors in order to shower, sleep and exercise.

Cardiac Event Monitors and Mobile Cardiac Telemetry

Cardiac event monitoring is another type of non-invasive, ambulatory monitoring. Event monitoring differs from Holter monitoring in that the monitor is prescribed and worn for a longer period of time, up to 30 days, and the data recorded during the wear period is symptom driven. Event monitors generally record several minutes of activity at a time and then start over, a process referred to as memory loop recording. There are many types of event recorders available with a range of features including patient-triggered or auto-detected symptom

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

recording, and manual data transmission or auto-send. Mobile cardiac telemetry, also known as MCOT or outpatient telemetry, is another form of event monitor that usually uses wireless technology, such as a cell phone network, to transmit data to a monitoring facility where the ECG data is analyzed. Event monitors have several limitations, including limited data storage, the lack of trend data, and poor patient compliance due to electrode replacement, bulky equipment and the fact the patient must both activate and transmit events in some cases. Additionally, MCOT technology has unique limitations including the need for patients to keep the transmitter close at all times and frequently change the battery or recharge the device to ensure timely transmissions. These limitations can severely impact a physician’s ability to provide a timely diagnosis and result in a lower diagnostic yield.

Implantable Loop Recorders

A separate segment of ambulatory cardiac monitoring consists of implantable diagnostic products such as implantable loop recorders, also known as insertable cardiac monitors. Implantable loop recorders are implanted underneath a patient’s skin during a hospital-based, minimally invasive procedure. These devices remain implanted in a patient for up to three years, capturing data in a looping manner for patient-triggered or automatically-detected events. Limitations of this monitoring option include the semi-permanent nature of the implant, infection risks during insertion and removal, non-continuous data collection, under- or over-sensing which may exhaust the memory of the loop recorder, risk of missing events due to the looping nature of the recording, and the high cost of the device.

Limitations of Traditional Ambulatory Cardiac Monitors

Limitations of the various types of traditional ambulatory cardiac monitors can include the following:

 

    short prescribed monitoring periods leading to low diagnostic yield

 

    non-continuous data collection, resulting in an incomplete picture of a patient’s arrhythmia experience

 

    bulky monitoring equipment with dangling electrode leads causing discomfort and low patient compliance

 

    the need to use costly second-line diagnostic options that would not be necessary if first-line tests had produced a higher diagnostic yield

 

    the generation of excessive and uncurated data for the physician to analyze

We believe there is a significant opportunity for a disruptive arrhythmia monitoring solution that offers low-cost, first-line, continuous ambulatory monitoring, combined with patient-friendly design, to enhance compliance and simplify the monitoring experience while maximizing diagnostic yield.

Our Solution

We have developed a 14-day, continuous, ambulatory cardiac monitoring solution known as the ZIO Service. The FDA-cleared ZIO Service combines a wire-free, patch-based, wearable biosensor with a proprietary cloud-based data analytic platform to help physicians monitor patients and diagnose arrhythmias. Since commercialization, over 500,000 patients have utilized the ZIO Service and we have collected over 125 million hours of heartbeats, creating what we believe to be the world’s largest repository of ambulatory ECG patient data.

Our patented ZIO Patch is a patient-worn biosensor that captures ECG data continuously for up to 14 days. Patients also have the ability to mark when symptoms occur while wearing the ZIO Patch by pressing a trigger button on the device, and separately recording contextual data like activities and circumstances in a symptom diary. This allows physicians to match symptoms and activity with ECG data. Following the wear period, the ZIO Patch is returned and data is uploaded to our secure cloud and run through our proprietary, machine-learned algorithms. A concise report of preliminary findings is prepared by our certified cardiac technicians and made available to physicians electronically.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

LOGO

We believe the ZIO Service is a disruptive first-line option for ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our solution is the only patch-based monitor to achieve meaningful scale to date, with over 500,000 monitored patients. The ZIO Service addresses patient compliance, continuously monitors patients up to 14 days and produces easy to read, comprehensive digital reports which provide the information physicians need to make accurate and timely clinical decisions. Clinical studies have shown that our innovative digital healthcare solution improves physicians’ abilities to detect arrhythmias by increasing diagnostic yield, and potentially allows them to change the course of treatment. Our proprietary machine-learned algorithms give us a competitive advantage due to the depth and breadth of ECG data available from the over 125 million hours of curated and annotated ECG data collected to date. Additionally, we believe we have the first mover advantage in the market, particularly related to our efforts to secure commercial payor contracts and in-network arrangements covering approximately 200 million U.S. patients as of June 30, 2016. The ZIO Service, however, does not provide real-time reporting capabilities and is less well-known than some of the devices sold by our competitors.

We are actively working to make the ZIO Service the preferred first-line monitoring option for patients who require ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our solution helps reduce healthcare costs and improves arrhythmia detection, characterization and diagnosis by providing simple, seamless integration of heart rhythm data from patient to cloud to physician. We believe we offer a high value, low cost, disruptive solution to a market ready for innovative technology.

Key Benefits

Value to Patients

We designed the ZIO Patch specifically to address patient compliance issues common to other ambulatory cardiac monitors. Our wire-free wearable biosensor is easy to apply, comfortable, lightweight and unobtrusive. It does not require patient action for battery changes, adhesive changes, or lead wire or electrode management. Patients wear it discreetly during activities of daily life including exercising and showering for up to 14 consecutive days. A clinical study by Barrett et al published in The American Journal of Medicine in January 2014, or the Barrett Study, confirmed that the ZIO Service is a patient-friendly monitoring option, noting that 94% of patients found the ZIO Patch comfortable to wear, and 81% of patients preferred the ZIO Patch over a Holter monitor. The ZIO Patch allows patients to mark when a symptom occurs by pressing a button on the ZIO Patch and logging the surrounding circumstances into a diary, thus allowing physicians to link symptoms with the ECG data. Additionally, patients have access to our professional 24/7 customer service team to address any product, service, enrollment or billing questions.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Value to Providers

Providers, such as physicians, receive high-quality, easy-to-read, actionable digital reports that help them diagnose patients and streamline clinical workflow. The ZIO Service has been shown in multiple peer-reviewed published clinical studies to detect more arrhythmias compared to Holter monitoring during their respective prescribed wear periods. We analyze and generate patient reports at our CMS-certified independent diagnostic testing facilities, or IDTFs, staffed with our certified cardiac technicians who specialize in advanced arrhythmia interpretation to help ensure high accuracy and quality of reports before delivering them to the prescribing physician. Due to high patient compliance, the reports include up to 14 days of non-interrupted data correlated with patient-triggered and diary symptom events. Physicians can use this continuous correlated data to more conclusively diagnose arrhythmias as a source of symptoms.

Accurate detection and higher diagnostic yield allow physicians to more quickly prescribe the appropriate treatment options for patients. In 28% of cases observed in a clinical study by Rosenberg et al published in Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology in March 2013, or the Rosenberg Study, the physician changed the patient’s clinical management after prescribing the ZIO Service as compared to a Holter monitor.

 

 

LOGO

Additionally, the ZIO Service allows clinical staff to focus on more value-added activities by not requiring electrode changes or battery recharging during use, device cleaning and maintenance following use, and by reducing physician and hospital staff time needed to review and curate ECG data. Our 24/7 customer service team provides troubleshooting for patient-related issues, removing this burden from the physician practice.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Value to Payors

The ZIO Service offers a high yield, low cost solution compared to other monitoring modalities.

 

LOGO

The graph above compares the costs of monitoring to the diagnostic yield of various ambulatory cardiac monitors. The analysis, completed by Decision Drivers Analytics and commissioned by us, uses cost data from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, published diagnostic yields, and our internal database, and demonstrates that the ZIO Service has a diagnostic yield on par with much more expensive devices but superior to less expensive options. This implies that it is the most cost-effective modality among its peer group, optimizing the cost, time, and reliability of reaching a timely diagnosis.

This data, however, demonstrates that the ZIO Service is not the least expensive solution on the market. Additionally, other devices may enjoy advantages such as established brand recognition and real-time reporting capabilities that the ZIO Service does not yet provide.

Patients who use traditional first-line Holter monitors often do not receive a diagnosis after one monitoring period. A recent retrospective, longitudinal study conducted by Arnold et al published in the Journal of Health Economics and Outcomes Research in February 2015, evaluated the clinical consequences and costs of CMS patients who had no previous evidence of a cardiac arrhythmia and were undergoing their first Holter monitoring test. Data from this study indicates that there was no diagnosis reached for 70% of patients after an initial Holter test. The ZIO Service has been shown to have a low cost per diagnosis compared to existing monitoring modalities due to its high diagnostic yield.

We believe that the ZIO Service is the best first-line test for most patients requiring ambulatory cardiac monitoring because it allows physicians to identify a timely course of treatment and avoids healthcare costs associated with additional monitoring. The ZIO Service is patient-friendly and allows significantly longer and more continuous monitoring than a Holter monitor, resulting in improved clinical accuracy and potentially a meaningful change in clinical management. Better diagnostic yield results in decreased costs due to fewer additional first and second-line tests. We believe that the ZIO Service could replace both first and second-line testing solutions because it offers the right test, the first time.

Early detection of arrhythmias allows physicians to assess a patient’s risk factors, and decide on the best treatment course for avoiding potentially more severe downstream conditions. Specifically, the early detection of AF allows physicians to consider strategies to mitigate the risk of stroke. According to multiple studies, preventative treatments, such as oral anticoagulants, have been shown to reduce stroke rates by 60%, thereby potentially avoiding the patient effects of stroke and the high costs associated with post-stroke management.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Technology

The ZIO Service combines our proprietary products and services to provide continuous ambulatory cardiac monitoring. A wearable patch-based biosensor called the ZIO Patch, collects up to 1.5 million heartbeats for each patient during a wear period of up to 14 days. Our ZIO Service includes a machine-learned analytics engine which curates the heartbeat data into a concise, clinically actionable report, which is delivered to the prescribing physician.

ZIO Patch

The ZIO Patch is a single-use, wire-free, wearable biosensor that records a patient’s heartbeats and ECG data. The ZIO Patch was specifically designed with the patient and physician in mind. The ZIO Patch includes the following features:

 

    patented clear, flexible, lightweight, wire-free design

 

    unobtrusive and inconspicuous profile

 

    proprietary adhesive backing that keeps the patch securely in place for the duration of the prescribed wear period

 

    water resistant functionality, allowing patients to shower and perform normal daily activities, including exercise

 

    proprietary hydrogel electrodes for a clear ECG with minimal artifact from movement

 

    large symptom button, or patient trigger, that is easy to find and press

 

    indicated wear period of up to 14 days

 

    sufficient battery life for the entire wear period

 

 

LOGO  

LOGO

Symptoms can be logged through a paper symptom diary or through two digital platforms:

 

    myZIO.com website

 

    myZIO iPhone App

Monitoring with the ZIO Service

The ZIO Service is administered through the process described below:

Enrollment and Initiation of the ZIO Service

Once a physician determines a patient is a candidate for 14-day continuous monitoring, the patient is enrolled through our online portal. The wire-free ZIO Patch is applied to the patient’s chest by the clinical staff,

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and monitoring is initiated. There is also an option for physicians to enroll patients remotely, although this option is less frequently utilized. With this option, the physician enrolls the patient and the patient receives the ZIO Patch in the mail along with a detailed set of self-application instructions.

Monitoring

The ZIO Patch is worn continuously by the patient for up to 14 days. The ZIO Patch can be worn in the shower, while sleeping, and during exercise. During the wear period, the device continuously stores and records all ECG data. The ZIO Patch features a patient trigger button for marking any symptoms during the wear period; the patient is instructed to push the button when a symptom occurs and make a corresponding entry into the written or electronic symptom diary. At the end of the prescribed wear period, the patient removes the device and places it and the diary into a pre-paid postal box, which ships to one of our clinical centers.

Data Analysis and Assessment

At one of our clinical centers, the returned device is validated with patient identifiers that are compliant with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and up to 14 days of heartbeat data is uploaded to be processed through our cloud-based, FDA-cleared proprietary algorithms for highly accurate ECG analysis. When complete, a preliminary curated report is created. Our process can take the equivalent of 30,000 pages of ECG strips and distill it into an actionable summary report of about 10 to 15 pages, summarizing the key findings and providing supporting details on clinically relevant events and metrics during the wear period. Our certified cardiac technicians play a critical role in report curation by providing a quality review of the data before the final ZIO Report is electronically delivered to the patient’s physician for final interpretation and diagnosis.

ZIO Report

The ZIO Report provides information in a concise format for review and interpretation by the patient’s physician. Data provided includes total analysis time, AF burden, AF duration, comprehensive symptom/rhythm correlation, detailed findings per day, and arrhythmia type. If pre-determined physician notification criteria for symptoms are met, the prescribing physician is notified by phone of the serious findings prior to the ZIO Report being made available electronically. The ZIO Report is delivered through our secure, HIPAA compliant web portal. Physicians can open the ZIO Report and add their interpretation into the report file. These reports can be uploaded into the physicians’ electronic record system for storage and are available for use by the patient’s other physicians. Excerpts of these reports are included below to highlight the key features.

Up to 14-days continuous recording and storage

 

LOGO    Up to 20,000 minutes of continuous ECG data, equivalent to approximately 1.5 million heartbeats

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Easy-to-read summary

 

LOGO   

Preliminary findings based on both the proprietary algorithms and certified cardiac technicians

 

Final interpretation by a patient’s physician

Comprehensive symptom/rhythm correlation

 

LOGO    Patient-triggered and symptom diary events mapped to arrhythmia

AF Burden

 

LOGO    Total AF during wear period and daily AF burden

AF Duration

 

LOGO    Total number of AF episodes categorized by duration

ZIO Event Card

We also offer the ZIO Event Card in our product portfolio. The ZIO Event Card is a looping cardiac monitor that captures patient-triggered recordings for symptom/rhythm correlation. The ZIO Event Card is not a material part of our business and we expect to discontinue offering it in 2017.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Strategy

Our goal is to be the leading first-line ambulatory cardiac monitoring option for patients at risk for arrhythmias. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Further penetrating the existing ambulatory cardiac monitoring market. We intend to expand our market penetration by targeting the large existing ambulatory cardiac monitoring market in the United States. We will continue to position the ZIO Service in the first-line monitoring segment as the right test, the first time. Marketing and education throughout the medical community are key to communicate the strong clinical evidence demonstrating high patient satisfaction and compliance as well as the monitoring superiority of the ZIO Service over Holter monitoring. In addition, we expect to continue developing clinical evidence to demonstrate the advantages of the ZIO Service. Also, within existing accounts, we will continue to market our ZIO Service beyond cardiology and electrophysiology into other departments, including neurology, emergency rooms and primary care offices.

 

    Increasing reimbursement coverage and contracts with commercial payors to increase patient access. As of June 30, 2016, approximately 290 million individuals in the United States have government or private insurance policies that cover reimbursement for the ZIO Service. We have reimbursement arrangements in place with CMS and other government agencies as well as contracts and in-network arrangements in place with commercial payors across the country covering approximately 200 million individuals. We will continue to pursue expanded reimbursement coverage and contracting by highlighting the unique attributes of the ZIO Service. Our payor relations teams are actively engaging national and state-level commercial payors to put contracts in place that will increase and simplify access to the ZIO Service.

 

    Driving conversion of business to direct billing of third party payors. In 2015, approximately 62% of our revenue was derived from directly billing third party payors for the ZIO Service. In accounts that have converted to this model, we have seen an increase in utilization volume because providers no longer need to be concerned with the complexities of coverage or reimbursement for the ZIO Service. New accounts that otherwise may not have been willing to accept the risk of directly billing payors are expected to expand our market opportunity. Our sales teams work diligently with accounts to review workflow and protocols and ensure they are effectively using our available resources including our 24/7 customer service and billing specialists. We have developed communication tools and programs and continually evaluate and refine those tools to support this initiative. We intend to expand our business toward direct third party payor billing in both existing and new accounts.

 

    Expanding our sales organization to support growth. To capture new account opportunities and support growth in existing accounts, we implemented a dual-structure sales team consisting of territory managers and strategic account managers. Territory managers are responsible for signing new accounts while the strategic account managers work to increase ZIO Service utilization across service lines within an account. We will continue to invest in the expansion of this scalable infrastructure and believe this investment will drive adoption of the ZIO Service. While our initial commercial focus is the U.S. market, we also plan to initiate efforts that will allow for future expansion into international geographies.

 

    Expanding indications and clinical use cases. We intend to continue expanding indications and clinical use cases for the ZIO Service in untapped patient populations at risk for arrhythmias through our clinical and market development efforts. We believe these additional indications and clinical use cases represent a significant opportunity for us. This market development initiative includes expanding use for our ZIO Service into the following patient populations:

 

    patients at high risk for asymptomatic (silent) AF, estimated to be at least 3 million patients at any given time

 

    post-ischemic stroke patients, with an annual incidence of 690,000

 

    post-cardiac catheter ablation patients, estimated to be 100,000 annual procedures

 

    pre-op cardiac surgery patients, estimated to be 280,000 annual procedures

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Advancing our technology offering and continuing to solidify our footprint in digital healthcare. We continue to invest in building a unique, innovative product portfolio that addresses unmet needs in the ambulatory cardiac monitoring market. For example, future product offerings may combine our 14-day continuous monitoring with accelerated notification of actionable events through mobile telemetry capability. Additionally, we believe that we have collected the world’s largest repository of ambulatory ECG patient data, and we will continue to look for ways to utilize our proprietary data to create value-driving opportunities in digital healthcare, such as expansion of indications for the ZIO Service, new therapeutic discoveries, development of an analytical engine for ambulatory consumer and other medical data, including the curation of third party biosensor data and payor and provider decision support, as well as internal operating improvements.

Reimbursement and Revenue from the ZIO Service

We receive revenue for the ZIO Service primarily from two sources: third party payors and institutions. Third party payors include commercial payors and government agencies, such as CMS and the Veterans Administration, or VA, and represent the largest, as well as an increasing, source of revenue. Institutions, which are typically hospitals or private physician practices also account for a meaningful percentage of our revenue. We bill these organizations for our ZIO Service, and they are responsible for payment, and, in turn, for seeking reimbursement from third party payors where applicable. In addition, a small percentage of patients whose physicians prescribe the ZIO Service pay us directly.

Third party payors require us to identify the service for which we are seeking reimbursement by using a CPT code set maintained by the American Medical Association, or AMA. Currently, we receive 72% of our revenue through third party payors. As we continue to contract with more commercial insurers and the patient population ages and becomes eligible for CMS programs, we believe more of our revenue will convert to third party payor billing.

We have successfully secured Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, codes specific to this novel category of diagnostic monitoring by working with the AMA and other professional societies who recognize the unique value and efficiency provided by the ZIO Service. The CPT reimbursement code for the ZIO Service is a global code which can be broken out into three separate codes: (1) hook-up of the monitoring device; (2) technical analysis services; and (3) the interpretation of the report. The hook-up refers to the application of the ZIO Patch to the patient’s chest along with patient training by the clinical staff on proper handling and instructions for use during the wear period. The technical component involves the cost of the ZIO Patch, analysis and curation of the ECG data and report generation. The interpretation component involves the physician review and interpretation of the generated report. While the physician or institution bills for hook-up and interpretation, we bill for the technical component.

Our clinical centers, where we conduct the analysis of ECG data captured by the ZIO Patch, are CMS-certified IDTFs, that qualify us as a provider and allow us to bill CMS directly for the ZIO Service. We meet CMS requirements, including having an independent medical director for oversight and certified cardiac technicians for quality assurance of our ZIO Reports.

Commercial payors also reimburse for the ZIO Service utilizing the aforementioned unique CPT codes. We continue to engage with commercial payors to secure active contracts with set reimbursement rates for the ZIO Service.

Clinical Results and Studies

The ZIO Service is a proven solution with 18 peer-reviewed publications on its effectiveness to date. This compelling body of clinical evidence is driving clinical adoption, payor coverage, and clinical use case expansion. The following sections summarize a few of the key clinical studies which have been driving adoption of the ZIO Service. In our discussion of the results of these publications, we have indicated changes in percentage terms, regardless of sample size, which may not be statistically significant. This follows the convention used by the authors of the study as well as standard clinical practice.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Benefit of 14-Day Continuous Monitoring

A retrospective study by Turakhia et al, published in The American Journal of Cardiology in August 2013, analyzed data from 26,751 patients using the ZIO Service for the first time between January 1, 2011 and December 31, 2011. While there was not a direct comparison of the ZIO Service to Holter monitoring performance, results from the study showed that among the 16,142 patients with detected, clinically relevant arrhythmias, over 50% of the first-diagnosed symptomatic arrhythmias occurred after 48 hours of monitoring, suggesting that these arrhythmias could have been missed by traditional Holter monitoring during the typical maximum prescribed monitoring time.

 

 

LOGO

Diagnostic Yield and Monitoring Preference

In the Barrett study, a prospective head-to-head study comparing the detection of arrhythmias between a 24-hour Holter monitor, which has a typical prescribed wear period of 24-48 hours, and the 14-day ZIO Service, a total of 146 patients referred for evaluation of cardiac arrhythmias between April 2012 and July 2012 underwent simultaneous ambulatory ECG recording with both devices. The purpose of the Barrett study was to determine the number of arrhythmia events and the percentage of patients in whom an arrhythmia was detected, known as “diagnostic yield,” during the comparative prescribed wear periods. Results demonstrated that over the total wear period of each device, the ZIO Service detected 96 arrhythmia events compared with 61 arrhythmia events by the Holter monitor (P < 0.001) providing a 57% improvement in diagnostic yield. An increase in diagnostic yield provides increased data for the prescribing physician to use when making a diagnosis. In addition, survey results showed that 93.7% of patients found the ZIO Patch comfortable to wear, whereas only 51.7% patients found the Holter monitor comfortable to wear, and 81% indicated they preferred the ZIO Patch to the Holter monitor. Of the 102 physicians surveyed, 90% thought a definitive diagnosis was achieved using data from the ZIO Service, as opposed to 64% using data from the 24-hour Holter monitor. This clinical trial, however, was a single center study with a relatively small sample size which did not compare the ZIO Service with any product except the Holter monitor.

Changing Clinical Management for AF

In the Rosenberg Study, a prospective single center study of 74 patients undergoing management of AF, patients received both a ZIO Patch and a 24-hour Holter monitor simultaneously to determine the pattern of AF, to document a response to therapy and to potentially diagnose other arrhythmias. The ZIO Service identified AF events in 24% more patients (18 patients) than Holter monitors (P < 0.0001) and the diagnosed pattern of AF was changed in 28% of patients (21 patients) after ZIO Service monitoring. Because of the additional information

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

gained from the ZIO Service, 28% of patients (21 patients) had a change in their clinical management. The most common changes included a change in antiarrhythmic medication, initiation or discontinuation of anticoagulation medication, recommendation of pacemaker placement, atrioventricular junction ablation, pulmonary vein isolation procedure and cardioversion. This clinical trial, however, was also a single center study with a relatively small sample size which did not compare the ZIO Service with any product except the Holter monitor.

AF Burden as a Predictor of Stroke Risk

The RHYTHM Study, a retrospective cohort study of 771 Kaiser Permanente patients with paroxysmal AF who were monitored with the ZIO Service between October 1, 2011 and December 31, 2014, examined the independent association between AF burden, which is the amount of time that a patient spends in AF, as measured by the ZIO Service, and the risk of ischemic stroke. The findings were derived by linking detailed clinical outcome data from Kaiser Permanente’s electronic medical records with our database of analyzed ECG recordings. Study results, presented at the Heart Rhythm Society’s 37th Annual Scientific Sessions in May 2016 by Alan Go M.D. and his colleagues, revealed that a doubling of AF burden was associated with a 33% increased risk of stroke in patients who were not taking medication to prevent blood clots. These results suggest that information on AF burden, which is measured by the ZIO Service, may help patients and providers better evaluate treatment options for reducing risk of stroke. This clinical study was limited to Kaiser Permanente’s patients from the Northern and Southern California regions.

Monitoring of Asymptomatic AF in High Risk Patients

STUDY-AF was a single-center, single-arm prospective study by Turakhia et al published in Clinical Cardiology in May 2015 that enrolled 75 high-risk but previously undiagnosed AF patients from May 2012 to August 2013. Patients were 55 years of age or older and considered high risk with two or more of the following risk factors: coronary disease, heart failure, hypertension, diabetes or sleep apnea, but had no prior documented AF or history of blood clots causing blockage in blood vessels. Results showed that extended monitoring with the ZIO Service identified 11% of patients with previously undiagnosed AF or atrial tachycardia, a rapid heartbeat where electrical signals initiate abnormally in the upper chamber of the heart. In patients with AF, 75% of patients experienced the longest AF episode after the first 48 hours of monitoring. There was also a high prevalence of asymptomatic atrial tachycardia and frequent supraventricular ectopic complexes identified, which may be relevant to development of AF or stroke. This clinical trial, however, was also a single center study with a relatively small sample size.

Currently, the ZIO Service is prescribed by physicians primarily for symptomatic patients. However, the NSA estimates that one-third of the AF population suffers from asymptomatic, or silent, AF. We see a future opportunity in proactively monitoring the at least three million patients who are at high risk of asymptomatic AF to identify those with the illness.

There are additional studies underway examining early detection of AF using ZIO Service monitoring in high-risk patients. The Home-based Screening for Early Detection of AF, or SCREEN-AF, study is screening 800 patients older than 75 years with hypertension. Started in April 2015, the intervention group will undergo ambulatory screening for AF for two weeks with the ZIO Service utilized at baseline and again at three months, in addition to standard care for six months. The mHealth Screening to Prevent Strokes, or mSToPS study, initiated in November 2015, will recruit up to 2,100 participants for active monitoring with the ZIO Service through the Aetna Commercial Fully Insured and Medicare programs and an additional 4,000 people will be given usual care as observational controls. Women over the age of 65 and men over 55 with risk factors will be selected to participate based on information derived from claims data that places them at a potentially increased risk of undiagnosed AF. We do not expect results from either of these studies within the next 12 months.

We continue to participate in and consider studies that utilize the ZIO Service across a variety of different applications and patient populations. One example of such a study is LIBERTY-HCM, which is using the ZIO Service to evaluate whether an investigational drug treatment might reduce the incidence of AF in patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, which is a condition in which a patient’s heart becomes thickened and less effective. The results of this study have not yet been published.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Research and Development

Our research and development activities are focused on:

 

    Improvements and extensions to existing products and services. We are continuously working to improve the ZIO Service to increase patient comfort, product quality, operational scalability and security

 

    Advancing our technology offering. Our product pipeline includes a patch-based solution that combines continuous monitoring for up to 14 days with accelerated notification of actionable events through mobile telemetry capability

 

    Customer workflow optimization. We have initiatives that aim to increase customer productivity by optimizing workflow through easier patient enrollment and integration of ZIO Reports directly into electronic health records

 

    Data analytics. We are focused on improving and enhancing our backend machine-learned analytic platform, building on our core competency in data analytics

 

    Developing clinical evidence . We are involved in clinical studies to further support the benefits of the ZIO Service and expand indications for use

 

    Continuing to solidify our footprint in digital healthcare. Using our repository of ambulatory ECG patient data, we will continue to look for ways to create value-driving opportunities in digital healthcare, such as expansion of indications for the ZIO Service, new therapeutic discoveries, development of an analytical engine for ambulatory consumer and other medical data and payor and provider decision support

Our research and development department consists of software development, algorithm and product development, regulatory affairs, and clinical research. We spent $3.2 million on research and development for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and $6.3 million and $5.7 million on research and development for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We market our ambulatory cardiac monitoring solution in the United States through a direct sales organization of 83 field personnel as of December 31, 2015, comprised of sales management, field billing specialists, and 65 territory or strategic account managers. A dual-structure sales team comprised of territory managers and strategic account managers enables us to target numerous customer stakeholders in a scalable way. Territory managers focus on initial introduction into new accounts and penetration across a sales region, while strategic account managers focus on driving adoption within existing accounts, conveying our message of clinical and economic value to service line managers, hospital administrators, and other clinical departments. We continue to increase the size of our U.S. sales organization to expand the current customer account base and increase utilization of our ZIO Service. In addition, we will continue exploring sales and marketing expansion opportunities in international geographies.

We market our ZIO Service to a variety of physician specialties including general cardiologists, electrophysiologists, neurologists, and other physician specialists who diagnose and manage care for patients with arrhythmias. We have found success focusing on integrated delivery networks, or IDNs, in which large networks of facilities and providers work together to offer a continuum of care to a specific geographic area or market. Focusing on sales to IDNs gives us the opportunity to conduct a holistic sale for health systems interested in making value-based purchasing decisions.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented industry, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions, results of clinical research, corporate combinations and other factors. We principally compete with companies that sell standard Holter monitors including GE Healthcare, Philips

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Healthcare, Mortara Instrument, Inc., Spacelabs Healthcare Inc. and Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc., which was acquired by Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Additional competitors who offer ambulatory cardiac monitoring services include BioTelemetry, Inc., LifeWatch AG and Medtronic plc.

These competitors have also developed other patch-based mobile cardiac monitors that have recently received FDA and foreign regulatory clearances. For example, LifeWatch AG received FDA clearance and CE mark for its mobile cardiac telemetry monitoring patch in January 2016 and December 2015, respectively. In addition, in July 2016, BioTelemetry, Inc. announced FDA clearance for its patch-based mobile cardiac telemetry monitor. We are also aware of some small start-up companies entering the patch-based cardiac monitoring market. Large medical device companies may continue to acquire or form alliances with these smaller companies in order to diversify their product offering and participate in the digital health space. For example, in 2014 Medtronic, Inc. acquired Corventis, Inc., and in 2015 Boston Scientific Corporation made an equity investment in and entered into a sales cooperation agreement with Preventice Solutions, Inc. (formerly eCardio Diagnostics, LLC). Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and technical resources than we do. Furthermore, many of our competitors have well-established brands, widespread distribution channels, broader product offerings and an established customer base.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    ease of use, comfort and unobtrusiveness of the device for the patient

 

    quality of the algorithms to detect arrhythmias

 

    concise and comprehensive reports for physician interpretation

 

    contracted rates with third party payors

 

    government reimbursement rates associated with our products and services

 

    quality of clinical data and publication in peer-reviewed journals

 

    size, experience, knowledge and training of sales and marketing teams

 

    availability and reliability of sales representatives and customer support services

 

    workflow protocols for solution implementation in existing care pathways

 

    reputation of existing device manufacturers and service providers

 

    relationships with physicians, hospitals, administrators, and other third party payors

Intellectual Property

To protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, employment, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements and protective contractual provisions with our employees, contractors, consultants, suppliers, partners and other third parties.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of August 31, 2016, we owned, or retained exclusive license to, seven issued U.S. patents, two issued patents from the Japan Patent Office, and one issued patent from the patent offices in each of Australia, Canada, the European Union and Korea:

 

Country

   Pat. No.    Issue Date    Expiration Date

USA

   8,160,682    4/17/2012    2/3/2029

USA

   8,244,335    8/14/2012    1/21/2029

USA

   8,150,502    4/3/2012    11/20/2028

USA

   8,560,046    10/15/2013    6/2/2031

USA

   8,538,503    9/17/2013    5/12/2031

USA

   9,173,670    11/3/2015    4/7/2034

USA

   9,241,649    1/26/2016    10/19/2031

Japan

   5,203,973    2/22/2013    2/6/2027

Japan

   5,559,425    6/13/2014    5/12/2031

Australia

   2011252998    12/10/2015    5/12/2031

Canada

   2,797,980    8/18/2015    5/12/2031

Korea

   10-1513288    4/13/2015    5/12/2031

The European Union

   EP1981402    8/10/2016    TBD

As of August 31, 2016, we had sixteen pending patent applications globally, including five in the United States, one in Australia, two in Canada, four in the European Union, two in Japan, one in Korea, and one in the PCT phase.

As of June 30, 2016, our trademark portfolio contained a U.S. trademark registration for the mark ZIO, pending U.S. trademark applications for the marks IRHYTHM and myZIO and pending EU trademark applications for the marks IRHYTHM and ZIO.

We also seek to maintain certain intellectual property and proprietary know-how as trade secrets, and generally require our partners to execute non-disclosure agreements prior to any substantive discussions or disclosures of our technology or business plans. Our trade secrets include proprietary algorithms, adhesive formulations, workflow tools and operational processes.

Manufacturing and Supply

We manufacture our ambulatory cardiac monitors, the ZIO Patch and ZIO Event Card, in our leased facilities in Cypress, California. This 9,866 square foot facility provides space for our assembly and production operations, including packaging, storage and shipping. We believe our manufacturing facilities will be sufficient to meet our manufacturing needs for at least the next five years.

Our manufacturing operations are subject to regulatory requirements of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, for medical devices sold in the United States, set forth at 21 CFR part 820, and the Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC, or MDD, which is required for doing business in the European Union, or EU . We are also subject to applicable requirements relating to the environment, waste management and health and safety matters, including measures relating to the release, use, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, disposal, sale, labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and remediation of hazardous substances. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include our manufacturing facilities or those of our suppliers. Our EU Notified Body, the National Standard Authority of Ireland, or NSAI, enforces the MDD through both scheduled and unscheduled inspections of our manufacturing facilities.

Our failure or the failure of our suppliers to maintain compliance with either the QSR or MDD requirements could result in the shutdown of our manufacturing operations or the recall of our products, which would harm our business. In the event that one of our suppliers fails to maintain compliance with our or governmental quality requirements, we may have to qualify a new supplier and could experience manufacturing delays as a result.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our quality control management programs have earned us a number of quality-related manufacturing designations. Our Cypress, California manufacturing facilities received EN ISO 13485:2012 and ISO 13485:2003 certification. We have been a FDA-registered medical device manufacturer since December 2008 and have been a California-licensed medical device manufacturer since January 2009. The FDA completed a routine audit of our previous manufacturing facility in Huntington Beach, California in May 2013, and one observation requiring a change to documentation procedures was noted. Remedial action was completed within the 45-day timeline that was agreed to at the close of the audit. No additional follow up with the FDA was required and we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the QSR.

The NSAI inspected this facility for ISO 13485 compliance in May 2014 and found one non-conformity of Minor (Category 2) characterization. The NSAI conducted a six-month follow-up of the same facility in January 2015 and no nonconformities were found. Immediately following the move of our manufacturing facility to Cypress, California in August 2015, the NSAI conducted a site audit of the new facility and no nonconformities were found. Most recently, the NSAI conducted a routine ISO 13485 surveillance audit of new manufacturing operations in March 2016, and two non-conformities of Minor (Category 2) characterization were noted, primarily related to documentation processes and climate control improvements. Effective implementation of corrective actions for each nonconformance will be evaluated at the next ISO compliance audit in 2017.

Manufacturing of components of the ZIO Patch and ZIO Event Card are provided by an electronics manufacturing service provider, Jabil Circuit, Inc. We have a manufacturing services agreement with Jabil Circuit, Inc. that allows either party to terminate the agreement with 90 days prior written notice. There are a number of additional critical components and sub-assemblies sourced by other vendors. The vendors for these materials are qualified through stringent evaluation and testing of their performance. We implement a strict no-change policy with our contract manufacturers to ensure that no components are changed without our approval. Our production group in Cypress, California performs assembly, testing and product release.

Order quantities and lead times for components purchased from suppliers are based on our forecasts derived from historical demand and anticipated future demand. Lead times for components may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components and subassemblies. To date, we have not experienced significant delays in obtaining any of our components or subassemblies.

Government Regulation

United States Food & Drug Administration (FDA)

The ZIO Patch is considered a medical device subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, and its implementing regulations, as well as other federal and state regulatory bodies in the United States. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storage, recordkeeping and reporting, clearance or approval, marketing, distribution, promotion, import and export, and post-marketing surveillance.

The FDA regulates the medical device market to ensure the safety and efficacy of these products. The FDA allows for two primary pathways for a medical device to gain approval for commercialization: a successful premarket approval, or PMA, application or 510(k) clearance pursuant to Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act. A novel product must go through the more rigorous PMA process if it cannot receive authorization through a 510(k) clearance. FDA has established three different classes of medical devices that indicate the level of risk associated with using a device and the consequent degree of regulatory controls needed to govern its safety and efficacy. Most Class I devices are exempt from 510(k) requirements. Most Class II devices, including the ZIO Patch, require 510(k) clearance from the FDA in order to be marketed in the United States. A 510(k) submission must demonstrate that the device is substantially equivalent to a device legally in commercial distribution in the United States: (1) before May 28, 1976; or (2) to another device that has been cleared through the 510(k) process and determined by FDA to be substantially equivalent. To be substantially equivalent, the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In some instances, data from human clinical trials must also be submitted in support of a 510(k) submission. If so, this data must be collected in a manner that conforms with specific requirements in federal regulations. Most Class III devices are high risk devices that pose a significant risk of illness or injury or devices found not to be substantially equivalent to Class I and II predicate devices through the 510(k) process and require PMA. The PMA process for Class III devices is more involved and includes the submission of clinical data to support claims made for the device.

The ZIO Patch maintains FDA 510(k) clearance as a Class II device, with each new generation of the device receiving individual clearance. In addition, the ZIO ECG Utilization Service System, or the ZEUS System, originally received FDA 510(k) clearance in 2009 as a Class II device. The ZEUS System is the combination of proprietary algorithms and software tools that our certified cardiac technicians utilize to curate the ECG data and create the ZIO Report electronically. Significant modifications made to the ZEUS System since its original clearance were evaluated by the FDA and received 510(k) clearance in November 2014.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

    the FDA’s QSR, which requires manufacturers, including their suppliers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process

 

    labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label uses

 

    medical device reporting, or MDR, regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur

 

    medical device recalls, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA any recall of a medical device, provided the recall was initiated to either reduce a risk to health posed by the device, or to remedy a violation of the FD&C Act caused by the device that may present a risk to health

 

    post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device

After a device receives 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with the determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, the FDA may retroactively require a new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. The FDA could also require a manufacturer to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines, penalties, and warning letters.

We have registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer and have obtained a manufacturing license from the California Department of Public Health, or CDPH. The FDA and CDPH have broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of CDPH to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. Additionally, NSAI regularly inspects our manufacturing, design and operational facilities to ensure ongoing ISO 13485 compliance in order to maintain our CE mark.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

    warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products

 

    operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production

 

    refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, new intended uses or modifications to existing products

 

    withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that have already been granted

 

    criminal prosecution

European Union

The ZIO Patch is regulated in the European Union as a medical device per the European Union Directive 93/42/EEC, also known as the Medical Device Directive. The MDD sets out the basic regulatory framework for medical devices in the European Union. The system of regulating medical devices operates by way of a certification for each medical device. Each certified device is marked with the CE mark which shows that the device has a Certificat de Conformité. There are national bodies known as Competent Authorities in each member state which oversee the implementation of the MDD within their jurisdiction. The means for achieving the requirements for the CE mark vary according to the nature of the device. Devices are classified in accordance with their perceived risks, similarly to the U.S. system. The class of a product determines the conformity assessment required before the CE mark can be placed on a product. Conformity assessments for our products are carried out as required by the MDD. Each member state can appoint Notified Bodies within its jurisdiction. If a Notified Body of one member state has issued a Certificat de Conformité, the device can be sold throughout the European Union without further conformance tests being required in other member states. The CE mark is contingent upon continued compliance with the applicable regulations and the quality system requirements of the ISO 13485 standard. Our current CE mark is issued by the National Standards Authority of Ireland, or NSAI.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, established comprehensive federal protection for the privacy and security of health information. Under HIPAA, the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by Covered Entities, including healthcare providers, such as us. HIPAA also regulates standardization of data content, codes and formats used in healthcare transactions and standardization of identifiers for health plans and providers. The privacy regulations protect medical records and other protected health information by limiting their use and release, giving patients the right to access their medical records and limiting most disclosures of health information to the minimum amount necessary to accomplish an intended purpose. The HIPAA security standards require the adoption of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards and the adoption of written security policies and procedures. HIPAA requires Covered Entities to execute Business Associate Agreements with individuals and organizations, or Business Associates, who provide services to Covered Entities and who need access to protected health information. We are a Covered Entity under HIPAA and subject to HIPAA regulations.

In 2009, Congress enacted Subtitle D of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH. HITECH amends HIPAA and, among other things, creates new targets for enforcement, imposes new penalties for noncompliance and establishes new breach notification requirements for Covered Entities and Business Associates.

Under HITECH’s breach notification requirements, Covered Entities must report breaches of protected health information that has not been encrypted or otherwise secured in accordance with guidance from HHS. Required breach notices must be made as soon as is reasonably practicable, but no later than 60 days following discovery of the breach. Reports must be made to affected individuals and to HHS, and in some cases they must be reported through local and national media, depending on the size of the breach. We are subject to audit under HHS’s HITECH-mandated audit program. We may also be audited in connection with a privacy complaint. We are subject to prosecution and/or administrative enforcement and increased civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance, including a new, four-tiered system of monetary penalties adopted under HITECH. We are also

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

subject to enforcement by state attorneys general who were given authority to enforce HIPAA under HITECH. To avoid penalties under the HITECH breach notification provisions, we must ensure that breaches of protected health information are promptly detected and reported within the company, so that we can make all required notifications on a timely basis. However, even if we make required reports on a timely basis, we may still be subject to penalties for the underlying breach.

In addition to the federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws regarding the privacy and security of health information and personal data that apply to us. The compliance requirements of these laws, including additional breach reporting requirements, and the penalties for violation vary widely, and new privacy and security laws in this area are evolving. Requirements of these laws and penalties for violations vary widely.

If we or our operations are found to be in violation of HIPAA, HITECH, or their implementing regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, fines, and exclusion from participation in federal or state healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. HITECH increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against Covered Entities, their Business Associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse Laws

Because of the significant federal funding involved in CMS programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal healthcare programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, which we refer to collectively as the Affordable Care Act, was enacted in the United States. The Affordable Care Act expands the government’s investigative and enforcement authority and increases the penalties for fraud and abuse, including amendments to both the Anti-Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, to make it easier to bring suit under these statutes. The Affordable Care Act also allocates additional resources and tools for the government to police healthcare fraud, with expanded subpoena power for HHS, additional funding to investigate fraud and abuse across the healthcare system and expanded use of recovery audit contractors for enforcement.

Anti-Kickback Statutes

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid.

The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered businesses, the statute has been violated. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In addition some kickback allegations have been claimed to violate the Federal False Claims Act.

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are otherwise lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Recognizing that the Anti- Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General (OIG) of the HHS to issue a series of regulations known as “safe harbors.” These safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of recipients for healthcare products or services reimbursed by any source, not only CMS programs.

Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on the marketing of healthcare services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain individual sales, marketing and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

Federal False Claims Act

Another development affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, and in particular, action brought pursuant to the FCA’s “whistleblower” or “ qui tam ” provisions. The FCA imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. The qui tam provisions of the FCA allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has violated the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery. As a result, in recent years, the number of suits brought against healthcare providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claims laws analogous to the FCA, and many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third party payor and not only a federal healthcare program.

When an entity is determined to have violated the FCA, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate instance of false claim. As part of any settlement, the government will usually require the entity to enter into a corporate integrity agreement, which imposes certain compliance, certification and reporting obligations. There are many potential bases for liability under the FCA. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal government has used the FCA to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks and other improper referrals, and improper use of CMS billing numbers when detailing the provider of services, in addition to the more predictable allegations of misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the FCA in connection with off-label promotion of products. Our activities relating to the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third party reimbursement of our products and services and the sale and marketing of our products and services may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

While we are unaware of any current matters, we are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the FCA or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.

Open Payments

The Physician Payment Sunshine Act, known as “Open Payments” and enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act, requires all pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers of products covered by Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to HHS: (i) payments and transfers of value to teaching hospitals and licensed physicians, (ii) physician ownership in the manufacturer, and (iii) research payments. The payments required to be reported include the cost of meals provided to a physician, travel reimbursements and other transfers of value, including those provided as part of contracted services such as speaker programs, advisory boards, consultation services and clinical trial services. The statute requires the federal government to make reported information available to the public. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per annual report of $150,000) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum per annual report of $1.0 million). Additionally, there are criminal penalties if an entity intentionally makes false statements in such reports. We are

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

subject to Open Payments and the information we disclose may lead to greater scrutiny, which may result in modifications to established practices and additional costs. Additionally, similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with healthcare professionals.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, if any, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

International Laws

In Europe, various countries have adopted anti-bribery laws providing for severe consequences in the form of criminal penalties and significant fines for individuals or companies committing a bribery offense. Violations of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation.

For instance, in the United Kingdom, under the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, a bribery occurs when a person offers, gives or promises to give a financial or other advantage to induce or reward another individual to improperly perform certain functions or activities, including any function of a public nature. Bribery of foreign public officials also falls within the scope of the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. An individual found in violation of the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, faces imprisonment of up to 10 years. In addition, the individual can be subject to an unlimited fine, as can commercial organizations for failure to prevent bribery.

There are also international privacy laws that impose restrictions on the access, use, and disclosure of health information. All of these laws may impact our business. Our failure to comply with these privacy laws or significant changes in the laws restricting our ability to obtain required patient information could significantly impact our business and our future business plans.

U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)

Medicare is a federal program administered by CMS through fiscal intermediaries and carriers. Available to individuals age 65 or over, and certain other individuals, the Medicare program provides, among other things, healthcare benefits that cover, within prescribed limits, the major costs of most medically necessary care for such individuals, subject to certain deductibles and copayments.

CMS has established guidelines for the coverage and reimbursement of certain products, supplies and services. In general, in order to be reimbursed by Medicare, a healthcare product or service furnished to a Medicare beneficiary must be reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis or treatment of an illness or injury, or to improve the functioning of a malformed body part. The methodology for determining coverage status and the amount of Medicare reimbursement varies based upon, among other factors, the setting in which a Medicare beneficiary received healthcare products and services. Any changes in federal legislation, regulations and policy affecting Medicare coverage and reimbursement relative to our ZIO Service could have a material effect on our performance.

CMS also administers the Medicaid program, a cooperative federal/state program that provides medical assistance benefits to qualifying low income and medically needy persons. State participation in Medicaid is optional, and each state is given discretion in developing and administering its own Medicaid program, subject to certain federal requirements pertaining to payment levels, eligibility criteria and minimum categories of services. The coverage, method and level of reimbursement varies from state to state and is subject to each state’s budget restraints. Changes to the coverage, method or level of reimbursement for our ZIO Service may affect future revenue negatively if reimbursement amounts are decreased or discontinued.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

All CMS programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, retroactive and prospective rate adjustments, administrative rulings, interpretations of policy, intermediary determinations, and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially increase or decrease the rate of program payments to healthcare facilities and other healthcare providers, including those paid for our ZIO Service.

Our facilities in Illinois, California and Texas are enrolled as independent diagnostic testing facilities, or IDTFs, defined by CMS as entities independent of a hospital or physician’s office in which diagnostic tests are performed by licensed or certified nonphysician personnel under appropriate physician supervision. CMS has set certain performance standards that every IDTF must meet in order to obtain or maintain its billing privileges.

United States Healthcare Reform

Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs and subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of our current and future solutions. Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs, decrease our revenue and impact sales of and reimbursement for our current and future products and services. The ACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts our industry. The ACA contains a number of provisions that impact our business and operations, some of which in ways we cannot currently predict, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs and reimbursement changes.

We believe that there will continue to be proposals by legislators at both the federal and state levels, regulators and third party payors to reduce costs while expanding individual healthcare benefits. Certain of these changes could impose additional limitations on the rates we will be able to charge for our current and future products and services or the amounts of reimbursement available for our current and future products and services from governmental agencies or third party payors. While in general it is too early to predict specifically what effect the ACA and its implementation or any future healthcare reform legislation or policies will have on our business, current and future healthcare reform legislation and policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Employees

As of June 30, 2016, we had 356 employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Facilities

We currently lease 16,643 square feet for our corporate headquarters located in San Francisco, California under a lease agreement which we expect will terminate by December 2016. In August 2016, we signed a separate lease for 60,873 square feet of office space, also in San Francisco, California, which has an expected commencement date in September 2016 and which will expire in February 2020.

We lease 41,500 square feet for our clinical center in Lincolnshire, Illinois under a lease agreement that expires in October 2016, with an option to extend for an additional three years. We also lease 5,920 square feet in Houston, Texas for another clinical center under a lease agreement that expires in September 2017.

We lease 9,866 square feet for our manufacturing and distribution facilities in Cypress, California under an agreement that expires in September 2020.

We believe that these facilities are sufficient to meet our current and anticipated future needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time we may be involved in legal proceedings or investigations, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth information, as of August 31, 2016, regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Title

Executive Officers

     

Kevin M. King

     60       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Matthew C. Garrett

     48       Chief Financial Officer

David A. Vort

     50       Executive Vice President, Sales

Derrick Sung

     43       Executive Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development

Key Employees

     

Jon D. Darsee

     57       Executive Vice President, Corporate Sales & Payer Relations

Mark J. Day

     45       Executive Vice President, Research & Development

Judith C. Lenane

     57       Executive Vice President, Chief Clinical Officer

Kaja J. Odegard

     34       Vice President, Human Resources

Marga Ortigas-Wedekind

     54       Executive Vice President, Marketing & Payer Relations

Allan B. Wilsker

     57       Vice President, Information Technology and Customer Service

Non-Employee Directors

     

Tiba Aynechi (2) (3)

     40       Director

Casper L. de Clercq (1)(2) .

     52       Director

Christopher M. Grant (4)

     51       Director

Joshua L. Green (4)

     60       Director

Vijay K. Lathi (2)

     43       Director

Mark J. Rubash (1)

     59       Director

Raymond W. Scott (2)(3)

     69       Director

William N. Starling, Jr. (4)

     63       Director

Abhijit Y. Talwalkar (1)(3)

     52       Director and Chairman of the Board

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.

 

(2) Member of the compensation committee.

 

(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

(4) Director will be resigning from our board prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement.

Executive Officers

Kevin M. King has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2012. Mr. King has nearly three decades of experience in the healthcare and IT industries in leadership roles. In January 2007, Mr. King joined Affymetrix, Inc., a publicly traded technology innovator in the field of genetic analysis, as President of Life Sciences Business and Executive Vice President. Mr. King was promoted to President of Affymetrix in September 2007 and then served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Affymetrix from January 2009 until June 2011, leading Affymetrix on a growth strategy into new markets for downstream validation and molecular diagnostics and overseeing several acquisitions. Prior to Affymetrix, from February 2005 until June 2006, Mr. King served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Healthcare, an information services business which focused on a range of healthcare-related businesses. From March 1997 until November 2004, Mr. King was a senior executive at GE Healthcare, where he led several business units including Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Global Clinical Systems Business. Mr. King began his career at HP’s Medical Products Group and during his 14-year tenure held leadership roles in Sales, Marketing, R&D, and Business Development. Mr. King holds a B.A. in Economics and Biology from the University of Massachusetts and holds an M.B.A. from New Hampshire College.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe Mr. King is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive business experience, his extensive knowledge of digital healthcare company operations, and his experience working with companies, regulators and other stakeholders in the medical industry.

Matthew C. Garrett has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2013. Mr. Garrett brings more than 20 years of leadership experience in finance, investor relations, business development, and operations to our company. From March 2010 until December 2012, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Navigenics, Inc., a provider of genetic testing for common health conditions, where he led all finance functions, strategic partnerships, and successfully facilitated the sale of the company to Life Technologies Corp. From October 2008 until March 2010, Mr. Garrett served as Director of Business Development at Corventis Inc., a health monitor applications company, where he was responsible for directing corporate operations and business collaborations related to the advancement and promotion of the company’s health monitor applications. From October 2006 until September 2008, Mr. Garrett also served as Vice President of Finance, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer for Cogentus Pharmaceuticals Inc., a developer of prescription pharmaceutical products. Earlier in his career, Mr. Garrett served as Finance Director in Research & Development and, subsequently, Director of Strategic Marketing and Pricing at Affymetrix, Inc. Prior to Affymetrix, he held various finance roles at Guidant Corporation, a medical technology company focused on cardiac and vascular solutions. Mr. Garrett holds a B.A. in Finance from the University of Iowa, Iowa City and an M.B.A. from the Kelley School of Business, Indiana University Bloomington.

David A. Vort has served as our Executive Vice President of Sales since January 2014. From April 2012 to December 2013, he served as Vice President of US Sales at InTouch Health, a provider of telemedicine and remote presence solutions. From July 2007 to April 2012, Mr. Vort served as Area Vice President of Western Sales for Intuitive Surgical, Inc., the manufacturer of the da Vinci Surgical Robotics system. From 2004 until 2007, Mr. Vort was the Revision Business Sales Director for Stryker Corporation. From 1999 until 2004, Mr. Vort held several positions domestically and in Europe for the Global Healthcare Exchange, LLC, where he was a founder. From 1992 until 1997, he held several positions with U.S. Surgical Corporation, prior to its sale to Covidien plc. Mr. Vort holds a B.S. in Political Science from the University of the Pacific.

Derrick Sung has served as our Executive Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Development since May 2015. From 2008 to 2015, Dr. Sung was an equity research analyst covering the medical devices sector for Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC. From 2004 to 2008, he was Director of Marketing and Business Development in Boston Scientific Corp.’s Neuromodulation Division. From 2000 to 2004, Dr. Sung served as a management consultant at The Boston Consulting Group where he advised biopharmaceutical and medical device companies. Dr. Sung began his career in 1994 as a research and development engineer designing heart catheters for Guidant Corporation. Dr. Sung holds a Ph.D. in Bioengineering from U.C. San Diego, an M.B.A. from San Diego State University and a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University.

Key Employees

Jon D. Darsee has served as our Executive Vice President of Corporate Sales & Payer Relations since January 2012. From March 2008 until January 2011, Mr. Darsee served as our Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing, and from February 2011 to December 2011, he served as our Executive Vice President of Sales and Business Development. From August 2004 to March 2008, Mr. Darsee was Managing Partner of Darsee and Associates, LLC, a consulting firm. In 2003, he was Vice President and General Manager of Instromedix, Inc., a manufacturer of cardiac event monitors and transtelephonic pacemaker transmitters. In 2001, Mr. Darsee was the Managing Director of Card Guard Europe BV and in 2002 he served as Managing Director of LifeWatch International BV. Mr. Darsee has a B.A. from the University of Iowa.

Mark J. Day has served as our Executive Vice President of Research & Development since 2012. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Day was our Vice President of Research & Development. He initially joined the company in 2007 as Director of Systems Development. Prior to joining us, from 2004 to 2007, he worked in Medtronic’s Cardiac Rhythm Disease Management division. Prior to Medtronic, Mr. Day was Chief Technical Officer of CarePages, Inc., a blogging site for patients. Mr. Day received an M.B.A. in Marketing from the Wharton

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

School, University of Pennsylvania, a Ph.D. in Computation Flow Physics from Stanford University, and also received an M.S. from Stanford, and a B.Sc. from Queen’s University, both in Mechanical Engineering.

Judith C. Lenane has served as our Executive Vice President, Operations and Chief Clinical Officer since December 2011. From October 2010 to December 2011, she served as our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations and from July 2008 to October 2010, she served as our Executive Vice President, Operations. Ms. Lenane is a nurse and medical business executive. From June 2006 to June 2008, she was the Vice President of Business Development for Centura Health, a major integrated healthcare delivery system in the state of Colorado. Ms. Lenane currently serves on the board of directors for HSS, Inc. Ms. Lenane has a B.S. in Nursing from Mercy College of Detroit and Masters in Administration-Healthcare from the University of Maryland.

Kaja J. Odegard has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since March 2015. Ms. Odegard joined us in June 2008, and during her tenure she built our Human Resource Department responsible for our strategic human resource planning. From June 2010 to March 2015, she served as a Generalist, Manager and HR Director. Ms. Odegard has a B.A. in Political Science & International Studies from California Lutheran University.

Marga Ortigas-Wedekind has served as our Executive Vice President of Marketing & Payer Relations since July 2015. From January 2009 to April 2015, Ms. Ortigas-Wedekind was the Executive Vice President of Global Marketing and Product Development at Omnicell, Inc., a provider of automation and analytics software for medication and supply management in healthcare systems. Before that, she was the Senior Vice President of Marketing, Development and Clinical Affairs at Xoft, Inc. (subsequently acquired by iCAD Inc.), a radiation oncology company, from February 2002 until December 2008. Ms. Ortigas-Wedekind previously held positions leading sales and marketing at ProDuct Health, Inc. which was acquired by Hologic, Inc., and in worldwide marketing and development at Guidant Corporation, which was acquired by Abbott Vascular, a division of Abbott Laboratories. Ms. Ortigas-Wedekind has a B.A. in Political Economics from Wellesley College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Allan B. Wilsker has served as our Vice President of Information Technology and Customer Service since January 2013. From November 2001 to October 2012, Mr. Wilsker was Vice President of Operations at Epocrates, Inc., a software developer for healthcare professionals. Prior to joining Epocrates, he was Vice President of Operations for Privada Global, Inc. Mr. Wilsker holds a B.S. from Drexel University.

Non-Employee Directors

Tiba Aynechi has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Dr. Aynechi is employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company that manages investments and financial assets. She is a member of the board of directors of two privately-held medical device/biopharmaceutical companies. Prior to joining Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in March 2010, Dr. Aynechi was employed from June 2006 to March 2010, by Burrill & Company, a private financial firm specializing in biotechnology and life sciences investment, in various positions, including from January 2009 to March 2010, as a Director in Merchant Banking where she was responsible for regional and cross-border mergers and acquisitions, licensing, and financing transactions. Dr. Aynechi holds a Ph.D. in Biophysics from the University of California, San Francisco and a B.S. in Physics from the University of California, Irvine.

We believe Dr. Aynechi is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her medical background and her substantial corporate development and business strategy expertise gained in the venture capital industry.

Casper L. de Clercq has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2013. Mr. de Clercq has been a partner at Norwest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since January 2011. Prior to joining Norwest Venture Partners, he was a partner of U.S. Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from August 2004 to January 2011. He currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately-held companies and was previously on the board of directors of Intersect ENT, Inc., a public company, from February 2013 to July 2015, and Basis

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Science, Inc. a privately-held company, prior to its acquisition by Intel Corporation. Mr. de Clercq holds a B.A. in Biochemistry from Dartmouth College, an M.S. in Biological Science from Stanford University, and an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business.

We believe Mr. de Clercq is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in the industry and his financial and business expertise.

Christopher M. Grant has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015. Mr. Grant is the Executive Managing Director of Kaiser Permanente’s Venture Capital Group, and has been a member of The Permanente Federations’s senior Executive Leadership Team since 2002. Prior to joining Kaiser Permanente in 1995, Mr. Grant held several positions on the Business Development and Financial Management Team of Rockwell International Corp. In the past, Mr. Grant served as a member of the board of directors for a number of early-stage medical technology companies, including Bacchus Vascular, Concerro, and Nursefinders/AMN Health. Mr. Grant has a Bachelor’s degree in Business from the University of California, Santa Barbara and has completed executive management programs at the Harvard Business School and Kenan-Flagler School of Business (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) as well as the Venture Capital Institute Graduate and Undergraduate programs.

We believe Mr. Grant is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his years of experience and knowledge of the healthcare industry, his experience serving on the boards of medical technology companies, and his perspective as a senior executive of a large healthcare provider.

Joshua L. Green has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2010. Mr. Green is the General Counsel of Carbon3D, Inc., a privately-held developer of 3D printing technology, which he joined in February 2016. Mr. Green has been a general partner at Mohr Davidow Ventures, a venture capital firm, since May 2006. Prior to joining Mohr Davidow Ventures, Mr. Green practiced law at Venture Law Group and Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, both law firms, for over twenty years. In the past, Mr. Green has served on the board of several private and public companies and currently sits on the board of directors of Genomatica, Inc. Mr. Green holds a B.A. in Political Science from the University of California, Los Angeles and a J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles, School of Law.

We believe Mr. Green is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience providing advice and counsel to emerging growth companies in Silicon Valley.

Vijay K. Lathi has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Mr. Lathi is a Managing Director at New Leaf Venture Partners, a venture capital firm that invests primarily in healthcare technology, and concentrates primarily on information convergence and diagnostics investments. Mr. Lathi is a founder of New Leaf Venture Partners in 2005. Prior to New Leaf, Mr. Lathi worked as a partner at the Sprout Group, a venture capitalist affiliate of Credit Suisse AG. Prior to joining Sprout, Mr. Lathi worked as an analyst in the Healthcare Venture Capital Group at Robertson Stephens & Co. and Cornerstone Research & Development. In the past Mr. Lathi has also served on the board of directors of CareDx, Inc., Relypsa, Inc., and Oxford Immunotec Global PLC. Mr. Lathi holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.S. from Stanford University in Chemical Engineering.

We believe Mr. Lathi is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his knowledge of the healthcare industry and his substantial corporate development and business strategy expertise gained in the venture capital industry.

Mark J. Rubash has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2016. Mr. Rubash is the Chief Financial Officer at Eventbrite, Inc., a privately-held e-commerce company, which he joined in June 2013. Prior to Eventbrite, Mr. Rubash was Chief Financial Officer at HeartFlow, Inc., a privately-held medical device company, which he joined in March 2012, and at Shutterfly, Inc., a publicly-held e-commerce company, which he joined in November 2007. Mr. Rubash was also the Chief Financial Officer of Deem, Inc. (formerly, Rearden Commerce), a privately-held e-commerce company, from August 2007 to November 2007. From February 2007 to August 2007, Mr. Rubash was a Senior Vice President at Yahoo! Inc. and he held various senior finance positions at eBay Inc. from February 2001 to July 2005. Prior to July 2005, Mr. Rubash was also an audit partner

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he was most recently the Global Leader for their Internet Industry Practice and Managing Partner for their Silicon Valley Software Industry Practice. Mr. Rubash has served as a member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the audit committee of Intuitive Surgical, Inc., a medical device company, since October 2007, as a member of the board of directors and Chairman of the audit committee of Line 6, Inc., a music technology company, from April 2007 to January 2014, and as a member of the board of directors and audit committee of IronPlanet, Inc., a privately-held e-commerce platform for used heavy equipment, since March 2010. Mr. Rubash received his B.S. in Accounting from California State University, Sacramento.

We believe Mr. Rubash is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his financial expertise and his experience with private and public company financial accounting matters and risk management.

Raymond W. Scott has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013. Mr. Scott has been the Chairman of the Board at eHealth Technologies, Inc. since June 2014, and the Chairman of the Board at Health Level, Inc., since January 2013. He has served as a member of the board directors of Health Fidelity, Inc. since August 2013, and as a member of the board of directors at Stella Technologies, Inc., a healthcare technology provider, since October 2015. Mr. Scott co-founded Axolotl Corporation in 1995 and served as its Chief Executive Officer until its acquisition by United Health Group in August 2010, at which point he became Executive Vice President of Product Strategy for OptumInsight, Inc., a subsidiary of United Health Group. Mr. Scott is a Member of British Computing Society (MBCS), a Chartered Engineer and holds a B.Sc. (Honors) in Mathematics.

We believe Mr. Scott is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience serving on the boards of public and private companies, his knowledge of the healthcare industry, and his financial and business expertise.

William N. Starling, Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Since November 2006, Mr. Starling has been Managing Director of Synergy Life Science Partners, LP, and Chief Executive Officer of Synecor, LLC, a business generator of new life science companies based in Research Triangle Park, North Carolina. Through his association with Synecor, Mr. Starling is a cofounder of a number of life science companies, including BaroSense, Inc., Bioerodible Vascular Solutions, Inc., (acquired by Guidant Corporation Abbott Laboratories in March 2003), InnerPulse, Inc., TransEnterix, Inc., Interventional Autonomics Corporation, NeuroTronik Limited, Aegis Surgical Limited and Atrius Limited. Mr. Starling currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Aegis Surgical Limited and Atrius Limited, both Irish-based companies in the structural heart field, and serves as a board member of EBR Systems, Inc., a medical device company focused on treatment of cardiac rhythm disease. Mr. Starling is also Chairman of the Board of Interventional Autonomics Corporation, and serves on the board of directors of TransEnterix, Inc. Mr. Starling holds a B.S. from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

We believe Mr. Starling is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience serving on the boards of public and private companies, his years of experience and knowledge of the healthcare industry, and his financial and business expertise.

Abhijit Y. Talwalkar has served as a member and Chairman of our board of directors since May 2016. Mr. Talwalkar is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of LSI Corporation, a leading provider of silicon, systems and software technologies for the storage and networking markets, a position he held from May 2005 until the completion of LSI’s merger with Avago Technologies in May 2014. From 1993 to 2005, Mr. Talwalkar was employed by Intel Corporation. At Intel, he held a number of senior management positions, including Corporate Vice President and Co-General Manager of the Digital Enterprise Group, which was comprised of Intel’s business client, server, storage and communications business, and Vice President and General Manager for the Intel Enterprise Platform Group, where he focused on developing, marketing, and supporting Intel business strategies for enterprise computing. Prior to joining Intel, Mr. Talwalkar held senior engineering and marketing positions at Sequent Computer Systems, a multiprocessing computer systems design and manufacturer that later became a part of IBM, Bipolar Integrated Technology, Inc., a VLSI bipolar semiconductor company, and Lattice Semiconductor Inc., a service driven developer of programmable design

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

solutions widely used in semiconductor components. Since 2011, Mr. Talwalkar has served on the board of directors of Lam Research Corporation and has previously served as a member of the board of directors of LSI from May 2005 to May 2014 and the U.S. Semiconductor Industry Association, a semiconductor industry trade association from May 2005 to May 2014. He was also a member of the U.S. delegation for World Semiconductor Council proceedings. He holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Oregon State University.

We believe Mr. Talwalkar is qualified to serve as Chairman of our board of directors because of his experience in leadership roles at major technology companies and his years of experience serving on public company boards.

Executive Officers

Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Board of Directors

Our business is managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of ten directors but will decrease to seven directors prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement. Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification, or until their successors have been elected and qualified. We are actively searching for qualified candidates to add to our board of directors or to replace current members. Our board of directors does not have a formal policy on whether the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors should be separate. Prior to this offering, the members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and a voting agreement among certain of our stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Upon completion of this offering, our bylaws will be amended and restated to provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. We do not expect to have an annual meeting of stockholders in 2016 and our first annual meeting of stockholders will be in 2017. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Class I directors will be Tiba Aynechi and Casper L. de Clercq, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017

 

    Class II directors will be Vijay K. Lathi and Mark J. Rubash, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018

 

    Class III directors will be Kevin M. King, Abhijit Y. Talwalkar and Raymond W. Scott and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019

This classification of the board of directors, together with the ability of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause and the inability of stockholders to call special meetings, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects or Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law” for a discussion of other antitakeover provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to have our common stock quoted on The NASDAQ Stock Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of time after listing on The NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and governance committees be independent. Our board of directors has reviewed the independence of each director and determined that Messrs. de Clercq, Lathi, Rubash, Scott and Talwalkar and Dr. Aynechi are independent under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors will review the independence of each director at least annually. During these reviews, the board of directors will consider transactions and relationships between each director, and his or her immediate family and affiliates, and our company and its management to determine whether any such transactions or relationships are inconsistent with a determination that the director is independent. This review will be based primarily on responses of the directors to questions in a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire regarding employment, business, familial, compensation and other relationships with our company including its management.

We believe that the composition of our board of directors meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market. As required by The NASDAQ Stock Market, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present. We intend to comply with future governance requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Corporate Governance

We believe that good corporate governance is important to ensure that, as a public company, we will be managed for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. In preparation for the offering being made by this prospectus, we and our board of directors have been reviewing the corporate governance policies and practices of other public companies, as well as those suggested by various authorities in corporate governance. We have also considered the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.

Based on this review, our board of directors has taken steps to implement many of these provisions and rules. In particular, we have established and expect to enhance charters for the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee, as well as a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established a standing audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors has assessed the independence of the members of each of these standing committees as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and, in the case of the audit committee, the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act.

Audit Committee. Messrs. de Clercq, Rubash and Talwalkar serve on our audit committee. Mr. Rubash serves as the chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that all of the audit committee members meet the independence and experience requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC and that Mr. Rubash is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under applicable rules of the SEC. Our board of directors has assessed whether all members of the audit committee meet the composition requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market, including the requirements regarding financial literacy and financial sophistication. Our board of directors found that Messrs. de Clercq, Rubash and Talwalkar have met the financial literacy and financial sophistication requirements and that Messrs. Rubash and Talwalkar are independent under SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Before the expiration of the phase-in period applicable to initial public offerings under SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules, all members of our audit committee will be independent for audit committee purposes. The audit committee’s primary responsibilities include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, which currently is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statements

 

    monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures

 

    reviewing our risk management status

 

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns

 

    meeting independently with our independent registered public accounting firm and management

 

    monitoring compliance with the code of business conduct and ethics for financial management

All audit and non-audit services must be approved in advance by the audit committee. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee which will be available on our website at www.iRhythmTech.com upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee. Messrs. de Clercq, Lathi, and Scott and Dr. Aynechi serve on our compensation committee. Mr. de Clercq serves as the chair of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers

 

    determining the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation

 

    overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans

Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer make compensation recommendations for our other executive officers and initially proposes the corporate and departmental performance objectives under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan to the compensation committee. From time to time, our compensation committee may use outside compensation consultants to assist it in analyzing our compensation programs and in determining appropriate levels of compensation and benefits. For example, in 2015, we engaged Compensia, Inc., to advise us on compensation philosophy as we transition towards becoming a publicly-traded company, selection of a group of peer companies to use for compensation benchmarking purposes and cash and equity compensation levels for our directors, executives and other employees based on current market practices. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee which will be available on our website at www.iRhythmTech.com upon the completion of this offering.

Nominating and Governance Committee. Messrs. Scott, Talwalkar and Dr. Aynechi serve on our nominating and governance committee. Mr. Scott serves as the chair of the nominating and governance committee. The nominating and governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors

 

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning

 

    developing, updating and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles and policies

 

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and committees

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and governance committee which will be available on our website at www.iRhythmTech.com upon the completion of this offering.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.iRhythmTech.com . We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference into this prospectus the information on or accessible through our website.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered, and expect to continue to enter, into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damages.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or its compensation committee. None of the current members of the compensation committee of our board of directors has ever been one of our employees.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, non-employee members of our board of directors did not receive any cash compensation for service on our board of directors or committees, including attending board and committee

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

meetings. However, we did reimburse our non-employee directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board, committee and other company related meetings. In addition, from time to time we have granted stock options to some of our directors. In 2015, Raymond W. Scott was granted a non-statutory stock option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.68 per share and a non-statutory stock option to purchase an additional 75,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.39 per share. The shares underlying all of Mr. Scott’s options vest in equal monthly installments over a one year period.

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation received by our directors that are not named executive officers who received compensation during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015:

 

Name (1)

   Option Awards
($) (2)(3)
     Total ($)  

Raymond W. Scott

     87,833         87,833   

 

(1) Raymond W. Scott was appointed to our board of directors on December 12, 2013.

 

(2) Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of options granted during 2015, as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the options reported in this column are set forth in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

(3) As of December 31, 2015, Mr. Scott had outstanding options to purchase a total of 200,000 shares of our common stock, of which 150,000 were awarded during 2015.

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During 2015, Kevin M. King, who is one of our directors, was also an employee of our company. See “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table” for additional information about the compensation for Mr. King.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

After the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards. Our board of directors will have the discretion to revise non-employee director compensation as it deems necessary or appropriate.

Cash Compensation. All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:

 

    $40,000 per year for service as a board member

 

    $20,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the audit committee

 

    $8,000 per year additionally for service as an audit committee member

 

    $15,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the compensation committee

 

    $8,000 per year additionally for service as a compensation committee member

 

    $8,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee

 

    $4,000 per year additionally for service as a nominating and corporate governance committee member

All cash payments to non-employee directors, or the Retainer Cash Payments, will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

Equity Compensation. Following the completion of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to our non-employee directors.

 

   

Initial Option. Each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the completion of this offering will be granted an option to purchase shares having a grant date fair value equal to $160,000, or

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

the Initial Option. The Initial Option will be granted on the date of the first meeting of our board of directors or compensation committee occurring on or after the date on which the individual first became a non-employee director. The shares underlying the Initial Option will vest and become exercisable as to one thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the shares subject to such Initial Option on each monthly anniversary of the commencement of the non-employee director’s service as a director, subject to the continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date.

 

    Annual Option. On each annual anniversary of the date on which a non-employee director first became a non-employee director, the non-employee director will be granted an option to purchase shares having a grant date fair value equal to $100,000, or the Annual Option. The shares underlying the Annual Option will vest and become exercisable as to one twelfth (1/12th) of the shares subject to such Annual Option on each monthly anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date.

The exercise price per share of each stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy, including Initial Options and Annual Options, will be the fair market value of our common stock, as determined in accordance with our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, on the date of the option grant. The grant date fair value is computed in accordance with the Black-Scholes option valuation methodology or such other methodology our board of directors or compensation committee may determine.

Any stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy will fully vest and become exercisable in the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2016 Plan, provided that the optionee remains a director through such change in control. Further, our 2016 Plan, as described below under the section titled “Employee Benefit and Stock Plans,” provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in our 2016 Plan, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2016 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, provided such optionee remains a director through such merger or change in control.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and a smaller reporting company we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies.

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer, our chief financial officer, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2015. These individuals were our named executive officers for 2015.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($) (1)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
    Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Kevin M. King

    2015        364,289                      578,494        248,625                      1,191,408   

President and Chief Executive Officer

                 

Derrick Sung

    2015        175,577                      521,043        48,395                      745,015   

Executive Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development

                 

David A. Vort

    2015        194,846                      328,897        204,000                      727,743   

Executive Vice President, Sales

                 

Matthew C. Garrett

    2015        239,285                      157,454        76,167                      472,906   

Chief Financial Officer

                 

 

(1) No salary was deferred in 2015 for any named executive officer.

 

(2) The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded to the named executive officer in 2015, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the options reported in this column are set forth in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

(3) Bonus amounts for 2015 for all named executive officers except for Mr. Vort were paid on February 16, 2016 pursuant to our 2015 Bonus Plan, as described in the section below titled “Executive Compensation—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” Mr. Vort’s bonus amount was paid quarterly pursuant to the performance bonus arrangement set forth in his employment offer letter, as described in the section below titled “Executive Compensation—Executive Officer Employment Letters—David A. Vort.”

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

We provide each of our named executive officers an opportunity to receive formula-based incentive payments. The payments are based on a target incentive amount for each named executive officer.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-Equity Incentive Payments for Messrs. King, Sung and Garrett

For 2015, the target incentive amount and year-end payments for Messrs. King, Sung and Garrett under our 2015 Bonus Plan were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target
Award
($)
     Actual Award
Amount

($)
 

Kevin M. King

     212,500         248,625   

Derrick Sung

     45,959         48,395   

Matthew C. Garrett

     65,100         76,167   

The 2015 Bonus Plan provided for non-equity incentive compensation based upon our achievement of performance goals for 2015. The actual target incentive payments were weighted 45% toward achievement of revenue growth, 35% toward achievement of improving gross margin, 10% toward achievement of delivering on value proposition, and 10% toward achievement of delivering on new markets and products.

Non-Equity Incentive Payments for Mr. Vort

Mr. Vort is eligible to receive formula-based incentive payments through his employment offer letter agreement, as described below in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Executive Officer Employment Letters—David A. Vort.” For 2015, Mr. Vort had a target incentive amount of $170,000, and received an actual award amount of $204,000 in quarterly payments.

Executive Officer Employment Letters

Kevin M. King

We entered into an employment offer letter in July 2012 with Kevin M. King, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter also provides that Mr. King is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of not less than 50% of his annual salary based on the achievement of certain goals mutually agreed upon by him and our board of directors. Effective December 15, 2015, Mr. King’s annual base salary is $425,000.

Pursuant to Mr. King’s employment offer letter, if, prior to a “Change of Control,” we terminate Mr. King’s employment without “Cause,” or through a “Constructive Termination” (as such terms are defined in Mr. King’s employment offer letter), Mr. King will receive severance of nine months base salary, reimbursement of healthcare benefits, and also an extension of 15 months (to a total of 18 months) of the post-termination period for Mr. King to exercise the stock options granted to him on September 27, 2012 and June 14, 2013, as described below in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Year-End.” If we terminate Mr. King’s employment without “Cause” in connection with a Change of Control (as part of the Change of Control or within the 12 month period after such Change of Control), Mr. King will receive severance of six months base salary and reimbursement of healthcare benefits. The severance payments described above are in each case payable in exchange for Mr. King signing and not revoking a severance agreement and general release of claims against us and our affiliates following termination of his employment.

Mr. King’s employment offer letter also provides for “double trigger” acceleration; specifically, in the event that Mr. King is terminated involuntarily without “Cause,” or via a “Constructive Termination” within 12 months of a Change of Control (as such terms are defined in Mr. King’s employment offer letter), the outstanding stock options granted to Mr. King on September 27, 2012 and June 14, 2013 will accelerate and fully vest. Furthermore, if we are sold for an aggregate value equal to or greater than $400 million, in the event that Mr. King’s options are assumed by or substituted for by an acquirer and the “double trigger” acceleration provisions described above have not been satisfied and if Mr. King has any unvested options at the time of such sale, one-fourth of the shares underlying each of the stock options granted to Mr. King on September 27, 2012 and June 14, 2013 will vest immediately prior to the Change of Control.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We expect to enter into new compensation terms with Mr. King that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the new compensation terms, upon effectiveness of the registration statement, Mr. King will receive a base salary of $500,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus beginning in 2017 with the target amount determined as 75% of Mr. King’s annual base salary and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Derrick Sung

We entered into an employment offer letter in March 2015 with Derrick Sung, our Executive Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter also provides that Mr. Sung is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of 25% of his annual salary based on the achievement of certain financial targets and other performance objectives set by our company. Effective December 15, 2015, Mr. Sung’s annual base salary is $275,000.

Pursuant to Mr. Sung’s employment offer letter, if we terminate Mr. Sung’s employment without “Cause,” or through a “Constructive Termination” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Sung’s employment offer letter), Mr. Sung will receive severance of any base salary and bonus compensation due to him, as well as any other benefits in effect immediately prior to such termination, for a 90 day period after the date of Mr. Sung’s termination. Mr. Sung’s offer letter does not provide for any acceleration of options in the event of a termination or change of control of the company.

We expect to enter into new compensation terms with Mr. Sung that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the new compensation terms, upon effectiveness of the registration statement, Mr. Sung will receive a base salary of $290,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus beginning in 2017 with the target amount determined as 35% of Mr. Sung’s annual base salary and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

David A. Vort

We entered into an employment offer letter in November 2013 with David A. Vort, our Executive Vice President, Sales. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter also provides that Mr. Vort is eligible to receive quarterly performance bonuses adding up to a maximum of $170,000 for the entire year based upon the achievement of our revenue plan and other employment objectives set by our company. Mr. Vort will be eligible to receive this bonus each calendar quarter only if we achieve at least 90% of our quarterly revenue plan. At 90%, Mr. Vort is eligible to receive 80% of the maximum bonus amount, with the percentage of the maximum amount to increase by 2% for every 1% above the 90% threshold of our annual revenue plan. This bonus will be prorated for any calendar quarter in which Mr. Vort is not employed the entire quarter. In addition to the bonus noted above, Mr. Vort will receive an annual bonus of 0.5% of every dollar of revenue earned above our yearly revenue plan. Effective December 15, 2015, Mr. Vort’s annual base salary is $246,000.

Pursuant to Mr. Vort’s employment offer letter, if we terminate Mr. Vort’s employment without “Cause,” or through a “Constructive Termination” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Vort’s employment offer letter), Mr. Vort will receive severance of any base salary and bonus compensation due to him, as well as any other benefits in effect immediately prior to such termination, for a 90 day period after the date of Mr. Vort’s termination. Mr. Vort’s offer letter does not provide for any acceleration of options in the event of a termination or change of control of our company.

We expect to enter into new compensation terms with Mr. Vort that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the new compensation terms, upon effectiveness of the registration statement, Mr. Vort will receive a base salary of $270,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus beginning in 2017 with the target amount determined as 75% of Mr. Vort’s annual base salary and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Matthew C. Garrett

We entered into an employment offer letter in December 2012 with Matthew C. Garrett, our Chief Financial Officer. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter also provides that Mr. Garrett is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of 25% of his annual salary based on the achievement of certain financial targets and other performance objectives set by the company. Effective December 15, 2015, Mr. Garrett’s annual base salary is $260,400.

Pursuant to Mr. Garrett’s employment offer letter, if we terminate Mr. Garrett’s employment without “Cause,” or through a “Constructive Termination” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Garrett’s employment offer letter), Mr. Garrett will receive severance of any base salary and bonus compensation due to him for a 90 day period after the date of Mr. Garrett’s termination. Mr. Garrett’s offer letter does not provide for any acceleration of options in the event of a termination or change of control of the company.

We expect to enter into new compensation terms with Mr. Garrett that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the new compensation terms, upon effectiveness of the registration statement, Mr. Garrett will receive a base salary of $310,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus beginning in 2017 with the target amount determined as 45% of Mr. Garrett’s annual base salary and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in 2015.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options and stock awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Grant Date (1)     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price ($) (2)
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not

Vested (#)
     Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Kevin M. King

     9/27/2012 (3)       1,898,439         324,124         0.70         9/27/2022                   
     9/27/2012 (3)       488,094         83,334         0.70         9/27/2022                   
     2/26/2013 (4)       150,350                 0.70         2/26/2023                   
     6/14/2013 (5)       740,561         444,338         0.62         6/14/2023                   
     7/10/2014 (6)       168,750         281,250         0.68         7/10/2024                   
     2/10/2015 (7)               325,000         0.99         2/10/2025                   
     4/14/2015 (8)       114,987                 0.99         4/14/2025                   
     7/21/2015 (9)               150,000         1.27         7/21/2025                   
     12/15/2015 (10)               290,000         1.39         12/15/2025                   

Derrick Sung

     6/15/2015 (11)               850,000         1.08         6/15/2025                   

David A. Vort

     2/4/2014 (12)       282,708         307,292         0.62         2/4/2024                   
     7/10/2014 (6)       37,125         61,875         0.68         7/10/2024                   
     2/10/2015 (7)               50,000         0.99         2/10/2025                   
     7/21/2015 (9)               200,000         1.27         7/21/2025                   
     12/15/2015 (10)               200,000         1.39         12/15/2025                   

Matthew C. Garrett

     1/24/2013 (13)       291,666         108,334         0.70         1/24/2023                   
     6/14/2013 (5)       148,562         89,138         0.62         6/14/2023                   
     4/17/2014 (14)       58,957                 0.62         4/17/2024                   
     7/10/2014 (6)       28,125         46,875         0.68         7/10/2024                   
     2/10/2015 (7)               45,000         0.99         2/10/2025                   
     7/21/2015 (9)               75,000         1.27         7/21/2025                   
     12/15/2015 (10)               100,000         1.39         12/15/2025                   

 

(1) Each of the outstanding equity awards was granted pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan.

 

(2) This column represents the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

 

(3) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on July 30, 2013, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(4) 100% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option were vested as of January 1, 2013.

 

(5) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on June 13, 2014, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(6) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on June 10, 2015, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(7) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on February 10, 2016, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(8) 100% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option were vested as of January 1, 2015.

 

(9) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on July 21, 2016, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(10) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option will vest on December 15, 2016, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(11) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on May 1, 2016, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(12) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on January 1, 2015, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(13) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on January 2, 2014, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

 

(14) 100% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option were vested as of January 1, 2014.

Executive Officer Change in Control Severance Agreements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into change of control and severance agreements with each of our named executive officers that will supersede all previous severance and change of control arrangements we had entered into with these employees. Each of these agreements will have a term of two years. Under each of these agreements, if, within the period three months prior to and 12 months following a “change of control” (such period, the change in control period), we terminate the employment of the applicable employee other than for “cause,” death or “disability,” or the employee resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employee’s change of control and severance agreement) and, within 60 days following the employee’s termination, the employee executes an irrevocable separation agreement and release of claims, the employee is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to the payment of employee’s base salary, as then in effect, for 24 months for Mr. King, 15 months for Messrs. Vort and Garrett and nine months for Mr. Sung, respectively, (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for the employee and the employee’s dependents for 24 months for Mr. King, 15 months for Messrs. Vort and Garrett and nine months for Mr. Sung, respectively, and (iii) accelerated vesting as to 100% of the employee’s outstanding unvested equity awards.

In addition, under each of these agreements, if, outside of the change in control period, we terminate the employment of the applicable employee other than for cause, death or disability, or the employee resigns for good reason and, within 60 days following the employee’s termination, the employee executes an irrevocable separation agreement and release of claims, the employee is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to the aggregate amount of the employee’s base salary, as then in effect, for 12 months for Mr. King, nine months for Messrs. Vort and Garrett and six months for Mr. Sung, respectively, and (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for the employee and the employee’s dependents for 12 months for Mr. King, nine months for Messrs. Vort and Garrett and six months for Mr. Sung, respectively.

Under each of these agreements, in the event any payment to the applicable named executive officer pursuant to his change of control and severance agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), the officer will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, in 2016. Our 2016 Plan will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Our 2016 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Authorized Shares. A total of              shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2016 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Plan will also include shares reserved but not issued under the 2006 Stock Plan, as amended, or the 2006 Plan, and shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2006 Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2006 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2016 Plan pursuant to this sentence is              shares). In addition, shares may become available under the 2016 Plan as described below.

The number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2017, equal to the lesser of:

 

                 shares;

 

    5% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under our 2016 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2016 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2016 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under our 2016 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under our 2016 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2016 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2016 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2016 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2016 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options. Stock options may be granted under our 2016 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions for lapse of the restriction on the shares it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restricted stock units will vest.

Performance Units and Performance Shares. Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination

Outside Directors. Our 2016 Plan provides that all non-employee directors are eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2016 Plan. Our 2016 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director may not receive under the 2016 Plan awards having a grant date fair value greater than $         increased to $          in connection with his or her initial service, as grant fair value is determined under generally accepted accounting principles. Our 2016 Plan further provides that, in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in our 2016 Plan, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2016 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2016 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2016 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2016 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2016 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2016 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to the shares subject to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Amendment, Termination. The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan provided such action will not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2016 Plan will automatically terminate in 2026, unless we terminate it sooner.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in 2016. The ESPP became effective upon its adoption by our board of directors but will not be in use until the completion of this offering.

The ESPP includes a component that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the 423 Component, and a component that does not comply with Section 423, or the Non-423 Component. For purposes of this disclosure, a reference to the “ESPP” will mean the 423 Component. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, each of our future non-U.S. subsidiaries, if any, will participate in a separate offering under the Non-423 Component.

Authorized shares. A total of          shares of our common stock are available for sale. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal year 2017, equal to the lesser of:

 

    1.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the previous fiscal year;

 

             shares; or

 

    such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the ESPP. The administrator has authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the Plan, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own stock constituting 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

Offering Periods. Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and generally provides for twelve-month offering periods. Each offering period will generally contain two six-month purchase periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after              and              of each year, except that the first offering period will commence on the first trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods and purchase periods.

Payroll Deductions. Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift premium, equity compensation income and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares during a purchase period.

Exercise. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may withdraw from the ESPP at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control. In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment, Termination. Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2036, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time.

2006 Stock Plan, as Amended

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2006 Stock Plan, or the 2006 Plan, in October 2006. Our 2006 Plan was most recently amended in October 2010. Our 2006 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares. Our 2006 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under the 2006 Plan following the completion of this offering. Our 2006 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2016, options to purchase 16,018,735 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under our 2006 Plan. In the event that an outstanding option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option or other right shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2016 Plan once adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2006 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2006 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2006 Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2006 Plan.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Options. Stock options may be granted under our 2006 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The 2006 Plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 30 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Shares of Common Stock. Shares of our common stock may be granted under our 2006 Plan as a purchasable award. The administrator will determine the purchase price and the number of shares granted to the award recipient. Stock purchase rights must be exercised within 90 days of grant.

Transferability of Awards. Unless our administrator provides otherwise, our 2006 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options or stock purchase rights, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Shares issued upon exercise of an option will be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the administrator may determine.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of a subdivision of our outstanding stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in shares, a combination or consolidation of our outstanding stock into a lesser number of shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, the 2006 Plan will be appropriately adjusted by the administrator as to the class and maximum number of securities subject to the 2006 Plan and the class, number of securities and price per share of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan, provided that our administrator will make any adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2006 Plan provides that, in the event that we are a party to a merger or change in control, outstanding options and stock purchase rights may be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary thereof. In the event the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option or stock purchase right, then the vesting of such awards will be fully accelerated and the administrator will notify the holder in writing or electronically that such awards will be fully exercisable and vested for a period as determined by the administrator, and such awards will terminate upon expiration of such period.

Amendment; Termination. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2006 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair a participant’s rights under outstanding awards without such participant’s written consent. As noted above, upon completion of this offering, our 2006 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

Our board of directors has adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will be administered by our compensation committee following the completion of this offering. The Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, sales

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures, and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the compensation committee determines relevant, and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid. Our compensation committee has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. We may make a discretionary matching contribution to the 401(k) plan, and may make a discretionary employer contribution to each eligible employee each year. To date, we have not made any matching or profits sharing contributions into the 401(k) plan. All participants’ interests in our matching and profit sharing contributions, if any, vest pursuant to a six-year graded vesting schedule from the time of contribution. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As a smaller reporting company, we are required to disclose certain transactions to which we are or will be a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest in the event the amount of such transaction exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years. The average of our 2014 and 2015 year-end assets multiplied by 1% is greater than $120,000.

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2013, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In March 2013 and April 2013, we issued an aggregate 13,694,371 shares of our Series D preferred stock, of which 3,631,581 shares were issued from the conversion of notes at a conversion price of $0.9938 per share and 10,062,790 shares were sold at a purchase price of $1.2422 per share. The shares of Series D preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 13,694,371 shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series D preferred stock issued from the conversion of notes and sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
     Note Principal Plus
Interest
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP (1)

     9,257,768               $ 11,499,999.41   

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P.

     1,118,623       $ 1,111,643.71           

Synergy Life Science Partners, LP

     1,053,072       $ 1,046,501.56           

Entities affiliated with Kaiser Permanente Ventures (2)

     1,570,269       $ 778,150.79       $ 977,900.86   

St. Jude Medical, Inc.

     385,414       $ 383,009.22           

 

(1) 9,257,768 shares of Series D preferred stock were originally issued to Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP in May 2013 and of these 9,257,768 shares, 4,628,884 shares of Series D preferred stock were transferred to Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP in April 2014.

 

(2) Affiliates of Kaiser Permanente Ventures holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC—Series B and The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J, which holds 862,786 shares, 539,241 shares and 168,242 shares of Series D preferred stock, respectively.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2014, March 2015 and May 2015, we issued an aggregate 19,799,628 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a price per share of $1.4909. The shares of Series E preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 19,799,628 shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series E preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Novo A/S (1)

     11,809,220       $ 17,606,366.10   

Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners (2)

     4,681,272       $ 6,979,308.42   

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P.

     915,047       $ 1,364,243.57   

Synergy Life Science Partners, LP

     1,003,147       $ 1,495,591.86   

Entities affiliated with Kaiser Permanente Ventures (3)

     670,735       $ 999,998.81   

 

(1) Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D., who is a member of our board of directors, is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US), Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S (Novo). Dr. Aynechi is not deemed to be a beneficial owner of, nor does she have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by Novo.

 

(2) Affiliates of Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP and Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP, which holds 2,340,636 shares and 2,340,636 shares of Series E preferred stock, respectively.

 

(3) Affiliates of Kaiser Permanente Ventures holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B and The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J, which holds 368,536 shares, 230,335 shares and 71,864 shares of Series E preferred stock, respectively.

Agreement for Outpatient Telemetry Services

We entered into an Agreement for Outpatient Telemetry Services effective as of March 1, 2012, as amended, with KP Select, Inc. which entered into the Agreement on behalf of Kaiser Permanente and any affiliated or associated healthcare provider, or KP entities. Entities affiliated with Kaiser Permanente Ventures, which are Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B and The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J, are affiliated with KP entities and hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Pursuant to the Agreement, we provided the ZIO Service to KP entities and in return received $750,000 in 2013, $1.4 million in 2014, $1.8 million in 2015 and $1.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The amounts receivable from transactions with Kaiser were $192,000, $366,000 and $889,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively.

Kaiser additionally performs services related to clinical trials and the amounts outstanding and included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities were $53,000, $261,000, and $193,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively.

Co-Marketing Agreement

We entered into a Co-Marketing Agreement effective as of May 12, 2010 with St. Jude Medical, Inc., or SJM, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Under the Co-Marketing Agreement, SJM and the company collaborated on marketing and promotion of ZIO Patch and the products related thereto, and SJM, directly or through its affiliates, acted as a worldwide sales representative of the company. In exchange for the services provided by SJM, we paid it $326,000 in 2013 and $0 in 2014 and 2015. The Co-Marketing Agreement was terminated in August 2013.

Investors Rights Agreement

In May 16, 2014, in connection with the initial closing of our Series E preferred stock financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our preferred stock, including

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. For a detailed description of registration rights under this agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of capital stock of our company.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We are a party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, which imposes restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock set forth in this agreement will no longer apply.

Indemnification Agreements

We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or officer in any action or proceedings, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s service as a director or officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a policy, effective upon the completion of this offering, that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. We did not have a formal review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any of the transactions described above. However, all of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our board of directors and/or our audit committee.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2016, by:

 

    each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, that we know owns more than 5% of our outstanding common stock

 

    each of our named executive officers

 

    each of our directors

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group

The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 87,050,790 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 78,498,907 shares of common stock. Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering assumes the sale of              shares by us in this offering.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting power or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person.

Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o iRhythm Technologies, Inc., 650 Townsend Street, Suite 500, San Francisco, CA 94103.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares
    Percentage     Number of
Shares
    Percentage  

5% and Greater Stockholders

       

Synergy Life Science Partners, LP (1)

    14,319,136        16.39    

Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners (2)

    13,939,040        16.01    

Novo A/S ( 3)

    11,909,220        13.68    

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (4)

    10,524,033        12.03    

MDV–Revelation LLC (5)

    8,492,985        9.76    

Entities affiliated with Kaiser Permanente Ventures (6)

    8,184,255        9.37    

St. Jude Medical, Inc. (7)

    6,300,191        7.23    

Entity affiliated with Uday N. Kumar (8)

    5,265,137        6.05    

Named Executive Officers and Directors

       

Kevin M. King (9)

    4,403,623        4.82    

Matthew C. Garrett (10)

    683,281        *       

David A. Vort (11)

    507,582        *       

Derrick Sung (12)

    265,625        *       

Tiba Aynechi (4)

                 

Casper L. de Clercq (13)

    13,939,040        16.01    

Christopher M. Grant (14)

    8,184,255        9.37    

Joshua L. Green (15)

    8,492,985        9.76    

Vijay K. Lathi (16)

    10,524,033        12.03    

Mark J. Rubash (17)

    17,361        *       

Raymond W. Scott (18)

    479,970        *       

William N. Starling, Jr. (19)

    14,329,136        16.41    

Abhijit Y. Talwalkar (20)

    17,361        *       

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (21)

    61,844,252        65.70    

 

* Represents ownership of less than 1%.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(1) Consists of 14,027,464 shares and warrants to purchase 291,672 shares of common stock. Synergy Venture Partners, LLC, or SVP, serves as the sole general partner of Synergy Life Science Partners, LP, or SLSP. William N. Starling, Jr., a member of our board of directors, Richard S. Stack and Mudit K. Jain are the managers of SVP and share voting and dispositive power over the securities held by SLSP. The address for this entity is 1350 Bayshore Highway, Suite 920, Burlingame, CA 94010.

 

(2) Consists of 6,969,520 shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP, or NVP XI, and 6,969,520 shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP, or NVP XII. Genesis VC Partners XI, LLC, or Genesis XI, is the general partner of NVP XI and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by NVP XI. Genesis VC Partners XII, LLC, or Genesis XII, is the general partner of NVP XII and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by NVP XII. NVP Associates, LLC, the managing member of Genesis XI and Genesis XII, and each of Promod Haque, Jeffrey Crowe and Matthew Howard, as Co-Chief Executive Officers of NVP Associates, LLC and members of the general partners, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by NVP XI and NVP XII. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by NVP XI and NVP XII, except to the extent of any proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 525 University Avenue, #800, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

 

(3) Consists of 11,909,220 shares of common stock held by Novo A/S, or Novo, a Danish limited liability company. The board of directors of Novo, the Novo Board, which consists of Sten Scheibye, Göran Ando, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Risgaard and Per Wold Olsen, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by Novo and may exercise such control only with the support of a majority of the members of the Novo Board. As such, no individual member of the Novo Board is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership in the shares held by Novo. Tiba Aynechi, a member of our board of directors, is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US), Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo. Dr. Aynechi is not deemed to be a beneficial owner of, nor does she have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by Novo. The address of Novo A/S is Tuborg Havnevej 19, DK-2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

 

(4) Consists of 10,098,186 shares and warrants to purchase 425,847 shares of common stock. The general partner of New Leaf Ventures II, L.P, or NLV-II, is New Leaf Venture Associates II, L.P, or Associates II. The general partner of Associates II is New Leaf Venture Management II, L.L.C, or Management II. The members of Management II comprise the investment committee of NLV-II and consist of Philippe O. Chambon, Jeani Delagardelle, Ronald M. Hunt, Vijay K. Lathi and Liam Ratcliffe, who exercise shared voting and dispositive control with respect to the shares held by NLV-II. Each of these individuals expressly disclaims beneficial ownership in all shares held by NLV-II, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. The address for this entity is c/o New Leaf Venture Partners, 1200 Park Place, Suite 300, San Mateo, CA 94403.

 

(5) Consists of 8,492,985 shares of common stock. MDV VIII, L.P. is the managing member and MDV Leaders’ VIII, L.P. and MDV ENF VIII, L.P. are the non-managing members of MDV–Revelation LLC. Eighth MDV Partners, L.L.C. is the sole general partner of MDV VIII, L.P., MDV Leaders’ VIII, L.P. and MDV ENF VIII, L.P. William Ericson, Jon Feiber and Nancy Schoendorf are the managing members of Eighth MDV Partners, L.L.C. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by MDV–Revelation LLC. The address for this entity is c/o Mohr Davidow Ventures, 3000 Sand Hill Road, 3-290, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

(6) Consists of 4,333,059 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, and 2,708,161 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B, and 604,837 shares of common stock held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series I, and 240,106 shares of common stock held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J, and warrants to purchase 163,787 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, and warrants to purchase 102,367 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B and warrants to purchase 31,938 shares of common stock held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J. The management committee of Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC, which consists of Christopher M. Grant, Thomas R. Meier, Arthur M. Southam, MD, and Chris Stenzel, has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, and Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B. Mr. Grant is the Chief Operating Officer of The Permanente Federation, and Mr. Grant exercises voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series I, and The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J. The address for all of these entities is 1 Kaiser Plaza, 22nd Floor, Oakland, CA 94612.

 

(7) Consists of 6,206,786 shares and warrants to purchase 93,405 shares of common stock. St. Jude Medical, Inc.’s senior executive officers, including its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer and its General Counsel, are authorized to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares and warrants owned by St. Jude Medical, Inc. The address for this entity is One St. Jude Medical Drive, St. Paul, MN 55117

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(8) Consists of 5,265,137 shares of common stock held by the Kumar and Rao Family Trust U/A/D 5/13/2008 of which Dr. Kumar is a co-trustee. Voting and dispositive power for the shares held by the Kumar and Rao Family Trust U/A/D 5/13/2008 is shared by Dr. Uday N. Kumar and Rajni K. Rao. Dr. Kumar disclaims beneficial ownership in the shares held by the Kumar and Rao Family Trust U/A/D 5/13/2008, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(9) Consists of 4,403,623 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(10) Consists of 683,281 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(11) Consists of 507,582 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(12) Consists of 265,625 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(13) Consists of 6,969,520 shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP and 6,969,520 shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP. By virtue of Mr. de Clercq’s position as a member of the general partner and an officer of the managing member of Norwest Venture Partners XI and Norwest Venture Partners XII, Mr. de Clercq may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by those entities. Mr. de Clercq disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(14) Consists of 4,333,059 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, and 2,708,161 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B, and 604,837 shares of common stock held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series I, and 240,106 shares of common stock held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J, and warrants to purchase 163,787 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series A, and warrants to purchase 102,367 shares of common stock held by Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC–Series B and warrants to purchase 31,938 shares of common stock held by The Permanente Federation, LLC–Series J. See footnote 6 above regarding Mr. Grant’s relationship with entities affiliated with Kaiser Permanente Ventures.

 

(15) Consists of 8,492,985 shares of common stock held by MDV–Revelation LLC. MDV VIII, L.P. is the managing member and MDV Leaders’ VIII, L.P. and MDV ENF VIII, L.P. are the non-managing members of MDV–Revelation LLC. Eighth MDV Partners, L.L.C. is the sole general partner of MDV VIII, L.P., MDV Leaders’ VIII, L.P. and MDV ENF VIII, L.P. William Ericson, Jon Feiber and Nancy Schoendorf are the Managing Members of Eighth MDV Partners, L.L.C. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by MDV–Revelation LLC. Joshua L. Green, a non-managing member of Eighth MDV Partners, L.L.C. and a member of our board of directors, may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares held by MDV–Revelation LLC.

 

(16) Consists of 10,098,186 shares and warrants to purchase 425,847 shares of common stock held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. Mr. Lathi is a managing director of New Leaf Venture Partners. See footnote 4 above regarding Mr. Lathi’s relationship with New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. Mr. Lathi disclaims beneficial ownership in all shares held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(17) Consists of 17,361 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(18) Consists of 311,220 shares of common stock held by Mr. Scott and 168,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(19) Consists of 10,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Starling, and 14,027,464 shares and warrants to purchase 291,672 shares of common stock held by Synergy Life Science Partners, LP. See footnote 1 above regarding Mr. Starling’s relationship with Synergy Life Science Partners, LP. Mr. Starling disclaims beneficial ownership in all shares held by Synergy Life Science Partners, LP except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(20) Consists of 17,361 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(21) Consists of 54,765,058 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 1,015,611 shares of common stock, and 6,063,583 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, the amended and restated investors rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorizes              shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and              shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of June 30, 2016, there were outstanding:

 

    8,551,883 shares of our common stock held by approximately 74 stockholders of record

 

    78,498,907 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock held by approximately 28 stockholders of record

 

    1,930,283 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock

 

    16,018,735 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and the reverse stock split, but before the consummation of this offering, as of June 30, 2016, there were 87,050,790 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by approximately 92 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Following this offering we expect to have              shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We do not have any plans to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

The following table sets forth information about outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our stock as of June 30, 2016. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of our Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series D preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase our common stock based on the conversion ratio of the Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series D preferred stock, respectively.

 

Class of Stock Underlying Warrants

  Number of
Shares of
Preferred
Stock
Exercisable
Prior to this
Offering
    Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Underlying
Warrants on
an
As-Converted
Basis
    Exercise
Price Per
Share Prior
to this
Offering
    Exercise Price
Per Share on
an
As-Converted
Basis
   

Expiration Date

Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    145,180        145,180      $ 0.96432      $ 0.96432      November 24, 2019

Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    8,973        17,985      $ 2.78610      $ 1.39000      November 24, 2019

Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    68,196        136,691      $ 2.78610      $ 1.39000      February 28, 2021

Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    118,458        118,458      $ 1.24220      $ 1.24220      June 2, 2024

Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    108,678        108,678      $ 1.24220      $ 1.24220      April 17, 2023

Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    184,483        184,483      $ 1.11800      $ 1.11800      November 16, 2022

Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001

    1,218,808        1,218,808      $ 0.00100      $ 0.00100      November 1, 2019
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total

    1,852,776        1,930,283         
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2016, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Securities Act. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, these holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their common stock in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. Beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 20% of these securities have the right to require us, on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act in order to register the resale of their shares of common stock. We may, in certain circumstances, defer such registrations and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in any underwritten offering. Further, the holders of these securities may require us to register the resale of all or a portion of their shares on a Registration Statement on Form S-3, subject to certain conditions and limitations. In addition, the holders of these securities have certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act other than pursuant to the registration rights noted above or specified excluded registrations, holders may require us to include all or a portion of their registrable securities in the registration and in any related underwriting. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of registrable securities such holders may include. Additionally, piggyback registrations are subject to delay or termination of the registration under certain circumstances. The underwriters named in this prospectus have notified us that no holders of registration rights will be permitted to include any of their shares in this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects or Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stock holders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of a non-friendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

    before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines interested stockholder as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer or President. This provision might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

Classified Board; Election and Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed for cause. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “IRTC.”

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock will be Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. The transfer agent’s address is 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, Minnesota, 55120. Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited exceptions.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as June 30, 2016, we will have a total of              shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and including common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and stock options. Of these outstanding shares, all the shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, all              shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,              additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which              shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed that during a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of shares of our common stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions.

All of our directors, executive officers and certain of our shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock), provided that in each case below, any transfer or distribution requires that each transferree, donee or distributee execute and deliver to the underwriters a lock-up letter; and provided, further, that no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    to a spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild or any person who has a relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin to the party subject to the lock-up

 

    to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes, formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the party subject to the lock-up or of an immediate family member of the party subject to the lock-up

 

    if the party subject to the lock-up is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the party subject to the lock-up, or as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the party subject to the lock-up to its members, limited partners or equity holders

 

    if the party subject to the lock-up is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust

 

    if the party subject to the lock-up is not an officer or director, transactions relating to shares of common stock acquired in this offering or acquired in a directed share program instituted in connection with this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock acquired in such manner

 

    the receipt by the party subject to the lock-up of shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans or the transfer of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of the securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the party subject to the lock-up in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during 180 days after the date of this prospectus and provided further, that the shares shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up

 

   

the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, pursuant to agreements existing as of the date of the lock-up agreement under which the we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities; provided that (i) any filing under the Exchange Act shall clearly

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause and (ii) no common stock or other securities were sold by the reporting person

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180 days after the date of the prospectus and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the party subject to the lock-up or us regarding the establishment of such plan

 

    the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law including pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee signs and delivers a lock-up letter for the balance of the 180 days after the date of the prospectus, and provided further, that no filing under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the 180 days after the date of the prospectus

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or of any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control (as defined below) occurring after the date of this offering; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the shares of common stock and other securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement. For purposes of this clause, “change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above, in accordance with the provisions therein, in whole or in part at any time without notice. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market subject to the limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters’ over-allotment option; or

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to an investor rights agreement, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2016 (including shares issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Stock and Option Plans

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2006 Stock Plan, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock purchased in this offering. This discussion is for general information only, is not tax advice, and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to differing interpretation. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. income taxes or any non-income taxes other than to the limited extent set forth below. This discussion also does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax, the tax on net investment income, or any specific tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    insurance companies

 

    tax-exempt organizations

 

    banks or other financial institutions

 

    brokers or dealers in securities, and traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings

 

    partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and other pass-through entities

 

    tax-qualified retirement plans

 

    persons that own or are deemed to own more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below)

 

    “controlled foreign corporations” or “passive foreign investment companies”

 

    corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners or members in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock. We urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares of our common stock.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, except as modified for estate tax purposes, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person

Distributions on Our Common Stock

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not have any plans to make any distributions on our common stock. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s capital, and will reduce such holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by such non-U.S. holder) are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

In order to claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS designates, prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on such holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by such non-U.S. holder), in which case the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons will apply, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the additional branch profits tax described above in “—Distributions on Our Common Stock” may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the calendar year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any; or

 

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”).

We believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, a non-U.S. holder will only be subject to tax under these rules if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds more than 5% of such regularly-traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such holder’s disposition of, or such holder’s holding period for, our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be included in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, the name and address of such non-U.S. holder, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to each non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in such non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless a non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or a paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that such holder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock, and under current transitional rules are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2019. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

BTIG, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $          per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $          per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to              additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $          per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
Over-Allotment
Exercise
     With Full
Over-Allotment
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock-based compensation plans.

All of our directors, executive officers and certain of our shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock), provided that in each case below, any transfer or distribution requires that each transferree, donee or distributee execute and deliver to the underwriters a lock-up letter; and provided, further, that no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    to a spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild or any person who has a relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin to the party subject to the lock-up

 

    to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes, formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the party subject to the lock-up or of an immediate family member of the party subject to the lock-up

 

    if the party subject to the lock-up is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the party subject to the lock-up, or as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the party subject to the lock-up to its members, limited partners or equity holders

 

    if the party subject to the lock-up is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust

 

   

if the party subject to the lock-up is not an officer or director, transactions relating to shares of common stock acquired in this offering or acquired in a directed share program instituted in connection with this

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock acquired in such manner

 

    the receipt by the party subject to the lock-up of shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans or the transfer of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of the securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the party subject to the lock-up in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during 180 days after the date of this prospectus and provided further, that the shares shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, pursuant to agreements existing as of the date of the lock-up agreement under which the we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities; provided that (i) any filing under the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause and (ii) no common stock or other securities were sold by the reporting person

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180 days after the date of the prospectus and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the party subject to the lock-up or us regarding the establishment of such plan

 

    the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law including pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee signs and delivers a lock-up letter for the balance of the 180 days after the date of the prospectus, and provided further, that no filing under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the 180 days after the date of the prospectus

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or of any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control (as defined below) occurring after the date of this offering; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the shares of common stock and other securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement. For purposes of this clause, “change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above, in accordance with the provisions therein, in whole or in part at any time without notice.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “IRTC.”

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The NASDAQ Stock Market, in the over the counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    our prospects for future earnings;

 

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Selling Restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a ‘‘Relevant Member State’’), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the ‘‘EU Prospectus Directive’’) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the ‘‘Relevant Implementation Date’’) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘‘offer of securities to the public’’ in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

    where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. own an interest representing less than 0.5% of the shares of our common stock. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for the stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. When we complete this offering, we will also be required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page No.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans with respect to its liquidity are also discussed in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 29, 2016, except for the effects of the additional disclosures relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1, as to which the date is September 7, 2016.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2016
    Pro Forma as of
June 30, 2016
 
     2014     2015      
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,618      $ 25,208      $ 8,974     

Accounts receivable, net

     5,853        5,577        9,229     

Inventory

     818        1,145        1,456     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     243        808        825     

Restricted cash

            91        91     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     15,532        32,829        20,575     

Property and equipment, net

     751        2,036        2,669     

Restricted cash

     91                   

Goodwill

     862        862        862     

Other assets

     1,273        2,145        4,621     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 18,509      $ 37,872      $ 28,727     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 1,197      $ 1,459      $ 1,560     

Accrued liabilities

     3,242        6,699        6,113     

Deferred revenue

     421        506        359     

Accrued interest, current portion

            111            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     4,860        8,775        8,032     

Debt

     6,255        30,552        31,375     

Deferred rent, noncurrent portion

            28        28     

Accrued interest, net of current portion

     130        96        111     

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     2,794        2,949        3,346      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     14,039        42,400        42,892     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value – 59,220,892, 67,020,892 and 67,020,892 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively; 56,814,481, 64,981,354 and 64,981,354 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $105,319, $117,495 and $117,495 (unaudited) at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     85,014        97,096        97,096          

Stockholders’ deficit:

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value – 100,000,000, 109,000,000 and 109,000,000 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 respectively; 7,804,474, 8,298,323 and 8,551,883 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively; 87,050,790 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     8        8        8        87   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,915        4,634        5,559        105,922   

Accumulated deficit

     (83,467     (106,266     (116,828     (116,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (80,544     (101,624     (111,261   $ (10,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 18,509      $ 37,872      $ 28,727     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 21,749      $ 36,140      $ 15,942      $ 28,588   

Cost of revenue

     10,591        14,700        6,791        9,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     11,158        21,440        9,151        18,773   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,698        6,349        2,898        3,212   

Selling, general and administrative

     20,225        36,722        15,490        24,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,923        43,071        18,388        27,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (14,765     (21,631     (9,237     (8,568

Interest expense

     (774     (1,059     (255     (1,581

Other expense, net

     (293     (109     141        (413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (15,832   $ (22,799   $ (9,351   $ (10,562
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.82   $ (1.19   $ (1.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     7,731,791        8,095,513        7,890,682        8,378,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.27     $ (0.12
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       84,872,900          86,877,858   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2013

    45,181,726      $ 67,785            7,575,088      $ 8      $ 2,037      $ (67,635   $ (65,590

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock for cash at $1.49 per share, net of issuance costs of $115

    11,632,755        17,229                                          

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

                      229,386               50               50   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    828               828   

Net loss

                                           (15,832     (15,832
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    56,814,481        85,014            7,804,474        8        2,915        (83,467     (80,544

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock for cash at $1.49 per share, net of issuance costs of $92

    8,166,873        12,082                                          

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options, net of repurchases

                      493,849               309               309   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    1,410               1,410   

Net loss

                                           (22,799     (22,799
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    64,981,354        97,096            8,298,323        8        4,634        (106,266     (101,624

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options, net of repurchases (unaudited)

                      253,560               75               75   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    850               850   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                           (10,562     (10,562
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

    64,981,354      $ 97,096            8,551,883      $ 8      $ 5,559      $ (116,828   $ (111,261
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
          2014                 2015           2015     2016  
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Net loss

  $ (15,832   $ (22,799     $(9,351   $ (10,562

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    242        492        168        436   

Stock-based compensation

    828        1,410        717        850   

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

    111        116        77        125   

Loss on disposal of assets

    7        10                 

Non-cash interest expense

                         727   

Change in accrued interest

    (89     (64              

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual allowance

    140        902        502        2,116   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    291        111        (217     397   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

       

Accounts receivable

    (2,304     (626     (226     (5,768

Inventory

    (71     (327     (102     (311

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (35     (506     (216     (17

Other assets

    (1,166     (491     (223     (499

Accounts payable

    703        132        250        116   

Accrued liabilities

    1,399        3,522        607        (827

Deferred rent

    (28     28                 

Deferred revenue

    178        85        768        (147
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (15,626     (18,005     (7,246     (13,364
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (539     (1,787     (845     (1,069
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (539     (1,787     (845     (1,069
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, net of repurchases

    50        309        275        75   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    17,229        12,134        12,136          

Payments of deferred offering costs

           (5            (1,876

Proceeds from long-term debt, net of debt discount and issuance costs

    4,905        29,018                 

Repayments of long-term debt

    (4,500     (4,905              

Payments of issuance costs for revolving credit line

           (169              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    17,684        36,382        12,411        (1,801
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1,519        16,590        4,320        (16,234

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    7,099        8,618        8,618        25,208   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 8,618      $ 25,208        $12,938      $ 8,974   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

       

Interest paid

  $ 318      $ 343      $ 184      $ 838   

Non-cash investing and financing activities

       

Issuance of warrants to purchase preferred stock

  $ 98      $ 44      $ 44      $   

Series E convertible preferred stock issuance costs included in accrued liabilities

  $      $ 52      $ 2      $   

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payables and accrued liabilities

  $      $ 265      $      $ 397   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in September 2006. The Company is a commercial-stage digital healthcare company redefining the way cardiac arrhythmias are clinically diagnosed by combining wearable biosensing technology with cloud-based data analytics and machine-learning capabilities. The Company commenced commercial introduction of its products in the United States in 2009 following clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

The Company’s headquarters are based in San Francisco, California, has manufacturing facilities in Cypress, California, and clinical centers in Lincolnshire, Illinois and Houston, Texas. In March 2016, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom (unaudited). The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are maintained in the United States. The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from sales to customers in the United States, based upon the billing address of the customer.

Liquidity

The Company has incurred net losses from operations since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $106.3 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company has funded its operations to date primarily through the sale of convertible preferred stock and debt financings. The Company plans to continue to finance its operations in the future with additional equity and debt financing arrangements. There can be no assurances that, in the event the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available on terms which are favorable to the Company, or at all. Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents of $25.2 million and funds available under its credit facility and debt agreement as of December 31, 2015 will provide sufficient funds to enable the Company to meet its operating plan through at least December 31, 2016. However, if the anticipated operating results are not achieved in future periods, management believes that planned expenditures may need to be reduced in order to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the Company’s operations.

The Company has incurred significant operating losses since its inception and believes that it will continue to incur additional losses and negative cash flows from operations in the future. As of June 30, 2016, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $116.8 million (unaudited). The Company needs additional financing to support its liquidity needs and intends to raise such financing through the issuance of additional equity. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

The accompanying financial statements are consolidated for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and include the accounts of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, iRhythm Technologies Ltd., established in March 2016. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. All other accompanying financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 include only the accounts of iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In 2015, the Company early adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03). The adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, contractual allowances for revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful lives of property and equipment, the recoverability of long-lived assets including the estimated usage of the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBAs”), the valuation of deferred tax assets, the fair value of the Company’s preferred and common stock and stock-based compensation. The Company bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of June 30, 2016 presents the Company’s balance sheet information as though all of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock had converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (an “IPO”). In addition, the pro forma balance sheet information assumes the reclassification of the warrant liabilities to stockholders’ equity upon completion of an IPO, as the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock warrants. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information does not assume any proceeds from the proposed IPO.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and consolidated cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, and the consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit as of June 30, 2016 are unaudited. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to June 30, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, are also unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company’s consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2016, and the results of its consolidated operations and consolidated cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016, or for any other interim period or for any future year.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, which includes cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market funds.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of certificates of deposit held with a financial institution as security deposits for building leases and is included in short-term and long-term assets on the Company’s balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Contractual Allowance

Accounts receivable consists of amounts due to the Company from institutions, government payors and commercial insurance payors as a result of the Company’s normal business activities. Accounts receivable is reported on the balance sheet net of an estimated allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual allowance.

The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated uncollectible receivables based on historical collections, review of specific outstanding claims, consideration of relevant qualitative factors and an established allowance percentage by aging category. The Company writes off accounts against the allowance for doubtful accounts when they are deemed to be uncollectible. Increases and decreases in the allowance for doubtful accounts are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company establishes a contractual allowance, which is a reduction in revenue, for estimated uncollectible amounts from Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), and contracted third-party commercial payors.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 287      $ 470      $ 1,125   

Add: provision for doubtful accounts

     304        1,177        941   

Less: write-offs, net of recoveries and other adjustments

     (121     (522       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 470      $ 1,125      $ 2,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the changes in the contractual allowance:

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 134      $ 91      $ 338   

Add: contractual allowances

     97        380        1,175   

Less: write-offs, net of recoveries and other adjustments

     (140     (133       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 91      $ 338      $ 1,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management reviews and updates its estimates for the allowance for doubtful accounts and the contractual allowance periodically to reflect its experience regarding historical collections. If management were to make different judgments or utilize different estimates in the allowance for doubtful accounts and the contractual allowance, differences in the amount of reported selling, general and administrative expenses and revenue could result, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with one financial institution in the United States of America. At times, such deposits may be in excess of federally insured limits. Cash equivalents are invested in highly rated money market funds. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many geographies. The Company does not require collateral. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts when it becomes probable that a receivable will not be collected. Government agencies, including CMS and the Veterans Administration, accounted for approximately 30%, 41%, 40% (unaudited) and 41% (unaudited) of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Accounts receivable related to government agencies accounted for 51%, 30% and 34% (unaudited) at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on an actual cost basis, which approximates actual cost on a first in, first out (“FIFO”) basis, and market being determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. The Company records write-downs of inventory that is obsolete or in excess of anticipated demand or market value based on consideration of product lifecycle stage, technology trends, product development plans and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and such differences may have a material effect on recorded inventory values. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of revenue and establish a new cost basis for the inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and improvements and betterments are capitalized.

Internal-Use Software

The Company capitalizes costs related to internal-use software during the application development stage. Costs related to planning and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Capitalized internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, which is up to five years. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. Capitalized internal-use software costs are classified as a component of property and equipment.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and at any other time if events occur or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances may include significant adverse changes in the general business climate, among other things. The impairment test is performed by determining the enterprise fair value of the Company, which is primarily based on an independent third-party valuation that uses a combination of estimated discounted future cash flows and the market approach, which utilizes selected guideline public company multiples. If the Company’s carrying value, as a one reporting unit entity, is less than its fair value, then the fair value is allocated to all of its assets and liabilities (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the fair value was the purchase price to acquire the Company. The excess of the fair value over the amounts assigned to the Company’s assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company performs its annual evaluation of goodwill during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Company did not record any charges related to goodwill impairment in any of the periods presented in these financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company annually reviews long-lived assets for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the future net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the asset. To date there have been no such impairments of long-lived assets.

Other Assets

Included in the other assets are PCBAs totaling $1.1 million, $1.6 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively. The Company uses a PCBA in each wearable device and it is used numerous times. Each time the PCBA is used in a wearable device, a portion of the cost of the PCBA is recorded as a cost of revenue. The Company has based its estimates of how many times a PCBA can be used on testing in research and development, loss rates, product obsolescence, and the amount of time it takes the device to go through the manufacturing, shipping, customer shelf and patient wear time and upload process. The Company periodically evaluates the use estimate.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting primarily of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the completion of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, $270,000 and $2.3 million (unaudited), respectively, of deferred offering costs were capitalized, which were included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheets. There were no such costs as of December 31, 2014.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company measures freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock at fair value, and records the related amounts as liabilities because the shares underlying the warrants may obligate the Company to transfer assets to the holders at a future date under certain circumstances such as a deemed liquidation event. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants is remeasured at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is included in earnings. Such charges are included in other expense, net in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or convert into warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock which is expected to occur at the time of the IPO. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents all changes in stockholders’ deficit except those resulting from and distributions to stockholders. The Company’s net loss was equal to its comprehensive loss for all periods presented in these financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s devices, cardiac rhythm monitors, have a wear period for up to 14 days for the ZIO Patch or 30 days for the ZIO Event Card, depending on the device. The Company’s services, consisting of the delivery of reports containing analysis of data captured by the physical device to the prescribing physician, are generally billable at the start of the wear period or when reports are issued to physicians, depending on the service

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

provided. For the ZIO Event Card, the Company recognized revenue on a straight-line basis over the applicable wear period, as the event monitoring results are delivered to physicians. For the ZIO Service, the Company recognizes the revenue at the time that a report is delivered to a physician. For all services performed, the Company considers whether or not the following revenue recognition criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. For services performed for customers we invoice directly, additional revenue recognition criteria include that the price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured; for customers in which we submit claims to third party commercial and governmental payors for reimbursement, we recognize revenue only when a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made.

The assessment of whether a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made requires significant judgment by management. Where management’s judgment indicates a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made, revenue is recognized upon delivery of the patient report for the ZIO Service and straight-line for the ZIO Event Card. To date we have not been able to estimate revenue for third party payors for which we do not have a contracted rate and therefore revenue has been recognized on the earlier of notice or cash receipt. Some patients have out-of-pocket costs for amounts not covered by their insurance carrier, and the Company may bill the patient directly for these amounts in the form of co-payments and co-insurance in accordance with their insurance carrier and health plans. Some payors may not cover the Company’s service as ordered by the prescribing physician under their reimbursement policies. In the absence of contracted reimbursement coverage or the ability to reasonably estimate reimbursement, the Company recognizes revenue only upon the earlier of notification or when payment is received.

The Company recognizes revenue related to billings for CMS and commercial payors on an accrual basis, net of contractual adjustments, when a reasonable estimate of reimbursement can be made. These contractual adjustments represent the difference between the list price (the billing rate) and the reimbursement rate for each payor. Upon ultimate collection from CMS and commercial payors, the amount is compared to the previous estimates and the contractual allowance is adjusted accordingly. Until a contract has been negotiated with a commercial payor, the Company’s services may or may not be covered by these entities’ existing reimbursement policies. In addition, patients do not enter into direct agreements with the Company that commit them to pay any portion of the cost of the service in the event that their insurance declines to reimburse the Company. In the absence of an agreement with the patient or other clearly enforceable legal right to demand payment from the patient, the related revenue is recognized only upon the earlier of notification of payment or when payment is received.

Revenue recognized when cash or notification of coverage was received was $0.6 million, $3.5 million, $1.5 million (unaudited) and $4.3 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Revenue recognized on an accrual basis was $21.2 million, $32.6 million, $14.4 million (unaudited) and $24.3 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Certain of the Company’s customers pay the Company directly for the ZIO Service upon shipment of devices. Such advance payments are recorded as deferred revenue on the balance sheet.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue is expensed as incurred and includes direct labor, material costs, equipment and infrastructure expenses, internal use software, allocated overhead, and shipping and handling. Material costs include both the disposable costs of the device and amortization of the PCBAs. Each time the PCBA is used in a ZIO Patch, a portion of the cost of the PCBA is recorded as a cost of revenue.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Research and Development

The Company’s research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, payroll and personnel-related expenses, laboratory supplies, consulting costs and overhead charges.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes in accordance with the authoritative guidance for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and tax loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To date, there have been no interest or penalties charged in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures its stock-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair values of the awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, the Company’s stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

Net Loss per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for all periods presented since the effect of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Common Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the warrant liabilities for convertible preferred stock as it will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of an IPO of the Company’s common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share does not include the shares to be sold and related proceeds to be received from an IPO.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of Effective Date, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year allowing early adoption as of the original effective date of fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, at which time companies may adopt the new standard update under the full retrospective method or the modified retrospective method. The deferral results in the new revenue standard being effective for the Company for fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March, April and May 2016, the FASB issued additional updates to the new revenue standard relating to reporting revenue on a gross versus net basis, identifying performance obligations and licensing arrangements, and narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients, respectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern— Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . The amendments require management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. Specifically, the amendments: (1) provide a definition of the term substantial doubt; (2) require an evaluation every reporting period including interim periods; (3) provide principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans; (4) require certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans; (5) require an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated; and (6) require an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). ASU 2014-15 will be effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Under ASU 2015-11, the measurement principle for inventory will change from lower of cost or market value to lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. Under ASU 2015-17, deferred tax liabilities and assets will be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. Previous guidance required deferred tax liabilities and assets to be separated into current and noncurrent amounts on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which establishes a comprehensive new lease accounting model. The new standard: (a) clarifies the definition of a lease; (b) requires a dual approach to lease classification similar to current lease classifications; and, (c) causes lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet as a lease liability with a corresponding right-of-use asset for leases with a lease-term of more than twelve months. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This ASU was issued as part of the FASB’s simplification initiative and affects all entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. This standard covers accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. The ASU will be effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company discloses and recognizes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1 —Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2— Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3 —Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.

Based on Level 2 inputs and the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities, the carrying value of the Company’s debt approximates its fair value.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities determined using the inputs defined above (amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 1,754       $      —       $       $ 1,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,754       $       $       $ 1,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $       $       $ 2,794       $ 2,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 2,794       $ 2,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 1,254       $      —       $       $ 1,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,254       $       $       $ 1,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $       $       $ 2,949       $ 2,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 2,949       $ 2,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     June 30, 2016  
     (unaudited)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 1,254       $      —       $       $ 1,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,254       $       $       $ 1,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $       $       $ 3,346       $ 3,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 3,346       $ 3,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants which is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 during the periods (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,405       $ 2,794       $ 2,949   

Fair value of preferred stock warrants issued in connection with long-term debt

     98         44           

Total change in fair value recorded as other expense, net

     291         111         397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,794       $ 2,949       $ 3,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The valuation of the preferred stock warrant liabilities is discussed in Note 11.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Inventory and PCBAs

Inventory and PCBAs consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 548       $ 629       $ 687   

Finished goods

     1,350         2,147         2,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,898       $ 2,776       $ 3,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported on the consolidated balance sheet as:

        

Inventory

   $ 818       $ 1,145       $ 1,456   

Other assets

     1,080         1,631         2,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,898       $ 2,776       $ 3,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts reported as other assets are comprised of the PCBA costs that are included in both raw materials and finished goods totals above.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
                 (unaudited)  

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

   $ 709      $ 1,130      $ 1,246   

Computer equipment and software

     601        538        634   

Furniture and fixtures

     198        114        131   

Leasehold improvements

     428        344        344   

Internal-use software

     57        993        1,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, gross

     1,993        3,119        4,188   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,242     (1,083     (1,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 751      $ 2,036      $ 2,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 was $242,000, $492,000, $168,000 (unaudited) and $436,000 (unaudited) respectively.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued vacation

   $ 848       $ 1,250       $ 1,516   

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     1,831         3,838         3,270   

Accrued professional service fees

     199         652         642   

Other

     364         959         685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 3,242       $ 6,699       $ 6,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

5. Related-Party Transactions

Kaiser Permanente (“Kaiser”) is the holder of various classes of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, which represents a 6% ownership of the total outstanding shares of the Company as of December 31, 2015. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, the Company recognized revenue of $1.4 million, $1.8 million, $844,000, and $1.4 million, respectively, for transactions with Kaiser. The amounts receivable from transactions with Kaiser were $192,000, $366,000 and $889,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively. Kaiser additionally performs services related to clinical trials and the amounts outstanding and included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities were $53,000, $261,000, and $193,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Arrangements

The Company leases office and manufacturing space under non-cancelable operating leases which expire on various dates through 2020. These leases generally contain scheduled rent increases or escalation clauses and renewal options. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period.

The following table summarizes the Company’s future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31:

  

2016

   $ 1,816   

2017

     200   

2018

     120   

2019

     123   

2020

     95   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,354   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s rent expense was $1.3 million, $1.6 million, $707,000 (unaudited) and $927,000 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings arising from the ordinary course of its business. Management is currently not aware of any matters that will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. Pursuant to such agreements, the Company may indemnify, hold harmless and defend an indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. Some of the provisions will limit losses to those arising from third-party actions. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by California corporate law. The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ insurance. The Company has never incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification provisions, and believes that the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is not material and it has not accrued any amounts for these obligations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

7. Debt

Pharmakon Loan Agreement

In December 2015, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement with Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, or Pharmakon (the “Pharmakon Loan Agreement”). The Pharmakon Loan Agreement provides for up to $55.0 million in term loans split into two tranches as follows: (i) the Tranche A Loans are $30.0 million in term loans, and (ii) the Tranche B Loans are up to $25.0 million in term loans. The Tranche A Loans were drawn on December 4, 2015. The Tranche B Loans are available to be drawn prior to December 4, 2016. The amount of Tranche B Loans available to be borrowed is dependent on the Company’s net sales for the two fiscal quarters preceding such drawing. If net revenues for the two preceding fiscal quarters taken together before the tranche draw closing date total: (i) more than or equal to $20.0 million but less than $25.0 million, the Company can borrow not less than $5.0 million and up to $15.0 million; (ii) more than or equal to $25.0 million, the Company can borrow not less than $5.0 million and up to $25.0 million; and (iii) less than $20.0 million, the total available borrowings is $0. The Company is obligated to pay Pharmakon an amount equal to the amount of the Tranche B Loans drawn multiplied by 0.01 on the date drawn.

During the first full eight quarters, payments are interest only and for the first two years 50% of the interest will be “paid in kind.” The Company is subject to a financial covenant related to minimum trailing revenue targets that begins in June 2017, and is tested on a semi-annual basis. The minimum net revenue covenant ranges from $44.7 million for the period ended June 30, 2017 to $102.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2021. The minimum net revenues financial covenant has a 45-day equity cure period following required delivery date of the financial statements. Pursuant to this equity cure provision, the Company may cure a revenue covenant default by raising additional funds from the sale of equity. The loan matures December 2021.

The Tranche A Loans bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 9.50% per annum that is due and payable quarterly in arrears. During the first eight calendar quarters, 50% of the interest due and payable shall be added to the then outstanding principal. The Tranche B Loans bear interest at a fixed rate equal to (i) 9.50% per annum if drawn prior June 30, 2016, (ii) 10.00% per annum if drawn on or after June 30, 2016 but before September 30, 2016 and (iii) 10.50% per annum if drawn on or after September 30, 2016.

The Pharmakon Loan Agreement requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated liquidity and minimum net revenue during the term of the loan facility and contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and event of default provisions that could result in the acceleration of the repayment obligations under the loan facility. Upon a change in control of the Company, Pharmakon has the option to demand payment in full of the outstanding loans together with any prepayment premium.

The obligations under the Pharmakon Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to the Pharmakon Guaranty and Security Agreement and this security interest is governed by an intercreditor agreement between Pharmakon and Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”).

In December 2015, the Company used the proceeds from the Pharmakon Loan Agreement to repay $4.9 million of bank debt to SVB. The issuance costs and debt discount have been netted against the borrowed funds on the balance sheet. The debt balance, net of debt discount and issuance costs, as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 was $29.1 million and $29.9 million (unaudited), respectively.

Bank Debt

Loan and Security Agreement

In January 2014, the Company amended its bank debt with SVB by entering into the First Amendment and Default Waiver (“First Amendment”) which amended covenant details. In June 2014, the Company refinanced its debt with SVB by entering into the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement (“Second Amendment”). Under this amendment the Company borrowed $4.9 million with an additional advance of

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

$5.0 million available. Concurrently, the Company repaid $3.9 million of outstanding bank debt. Prior to the modification, the Company had made principal payments totaling $600,000 during 2014. Borrowings under the Second Amendment matured in May 2018 and bore interest at an annual effective rate of 9.16%. At the end of the repayment period, the Company would make a final payment (balloon payment) equal to 8% of the total borrowing. Revolving advances were also available under the Second Amendment. The available revolving advances on a monthly basis were primarily based on the Company’s outstanding eligible accounts receivable, as defined, up to $5.0 million, balances and bore interest at 2.25% plus prime. The Company did not borrow any money under the revolving advances line. All the borrowings under the Second Amendment were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property. In connection with entering into the Amended Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 118,458 shares of Series D at $1.24 per share that expire June 2024 (See Note 11). As of December 31, 2014, the debt balance was $4.8 million, net of the debt discount.

In December 2015, the Company used the proceeds from the Pharmakon Loan Agreement to repay $4.9 million of bank debt to SVB and entered into a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB (“SVB Loan Agreement”). Under the SVB Loan Agreement the Company may borrow, repay and reborrow under a revolving credit line, but not in excess of the maximum loan amount of $15.0 million, until December 4, 2018, when all outstanding principal and accrued interest becomes due and payable. Any principal amount outstanding under the SVB revolving credit line shall bear interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the rate published by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” plus 0.25%, are tied to the Company’s twelve-month net sales. The Company may borrow up to 80% of its eligible accounts receivable, up to the maximum of $15.0 million.

As of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, the Company had not drawn any funds and was eligible to borrow up to $2.9 million and $5.0 million (unaudited), respectively, under the SVB revolving credit line.

The SVB Loan Agreement requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated liquidity and minimum net sales during the term of the loan facility. In addition, the SVB Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The obligations under the SVB Loan Agreement are collaterialized by substantially all assets of the Company and this security interest is governed by an intercreditor agreement between Pharmakon and SVB.

California HealthCare Foundation Note

In November 2012, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement and Promissory Note with the California HealthCare Foundation (the “CHCF Note”) through which the Company borrowed $1.5 million. The CHCF Note accrues simple interest of 2.0%. The accrued interest and the principal mature in November 2016. In partial consideration for the issuance of the CHCF Note, the Company issued warrants to purchase 134,170 shares of the Company’s Series D convertible preferred stock.

In June 2015, the Company amended the CHCF Note to extend the maturity date to May 2018. In partial consideration for the amendment, the Company issued 50,313 warrants at $1.118 exercise price per share for shares of the Company’s Series D convertible preferred stock.

See Note 11 for further discussion of the warrants. The CHCF note is subordinate to other bank debt. The debt balance, net of debt discount, as of December 31, 2014, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited) was $1.4 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Future minimum payments

Future minimum payments under the CHCF Note and Pharmakon Loan at December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31:

  

2016

   $ 1,591   

2017

     1,549   

2018

     4,858   

2019

     3,192   

2020

     19,169   

Thereafter

     17,563   
  

 

 

 
     47,922   

Less: Amount representing interest

     (16,312

Less: Amount representing debt discount and issuance costs

     (1,058
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

   $ 30,552   
  

 

 

 

8. Income Taxes

The Company operates in the United States for tax reporting purposes. The Company did not record a provision or benefit for income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, as it reported losses in each period which are not more likely than not to be realized. Due to the uncertainties surrounding the realization of deferred tax assets through future taxable income, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance and, therefore, no benefit has been recognized for the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The following table presents a reconciliation of the tax expense computed at the statutory federal rate and the Company’s tax expense for the period presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2015      

Tax at statutory federal rate

   $ (5,365   $ (7,752

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     3          

Stock-based compensation

     281        251   

Other

     166        (128

Tax credits

     (168     (178

Change in valuation allowance

     5,083        7,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 27,318      $ 34,714   

Tax credit carryforwards

     1,388        1,728   

Allowances and other

     807        2,024   

Depreciation and amortization

     357        99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     29,870        38,565   

Valuation allowance

     (29,870     (38,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Due to the uncertainties surrounding the realization of deferred tax assets through future taxable income, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance and, therefore, no benefit has been recognized for the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $93.6 million of federal and $51.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income which expires in varying amounts beginning in 2027 and 2017, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.2 million, and $1.1 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for both federal and state purposes, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards expire beginning in 2027 and the state tax credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Tax Reform Act of 1986, and similar state provisions, limits the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in certain situations where equity transactions result in a change of ownership as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 382. In the event the Company should experience an ownership change, as defined, utilization of its net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits could be limited. The Company has not completed a formal 382 study to analyze prior ownership changes. Previous or future ownership changes may limit the utilization of the Company’s net operating losses. A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefit amount is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2015      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 364       $ 460   

Additions for tax positions taken in prior years

     96         110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 460       $ 570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not anticipate the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease in the next 12 months. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for taxes. Management determined that no accrual for interest or penalties was required as of December 31, 2014 and 2015.

All of the Company’s tax years are open to examination by the U.S. federal and state tax authorities.

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Common stock

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation dated March 2015, authorized the Company to issue 109,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds and assets are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all series of convertible preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared as of December 31, 2015.

The Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance, on an as-if converted basis, as follows:

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

     70,332,034         78,498,907         78,498,907   

Options issued and outstanding

     11,604,388         15,802,574         16,018,735   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,879,970         1,930,283         1,930,283   

Shares available for future stock option grants

     2,047,061         1,952,839         1,481,660   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     85,863,453         98,184,603         97,929,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

10. Convertible Preferred Stock

The table below provides information on the Company’s convertible preferred stock offerings as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

    Original
Issue
Price
    Shares     Liquidation
Amount
    Proceeds Net
of Issuance
Costs
 
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    As-if
converted

to common
     

Series A convertible preferred stock

  $ 0.96        20,093,232        19,948,052        19,948,052      $ 19,236      $ 19,134   

Series B convertible preferred stock

  $ 2.79        3,666,416        3,589,247        7,194,243        10,000        9,855   

Series C convertible preferred stock

  $ 2.79        8,003,894        7,950,056        17,862,613        33,224        21,953   

Series D convertible preferred stock

  $ 1.24        15,457,350        13,694,371        13,694,371        25,516        16,843   

Series E convertible preferred stock

  $ 1.49        12,000,000        11,632,755        11,632,755        17,343        17,229   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

      59,220,892        56,814,481        70,332,034      $ 105,319      $ 85,014   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below provides information on the Company’s convertible preferred stock offerings as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

    Original
Issue
Price
    Shares     Liquidation
Amount
    Proceeds Net
of Issuance
Costs
 
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    As-if
converted

to common
     

Series A convertible preferred stock

  $ 0.96        20,093,232        19,948,052        19,948,052      $ 19,236      $ 19,134   

Series B convertible preferred Stock

  $ 2.79        3,666,416        3,589,247        7,194,243        10,000        9,855   

Series C convertible preferred stock

  $ 2.79        8,003,894        7,950,056        17,862,613        33,224        21,953   

Series D convertible preferred stock

  $ 1.24        15,457,350        13,694,371        13,694,371        25,516        16,843   

Series E convertible preferred stock

  $ 1.49        19,800,000        19,799,628        19,799,628        29,519        29,311   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

      67,020,892        64,981,354        78,498,907      $ 117,495      $ 97,096   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below provides information on the Company’s convertible preferred stock offerings as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited) (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

    Original
Issue
Price
    Shares     Liquidation
Amount
    Proceeds Net
of Issuance
Costs
 
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    As-if
converted to
common
     

Series A convertible preferred stock

  $ 0.96        20,093,232        19,948,052        19,948,052      $ 19,236      $ 19,134   

Series B convertible preferred Stock

  $ 2.79        3,666,416        3,589,247        7,194,243        10,000        9,855   

Series C convertible preferred stock

  $ 2.79        8,003,894        7,950,056        17,862,613        33,224        21,953   

Series D convertible preferred stock

  $ 1.24        15,457,350        13,694,371        13,694,371        25,516        16,843   

Series E convertible preferred stock

  $ 1.49        19,800,000        19,799,628        19,799,628        29,519        29,311   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

      67,020,892        64,981,354        78,498,907      $ 117,495      $ 97,096   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A convertible preferred stock (“Series A”), Series B convertible preferred stock (“Series B”), Series C convertible preferred stock (“Series C”), Series D convertible preferred stock (“Series D”) and Series E convertible preferred stock (“Series E”) are as follows:

Voting

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and vote together as one class with the common stock. The holders of Series A and Series C, each voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Company’s board of directors, respectively. The holders of Series D, Series E and common stock, each voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Company’s board of directors, respectively. Any additional members of the Company’s board of directors may be elected by holders of common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to common stock basis.

Dividends

Holders of Series E are entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared and unanimously approved by the board of directors, at the dividend rate of $0.12 per share. No distributions shall be made with respect to the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D or the common stock unless the Series E dividend has been declared, and all such declared dividends have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series E. After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the Series E dividend, the holders of outstanding shares of Series D shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, with unanimous approval, out of any assets at the time legally available therefore, at the dividend rate of $0.10 per share. After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the Series D dividend the holders of outstanding shares of Series B and Series C shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, with unanimous approval, out of any assets at the time legally available therefore, at the dividend rate of $0.22 and $0.22 per share, respectively. After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the Series B and Series C dividends, the holders of Series A shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, with unanimous approval, out of the assets at the time legally available therefore, at the dividend rate of $0.08 per share. No distributions shall be made with respect to the common stock unless the Series A dividend has been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all such declared dividends have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series A. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E is not cumulative, and no rights to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E by reasons on the fact that dividends on the shares are not declared or paid. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2015 and through June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series E are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and common stock, a per share amount equal to 1.0 times the purchase price plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Series E are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts above, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E in proportion to what they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the full Series E liquidation preference and unpaid dividends, the holders of Series D shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to the holders of Series C, Series B, Series A and common stock, a per share amount equal to 1.5 times the purchase price plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Series D are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts above, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E in proportion to what they would otherwise be entitled to receive. After the payment or setting aside of the full Series E and Series D liquidation preference and unpaid dividends the holders of Series C shall be entitled to receive, pari passu with Series B, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A and common stock, a per share amount equal to 1.5 times and 1.0 times their purchase price plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon, respectively. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Series C and Series B are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts above, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series C and Series B in proportion to what they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the full Series E, D, B and C liquidation preference and unpaid dividends, Series A stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A held by them equal to 1.0 times the purchase price plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, if any, on such share of Series A. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts above, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A.

After the payment or setting aside payment of the full Series E, D, B, C and A liquidation preference and unpaid dividends, the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distributions shall be distributed pro rata to holders of common stock.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price for such series in effect at the time of conversion.

The conversion price for the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E is subject to adjustment in accordance with conversion provisions contained in the Company’s certificate of incorporation. The Series A, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock are convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis. The Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are convertible into common stock on a one-for-2.00438849 and one-for-2.24685484 basis, respectively. The conversion price for the preferred stock is subject to anti-dilution provisions.

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E is automatically converted into shares of common stock at the conversion price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the Company’s sale of its common stock in a public offering provided that the offering price is not less than $3.00 per share (as adjusted for recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds of not less than $40.0 million before underwriting discounts, commissions, and fees (“Qualified IPO”). The preferred stock will also automatically convert upon the request for such conversion from the holders of at least 63% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock and holders voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to common stock basis.

Classification

The Company has classified the convertible preferred stock as mezzanine equity on the balance sheets as the stock is contingently redeemable. Upon the occurrence of certain change in control events that are outside the

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company, holders of the convertible preferred stock can cause redemption for cash. The Company has elected not to adjust the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to the holders of convertible preferred stock. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

11. Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

In connection with a loan agreement that was entered into in November 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 93,330 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $0.96 per share that expire in November 2019. The fair value of the warrant was determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: volatility of 70%, risk free rate of 2.2%, exercise price of $0.96, and an expected life of ten years. The fair value of the warrant, $68,000, was recorded as a debt issuance cost and amortized over the loan draw down period to interest expense. The Company recorded a charge of $28,000, $38,000, $23,000 (unaudited) and $22,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In November 2009, in connection with borrowings under a loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 51,850 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $0.96 per share that expire November 2019. The fair value of the warrant was determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: volatility of 70%, risk free rate of 2.2%, exercise price of $0.96, and an expected life of ten years. The fair value of the warrant, $38,000, was recorded as a debt discount and amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense. The Company recorded a charge of $15,000, $22,000, $13,000 (unaudited) and $12,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In May 2010, in connection with borrowings under a loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 8,973 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $2.79 per share that expire November 2019. The fair value of the warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: volatility of 60%, risk free rate of 2.8%, exercise price of $2.79, and expected life of 9.5 years. The fair value of the warrant, $19,000, was recorded as a debt discount and amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense. The Company recognized a charge of $4,000, $5,000, $3,000 (unaudited) and $4,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In February 2011, in connection with borrowings under a loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 68,196 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $2.79 per share that expire February 2021. The fair value of the warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: volatility of 60%, risk free rate of 3.4%, exercise price of $2.79, and expected life of 10 years. The fair value of the warrant, $121,000, was recorded as a debt discount and amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense. The Company recognized a charge of $29,000, $42,000, $25,000 (unaudited) and $33,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In November 2012, in connection with borrowings under a convertible note, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series C or New Preferred. The warrants were only exercisable if the Convertible Notes were converted into Series C or New Preferred. The warrants’ exercise price is $0.001 per share and they have a seven year term. On March 27, 2013 the Company closed the Series D financing. The warrants were converted into warrants to purchase 1,218,808 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The Company recognized a charge of $178,000, income of $42,000, income of $279,000 (unaudited) and a charge of $235,000 (unaudited)

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In November 2012, in connection with borrowings under the CHCF Note (Note 7), the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series C or shares in the next equity financing with proceeds of at least $500,000. The warrants are for the number of shares equal to $150,000 divided by the price of Series C or the next equity financing and expire November 2022. To fair value the warrants at the date of issue and at December 31, 2012, the Company assumed Series C shares, which resulted in warrants to purchase 53,838 shares. The fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: volatility of 60%, risk free rate of 1.6%, exercise price of $2.79 and expected life of ten years. The fair value of the warrants, $153,000, was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense. On March 27, 2013 the Company closed the Series D financing. The warrants were converted into warrants to purchase 134,170 shares of Series D stock. The Company recognized a charge of $24,000, a charge of $14,000, income of $3,000 (unaudited) and a charge of $29,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In April 2013, in connection with borrowings under a loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 108,678 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $1.24 per share that expire April 2023. The fair value of the warrant was determined by using an option pricing model prepared by a third-party based on an allocation of the company’s aggregate value to the outstanding equity instruments, applying a 22% discount to the warrant value for lack of marketability. The fair value of the warrant, $72,000, was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense, net. The Company recognized a charge of $19,000, $12,000, zero (unaudited) and $24,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In June 2014, in connection with borrowings under the Second Amendment (Note 7), the Company issued warrants to purchase 118,458 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $1.24 per share that expire June 2024. The fair value of the warrant was determined by using an option pricing model prepared by a third-party based on an allocation of the Company’s aggregate value to the outstanding equity instruments, applying a 30% discount to the warrant value for lack of marketability. The fair value of the warrant, $98,000, was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense. The Company recognized income of $6,000, a charge of $14,000, zero (unaudited) and a charge of $27,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

In June 2015, in connection with the First Amendment of the CHCF Note, the Company issued warrants to purchase 50,313 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $1.118 per share that expire November 2022. The fair value of the warrant was determined by using an option pricing model prepared by a third-party based on an allocation of the Company’s aggregate value to the outstanding equity instruments, applying discount rates of 13-27% to the warrant value for lack of marketability based on the anticipated holding periods to potential liquidity events utilized in the probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”). The fair value of the warrant, $44,000, was recorded as debt discount and is being amortized over the loan repayment period to interest expense. The Company recognized a charge of $6,000 and $11,000 (unaudited) related to change in the fair value of the warrants for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, respectively.

12. Stock Option Plan

In October 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Stock Plan, as amended, (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees and non-employees of the Company. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options (“ISO”) may be

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options (“NSO”) may be granted to employees and non-employees. The board of directors has the authority to determine to whom options will be granted, the number of options, the term and the exercise price.

Options under the Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less than 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors, provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, and (ii) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant. In general, options become exercisable at a rate of 25% after the first anniversary of the grant and then monthly vesting for an additional three years from date of grant. The term for options is no longer than five years for ISOs for which the grantee owns greater than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock and no longer than ten years for all other options. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of options.

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited) (in thousands, except per share and term data):

 

                 Options Outstanding  
     Options
Available
for Grant
    Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balances at December 31, 2013

     2,248,935        9,531,900      $ 0.61         8.20      

Additional options authorized

     2,100,000                  

Options granted

     (2,526,999     2,526,999      $ 0.66         

Options exercised

            (229,386   $ 0.22         

Options forfeited

     225,125       (225,125   $ 0.56         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2014

     2,047,061        11,604,388      $ 0.63         7.86       $ 4,191   

Additional options authorized

     4,600,000                  

Options granted

     (5,384,105     5,384,105      $ 1.19         

Options exercised

            (496,036   $ 0.63         

Options forfeited

     689,883        (689,883   $ 0.67         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2015

     1,952,839        15,802,574      $ 0.82         7.63       $ 11,589   

Options granted (unaudited)

     (513,000     513,000      $ 1.74         

Options exercised (unaudited)

            (255,018   $ 0.30         

Options forfeited (unaudited)

     41,821        (41,821   $ 1.00         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balances at June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

     1,481,660        16,018,735      $  0.85         7.35       $ 15,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Options Exercisable—December 31, 2015

       8,296,448      $ 0.64         6.49       $ 7,566   
    

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2015

       15,565,099      $ 0.81         7.60       $ 11,508   
    

 

 

         

Options exercisable—June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

       9,606,908      $ 0.68         6.43       $ 10,987   
    

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest—June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

       15,652,589      $ 0.85         7.31       $ 15,237   
    

 

 

         

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the board of directors, as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company granted options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.37 and $0.69 per share, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, the Company granted options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.57 (unaudited) and $0.98 (unaudited) per share, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $96,000 and $237,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and $184,000 (unaudited) and $380,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the period was $869,000 and $1.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2015:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

$0.10

     500,000         1.95         500,000         1.95   

$0.25

     305,000         2.64         305,000         2.64   

$0.50

     425,383         3.67         425,383         3.67   

$0.62

     3,122,271         7.66         1,914,936         7.66   

$0.68

     1,443,062         8.50         574,376         8.53   

$0.70

     4,508,116         6.64         3,902,511         6.63   

$0.90

     251,067         4.98         251,067         4.98   

$0.99

     1,206,675         9.08         423,175         9.01   

$1.08

     1,077,000         9.33                   

$1.27

     1,755,000         9.59                   

$1.39

     1,209,000         9.95                   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     15,802,574         7.63         8,296,448         6.49   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2016 (unaudited):

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

$0.10

     375,000         1.64         375,000         1.64   

$0.25

     235,000         2.24         235,000         2.24   

$0.50

     425,383         3.23         425,383         3.23   

$0.62

     3,108,543         7.21         2,262,530         7.20   

$0.68

     1,416,958         8.09         737,691         8.10   

$0.70

     4,495,125         6.27         4,348,411         6.27   

$0.90

     245,067         4.64         245,067         4.64   

$0.99

     1,184,659         8.67         630,499         8.71   

$1.08

     1,075,500         8.96         297,158         8.96   

$1.27

     1,738,000         9.09         5,031         9.06   

$1.39

     1,209,000         9.46         31,250         9.46   

$1.55

     148,000         9.66                   

$1.82

     362,500         9.90         13,888         9.90   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     16,018,735         7.35         9,606,908         6.43   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

13. Stock-Based Compensation

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the weighted average assumptions below. Each of these inputs is subjective and its determination generally requires significant judgment.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,    
         2014             2015         2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.1        6.1        6.1        6.1   

Expected volatility

     60.0     60.0     60.0     60.0

Risk-free interest rate

     2.08     1.76     1.64     1.48

Dividend yield

     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0

Fair Value of Common Stock —The fair value of the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, its board of directors has determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, sales of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s capital stock, and the general and industry-specific economic outlooks.

Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that the share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As the Company has very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock-option grants the Company has elected to use the “simplified method” as prescribed by authoritative guidance to compute expected term.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Expected Volatility —Because the Company is privately held and does not have trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. When selecting comparable publicly traded companies in a similar industry on which it has based its expected stock price volatility, the Company selected companies with comparable characteristics to it, including enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to expected term of the option award.

Expected Dividend Yield —The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the Company also estimates a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for the Company’s equity awards. The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates utilized for the Company’s stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

The following table summarizes the total stock-based compensation expense included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2014              2015          2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 15       $ 17       $ 12       $ 5   

Research and development

     80         165         120         69   

Selling, general and administrative

     733         1,228         585         776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 828       $ 1,410       $ 717       $ 850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, there were total unamortized compensation costs of $4.1 million, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options which the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 3.1 years. As of June 30, 2016, there were total unamortized compensation costs of $3.4 million (unaudited), net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options which the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 2.5 years (unaudited).

Non-Employee Stock-Based Compensation

Stock based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized as the stock options are earned. The measurement of stock based compensation for non-employees is subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest, and the related compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the equity instruments using the Black Scholes option pricing model. The Company believes that the estimated fair value of the stock options is more readily measurable than the fair value of the services received. Such expense was not material for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited).

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

14. Net Loss Per Common Share

As the Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, all potential common shares were determined to be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2014             2015                 2015                     2016          
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (15,832   $ (22,799   $ (9,351   $ (10,562
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     7,731,791        8,095,513        7,890,680        8,378,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.82   $ (1.19   $ (1.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from diluted net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015 and 2016, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2014              2015                  2015                      2016          
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock on an as-if converted basis

     70,332,034         78,498,907         78,498,907         78,498,907   

Options to purchase common stock

     11,604,388         15,802,574         12,939,772         16,018,735   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock on an as-if converted basis

     1,879,971         1,930,283         1,930,283         1,930,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     83,816,393         96,231,764         93,368,962         96,447,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

15. Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the warrant liabilities for the convertible preferred stock warrants as they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of an IPO of the Company’s common stock.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2016
 

Net loss

   $ (22,799   $ (10,562

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     111        397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (22,688   $ (10,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic

     8,095,513        8,378,951   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     76,777,387        78,498,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     84,872,900        86,877,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.27   $ (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. Subsequent Events

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through March 29, 2016, the date the audited financial statements were issued. The Company has received and evaluated subsequent events through September 7, 2016, the date the audited financial statements were reissued.

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through September 7, 2016, the date the unaudited interim financial statements were available to be issued.

On August 9, 2016, the Company entered into a commercial building lease agreement. The lease, which has an expected commencement date in September 2016, and which will expire in February 2020, provides for the lease by the Company of approximately 60,873 square feet of space in San Francisco, California. The base annual rent is initially set at approximately $320,000 per month. The total base rent payable over the lease period is approximately $13.6 million. In August 2016, the Company obtained a $3.1 million letter of credit pursuant to its SVB credit facility in connection with the lease.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan    Morgan Stanley
Canaccord Genuity    BTIG

                    , 2016

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

             *   

FINRA filing fee

     *   

The NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides, in effect, that any person made a party to any action by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of ours may, and in certain cases must, be indemnified by us against, in the case of a non-derivative action, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him as a result of such action, and in the case of a derivative action, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), if in either type of action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests. This indemnification does not apply, (i) in a derivative action, to matters as to which it is adjudged that the director, officer, employee or agent is liable to us, unless upon court order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses, and, (ii) in a non-derivative action, to any criminal proceeding in which such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Article X of our current amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Article VIII of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that our board of directors has approved and we expect our stockholders to approve in connection with this offering will provide for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

Article V of our current bylaws, as amended, and Article VIII of the amended and restated bylaws that our board of directors has approved and we expect our stockholders to approve in connection with this offering will provide for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on our behalf if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, executive officers and others, in addition to indemnification provided for in our bylaws. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors, executive officers and certain other officers, which will contain similar provisions.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We have purchased and intend to maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will procure additional insurance to provide coverage to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims relating to, among other things, public securities matters.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

We have issued and sold the following securities since January 1, 2013:

 

1. From January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2016, we granted options to purchase 12,671,040 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.62 to $1.82 per share.

 

2. From January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2016, we issued and sold 1,308,878 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $0.99 per share.

 

3. From March 27, 2013 to April 17, 2013, we issued to 17 accredited investors 13,694,371 shares of Series D preferred stock, of which 3,631,581 shares were issued from the conversion of notes at a conversion price of $0.9938 per share and 10,062,790 shares were sold at a purchase price of $1.2422 per share.

 

4. From May 16, 2014 to May 22, 2015, we issued and sold to 12 accredited investors 19,799,628 shares of Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.4909 per share.

 

5. From April 17, 2013 to June 19, 2015, we issued warrants to purchase 277,449 shares of our Series D preferred stock at prices ranging from $1.118 to $1.2422 per share.

The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to items 3, 4 and 5 above in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, with respect to items 1 and 2 above in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701 and with respect to items 1 and 2 above in reliance on both Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.2    Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant filed March 4, 2015.
3.3*    Form of Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed prior to the effectiveness of this offering.
3.4    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
3.5    Bylaws of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.6    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated May 16, 2014 by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders.
4.3    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated November 24, 2009.
4.4    Amendment No. 1 to Warrant to Purchase Stock by and between the Registrant and SVB Financial Group dated as of April 20, 2010.
4.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated February 28, 2011.
4.6    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated April 17, 2013.
4.7    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to SVB Financial Group dated as of June 3, 2014.
4.8    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Life Science Loans, LLC dated as of June 3, 2014.
5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.
10.2+    2006 Stock Plan and Form of Option Agreement thereunder.
10.3+*    2016 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+*    2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+*    Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.6    Manufacturing Services Agreement dated February 28, 2009 between the Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
10.7    Memorandum of Understanding dated February 16, 2015 between the Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
10.8    Warland Business Park Lease dated April 20, 2015 between the Registrant and Warland Investments Company.
10.9    Office Lease dated April 30, 2008 between the Registrant and 650 Townsend Associates, LLC.
10.10    First Amendment to Lease dated February 26, 2010 between the Registrant and 650 Townsend Associates, LLC.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

10.11    Second Amendment to Lease dated December 19, 2011 between the Registrant and 650 Townsend Associates, LLC.
10.12    Third Amendment to Lease dated January 8, 2014 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.13    Fourth Amendment to Lease dated April 22, 2015 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.14    Fifth Amendment to Lease dated November 20, 2015 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.15    Sixth Amendment to Lease dated August 10, 2016 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.16    Sublease dated October 29, 2009 between the Registrant and Freedomroads, LLC.
10.17    First Amendment to Sublease dated June 1, 2010 between the Registrant and Freedomroads, LLC.
10.18    Second Amendment to Sublease dated September 24, 2013 between the Registrant, Freedomroads, LLC and FRHP Lincolnshire, LLC.
10.19    Sublease dated April 15, 2014 between the Registrant and Lone Star R.S. Platou, Inc.
10.20±    Services Agreement dated December 24, 2013 between the Registrant and XIFIN, Inc.
10.21    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 4, 2015 between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.22    Loan Agreement dated December 4, 2015 between the Registrant and Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP.
10.23    Guaranty and Security Agreement dated December 4, 2015 by the Registrant and each other grantor from time to time party thereto in favor of Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP.
10.24    Note Purchase Agreement dated November 16, 2012, as amended, by and between the Registrant and California HealthCare Foundation and related Promissory Note.
10.25+    Employment Letter to Kevin M. King dated July 23, 2012 between the Registrant and Kevin M. King.
10.26+    Employment Letter to David A. Vort dated November 22, 2013 between the Registrant and David A. Vort.
10.27+    Employment Letter to Derrick Sung dated March 24, 2015 between the Registrant and Derrick Sung.
10.28+    Employment Letter to Matthew C. Garrett dated December 2, 2012 between the Registrant and Matthew C. Garrett.
10.29    Form of Change of Control and Severance Agreement to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
10.30    Office Lease (Suite 500) dated August 9, 2016 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC.
10.31    Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the persons and entities listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto as Exhibit A and related form of Warrant to Purchase Shares.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

± Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, State of California, on the 23 rd day of September, 2016.

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:      

/s/ Kevin M. King

 

Kevin M. King

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Kevin M. King and Matthew C. Garrett, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments and any related registration statements thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462 and otherwise), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Kevin M. King

Kevin M. King

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  September 23, 2016

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Matthew C. Garrett

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  September 23, 2016

/s/ Tiba Aynechi

Tiba Aynechi

  Director   September 23, 2016

/s/ Casper L. de Clercq

Casper L. de Clercq

  Director   September 23, 2016

 

Christopher M. Grant

  Director                       , 2016

 

Joshua L. Green

  Director                       , 2016

/s/ Vijay K. Lathi

Vijay K. Lathi

  Director   September 23, 2016

/s/ Mark J. Rubash

Mark J. Rubash

  Director   September 23, 2016

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Raymond W. Scott

Raymond W. Scott

  Director   September 23, 2016

 

William N. Starling, Jr.

  Director                       , 2016

/s/ Abhijit Y. Talwalkar

Abhijit Y. Talwalkar

  Director and Chairman of the Board   September 23, 2016

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.2    Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant filed March 4, 2015.
3.3*    Form of Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed prior to the effectiveness of this offering.
3.4    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
3.5    Bylaws of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.6    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated May 16, 2014 by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders.
4.3    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated November 24, 2009.
4.4    Amendment No. 1 to Warrant to Purchase Stock by and between the Registrant and SVB Financial Group dated as of April 20, 2010.
4.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 28, 2011.
4.6    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated April 17, 2013.
4.7    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to SVB Financial Group dated as of June 3, 2014.
4.8    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Life Science Loans, LLC dated as of June 3, 2014.
5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.
10.2+    2006 Stock Plan and Form of Option Agreement thereunder.
10.3+*    2016 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+*    2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+*    Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.6    Manufacturing Services Agreement dated February 28, 2009 between the Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
10.7    Memorandum of Understanding dated February 16, 2015 between the Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
10.8    Warland Business Park Lease dated April 20, 2015 between the Registrant and Warland Investments Company.
10.9    Office Lease dated April 30, 2008 between the Registrant and 650 Townsend Associates, LLC.
10.10    First Amendment to Lease dated February 26, 2010 between the Registrant and 650 Townsend Associates, LLC.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

10.11    Second Amendment to Lease dated December 19, 2011 between the Registrant and 650 Townsend Associates, LLC.
10.12    Third Amendment to Lease dated January 8, 2014 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.13    Fourth Amendment to Lease dated April 22, 2015 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.14    Fifth Amendment to Lease dated November 20, 2015 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.15    Sixth Amendment to Lease dated August 10, 2016 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC, as successor in interest to 650 Townsend Associates LLC.
10.16    Sublease dated October 29, 2009 between the Registrant and Freedomroads, LLC.
10.17    First Amendment to Sublease dated June 1, 2010 between the Registrant and Freedomroads, LLC.
10.18    Second Amendment to Sublease dated September 24, 2013 between the Registrant, Freedomroads, LLC and FRHP Lincolnshire, LLC.
10.19    Sublease dated April 15, 2014 between the Registrant and Lone Star R.S. Platou, Inc.
10.20±    Services Agreement dated December 24, 2013 between the Registrant and XIFIN, Inc.
10.21    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 4, 2015 between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.22    Loan Agreement dated December 4, 2015 between the Registrant and Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP.
10.23    Guaranty and Security Agreement dated December 4, 2015 by the Registrant and each other grantor from time to time party thereto in favor of Biopharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP.
10.24    Note Purchase Agreement dated November 16, 2012, as amended, by and between the Registrant and California HealthCare Foundation and related Promissory Note.
10.25+    Employment Letter to Kevin M. King dated July 23, 2012 between the Registrant and Kevin M. King.
10.26+    Employment Letter to David A. Vort dated November 22, 2013 between the Registrant and David A. Vort.
10.27+    Employment Letter to Derrick Sung dated March 24, 2015 between the Registrant and Derrick Sung.
10.28+    Employment Letter to Matthew C. Garrett dated December 2, 2012 between the Registrant and Matthew C. Garrett.
10.29    Form of Change of Control and Severance Agreement to be effective upon the closing of the offering.
10.30    Office Lease (Suite 500) dated August 9, 2016 between the Registrant and Big Dog Holdings, LLC.
10.31    Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the persons and entities listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto as Exhibit A and related form of Warrant to Purchase Shares.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

± Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

            , 2016

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional                  shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-             ), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.


At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated             , 2016 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means              [A/P]. M., New York City time, on             , 2016.

2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

(a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $        .

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at

 

2


the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on             , 2016, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus. For purposes of this Agreement, the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof (the “Underwriter Information”).

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information furnished to the Company expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

 

3


(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information furnished to the Company expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus.

(d) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4


(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly the information shown thereby.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(i) Incorporation and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their

 

5


respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or lease their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company.

(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting transfer or any other claim of any third party.

(k) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.

(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

6


(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(o) Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(p) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), The NASDAQ Stock Market and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

(s) Legal Proceedings; Accuracy of Exhibits. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or enforcement proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such investigations, actions, suits or enforcement proceedings are threatened or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i)

 

7


there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or enforcement proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t) Independent Accountants . PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(u) Title to Real and Personal Property . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Title to Intellectual Property . Except for specific matters the Company is aware of that are accurately described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company owns, licenses, otherwise possesses, or can promptly acquire on commercially reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all inventions, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, licenses, technology, know-how, trade secrets and other intellectual property and proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures (including all goodwill associated with, and all registrations and applications for registration of, the foregoing) (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary for or material to the conduct of its businesses as currently conducted and as proposed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be conducted by it. Except for specific matters the Company is aware of that are accurately described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the conduct of the business of the Company, has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property of others in any material respect, and to the knowledge of the Company, the conduct of the business of the Company as proposed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be conducted by it will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of others in any material respect. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim (i) challenging the Company’s rights in or to, or alleging the violation of any of the terms of, any of its Intellectual Property; (ii) alleging that the Company has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated or conflicted with any Intellectual Property of any third party; or (iii) challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of any Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively or co-exclusively licensed to the Company. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, all Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company is, to the knowledge of the Company, valid and enforceable, is solely owned, licensed or co-licensed by the Company, is owned free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, defects and other restrictions, and to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property owned by or

 

8


exclusively or co-exclusively licensed to the Company. The Company has at all times taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property, the value of which to the Company is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof, and no such Intellectual Property has been disclosed other than to employees, representatives, independent contractors, collaborators, licensors, licensees, agents and advisors of the Company, all of whom are bound by written obligations to maintain the confidentiality thereof, except for disclosures that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, all founders, current and former employees, contractors, consultants and other parties involved in the development of Intellectual Property for the Company have signed confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with the Company, pursuant to which the Company either (x) has obtained ownership of and is the exclusive owner of such Intellectual Property, or (y) has obtained a valid right to exploit such Intellectual Property, sufficient for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and as proposed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be conducted.

(w) No Undisclosed Relationships . No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

(y) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except where such failure to pay or file would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

(z) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted, in each case as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as applicable, the Company and its subsidiaries (i) are, and at all times have been, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, in compliance with all statutes, rules and regulations applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, storage, import, export or disposal of any product manufactured or distributed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and

 

9


other statutes, rules and regulations applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries, including any fraud and abuse, health care program exclusion, and privacy laws and regulations (collectively, the “Applicable Laws”); and (ii) have not received any U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) Form 483, written notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority alleging or asserting non-compliance with (x) any Applicable Laws or (y) any licenses, exemptions, certificates, approvals, clearances, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws.

(aa) Regulatory Filings . The Company has not failed to file with the Regulatory Authorities any required filing, declaration, listing, registration, report or submission with respect to the Company’s products and product candidates that are described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; all such filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions were in material compliance with applicable laws when filed; and no material deficiencies regarding compliance with applicable law have been asserted by any applicable regulatory authority with respect to any such filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions.

(bb) Product Manufacturing . The manufacture of the Company’s products by or, to the knowledge of the Company, on behalf of the Company is being conducted in compliance in all material respects with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, including, without limitation, the FDA’s Quality System Regulation at 21 CFR Part 820 (collectively, “FDCA”), and, to the extent applicable, the respective counterparts thereof promulgated by governmental authorities in the United Kingdom and the European Union. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not had any manufacturing site (whether Company-owned or, to the knowledge of the Company, that of a third-party manufacturer for the Company’s products) subject to a governmental authority (including FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition.

(cc) No Safety Notices . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or as otherwise would not have a Material Adverse Effect, there have been no recalls, field notifications, field corrections, market withdrawals, “dear doctor” letters, investigator notices, safety alerts or other notice of action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy, or regulatory compliance of the Company’s products (“Safety Notices”).

(dd) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee) Clinical Data and Regulatory Compliance . The preclinical tests and clinical trials, and other studies conducted by or at the direction or on behalf of the Company, or in which the Company or its subsidiaries have participated (collectively, “Company Studies”) that are described in, or the results of which are referred to in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus were and, if still pending, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with the protocols, procedures and controls designed and approved for such Company Studies and with standard medical and scientific research procedures and all applicable statutes and all applicable rules and regulations of the FDA and comparable regulatory agencies outside of the United States to which they are subject (collectively, the “Regulatory Authorities”); each description of the Company Studies that are described in, or the results of which are referred to in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, is, in all material respects, accurate and fairly presents in all material respects the data derived from such Company Studies; each description of other preclinical tests and clinical trials and other studies conducted by third parties (collectively, the “Third-Party Studies”) that are described in, or the results of which are referred to in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the

 

10


Prospectus, accurately and fairly presents in all material respects the published results of such Third-Party Studies; to the knowledge of the Company, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, omit to state a material fact relating to any described preclinical tests and clinical trials, and other studies, necessary in order to make the statements relating to the Company Studies and Third-party Studies therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the Company and its subsidiaries have made all such filings and obtained all such authorizations, clearances or approvals as have been required by the FDA or from any other U.S. or foreign government medical device regulatory agency, or health care facility Institutional Review Board (collectively, the “Regulatory Agencies”), with respect to all clinical trials conducted by the Company, except where the failure to make such filings or obtain such authorizations, clearances or approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have received any written notice of, or correspondence from, any Regulatory Agency requiring the termination, suspension or modification, other than any modification in the ordinary course, of any clinical trials that are described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there are no reasonable grounds for the same; and the Company and its subsidiaries have each operated and currently are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Regulatory Agencies.

(ff) Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, and (b) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (c) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipate material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

(gg) Hazardous Materials . There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is

 

11


or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability to the Company under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.

(hh) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan that is a defined benefit plan with the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA (“Pension Plan”) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Pension Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Pension Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries.

(ii) Disclosure Controls . The Company maintains an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

12


(jj) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(kk) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as the Company reasonably believes are adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(ll) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, nor agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries have (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(mm) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial

 

13


recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(nn) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers, or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(oo) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

(pp) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(qq) No Registration Rights . No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.

(rr) No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(ss) Margin Rules . The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

14


(tt) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(uu) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(vv) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are applicable to it, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(ww) Status under the Securities Act . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(xx) No Ratings . There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

4. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

 

15


(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the

 

16


Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Earnings Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such statements to its security holders and the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase shares of Stock of the Company pursuant to the Company Stock Plans; provided that, such shares of Stock shall be subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof, (C) any options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to the Company Stock Plans; provided that, the recipient of such securities is subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof; (D)shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that, such shares of Stock remain subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof, and (E) shares of Stock or other securities issued in connection with a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a change of control of the Company occurring after the public offering date set forth on the Prospectus; provided that, (x) the aggregate number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to this clause (E) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding shares of Stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Shares pursuant hereto and (y) the recipient of such shares of Stock or other securities enters into a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide

 

17


the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i) Additional Covenants . In addition, the Company covenants to (a) enforce the terms of all existing agreements, plans and arrangements (including, without limitation, in the Company Stock Plans) restricting the transfer by any holder of such holder’s shares of Stock following the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby and (b) issue stop-transfer instructions to the transfer agent with respect to any transaction that would constitute a breach of, or default under, such provisions. During the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof, the Company shall enforce, and not waive or amend, such stop transfer instructions and any transfer restriction, including any “market standoff,” “holdback” or similar agreement or provision, applicable to any shares of Stock unless the Company shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided that this Section 4(i) shall not prohibit the Company from effecting such a waiver or amendment to permit a transfer of securities which is permissible under the terms of the lock-up agreements described in Section 6(l).

During the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof, as a condition of the issuance of any shares of Stock of the Company upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase shares of Stock of the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plan (including, without limitation, the Company Stock Plans), the Company covenants to require each recipient to execute a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof (unless such employee or holder is a party to a lock-up agreement with the Representatives).

(j) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.

(k) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(l) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Nasdaq Global Market”).

(m) Reports. So long as the Shares are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

(n) Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(o) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(p) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

18


(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(d) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c).

(e) Comfort Letters. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to the

 

19


Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(f) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Corporate and Regulatory Counsel for the Company. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, corporate counsel and special counsel to the Company with respect to regulatory matters, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Annex D hereto.

(g) Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company. Knobbe Martens, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Annex E hereto.

(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

(j) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization in the State of Delaware and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(k) Exchange Listing . The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

(l) Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(m) Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate . The Representatives shall have received, on each of the date hereof, the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, a certificate, dated the date hereof, the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, with respect to such matters and in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

20


(n) Additional Documents . On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of the Company . Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such Underwriter Information consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the fourteenth paragraph and the first sentence of the fifteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure;

 

21


and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on

 

22


the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability . The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies . The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

9. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriter .

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on

 

23


such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of

 

24


eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (provided, however, that such fees and expenses shall not exceed $50,000 without the prior written consent of the Company); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) travel (including 50% of chartered aircraft expenses), meal and lodging costs for Company employees incurred in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market. It is understood and agreed that except as provided in Section 7 and this Section 11, the Underwriters shall pay all of their costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on their resale of any of the Shares, travel (including 50% of chartered aircraft expenses), meal and lodging costs and other expenses of the Representatives incurred in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors, and any advertising expenses in connection with any offers made.

(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(b), the Company shall in no event be liable to any of the Underwriters for any other amounts (for the avoidance of doubt, not including any amounts under Section 7 hereof), including, without limitation, damages on account of loss of anticipated profits from the sale of the Shares. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of termination pursuant to Sections 9(i), (iii) or (iv), the Company shall not be responsible, or obligated to reimburse the Underwriters, for any costs or expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with any road show. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Company shall not pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations to purchase the Shares.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by any Representative.

13. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

14. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

 

25


15. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention Equity Syndicate Desk and c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, and to Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, California 94025 (fax: (650) 752-2111), Attention: Alan Denenberg. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at iRhythm Technologies, Inc., 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380, San Francisco, California 94103 (fax: (415) 632-5701); Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, (fax: (650) 493-6811), Attention: Philip Oettinger.

(b) Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

(c) Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(d) Amendments or Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(e) Headings . The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

26


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Accepted: As of the date first written above

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
For themselves and on behalf of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

BTIG, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

Sch. 1-1


Schedule 2

Significant Subsidiaries

 

Sch. 2-1


Annex A

 

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

 

[b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters ]

 

Annex A-1


Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

Annex B-1


Annex C

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Pricing Term Sheet

 

Annex C-1


Annex D

[Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company]

 

Annex D-1


Annex E

[Form of Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company]

 

Annex E-1


Exhibit A

 

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

[            ], 2016

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) of [            ] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [                    ], [        ] (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated[                    ], [        ], with respect to [            ] shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [                    ], 2016; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Yours very truly,
[Signature of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]
[Name of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]
[Signature of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Representative]
[Name of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Representative]

cc: Company

 

Exhibit B-1


Exhibit C

[Form of Press Release]

 

Exhibit C-1


Exhibit D

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit D-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is iRhythm Technologies, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 14, 2006.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, iRhythm Technologies, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Kevin King, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on May 15, 2014.

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin King

  Kevin King
  President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 159,220,892, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 59,220,892 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 20,093,232 shares, the second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 3,666,416 shares, the third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 8,003,894 shares, the fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 15,457,350 shares, and the fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated as “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 12,000,000 shares.

ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Conversion Price ” shall mean (i) $0.96432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $1.39 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) $1.24 for the Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) $1.2422 for the Series D Preferred Stock, and (v) 1.4909 for the Series E Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(b) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(c) “ Corporation ” shall mean iRhythm Technologies, Inc.


(d) “ Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services at the lower of cost or fair market value, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to rights of first refusal or repurchase contained in agreements providing for such rights, approved by at least 80% of the then current members of the Board of Directors, and (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any non-employee stockholder, approved unanimously by the Board of Directors.

(e) “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean an annual rate of: (i) $0.07715 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $0.22289 per share for each of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) $0.09938 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) $0.11927 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

(f) “ Floor Price ” shall mean, rounded to four decimal places, the quotient obtained by dividing: (i) $50,000,000, by (ii) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (x) then outstanding, plus (y) issuable upon exercise and/or conversion of all then outstanding Options and/or Convertible Securities (including all additional shares issuable pursuant to adjustments made to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4(d) including those adjustments made in connection with the issuance of such additional shares) plus (z) reserved for future issuance pursuant to equity incentive or other similar plans.

(g) “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean (i) $0.96432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.7861 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) $4.17915 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) $1.8633 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, and (v) $1.4909 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

(h) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(i) “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean (i) $0.96432 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.7861 per share for each of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) $1.2422 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) $1.4909 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

(j) “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, and the Series E Preferred Stock.

(k) “ Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

 

-3-


2. Dividends .

(a) Preferred Stock .

(i) In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Series E Preferred Stock in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year (the “ Series E Dividend ”). No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or the Common Stock unless the Series E Dividend has been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all such declared dividends have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series E Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata basis in proportion to the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock held.

(ii) After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the Series E Dividend, in any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Series D Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year (the “ Series D Dividend ”). No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or the Common Stock unless the Series D Dividend has been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all such declared dividends have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series D Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata basis in proportion to the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held.

(iii) After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the Series E Dividend and Series D Dividend, in any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock payable on a pari passu basis among each other and in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year (the “ Series C and Series B Dividend ”). No Distributions shall be made with

 

-4-


respect to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Common Stock unless the Series C and Series B Dividend has been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all such declared dividends have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata basis in proportion to the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held.

(iv) After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the Series E Dividend, Series D Dividend and the Series C and Series B Dividend, in any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Series A Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year (the “ Series A Dividend ”). No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless the Series A Dividend has been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all such declared dividends have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata basis in proportion to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held.

(b) Additional Dividends . After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the full Series E Dividend, the full Series D Dividend, the full Series C and Series B Dividend, and the full Series A Dividend, dividends may be paid on the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, subject to the prior dividend rights of the Preferred Stock under Section 2(a) above and to Section 6 below. Payment of dividends to holders of Preferred Stock and holders of Common Stock under this section shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.

(c) Non-Cash Distributions . Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Consent to Certain Distributions . Subject to Section 6 below and in accordance with Section 500 of the California Corporations Code, a distribution can be made without regard to any preferential dividends arrears amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) or any preferential rights amount (as defined in Section 500 of the

 

-5-


California Corporations Code) in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, which agreements were authorized by the approval of the Corporation’s Board of Directors or (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, which agreements were authorized by the approval of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

3. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Liquidation Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the following preferential amounts shall be payable:

(i) Series E Preference . The holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (1) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series E Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preference ”). If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series E Preference, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full Series E Preference they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i).

(ii) Series D Preference . After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the full Series D Preference specified in Section 3(a)(i) above, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (1) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series D Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preference ”). If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series D Preference, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the full Series D Preference they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii).

 

-6-


(iii) Series C and Series B Preference . After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the full Series E Preference specified in Section 3(a)(i) above and the full Series D Preference specified in Section 3(a)(ii) above, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis among each other and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share (x) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (1) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Preferred Stock and (y) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (1) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Series C and Series B Preference ”). If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series C and Series B Preference, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the full Series C and Series B Preference they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iii).

(iv) Series A Preference . After the payment or the setting aside of payment of the full Series E Preference specified in Section 3(a)(i) above, the full Series D Preference specified in Section 3(a)(ii) and the full Series C and Series B Preference specified in Section 3(a)(iii) above, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (1) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preference ”). If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A Preference, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full Series A Preference they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iv).

(v) Remaining Assets . After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full Series E Preference specified in Section 3(a)(i) above, the full Series D Preference specified in Section 3(a)(ii) above, the full Series C and Series B Preference specified in Section 3(a)(iii) above, and the full Series A Preference specified in Section 3(a)(iv) above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

-7-


(b) Treatment of Preferred . Upon any a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including reorganization as provided in Section 3(c) below) (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a) above, solely for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to such Liquidation Event, at the closing of any Liquidation Event with respect to which amounts are to be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders and at each date after such closing on which additional amounts (such as earn-out payments, escrow amounts or other contingent payments) are to be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders as a result of such Liquidation Event (each, a “ Payment Date ”), each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, out of the available funds and assets, on such Payment Date an amount for each share of Preferred Stock held upon the closing of such Liquidation Event equal to: (A) the greater of the amount of cash, securities and other property to which such holder would have been entitled (after taking into account the operation of this Section 3(b) with respect to all series of Preferred Stock and treating the distributions to the Corporation’s stockholders made upon such Payment Date and all prior Payment Dates as having been made simultaneously upon the closing of the Liquidation Transaction): (x) pursuant to Sections 3(a)(i)-(iv) above, or (y) if all shares of Preferred Stock had converted to Common Stock as of immediately prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event; reduced by (B) the amount per share paid in the aggregate to such holder with respect to such holder’s Preferred Stock on all prior Payment Dates; provided, however , that the fair market value of any non-cash consideration that may be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders on each Payment Date shall be determined at the date of the closing of the Liquidation Event in accordance with Section 3(d) below, unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement for the Liquidation Event.

(c) Reorganization . For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, unless the holders of (w) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), (x) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (y) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (z) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred stock (voting together as a single class), each voting separately, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event, shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include: (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than (x) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation, (y) a consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary or (z) a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation by means of any transaction or series of related transactions; (iii) an exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property; or (iv) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (the transactions referred to in Section 3(c)(i)-(iv) being each a “ Change of Control ”).

 

-8-


(d) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration . If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows (unless otherwise provided for in the definitive agreements governing such liquidation, dissolution or winding up):

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

For the purposes of this Section 3(d), “ trading day ” shall mean any day which the exchange on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “ closing prices ” or “ closing bid prices ” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges and markets, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange or market. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for each such series. Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

 

-9-


(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the offering price per share is not less than $3.00 (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $40,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”). Additionally, each share of Preferred Stock shall be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a sixty-three percent (63%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. Each of the events referred to in this Section 4(b) is referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further , however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred

 

-10-


Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i) Special Definition . For purposes of this Section 4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

(1) up to 12,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued at or above the Original Issue Price;

(2) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(3) shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements unanimously approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion Event;

 

-11-


(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are unanimously approved by the Board of Directors;

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to landlords, brokers, banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to an equipment financing, debt financing or commercial credit or leasing transaction, in each case, unanimously approved by the Board of Directors and the principal purpose of which is other than the raising of capital through the sale of equity securities of the Corporation; and

(9) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships, in each case, unanimously approved by the Board of Directors and the principal purpose of which is other than the raising of capital through the sale of equity securities of the Corporation.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(vi) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation) is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of

 

-12-


such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(vi)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price of Preferred Stock Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common .

(1) Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of

 

-13-


Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share, in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(2) Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock . In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Floor Price, then, the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock, and the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock shall, in each case, be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common for a consideration per share of less than the Floor Price, the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock shall, in each case, first be adjusted pursuant to Section 4(d)(v) below and then in accordance with this Section 4(d)(iv)(2).

 

-14-


(v) Special Adjustment of Conversion Price of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock Upon Certain Issuances of Additional Shares of Common . In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock, or the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, in each case as in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) equal to the consideration per share received by the Corporation for such Additional Shares of Common so issued; provided , however , that the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock, in each case, shall not be reduced, pursuant to this Section 4(d)(v), to a price lower than the Floor Price per share.

(vi) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

-15-


(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend, distribution or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price, Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock, in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . Subject to Section 3 above, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock after the capital reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other event to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock then in effect and the number and type of shares or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

-16-


(h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(j) Notices of Record Date . In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(c);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock

 

-17-


solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5. Voting .

(a) Restricted Class Voting . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b) No Series Voting . Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

(c) Preferred Stock . Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(d) Election of Directors . The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. Any additional members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. Any director elected pursuant to this Section 5(d) may be removed with or without cause only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class, series or classes of stock entitled to elect such director or directors. If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the Board of Directors, only directors elected by the same class or classes of stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy shall vote to fill such vacancy.

 

-18-


(e) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock . The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of: (i) the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and (ii) such vote or consent as may be required pursuant to Section 6, Section 7, Section 8, and/or Section 9 below, as permitted by the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

(f) Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

6. Amendments and Changes Requiring Separate Preferred Approval . As long as at least 1,500,000 shares of the Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty-three percent (63%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(a) amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that affects the holders of Preferred Stock;

(b) amend, alter or repeal the rights, privileges or preferences of the Preferred Stock in a manner that affects such rights, privileges or preferences;

(c) increase or decrease (other than for decreases of Preferred Stock to reflect a decrease in the outstanding Preferred Stock resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock or other acquisitions of Preferred Stock by the Corporation) the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any series of Preferred Stock;

(d) authorize or create or issue or obligate itself to issue any new class or series of equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security), having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock, or reclassify any existing stock to have rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

(e) effect any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation including any reorganization provided for under ARTICLE V, Section 3(c);

(f) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(g) encumber or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or exclusively license all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property;

 

-19-


(h) redeem, repurchase, pay or declare any dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Corporation permitted by Section 2(d) hereof);

(i) amend this Section 6; or

(j) incur any bank debt if, following such incurrence, the Company would have outstanding bank debt in excess of the greater of: (i) a principal amount of $9,905,000 or (ii) 20% of the Corporation’s revenues over the prior twelve (12) months.

7. Amendments and Changes Requiring Series B Approval . As long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class:

(a) take any action, including amending, altering or repealing any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series B Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the creation of a new series of Preferred Stock and establishment of powers, preferences or rights of that series of Preferred Stock that are senior to, pari passu with, or in addition to the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock (provided that such series of Preferred Stock has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(d) hereof) shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock;

(b) redeem, repurchase, exchange or acquire any equity or equity-linked securities issued by the Corporation other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services at the lower of cost or fair market value, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to rights of first refusal or repurchase contained in agreements providing for such rights, approved by at least 80% of the then current members of the Board of Directors, and (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, approved by at least 80% of the then current members of the Board of Directors;

(c) pay or declare any Distribution to the Common Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock or any other class or series of equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock;

(d) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock or other acquisitions of Series B Preferred Stock by the Corporation) the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock; or

(e) amend this Section 7.

 

-20-


8. Amendments and Changes Requiring Series C Approval . As long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class:

(a) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock or other acquisitions of Series C Preferred Stock by the Corporation) the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

(b) take any action, including amending, altering or repealing any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series C Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, by way of (x) conversion or alteration of the liquidation preferences, (y) amending any provision hereof that requires a separate vote of the Series C Preferred Stock, or (z) relative changes among existing series of Preferred Stock to make an existing series that is pari passu with or junior to the Series C Preferred Stock senior to or pari passu with the Series C Preferred Stock); provided , however , that the creation of a new series of Preferred Stock and establishment of powers, preferences or rights of that series of Preferred Stock that are senior to, pari passu with, or in addition to the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock (provided that such series of Preferred Stock has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof) shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock.

9. Amendments and Changes Requiring Series D Approval . As long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class:

(a) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock or other acquisitions of Series D Preferred Stock by the Corporation) the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock; or

(b) take any action, including amending, altering or repealing any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series D Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, by way of (x) conversion or alteration of the liquidation preferences, (y) amending any provision hereof that requires a separate vote of the Series D Preferred Stock, or (z) relative changes among existing series of Preferred Stock to make an existing series that is junior to the Series D Preferred Stock senior to or pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock); provided , however , that the creation of a new series of Preferred Stock and establishment of powers, preferences or rights of that series of Preferred Stock that are senior to, pari passu with, or in addition to the powers, preferences or

 

-21-


rights of the Series D Preferred Stock (provided that such series of Preferred Stock has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof) shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series D Preferred Stock.

10. Amendments and Changes Requiring Series E Approval . As long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (either directly or indirectly, whether by merger, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class:

(a) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock or other acquisitions of Series E Preferred Stock by the Corporation) the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

(b) take any action, including amending, altering or repealing any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, by way of (x) conversion or alteration of the liquidation preferences, (y) amending any provision hereof that requires a separate vote of the Series E Preferred Stock, or (z) relative changes among existing series of Preferred Stock to make an existing series that is junior to the Series E Preferred Stock senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock); provided , however , that the creation of a new series of Preferred Stock and establishment of powers, preferences or rights of that series of Preferred Stock that are senior to, pari passu with, or in addition to the powers, preferences or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock (provided that such series of Preferred Stock has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof) shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock.

11. Reissuance of Preferred Stock . In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 or otherwise repurchased or reacquired by the Corporation, the shares so converted, repurchased or reacquired shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation.

12. Preferred Stock Redemption . The Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of the holder or holders thereof.

13. Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

-22-


ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

3. The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless in either case such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

4. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

-23-


ARTICLE XI

To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than opportunities presented to those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees of the Corporation; provided, however, that such officer, director or stockholder acts in good faith. Nothing herein express or implied shall be deemed to relieve or excuse any director of their duty of loyalty to the Corporation or of any other fiduciary obligations owed to the Corporation by such director. No amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE XI shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director, or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE XII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-24-

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Kevin King certifies that:

1. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The name of the Corporation is iRhythm Technologies, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 14, 2006.

3. ARTICLE IV of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 176,020,892, consisting of 109,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 67,020,892 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 20,093,232 shares, the second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 3,666,416 shares, the third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 8,003,894 shares, the fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 15,457,350 shares, and the fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated as “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 19,800,000 shares.”

4. ARTICLE V Section 4(d)(i)(1) of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“up to 19,800,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued at or above the Original Issue Price;”

5. This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(signature page follows)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, iRhythm Technologies, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Kevin King, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on March 4, 2015.

 

/s/ Kevin King

Kevin King
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.4

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is iRhythm Technologies, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 14, 2006.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred and Five Million (105,000,000) shares, consisting of One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and Five Million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

4.2 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the


number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV.

4.3 Common Stock .

(a) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation , as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

4.4 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of

 

-2-


Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions that dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including, without limitation, sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

5.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall

 

-3-


be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

5.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause.

5.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

7.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be

 

-4-


called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

7.4 Exclusive Jurisdiction . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.4.

ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

8.2 Indemnification .

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

-5-


The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, iRhythm Technologies, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this [date] day of [month], 2016.

 

By:  

 

  Kevin King
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.5

BYLAWS OF

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Adopted October 16, 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

  

Place of Meetings

     1   

1.2

  

Annual Meeting

     1   

1.3

  

Special Meeting

     1   

1.4

  

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     2   

1.5

  

Quorum

     2   

1.6

  

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2   

1.7

  

Conduct of Business

     2   

1.8

  

Voting

     2   

1.9

  

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3   

1.10

  

Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

     4   

1.11

  

Proxies

     5   

1.12

  

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     5   

2.1

  

Powers

     5   

2.2

  

Number of Directors

     5   

2.3

  

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     6   

2.4

  

Resignation and Vacancies

     6   

2.5

  

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     7   

2.6

  

Conduct of Business

     7   

2.7

  

Regular Meetings

     7   

2.8

  

Special Meetings; Notice

     7   

2.9

  

Quorum; Voting

     8   

2.10

  

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     8   

2.11

  

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     8   

2.12

  

Removal of Directors

     8   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     8   

3.1

  

Committees of Directors

     8   

3.2

  

Committee Minutes

     9   

3.3

  

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     9   

3.4

  

Subcommittees

     9   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     10   

4.1

  

Officers

     10   

4.2

  

Appointment of Officers

     10   

4.3

  

Subordinate Officers

     10   

4.4

  

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     10   

4.5

  

Vacancies in Offices

     10   

4.6

  

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     10   

4.7

  

Authority and Duties of Officers

     10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

     11   

5.1

  

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

     11   

5.2

  

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

     11   

5.3

  

Successful Defense

     11   

5.4

  

Indemnification of Others

     12   

5.5

  

Advanced Payment of Expenses

     12   

5.6

  

Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

     12   

5.7

  

Determination; Claim

     13   

5.8

  

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     13   

5.9

  

Insurance

     13   

5.10

  

Survival

     13   

5.11

  

Effect of Repeal or Modification

     13   

5.12

  

Certain Definitions

     13   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     14   

6.1

  

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     14   

6.2

  

Special Designation on Certificates

     14   

6.3

  

Lost Certificates

     14   

6.4

  

Dividends

     15   

6.5

  

Stock Transfer Agreements

     15   

6.6

  

Registered Stockholders

     15   

6.7

  

Transfers

     15   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     15   

7.1

  

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

     15   

7.2

  

Notice by Electronic Transmission

     16   

7.3

  

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

     16   

7.4

  

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

     17   

7.5

  

Waiver of Notice

     17   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     17   

8.1

  

Fiscal Year

     17   

8.2

  

Seal

     17   

8.3

  

Annual Report

     17   

8.4

  

Construction; Definitions

     18   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     18   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

-2-


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

-3-


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(ii) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(iii) in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

(iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

-4-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

-5-


2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

-6-


A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the

 

-7-


holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not

 

-8-


such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

-9-


ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

-10-


ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

-11-


5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be required to provide indemnification or, with respect to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) below, advance expenses to any person pursuant to this Article V :

(i) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person except (i) as otherwise required by law, (ii) in specific cases if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, or (iii) as is required to be made under section 5.7 ;

(ii) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) against such person providing for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

(iii) for amounts for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy or indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; or

(iv) if prohibited by applicable law.

 

-12-


5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such suit, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director,

 

-13-


officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company

 

-14-


and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-15-


7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders,

 

-16-


any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

 

-17-


8.4 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

-18-


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 20 pages, were adopted as the bylaws of the Company on October 16, 2006.

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of October 16, 2006.

 

 

Uday Kumar, M.D.


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising [        ] pages, were amended and restated on             , 200   by the Company’s board of directors.

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of             , 200   .

 

 

( signature )

 

( print name )

 

( title )

Exhibit 3.6

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(effective as of                  , 2016, the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6

 

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9

 

VOTING

     7   

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

 

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

 

POWERS

     9   

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     10   

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     11   

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     12   

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     12   

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     13   

5.1

 

OFFICERS

     13   

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     14   

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     15   

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     15   

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     15   

6.3

 

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     16   

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

     16   

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     16   

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     16   

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     17   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     17   

7.2

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     17   

7.3

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     18   

7.4

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     18   

7.5

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     18   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

8.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     19   

8.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     19   

8.3

 

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     20   

8.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     20   

8.5

 

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     20   

8.6

 

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     20   

8.7

 

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     21   

8.8

 

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     21   

8.9

 

INSURANCE

     21   

8.10

 

SURVIVAL

     22   

8.11

 

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     22   

8.12

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     22   

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     22   

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     22   

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

     22   

9.3

 

SEAL

     23   

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     23   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

    Page  

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

    23   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of IRhythm Technologies, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted. The first annual meeting of stockholders shall be held in 2017.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and

 

-2-


number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than five days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

 

-3-


(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the

 

-4-


provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) if the chairperson does not act, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the

 

-6-


chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

-7-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of any means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose related to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

-8-


2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine when the polls shall close; (vii) determine the result; and (viii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

 

-9-


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if the directors in office represent less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

-10-


3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without

 

-11-


a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

-12-


(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. In addition, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

-13-


5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-14-


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or

 

-15-


218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

-16-


6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

-17-


  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the

 

-18-


meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-19-


8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-20-


(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-21-


8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

-22-


9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-23-


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 23 pages, were amended and restated on [insert date] by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this [insert date].

 

 

Secretary

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 000000 00 0 THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, $0.001 PAR VALUE, OF iRhythm Technologies, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned COMMON and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: SECRETARY PRESIDENT COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


LOGO

THE BOARD OF THIS CORPORATION HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OTHER THAN COMMON STOCK. THIS CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER UPON WRITTEN REQUEST SENT TO ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES, AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE BOARD’S AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK AS WELL AS THE DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATIVE RIGHTS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES THEN OUTSTANDING OR AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: UTMA Custodian TEN COM as tenants in common (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT – as tenants by entireties under Uniform Transfers to Minors JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship Act and not as tenants in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. SIGNATURE GUARANTEED ALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM (“STAMP”), THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM (“MSP”), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (“SEMP”) AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

Exhibit 4.2

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 16, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Section 1 Definitions

     1   

1.1

 

Certain Definitions

     1   

Section 2 Registration Rights

     4   

2.1

 

Requested Registration

     4   

2.2

 

Company Registration

     6   

2.3

 

Registration on Form S-3

     7   

2.4

 

Expenses of Registration

     8   

2.5

 

Registration Procedures

     8   

2.6

 

Indemnification

     9   

2.7

 

Information by Holder

     11   

2.8

 

Restrictions on Transfer

     11   

2.9

 

Rule 144 Reporting

     13   

2.10

 

Market Stand-Off Agreement

     13   

2.11

 

Delay of Registration

     14   

2.12

 

Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights

     14   

2.13

 

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     14   

2.14

 

Termination of Registration Rights

     14   

Section 3 Information Covenants of the Company

     15   

3.1

 

Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights

     15   

3.2

 

Confidentiality

     16   

3.3

 

Non-Employee Director Reimbursement

     16   

3.4

 

Employee Common Stock Vesting

     16   

3.5

 

Restrictions on Stock

     16   

3.6

 

Directors and Officers Insurance

     17   

3.7

 

Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Assignments

     17   

3.8

 

Right to Conduct Activities

     17   

3.9

 

Novo Designee Committee Membership

     17   

3.10

 

NVP Designee Committee Membership

     17   

3.11

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Enforcement Actions

     17   

3.12

 

Termination of Covenants

     17   

Section 4 Right of First Refusal

     17   

4.1

 

Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders

     17   

Section 5 Miscellaneous

     19   

5.1

 

Amendment

     19   

5.2

 

Notices

     19   

5.3

 

Governing Law

     20   

5.4

 

Successors and Assigns

     20   

5.5

 

Entire Agreement

     20   

5.6

 

Delays or Omissions

     21   

5.7

 

Severability

     21   

5.8

 

Titles and Subtitles

     21   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

5.9

 

Counterparts

     21   

5.10

 

Telecopy Execution and Delivery

     21   

5.11

 

Jurisdiction; Venue

     21   

5.12

 

Further Assurances

     21   

5.13

 

Conflict

     21   

5.14

 

Attorneys’ Fees

     22   

5.15

 

Aggregation of Stock

     22   

5.16

 

Waiver of Right of First Refusal

     22   

5.17

 

Jury Trial

     22   

 

-ii-


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 16, 2014, by and among iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.

RECITALS

WHEREAS: The Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) entered into that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013, as amended (the “ Prior Agreement ”), in connection with the sale and issuance to the Existing Investors of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

WHEREAS: The Company proposes to sell shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock to certain of the Investors pursuant to the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”).

WHEREAS: The undersigned Existing Investors are holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) as of the date hereof, and pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Prior Agreement, the Company and the Existing Investors wish to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and replace it with this Agreement as set forth herein.

WHEREAS: It is a condition to the Financing that the Investors and the Company execute and deliver this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE: In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1

Definitions

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Restated Charter.

(b) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(d) “ Conversion Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares.


(e) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(f) “ Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

(g) “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(h) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(i) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(j) “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean the Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than 20% of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(k) “ New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereto.

(l) “ Other Selling Stockholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(m) “ Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of Preferred Stock of the Company) with respect to which registration rights have been granted.

(n) “ Qualified IPO ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Restated Charter.

(o) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean: (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares held by the Investors and their permitted assigns to whom rights hereunder are properly transferred in accordance with the terms hereof, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(p) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(q) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and up to $35,000 in fees and expenses (per registration) for one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and

 

-2-


expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(r) “ Restated Charter ” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

(s) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.

(t) “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(u) “ Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission

(v) “ Rule 415 ” shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(w) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(x) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

(y) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

(z) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

(aa) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock.

(bb) “ Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

(cc) “ Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock.

(dd) “ Shares ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(ee) “ Significant Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

(ff) “ Withdrawn Registration ” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4.

 

-3-


Section 2

Registration Rights

2.1 Requested Registration .

(a) Request for Registration . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the four (4) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Qualified IPO;

(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) for which the aggregate offering price to the public is less than $5,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iv) After the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only (x) registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) Withdrawn Registrations);

(v) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; and

(vi) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3 hereof.

 

-4-


(c) Deferral . If: (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be materially detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further , that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than one (1) time in any twelve-month period.

(d) Other Shares . The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by such Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Other Selling Stockholders; and (iii) third, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn

 

-5-


from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

2.2 Company Registration .

(a) Company Registration . If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within fifteen (15) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company, the Other Selling Stockholders and other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such reduction shall reduce the

 

-6-


value of the Registrable Securities of the Holders included in such registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total value of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Company’s Qualified IPO and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders (excluding shares registered for the account of the Company), in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3 .

(a) Request for Form S-3 Registration . After its initial public offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii).

(b) Limitations on Form S-3 Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v);

(ii) If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000; or

(iii) If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.

(c) Deferral . The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.

(d) Underwriting . If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

-7-


2.4 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided , however , in the event that a withdrawal by such Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1 hereof, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.5 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period of ending on the earlier of the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in Section 2.5(a) above;

(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

-8-


(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(g) Cooperate with any due diligence investigation undertaken by the Holders, including without limitation by making available documents and information, as reasonably requested;

(h) Obtain and furnish usual and customary opinions of counsel to the Company and “comfort” letters from the auditors of the Company;

(i) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(j) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, enter into (and perform its obligations under) an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement; provided further , however , that a Holder will not by any provision in this Agreement be required to enter into any agreement or undertaking in connection with any registration in this Section 2.5 providing for any indemnification or contribution on the part of the Holder greater than the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.6 hereof;

(k) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, each as reasonably requested, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith; and

(l) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.

2.6 Indemnification .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed

 

-9-


or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement), omission (or alleged omission) or violation (or alleged violation) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided , further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6(a), when taken together with any contribution under Section 2.6(d), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be

 

-10-


sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount, when taken together with any indemnity under Section 2.6(b), in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.7 Information by Holder . Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.8 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10, except for transfers permitted under Section 2.8(b), and (y):

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

-11-


(ii) Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at its expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Permitted transfers include: (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership; (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Holder (each, an “ Affiliated Transfer ”); or (iii) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, as long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule; provided , in each case, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a reasonably detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

(c) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

-12-


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN AN AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

(d) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(c) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which shall, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Section (k) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement . Each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period

 

-13-


following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred and eighty (180) (or other) day period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10. Any discretionary waiver by the Company or the underwriters or termination of the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.10 or such agreements shall apply pro rata (based on the number of shares subject to such restrictions and/or agreements) to all Holders.

2.11 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee of not less than one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like) (or all shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holder, if less); provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof, the Company’s Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date herewith, as amended from time to time, and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10; provided , however , Affiliated Transfers shall not be subject to any minimum threshold requirements.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, following an Initial Public Offering on which such Holder, together with its affiliates, holds less than 1% of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock and all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period, (ii) three (3) years after the closing of a Qualified IPO or (iii) upon a Change of Control where the Holders receive in exchange for their shares of Registrable Securities cash or equity securities traded on a nationally recognized exchange.

 

-14-


Section 3

Information Covenants of the Company

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights .

(a) Basic Financial Information . The Company will furnish the following reports to each Holder who owns at least one million (1,000,000) Shares and/or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) (each, a “ Significant Holder ”):

(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (x) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company and (y) a capitalization table in reasonable detail;

(ii) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, (x) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and (y) a capitalization table in reasonable detail; and

(iii) As soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such monthly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

(b) Inspection . The Company shall permit each Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be convenient to the Company and such Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.1 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

(c) Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company agrees that for so long as any of the Shares are held by an Investor (or a transferee in whose hands such Shares are eligible to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code), it will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with any applicable filing and reporting requirements of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder; provided , however , that “commercially reasonable efforts” as used in this Section 3.1(c) shall not be construed to require the Company to operate its business in a manner which would adversely affect its business, limit its future prospects or alter the timing or resource allocation related to its planned operations or financing activities.

(d) Independent Appraisal . Within three (3) months after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall present to the Board of Directors and any Investor the results of an independent appraisal, that meets certain requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, of the value of the Common Stock. The Company will obtain an updated appraisal from time to time as may be reasonably required to facilitate compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the safe harbor provisions thereunder.

 

-15-


3.2 Confidentiality . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or similar confidential information of the Company. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use any such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys or to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Holder), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless (i) such Holder has received the prior written consent of the Company, (ii) the Company has made such information available to the public or (iii) such Holder is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority.

3.3 Non-Employee Director Reimbursement . The Company will reimburse non-employee directors for all out of pocket expenses incurred in their services as a Company director, provided that such directors submit satisfactory evidence of such expenses to the Company.

3.4 Employee Common Stock Vesting . Except as otherwise approved by a majority of the Company directors then in office, all stock options, restricted stock and similar equity grants provided to each existing Company employee after the date of this Agreement will be subject to vesting at a rate no greater than the rate specified in the following vesting schedule: 25% of the shares subject to such stock option will vest on the first anniversary date of the date that such employee began providing services to the Company (such anniversary date, the “ Anniversary Date” ) and 1/48 th of the shares subject to such stock option, restricted stock and similar equity grants will vest on the last calendar day of each full calendar month that has elapsed since the Anniversary Date. With respect to any shares of such equity securities actually purchased by any such person, the Company’s directors then in office, will provide that, upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under applicable securities laws and other laws) will have the option to purchase at cost any unvested shares of such equity securities held by such person.

3.5 Restrictions on Stock . All Company Common Stock issued to Company employees or consultants will: (a) be nontransferable before vesting, except for transfers solely for estate planning purposes, (b) be subject to a first refusal right in the Company’s favor until the closing of its Initial Public Offering (which right shall be assigned to the Significant Holders if not exercised in full by the Company), and (c) be subject to a market stand-off provision such that no transfers or sales are permitted during a lock-up period of 180 days following the Initial Public Offering. All capital stock issued by the Company shall be subject to a market stand-off provision such that no transfers or sales are permitted during a lock-up period of 180 days following the Initial Public Offering (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

-16-


3.6 Directors and Officers Insurance . The Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance with coverage that is customary for similar companies and that is reasonably acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors.

3.7 Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Assignments . The Company shall require all employees, consultants and advisors providing services to the Company to sign confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with the Company in the form made available and reasonably acceptable to counsel for the Investors.

3.8 Right to Conduct Activities . The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of Novo A/S (together with its affiliates, “ Novo ”), Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP and Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP (together with their affiliates, “ NVP ”) and New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “ New Leaf ”), is a professional investment fund, and as such invests in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, neither Novo, NVP nor New Leaf shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon: (i) the investment by Novo, NVP or New Leaf in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of Novo, NVP or New Leaf to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) Novo, NVP, New Leaf or any party from liability associated with the misuse or unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement or via any partner, officer or other representative of Novo, NVP or New Leaf or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

3.9 Novo Designee Committee Membership . The member of the Board of Directors of the Company designated by Novo shall be entitled to be a member of any committee(s) of the Company’s Board of Directors in effect as of the date hereof or as may be created from time to time.

3.10 NVP Designee Committee Membership . The member of the Board of Directors of the Company designated by NVP shall be entitled to be a member of any committee(s) of the Company’s Board of Directors in effect as of the date hereof or as may be created from time to time.

3.11 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Enforcement Actions . The Company shall promptly notify Novo and NVP should the Company become aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

3.12 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 to 3.10 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the earlier of (i) a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon a Change of Control where the Holders receive in exchange for their shares of Registrable Securities cash or equity securities traded on a nationally recognized exchange. The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 and 3.2 shall also terminate and be of no further force and effect after the Company becomes subject to the provisions of the Exchange Act.

Section 4

Right of First Refusal

4.1 Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders . The Company hereby grants to each Significant Holder the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of

 

-17-


this Agreement. A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by said Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly). Each Significant Holder shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Significant Holder fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Significant Holders may purchase the non-purchasing Significant Holder’s portion on a pro rata basis until all such New Securities as to which the Significant Holders had a right of first refusal have been subscribed for. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

(i) Shares that are or would not be “Additional Shares of Common” as defined in the Restated Charter and

(ii) shares of Series E Preferred Stock (and any Conversion Stock issued upon conversion thereof) issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall have fifteen (15) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered (the “ Election Period ”) to agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Holder desires to exercise its over-allotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 , and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c) In the event the Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over-allotment rights, if any, within the Election Period, the Company shall have thirty (30) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within sixty (60) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold within such thirty (30) day period following the Election Period, or such sixty (60) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1.

(d) The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to the first to occur of: (i) a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon a Change of Control where the Holders receive in exchange for their shares of Registrable Securities cash or equity securities traded on a nationally recognized exchange.

 

-18-


Section 5

Miscellaneous

5.1 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided , however , that any person acquiring shares of, or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of, Registrable Securities after the date of this Agreement may become a party to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5.1 or any consent or approval of any other Holder; provided , further , that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Investor or group of Investors different from other Investors or group of Investors, the consent of such Investor or group of Investors, as the case may be, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; and provided further , that neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated without the consent of a Significant Holder, unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination applies to all Significant Holders in the same manner, including any amendment of the defined term “Significant Holder.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination of (a) Section 3.8, Section 3.10 or Section 3.11 shall require the written consent of NVP and (b) Section 3.8, Section 3.9 or Section 3.11 shall require the written consent of Novo, in each case except as otherwise provided in Section 3.13. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 5.1 shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 5.1, by the operation of this Section 5.1, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144 and, excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10), any of such shares held by Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.14), jointly and not severally, will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement.

5.2 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(b) if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380, San Francisco, CA 94103, Fax: (415) 632-5701, Attn: Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished in writing to the Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Philip H. Oettinger, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s charter or bylaws, each party hereto agrees that such notice may be given by facsimile or by electronic mail.

 

-19-


Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A . In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor and Holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor or Holder in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor or Holder in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Investor or Holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor or Holder. This consent may be revoked by an Investor or Holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

5.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.4 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company, except (i) to any affiliate or (ii) to an assignee or transferee who acquires at least 1,000,000 Shares and/or Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock combination, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other similar transaction), it being acknowledged and agreed that any such assignment, including an assignment contemplated by the preceding clauses (i) or (ii) shall be subject to and conditioned upon any such assignee’s delivery to the Company and the other Investors of a counterpart signature page hereto pursuant to which such assignee shall confirm their agreement to be subject to and bound by all of the provisions set forth in this Agreement that were applicable to the assignor of such assignee; provided, however , that if the Board of Directors of the Company advises the applicable Investor, within ten (10) days after the Company has received written notice of the proposed transfer, that the Board of Directors has determined in good faith that the assignee or transferee acquiring such shares pursuant to the preceding clause (ii) is a competitor of the Company, such assignment, transfer, delegation, or sublicense shall be void. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be prohibited. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. The Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement is amended, restated and superseded in its entirety by this Agreement and is no longer valid or in effect. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

 

-20-


5.6 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.8 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

5.11 Jurisdiction; Venue . With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the courts in Santa Clara County in the state of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

5.12 Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

5.13 Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Restated Charter or its Bylaws, the terms of the Company’s Restated Charter or its Bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

 

-21-


5.14 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.15 Aggregation of Stock . All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including without limitation, affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.16 Waiver of Right of First Refusal . Pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Prior Agreement, each of the undersigned Existing Investors who together hold a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) hereby waive on behalf of themselves and all other Existing Investors the right of first refusal and any notice requirements in connection therewith, as set forth in the Prior Agreement, with respect to any sale and issuance by the Company of shares of Series E Preferred Stock or any securities issuable upon conversion thereof or otherwise exercisable therefor.

5.17 Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this Section 5.17 is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This Section 5.17 shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

( Remainder of page intentionally left blank )

 

-22-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin King

  Name:   Kevin King
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Novo A/S
By:  

/s/ Thomas Dyrberg

Name:   Thomas Dyrberg
Title:   Senior Partner
Address:
Tuborg Havnevej 19
DK 2900 Hellerup
Denmark

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP
By:   Genesis VC Partners XI, LLC
Its:   General Partners
By:   NVP Associates, LLC
Its:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Casper de Clercq

Name:  

Casper de Clercq

Title:  

Partner

Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP
By:   Genesis VC Partners XII, LLC
Its:   General Partners
By:   NVP Associates, LLC
Its:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Casper de Clercq

Name:  

Casper de Clercq

Title:  

Partner

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
New Leaf Ventures II, L.P.
By:   New Leaf Venture Associates II, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   New Leaf Venture Management II, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Craig L. Slutzkin

  Craig L. Slutzkin
  Chief Financial Officer
Address:
New Leaf Venture Partners LLC
7 Times Square, Suite 3502
New York, NY 10036

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
ST. JUDE MEDICAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Donald J. Zurbay

Name:  

Donald J. Zurbay

Title:  

VP Finance & CFO

Address:
St. Jude Medical, Inc.
One St. Jude Medical Drive
St. Paul, Minnesota 55117
Attn: Jim Gantz

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
SYNERGY LIFE SCIENCE PARTNERS, LP
By:   Synergy Venture Partners, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ William N. Starling

Its:   Manager
Address:
Synergy Life Science Partners, LP
3284 Alpine Road
Portola Valley, CA 94028
Attn: William Starling

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
STOCKHOLDER:
MDV – Revelation LLC
By:  

/s/ Joshua L. Green

Print Name:  

Joshua L. Green

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

Address:
Mohr Davidow Ventures
3000 Sand Hill Road
Bldg. 3, Suite 290
Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (PVF)
By:  

/s/ Martina Poquet

Name:  

Martina Poquet

Title:  

Managing Director - Separate Investments

Address:
Direct Investments
Stanford Management Company
635 Knight Way
Stanford, CA 94305-7297

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2011A)
By:  

/s/ Philip H. Oettinger

Name:  

Philip H. Oettinger

Title:  

Member

WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2010A)
By:  

/s/ Philip H. Oettinger

Name:  

Philip H. Oettinger

Title:  

Member

WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2012A)
By:  

/s/ Philip H. Oettinger

Name:  

Philip H. Oettinger

Title:  

Member

Address:
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
KAISER PERMANENTE VENTURES, LLC – SERIES A
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

KAISER PERMANENTE VENTURES, LLC – SERIES B
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

THE PERMANENTE FEDERATION, LLC – SERIES I
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:
One Kaiser Plaza, 22nd Floor
Oakland, CA 94612
Attn: Chris M. Grant

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE PERMANENTE FEDERATION, LLC – SERIES J
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:
One Kaiser Plaza, 22nd Floor
Oakland, CA 94612
Attn: Chris M. Grant

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc. – Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

[Intentionally Omitted]


SCHEDULE 1

NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first refusal under the Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2014, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Agreement”):

 

1. Waiver of 15 days’ notice period in which to exercise right of first refusal: (please check only one)

 

  (    ) WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Holders, the 15-day notice period provided to exercise my right of first refusal granted under the Agreement.

 

  (    ) DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.

 

2. Issuance and Sale of New Securities: (please check only one)

 

  (    ) WAIVE in full the right of first refusal granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.

 

  (    ) ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $         ( please provide amount ) in New Securities proposed to be issued by iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing LESS than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[        ] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

  (    ) ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $         in New Securities proposed to be issued by iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing my FULL pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[        ] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 

  (    ) ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[        ] in New Securities being made available in the financing AND, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $         ( please provide amount ) or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available in the event other Significant Holders do not exercise their full rights of first refusal with respect to the $[        ] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

Date:                     

 

 

( Print investor name )

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity )

 

( Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity )

This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance. iRhythm Technologies, Inc. will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

  

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Number of Shares:    93,330, subject to increase as set forth below
Class:    Series A Preferred Stock, or such other series of preferred stock issued in the Latest Round (as defined below)
Warrant Price:    $0.96432, or such other price of the series of preferred stock issued in the Latest Round (as defined below)
Issue Date:    November 24, 2009
Expiration Date:    November 24, 2019, or earlier in accordance with Section 1.7 below
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, as amended through the date hereof between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated class and series of stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

Upon the making of each Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the number of Shares shall be automatically increased by that number of shares equal to the quotient derived by dividing (i) two and one-half percent (2.5%) of such Advance, by (ii) the Warrant Price, rounded down to the nearest whole share. As to each Advance, the Shares will be of the series of preferred stock last issued by the Company before the date of such Advance (the “Latest Round”), and the Warrant Price shall be the price at which such series of preferred stock was sold in the Latest Round. For the avoidance of doubt, this Warrant may become exercisable for two different series of preferred stock at their respective Warrant Prices.


ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, a certified or bank check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon delivery to the Company of the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised;

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant in the manner set forth in Article 1.2 or 1.3 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder


upon such exercise or conversion and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Holder’s Obligation to Execute Investors’ Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement . As to any Shares Holder receives upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees to be bound by that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 16, 2007 and that certain Voting Agreement dated as of January 16, 2007, each by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as each may be amended from time to time), or similar agreements.

1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.7.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant “ Acquisition ” means any: (i) sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own or beneficially own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquisition shall not include the sale of stock by the Company for capital raising purposes.

1.7.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities, either. (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition , or (ii) if Holder does not exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice,


then if, upon the Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised and converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such automatic exercise and conversion to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the record date for such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

C) As used in this Article 1.7, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market , ; and (iii) Holder would not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment , from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time) as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other duly authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as of the original Issue Date as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.


(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, or applicable to all shares in the Class, or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise or conversion in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete in all material respects as of the original Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; and (e) to effect the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”); then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date when the same will take place (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3)-with respect to the IPO, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 No Stockholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.


3.4 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.10 of the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of January 16, 2007 by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended from time to time) or similar agreement.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares).

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.


ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 1.7 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Dater, and shall be void thereafter .

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms, together with any such legends as may be required by applicable federal or state securities laws:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144, including without limitation, the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.


5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iv) on the first (1 st ) business day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

650 Townsend Street, #380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone: 415-632-5700

Facsimile: 415-632-5701


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ James Taylor

Name:  

James Taylor

  (Print)
Title:   Relationship Manager


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

Name:  

Shelly D. Guyer

  (Print)
Title:   EVP, CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in Article 1.2 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached


Report Date   11/24/09    iRhythm Technologies, Inc.       
Date Printed   11/24/2009 at 10:37:35 AM    SUMMARY CAPITALIZATION   

 

Stock   Conversion
Ratio
    Authorized     Shares
Outstanding
    Shares
Outstanding
As Converted
    % Owned
On As
Converted
Basis
    Shares
Outstanding
Fully Diluted
    Owned
On Fully
Diluted
Basis
 

STOCK

             

COMMON STOCK

    1.0000000000        32,500,000        7,125,756.00        7,125,756        26.32     7,125,756        23.47

PREFERRED STOCK

    1.0000000000        19,948,052             

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

    1.0000000000        19,948,052        19,948,052.00        19,948,052        73.68     19,948,052        65.72
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stock:

          27,073,808        100.00     27,073,808        89.19

RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE STOCK:

             

2006 STOCK PLAN

      3,293,334             

Options Outstanding

              2,195,050        7.23

Options Available

              1,085,862        3.58
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan Total:

              3,280,912        10.81
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Rights:

              3,280,912        10.81
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Diluted Shares:

              30,354,720        100.00
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Footnotes:

NOTE: This report assumes that all plans involve securities with a 1:1 conversion rate to common stock.

 

 

 

  Report Name:    Capitalization.rpt

Exhibit 4.4

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

This Amendment No. 1 to Warrant to Purchase Stock (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of April 20, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and SVB Financial Group (the “ Holder ”).

WHEREAS : the Company issued to Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) a Warrant to Purchase Stock (the “ Warrant ”) as of November 24, 2009 in connection with the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 24, 2009 by and between the Company and the Bank which amended that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 16, 2007 by and between the Company and the Bank (as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”), which Warrant Bank transferred to Holder.

WHEREAS : the Warrant provides that upon the making of each Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the number of shares shall be automatically increased in accordance with the terms set forth in the Warrant.

WHEREAS : the shares referenced in the Warrant are shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock based on the terms of the Warrant.

WHEREAS : the parties now wish to amend certain provisions of the Warrant to apply to the Advance in the amount of 51,000,000 drawn down on March 26, 2010 (the “ Second Advance ”) and to define shares for purposes of the Second Advance as shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1

Amendment

1.1 Amendment . As of the Effective Date, the following sentence is inserted at the end of the last paragraph on page one of the Warrant:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any additional Advances made after the Capital Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement), this Warrant shall be exercisable for the series of preferred stock issued by the Company in the transaction or series of transactions following the Capital Date and on or before August 31, 2010, at the price and upon the same other terms at which such series of preferred stock is issued by the Company.”

1.2 Acknowledgment . For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereby agree that with respect to the Second Advance, the Warrant shall be exercisable for shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock at the price and upon the same other terms at which such shares are issued by the Company, as long as such shares are issued on or before August 31, 2010. If such shares are not issued by such date, then the Warrant shall be exercisable for shares issued in the Latest Round, for the price at which such shares were issued in the Latest Round.


Section 2

Miscellaneous

2.1 Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Warrant shall remain in full force and effect.

2.2 Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

2.3 Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Warrant (to the extent not amended hereby) and all exhibits thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth in the Warrant, as amended hereby.

2.4 Modification . This Amendment may not be altered, amended or modified in any way except as provided in Section 5.6 of the Warrant, as amended hereby. Waiver of any term or provision of this Amendment or forbearance to enforce any term or provision by any party shall not constitute a waiver as to any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or provision or a waiver of any other term or provision of this Amendment.

2.5 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

2.6 Facsimile Execution and Delivery . A facsimile or other reproduction of this Amendment may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Amendment as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

( Remainder of page intentionally left blank )

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. l to Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the Effective Date

 

COMPANY:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:  

/s/ William F. Willis

  William F. Willis
  President and Chief Executive Officer

HOLDER:

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

By:  

/s/ Michael Kruse

Name:  

Michael Kruse

Title:  

Portfolio Manager

 

iRhythm Technologies, Inc – Amendment No, 1 to Warrant to Purchase Stock

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

   iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Number of Shares:

   68,196, subject to change as set forth below

Class:

   Series B Preferred Stock, or such other series of preferred stock issued in the Next Round (as defined below)

Warrant Price:

   $2.7861, or such other price of the Next Round Stock (as defined below)

Issue Date:

   February 28, 2011

Expiration Date:

   February 28, 2021, or earlier in accordance with Section 1.7 below

Credit Facility:

   This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended through the date hereof (the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated class and series of stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

Upon the sale and issuance by the Company of a series of its preferred stock in one or more transactions in which the Company receives proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (the “Next Round”), at the option of Holder which shall be exercised within 90 days of the Company’s notice to the Holder of the closing of the Next Round, the Shares shall be of the class and series sold in the Next Round (the “Next Round Stock”), the Warrant Price shall be the price at which the Next Round Stock was sold in the Next Round (the “Next Round Price”), and the number of Shares that Holder may acquire under this Warrant shall be the quotient derived by dividing $190,000 by the Next Round Price.


ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, a certified or bank check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon delivery to the Company of the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised;

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant in the manner set forth in Article 1.2 or 1.3 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise or conversion and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.


1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Holder’s Obligation to Execute Investors’ Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement . As to any Shares Holder receives upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees to be bound by that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 12, 2010 and that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 12, 2010, each by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as each may be amended from time to time), or similar agreements.

1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.7.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any: (i) sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own or beneficially own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquisition shall not include the sale of stock by the Company for capital raising purposes.

1.7.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities, either: (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder does not exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice,


then if, upon the Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised and converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such automatic exercise and conversion to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the record date for such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

C) As used in this Article 1.7, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market ; i and (iii) Holder would not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time) as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other duly authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as of the original Issue Date as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.


(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, or applicable to all shares in the Class, or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise or conversion in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete in all material respects as of the original Issue Date, immediately prior to the issuance of this Warrant.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; and (e) to effect the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”); then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date when the same will take place (and specifying the estimated _ date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3)-with respect to the IPO, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 No Stockholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

3.4 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-off provisions in Section 2.10 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of May 12, 2010 by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended from time to time) or similar agreement.


ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares).

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.


ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 1.7_above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date . , and shall be void thereafter.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms, together with any such legends as may be required by applicable federal or state securities laws:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144, including without limitation, the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.


5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iv) on the first (1 st ) business day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

650 Townsend Street, #380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone: 415-632-5700

Facsimile: 415-632-5701


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

Name:  

Shelly D. Guyer

  (Print)
Title:   EVP, CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ James Taylor

Name:  

James Taylor

  (Print)
Title:   RM


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in Article 1.2 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
Number of Shares:    108,678
Class:    Series D Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $1.2422
Issue Date:    April 17, 2013
Expiration Date:    April 17, 2023, or earlier in accordance with Section 1.7 below
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended through the date hereof (the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated class and series of stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix I and, unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, a certified or bank check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon delivery to the Company of the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

 

   X = Y(A-B)/A
where:   
   X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;


Y =   the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised;
A =   the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B =   the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant in the manner set forth in Article 1.2 or 1.3 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise or conversion and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Holder’s Obligation to Execute Investors’ Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement . As to any Shares Holder receives upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees to be bound by that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013 and that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013, each by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as each may be amended from time to time), or similar agreements.

1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.7.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any: (i) sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own or beneficially own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquisition shall not include the sale of stock by the Company for capital raising purposes.


1.7.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities, either: (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder does not exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, upon the Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised and converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such automatic exercise and conversion to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the record date for such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

C) As used in this Article 1.7, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market; and (iii) Holder would not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the


consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment ; from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time) as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other duly authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as of the original Issue Date as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, or applicable to all shares in the Class, or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise or conversion in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule I is true and complete in all material respects as of the original Issue Date, immediately prior to the issuance of this Warrant.

 


3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; and (e) to effect the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”); then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (I) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date when the same will take place (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3)-with respect to the 1PO, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 No Stockholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

3.4 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-off provisions in Section 2.10 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013 by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended from time to time) or similar agreement.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares).

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.


4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 1.7_above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date ; and shall be void thereafter.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms, together with any such legends as may be required by applicable federal or state securities laws:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144, including without limitation, the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.


5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iv) on the first (1 st ) business day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time: in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

650 Townsend Street, #380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone: 415-632-5700

Facsimile: 415-632-5701

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

Attn: Philip Oettinger

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Facsimile: 650-493-6811


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Wan - ant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC,
By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name:  

Matthew C. Garrett

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Jennifer F. Goldstein

Name:  

Jennifer F. Goldstein

  (Print)
Title:   Managing Director


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in Article 1.2 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

Exhibit 4.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
Number of Shares:    As set forth in Paragraph A below
Class:    Series D Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $1.2422
Issue Date:    As of June 3, 2014
Expiration Date:    June 2, 2024, or earlier in accordance with Article 1.7 below
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended through the date hereof (collectively, and as may be further amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SVB FINANCIAL GROUP (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated class and series of stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number Shares . On and as of the date of the Second Term Loan A Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of shares of the Class as shall equal (i)(a) 0.015, multiplied by (b) the amount of such Second Term Loan A Advance, divided by (ii) the Warrant Price in effect on and as of the date of such Second Term Loan A Advance, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the “Second Term Loan A Advance Shares”). On and as of the date of the Second Term Loan B Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for an additional number of shares of the Class as shall equal (i)(a) 0.015, multiplied by (b) the amount of such Second Term Loan B Advance, divided by (ii) the Warrant Price in effect on and as of the date of such Second Term Loan B Advance, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the “Second Term Loan B Advance Shares”). The Second Term Loan A Advance Shares and the Second Term Loan B shall be referred to below cumulatively as the “Shares”.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is

 

1


exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, a certified or bank check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon delivery to the Company of the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised;

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant in the manner set forth in Article 1.2 or 1.3 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise or conversion and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Holder’s Obligation to Execute Investors’ Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement . As to any Shares Holder receives upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees to be bound by that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 16, 2014 and that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 16, 2014, each by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as each may be amended from time to time), or similar agreements.

 

2


1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.7.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any: (i) sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own or beneficially own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquisition shall not include the sale of stock by the Company for capital raising purposes.

1.7.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities, either: (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder does not exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, upon the Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised and converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such automatic exercise and conversion to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the record date for such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

C) As used in this Article 1.7, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market; and (iii) Holder would not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment ; from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time) as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other duly authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

4


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as of the original Issue Date as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, or applicable to all shares in the Class, or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise or conversion in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete in all material respects as of the original Issue Date, immediately prior to the issuance of this Warrant.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; and (e) to effect the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”); then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date when the same will take place (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3)-with respect to the IPO, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 No Stockholder Rights . Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

3.4 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-off provisions in Section 2.10 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013 by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended from time to time) or similar agreement.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Accounts . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for the accounts of Holder and Life Science Loans, LLC, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares).

 

5


4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 1.7_above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date . , and shall be void thereafter.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms, together with any such legends as may be required by applicable federal or state securities laws:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, AMONG

 

6


THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144, including without limitation, the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iv) on the first (1 st ) business day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to timer in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

650 Townsend Street, #380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone: 415-632-5700

Facsimile: 415-632-5701

 

7


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

Attn: Philip Oettinger

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Facsimile: 650-493-6811

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Matthew Garrett

Name:  

Matthew Garrett

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

/s/ Scott Newman

Name:  

Scott Newman

  (Print)
Title:   Portfolio & Funding Mgr.

 

9


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in Article 1.2 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

10


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

11

Exhibit 4.8

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:   iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
Number of Shares:   As set forth in Paragraph A below
Class:   Series D Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:   $1.2422
Issue Date:   As of June 3, 2014
Expiration Date:   June 2, 2024, or earlier in accordance with Article 1.7 below
Credit Facility:   This Warrant is issued in connection with the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended through the date hereof (collectively, and as may be further amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) and the participation therein of Life Science Loans, LLC pursuant to an agreement between Silicon Valley Bank and Life Science Loans, LLC.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, LIFE SCIENCE LOANS, LLC (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated class and series of stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number Shares.  On and as of the date of the Second Term Loan A Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of shares of the Class as shall equal (i)(a) 0.015, multiplied by (b) the amount of such Second Term Loan A Advance, divided by (ii) the Warrant Price in effect on and as of the date of such Second Term Loan A Advance, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the “Second Term Loan A Advance Shares”). On and as of the date of the Second Term Loan B Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for an additional number of shares of the Class as shall equal (i)(a) 0.015, multiplied by (b) the amount of such Second Term Loan B Advance, divided by (ii) the Warrant Price in effect on and as of the date of such Second Term Loan B Advance, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the “Second Term Loan B Advance Shares”). The Second Term Loan A Advance Shares and the Second Term Loan B shall be referred to below cumulatively as the “Shares”.

 

1


ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise.  Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, a certified or bank check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right.  In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon delivery to the Company of the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

 

  X = Y(A-B)/A
where:     
  X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised;
  A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 below) of one Share; and
  B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value.  If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant.  Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant in the manner set forth in Article 1.2 or 1.3 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise or conversion and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant.  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Holder’s Obligation to Execute Investors’ Rights Agreement and Voting Agreement.  As to any Shares Holder receives upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees to be bound by that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 16, 2014 and that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 16, 2014, each by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as each may be amended from time to time), or similar agreements.

 

2


1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

1.7.1 Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any: (i) sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own or beneficially own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquisition shall not include the sale of stock by the Company for capital raising purposes.

1.7.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

A) In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities, either: (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder does not exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the-consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, upon the Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised and converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such automatic exercise and conversion to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the record date for such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

C) As used in this Article 1.7, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market; and (iii) Holder would not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc.  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution.  Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock.  If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances.  Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment ; from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time) as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share.  No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other duly authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

4


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties.  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as of the original Issue Date as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, or applicable to all shares in the Class, or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise or conversion in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete in all material respects as of the original Issue Date, immediately prior to the issuance of this Warrant.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events.  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; and (e) to effect the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”); then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the estimated date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date when the same will take place (and specifying the estimated = date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3)-with respect to the IPO, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the estimated date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 No Stockholder Rights.  Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise or conversion of this Warrant.

3.4 Market Stand-off Agreement.  The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-off provisions in Section 2.10 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013 by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended from time to time) or similar agreement.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Accounts. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for the accounts of Holder and Life Science Loans, LLC, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares).

 

5


4.2 Disclosure of Information.  Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience.  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status.  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act.  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 1.7_above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date, and shall be void thereafter.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms, together with any such legends as may be required by applicable federal or state securities laws:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT’), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO CERTAIN EXTENSIONS) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS

 

6


SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer.  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144, including without limitation, the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure.  Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iv) on the first (1 st ) business day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time: in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Life Science Loans, LLC

c/o Loan Manager, LLC

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Erik J. Anderson

Telephone: (425) 576-9850

Email: eanderson@westrivercap.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

Attention: David C. Clarke

Telephone: (206) 359-8612

Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

 

7


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

650 Townsend Street, #380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone: 415-632-5700

Facsimile: 415-632-5701

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

Attn: Philip Oettinger

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Facsimile: 650-493-6811

5.6 Waiver.  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law.  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Matthew Garrett

Name:  

Matthew Garrett

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
LIFE SCIENCE LOANS, LLC
By:   Loan Manager, LLC, its Managing Member
By:  

 

  Erik J. Anderson, Manager

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  
“HOLDER”
LIFE SCIENCE LOANS, LLC
By:   Loan Manager, LLC, its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Erik J. Anderson

  Erik J. Anderson, Manager


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in Article 1.2 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

10


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

11


iRhythm Technologies, Inc. - Series E Pro Forma Cap Table

 

Pre-Money Valuation:

   $ 119,000,000   

Price Per Share:

   $ 1.4909   

 

    Pre Series E                 Post Series E              
    Fully Diluted
Shares
    % of Fully Diluted     New Money     Series E Shares     Fully Diluted
Shares
    % of Fully Diluted     % of Preferred
(As Converted)
 

Preferred Stock (including warrants)

             

Novo A/S

      $ 13,999,999.77        9,390,301        9,390,301        10.04     13.03

Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP

    9,257,768        11.60   $ 1,499,998.97        1,006,103        10,263,871        10.97     14.24

Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP

    0        0.00   $ 1,499,998.97        1,006,103        1,006,103        1.08     1.40

Synergy Life Science Partners, LP

    13,315,989        16.68         13,315,989        14.23     18.47

MDV - Revelation LLC

    11,971,245        15.00         11,971,245        12.80     16.61

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P.

    9,608,986        12.04         9,608,986        10.27     13.33

Kaiser Permanente

    7,513,520        9.41         7,513,520        8.03     10.42

St. Jude Medical, Inc.

    6,300,191        7.89         6,300,191        6.73     8.74

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford

    1,579,818        1.98   $ 343,276.75        230,248        1,810,066        1.93     2.51

Silicon Valley Bank / SVB Financial Group

    408,534        0.51         408,534        0.44     0.57

KFBSF

    267,359        0.33         267,359        0.29     0.37

California HealthCare Foundation

    134,170        0.17         134,170        0.14     0.19

WS Investment Company

    47,074        0.06         47,074        0.05     0.07

Mirro Family Partnership

    24,171        0.03         24,171        0.03     0.03

Jay H. Alexander Declaration of Trust dated NC

    16,033        0.02         16,033        0.02     0.02

Michael D. Goldberg Family Trust

    6,309        0.01         6,309        0.01     0.01

Scott B. Gibson

    2,932        0.00         2,932        0.00     0.00

Joseph P. Ilvento, MD and Judy C. Dean, MD F

    2,932        0.00     t,          2,932        0,00     0.00

Katz Family Ventures, LLC

    1,954        0.00         1,954        0.00     0.00

Vance and Kathleen Vanier

    1,806        0.00         1,806        0.00     0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    60,460,791        75.75   $ 17,343,274.46        11,632,755        72,093,546        77.06     100.00

Common Stock

             

Uday N. Kumar

    5,206,337        6.52         5,206,337        5.57  

Other Common Holders

    2,529,485        3.17         2,529,485        2.70  

Option Pool - Issued and Outstanding

    10,298,942        12.90         10,298,942        11.01  

Option Pool - Available’

    1,321,159        1.66         3,421.159        3.66  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
    19,355,923        24.25   $ 0.00        0        21,455,923        22.94  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
    79,816,714        100.00   $ 17,343,274.46        11,632,755        93,549,469        100.00  

‘Includes 2,100,000 share increase in post closing shares.

Exhibit 10.1

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [DATE] and is between iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [NAME OF INDEMNITEE] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition . During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of


directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events . Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any

 

-3-


employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

-4-


5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification .

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

 

-5-


(d) initiated by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses .

(a) The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final resolution, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

-6-


(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense; (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or

 

-7-


(ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, if required by applicable law (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

 

-8-


11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-9-


(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8. Such advances shall be subject to Indemnitee’s agreement to repay the sums advanced if the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of

 

-10-


indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility . The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”), Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

 

-11-


16. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance . To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or

 

-12-


otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 650 Townsend St. #380, San Francisco, CA 94103, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Philip Oettinger at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

-13-


Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, or except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-14-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

(Title)
INDEMNITEE

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

(Street address)

 

(City, State and ZIP)

Exhibit 10.2

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

(Amended as of October 28, 2010)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control; or

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.


(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

-2-


(p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(q) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(s) “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(t) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

(u) “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(v) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(w) “ Plan ” means this 2006 Stock Plan.

(x) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

(y) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

(z) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

(cc) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights and sold under the Plan is 3,293,334 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-3-


If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to institute an Exchange Program;

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(viii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

-4-


5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations .

(a) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) At-Will Employment . Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

7. Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

8. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

-5-


9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) Intentionally Omitted.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(b) Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the

 

-6-


Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

-7-


(e) Leaves of Absence .

(i) Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to officers and Directors shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

(ii) A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

(iii) For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-8-


12. Limited Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, may (in its sole discretion) adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right; provided, however, that the Administrator shall make such adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the

 

-9-


holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

17. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

-10-


18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

20. Information to Optionees . The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-11-


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:  
Address:  

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant  

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

  
Exercise Price per Share  

$

  
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

  
Total Exercise Price  

$

  
Type of Option      Incentive Stock Option   
     Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date  

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

Twelve forty-eighths (12/48) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48 of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the corresponding day of each calendar month thereafter (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

-2-


4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

-3-


7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-4-


Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE     IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,          (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:  
COMPANY:   IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
SECURITY:   COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT:  
DATE:  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

OPTIONEE

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.6

JABIL

MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

and

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.


SECTION 1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

SECTION 2.

 

LIST OF SCHEDULE(S)

     5   

SECTION 3.

 

BUILD SCHEDULE FORECASTS: BUILD SCHEDULE (OR ORDER RELEASE) ISSUANCE

     5   

SECTION 4.

 

MANUFACTURING SERVICES

     6   

4.1           Testing

     6   

4.2           Packaging and Shipping

     6   

4.3           Items to be Supplied by Company

     6   

4.4           Items to be Supplied by Jabil

     6   

4.5           Company Inspection

     6   

4.6           Materials Procurement

     7   

4.7           Materials Declaration

     7   

4.8           Equitable Adjustment

     7   

SECTION 5.

 

WARRANTY & REMEDY

     8   

5.1           Jabil Warranty

     8   

5.2           Repair or Replacement of Defective Product

     8   

5.3           Limitation of Warranty

     8   

5.4           ECO Upgrade

     9   

SECTION 6.

 

LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

     9   

SECTION 7.

 

DELIVERY, TITLE, RISK OF LOSS AND PAYMENT TERMS

     9   

7.1           Pricing and Payment

     10   

7.2           Taxes

     10   

SECTION 8.

 

IMPORT AND EXPORT

     10   

SECTION 9.

 

DESIGN OR REPAIR SERVICES; AND U

     11   

SECTION 10.

 

CHANGE ORDERS, RESCHEDULING AND CANCELLATION

     11   

10.1        Changes to Manufacturing Services, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures

     11   

10.2        Production Increases

     11   

10.3        Product Configuration Chances and Engineering Changes

     11   

10.4        Treatment of Obsolete/End-of-Life Material and E&O Inventory

     12   

10.5        Rescheduled Delivery of Orders

     12   

10.6        Termination Charges

     13   

10.7        Duty to Mitigate Costs

     14   

SECTION 11.

 

TERM

     14   

SECTION 12.

 

TERMINATION

     14   

12.1        Termination for Convenience

     14   

12.2        Termination for Cause

     14   

12.3        Termination for Bankruptcy/Insolvencv

     15   

12.4        Termination Consequences

     15   


SECTION 13.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

     15   

SECTION 14.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT

     15   

14.1        Jabil Existing Intellectual Property

     15   

14.2         Jabil Created Intellectual Property

     15   

SECTION 15.

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     16   

SECTION 16.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     16   

16.1        By Company

     16   

16.2        By Jabil

     16   

16.3        Procedure

     16   

SECTION 17.

 

RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

     17   

SECTION 18.

 

INSURANCE

     17   

SECTION 19.

 

PUBLICITY

     17   

SECTION 20.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

     17   

SECTION 21.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     18   

21.1        Notice

     18   

21.2        Intentionally Omitted

     18   

21.3        Amendment

     18   

21.4        Partial Invalidity

     19   

21.5        Monies

     19   

21.6        Entire Agreement

     19   

21.7        Binding Effect

     19   

21.8        Waiver

     19   

21.9        Captions

     19   

21.10      Construction

     19   

21.11      Section References

     19   

21.12      Business Day

     20   

21.13      Dispute Resolution

     20   

21.14      Counterparts

     20   

21.15      Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     20   

SCHEDULES :

Schedule 1 – Statement of Work

Schedule 2 – Current Policy

 

-2-


MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Manufacturing Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Jabil ”), having offices at 10560 Dr. M.L. King Jr. Street North St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, on behalf of labil and its Subsidiaries, and iRhythrn Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), having its principal place of business at 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380, San Francisco, California 94103. Jabil and Company are referred to herein as “ Party ” or “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

A. Jabil is in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, testing, configuring, assembling, packaging and shipping electronic assemblies and systems.

B. Company is in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, testing, assembling, packaging, distributing, marketing and selling products containing electronic assemblies and systems, largely in the medical devices field.

C. Whereas, the Parties desire that Jabil manufacture, test, configure, assemble, package and/or ship certain electronic assemblies and systems pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Definitions . In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meaning:

1.1 Additional Services ” means services such as, design for manufacturability, manufacturing design test support, computer assisted design for manufacturability, test development services, volume production and advanced packaging technologies all as specified and approved by Company and agreed to by Jabil.

1.2 Affiliate ” means with respect to a Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person or an officer, director or 10% or more shareholder of the specified Person. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, or direct or indirect ownership (beneficially or of record) of, or direct or indirect power to vote, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of such Person (or in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of any class of equity interest).


1.3 Approved Manufacturers List ” or “ AML ” shall mean the manufacturers designated, specified and/or approved by Company.

1.4 Build Schedule ” means a manufacturing schedule (or order) provided to Jabil by Company in writing which specifies the Product to be manufactured, including the quantity of each Product, its description and part number, agreed pricing, shipping instructions and requested delivery date (which is at least thirty (30) days out, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Jabil).

1.5 Build Schedule Forecast ” means the monthly forecast provided to Jabil by Company, in writing, of quantity requirements of each Product that Company estimates in good faith it will require during the next twelve (12) month period.

1.6 Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means those efforts that would be deemed both commercially practicable and reasonably financially prudent after having taken into account all relevant commercial considerations. “ Relevant commercial considerations ” shall be deemed to include, without limitation, (I) all pertinent facts and circumstances; (2) financial costs; (3) resource availability and impact; (4) probability of success; and (5) other commercial practicalities.

1.7 Components Supplied by Company ” means those components or materials that Company provides to Jabil to be incorporated into the Product.

1.8 EDI ” shall mean electronic data interchange available for certain communications as determined by Jabil.

1.9 Effective Date ” shall mean the date upon which the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall become effective by and between the Parties. The Parties have agreed that the Effective Date of this Agreement shall be the 28th day of February, 2009 or if no date is entered here, the last date of signature.

1.10 E&O inventory ” means materials and components and any work-in-process (WIP) or finished Product incorporating materials and/or components that fall under the category of either Excess Inventory or Obsolete Materials (as defined herein) purchased or on order by Jabil based on a Build Schedule, Build Schedule Forecast, or other written instruction by Company to Jabil.

1.11 Excess Inventory ” means materials and components in Jabil inventory that are in excess of current Company demand purchased or on order by Jabil based on a Build Schedule, Build Schedule Forecast, or other written instruction by Company to Jabil.

1.12 Fee and Price Schedule ” shall mean the prices and fees set forth Schedule 1, or as specified in Jabil quotations to Company or as otherwise agreed in writing between the parties.

1.13 FOB ” shall mean the shipper must at its own expense and risk transport the goods to the place of destination.

 

-2-


1.14 including ” shall be defined to have the meaning “ including, without limitation.

1.15 in writing ” shall mean written documents, EDI with phone confirmation, verified faxes and successfully transmitted e-mails.

1.16 Jabil Circuit, Inc. ” and “ Jabil ” shall be defined to include any Jabil Subsidiary,

1.17 Jabil Created Intellectual Property ” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights newly created or developed, and reduced to practice by or for Jabil in (i) preparing any Product provided pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) performing the Manufacturing Services or any other work Provided pursuant to this Agreement; but shall not include any Jabil Existing intellectual Property.

1.18 Jabil Existing Intellectual Property ” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned or developed by Jabil outside of this Agreement or owned or controlled by Jabil prior to the execution of this Agreement that are used by Jabil in creating, or are embodied within, any Product, the Manufacturing Services or other work performed under this Agreement; and all improvements, modifications or enhancements to the foregoing made by or on behalf of Jabil.

1.19 Jabil Intellectual Property ” shall mean both Jabil Created Intellectual Property and Jabil Existing Intellectual Property, collectively.

1.20 Jabil Manufacturing Process ” means Jabil’s process employed to manufacture, test, configure and assemble Product manufactured for Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

1.21 Lead-time ” means the minimum amount of time in advance of shipment that Jabil must receive a Build Schedule in order to deliver Product by the requested delivery date.

1.22 Loaned Equipment ” means capital equipment (including tools) which is loaned to Jabil by or on behalf of Company to be used by Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services and includes all equipment, tools and fixtures purchased specifically for Company, by Jabil, to perform the Manufacturing Services and that are paid for in full by Company.

1.23 Manufacturing Services ” means the services performed by Jabil hereunder which shall include but not be limited to manufacturing, testing, configuring, assembling, packaging and/or shipping of the Product, including any Additional Services, all in accordance with the Specifications.

1.24 Materials Declaration Requirements ” means any requirements, obligations, standards, duties or responsibilities pursuant to any environmental, product composition and/or materials declaration laws, directives, or regulations, including international laws and treaties

 

-3-


regarding such subject matter; and any regulations, interpretive guidance or enforcement policies related to any of the foregoing, including for example: Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“Rol-IS”), Directive 2002/96/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on waste electrical and electronic equipment (“WEEE”), and European Union Member State implementations of the foregoing; the People’s Republic of China (PRC) Measures for the Administration of the Control of Pollution by Electronic Information Products (                    ) promulgated on February 28, 2006 (including any pre-market certification (“CCC mark”) requirements thereunder and including relevant standards adopted by the PRC Ministry of Information Industry or other applicable PRC authority); PRC General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine’s Circular 441 (2006); Japanese Industrial Standard C0950:2005; the California Electronic Waste Recycling Act of 2003; and/or other similar legislation.

1.25 NRE Costs ” shall consist of expenses incurred by Jabil under this Agreement, including design engineering services, testing, fixturing and tooling and other out-of-pocket costs.

1.26 Obsolete Materials ” mean materials and components in Jabil inventory that no longer appear on a Company bill of materials (BOM), or which appear on a Company BOM of a Product, but which in each case that no longer has demand as indicated by a Build Schedule, Build Schedule Forecast, or BOM purchased or on order by Jabil based on a Build Schedule or Build Schedule Forecast or other written instruction by Company to Jabil.

1.27 Packaging and Shipping Specifications ” means the packaging and shipping specifications set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company.

1.28 Person ” means any corporation, business entity, natural person, firm, joint venture, limited or general partnership, limited liability entity, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government, or any department or agency of any government.

1.29 Product(s) ” means the product(s) manufactured and assembled by Jabil on behalf of Company under this Agreement as identified in Schedule I (or any subsequent Schedule I prepared for any product to be manufactured hereunder) or in mutually agreed Build Schedules, including any updates, renewals. modifications or amendments thereto.

1.30 Proprietary Information and Technology ” means software, firmware, hardware, technology and know-how and other proprietary information or intellectual property embodied therein that is known, owned or licensed by and proprietary to either Party and not generally available to the public, including plans, analyses, trade secrets, patent rights, copyrights, trademarks, inventions, fees and pricing information, operating procedures, procedure manuals, processes, methods, computer applications, programs and designs, and any processed or collected data. The failure to lab-el any of the foregoing as “confidential” or “proprietary” shall not mean it is not Proprietary Information and Technology.

 

-4-


1.31 Purchasing Standard Cost ” or “ PSC ” means Jabil’s internal purchasing cost breakdown utilized to develop the materials and components pricing in its enterprise resource planning (ERP).

1.32 Specifications ” means the technical specifications for manufacturing set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company. Specifications may be amended from time to time by amendments in the form of written engineering change orders agreed to by the Parties.

1.33 SOW ” means the statement of work for each Product set forth in any Schedule 1 as amended in writing from time to time upon mutual agreement of the Parties.

1.34 Subsidiary(ies) ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability entity, trust, association or other business entity of which a Party or one or more of its Subsidiaries, owns or controls more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors, managers, partners, trustees or similar parties.

1.35 Supplier Purchase Requirements ” means a minimum order quantity, lead time or automated pick and place efficiency form factor requirement imposed on Jabil by a supplier.

1.36 Test Procedures ” means the testing specifications, standards, procedures and parameters set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company.

1.37 Unique Components ” means those non-standard components or materials procured exclusively for incorporation into the Product.

2. List of Schedule(s) . This Agreement includes the following Schedule(s) for each Product to be manufactured hereunder, which are hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement:

Schedule 1 - Statement of Work

Schedule 2 - Currency Policy

3. Build Schedule Forecasts: Build Schedule (or order release) Issuance . Within twenty (20) business days following the execution of this Agreement, Company shall provide Jabil with a Build Schedule Forecast. The Build Schedule Forecast shall be updated by Company, in writing, on at least a monthly basis. All mutually agreed Build Schedules and Build Schedule Forecasts will form the basis for Jabil’s material commitments, subject to any Supplier Purchase Requirements and available delivery accelerations provided in Section 10.5. Jabil and Company may review Supplier Purchase Requirements, rescheduling terms and applicable Lead-times during quarterly meetings. At a minimum, Company shall provide Jabil every month with a Tolling Build Schedule (or order release) for each Product covering four (4) months (including the current month). Any schedule deviation of a Build Schedule from the current Build Schedule Forecast or the prior month’s Build Schedule must be within the flexibility parameters set forth in, and subject to the terms of; Section 10.5 and no line item on any Build Schedule may be modified or rescheduled more than once.

 

-5-


4. Manufacturing Services . Jabil will manufacture the Product in accordance with the Specifications and any applicable Build Schedules. Jabil will reply to each proposed Build Schedule that is submitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement by notifying Company of its acceptance or rejection within three (3) business days of receipt of any proposed Build Schedule. In the event of Jabil’s rejection of a proposed Build Schedule, Jabil’s notice of rejection will specify the basis for such rejection. When requested by Company, and subject to appropriate fee and cost adjustments, Jabil will provide Additional Services for existing or future Product manufactured by Jabil.

4.1 Testing . Jabil will test the Product in accordance with the Test Procedures provided by Company.

4.2 Packaging and Shipping . Jabil will package and ship the Product in accordance with Packaging and Shipping Specifications provided by Company. Upon request of Company, Jabil will provide recommendations on packing and shipping specifications, which Company may approve in its sole discretion to become Company’s Packaging and Shipping Specifications.

4.3 Items to be Supplied by Company . Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to supply to Jabil, according to the terms and conditions specified herein, Company Proprietary Information and Technology and, if applicable, the Loaned Equipment, Components Supplied by Company and Unique Components necessary for Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services. Company will also provide to Jabil all Specifications, Test Procedures, Packaging and Shipping Specifications, Product design drawings, approved vendor listings, material component descriptions (including approved substitutions), manufacturing process requirements, and any other specifications necessary for Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services. Company shall be solely responsible for the sufficiency and adequacy of the Specifications, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures, and Jabil shall have no liability for any claims arising therefrom. Company shall be solely responsible for delays in delivery, defects and enforcement of warranties related to the Loaned Equipment, Components Supplied by Company and Unique Components and Jabil shall have no liability for any claim arising therefrom.

4.4 Items to be Supplied by Jabil . Jabil will employ the Jabil Manufacturing Process, any required manufacturing technology, manufacturing capacity, labor, transportation logistics, systems and facilities necessary for Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services. Jabil may suggest alternative sources for Company’s Bill of Materials (BUMS) as a part of the Jabil Manufacturing Process, and will utilize Commercially Reasonable Efforts to identify available cost reduction/savings, including material components and labor content, and share such recommendations with Company as appropriate.

4.5 Company Inspection . Company shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice, during normal business hours and at its expense to inspect, review, monitor and oversee the Manufacturing Services, provided that such inspection shall not disrupt Jabil’s normal business operations. Company shall contractually require that each of its employees, agents and representatives who have access to Jabil’s facilities, to maintain, preserve and protect all Proprietary Information and Technology of Jabil and the confidential or proprietary information and technology of Jabil’s other customers to the same extent that Company is required hereunder.

 

-6-


4.6 Materials Procurement . Jabil will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to procure components, per the Approved Manufacturers List provided by Company, necessary to fulfill mutually agreed upon Build Schedules. Jabil shall not be responsible for the performance of such manufacturers and quality of the components. Jabil agrees to pass through any transferable warranties from the applicable supplier or the manufacturer to Company. Jabil agrees to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to pursue on Company’s behalf utilization of all available transferable warranties.

4.7 Materials Declaration . Company represents and warrants that to its knowledge as of the Effective Date the Product is not subject to Materials Declaration Requirements. Where Company notifies Jabil in writing that the Product is subject to Materials Declaration Requirements, Ishii will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to assist Company in procuring parts, components and/or materials that are compliant with Materials Declaration Requirements. However, Company understands and agrees that:

4.7.1 Company is responsible for notifying Jabil in writing of the specific Materials Declaration Requirements that Company determines to be applicable to the Product and shall be solely liable for the adequacy and sufficiency of such determination and information;

4.7.2 Any information regarding Materials Declaration Requirements compliance of parts, components, packaging or materials used in the Products shall come from the relevant supplier. Jabil does not test, certify or otherwise warrant component, part, packaging or materials compliance, on a homogenous material level or any other level, with Materials Declaration Requirements; and

4.7.3 Company is ultimately and solely responsible for ensuring that any parts, components or materials used in the Products, as well as the Product itself, are compliant with applicable Materials Declaration Requirements.

Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, including amendments, attachments, or any other document incorporated herein, this Section 4.7 sets forth Jabil’s sole responsibility and liability and Company’s entire remedy from Jabil with respect to Materials Declaration Requirements and any third-party claims against Company related to the Materials Declaration Requirements, and that absent this provision, Jabil would not enter this Agreement.

4.8 Equitable Adjustment . In the event Jabil’s cost of performance significantly changes due to causes beyond its reasonable control, Jabil shall be entitled to seek an equitable adjustment to price and/or schedule on any open Build Schedules so affected. If the parties are unable to agree upon such adjustment within thirty (30) days after Jabil’s notification to Company of its need for such equitable adjustment, as well as the reasons for and amount thereof; either party shall be entitled to terminate in writing the outstanding Build Schedules or Build Forecasts for which the equitable adjustment is requested, and in such an event, applicable termination charges described

 

-7-


in Section 10.5 will apply to said terminated orders and/or forecasts to the extent . Jabil shall provide to Company reasonably detailed supporting documentation for the equitable adjustment it seeks.

5. Warranty & Remedy .

5.1 Jabil Warranty . Jabil warrants (i) that it will manufacture the Product in accordance with IPC-A-610 Class 2 Workmanship Standard, and (ii) that at the time of manufacture, the Product will conform, in all material respects, to the Specifications. The above warranty shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the date any Product is initially delivered to Company or to Company’s designated carrier (“ Warranty Period ”). This warranty is extended to, and may only be enforced by, Company.

5.2 Repair or Replacement of Defective Product . In accordance with Jabil’s standard return material authorization process and procedure (“ RMA ”), Jabil will either repair, replace or issue credit, in its sole discretion, any Product that contains a defect caused by a breach of the warranty set forth in this Section 5 provided that the Product is received within thirty (30) days following the end of any applicable Warranty Period (“ RMA Product ”). If Company desires to return a Product based on a claim of breach of the warranty set forth in this Section 5, Company shall request an RMA number from Jabil. Company shall then consign the alleged defective Product, FOB Jabil’s designated repair facility, and specify the Jabil assigned RMA number. Jabil will analyze any such RMA Product and, if a breach of warranty is found (“ Defect ”), then Jabil will repair or replace the RMA Product, at its expense, utilizing Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide within twenty (20) business days of receipt by Jabil of the RMA Product and all required associated documentation and subject to material availability. In the event a Defect is found, Jabil wilt reimburse Company for the reasonable cost of transporting the RMA Product to Jabil’s designated repair facility and Jabil will deliver the repaired RMA Product or its replacement, FCA Company’s designated destination. If no such Defect is found, Company shall reimburse Jabil for all fees, costs and expenses incurred to analyze and, if requested by Company, repair or replace the non-Defective RMA Product and Company shall bear responsibility for all transportation costs to and from Jabil’s designated repair facility. No such repairs will be performed by Jabil without Company’s prior approval.

5.3 Limitation of Warranty . THE REMEDY SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.2 SHALL CONSTITUTE COMPANY’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR A BREACH OF THE WARRANTY MADE BY JABIL HEREIN OR ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OF JABIL HEREUNDER THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 5 IS IN LIEU OF, AND ‘AWL EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, AND COMPANY EXPRESSLY WAIVES, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, ARISING BY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE, CUSTOM, USAGE IN THE TRADE OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING COMPLIANCE WITH MATERIALS DECLARATION REQUIREMENTS, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST OF COMPANY OR ANY THIRD PARTY. COMPANY UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 5.2 AND 16.2, AS APPLICABLE, JABIL

 

-8-


SHALL HAVE NO (AND CUSTOMER HAS FULL AND EXCLUSIVE) LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT, WHETHER FOR PRODUCT DESIGN LIABILITY, PRODUCT LIABILITY, DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY AND/OR INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR REPRESENTATION BY JABIL, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES SHALL CONSTITUTE OR CREATE A WARRANTY OR EXPAND TILE SCOPE OF ANY WARRANTY HEREUNDER.

JABIL’S WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY PRODUCT THAT HAS BEEN SUBJECTED TO TESTING FOR OTHER THAN SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OR TO OPERATING AND/OR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM VALUES ESTABLISHED IN APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, OR TO HAVE BEEN THE SUBJECT OF MISHANDLING, ACCIDENT, MISUSE, NEGLECT, IMPROPER TESTING, IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED REPAIR, ALTERATION, DAMAGE, ASSEMBLY, PROCESSING OR ANY OTHER INAPPROPRIATE OR UNAUTHORIZED ACTION OR INACTION THAT ALTERS PHYSICAL OR ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY DEFECT IN THE PRODUCT ARISING FROM ANY DRAWING, DESIGN, SPECIFICATION, PROCESS, TESTING OR OTHER PROCEDURE, ADJUSTMENT OR MODIFICATION SUPPLIED AND/OR APPROVED BY COMPANY.

5.4 ECO Upgrade . RMAs for engineering change order (“ ECO ”) upgrades will also be subject to the RMA process. Jabil will analyze the ECO and provide a per unit upgrade cost and expected completion and delivery date.

6. Limitation of Damages .

EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO ANY INDEMNITIES SET FORTH HEREIN, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY UNDER ANY CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER LEGAL OF. EQUITABLE CLAIM OR THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, LOSS OF GOODWILL OR BUSINESS PROFITS, LOST REVENUE, WORK STOPPAGE, DATA LOSS, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR FOR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES, LOSS, OR EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHETHER SUCH PARTY WAS INFORMED OR WAS AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. .THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT EXCLUDE OR LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM ITS NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH LIABILITY CANNOT BY LAW BE LIMITED OR EXCLUDED.

7. Delivery, Title, Risk of Loss and Payment Terms . For purposes of this Agreement delivery shall be (per Incoterms 2000) (1) FCA Jabil’s facility when Jabil serves as exporter of record, and (ii) EX WORKS Jabil’s facility when Company or a third party serves as exporter of record; and for all deemed to have occurred, and all risk of loss and title shall be transferred to Company, when Product (or any other items) are tendered to the carrier approved by Company. For any shipments where Jabil acts as an agent in completing the Shipper’s Export Declaration and managing Company’s exports on behalf of Company, where the Company is the exporter of record (Principal Party in Interest - PPI), the Company hereby grants Ishii Power of Attorney to act on its behalf in managing its exports.

 

-9-


7.1 Pricing and Payment . Company may provide one or more requests for quotes (RFQs) for Products as the basis for Jabil’s quotations. Jabil may include in its quotations or otherwise provide the Purchasing Standard Cost (PSC) as well as figures used by Jabil for assembly and test labor. The price per unit of Product shall be as stated on Jabil’s quotation or as otherwise mutually agreed in writing. Company shall pay Jabil all monies when due (excluding any amounts that are the subject of a bona fide dispute), including all NRE Costs associated with this Agreement and E&O Inventory invoiced pursuant to Section 10.4. Payment of all invoices shall be net thirty (30) days from date of invoice. Payment to Jabil shall be in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds. In the event any amounts are invoiced or paid in a different currency, the process in Schedule 2 “Currency Policy” will apply. Any equipment, tooling, component, material or other goods or property, which is purchased by Jabil in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement, shall become the property of Company once Jabil is reimbursed therefor. Jabil shall invoice Company for mutually agreed NRE Costs as it is incurred (or at other intervals agreed to by Jabil) during the term of this Agreement and upon cancellation, termination or expiration of this Agreement. Jabil agrees to request advance written approval from Company should NRE Costs increase above estimated NRE Costs initially agreed by the Parties. Upon such request, Jabil shall provide to Company reasonably detailed supporting documentation and/or descriptions of the NRE Costs for which Jabil seeks reimbursement. Company shall have no obligation for excess NRE Costs above those initially agreed except as subsequently agreed in writing by the parties.

7.2 Taxes . Company shall be responsible for all federal, foreign, state and local sales, use, excise and other taxes (except taxes based on Jabil’s income), all delivery, shipping, and transportation charges and all foreign agent or brokerage fees, document fees, custom charges and duties.

8. Import and Export . Company shall be responsible for obtaining any required import or export licenses necessary for Jabil to ship Product, including certificates of origin, manufacturer’s affidavits, and U.S. Federal Communications Commission’s identifier, if applicable and arty other licenses required under US or foreign law and Company shall be the importer of record, Company agrees that it shall not export, re-export, resell or transfer, or otherwise require Jabil to ship or deliver any Product, assembly, component or any technical data or software which violate any export controls or limitations imposed by the United States or any other governmental authority, or to any country for which an export license or other governmental approval is required at the time of export without first obtaining all necessary licenses and approvals and paying all duties and fees. Company shall provide Jabil with all licenses, certifications, approvals and authorizations in order to permit Jabil to comply with all import and export laws, rules and regulations for the shipment and delivery of the Product. Company shall also be responsible for complying with any legislation or regulations governing the importation of the Product into the country of destination and for payment of any duties thereon. Unless otherwise advised in writing by Company, Jabil will assume that any technical data or hardware is classified under the Export Administration Regulations as ECCN EAR99.

 

-10-


9. Design or Repair Services; and U . S. Government Contracts. In the event that the Parties agree that Jabil will provide design or repair (i.e., out of warranty) services for Company, or U.S. government subcontract services for Company, the terms and conditions of such services shall be set forth in a separate and mutually agreed upon separate agreement prior to the commencement of any such services. No FAR, DFAR, or any other FAR Supplement clauses shall be applicable to this Agreement. If Company requires Jabil to perform any of the foregoing services prior to execution of a separate agreement, Jabil’s services will be provided “as is” and Company shall be fully responsible for any claims or liability arising from such services and corresponding deliverables or products.

10. Change Orders, Rescheduling and Cancellation . Jabil will not make any changes to the Product Specifications except under Customer’s written request and the Parties’ mutual agreement as provided in Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3. Jabil further agrees to notify Customer of any changes by Jabil in the Manufacturing Services so that Customer may determine whether the changes may affect the quality of a finished device.

10.1 Changes to Manufacturing Services, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures . Company may, in writing, request a change to the Manufacturing Services, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures at any time. Jabil will analyze the requested change and provide Company with an assessment of the effect that the requested change will have on cost, manufacturing, scheduling, delivery and implementation within five (5) business days of notification. Company will be responsible for all mutually agreed costs associated with any accepted changes. Any such change shall be documented in a written change order and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties to the terms and conditions of such change order, including changes in time required for performance, cost and applicable delivery schedules.

10.2 Production Increases . Company may, in writing, request increases in production volume of Product for an outstanding Build Schedule at any time. Jabil will analyze the request and will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to meet the requested increase within the required Lead-time. If Jabil can satisfy the requested increase it will provide Company with a new Build Schedule setting forth the expected delivery date of the changed order. If Jabil is unable to satisfy or comply with Company’s requested increase in production volume within the requested time frame for delivery, Jabil will provide the reasons preventing Jabil from satisfying the requested increase within five (5) business days after receipt of Company’s request. Any such change shall be documented in writing and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties to the terms and conditions of such change, including changes in time required for performance, cost and applicable delivery schedules.

10.3 Product Configuration Chances and Engineering Changes . Company may request configuration or engineering changes to Product in writing at any time. Jabil will analyze the request and determine if it can meet the requested changes within the required Lead-time. If Jabil can satisfy the requested change it will provide Company, within five (5) business days after receipt of the configuration or engineering request notice, a notice of acceptance of the requested changes along with any additional costs and expected changes to delivery schedules. If Jabil is unable to satisfy or comply with Company’s requested changes within the requested time frame for

 

-11-


delivery, Jabil will provide the reasons preventing Jabil from satisfying the requested increase within five (5) business days after receipt of Company’s request. Any such change shall be documented in writing and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties of the terms and conditions of such change, including changes in time required for performance, cost (including cost of materials on hand or on order in accordance with original Build Schedule) and applicable delivery schedules.

10.4 Treatment of Obsolete/End-of-Life Material and E&O Inventory . Upon receiving notice from Company of an engineering change or that any Product, component or assembly has become obsolete or has reached end-of-life, Jabil will, within a reasonable period after receiving such notice, provide Company with an analysis of Company’s liability to Jabil for components and materials previously acquired or on order to manufacture such Product pursuant to existing Build Schedules, or if requested by Company, an analysis of Company’s liability for Jabil to purchase components and materials subject to Company’s Build Schedule Forecasts. At Company’s written request, Jabil will purchase such components and materials for prompt sale to Company to be placed in inventory under consignment. in the event Jabil agrees to provide such consignment services to Company, the Parties shall execute Jabil’s standard Customer Owned Inventory Agreement (“COIA”), a copy of which is available upon request. Company shall be liable for E&O Inventory at Jabil’s Purchasing Standard Cost plus ten percent (10%) to be billed following the event which results in E&O Inventory (e.g., agreed-to order rescheduling, change order, order cancellation), or each calendar quarter if not invoiced following such event. Jabil will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to assist Company in minimizing Company’s liability by taking the following steps:

 

    As soon as is commercially practical reduce or cancel component and material orders to the extent contractually permitted.

 

    Return all components and materials to the extent contractually permitted.

 

    Make all Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell components and materials to third parties.

 

    Assist Company to determine whether current work in progress should be completed, scrapped or shipped “as is” (completed work shall be billed at the finished Product price; scrapped or “as-is” shipments to be billed subject to Jabil’s quote for same).

10.5 Rescheduled Delivery of Orders . Company may request Jabil to reschedule the delivery date for Product(s) identified in pending orders in accordance with this Section 10.5. In addition, Company shall be responsible for payment of any expedited shipping charges imposed on Jabil by a supplier for accelerated deliveries.

 

Days Prior to Delivery
Date

  

Reschedule (Pull-in) Terms

  

Reschedule (Push-out) Terms

0-30 days    Company may not reschedule an order within 30 days of the delivery date without payment in full for the order.    Company may not reschedule an order within 30 days of the delivery date without payment in full for the order.

 

-12-


31-60 days from original delivery date    Company may accelerate delivery of up to 25% of an order based upon material availability and delivery date agreed by Jabil.    Company may delay delivery of up to 25% of an order provided that such rescheduled order is rescheduled to be delivered within thirty (30) days of the original delivery date.
61-90 days from original delivery date    Company may accelerate delivery of up to 50% of an order based upon material availability and delivery date agreed by Jabil,    Company may delay delivery of up to 50% of an order provided that such rescheduled order is rescheduled to be delivered within thirty (30) days of the original delivery date.
90 days and beyond from original delivery date    Company may accelerate delivery of up to 100% of an order based upon material availability and delivery date agreed by Jabil.    Company may delay deliver of up to 90% of an order provided that such rescheduled order is rescheduled to be delivered within sixty (60) days of the original delivery date.

Pull-ins are based on material availability and Jabil will utilize Commercially Reasonable Efforts to accommodate Company’s request, and will respond to Company’s requests within four (4) working days of receipt. Jabil’s response on delivery requests will include best available alternative date(s) if it cannot meet Company’s requested date(s). Except as provided in Section 4.8, no Build Schedule (order) may be cancelled in whole or in part or rescheduled more than once without Jabil’s prior written consent, which consent may be given by Jabil in its sole discretion. In the event of an order cancellation agreed to in writing by Jabil, or as a result of failure to reach agreement as to an equitable adjustment pursuant to Section 4.8, Company shall be liable for Jabil’s out of pocket expenses arising from such cancellation, which are one or more of the following: charges for E&O Inventory as provided herein, work-in-process, finished goods, and supplier-imposed charges, such es cancellation and transportation charges to obtain and return the materials or components. Reschedules in excess of the maximum deferred quantity or period (set forth above) will be considered cancellations and subject to the foregoing applicable cancellation charges. Reschedules arid cancellations may result in revised product pricing.

10.6 Termination Charges . Upon termination, expiration or cancellation of this Agreement for any reason, Jabil shall submit to Company Jabil’s invoices for any outstanding cancellation charges within (a) 60 days from the effective date of such termination, expiration or cancellation. Jabil’s invoice for such charges shall be based upon out-of-pocket costs incurred by Jabil up to the date of termination, expiration or cancellation (“Termination Effective Date”), which are one or more of the following: charges for E&O Inventory as provided herein, work-in-process, finished goods, and supplier-imposed charges, such as cancellation and transportation charges to obtain and return materials or components, and any other charges as agreed between the Parties, and shall also include any of the foregoing costs reasonably accrued after the Termination Effective Date resulting from such termination, expiration or cancellation. Jabil will provide to Company all information reasonably necessary to confirm the costs and expenses sustained by Jabil due to termination, expiration or cancellation. To the extent that Jabil cannot mitigate its costs as set forth in Section 10.7 below, upon cancellation, expiration or termination for any reason, Company’s obligation shall be to pay the charges claimed by Jabil as follows:

10.6.1 The applicable price for the Product of which Jabil has completed manufacture prior to the Termination Effective Date pursuant to an issued Build Schedule for which payment has not beers made;

 

-13-


10.6.2 Reimbursements for material acquisition costs, components, subassemblies and work-in-process at the time of Termination Effective Date which were purchased or ordered pursuant to issued Build Schedules, Build Schedule Forecasts, and E&O Inventory at PSC plus ten percent (10%);

10.6.3 Jabil’s reasonable cancellation costs incurred for components, materials and subcontracted items that Jabil had on order on behalf of Company on the Termination Effective Date pursuant to issued Build Schedules or Build Schedule Forecasts; ; and

10.6.4 Jabil’s cost of equipment or tooling purchased by Jabil specifically for the manufacture, test, design, or packaging of Product and any other services rendered or costs incurred by Jabil under this Agreement; provided that Jabil notify Company prior to ordering or acquiring such equipment or tooling that it will be subject to this Section 10.6.4. All goods for which Company shall have paid 100% of Jabil’s incurred cost or more shall be held by Jabil for Company’s account and Company may arrange for the transfer of them on AS-IS, WHERE-IS basis.

10.7 Duty to Mitigate Costs . Both Parties shall, in good faith, undertake Commercially Reasonable Efforts to mitigate the costs of termination, expiration or cancellation. Jabil shall make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cancel all applicable component and material purchase orders and reduce component inventory through return for credit programs or allocate such components and materials for alternate Company programs if applicable, or other customer orders provided the same can be used within thirty (30) days of the termination date.

11. Term . The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end upon final payment to Jabil of all monies due to Jabil under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.6, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 11, 12.4, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19 and 21 herein shall survive the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

12. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

12.1 Termination for Convenience . This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual written consent of the Parties or upon the date for termination set forth in a written notice given by one Party to the other not less than ninety (90) days prior to such date.

12.2 Termination for Cause . Either Party may terminate this Agreement based on the material breach by the other Party of the terms of this Agreement, provided that the Party alleged to be in material breach receives written notice setting forth the nature of the breach at least thirty (30) days prior to the intended termination date. During such time the Party in material breach may cure the alleged breach and if such breach is cured within such thirty (30) day period, no termination will occur and this Agreement will continue in accordance with its terms. If such breach shall not have been cured, termination shall occur upon the termination date set forth in such notice.

 

-14-


12.3 Termination for Bankruptcy/Insolvencv . Upon the happening of any of the following events with respect to a Party, this Agreement may be terminated immediately:

12.3.1 The appointment of a receiver or custodian to take possession of any or all of the assets of a Party, or should a Party make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or should there be an attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure of all or a substantial portion of a Party’s assets, and such attachment, execution or seizure is not discharged within ninety (90) days.

12.3.2 A Party becomes a debtor, either voluntarily or involuntarily, under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other similar law and, in the case of an involuntary proceeding, such proceeding is not dismissed within ninety (90) days of the date of filing.

12.3.3 The dissolution or termination of the existence of a Party whether voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise.

12.4 Termination Consequences . If this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Company shall not be excused from performing its obligations under this Agreement with respect to payment for all monies due Jabil hereunder including fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Jabil (and which are reimbursable by Company hereunder) up to and including the Termination Effective Date. Additionally, in the event the Parties agree after the Termination Effective Date, to perform certain activities, the Parties will do so under the terms of this Agreement.

13. Confidentiality . The Parties’ Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated April 7, 2008, (the “NDA”) is hereby incorporated by this reference, and each Party’s Proprietary Information and Technology disclosed hereunder shall be deemed “Confidential Information” under the NDA. The NDA is hereby amended as follows: (a) the End Date in Section 4 of said NDA is hereby modified to be the date of termination of this Agreement, (b) the applicable governing law in Section 15 of said NDA is hereby amended to be the laws of the state of New York; and(c) Section 5 of said NDA is hereby amended to change the confidentiality obligation expiration date to three (3) years following the termination of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict either Party’s rights or obligations under the NDA.

14. Intellectual Property Rights; Assignment .

14.1 Jabil Existing Intellectual Property . Jabil shall retain all right, title and ownership to any Jabil Existing Intellectual Property.

Upon full payment of all monies due and owing under this Agreement and all other monies due and owing to Jabil pursuant to any other related agreement executed by the Parties, Jabil will grant to Company a worldwide, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license under Jabil’s intellectual property rights to the Jabil Existing Intellectual Property only insofar as is required for Company to use, sell, modify, repair or distribute the Product provided as part of the Manufacturing Services performed by Jabil pursuant to this Agreement; provided however, that no license to Jabil’s proprietary manufacturing processes and/or manufacturing process improvements shall be granted hereunder.

14.2 Jabil Created Intellectual Property . Jabil shall retain all right, title and ownership to any Jabil Created Intellectual Property that is incorporated into any Product that is prepared as part of the Manufacturing Services or into any other work provided pursuant to this Agreement or any other related agreement executed by the Parties.

 

-15-


Upon full payment of all monies due and owing under this Agreement, Jabil hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Company all of Jabil’s right, title and interest in and to the Jabil Created Intellectual Property. . Company hereby grants to Jabil a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license in and to the Jabil Created Intellectual Property; provided, however, that no license or other rights of any kind are granted with respect to any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right owned or controlled by Company.

15. Intentionally omitted

16. Indemnification .

16.1 By Company . Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Jabil and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns (each, a “Jabil Indemnitee”) harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any recall or replacement, or any third party claims asserted against Jabil and its employees, Subsidiaries. Affiliates, successors and assigns, in each case resulting from a claim that: (a) the Specifications, Company Proprietary lnformation and Technology, a Product or any information, technology and processes supplied and/or expressly approved by Company or otherwise required by Company of Jabil (i) infringes or violates any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party, or (ii) causes or has been alleged to cause design or product liability or will in the future cause damages of any kind; or (iii) arises from any actual or alleged noncompliance with Materials Declaration Requirements; or (b) that are caused by any gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Company; in each case except to the extent such claim arises from any breach of this Agreement by a Jabil Indemnitee, or the negligence or willful misconduct of a Jabil Indemnitee. Company’s obligation to indemnify Jabil and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns will not include any consequential, incidental, special damages (including but not limited to lost profits, lost business, goodwill or lost data) sustained by Jabil which were not recovered by, or part of a settlement with, a third party.

16.2 By Jabil . Jabil agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Company and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns (each, a “Company Indemnitee”) harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising from any recall or replacement, or any third party claims asserted against Company and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns, in each case resulting from a claim that: alleges that the Jabil Manufacturing Process utilized by Jabil hereunder that was not required by Company, or the Jabil Existing Intellectual Property, infringes or violates any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party; Jabil’s obligation to indemnify Company and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns will not include any consequential, incidental, special damages (including but not limited to lost profits, lost business, goodwill or lost data) sustained by Company which were not recovered by, or part of a settlement with, a third party.

16.3 Procedure . Each Party’s indemnification obligations under this Article 16 shall be subject to the following: (a) the indemnified party shall provide to the indemnifying party prompt written notice of any such claim; (b) the indemnified party shall grant to the indemnifying party, and the indemnifying party will have, the exclusive right to defend and settle any such claim, but will not enter into any settlement that materially adversely affects the indemnified party’s rights or interests without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and (c) the indemnified party shall give, at the indemnifying party’s expense, such assistance and information as the indemnifying party may reasonably require to settle or oppose such claims. The indemnified party may, however, participate in the defense or settlement of such claim at its own expense and with its own choice of counsel.

 

-16-


17. Relationship of Parties . Jabil shall perform its obligations hereunder as an independent contractor. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to imply a partnership or joint venture relationship between the Parties. The Parties shall not be entitled to create any obligations on behalf of the other Party, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties will not enter into any contracts with third parties in the name of the other Party without the prior written consent of the other Party.

18. Insurance . Each Party will keep its business and properties insured at all times against such risks for which insurance is usually maintained by similarly situated reasonably prudent Persons engaged in a similar business (including insurance for hazards and insurance against liability on account of damage to Persons or property and insurance under all applicable workers’ compensation laws). The insurance maintained shall be in such monies and with such limits and deductibles usually carried by similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or a similar business.

19. Publicity . Without the consent of the other Party, neither Party shall refer to this Agreement in any publicity or advertising or disclose to any third party any of the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Party will be prevented from, at any time, (a) furnishing any information to any governmental or regulatory authority, including the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other foreign stock exchange regulatory authority, that it is by law, regulation, rule or other legal process obligated to disclose, so long as the other Party is given advance written notice of such disclosure pursuant to Section 13.1; or (b) disclosing the existence of this Agreement and its terms to its attorneys and accountants, and existing and prospective investors. Additionally, each Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to suppliers, customers and others only to the extent necessary to perform its obligations and enforce its rights hereunder.

20. Force Majeure . Neither Party will be liable for any delay in performing, or for failing to perform, its obligations under this Agreement (other than the payment of money) resulting from any cause beyond its reasonable control including, acts of God; blackouts; power failures; inclement weather; fire; explosions; floods; hurricanes; typhoons; tornadoes; earthquakes; epidemics; strikes; work stoppages; labor, component or material shortages; slow-downs; industrial disputes; sabotage; accidents; destruction of production facilities; riots or civil disturbances; acts of

 

-17-


government or governmental agencies, including changes in law or regulations that materially and adversely impact the Party, and U.S. Government priority orders or contracts; provided that the Party affected by such event promptly notifies (in no event more than ten (10) business days of discovery of the event) the other Party of the event. If the delays caused by the force majeure conditions are not cured within sixty (60) days of the force majeure event, then the Party not affected by the force majeure event may immediately terminate this Agreement. Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 20 shall not affect Company’s obligation to pay Jabil, as set forth herein.

21. Miscellaneous .

21.1 Notice. All notices, demands and other communications made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given either by personal delivery, by nationally recognized overnight courier (with charges prepaid), by facsimile or EDI (with telephone confirmation) addressed to the respective Parties at the following addresses:

 

Notice to Jabil :    Jabil Circuit, Inc.
   South River Drive
   Tempe, AZ 85281
   Facsimile: (480) 829-4000
   Attn: Contracts Manager & Controller
with a copy to :    Jabil Circuit, Inc.
   Dr. M L King Jr. Street North
   St. Petersburg, FL 337l6
   Facsimile: (727) 803-3415
   Attn: General Counsel
Notice to Company :    iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
   650 Townsend, Suite 380
   San Francisco, CA 94103
   Facsimile: (415) 632-5701
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer

21.2 Intentionally Omitted .

21.3 Amendment . No course of dealing between the Parties hereto shall be effective to amend, modify, or change any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, or changed in any respect except by an agreement in writing signed by the Party against whom such change is to be enforced. The Parties may, subject to the provisions of this Section 21.3, from time to time, enter into supplemental written agreements for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or changing in any manner the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement or any Schedule hereto. Any such supplemental written agreement executed by the Parties shall be binding upon the Parties.

 

-18-


21.4 Partial Invalidity . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a way as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If a provision is prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

21.5 Monies . All references to monies in this Agreement shall be deemed to mean lawful monies of the United States of America.

21.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Schedules and any addenda attached hereto or referenced herein, constitute the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and replace and supersede all prior agreements and negotiations by and between the Parties. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that no agreements, representations, warranties or collateral promises or inducements have been made by any Party to this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein or in the Schedules and any addenda attached hereto or referenced herein, and that it has not relied upon any other agreement or document, or any verbal statement or act in executing this Agreement. These acknowledgments and agreements are contractual and not mere recitals. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and any Schedule and any addenda attached hereto or referenced herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail unless expressly stipulated otherwise, in writing executed by the Parties. he-printed language on each Party’s forms, including purchase orders, shall not constitute part of this Agreement and shall be deemed unenforceable.

21.7 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties and their successors and assigns; provided, however, that neither Party shall assign, delegate or transfer, in whole or in part, this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations arising hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Jabil shall have the right to assign its rights to receive monies hereunder without the prior written consent of Company.

21.8 Waiver . Waiver by either Party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be considered as or constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

21.9 Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience or reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any of its provisions.

21.10 Construction . Since both Parties have engaged in the drafting of this Agreement, no presumption of construction against any Party shall apply.

21.11 Section References . All references to Sections or Schedules shall be deemed to be references to Sections of this Agreement and Schedules attached to this Agreement, except to the extent that any such reference specifically refers to another document. All references to Sections shall be deemed to also refer to all subsections of such Sections, if any.

 

-19-


21.12 Business Day . If any time period set forth in this Agreement expires upon a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. national, legal or bank holiday, such period shall be extended to and through the next succeeding business day.

21.13 Dispute Resolution .

21.13.1 The Parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve disputes, within twenty (20) business days of notice of such dispute. Such efforts shall include escalation of such dispute to the corporate officer level of each Party.

21.13.2 If the Parties cannot resolve any such dispute within said twenty (20) business day period, the matter shall be submitted to binding (subject to Section 21.13.4.) arbitration for resolution. Arbitration will be initiated by filing a demand at the Tempe, Arizona or San Francisco, California regional office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).

21.13.3 Disputes will be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators. Each Party will appoint one arbitrator to serve on the panel. A neutral arbitrator will be appointed by the AAA pursuant to its rules. All arbitrators must have significant experience in resolving disputes involving electronic manufacturing and design services. The arbitration will be conducted in accordance with the Expedited Procedures of the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA in effect at the time the claim is filed.

21.13.4 Within twenty (20) business days following the selection of the arbitrator, the Parties shall present their claims to the arbitrator for determination. Within twenty (20) business days of the presentation of the claims of the Parties to the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall issue a written opinion. To the extent the matters in dispute are provided for in whole or in part in this Agreement, the arbitrator shall be bound to follow such provisions to the extent applicable. In the absence of fraud or gross misconduct or an error in law appearing on the face of the determination, order of award issues by the arbitrator, the written decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 21, either party may, at its discretion, seek injunctive or other equitable relief as provided in the NDA defined in Section 13.

21.13.5 Other Documents . The Parties shall take all such actions and execute all such documents that may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, whether or not specifically provided for in this Agreement.

21.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and delivered in one or more counterparts, each of which shall he deemed to be an original and all of which, taken together, shall be deemed to be one agreement.

21.15 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the interpretation of its terms shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without application of conflicts of law principles. The provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

-20-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.     JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
By :  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

    By :  

/s/ Tony Allan

  Signature       Signature
Name :  

Shelly D. Guyer

    Name :  

Tony Allan

  (Print)       (Print)
Title :  

EVP, CFO

    Title :  

VP, Global Business Units

Date :  

1/28/09

    Date :  

2/28/09

 

-21-


SCHEDULE I

TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY

STATEMENT OF WORK

 

  Product Description : to be identified by Company in its request for quote (RFQ), Build Schedule Forecast and/or Build Schedule.

 

  Specifications : to be provided to Jabil in writing by Company in advance for the applicable Build Schedule.

 

  NRE Costs : to be charged pursuant to Jabil’s quote(s) to Company for same.

 

  Components and Materials Requirements (110M) : to be procured pursuant to Company Build Schedule Forecasts, Build Schedules and other written instructions by Company to Jabil, subject to Supplier Purchase Requirements.

 

  Test Procedures : to be provided to Jabil in writing by Company or approved by Company in advance for the applicable Build Schedule.

 

  Packaging and Shipping Specifications : to be provided to Jabil in writing by Company or approved by Company in advance for the applicable Build Schedule.

 

  Approved Manufacturers List (AML) : to be provided to Jabil in writing by Company or approved by Company.


SCHEDULE 2

TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY

CURRENCY POLICY

1) Jabil will invoice in US dollars as agreed with Company in Section 7.1 of the Agreement, and remain fixed in that currency unless otherwise mutually agreed by both parties in writing.

2) For materials that are purchased outside of the currencies identified in Section 7.1 of the Agreement, pricing will be reset quarterly based on calendar quarters.

3) Currency process:

a. On or before the third Monday of each calendar month, Company will inform Jabil of purchase volumes per site for month +1, +2, +3, and +4 from the Build Schedule Forecast as specified in Section 3 of the Agreement.

 

b. For the purpose of establishing invoice prices, the exchange rates will be derived from the sources specified in paragraph 5 below on the second to last Thursday of the last month of each calendar quarter (i.e. March, June, September and December).

c. In case Company has not delivered the information as per 3(a), Jabil shall take the information as communicated during previous month.

d. Jabil will inform the Company outsourcing or relationship manager on a monthly basis if the Company organization is not complying with 3(a).

4) In the event this Foreign Currency Process is triggered by way of Jabil’s procurement outside of US dollars, Jabil and Company will meet each calendar quarter to establish the invoice prices for the next three (3) month period. The invoice prices are established based on the following principles:

a. Bill of Material components and Value Add, which are priced in various currencies are recalculated into the invoicing currency at the exchange rates as established under paragraph 5 below.

b. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing between the parties, there will not be a reconciliation process for realized foreign currency gains and losses, except for losses incurred by Jabil in excess of $5,000 in any Calendar Quarter.

5) Calculation method:

a) All references to “month” in this section shall be read as “calendar month.”

b) The following details how certain currencies will be established:

Euro Based Currencies

The Euro outright forward contract rates are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against Euro as defined by the European Central Bank (www.ECB.int) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) the average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Euro Spot Forward Against the Euro” published by the Financial Times (“FT”) on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.


United States Dollar Based Currencies

Rates against United States Dollar are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against United States Dollar calculated through cross rate based on the rate as defined by the European Central Bank (www.ECB.int) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) the average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

Indian Rupee

Rates for Indian Rupees are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against United States Dollar or Euro as defined by the Reserve Bank of India (www.rbi.org.in) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” or “Euro Spot Forward Against the Euro”, respectively (as applicable), published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (I) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

Brazilian Real

The Brazilian Real is an exception. The forward rates will be as published on the second to last Thursday of the month by Bolsa dc Mercadorias e Futuros (“BMF”) (www brrif com.br) for the referential rates of exchange of Brazilian Real against United States Dollar as at the second to last Wednesday of the month. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month, two (2) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by three based on the BMF rates

The spot for Brazilian Real, if necessary, will be calculated as the average between bid and offer rates as published by the Central Bank of Brazil (www.hcingov.br) for the closing rate for the exchange of Brazilian Real against United States Dollar as at the second to last Wednesday of the month.

 

-2-


Mexican Peso

The spot rate for Mexican Peso, if necessary, will be established as the Auction Exchange Rate as published by the Bank of Mexico (www.banxico.org.mx) for the Average closing rate for the exchange of Mexican Peso against the United States Dollar as at the second to last Wednesday of the month plus (ii) average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” or “Euro Spot Forward Against the Euro”, respectively (as applicable), published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

Malaysian Ringgit

Rates for Malaysian Ringgits are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against United States Dollar or Euro as the Latest Published Rate at 1600 HR published by the Bank of Negara Malaysia (www.bnm.gov.my) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT. The Euro forward points will be calculated from the cross rates of United States Dollar and Euro forward rates.

Chinese Renminbi

Rates for the Chinese Renminbi will be determined via a mutually agreeable process until publicly available websites are able to provide both the spot and forward rates as applicable.

Other Currencies

For other currencies not defined above, a mutually agreed process of establishing such rates will be defined.

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

 

Memorandum of Understanding
To:    iRhythm
From:    Jason Sieloff
Date:    2/16/2015
Re:    Areas of clarification in the Manufactures Service Agreement (MSA)

During our contract review there were a few items that needed clarification and agreement from IRhythm. This memorandum of understanding is to clarify the intent of the items in the Manufactures Service Agreement (MSA) effective on February 28, 2009 between Jabil and IRhythm.

 

1. Section 5.1 “Jabil Warranty” (MSA) states IPC-A 610D class 2 workmanship. IRhythm understands that IPC standards change from time to time and that Jabil will be held at a minimum revision D. However, if new revision provides better than requirements Jabil may implement that requirement. If a change occurs as a result per the change control process IRhythm will be notified as defined in the Manufactures Service Agreement.

2.

By signing this memorandum of understanding IRhythm understands Jabil to follow guidelines in the agreements based on the understanding listed above.

 

IRythm     Jabil

Matthew C. Garrett

     

Jason Sieloff

Name       Name

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

     

/s/ Jason Sieloff

Signature       Signature

2/17/15

     

2-16-2015

Date       Date

 

1

Exhibit 10.8

July 7, 2015

VIA FEDEX OVERNIGHT

Ms. Denise Andresen

Legal Counsel

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

2 Marriott Drive

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

 

RE: Lease between Warland Investments Company and
   iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
   11085 Knott Avenue, Suite B, Cypress, CA

Dear Denise:

Enclosed for your file is one (1) fully executed original Lease document.

We wish to extend a warm welcome to iRhythm Technologies, Inc.!

Thank you,

Sincerely,

/s/ Susan Garey

Susan Garey

Senior Property Manager

Enclosure

 

Cc: Ms. Nicole Payne, Warland Investments Company (retained original of enclosure)

Mr. Henry Stiepel, Garrett DeFrenza Stiepel Ryder LLP (sent electronically)

Mr. Brian DeRevere, CBRE (sent electronically)


WARLAND BUSINESS PARK LEASE

BETWEEN

WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY,

a California limited partnership

(“LANDLORD”)

AND

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

(“TENANT”)


WARLAND BUSINESS PARK LEASE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
1.     

BASIC LEASE TERMS

     1   
2.     

PREMISES

     2   
3.     

TERM

     3   
4.     

RENT

     4   
5.     

PREPAID RENT

     6   
6.     

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     6   
7.     

USE OF THE PREMISES AND PROJECT FACILITIES

     7   
8.     

SIGNAGE

     8   
9.     

PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES

     8   
10.     

PARKING

     8   
11.     

UTILITIES

     9   
12.     

MAINTENANCE

     9   
13.     

ALTERATIONS

     10   
14.     

RELEASE AND INDEMNITY

     11   
15.     

INSURANCE

     12   
16.     

DESTRUCTION

     14   
17.     

CONDEMNATION

     15   
18.     

ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE

     16   
19.     

DEFAULT

     21   
20.     

LANDLORD’S REMEDIES

     22   
21.     

ENTRY ON PREMISES

     23   
22.     

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

     23   
23.     

NOTICE

     24   
24.     

WAIVER

     24   
25.     

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER

     24   
26.     

LANDLORD DEFAULT/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND TIME

     25   
27.     

RELOCATION

     25   
28.     

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY

     25   
29.     

SECURITY MEASURES

     27   
30.     

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     28   
31.     

PREMISES DELIVERY WARRANTY

     32   
32.     

OPTION TO EXTEND

     32   
33.     

BROKERS

     33   

 

-i-


WARLAND BUSINESS PARK LEASE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

EXHIBITS:     
         First Mentioned
in Section
“A”  

DEPICTION OF PREMISES

   2.1
“B”  

DEPICTION OF PROJECT

   2.1
“C”  

PROJECT SIGN CRITERIA

   8
“D”  

PROJECT PARKING AREA

   1.17
“E”  

CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

   2.1
“F”  

PROJECT RULES AND REGULATIONS

   7
“G”  

TENANT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

   15.1
“H”  

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

   15.2
“I”  

FORM OF COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

   3
“J”  

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

   30.7
“K”  

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

  
“L”  

FORM OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

   28.5
“M”  

TRANSFERS TO PERMITTED TRANSFEREES

   18.7

 

-ii-


WARLAND BUSINESS PARK LEASE

 

1. BASIC LEASE TERMS   
1.1   Reference Date:    April 20, 2015
1.2   Tenant:   

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation.

 

Address for Notices

(Section 23):

  

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

1.3

 

Guarantor

(Section 30.14):

   N/A
1.4   Landlord:   

WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY ,

a California limited partnership

 

Address for Notices

(Section 23):

  

1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

1.5  

Tenant’s Use of Premises

(Section 7):

   General and administrative office uses, light assembly, distribution and storage uses incidental thereto.
1.6  

Premises Street Address

(Section 2):

  

11085 Knott Avenue, Suite “B”,

Cypress, California 90630

1.7  

Total Project Area

(Section 2):

   233,160 square feet
1.8  

Premises Project Percentage

(Section 2):

   4.23%
1.9  

Term Commencement Date

(Section 3):

   The later of (i) the earlier of (a) the date Tenant conducts business in the Premises for its business purposes or (b) August 1, 2015, or (ii) the date of Substantial Completion pursuant to the Construction Agreement (as defined below).
1.10  

Length of Term

(Section 3):

   Sixty-two (62) calendar months (plus any partial month for any period between the Term Commencement Date and the first day of the next month if the Term Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month).
1.11  

Approximate Square Footage of Premises

(Section 2):

   9,866 square feet
1.12  

Base Monthly Rent

(Section 4.1):

  

Nine Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-Four and 04/100 Dollars ($9,274.04).

 

Provided that Tenant is not then in Default (as hereinafter defined), fifty percent (50%) of the Base Monthly Rent shall abate for the second (2nd) through fifth (5th) full calendar months of the Lease Term (the “ Abated Rent Period ”). During the Abated Rent Period, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent for Common Area Charges and all other amounts due under this Lease.

 

-1-


1.13  

Monthly Rent Adjustments

(Section 4.2):

   The Base Monthly Rent (as defined in Section 4.1) shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date (or if the Term Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first day of the first calendar month following the Term Commencement Date) by three percent (3.0%) calculated by multiplying the then payable Base Monthly Rent by 1.03.
1.14  

Additional Rent for Common Area Charges

(Section 4.3):

  

Expense Rate $0.32

 

Premises Area Square Feet: 9,866

 

Additional Rent for Common Area Charges: $3,157.12

 

Additional Rent for Common Area Charges shall be payable in monthly installments of $3,157.12 due on the first day of every month as Additional Rent, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, and subject to a five percent (5%) increase each January 1 during the Term by multiplying the Additional Rent for Common Area Charges then in effect by 1.05.

1.15  

Prepaid Rent

(Section 4.1):

   $12,431.16 (payable upon Lease execution), which shall be in an amount equal to Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent for Common Area Charges and which shall be applied to the first full calendar month of the Term for which Rent is due.
1.16  

Total Security Deposit

(Section 6):

   $24,862.32 (payable upon Lease execution).
1.17  

Parking

(Section 10):

   Two (2) non-reserved spaces located in front of the Premises and thirty-seven (37) non-reserved spaces located elsewhere in the Project as generally depicted on attached Exhibit “D”, for the specific purposes only set forth in Section 10 below. All parking shall be in common and unreserved.
1.18   Additional Sections:    Additional Sections of this Lease are contained in Addenda Sections 31-33, and made a part hereof.
1.19   Exhibits:    Exhibits “A” through “K” are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

2. PREMISES .

2.1 Landlord leases to Tenant the space described in Section 1.6 and on attached Exhibit “A” (the “ Premises ”) located in the “Warland Business Park” depicted on Exhibit “B” (the “ Project ”). Landlord reserves the right to modify the Premises Project Percentage as set forth in Section 1.8 if the actual Project size is increased or decreased. By entry on the Premises, Tenant acknowledges that it has examined the Premises and accepts the Premises in their present condition, subject to any additional work Landlord has agreed to do as set forth in the Construction Agreement attached as Exhibit “E” (the “ Construction Agreement ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Premises” shall not include any rights to use the roof of the building of which the Premises are a part (the “ Building ”).

2.2 Tenant and Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers and business invitees and licensees, during the Term of this Lease shall have the nonexclusive right to use in common with other

 

-2-


present and future tenants in the Project, and subject to the Rules and Regulations referred to below and to other reasonable rules and regulations which Landlord may promulgate from time to time, the following areas (the “Common Areas”) appurtenant to the Premises:

(a) The Project’s common entrances, accessways, and any passageways and serviceways;

(b) Common loading and unloading areas, trash areas, parking areas, and similar areas and facilities appurtenant to the Building; and

(c) The common roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas and similar areas and facilities within the Project which are made available for the use or benefit of all Project tenants and their invitees and other visitors.

2.3 Landlord reserves the right from time to time without unreasonable interference with Tenant’s use;

(a) To install, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to other parts of the Building or the Project above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and any central core areas, and to relocate any pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment included in the Premises which are located in the Premises or located elsewhere outside the Premises;

(b) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways;

(c) To temporarily close or designate for other uses any of the Common Areas for purposes of improvement, maintenance or repair, so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(d) To designate other adjacent land outside the boundaries of the Building and other buildings or land within the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(e) To add additional improvements to the Common Areas or the Project;

(f) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building or the Project, or any portion thereof; and/or

(g) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas, the Building or the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem to be appropriate.

3. TERM . The Term of this Lease is for the period set forth in Section 1.10 beginning on the Term Commencement Date (the “ Term ”). If Landlord, for any reason, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the date scheduled in the attached Construction Agreement, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss, damage or liability resulting from such delay. However, provided such delay is not caused by a Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall not be responsible for payment of Rent (as defined below) until the Commencement Date. Provided further, however, if the Premises are not delivered within one-hundred eighty (180) days after the scheduled delivery

 

-3-


date, then Landlord may cancel this Lease by delivering written notice thereof after that scheduled date, without prejudice to any rights either party may have against the other. To the extent Landlord’s inability to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant in accordance with (or earlier than) the date scheduled in the Construction Agreement is caused by (i) Tenant’s negligence or breach of this Lease, (ii) Tenant’s changes in space plans, working plans, engineered drawings or other plans or specifications, (iii) Tenant’s request for or use of materials, finishes or installations other than those readily available (in the amount of delay identified by Landlord at the time Tenant requests the same), (iv) Tenant’s failure to make any required payments to Landlord in a timely fashion, (v) Tenant’s failure to provide proof of insurance required under the Lease, and (vi) any other delays caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, representatives, and contractors that continues for more than one (1) day after notice thereof from Landlord (collectively, “Tenant Delays”), the Term Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days of those Tenant Delays. Upon determination of the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall prepare and deliver a Commencement Date Memorandum in substantially the form of attached Exhibit “I” and Tenant shall promptly countersign and return it to Landlord. For purposes of this Lease, a “ Lease Year ” shall consist of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months. The first Lease Year shall begin on the Term Commencement Date or, if the Term Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, on the first day of the calendar month next following the Term Commencement Date. Each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the annual anniversary of the first Lease Year. This Lease shall expire on the last day of the last calendar month referenced in Section 1.10.

4. RENT .

4.1 Base Rent . Tenant shall pay Landlord monthly base rent in the initial amount in Section 1.12 which shall be payable monthly in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month (“ Base Monthly Rent ”); provided, however, the first month’s rent is due and payable upon execution of this Lease, and shall be applied as set forth in Section 1.15.

4.2 Rent Adjustments . Base Monthly Rent shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 1.13.

4.3 Additional Rent for Common Area Charges . The purpose of this Section 4.3 is to ensure that Tenant bears a share of all expenses related to the use, maintenance, ownership, repair or replacement, and insurance of the Project. Accordingly, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Additional Rent for Common Area Charges set forth in Section 1.14 (“ Tenant’s Share ”). Tenant’s Share of Common Area Charges shall be increased on January 1 of every Calendar year of the Term commencing on January 1 following the Term Commencement Date as also set forth in Section 1.14. The term “ Common Area Charges ” shall mean all costs and expenses of the ownership, operation, maintenance, repair or replacement, taxes, assessments, and insurance of the Project, including without limitation, the following costs:

(a) Subject to Section 12.2, below, all supplies, materials, labor, tools, equipment, and utilities used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Project. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to contract with any utility or non-utility provider or providers in any combination of the two to deliver electricity to the Project (collectively an “ Electricity Delivery Contract ”). Without limiting the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Electricity Delivery Contract, including, without limitation, the sources of power, the price structure and the length of the term, shall be at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant shall have no right to challenge any such terms and conditions;

(b) Subject to Section 12.2 below, all maintenance, management, janitorial (provided, however, Tenant is responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost, for janitorial within their Premises), legal, accounting, casualty (which may include, at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, boiler and machinery, EQSL, SL, earthquake and/or flood coverage), liability, and/or rental loss insurance to the extent obtained by Landlord,

 

-4-


and service agreement costs related to the Project. Such costs shall include, without limitation, a management fee to be paid in monthly installments in an amount equal to three percent (3.0%) of all Rent (as defined below) due and owing for that month;

(c) Subject to Section 12.2 below, all maintenance, replacement and repair costs relating to the areas within or around the Project, including, without limitation, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems (including the cost of service contracts), periodic testing and inspection of the Premises fire sprinkler system (including the costs of service contracts), sidewalks, landscaping, service areas, driveways, parking areas, (including resurfacing and re-striping parking areas), walkways, building exteriors (including periodic painting), exterior glass cleaning, signs and directories, repairing and replacing roofs, walls, and any other structural components of the Project. These costs may be included either based on actual expenditures or the use of an accounting reserve based on the past cost experience and/or the projected costs for the operation of the Project.

(d) Subject to Section 12.2 below, capital improvements, tools, equipment, or structural repairs to the Project, including, without limitation, structural repairs incurred to reduce or limit Additional Rent for Common Area Charges or which are now or may hereafter be required by any statute, ordinance or regulation of any governmental or enforcement agency, or which are needed to operate the Project at the same or higher quality levels as prior to the improvement or repair. Landlord shall have the right to amortize such capital costs for the Building roof over a period not to exceed fifteen (15) years and all other capital costs over their manufacturer’s or industry standard useful life not to exceed ten (10) years and all such amortization shall be at an interest rate equal to Landlord’s actual cost of funds, or if Landlord expends its own funds, at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.

(e) Real property taxes including all taxes, assessments (general and special) and other impositions or charges which may be taxed, charged, levied, assessed or imposed upon all or any portion of or in relation to the Project or any portion thereof (including tax rate increases or reassessment of the Project or any part thereof for any reason), any leasehold estate in the Premises or measured by Rent from the Premises, including any increase caused by the transfer, sale or encumbrance of the Project or any portion thereof, any transfer of any interests comprising Landlord or any construction within the Project. “ Real Property Taxes ” shall also include any form of assessment, levy, penalty, charge or tax (other than estate, inheritance, net income or franchise taxes) imposed by an authority having a direct or indirect power to tax or charge, including, without limitation, any city, county, state, federal or any improvement or other district, Whether such tax is (1) determined by the area of the Project or the Rent or other sums payable under this Lease; (2) upon or with respect to any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Project or any part thereof; (3) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating a transfer in any interest in the project; (4) in lieu of or as a direct substitute in whole or in part of or in addition to any Real Property Taxes on the Project; (5) based on any parking spaces or parking facilities provided in the Project; or (6) in consideration for services, such as police protection, fire protection, street, sidewalk and roadway maintenance, refuse removal or other services that may be provided by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency from time to time which were formerly provided without charge or with less charge to property owners or occupants.

4.4 Rent . Base Monthly Rent, Tenant’s Share of Common Area Charges, and all other charges due from Tenant under this Lease are collectively referred to in this Lease as “Rent.”

4.5 Rent Without Offset and Late Charge . All Base Monthly Rent together with the monthly installment of Tenant’s Share of Common Area Charges shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly in advance on the first day of every calendar month, at the address shown in Section 1.4, or such other places as Landlord may designate in writing from time to time. All such Rent shall be paid without prior demand or notice and without any deduction or offset whatsoever. All Rent shall be paid in lawful currency of the

 

-5-


United States of America. All such Rent due for any partial month shall be prorated at the rate of 1/30th of the total monthly rent per day. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured by the Project. Therefore, if Rent or any other sum due from Tenant is not received on the date due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to eight percent (8%) of such overdue payment. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any such late payment. Additionally, all such delinquent rent or other sums, plus this late charge, shall bear interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) or the then maximum lawful rate permitted to be charged by Landlord. Any payments of any kind returned for insufficient funds will be subject to an additional handling charge of Two Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($200.00). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, before assessing a late charge or late interest the first time in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency, and shall waive such late charge if Tenant pays such delinquency within five (5) days thereafter.

5. PREPAID RENT . Upon the execution of this Lease and as a condition for Landlord’s benefit to the effectiveness of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the prepaid Rent set forth in Section 1.15. Such prepaid Rent shall be applied toward the Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term for which Rent is due. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the prepaid Rent are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the prepaid Rent with Landlord’s general funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the prepaid Rent. Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant’s prepaid Rent; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord’s acceptance of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, Landlord shall return said prepaid Rent without interest thereon.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Upon execution of this Lease and as a condition for Landlord’s benefit to the effectiveness of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit set forth in Section 1.16 with Landlord, as security for the performance by Tenant of all obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease. If Tenant is in Default (as defined below), Landlord can use the Security Deposit or any portion of it to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for any damages sustained or expenses incurred by Landlord resulting from Tenant’s default (including, without limitation, all rent due following Lease termination to the extent permitted by California Civil Code Section 1951.2). With regard to the foregoing, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Civil Code section 1950.7. Upon demand, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the Security Deposit expended or applied by Landlord to maintain the security deposit in the amount initially deposited with Landlord. If Tenant is not in Default at the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, return the entire Security Deposit to Tenant, less any accrued Refit and any costs incurred to repair any damages to the Premises or otherwise cure any failure by Tenant to perform its obligations hereunder. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant’s Security Deposit; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord’s acceptance of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit without any interest thereon. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to apply the Security Deposit to the last month’s Rent installment due and payable under the Lease.

 

-6-


7. USE OF THE PREMISES AND PROJECT FACILITIES .

7.1 Subject to the immediately following sentence, Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes set forth in Section 1.5 and for no other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. However, if any request for a change in use requires a change in zoning, a conditional use permit or a variance, then Landlord shall have the right to withhold consent in Landlord’s sole, subjective and absolute discretion. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or with respect to the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, nor has Landlord agreed to undertake any modification, alteration or improvement to the Premises or the Project, except as expressly set forth in the Construction Agreement or this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at its sole discretion, subject to Section 2.3, make such modifications, alterations, deletions or improvements to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, without compensation or notice to Tenant. Subject to Section 7.2 below, Tenant shall promptly comply with all laws, ordinances, orders and regulations, now or hereinafter enacted, affecting its use of the Premises and the Project, including, without limitation, The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations and any amendments or successor statutes thereto (collectively, “ Disabled Access Laws ”) , and the Project Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit “F” and to any modifications to such Rules and Regulations as Landlord may reasonably adopt from time to time (collectively, “ Laws ”). To the extent of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Lease and the terms and conditions of such Project Rules and Regulations, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control. Except with regard to construction of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Construction Agreement and the condition of the Premises existing as of the Reference Date, Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the compliance of the Premises, the Building or the Project with Disabled Access Laws.

7.2 Except for Tenant Caused Compliance (as defined below) which shall be the sole obligation of Tenant, Landlord shall be responsible for construction and implementation of all present and future compliance of the Premises with Disabled Access Laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost, for compliance with Disabled Access Laws arising from or in connection with any of the following (collectively, “ Tenant Caused Compliance ”) : (i) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, (ii) to the extent triggered by any alterations or modifications to the Premises during the Term (other than the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Construction Agreement), and (iii) to the extent necessitated by Tenant’s employment of persons requiring special disabled access assistance (e.g., specialized ramps or lifts). If Tenant fails to comply with Disabled Access Laws required as a result of Tenant Caused Compliance, Landlord may perform or require that Tenant perform such compliance work, and Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord the cost of any such work.

7.3 Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or bring or keep anything in the Premises that will in any way increase the premiums for fire or casualty insurance carried by Landlord or by other tenants in the Project, or subject Landlord to a claim of damages or liability arising from hazardous or toxic waste or by-products thereof associated with or arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises or Project. Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations, and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau or any other organization performing a similar function. Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional insurance premium charged by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 7. Tenant will not perform any act or carry on any practice that may injure the Premises or the Project; that may be a nuisance or menace to other tenants in the Project; or that shall in any way interfere with the quiet enjoyment of such other tenants. If sound or vibration insulation is required to muffle noise produced by Tenant on the Premises, or ventilation and/or insulation is required to remove fumes generated by Tenant, Tenant at its own cost shall provide all necessary insulation and/or ventilation. Tenant shall not do anything on the Premises which will overload any existing parking or service to the Premises or the Project. Pets and/or animals of any type shall not be kept on the Premises. Tenant shall place

 

-7-


no window covering (e.g., shades, blinds, curtains, drapes, screens, tinting material or security bars), stickers, signs, lettering, banners or advertising or display material on or near exterior windows or doors if such materials are visible from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent. Similarly, Tenant may not install any alarm boxes, foil protection tape or other security equipment on the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any material violating these provisions may be removed and destroyed by Landlord without compensation to Tenant.

8. SIGNAGE . Tenant shall be permitted Building signage identifying Tenant, provided that the type, design, color, location, site configurations and materials of such signage shall (a) be approved by Landlord in writing, which approval may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, (b) be designed using Landlord’s preferred sign design company and be fabricated and installed by Landlord’s preferred signage contractor, and (c) comply with the Project signage rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “C”, as may be modified by Landlord from time to time (the “ Sign Criteria ”). All signage shall be installed, maintained and repaired by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be manufactured, installed and maintained in strict conformance with the Sign Criteria and using Landlord’s approved contractor. Except as may be expressly permitted by the Construction Agreement or this Section, no exterior signage shall be erected by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord to remove any of Tenant’s signage and to patch and repair the Building wall to Landlord’s satisfaction. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the Building signage shall at Landlord’s election become the property of Landlord.

9. PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed upon its business operations as well as upon any trade fixtures or other personal property in or about the Premises.

10. PARKING .

10.1 Parking Rights . During the Term and so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right (in common with other tenants of the Project and any others to whom Landlord has or may grant such rights) to use (i) the number of spaces set forth in Section 1.17 within the area located in front of the Premises only for executive and/or visitor parking only, and (ii) the number of spaces set forth in Section 1.17 for use only of Tenant’s customers, suppliers, employees, licensees and business invitees. Tenant’s parking shall not be reserved and shall be limited to passenger cars and/or pickup or utility vehicles. Tenant shall not cause large trucks or other large vehicles to be parked within the Project. Vehicles shall be parked only in striped parking spaces and not within the Premises, in driveways, loading areas or other locations not specifically designated for parking. Overnight parking and storage outside the Premises are prohibited. Subject to Section 2.3, Landlord reserves the right at any time to charge fees for such parking only if mandated by applicable Laws and to grant similar non-exclusive use to other tenants, to promulgate reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of such parking areas, including reasonable restrictions on parking by tenants and employees, to designate specific spaces for the use of any tenant, to make changes in the parking layout from time to time, and to establish reasonable time limits on parking.

10.2 Parking Violations . Any vehicle belonging to any partner, director, officer, shareholder, employee, visitor, customer, supplier, contractor, representative, agent, licensee or business invitee of Tenant (each, a “ Tenant Party ” and, collectively, the “ Tenant Parties ”) violating the foregoing parking restrictions or other parking regulations promulgated by Landlord shall be subject to removal at Tenant’s expense. If any Tenant Parties park more vehicles in the parking area than the number set forth in Section 1.17, such conduct shall be deemed a material breach of this Lease after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods.

 

-8-


Any costs (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with the enforcement of the provisions of this Section 10 against Tenant or against any Tenant Parties shall be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant as additional Rent with the next installment of Base Monthly Rent.

11. UTILITIES . Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, sewer, electricity, telephone or other service metered, chargeable or provided to the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to install separate meters for any such utility at Landlord’s sole cost. Tenant shall contract directly with the utility companies to provide such utilities, and for the maintenance of any utility lines, including, without limitation telephone equipment, cabling and/or wiring. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of any failure, stoppage or interruption of electrical, water, or telecommunications services to the Premises (whether such failure affects HVAC, telephone and data services or otherwise), no eviction of Tenant shall result from such failure, stoppage or interruption, and Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease as a result thereof.

12. MAINTENANCE .

12.1 Landlord and Tenant Obligations . Landlord shall maintain, in good condition, the structural parts of the Premises, which shall consist only of the foundations, bearing and exterior walls, subflooring (but excluding the slab), skylights and roof, (the unexposed electrical, plumbing and sewage systems located under the floor slab of the Premises, including those portions of the systems lying outside the Premises, electrical room doors, gutters and downspouts on the Building, the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system servicing the Premises, sidewalks and walkways, landscaping, parking areas and lighting, periodic exterior plate glass cleaning, and periodic inspections and testing of the Premises fire sprinkler system, and periodic exterior plate glass cleaning and, as determined necessary by Landlord, periodic repair and replacement of caulking and sealant; provided, however, the cost of all such maintenance shall be considered Common Area Charges. Except as provided above, Tenant shall maintain and repair the Premises in good condition, including, without limitation, cleaning the Premises using a bonded janitorial company approved by Landlord in writing, maintaining and repairing all interior plumbing (including any hot water heaters and adjoining pipes), electrical systems servicing the Premises, all walls, floors (including the slab), ceilings, exterior doors servicing the Premises (including truck doors), signage, all interior improvements and fixtures, all Building Cable (as hereinafter defined) located in the Premises, all exterior plate glass and any damage caused by Tenant and any Tenant Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall promptly make all repairs to the Premises fire sprinkler system and any fire life safety systems within the Premises (including, without limitation, repair or replacement of the sprinkler heads, pipes,, fire alarm panels and systems, strobes and pull stations) including those repairs recommended by Landlord’s fire sprinkler inspector. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be responsible for maintaining any systems except to the extent they are located within and exclusively serving the Premises. In the event Tenant fails to make any such recommended repairs within the time period required or recommended by the inspector, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises (either before or after regular business hours) to conduct such repairs, and the costs incurred by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant with the next installment of Base Monthly Rent. Tenant’s failure to make such repairs shall be a Default (as defined below) subject to the expiration of applicable notice and cure period. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in accordance with Section 25 of the Lease, except for damage caused by fire or other casualty for which Landlord has received all funds necessary for restoration of the Premises from insurance proceeds. The term “ Building Cable ” is used in this Lease to refer to all Building telephone cable, fiber optic wiring and other communications cabling and wiring within the Building.

12.2 Tenant Specific Charges . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.3, above, Common Area Charges shall not include the following (collectively, “ Tenant Specific Charges ”): (i) any repairs to or replacements of any portion of the heating and air-conditioning unit and lines servicing the Premises

 

-9-


(including, without limitation, the replacement of condensers and compressors) and/or any portion of the fire sprinkler system servicing the Premises where such repair and maintenance is beyond the maintenance generally set forth in the Project HVAC or fire sprinkler system maintenance service contracts, and (ii) the cost for Tenant requested service calls for HVAC repair, electrical, lighting and plumbing repairs, key duplication, and similar services. Tenant Specific Charges shall be separately invoiced to Tenant and shall be paid as additional Rent hereunder with the next installment of Base Monthly Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the cost of any single repair of a roof top HVAC unit (as determined by Landlord’s project HVAC contractor) exceeds 50% of the cost for the replacement of that HVAC unit, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost, replace the HVAC unit.

13. ALTERATIONS .

13.1 Consent for Alterations . Subject to the immediate following sentence, Tenant shall not make any alterations to the Premises, or to any portion of the Project without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. However, if the proposed alterations (i) affect or require modifications to the Building HVAC, plumbing, electrical, sewer and/or life fire safety systems, (ii) affect any structural components of the Building or the Building roof, and/or (iii) can be seen from the exterior of the Premises, then Landlord’s consent to such alterations may be withheld in Landlord’s sole, subjective and absolute discretion. If Landlord gives its consent to such alterations, Landlord may post notices of nonresponsibility and require Tenant to comply with other reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time, including submission of plans and specifications for Landlord’s approval, the posting of performance and payment bonds, and reimbursement to Landlord for the cost of any engineering or consulting firms required by Landlord to review Tenant’s proposed plans and for an independent roofing consultant and any roofing contractor required by Landlord if said alterations involve roof penetrations or other work on the roof. In consideration for Landlord’s review of Tenant’s proposed plans and alterations, upon completion of construction, Landlord shall receive, as additional Rent, an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the total construction cost but in no event less than Three Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($300.00) per alteration occurrence. Such fees, cost reimbursements and bonding requirements shall not apply to data cabling and electrical distribution. On the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove all alterations to the Premises during the Term (excluding the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the attached Construction Agreement), and restore the Premises to “broom clean” condition; provided, however, Landlord may elect to require Tenant to leave all or any portion of such alterations in the Premises.

13.2 Alteration Conditions . Should Landlord consent in writing to Tenant’s alteration of the Premises, Tenant shall contract with Landlord’s preferred contractor or such other contractor as may be selected by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, for the construction of such alterations, shall secure all appropriate governmental approvals and permits, and shall complete such alterations with due diligence in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord. All permitted alterations performed by or through Tenant under this Section 13 shall comply with all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, and orders, now and hereinafter in effect. Any valuations or cost analyses of any alterations which are to be submitted to any governmental authority or with the County must be approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. All such construction shall be performed in a manner which will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of other tenants of the Project. Tenant shall pay all costs for such construction and shall keep the Premises and the Project free and clear of all mechanics’, materialmen’s, and other liens which may result from construction by or through Tenant. In the event any such lien is filed as a result of any work undertaken by or through Tenant and such lien is not removed within five (5) days after written demand by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy the claim or post a release bond in the statutory amount, in which case any and all costs incurred by Landlord (including any attorneys’ fees) shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as additional Rent with the next installment of Base Monthly Rent.

 

-10-


13.3 Telephone and Data Equipment . Landlord shall have no responsibility for providing to Tenant any telephone equipment, including wiring, within the Premises or for providing telephone service or connections from the utility to the Premises, except as required by law. Tenant shall not alter, modify, add to or disturb any telephone or data wiring in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any telephone or data equipment installed by Tenant within the Premises or used by Tenant or any of its agents, employees and invitees within the Premises shall at all times comply with all applicable laws, codes, rules an91 regulations and shall not cause any interference with (1) any of the Building’s or the Project’s mechanical and electrical equipment and machinery, and any of the elevator, air ventilation and cooling, life-safety or other Building or Project systems, or (2) any Building or Project wireless system or telecommunications facilities (whether installed by Landlord or another tenant) in place as of the date of installation of such telephone or data equipment by Tenant. Tenant agrees to consult with Landlord in advance of any installation of any system or equipment under this section that may result in such interference at the earliest practicable state of consideration of such project. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to the telephone or data wiring in the Building due to the act, negligent (affirmatively or through Tenant’s active or passive negligence) or otherwise, of Tenant or any employee, contractor or other agent of Tenant. Tenant’s access to the telephone closets within the Building shall be pursuant to procedures established by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any actual or suspected failure of telephone or data service to the Premises, Building or Project. All costs incurred by Landlord for the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of telephone wiring within the Premises at Tenant’s request shall be charged to Tenant plus a ten percent (10%) administrative fee, which amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord whatsoever, whether for personal injury, property damage, loss of use of the Premises, or otherwise, due to the interruption or failure of telephone services to the Premises. Tenant hereby holds Landlord harmless and agrees to release Landlord from and against any liability for any damage, loss or expense due to any failure or interruption of telephone or data service to the Premises, the Building and the Project for any reason, including active or passive negligence of Landlord. Tenant agrees to obtain loss of rental insurance adequate to cover any damage, loss or expense occasioned by the interruption of telephone or data service.

14. RELEASE AND INDEMNITY .

14.1 Indemnification . From and after the date of Tenant’s initial entry into the Premises, Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and its Lenders, Landlord’s successors and assigns, constituent partners, members, trustees, beneficiaries, co-managing directors, agents, and employees (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) harmless against and from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of actions, judgments, damages, liabilities, obligations, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees (individually, a “ Claim ” and collectively, “ Claims ”) (excluding any Claims based on Landlord’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease that Landlord has not cured within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from Tenant of such breach) arising from or in connection with (i) the construction, repair, alteration, improvement, use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant, by any Tenant’s Parties (as defined in Section 14.2 below), by any other person permitted thereon, including, without limitation, any labor dispute involving Tenant and/or any failure by Tenant to comply with any laws, ordinances or regulations governing construction within the Premises or access to the Premises by disabled persons, (ii) any activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any Tenant Party in or about the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project, (iii) any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, (iv) any injuries suffered by Tenant’s employees, or (v) any negligent (whether active or passive) or wrongful act or omission of Tenant, of any Tenant Parties, or of any other guest or invitee of Tenant in or about the Project. The foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims made against Landlord) litigated and/or reduced to judgment. In case any action or proceeding

 

-11-


is brought against the Indemnified Parties or any of them by reason of any such Claim, Tenant upon notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by competent counsel approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord need not have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 14.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. “ Lender ” for all purposes under this Lease shall mean any lender having a secured interest in the Premises or in any portion thereof and any purchaser who purchases or otherwise acquires the Premises at any foreclosure sale, through deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar conveyance.

14.2 Waivers and Release . No Indemnified Party shall be liable to Tenant or its partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, contractors, agents, employees, invitees, sublessees or licensees (collectively, “ Tenant’s Parties ”) for any loss or damage to any of Tenant’s Parties except to the extent caused solely by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the Landlord in the operation or maintenance of the Project or Landlord’s material breach of this Lease which Landlord has not cured within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice of such breach from Tenant. Tenant hereby waives all its Claims in respect thereof against Landlord. Further, under no circumstances shall any Indemnified Party be liable for consequential damages arising out of any loss of the use of the Premises (including, without limitation, for lost profits or business opportunities) or any equipment, inventory, information, or facilities therein by Tenant or by any person claiming through or under Tenant. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable thereto.

15. INSURANCE .

15.1 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, obtain and keep in full force during the Term the types of insurance meeting the requirements set forth on attached Exhibit “G” . Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Lease and thereafter within five (5) business days following written demand therefor from Landlord, Tenant shall deliver certificates of such insurance or copies of the policies with all endorsements required hereunder together with evidence of payment of the current premiums therefor to Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to provide certificates evidencing renewal of each such policy at least thirty (30) days before expiration of the policy (as required pursuant to attached Exhibit “G” ) or within five (5) business days after written request by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to order such insurance and charge the cost thereof plus a ten (10%) administrative fee to Tenant, which amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Failure of Landlord to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements contained in this Lease or failure of Landlord to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided to Landlord shall not be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to maintain such insurance. By requiring insurance herein, Landlord does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Tenant, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Tenant’s liability under the indemnities granted to Landlord in this Lease. Tenant’s failure to procure the required insurance shall not excuse Tenant from any obligations hereunder and shall subject Tenant to contractual damages.

Without limiting the obligations of Tenant set forth in this Section 15.1, Tenant agrees (A) to provide Landlord with written notice of any cancellation of the foregoing insurance within ten (10) days following receipt of the cancellation notice from Tenant’s insurance carrier, and (B) if at any time available from Tenant’s liability insurance carrier, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost, obtain an endorsement to such policy requiring notification by the carrier to Landlord of cancellation of insurance which shall be given at least ten (10) days in advance of the cancellation.

15.2 Independent Contractors’ Insurance . Without limiting the foregoing, any contractor (including, without limitation, the janitorial contractor) or any other third party engaged by or through Tenant

 

-12-


to perform any alterations, maintenance, repairs, or other services within the Premises or elsewhere within the Building or Project (including, without limitation, within any telephone or electrical rooms) shall deliver to Landlord evidence of liability insurance meeting the requirements set forth on attached Exhibit “H” or shall otherwise satisfy Landlord as to such contractor’s financial capability as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole subjective discretion.

15.3 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Each policy of property insurance obtained by Tenant shall expressly waive all rights of subrogation against Landlord, Tenant and their respective officers, directors, general partners, employees, agents and representatives or shall contain the ISO endorsement CG 2404 (subrogation waiver). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant waive any rights of recovery (whether in contract or in tort) against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by policies of property insurance containing such a waiver of subrogation clause or endorsement to the extent of the injury or loss covered thereby. All casualty insurance required to be provided by Tenant under this Lease shall release Landlord from any claims for damage to any person on the Premises and elsewhere on the Project and to Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, improvements and alterations in or on the Premises or the Project, caused by or resulting from risks insured against under the insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant and in force at the time of such damage. All of Landlord’s and Tenant’s repair and indemnity obligations under this Lease with regard to property casualty risks required to be insured hereunder shall be subject to the waiver contained in this Section.

15.4 Landlord’s Insurance . During the Term, Landlord shall insure the Project (in addition to, and not in lieu of any insurance which Tenant is obligated to maintain) against damage with all risk insurance and public liability insurance, and any other coverages Landlord or its Lender determines to be appropriate, all in such amounts and with such deductibles as Landlord considers appropriate. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain and carry any other form or forms of insurance as it or its Lender may determine advisable. Such insurance may be procured through a policy of blanket insurance. The allocated costs of such insurance shall be borne by Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3. Tenant shall not be named as an additional insured therein. Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums as provided under this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any insurance policies carried by Landlord.

15.5 Tenant’s Covenants . Tenant will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy periodically in force covering the Building or which shall invalidate the insurance policies carried by Tenant or Landlord. If Tenant’s use of the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance periodically carried by Landlord with respect to the Building, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as additional rent within ten (10) days after being billed therefor by Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building or the Tenant Improvements, if any, showing the various components of such rate shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises. If any of Landlord’s insurance policies shall be canceled or cancellation shall be threatened or the premium or coverage thereunder changed or threatened to be changed in any way because of the use of the Premises or any part thereof by Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant or by anyone Tenant permits on the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the condition giving rise to such threatened or actual cancellation, or threatened or actual change in coverage or premiums, then, within forty-eight (48) hours after notice thereof, Landlord may, at its option, either terminate this Lease or enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition, and Tenant shall promptly pay the cost thereof to Landlord as additional rent. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to any property of Tenant or of others located on the Premises resulting from such entry. If Landlord is unable or elects not to remedy such condition, then Landlord shall have all of the remedies for a Tenant default provided for in this Lease.

 

-13-


16. DESTRUCTION .

16.1 Extent of Damage . If the Building, the Premises, or the Project is damaged by fire or other perils, Landlord shall:

(a) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord has been notified of the occurrence of any damage to the Premises that substantially interferes with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with an estimate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion of the time to repair such damages (the “ Repair Estimate ”) , If Landlord fails to deliver the Repair Estimate to Tenant within the foregoing thirty day (30)-day period, the Repair Estimate shall be deemed to be less than one hundred twenty (120) days. Provided the Repair Estimate is (or is deemed to be) less than one hundred twenty (120) days, then, upon Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of any insurance deductible applicable to such damage if the damage was caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any Tenant Parties (an “ Insurance Deductible ”) , Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently pursue to completion repair of such damage. Tenant shall deliver any such Insurance Deductible to Landlord within fifteen (15) business days following delivery of the Repair Estimate. Receipt of any such Insurance Deductible (if any is required) by Landlord shall be a condition precedent for Landlord’s benefit to commence construction. Delay in delivery of any such Insurance Deductible shall, at Landlord’s election, be Tenant Delay. If, however, the Repair Estimate is more than the preceding one hundred twenty (120) days, then either Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to the other within ten (10) business days following the date of such determination (the “ Termination Election Date ”). If neither Landlord nor Tenant timely elects to terminate this Lease by the Termination Election Date, Landlord shall repair such damage, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 16. Either party’s failure to deliver such written election to the other party by the Termination Election Date shall be deemed to be a determination by the party not giving notice to keep the Lease in effect. If Tenant or Landlord elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section, then the Lease shall terminate as of the date of the casualty, provided, however, that, to the extent Tenant continues to occupy any portion of the Premises for any purpose before such termination date, the rent shall be reduced to reflect the percentage of the Premises that Tenant is occupying. Time is of the essence in such election.

(b) If Landlord is obligated to restore any damage as set forth, above, and such restoration is not substantially completed within the above one hundred twenty (120) days (or such date as set forth in the Repair Estimate, as applicable) after the date of such damage or destruction or such later period of time as set forth in the Repair Estimate (provided that such restoration period shall be extended by one (1) business day for each business day of delay in the substantial completion of the restoration that is caused by any Force Majeure Delay and/or any Tenant Delay) (the “ Estimated Completion Date ”) , Tenant shall have the right, at any time after the Estimated Completion Date to deliver to Landlord and any Lender written notice that Tenant intends to terminate this Lease if the repair or restoration is not substantially completed within thirty (30) days thereafter. If the restoration of the damage is not substantially completed within such additional thirty (30) day period (which additional period shall be extended by one (1) business day for each business day of delay in the substantial completion of the restoration that is caused by any Force Majeure Delay or Tenant Delay), this Lease shall terminate. Tenant’s termination right under this Section 16.1(ii) shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for Landlord’s failure to complete restoration of the Premises as required under this Lease, and Tenant waives rights to any other remedies, damages, or compensation, including, without limitation, to consequential damages. “ Force Majeure Delays ” shall mean any delays due to strikes, lockouts, or other labor disturbance, civil disturbance, riot, sabotage, blockage, embargo, inability to secure materials, supplies, or labor through ordinary sources by reason of regulation or order of any government or regulatory body after commercially reasonable efforts to obtain same, delays in the

 

-14-


procurement of required governmental permits and/or licenses after commercially reasonable efforts to obtain same, reasonably unanticipated delays caused by third party legal or administrative claims or challenges, reasonably unanticipated delays caused by lightning, rain, earthquake, fire, storm, hurricane, tornado, flood, washout, explosion, or any other similar cause outside of Landlord’s reasonable control.

16.2 Lease Termination . Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Section 16, the parties shall be released without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except for liabilities which have previously arisen, including any Rent that is then unpaid.

16.3 Rent Abatement . In the event of repair, reconstruction or restoration by Landlord as provided in this Section 16, the Rent payable under this Lease shall only be abated proportionately with the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages (consequential or otherwise) for (i) loss in the use of the whole or any part of the Premises, or (ii) any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damaged, repair, reconstruction or restoration.

16.4 Release of Obligations . Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated in this Section 16.

16.5 Extent of Repair . If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore only those portions of the Building and the Premises which were originally provided at Landlord’s expense, and the repair and restoration of items not provided at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to repair or replace any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment or inventory.

16.6 Damage Toward End of Term . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 16, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises when the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Section 16 occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term.

16.7 Civil Code Waivers . The provisions of Civil Code Section 1932, Subsection 2, and Section 1933, Subsection 4, which permit termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased premises, are hereby waived by Tenant, and the provisions of this Lease shall govern in case of such destruction. Except as herein provided, Tenant shall not be released frond any of its obligations under this Lease, the Rent and other expenses payable by Tenant under this Lease shall not abate, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any damage or destruction to the Premises, the Building or the Project or any inconvenience or injury to Tenant by reason of any maintenance, repairs, alterations, decorations, additions, or improvements to the Premises, Building, or Project.

17. CONDEMNATION .

17.1 Definitions . The following definitions shall apply: (1) “ Condemnation ” means (a) the exercise of any governmental power of eminent domain, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise by condemnor and (b) the voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are proceeding; (2) “ Date of Taking ” means the date the condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned; (3) “ Award ” means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded paid or received on a total or partial condemnation; and (4) “ Condemnor ” means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having a power of condemnation.

 

-15-


17.2 Obligations to be Governed by Lease . If during the Term of the Lease there is any taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Project, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined pursuant to this Lease. Each party waives the provisions of Code of Civil Procedure section 1265.130 and any amendments or successor statutes thereto allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises.

17.3 Permanent, Total or Partial Taking . If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking. If any portion of the Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect, except that Tenant can elect to terminate this Lease if the remaining portion of the Premises is rendered unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use of the Premises as determined by Tenant in Tenant’s good faith business judgment. If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the date of termination, which date shall not be earlier than thirty (30) days nor later than ninety (90) days after Tenant has notified Landlord of its election to terminate; except that this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking if the Date of Taking falls on a date before the date of termination as designated by Tenant. If any portion of the Premises is taken by condemnation and this Lease remains in full force and effect, on the Date of Taking the Rent shall be reduced by an amount in the same ratio as the total number of square feet in the Premises taken bears to the total number of square feet in the Premises immediately before the date of taking.

17.4 Temporary Taking . If the Condemnation (either or part or of all of the Premises) is temporary in nature, then (i) this Lease shall continue in full force and (ii) Rent shall abate only based on the extent to which Tenant’s ability to use the Premises has been diminished. For purposes of this Section 17.4, a temporary Condemnation shall be any Condemnation in effect for a period of two hundred seventy (270) days or less.

17.5 Retention of Award and Obligation to Restore . Any Award shall be the sole property of Landlord, whether such award is made as compensation for diminution in the value of the leasehold or the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided Tenant shall be entitled to that portion of the Award for loss or damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures and removable personal property and Tenant’s relocation costs, If this Lease if not terminated as a result of the Condemnation as set forth above, Landlord shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by the Condemnation (except to the extent Tenant has been reimbursed therefor by the Condemnor).

18. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE .

18.1 General Restrictions . Tenant may not assign, transfer, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber, by operation of law or otherwise, this Lease, or any interest herein or hereto, nor sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, nor grant any license or right of use or occupancy with respect to the Premises or any portion thereof (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent may be given or withheld in accordance with the standards set forth in this Section 18, which the parties agree are reasonable restrictions and conditions pursuant to California Civil Code section 1995.250. Any Transfer without Landlord’s written consent shall be voidable and, at Landlord’s election, shall constitute a Default after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods. No withholding of consent by Landlord for any reason deemed sufficient by Landlord shall give rise to any claim by Tenant or any proposed transferee or entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to any abatement of rent. In this connection, Tenant hereby expressly waives its rights under California Civil Code Section 1995.310(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant shall not be permitted to have more than one (1) sublease of the Premises at any one time.

 

-16-


18.2 Requests for Consent . In connection with any proposed Transfer, at least sixty (60) days before the effective date of the Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of Tenant’s intent to Transfer (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) and shall furnish (i) the name and identity of the proposed transferee (“ Transferee ”); (ii) such financial and related information respecting the Transferee as Landlord shall reasonably request; (iii) such business history and experience information as Landlord shall reasonably request; (iv) all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, including a copy of the proposed Transfer documents, (v) a bank reference, (vi) the name and description of business experience of the individuals and entities who are the owners of the equity interests in the proposed Transferee, and (vii) if a guarantee is to be provided, it shall be in a form and substance satisfactory to Landlord’s legal counsel and its shall be accompanied by financial statements (prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) for the two most recently completed fiscal years of the proposed guarantor(s) of the proposed Transferee’s obligations as to “Tenant” hereunder. Whether or not Landlord refuses to consent to such Transfer or consents to such Transfer, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with it terms.

18.3 Miscellaneous . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 18 to the contrary, in connection with any proposed Transfer, (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and accountant fees; (ii) Tenant shall pay Landlord’s processing and investigation fees and costs in connection with such Transfer, which shall be the greater of Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($500.00) or Landlord’s actual costs per Transfer, (iii) Tenant and its Transferee shall, within ten (10) days after notice to do so, execute and deliver to Landlord such documents, and take such further action, as Landlord may reasonably require to effect such Transfer or to protect Landlord’s rights, (iv) the acceptance by Landlord of Rent from any other person other than Tenant shall not be deemed a consent to any Transfer, (v) the consent to any particular Transfer shall not be deemed a consent to any other Transfer, and (vi) the consent to any Transfer (or the consummation of any such Transfer) shall not in any way relieve Tenant of any of its primary obligations and liabilities under this Lease, whether arising before or after such consent. If any default arises under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without first exhausting any remedies for that default which Landlord may have against the Transferee. No consent to a Transfer shall constitute a future waiver of the provisions of this Section 18.

18.4 Fees and Net Rent Payments . If Landlord consents to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of all net profits or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt (or, if Landlord so requires, and without any release of Tenant’s liability for the same, Tenant shall instruct the transferee to pay such sums and other consideration directly to Landlord). As used in this Section 18.4, “ net sums or other consideration ” shall include without limitation the then fair value of any non-cash consideration and shall be calculated after first deducting reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, including commissions payable to a broker not affiliated with Tenant, space modification costs in connection with the Transfer, reasonable legal costs, rent concessions to the Transferee, and lease takeover costs. If this Lease is assigned or if the Premises or any part thereof is subleased or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee, subtenant, or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the Rent due hereunder, but no such assignment, underletting, subleasing, occupancy or collection shall be deemed an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, or occupant as tenant (except as expressly set forth in this Section 18) or as a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of the covenants on the part of the Tenant to be performed as herein contained. The acceptance of Rent from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or the consent to a Transfer of the Premises.

18.5 Conditions to a Transfer . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer. However, in exercising such right of approval or disapproval, Landlord shall be entitled to take into account any fact or factor which Landlord reasonably deems relevant to such decision; provided, however, Landlord’s consent shall be deemed to be reasonably withheld if the proposed Transfer does not satisfy all of the following conditions:

(a) The Transfer shall be on the same terms and conditions set forth in Tenant’s Notice given to Landlord;

 

-17-


(b) The Transferee shall covenant not to take possession of any of the Premises until an original of the duly executed counterpart of the Transfer documentation (signed by authorized signatories of both Tenant and Transferee) has been delivered to Landlord;

(c) The Transferee shall not have the right to further assign or sublet, except in accordance with this Section 18;

(d) Any proposed subletting will not result in more than two subleases of portions of the Premises being in effect at any one time during the Term;

(e) Other than for a proposed sublease of this Lease of the Premises, the Base Monthly Rent shall be at or higher than the Base Monthly Rent then being agreed upon by Landlord on new leases in the Project for comparable size space for comparable terms, and Tenant shall not grant greater concessions to the Transferee than are then being offered by Landlord to new tenants leasing a comparable amount of space for a comparable amount of time;

(f) The proposed Transferee shall not be an existing tenant of the Project or of any other buildings owned by Landlord or by any entities affiliated with Landlord nor have been negotiating with Landlord or with any entities affiliated with Landlord during the six (6) months preceding the date of Tenant’s request for consent for any space within the Project or within any other buildings owned by Landlord or by any entities affiliated with Landlord;

(g) No Transferee shall be a governmental entity or agency;

(h) The portion of the Premises to be sublet or assigned shall be regular in shape with appropriate means of ingress and egress;

(i) The proposed use of the Premises by the Transferee shall be permitted by the use provisions of this Lease;

(j) The proposed use of the Premises by the Transferee is compatible with and is within the quality and nature of the other uses in the Building.

(k) The proposed Transfer will not result in more people working at or visiting the Premises than the number of people who worked at or visited the Premises at the time when Tenant was the sole occupant of the Premises such that, following the Transfer, the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant shall be sufficient for the use of the Premises;

(l) The Transferee has the financial capability to fulfill the obligations imposed by the Transfer;

(m) The proposed use of the Premises by the proposed Transferee does not violate an “exclusive” granted by Landlord to another tenant or any other rights granted by Landlord to other tenants of the Building or Project;

 

-18-


(n) The Transferee is not a real estate developer or portfolio landlord and/or is not acting directly or indirectly on behalf of a real estate developer or a landlord;

(o) The Transferee’s bank or other financial references support in full the financial statements delivered to Landlord on behalf of the Transferee;

(p) The Transferee demonstrates, in Landlord’s good faith business judgment, that it is able to perform the obligations on Transferee’s part to be performed under the Lease;

(q) The Transferee’s business reputation, character, and history and nature of the Transferee’s business shall be satisfactory in Landlord’s good faith business judgment;

(r) The Transferee shall not have been involved in any civil, criminal or administrative litigation, investigations or proceedings with its prior landlord or landlords or is otherwise involved in any civil, criminal or administrative litigation, investigations or proceedings which is unsatisfactory in the reasonable opinion of Landlord;

(s) No default or breach by Tenant shall exist pursuant to this Lease nor shall any non-payment or non-performance by Tenant exist under this Lease, which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a Default under this Lease.

(t) The proposed use of any proposed Transferee shall not involve, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, in the generation, storage, use and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials in greater quantities, frequency and/or toxicity than the use of the current Tenant under this Lease; and

(u) The proposed use of any proposed Transferee shall not result, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, in an increase in the volume and/or frequency of product distribution.

For any Transfer, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require additional amounts be added to the Security Deposit, or if there is no Security Deposit, Landlord may require a Security Deposit.

18.6 Deemed Transfers . The occurrence of any of the following shall be deemed a Transfer under this Lease, and shall, at the election of Landlord, constitute a material default under this Lease:

(a) If Tenant is a corporation, a transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting control of Tenant (unless Tenant is a corporation which is an issuer of security registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934);

(b) If Tenant is a partnership or a limited liability company, a transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the interests in the profits and losses of Tenant, or the withdrawal, voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law as applicable, of any general partner or member, or the dissolution of the partnership or limited liability company;

(c) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, a sale, encumbrance or other transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of its assets in the aggregate, in one or more transactions, shall also be a Transfer under this Lease and in addition shall be void as to Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent;

(d) If Tenant consists of more than one person, a purported assignment, voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law from one person to the other shall be deemed a Transfer; or

(e) Any of the following acts (each, an “ Act of Insolvency ”) : (i) if Tenant becomes a bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or institutes proceeds under the Bankruptcy Act in which Tenant is a bankrupt; or, if Tenant is a partnership, or limited liability company or consists of more than one person or entity, if any partner of the partnership, member of the limited liability company or such other person or entity becomes a bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) if a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease; or (iii) if in any proceeding to which Tenant is party, a receiver is appointed with the authority to take possession of the Premises.

 

-19-


The occurrence of any of the transactions or events in subparagraphs (a) through (e), above, or the violation by Tenant of Sections 18.1 and/or 18.2, above, shall give Landlord the right (but not the obligation) to require that the Security Deposit be increased to an amount equal to six (6) times the then Base Monthly Rent.

18.7 Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 18, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer of this Lease or the Premises shall not be required for any “Permitted Transfer” to a “Tenant Affiliate” pursuant to attached Exhibit “M” ; provided, however, notwithstanding any Permitted Transfer:

 

  (i) Tenant shall at all times continue to remain directly and primarily liable under this Lease;

 

  (ii) at least thirty (30) days before any such proposed Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of the proposed Permitted Transfer together with reasonable supporting documentation substantiating that the proposed Permitted Transfer qualifies as a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Exhibit “M”;

 

  (iii) no such assignment or subletting otherwise permitted by this Section 18.7 and Exhibit “M” may be made by Tenant to an assignee or sublessee that is then insolvent or then involved in a bankruptcy proceeding;

 

  (iv) The proposed use of any proposed use of any Permitted Transferee shall not involve, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, in the generation, storage, use or disposal of Hazardous Materials in greater quantities, frequency and/or toxicity than the use of the current Tenant under this Lease; and

 

  (v) The proposed use of any proposed Permitted Transferee shall not result, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, in an increase in the volume or frequency of product distribution.

18.8 Recapture Option . Landlord has the right (the “ Recapture Option ”), at its option, in the case of a proposed assignment of this Lease or a subletting of substantially all of the Premises, to terminate the Lease in its entirety. The Recapture Option shall be exercisable, if at all, by delivery of written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice. If Landlord fails to exercise the Recapture Option within such period with respect to a proposed Transfer, Tenant may thereafter assign or sublet the Lease on the same terms as those stated in Tenant’s Notice with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent, subject to compliance with the remainder all other provisions of this Section 18, shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, Landlord’s failure to exercise the Recapture Option within such period with respect to a proposed subleasing of all or any portion of the Premises shall not be deemed a consent to the proposed Transfer.

 

-20-


18.9 Parking Rights Transfer Restriction . Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall Tenant have the right to transfer any parking rights separate and apart from this Lease or, with respect to any sublease, in an amount in excess of the amount, calculated on a square footage basis for such subleased space, allocated for such subleased space. Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent to any such transfer of parking rights in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant acknowledges that the right to parking is in itself a unique right under this Lease, and that the foregoing restriction on Tenant’s right to transfer such parking rights is reasonable.

18.10 Signage Transfers . Unless Landlord otherwise expressly consents, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, no Transfer other than a full assignment or sublease of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises shall include the signage rights under this Lease; provided, however, under no circumstances shall any such assignment expand the signage rights under this Lease (including the creation of any rights to multiple signage), and any signage rights under Lease shall not be assigned to more than a single entity.

18.11 Sign and Banner Prohibitions . Under no circumstances shall Tenant or any broker or agent representing Tenant place any signs, banners or other advertising or notices anywhere on the Premises promoting or advertising the availability of any space in the Building.

19. DEFAULT . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant (a “ Default ”):

(i) Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant. Notwithstanding the provisions of Civil Code Section 1951.3, “ abandonment ” means any absence by Tenant from the Premises for five (5) days or longer while in default of any provision of this Lease;

(ii) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant under this Lease, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 regarding unlawful detainer actions;

(iii) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisio n s of Sections 15, 22, 30.7, 30.8 and 30.9 where such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord;

(iv) Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, the failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 19, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. Any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 regarding unlawful detainer actions. If the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it is reasonably capable of being cured but more than ten (10) days are required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within the ten (10)-day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than sixty (60) days from the date of such notice from Landlord. The foregoing shall not however limit Landlord’s rights to perform Tenant’s obligations and charge Tenant for the costs thereof pursuant to Section 20.3, below;

(v) An Act of Insolvency that is not discharged within thirty (30) days; and/or

(vi) If the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (A) the death of a guarantor, (B) the termination of a guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (C) a guarantor becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, or (D) a guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty.

 

-21-


20. LANDLORD’S REMEDIES . Landlord shall have the following remedies if Tenant is in Default, which remedies are not exclusive; they are cumulative and in addition to any remedies now or later allowed by law:

20.1 Termination Rights . Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time. No act by Landlord other than giving notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession. Landlord shall terminate this Lease and any and all rights of Tenant hereunder, by any lawful means, in which event, Landlord, without the requirement of any further notice to Tenant, shall have the right immediately to enter the Premises and take full possession thereof, in which event Landlord shall also have the right to recover from Tenant (i) the worth at the time of award made on account of the default resulting in such termination, together with interest thereon at the maximum lawful interest rate per annum, of any unpaid portion of the Rent which had been earned by Landlord at the time of such termination, (ii) the worth at the time of award, together with interest thereon at the maximum lawful interest rate per annum, of the amount by which any unpaid portion of the Rent which would have been earned after such termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of loss of any unpaid portion of the Rent which Tenant proves could have reasonably been avoided, (iii) the worth at the time of award, discounted at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%), of the amount by which any unpaid portion of the Rent for the balance of the Term exceeds the amount of loss of any unpaid portion of the Rent which Tenant proves could have reasonably been avoided, and (iv) any and all other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by such Default or which in the ordinary course of business would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in maintaining or preserving the Premises after such Default, preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, accomplishing any repairs or alterations to the Premises for purposes of such reletting, rectifying any damage thereto occasioned by the act or omission of Tenant and any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises.

20.2 Right to Maintain Lease in Effect . Alternatively, Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4, which provides that the Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and enforce any of its other rights and remedies hereunder, including, without limitation, the right to recover all of the Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. However, any acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises by Landlord or the appointment of a receiver by Landlord to protect its right, title and interest in and to the Premises or any portion thereof or this Lease shall neither constitute termination of this Lease nor interference with such rights of Tenant to possession, assignment and sublease.

20.3 Landlord Self-Help . Without limiting Landlord’s rights and remedies set forth herein, if Tenant fails to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of Tenant under this Lease within five (5) business days, after written notice to Tenant (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Landlord may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Tenant’s behalf, including but not limited to the performance of required maintenance, repairs and/or replacements, the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Landlord plus a ten percent (10%) administrative fee shall be due and payable as additional rent by Tenant to Landlord upon invoice therefor.

20.4 Partial Payments . Acceptance of partial Rent payments shall not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights available under this Lease at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to recover possession of the Premises as set forth above.

 

-22-


21. ENTRY ON PREMISES . Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times with twenty-four (24) hours’ notice to Tenant for any of the following non-emergency purposes: (a) To determine whether the Premises are in good condition and whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease; (b) To do any necessary maintenance and to make any restoration to the Premises or the Project that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform; (c) To post “for sale” signs at any time during the Term; (d) To show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, lenders, tenants or persons interested in an exchange at any time during the Term; or (e) To repair, maintain or improve the Project and to erect scaffolding and protective barricades around and about the Premises but not so as to prevent entry to the Premises and to do any other act or thing necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises or the Project. Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, disturbance, loss of business, nuisance or other damage arising out of Landlord’s entry onto the Premises as provided in this Section 21. Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement or reduction of Rent if Landlord exercises any rights reserved in this Section 21. Landlord shall conduct his activities on the Premises as provided herein in a manner that is reasonable and will cause the least inconvenience, annoyance or disturbance to Tenant. If Tenant re-keys the doors in or to the Premises using anyone other than Landlord’s locksmith, Tenant shall pay for the cost to re-key using Landlord’s locksmith. Landlord shall at all times have and retain four (4) sets of keys with which to unlock all doors in or to the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolt on any door of the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. To the extent any approval is given, Tenant shall in any event use Landlord’s approved locksmith. All locks shall be keyed to Landlord’s master keying system for the Project.

22. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT . Unless Landlord or any beneficiary or mortgagee with a lien on the Project or any ground lessor with respect to the Project elects otherwise as provided below, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the following without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination:

22.1 The lien and provisions of any mortgage, deed of trust, or declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions which may now exist or hereafter be executed by which the Project, any ground lease, or Landlord’s interest or estate in any of those items, is encumbered; and

22.2 All ground leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Project.

Landlord, any such beneficiary or mortgagee, or any such ground lessor, shall at any time have the right to elect to subordinate or cause to be subordinated to this Lease any such liens and provisions or ground lease. Any election under this Section 22 may be made by giving notice thereof to Tenant at least thirty (30) days before the election is to become effective. If any ground lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, at the election of any successor-in-interest to Landlord and notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor-in-interest to Landlord. Tenant waives any right to declare this Lease terminated or otherwise ineffectual because of any such foreclosure, conveyance or ground lease termination. Tenant shall execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form and content required by a Lender or as otherwise reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease and Tenant’s obligation to attorn to and become the Tenant of any successor-in-interest to Landlord as provided for under this Section 22. Tenant shall sign and return any such documents within ten (10) days after written request. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute, deliver and record any such document in the name and on behalf of Tenant.

 

-23-


23. NOTICE . Any notice, consent, or approval required or permitted to be given under this Lease must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery, by Federal Express or other nationally recognized courier service or by certified mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given when actually received by the intended party, whether personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, if to Tenant at the address designated in Section 1.2, and if to Landlord at the addresses designated in Section 1.2. Either party may specify a different address for notice purposes by written notice to the other. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, notices given by email or facsimile transmission shall not be deemed sufficiently given.

24. WAIVER . No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy by Landlord shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. No act or conduct of Landlord, including, without limitation, acceptance of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the Term. Only written notice from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the Premises and accomplish termination of the Lease. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant. Any waiver by Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of the Lease.

25. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER .

25.1 Lease Surrender . Upon expiration of the Term, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord the Premises in the condition required by this Section 25. Unless Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elects otherwise, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost using Landlord’s approved contractor, remove all alterations to the Premises constructed during the Term, and restore the Premises to the condition existing before construction thereof, leaving the Premises in good condition and broom clean, subject only to ordinary wear and tear, casualty, condemnation and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility under this Lease. “ Ordinary wear and tear ” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice or by Tenant performing all of its obligations under this Lease. Additionally, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord to remove any of Tenant’s signage. Further, upon Lease expiration or earlier termination, Tenant shall remove all personal property from the Premises. Landlord can elect to retain or dispose of in any manner Tenant’s personal property not removed from the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damage to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s retention or disposition of Tenant’s personal property. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for Landlord’s costs for storage, removal or disposal of Tenant’s personal property. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s sole option and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, either (i) remove all Building Cable installed by Tenant existing within the Premises and within the common ducts and shafts of the Building, using all necessary care in removing such Building Cable in order to avoid any damage to the Building, or (ii) not remove all or any portion of the Building Cable, provided that Tenant shall leave any such Building Cable clearly labeled and in good working order with all connections intact.

25.2 Holdover . If Tenant, with Landlord’s written consent, remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or termination of the Term, or after the date in any notice given by Landlord to Tenant terminating this Lease, such possession by Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election, be deemed to be a month-to-month tenancy terminable on written 30-day notice at any time, by either party. All provisions of this Lease, except those pertaining to Term and Rent, shall apply to the month-to-month tenancy, except Tenant shall pay

 

-24-


Base Monthly Rent in an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of Base Monthly Rent for the last full calendar month during the regular Term plus one hundred percent (100%) of Tenant’s Share o1 Common Area Charges.

26. LANDLORD DEFAULT/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND TIME . If Landlord fails to perform any obligations on its part to be performed under this Lease, no Landlord default shall arise unless and until Landlord fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days following actual receipt of written notice setting forth in detail the alleged default (provided, however, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences such cure as soon as reasonably possible and diligently prosecutes it to completion). In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s default, and Tenant’s remedies shall be limited to damages and/or injunctive relief. In consideration of the benefits accruing under this Lease, Tenant and all successors and assigns further agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default under this Lease by Landlord: (a) the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant shall be against the Landlord’s interest in the Project; (b) no partner of Landlord shall be named as a party in any suit or proceeding (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership, if applicable); (c) no partner of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process; (d) no judgment will be taken against any partner of Landlord; (e) no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any partner of Landlord; (f) the obligations of Landlord under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners, directors, officers, co-managing directors, or shareholders of Landlord, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual partners, directors, officers, members, co-managing directors, or shareholders of Landlord or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability in respect to this Lease; and (g) any claim, defense, or other right of Tenant arising in connection with this Lease or negotiations before this Lease was signed, shall be barred unless Tenant files an action or interposes a defense based thereon within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the alleged event on which Tenant is basing its claim, defense or right.

27. RELOCATION . Intentionally deleted.

28. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY . Landlord and Tenant agree as follows with respect to the existence or use of Hazardous Material (as defined below) on the Premises:

28.1 General Restrictions and Indemnification . Tenant shall (i) not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises or transported to or from the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees (for purposes of this Section 28, “ Tenant ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold as long as Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that such Hazardous Material is necessary for Tenant’s business, will be used, stored and transported only in incidental quantities, and will be used, kept, stored and transported in a manner that complies with all Laws pertaining to any such Hazardous Material. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not use or store any chlorinated solvents in connection with its business operations, except that Tenant shall be permitted to store within the Premises one prepackaged container of such solvents containing no more than sixty four (64) ounces of chlorinated solvents to be used in in the operation of its business provided such solvents are maintained in such packages and are used, stored and disposed in compliance with applicable Laws. If Tenant breaches the obligations stated in the preceding sentences, or if the presence, transportation or release of Hazardous Material on, to or from the Premises caused or permitted by or through Tenant (whether affirmatively or through Tenant’s active or passive negligence) results in contamination or alleged contamination of the Premises or any surrounding property, or if contamination of the Premises or any surrounding property by Hazardous Material otherwise occurs for which Tenant is legally liable to Landlord for damage resulting therefrom, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties,

 

-25-


fines, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of the Indemnified Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present or alleged tope present in the soil or ground water on or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence or alleged presence, release or transportation of any Hazardous Material on the Premises caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises or surrounding property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Premises or surrounding property to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material to the Premises or surrounding Property; provided that (i) Landlord’s approval of the proposed remedial actions shall first be obtained, which approval may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole, subjective but good faith discretion; and (ii) such actions are calculated to cause the least amount of inconvenience to other Tenants. The provisions of this Section 28.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby consents to Tenant’s use, in compliance with Applicable Law, of normal quantities of office and cleaning supplies and the materials described in the Environmental Questionnaire.

28.2 Assignment Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment, sublease or transfer of the Premises or this Lease if (i) the proposed transferee’s anticipated use of the Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, disposal or transportation of Hazardous Material; (ii) the proposed transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Material contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such transferee’s actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed transferee is subject to any enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, transportation or storage of a Hazardous Material.

28.3 Definition . As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste or related materials, including any substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “infectious agents,” “biohazardous materials,” “biohazardous wastes,” “chemical materials,” “chemical wastes,” “radioactive materials,” or “radioactive wastes,” now or subsequently regulated under any applicable federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations, including without limitation, petroleum-based products and materials, paints, solvents, lead, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonia compounds and other chemical products, asbestos, petroleum (or fractions thereof), PCB’s and similar compounds, sharp waste, medical wastes, microbial pathogens, and including any different products and materials which are subsequently found to have adverse effects on the environment or the health or safety of persons.

28.4 Building System Contaminants . Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 28, to prevent the generation, growth, or deposit of any mold, mildew, bacillus, virus, pollen or other micro-organism (collectively, “ Biologicals ”) and the deposit, release or circulation of any indoor contaminants, including emissions from paint, carpet and drapery treatments, cleaning, maintenance and construction materials and supplies, pesticides, pressed wood products, insulation, and other materials and products (collectively with Biologicals, “ Contaminants ”), that could adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of any tenant, employee, or other occupant of the Building or their invitees (each, an “ Occupant ”), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at all times during the Term use commercially reasonable efforts to (i)

 

-26-


maintain the humidity level and the air exchange rate within the Premises at a level recommended to prevent or minimize the growth of any Biologicals and the circulation of any other Contaminants, and (ii) maintain, operate and repair the Premises in such a manner to prevent or minimize the accumulation of stagnant water and moisture in planters, kitchen appliances and vessels, carpeting, insulation, water coolers and any other locations where stagnant water and moisture could accumulate, and (iii) otherwise maintain, operate and repair the Premises to prevent the generation, growth, deposit, release or circulation of any Contaminants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, under no circumstances shall Tenant have the right to install wall covering within the interior walls of the Premises. Tenant shall immediately advise Landlord if Tenant observes any condition in the Premises giving rise to a reasonable suspicion of the presence of any Contaminants, and, in any event, if any governmental entity or any Occupant alleges that its health, safety or welfare has or could be adversely affected by any such Contaminants. Landlord may then elect to engage the services of an industrial hygiene testing laboratory (or alternatively or concurrently require Tenant to do the same) to determine whether the cause of any alleged adverse health effect is or could be attributable to any Contaminants present within the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for all such testing costs and for any consequential damages and costs (including, without limitation, any third-party claims, loss of rental, remediation, removal and/or abatement costs, and increase in insurance premiums) resulting from Tenant’s failure to comply in whole or in part with the terms of this Section 28.4.

28.5 Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Disclosures . Prior to the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an Environmental Questionnaire and Disclosure Statement (the “ Environmental Questionnaire ”) in the form of Exhibit “L” attached to this Lease, and Tenant shall certify to Landlord all information contained in the Environmental Questionnaire as true and correct. The completed Environmental Questionnaire shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely fully on the information contained therein. On each anniversary of the Term Commencement Date and thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Lease (each such date is hereinafter referred to as a “ Disclosure Date ”), Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials, or any combination thereof, which were stored, generated, used or disposed of on, under or about the Premises for the twelve (12)-month period prior to each Disclosure Date, and which Tenant intends to store, generate, use or dispose of on, under or about the Premises through the next Disclosure Date. At Landlord’s option, Tenant’s disclosure obligations hereunder shall include a requirement that Tenant update, execute and deliver to Landlord the Environmental Questionnaire, as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time.

28.6 Landlord Hazardous Materials Representation . Landlord hereby represents and warrants to the best of Landlord’s knowledge that, as of the Reference Date, Landlord has received no notice from any governmental agency that the Project or any part thereof is in violation of any Laws governing the use, generation, or disposal of Hazardous Materials. The “ best of Landlord’s knowledge ” shall mean the actual current knowledge of Carl W. Robertson, Jr. and Hope I. Warschaw, managers of the co-managing directors of Landlord, without undertaking or the duty to undertake any independent investigation or inquiry and without imposing any individual liability on either of them.

29. SECURITY MEASURES . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide guard service, security systems or other security measures for the benefit of Tenant, the Premises or the Project. As material consideration to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its employees, agents, licensees and invitees (collectively, “ Tenant’s Personnel ”) and the property (including inventory) of Tenant and Tenant’s Personnel from the actions (including the criminal actions) of third parties. Landlord may elect, but shall have no obligation, to provide security services to the Premises and/or Project, in which event the cost thereof shall be included within the definition of Common Area Charges as set forth in Section 4 above.

 

-27-


30. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

30.1 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.

30.2 Successor . This Lease shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors, except as provided in Section 18, above.

30.3 Landlord’s Consent . Any consent required by Landlord or Tenant under this Lease must be granted in writing and, except where a different standard is expressly provided in this Lease, shall not be unreasonably withheld.

30.4 Attorneys’ Fees and Other Charges . If Landlord becomes a party to any litigation or arbitration arising out of or in connection with this Lease or Tenant’s occupancy or use of the Premises, the Building or the Project, by reason of any act or omission by, through, or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, business invitees, or licensees, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in the litigation or arbitration, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, whether or not such litigation or arbitration leads to final judgment. If either party commences an action or proceeding against the other party to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The reasonable attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court lee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in (i) the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, and (ii) the preparation and service of eviction notices and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default, resulting breach, notice of Default, or eviction notice. Additionally, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs) which are incurred by Landlord in connection with any action by Landlord for (i) relief from any automatic stay arising under the Bankruptcy Code Section 362(a) (11 U.S.C. Section 362(a)), or any successor statute; (ii) payment of rent after the bankruptcy petition is filed; and (iii) return of the Premises post petition in the condition required by the Lease. If Landlord employs a collection agency to recover delinquent charges, Tenant agrees to pay all collection agency fees charged to Landlord in addition to rent, late charges, interest and other sums payable under this Lease. In addition to any other sums payable hereunder, Tenant shall pay all fees and charges to Landlord incurred in connection with the preparation of any demand for delinquent rent.

30.5 Landlord’s Successors . In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Project the same shall operate to release Landlord from any liability under this Lease, and in such event Landlord’s successor in interest shall be solely responsible for all obligations of Landlord under this Lease.

30.6 Interpretation . This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Premises and the Project, except for such guarantees or modifications as may be executed in writing by the parties from time to time and any Riders attached to this Lease. All previous representations, preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project, except those contained herein, are superseded and of no further force or effect. No person, firm or corporation has at any time any authority from Landlord to make representations or promises on behalf of Landlord and Tenant expressly agrees that if any such representations or promises have been made, Tenant hereby waives all right to rely thereon, unless they are specifically included in this lease agreement in writing. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions hereof,

 

-28-


any statute, law or custom to the contrary notwithstanding. When required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine shall include the feminine and/or neuter. “ Party ” shall mean Landlord or Tenant. If more than one person or entity constitutes Landlord or Tenant, the obligations imposed upon that party shall be joint and several. The enforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision shall not render the other provisions unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

30.7 Estoppel Certificates . Tenant, for itself and its subtenants, hereby covenants and agrees (i) to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, from time to time during the Term within ten (10) days after landlord provides Tenant with written notice to do so, an estoppel certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “J” certifying in writing (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect, unmodified or modified solely as set forth in such estoppel certificate, and (b) that Tenant has fully and completely performed and complied with each and all of its covenants, agreements, terms and conditions under this Lease without exception or except only as set forth in such estoppel certificate, (ii) that any such estoppel certificate may be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser or encumbrance of the Premises, and (iii) that the failure of Tenant to so deliver such estoppel certificate in such period of time shall be conclusive upon Tenant (A) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (B) that the Rent has not been prepaid under this Lease except as required pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Lease, and (C) that Landlord has as of the date on which Tenant failed to deliver such estoppel certificate, fully and completely performed and complied with each and all of its covenants, agreements, terms and conditions under this Lease, without exception. At Landlord’s option, the failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be a Default by Tenant subject to the notice and cure period provided for under Section 19(iii), above.

30.8 Financing . In the event any of Landlord’s Lenders require, as a condition to financing, modifications to this Lease which do not materially increase any of Tenant’s obligations (when viewed cumulatively) or materially diminish Tenant’s rights hereunder, Landlord shall submit to Tenant such written amendment with the required modifications. If Tenant fails to execute and return the same within ten (10) days after the amendment has been submitted, Landlord shall have the right (i) to treat such failure to execute and return the amendment as a Default subject to the expiration of the notice and cure period under Section 19(iii), above, and/or (ii) to act as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact (and Tenant hereby so irrevocably appoints Landlord) with full power and authority to execute and deliver such amendment for and in the name of Tenant.

30.9 Financial Statements . When reasonably requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, upon ten (10) days’ notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statement(s) shall be safeguarded and held confidentially by Landlord and shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Section 30.9 shall constitute a Default subject to the expiration of the notice and cure period under Section 19(iii), above.

30.10 Recording . Tenant shall not under any circumstances record this Lease or any memorandum thereof.

30.11 Waiver of Trial by Jury and Filing of Lis Pendens . LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY LANDLORD OR TENANT AGAINST THE OTHER WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING TO THE CONTRARY, IF THE JURY TRIAL WAIVER CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE

 

-29-


HELD OR DEEMED TO BE UNENFORCEABLE, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 THROUGH 645.1 ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING HEREUNDER FOR WHICH A JURY TRIAL WOULD OTHERWISE BE APPLICABLE OR AVAILABLE. PURSUANT TO SUCH JUDICIAL REFERENCE, THE PARTIES AGREE TO THE APPOINTMENT OF A SINGLE REFEREE AND SHALL USE THEIR BEST EFFORTS TO AGREE ON THE SELECTION OF A REFEREE. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE ON A SINGLE A REFEREE, A REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT UNDER CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 AND 640 TO HEAR ANY DISPUTES HEREUNDER IN LIEU OF ANY SUCH JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE APPOINTED REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES IN THE APPLICABLE ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION THEREON; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY MATTERS WHICH WOULD NOT OTHERWISE BE THE SUBJECT OF A JURY TRIAL WILL BE UNAFFECTED BY THIS WAIVER AND THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED HEREIN HAVE BEEN FAIRLY NEGOTIATED ON AN ARMS LENGTH BASIS, WITH BOTH SIDES AGREEING TO THE SAME KNOWINGLY AND BEING AFFORDED THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THEIR RESPECTIVE LEGAL COUNSEL CONSENT TO THE MATTERS CONTAINED HEREIN. ANY PARTY TO THIS LEASE MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF JUDICIAL REFERENCE IN THE EVENT OF THE INVALIDITY OF SUCH JURY TRIAL WAIVER. IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH COMMENCEMENT OF LITIGATION, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER FROM THE OTHER PARTY SUCH COSTS AND REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AS MAY HAVE BEEN INCURRED, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL COSTS INCURRED IN ENFORCING, PERFECTING AND EXECUTING SUCH JUDGMENT. AS FURTHER MATERIAL CONSIDERATION TO LANDLORD ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE WITH TENANT, TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO RECORD A LIS PENDENS AGAINST THE PREMISES OR ANY PART THEREOF UNDER SECTIONS 405 ET SEQ. OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, IF A DISPUTE ARISES CONCERNING THIS LEASE OR TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.

30.12 Tenant as Corporation, Limited Liability Company, or Partnership . If Tenant is a corporation, (a) Tenant represents and warrants (1) that each individual executing this Lease on its behalf is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of Tenant in accordance with the governing documents of Tenant, and (2) that this Lease is binding upon and enforceable by Landlord against Tenant in accordance with its terms, and (b) Tenant shall, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Lease and designating the authorized signatories. If Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants (1) that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the terms of Tenant’s partnership agreement or operating agreement, as the case may be, or has received such authorization pursuant to the terms of such partnership agreement or operating agreement, as the case may be, and (2) that this Lease is binding upon and enforceable by Landlord against Tenant in accordance with its terms. In addition to the foregoing, if Tenant is a partnership, i) each general partner shall be jointly and severally liable for keeping, observing and performing all of the provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, and

 

-30-


ii) the term “Tenant” shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to this Lease, shall be binding upon Tenant and each and all of the general partners of Tenant with the same effect as if each of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed. Dissolution of any partnership which is “Tenant” under this Lease shall be deemed to be an assignment, jointly to all of the partners, who shall thereafter be subject to the terms of this Lease as if each such former partners had initially signed this Lease as individuals.

30.13 Addendum and Exhibits . The Addendum to Warland Business Park Lease and all Exhibits are attached hereto and made a part of this Lease and incorporated herein by reference.

30.14 Guaranty . Intentionally omitted.

30.15 No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of the Premises, offer, or option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

30.16 Accessibility Disclosure; Civil Code Section 1938 . In accordance with California Civil Code Section 1938, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that neither the Building nor the Premises has undergone inspection by a certified access specialist.

 

“LANDLORD”     “TENANT”
WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY,     IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a California limited partnership     a Delaware corporation
By:   Robertson Management Company, LLC,     By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

  a California limited liability company,       Name:   Matthew C. Garrett
  Co-Managing Director       Title:   CFO
By:  

/s/ Carl W. Robertson, Jr.

       
  Carl W. Robertson, Jr., Manager     By:  

 

        Name:  

 

By:   Law Warschaw Management LLC,       Title:  

 

  a California limited liability company,        
  Co-Managing Director        
By:  

/s/ Hope I. Warschaw

       
  Hope I. Warschaw, Manager        

 

-31-


ADDENDUM TO WARLAND BUSINESS PARK LEASE DATED APRIL20, 2015

BETWEEN WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY

AND iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

This Addendum to Warland Business Park Lease (“ Addendum ”) is attached to and made a part of that certain Warland Business Park Lease, dated April 20, 2015 between Warland Investments Company, as Landlord, and iRhythm Technologies, Inc., as Tenant (the “ Lease ”). Except as otherwise expressly defined below, all initially capitalized terms in this Addendum shall have the same meanings as given to them in the Lease. To the extent of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control.

31. PREMISES DELIVERY WARRANTY . As of the Term Commencement Date only, Landlord warrants that the existing plumbing, electrical and mechanical operating systems servicing the Premises and the Building roof shall be in good working condition (the “ Premises Delivery Warranty ”). If Landlord does not receive reasonably detailed written notice of any breach of the Premises Delivery Warranty (a “ Remedy Notice ”) within thirty (30) days after the Term Commencement Date, then the Premises Delivery Warranty and all of Landlord’s obligations thereunder shall automatically expire. Time is of the essence. To the extent Landlord does receive a Remedy Notice within the forgoing thirty (30) day period, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, promptly remedy such breach of the Premises Delivery Warranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Premises Delivery Warranty shall not apply to any damage or operational failure to the extent any such damage or operational failure results from the acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, agents and/or licensees. In the event Tenant fails to timely provide a Remedy Notice in connection with a breach of the Premises Delivery Warranty pursuant to this Section 31, Landlord shall have no obligation to cure, correct or repair the Premises condition giving rise to such breach.

32. OPTION TO EXTEND . Landlord grants to Tenant an option (the “ Option ”) to extend the Term for five (5) additional years (the “ Extension ”) on the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, except that the Base Monthly Rent shall be adjusted on the first day of the Extension (the “ Adjustment Date ”) to the “fair rental value” of the Premises on the Adjustment Date as follows:

32.1 At least one hundred eighty (180) days before the Adjustment Date, Landlord and Tenant shall meet in an effort to negotiate, in good faith, the fair rental value of the Premises as of the Adjustment Date. If Landlord and Tenant have not agreed upon the fair rental value of the Premises at least one hundred (100) days before the Adjustment Date, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree in good faith upon a single appraiser not later than seventy-five (75) days before the Adjustment Date, If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single appraiser within this time period, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one (1) appraiser not later than sixty-five (65) days before the Adjustment Date. Within ten (10) days thereafter, the two (2) appointed appraisers shall appoint a third appraiser. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint its appraiser within the prescribed time period, the single appraiser appointed shall determine the fair rental value of the Premises. If both parties fail to appoint appraisers within the prescribed time periods, then the first appraiser thereafter selected by a party shall determine the fair rental value of the Premises. Each party shall bear the cost of its own appraiser, and the parties shall share equally the cost of a single or third appraiser, if applicable. Each appraiser shall have at least ten (10) continuous years’ experience in the appraisal of Class A office buildings in Orange County, California and shall be a member of one or more professional organizations such as MAI or an equivalent.

32.2 For purposes of such appraisal, “ fair rental value ” shall mean the price that a ready and willing tenant would pay, as of the Adjustment Date, as monthly rent to a ready and willing landlord of first class office business park space comparable to the Premises in Cypress if that property were exposed for lease

 

-32-


on the open market for a reasonable period of time with a lease comparable to this Lease and with tenant improvements comparable to those in the Premises and taking into account visibility and frontage on major streets. If a single appraiser is chosen, then such appraisal shall determine the fair rental value of the Premises. Otherwise, the fair rental value of the Premises shall be the arithmetic average of the two (2) of the three (3) appraisals which are closest in amount, and the third appraisal shall be disregarded. In no event shall there be any rent concession or tenant improvement allowance for the Extension term. Landlord and Tenant shall instruct the appraiser(s) to complete their determination of the fair rental value not later than thirty (30) days before the Adjustment Date. If the fair rental value is not determined before the Adjustment Date, then Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the monthly rent in effect immediately prior to such Extension, until the fair rental value is determined. When the fair rental value of the Premises is determined, Landlord shall deliver notice of that amount to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice, the difference between the monthly rent actually paid by Tenant to Landlord and the new monthly rent determined under this Section 32.

32.3 During the Extension term, the Base Monthly Rent shall increase every twelve (12) months by three percent (3%), calculated by multiplying the Base Monthly Rent then in effect by 1.03.

32.4 The Option shall be exercised only by written unconditional notice received by Landlord at least nine (9) months but not more than twelve (12) months before expiration of the Term. Time is of the essence in Tenant’s delivery of such notice. If Landlord does not timely receive Tenant’s written unconditional notice of the exercise of the Option, the Option under this Section 32 shall immediately lapse, and there shall be no further right to extend the Term or to the Extension. The Option shall be exercisable by Tenant on the express condition for Landlord’s benefit that Tenant shall not be in Default at the time of the exercise of the Option. If Tenant timely exercises the Option under this Section 32, “Term” shall mean, for all purposes under this Lease, the sum of (a) the Term, plus (b) the term of the Extension for which the Option has been exercised. Tenant’s election to exercise the Option shall be deemed an acceptance of the Building and the Premises in their then condition.

32.5 The Option is personal to Tenant and to any Permitted Transferee to whom this Lease is assigned. In the event of any other sublease or other Transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease before the permitted exercise of the Option (i.e., other than to any Permitted Transferee to whom this Lease is assigned), the Option shall not be transferred to any transferee but shall instead automatically lapse.

33. BROKERS . Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder, other than CBRE, which represents Landlord, and Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, which represents Tenant (collectively, the “ Brokers ”), in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other than the Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction claiming through it. Tenant and Landlord do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any damages, judgment, claims, lawsuits, expenses, and liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party, including any attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto, Under no circumstances shall the Brokers named herein or any other broker or finder be considered third party beneficiaries to this Lease. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord shall pay or cause to be paid the commissions due the Brokers per the terms and conditions of separate agreements.

 

-33-


EXHIBIT “A”

DEPICTION OF EXISTING CONFIGURATION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “A”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “B”

DEPICTION OF PROJECT

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “B”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “C”

PROJECT SIGN CRITERIA

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

The Criteria set forth on the pages attached hereto have been established for the purpose of maintaining a continuity of quality and aesthetics throughout the Warland Business Park for the mutual benefit of all tenants, and to comply with the regulations of the City of Cypress. Conformance will be strictly enforced by the Landlord.

All sign plans shall be submitted to Landlord for approval. Once approved, the sign plans shall be forwarded to the following sign company for manufacture and installation:

 

   Graphical Dimensions
   1717 S. Boyd Street
   Santa Ana, California 92705
   Telephone:    (714) 259-0522
   Fax:    (714) 259-7769
   Attention:    Mark Smylie or Jim Duffield

Any installed nonconforming or unapproved signs must be brought into conformance with the Sign Criteria at the expense of the Tenant.

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 1 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

Introduction

This information is presented to explain the signage parameters for tenants at Warland Business Park, Cypress, California. The intention of this program is to allow each tenant maximum public exposure while retaining the overall visual consistency of the development. Where applicable, all color and graphics requiring approval by the owner must be submitted and approved prior to construction of the sign.

Wall Sign

Sign Construction

All tenants’ signs shall be fabricated from .090 aluminum to the dimensions shown in Exhibit 1. All welds shall be ground smooth and all exposed surfaces shall be primed and painted. There shall be no exposed fasteners.

Colors and Logos

All tenants’ signs shall consist of two painted panels, a name panel and a color or logo panel, as shown in Exhibit 1. For color specifications, see Exhibit 2. All name panels shall be painted color A with matte white vinyl copy. The color panels are as follows:

 

#8320    Color D    11065, 11105, 11135, 11165, 11215
#8309    Color E    11085, 11125, 11155
#8310    Color F    11075, 11095, 11145, 11205, 11235

The color panel can be used for the tenant’s company logo. The logo must be a single solid color. The logo shall be digitized in vinyl and applied to the color panel. All tenant logos must be approved by Warland Investments, Ltd. prior to fabrication.

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 2 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

Typography

All typography used in the Warland Business Park shall be ITC Lubalin Graph Bold, except where noted otherwise, as shown in Exhibit 2. All type shall be used in upper and lower case form. Type size and location on signs are indicated in Exhibits 3, 4 & 5. Typography color shall always be white, 3M #3650

Sign Location

The location of each type tenant sign is indicated on Exhibits 3, 4 & 5. It is important to the overall visual image of Warland Business Park that the locations of the signs be at a consistent height on the building elevations. All tenant signs shall be laid out so the color/logo panel is toward the suite entry door. See Exhibit 6

Suite Entry

Suite entry identification shall include the suite number in 3” white vinyl and the company name in 2” maximum height white vinyl, see Exhibit 7. All typography will be centered on the glass door panel. The typeface shall be Rockwell Medium, upper case only, see Exhibit 2. Maximum copy width shall be 26”.

Rear Door Suite Number

Each suite will have a 3” Dark Grey vinyl letter applied to the man door as shown in Exhibit 7. The number shall be centered on the door. The typeface shall be Rockwell Medium, see Exhibit 2. The company name shall be 1-1/2” upper case dark grey vinyl. It shall have a 12” maximum width.

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 3 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 4 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 5 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 6 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 7 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 8 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 9 of 10


Tenant Sign Criteria for Warland Business Park

Cypress, California

Revised 12/15/2002

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “C”

Page 10 of 10


EXHIBIT “D”

PROJECT PARKING AREA

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “D”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “E”

CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

Tenant and Landlord are executing simultaneously with this Construction Agreement (“ Agreement ”) that certain Warland Business Park Lease (the “ Lease ”) covering the Premises described as 11085 Knott Avenue, Suite “B”, Cypress, California. This Agreement is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease. All capitalized terms herein have the same definition as in the Lease. In consideration of the mutual covenants contained in the Lease and for other valuable consideration, Tenant and Landlord agree that the Premises shall be improved as set forth below.

1. Building Standards and Non-Standards. Tenant understands and acknowledges that this Agreement relates to both “building standard” and “non-building standard” work in the Premises. The term “ building standard ” work or material refers to the elements of construction and the specifications and quantities set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement. All other leasehold improvements in the Premises, including any materials and/or specifications selected by Tenant as alternatives to the building standard work or material, are “ building non-standard ” work or material. The term “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean all “building standard” and “building non-standard” leasehold improvements to be constructed by Landlord within the Premises pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Plans and Specifications .

2.1 By execution of the Lease, Tenant hereby approves the Tenant Improvements depicted and/or described on the plans prepared by Designworx (the “ Project Architect ”) and attached hereto as Schedule 2 to this Agreement (the “ Plans ”). Tenant represents that the Tenant Improvements as described on the Plans fully and accurately represent Tenant’s requirements for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

2.2 If the Tenant Improvements include any floor covering other than traditional carpeting, then Landlord shall perform a moisture test at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost for performing such test upon demand as a condition to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant may not waive any moisture barrier requirement or recommendation without Landlord’s approval, which may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

3. Completion of the Tenant Improvements . Following execution of the Lease, receipt of any additional funds as may be required pursuant to Paragraph 2.2 above, and issuance of all required permits and licenses, Landlord shall proceed with due diligence to construct the Tenant Improvements in a good workmanlike manner, in accordance with the Plans and all Laws. Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to achieve Substantial Completion (as defined below) in a timely manner following mutual execution of the Lease. However, subject only to Section 7 below, Landlord shall not be liable for any direct or indirect damages as a result of delays in construction beyond Landlord’s control, including, without limitation, strikes, non-availability of materials or labor through ordinary sources, rain, fire, flood or any other inclement weather conditions, delays in governmental or quasi-governmental approvals, or Tenant Delays (as defined below).

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 1 of 9


4. Tenant Delay . If Substantial Completion (as defined in Paragraph 6 below) is delayed by reason of any Tenant Delays (as defined in Section 3 of the Lease), the Substantial Completion date shall be the date Substantial Completion would have occurred had the Tenant Delays not occurred.

5. Change Orders . Tenant may request any change, addition or alteration to the Plans (a “ Change Order ”) by delivering to Landlord a written request therefor together with complete working drawings and specifications, to the extent applicable, showing the change, addition or alteration, provided that such change, addition or alteration does not (i) involve Disapproved Design Criteria (as defined below) or (ii) individually or, together with other changes, additions or alterations, in the aggregate result in the construction of the Tenant Improvements being of lesser quality than the Tenant Improvements as described in the Plans. Landlord shall promptly, following receipt of such request, give Tenant a written description of (a) modifications or revisions required by Landlord in order to approve the Change Order, (b) the Tenant Delay because of such Change Order, and (c) an itemized binding estimate of the cost of implementing the Change Order. Within five (5) days after such description and estimate, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice either granting or withholding authorization to proceed with the performance of the work shown on the requested Change Order. If no such authorization is received by Landlord within this five (5) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have withheld authorization to proceed with the performance of the work shown on the Change Order. The cost of the work in the amount set forth on the Change Order shall be due and payable to Landlord upon, and a condition precedent to the effectiveness of, Tenant’s written approval of the Change Order. Upon receipt of a Change Order request, Landlord shall be entitled to stop the Tenant Improvement construction if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, it is necessary to halt construction to accommodate the Change Order request. Such delays in construction shall be considered a Tenant Delay.

No deviations will be permitted from “building standard work” except as approved in writing by Landlord and which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s good faith discretion. Landlord shall not be required to approve any “building non-standard” work that: (i) does not conform to applicable statutes, ordinances or regulations or is disapproved by any governmental agency, (ii) requires building service beyond the level normally provided to other tenants in the Project, (iii) overloads the floors, (iv) may, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s good faith discretion, adversely impact the structure of the Building or any of the Building systems, (v) can be seen from the exterior of the Building, (vi) increase any of Landlord’s costs (unless Tenant pays for such increase), or (vii) is, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, of a nature or quality that is inconsistent with the objectives of Landlord for the Project. The categories described in preceding clauses (i) through (vii) inclusive are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Disapproved Design Criteria.”

Any dispute between Landlord and Tenant regarding or arising out of Plans or any Change Orders shall be resolved by the Project Architect, or any replacement Project Architect selected by Landlord, whose determination shall be final.

6. Substantial Completion . For purposes of this Lease, substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements (“ Substantial Completion ”) shall be the date on which the Project Architect certifies that the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the Plans such that Tenant can reasonably occupy or otherwise utilize the Premises for the use for which it is intended (the “ Tenant Improvements Certificate ”) (unless issuance of such certificate is delayed because of Fixturizing or any other Tenant Delay, in which event Substantial Completion shall be determined as of the date such certificate would otherwise have been issued) and Landlord has tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant under the Lease. Tendered possession shall mean that Landlord has notified Tenant that the keys to the Premises are

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 2 of 9


ready to be picked up; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be required to give Tenant the keys or access to the Premises until Tenant has given Landlord written proof of insurance that meets the requirements of the Lease.

7. Delay in Substantial Completion . If Substantial Completion does not occur within four (4) weeks following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease plus one (1) day for each day of Force Majeure Delays (as defined in Lease Section 16.1) and/or any Tenant Delays (as defined in Lease Section 3) (the “ Target Completion Date ”), then as of the date of Substantial Completion, Tenant shall receive a credit of Base Monthly Rent in an amount equal to one half (1/2) of the per diem Base Monthly Rent from the Target Completion Date until the date of Substantial Completion. The foregoing shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any delay in Substantial Completion caused by Landlord.

8. Early Occupancy. At such time as Contractor has determined that the Premises are at a stage of construction to safely permit Tenant’s contractors to enter the Premises for purposes of installing cabling and fixtures (collectively, “ Fixturizing ”) without interrupting construction or delaying the scheduled date for Substantial Completion, Tenant shall have the right to commence Fixturizing, provided (i) such early entry shall in any event not be earlier than the thirtieth (30) day before the scheduled date of Substantial Completion, (ii) before any such early entry, Landlord shall have received certificates of insurance from all such contractors in compliance with Lease Exhibit H, and (iii) Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for any and all third party Claims arising from or in connection with such early entry.

9. Punch List Procedure. Within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Tenant Improvements Certificate, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written punch list (the “ Punch List ”) setting forth any additional corrective work with respect to the Tenant Improvements which Tenant reasonably believes is required to be performed pursuant to the Plans. If no such punch list is provided by Tenant within this fifteen (15) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in its entirety, and Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to completion of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to complete all of the items on the Punch List within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Punch List from Tenant.

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 3 of 9


SCHEDULE 1

WARLAND BUSINESS PARK

TENANT IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

 

I. Partitions

 

  A. Type A - Office Partitions:

 

  1. 3-5/8” - 25 gauge metal studs at 24” on center.

 

  2. 5/8” Drywall one (1) layer each side of studs.

 

  3. Full height from floor through ceiling.

 

  4. Drywall taped smooth to receive paint or wallcovering.

 

  5. “L” metal twin at termination of partition at window mullions.

 

  6. R 11 fiberglass bait insulation continuous in wall cavity,

 

  B. Type B - Floor to structure partition:

 

  1. 6” - 25 gauge metal studs at 16” on center.

 

  2. 5/8” “Type X” drywall - one (1) layer each side of studs.

 

  3. Height from floor to structure above.

 

  4. Drywall taped smooth to receive paint or wallcovering.

 

  5. Fiberglass bat insulation in wall cavity.

 

II. Ceilings

 

  A. Acoustical Ceilings:

 

  1. Chicago metallic 850 series grid, or equal, intermediate duty, color - white.

 

  2. Armstrong Second Look II No. 2767A, 24” x 48” x 5/8” lay in tile, color white.

 

  3. Ceiling height 9’0” A.F.F.

 

  B. Drywall Ceiling:

 

  1. Metal stud and suspension system to meet code.

 

  2. 5/8” drywall one side only.

 

  3. Taped smooth to receive paint or wallcovering.

 

III. Doors and Hardware

 

  A. Interior Door Assembly; Non-Rated:

 

  1. 1 3/4” x 3’0” x 7’0” solid core, stain grade birch set in timely frames. (color for timely frame shall be brownstone)

 

  2. Butts McKinney two (2) pair TA 2714 4 1/2” x 4 613 finish or equal.

 

  3. Latchset Schlage DIOS Levon 613 finish or equal.

 

  4. Doorstop Wall, BBW WC12T 613 finish or equal.

 

  B. Lockset:

 

  1. Schlage, D53PD Lev, 613 finish/E-Keyway.

 

  2. Schlage, D40S Levon, 613 finish (privacy set for restroom doors).

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 4 of 9


IV. Electrical

 

  A. 2’ x 4’ fluorescent light fixture:

 

  1. Three (3) lamp 2’ x 4’ lay in type fixture with T-8 lamps & electronic ballasts. 2GT-332-812-Voltage-GEB-LST.

 

  2. 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 parabolic lens.

 

  3. Warm white fluorescent lamps.

 

  4. Earthquake clips and wires.

 

  5. Wiring to J Box.

 

  6. J Box and home run to distribution panel.

 

  B. Light Switch Assembly:

 

  1. Leviton Series 1451 I, Ivory color, or equal.

 

  2. Switches paired in double gang box to meet Title 24 requirements.

 

  3. Switch height at 48” A.F.F. to center line of switch.

 

  C. Electric Duplex Wall Outlet:

 

  1. Leviton Series 5320 I, Ivory color, or equal.

 

  2. No more than seven (7) outlets per circuit, 120 Volt, 15 Amps.

 

  3. Mounted vertically at 15” A.F,F. to center line of outlet.

 

  4. Home run to distribution panel.

 

  5. Minimum 3 per STD. office.

 

  D. Wall telephone; jack:

 

  1. Single gang outlet box in wall, mounted vertically at 12” A.F.F. to center of box.

 

  2. 3/4” conduit stubbed into attic space.

 

  3. Cover plate by others.

 

  E. Incandescent downlight:

 

  1. Halo H 7T 410, recessed light with a black coil baffle and white trim.

 

  2. 150 Watt incandescent bulb.

 

  F. 8’ strip fluorescent light fixture (warehouse):

 

  1. Lithonia, tc-232-voltage-GEB, or equal.

 

  2. Two (2) 8’ Miser cool white watt lamps, 32WATT-T-8-3500K

 

  3. Chain hung tight to structure above.

 

  4. Conduit and wiring.

 

V. Fire Sprinklers

 

  1. Semi-recessed, color — white

 

  2. Drops from plugged T’s to ceiling height

 

  3. Smoke detectors & monitoring if required.

 

VI. H.V.A.C.

 

  A. Interior Zone:

 

  1. Furnish and install low pressure distribution ductwork & insulation meeting 1991 UMC requirements.

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 5 of 9


  2. Furnish and install supply diffusers and return air grilles. Krueger 1200P series or equal.

 

  3. Furnish and install volume control dampers at each branch and duct to diffusers & grilles.

 

  4. Furnish & install programmable thermostats, Honey Well T-7300 series with sub-base suitable for heat pump operation.

 

  5. Furnish & install Payne 548C series roof-top packaged heat pumps or equal by carrier, complete 1” filters & factory fresh air intake with backdraft dumpers.

 

  6. Where existing equipment platforms are available, use side discharge units and provide curbed room penetrations for lined ducts through the room. Where no existing platforms are available for new units to be added, use down shot units mounted on factory roof curbs.

 

  7. All new A/C units, 5 tons and over are to be installed on 1” deflection spring isolators, or isolation rails if down shot (isolators shall have integral seismic restraints).

 

  8. Duct smoke detectors to be provided in supply & return ducts of units 5 tons and over.

 

  9. All roof penetrations shall be framed and sealed per Warland guidelines. 18” min. strip of modified bitumen shall be installed around all openings.

 

  B. Package Unit Heat Pump:

 

  1. Furnish and install 2 ton roof mounted unit. (Payne model 542G or equal) secure units to equipment platforms.

 

  2. Furnish and install plenum and distribution ductwork.

 

  3. Furnish and install supply diffusers and return air grilles.

 

VII. Carpet and Flooring Base

 

  A. Carpet — See Property Management for the latest loop and pile selections.

 

  B. 4” carpet base with dark bronze metal trim.

 

VIII. Other Flooring and Flooring Base

 

  A. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) — Armstrong Sheet Flooring, Suffield or Seagate. (Colors to be approved by Landlord).

 

  B. 4” self covered base — Burke

 

IX. Painting

 

  A. Walls:

 

  1. Two coats to cover. Flat interior latex paint.

 

  2. Two coats to cover. Semi-gloss enamel in restrooms.

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 6 of 9


  B. Doors:

 

  1. One coat of Watco oil stain with sealer

 

X. Toilet Room Finishes

 

  A. Floor: 2” x 2” unglazed porcelain mosaic tile with ceramic tile base. Dal Keystone Tile (Color DK 325).

 

  B. Wainscot: 2” x 2” glazed porcelain mosaic tile 4 feet high Dal Tile (Base Color D135 Pat

 

  C. D or D1427 Pat D, Accent Color to be approved by Landlord)

 

  D. Toilet exhaust fan and ducting.

 

  E. Duplex receptacle.

 

  F. Recessed strip light.

 

  G. Water resistant gypsum board ceiling and walls.

 

XI. Toilet Room Fixtures

 

  A. Water closet — Floor mounted, Madera flush valve; American Standard 2234.015 or equal.

 

  B. Handicap water closet — floor mounted, Cadet aquameter flush valve; American Standard 3043.102

 

  C. Lavatories — American Standard Ovalyn 0470.13 or equal. Set in plastic laminate counter with splash.

 

  D. Toilet room accessories shall be all fully recessed; Bobrick or equal.

 

  1.   Grab bars    B-5507
  2.   Soap Dispenser    B-8221
  3.   Toilet tissue dispenser    B-6857
  4.   Toilet seat cover dispenser    B-221
  5.   Combination paper towel & Waste receptacle    B-3944

 

  E. Mirror glass 1/4” thick with stainless steel framing, B-290 Series.

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 7 of 9


SCHEDULE 2

PLANS

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 8 of 9


LOGO

 

Exhibit “E”

Page 9 of 9


EXHIBIT “F”

PROJECT RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees to comply will all of the rules and regulations set forth below, and with any reasonable amendments or additions thereto as Landlord may deem necessary from time to time.

(1) Any and all loading and unloading of goods shall be done only at such times, in the areas and through the entrances designated for such purpose by Landlord.

(2) All truck deliveries shall be accomplished expeditiously. During delivery, all diesel engines on large trucks with semi-tractor trailers shall be shut off, to ameliorate noise and air pollution.

(3) Overnight parking of any trucking equipment or any other vehicle is specifically prohibited.

(4) Any and all garbage, trash and refuse shall be kept in the type of container specified by Landlord, and shall be placed in the designated trash enclosures for collection. Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage of any kind in or about the Premises or the Project.

(5) No aerials or antennas shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds, without in each instance the written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(6) No Tenant shall make or permit to be made any unseemly or disturbing noises, sounds or vibrations or disturb or interfere with occupants of its building or other buildings in the Project by the use of any musical instrument, radio, CD players, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way. No loudspeakers, televisions, CD players, phonographs, radios or other devices shall be used in a manner so as to be heard or seen outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall conduct its business in a quiet and orderly manner so as not to create unreasonable or unrelated noise.

(7) No Tenant, nor any agent, employee or customer of any Tenant, shall use, sell or solicit any illegal drugs in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project.

(8) Tenant shall not solicit business within the Common Area by circulars or otherwise or take any action which would interfere with the rights of other persons to use the Common Area without the written consent of Landlord,

(9) Tenant shall not place or permit any obstruction in the Common Areas immediately adjoining the Premises without the written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall not display or sell merchandise, or allow carts, portable signs, signed vehicles, devices or other objects to be stored or to remain outside of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall not obstruct the sidewalks, entrances, passages, corridors or halls, nor use same for any purpose other than ingress and egress,

 

Exhibit “F”

Page 1 of 3


(10) Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall be required to park their vehicles in an area designated in the Lease for such parking.

(11) Tenant shall not cause or permit the existence of any obnoxious or foul odors that disturb the public or other Tenants, Should such odors be evident, Tenant shall be required to take immediate steps to remedy same at Tenant’s expense.

(12) Under no circumstances shall any smoking be permitted in the Premises or within 20 feet of any door or any operable window. Any smoking by Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees or business invitees shall be outside the Premises using Landlord’s standard ash/trash receptacles, which shall be purchased and maintained by Tenant.

(13) Landlord shall have the right to determine and prescribe the weight and proper position of any unusually heavy equipment, including, but not limited to, radiology equipment, libraries, safes, large files, etc., that are to be placed in the Premises, and only those which in the reasonable opinion of Landlord will not do damage to the floors, structure and/or elevators may be moved into said Premises. Any damage occasioned in connection with the moving or installing of such aforementioned articles in said Premises or the existence of same in said Premises shall be paid for by Tenant.

(14) Tenant shall have no rights to enter upon or utilize the roof of the Premises.

(15) Except for approved alterations pursuant to the Construction Agreement or to maintain and repair Tenant’s cabling, Tenant shall have no right to utilize the Premises ceiling plenum.

(16) The telephone mainline shall be run inside the common sleeve to the telephone service board in the electrical room servicing the Premises. This shall be done in cooperation with the other Tenants of the Project and shall have the prior approval from the Landlord.

(17) Tenant is solely responsible for the installation of its own security system. In accordance with the Lease terms, Landlord shall approve, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, the placement of alarms, and related electrical.

(18) Tenant acknowledges that the Project is on a master-key system. In the event Tenant desires to have the locks in the Premises changed, Tenant shall notify Landlord and shall employ a locksmith authorized by Landlord to install locks that are compatible with the master-key system. In the event Tenant changes its locks and fails to notify Landlord, Tenant shall be required to put its locks on the master-key system, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

(19) The plumbing facilities shall be used only for the purpose for which they were constructed. No foreign substance shall be deposited in any toilet or sink, and the cost of repair from any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting therefrom shall be borne by Tenant. Any replacement of toilet fixtures shall be per the same specifications as those installed in the Premises at the time of original construction.

(20) Tenant shall not overload the electrical circuit breaker panel. Any additional circuits added by Tenant must have prior approval of Landlord, which approval may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

Exhibit “F”

Page 2 of 3


(21) When cleaning the glass windows and/or aluminum framing, Tenant must use only mild soap and water and apply with a sponge. NO abrasive materials shall be used, as this will cause the silver coating on the inside of the windows to disintegrate. Ammonia must not be used to clean the windows, as it will cause the aluminum window frames to deteriorate.

(22) If Tenant removes any door hardware and substitutes a different hardware, it shall be of equal standard to the hardware installed in the Premises at the time Tenant took possession.

(23) Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires or laying of linoleum or other similar floor coverings shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Landlord and as the Landlord may direct.

(24) Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

(25) Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.

(26) Tenant shall comply with the provisions of any governmental rule, regulation or ordinance regarding participation in traffic management and/or vehicular trip reduction programs, as mandated by the City of Cypress, County, State, or any other governmental agency,

(27) Except for occasional visitors, Tenant shall not permit children within the Premises.

(28) Landlord reserves the right to amend these Rules and Regulations and to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed and desirable, and which do not materially diminish Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

Exhibit “F”

Page 3 of 3


EXHIBIT “G”

TENANT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Tenant shall procure and maintain at all times, at Tenant’s own expense, during the term of this Lease, the insurance coverages and requirements specified below, insuring all operations related to the Lease.

The kinds and amounts of insurance are as follows:

 

  a) Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance.

Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance in accordance with the Laws of the State of California, or any other applicable jurisdiction, covering all employees and Employers’ Liability coverage with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident or illness including a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the Landlord.

 

  b) Commercial Liability Insurance (Primary and Umbrella).

Commercial General Liability insurance or equivalent, with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence, for Bodily Injury, personal injury and Property Damage Liability. Coverage extensions shall include the following: all premises and operations, including the Building, all common areas, defense, cross liability or severability of interest, blanket contractual liability, Fire Legal Liability, Amendment of the Pollution exclusion to include Hostile Fire, Waiver of Subrogation in favor of landlord, an “additional insured-Manager or Lessors of Premises” endorsement (ISO CG 20 11). Coverage shall be on a primary and non-contributory basis, arising directly or indirectly with the lease.

 

  c) Commercial Automobile Insurance (Primary and Umbrella).

When any motor vehicles (non-owned and hired) are used in connection with work to be performed, the Tenant shall provide Commercial Automobile Insurance with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence, for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage extensions shall include a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the landlord.

 

  d) All Risk Property Insurance.

All risk property insurance coverage shall be maintained by the Tenant for full replacement value to protect against loss, damage to or destruction of all personal property including Tenant’s betterments and alterations in or about the Premises: All risk policy form to include the following: Sprinkler Leakage and Earthquake Sprinkler Leakage, Plate Glass, rental income in an amount not less than the base rent and estimated additional rent for common area charges payable for each Lease Year. Landlord shall be designed as a loss payee under such all risk property insurance coverage as to the betterments and alterations. Landlord shall have no obligation to insure Tenant’s personal property or any betterments and alterations during the Term.

Tenant shall additionally comply, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with any and all insurance requirements now or in the future required by any Lender.

 

Exhibit “G”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “H”

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

  Owner Name:   Warland Investments Company
  Certificate Holder:   Warland Investments Company
  Certificate should be sent to:   11155 Knott Avenue, Suite J
    Cypress, California 90630
   

(714) 895-5908 Phone

(714) 898-3453 Fax

 

1. Insurance Carrier : All policies shall be maintained with insurance companies holding a General Policyholders Best’s Rating of “A-” or better and a Financial Rating of “XI” or better.

 

2. General Liability Insurance:

 

  A. Commercial General Liability Insurance with a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence (combined primary and excess-umbrella) for bodily injury and property damage with waiver of subrogation; and

 

  B. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (covering owned vehicles, leased vehicles, and all other vehicles) with a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) which shall include bodily injury and property damage with waiver of subrogation.

 

3. Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability : Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance in accordance with law with a Waiver of Subrogation, and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a maximum coverage of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000);

 

4. Landlord and Manager are specifically named as an Additional Insured : An Additional Insured Endorsement should be attached to Certificate of Insurance listing Warland Investments Company as additional insured.

Each of the policies of insurance required to be carried pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit shall contain:

 

  (i) if at any time available from the insurer, a clause requiring written notice to be delivered to Manager by the insurer not less than thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation of such policy of insurance, in whole or in part, or a reduction as to coverage or amount thereunder,

 

  (ii) the condition that such insurance is primary and any liability insurance maintained by Manager or any other additional insured is excess and non-contributory, and

 

  (iii) Severability of Interest and Separation of Insured clauses.

 

Exhibit “G”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “I”

FORM OF COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

To:  

 

     Date:             , 2015
 

 

    
 

 

    

 

Re:   Warland Business Park Lease dated April 20, 2015 (the “ Lease ”), between Warland Investments Company, a California limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), concerning Suite “B” at 11085 Knott Avenue, Cypress, California (the “ Premises ”).

In accordance with Sections 1.9 and 3 of the Lease, we wish to confirm as follows:

1. Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises.

2. The Term commenced on             , 20     and will end on             , 20    .

3. In accordance with the Lease, Base Monthly Rent is                      Dollars ($            ) and commenced to accrue on             , 20    .

4. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first (1 st ) day of every month during the Term of the Lease. Your rent checks should be made payable to “Warland Investments Company” at 1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 300, Santa Monica, California 90401.

 

WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY,

a California limited partnership

By:  

Robertson Management Company, LLC, a California limited liability company, Co-Managing Director

  By:  

 

    Carl W. Robertson, Jr., Manager
By:   Law Warschaw Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Co-Managing Director
  By:  

 

    Hope I. Warschaw, Manager

Acknowledged and Agreed to by Tenant:

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Its:  

 

By:  

 

  Its:  

 

 

Exhibit “I”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “J”

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

  TO:   WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY , a California limited partnership (“ Landlord ”):

The undersigned, IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

(“ Tenant ”), hereby certifies to                      a

                    , as follows:

1. Attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of that certain lease dated             , 20    , between Landlord and Tenant (the “ Lease ”), which demises premises located at Suite         ,              Knott Avenue, Cypress, California (the “ Premises ”). The Lease is now in full force and has not been amended, modified or supplemented, except as set forth in Paragraph 4 below.

2. The term of the Lease commenced on             , 20    .

3. The term of the Lease shall expire on             , 20    . There are                      (    ) options to extend the Lease term for a total period of                      (    ) years, none of which has been exercised. There are no options to expand the Premises.

4. The Lease has: (Initial one)

(    ) not been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned.

(    ) been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned by the following described agreements, copies of which are attached hereto:

 

 

 

 

5. Tenant has accepted and is now in possession of the Premises.

6. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s interest in the Lease will be assigned to                      and that no modification, adjustment, revision or cancellation of the Lease or amendments thereto shall be effective unless the prior written consent of is obtained.

7. The amount of fixed monthly rent is                      Dollars ($            ).

8. The amount of security deposits (if any) is                      Dollars ($            ). No other security deposits have been made.

 

Exhibit “J”

Page 1 of 2


9. Tenant is paying the full lease rental, which has been paid in full as of the date of this Certificate. No rent or other amount under the Lease has been paid for more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date.

10. All work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease and the Construction Agreement (as defined in the Lease) has been completed.

11. There are no defaults on the part of the Landlord or Tenant under the Lease.

12. Tenant has no defense as to its obligations under the Lease and claims no set-off or counterclaim against Landlord.

13. Tenant has no right to any concession (rental or otherwise) or similar compensation in connection with renting the space it occupies except as provided in the Lease.

All provisions of the Lease and the amendments thereto (if any) referred to above are hereby ratified.

The foregoing certification is made with the knowledge that Landlord is about to sell the Property to                      or that                      is about to fund a loan to Landlord, which sale/loan Tenant understands is scheduled to close on                     , and that in either case the named party is relying upon the representations herein made in proceeding with that execution. Tenant shall take all steps reasonably necessary to keep the transaction and party described in this Certificate confidential. If there is any change in the information provided in this Certificate between now and the closing described above, Tenant shall immediately inform you of that change.

This Certificate has been duly executed and delivered by the authorized officers of the undersigned as of             , 20    .

 

“TENANT”       IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
      a Delaware corporation
   

By:

 

 

      Its:  

 

   

By:

 

 

      Its:  

 

 

Exhibit “J”

Page 2 of 2


EXHIBIT “K”

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

Exhibit “K”

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT “L”

FORM OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

The purpose of this form is to obtain information regarding the use of materials on the Premises. Prospective tenants should answer the questions in light of their proposed operations on the Premises. Existing tenants should answer the questions as they relate to on-going operations on the Premises and should update any information previously submitted. If additional space is needed to answer the questions, you may attach additional information to this form. For purposes of this form, “hazardous materials” shall also include Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 27.3 or the Lease). The undersigned certifies to Landlord that the following is true and correct.

This form is attached to all leases with Landlord. Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. When completed, the form should be mailed to:

Warland Investments Company

1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

If you have any questions, please contact                      at (    )              for assistance.

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

 

  Name of Responding Company:  

 

 

  Check all that apply:   Prospective Tenant   (    )
    Existing Tenant   (    )

 

  Mailing Address:  

 

  Contact Person & Title:  

 

  Telephone Number: (    )  

 

 
  Address of Leased Premises:  

 

  Length of Lease:  

 

Describe the proposed operations to take place on the property, including principal products manufactured or services to be conducted. Existing tenants and contractors should describe any proposed changes to ongoing operations.

 

 

 

 

2. ABOVE GROUND STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FOR PURPOSES OF THIS QUESTIONNAIRE, THE TERM HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MEANS ANY RAW MATERIAL, PRODUCT OR AGENT CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS UNDER ANY STATE OR FEDERAL LAW. THE TERM DOES NOT INCLUDE WASTES WHICH ARE INTENDED TO BE DISCARDED. HAZARDOUS WASTES ARE ADDRESSED IN SECTION 4. BELOW.

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 1 of 7


2.1 Will any hazardous materials be used or stored on site?

 

Chemical Products    Yes (    )    No (    )   
Radioactive Materials    Yes (    )    No (    )   
Petroleum Products    Yes (    )    No (    )   

2.2 List any hazardous materials to be used or stored, the quantities that will be on-site at any given time, and the location and method of storage (e.g., bottles in storage closet on the premises).

 

Hazardous Materials

Quantity

  

Location and Method

of Storage

   Disposal

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

3. UNDERGROUND STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

3.1 Is any underground storage of hazardous materials proposed or currently conducted on the premises? Yes (    ) No (    )

If yes, describe the materials to be stored, and the size and construction of the tank. Attach copies of any permits obtained for the underground storage of such substances.

3.2 Are any below grade clarifiers, separators or sumps proposed for installation or currently existing on the premises? Yes (    ) No (    )

If yes, describe the purpose, the size and construction of the containment.

 

 

 

 

4. GENERATION AND STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE FOR PURPOSES OF THIS QUESTIONNAIRE, THE TERM “HAZARDOUS WASTE” MEANS ANY WASTE ( INCLUDING CHEMICAL, PETROLEUM OR RADIOACTIVE WASTE ) CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS UNDER ANY STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, AND WHICH IS INTENDED TO BE DISCARDED.

4.1 List any hazardous waste generated or to be generated on the premises, and indicate the quantity generated on a monthly basis.

 

Hazardous Materials

Quantity

  

Location and Method

of Storage

   Disposal

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 2 of 7


4.2 Describe the method(s) of disposal (including recycling) for each waste. Indicate where and how often disposal will take place.

 

Hazardous Materials

Quantity

  

Location and Method

of Storage

   Disposal

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

4.3 Is any treatment or processing of hazardous, infectious or radioactive wastes currently conducted or proposed to be conducted on the premise?

Yes (    ) No (    )

If yes, please describe any existing or proposed treatment methods.

 

 

 

 

4.4 Attach copies of any hazardous waste permits or licenses issued to your company with respect to its operations on the premises.

5. SPILLS ( EXISTING TENANTS )

5.1 During the past year have any spills or releases of hazardous materials occurred on the premises? Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, please describe the spill and attach the results of any testing conducted tb determine the extent of such spills.

 

 

 

 

5.2 Were any agencies notified in connection with such spills? Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, attach copies of any spill reports or other correspondence with regulatory agencies.

5.3 Were any clean-up actions undertaken in connection with the spills?

Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, briefly describe the actions taken. Attach copies of any clearance letters obtained from any regulatory agencies involved and the results of any final soil or groundwater sampling done upon completion of the clean-up work.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 3 of 7


6. INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE

6.1 Does your operation generate an industrial wastewater discharge? Yes (    ) No (    ). If so describe the generation process and hazardous content of the discharge.

6.2 Is your industrial wastewater treated before discharge? Yes (    ) No (    )

If yes, describe the type of treatment conducted.

 

 

 

 

6.3 Attach copies of any wastewater discharge permits issued to your company with respect to its operations on the premises.

7. AIR DISCHARGES

7.1 Do you have any air filtration systems, vents or stacks that discharge into the air?

Yes (    ) No (    )

If yes, please describe.

 

 

 

 

7.2 Do you operate any equipment that requires an air emissions permit?

Yes (    ) No (    )

7.3 Attach copies of any air discharge permits pertaining to these operations.

8. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES

8.1 Does your company handle an aggregate of at least 500 pounds, 55 gallons or 200 cubic feet of hazardous material at any given time? Yes (    ) No (    )

8.2 Has your company prepared a Hazardous Materials Disclosure — Chemical Inventory and Business Emergency Plan or similar disclosure document pursuant to state or county requirements? Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, attach a copy.

8.3 Are any of the chemicals used in your operations regulated under Proposition 65?

If so, describe the procedures followed to comply with these requirements.

 

 

 

 

8.4 Is your company subject to OSHA Hazard Communication Standard Requirements?

Yes (    ) No (    )

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 4 of 7


If so, describe the procedures followed to comply with these requirements.

 

 

9. ANIMAL TESTING

9.1 Does your company bring or intend to bring live animals onto the premises for research or development purposes? Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, describe the activity.

 

 

 

 

9.2 Does your company bring or intend to bring animal body parts or bodily fluids onto the premises for research or development purposes? Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, describe the activity.

 

 

 

 

10. ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS, COMPLAINTS

10.1 Has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent orders/decrees regarding environmental compliance or health and safety? Yes (    ) No (    )

If so, describe the actions and any continuing obligations imposed as a result of these actions.

 

 

 

 

10.2 Has your company ever received any requests for information, notice or demand letters, or other inquiries regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?

Yes (    ) No (    )

10.3 Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against the company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns? Yes (    ) No (    )

10.4 Has an environmental audit ever been conducted which concerned operations or activities on premises occupied by you? Yes (    ) No (    )

10.5 Have there been any problems or complaints from neighbors at the company’s current facility. If so, describe and identify the complaining party.

11. BIOHAZARDOUS MATERIALS

11.1 Is or will the premises be used as a laboratory of any kind?             . If so, provide the following information:

 

    Identify the BioSafety Level and function of each laboratory.

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 5 of 7


    Describe the size of each laboratory and the proposed method of construction, i.e., manufactured containment or constructed in place.

 

    Describe how biohazardous agents will be used i.e., diagnostic, R&D etc.

 

    Describe the level of professional evaluation conducted relative to the design, security, and health and safety risk associated with each laboratory.

 

    Describe the measures that will be employed in each laboratory to ensure containment of materials within the building and to avoid contamination of the building itself.

 

    Identify which government and regulatory agencies will be involved in the planning, permitting and oversight of laboratory operations.

11.2 List any biohazardous or infectious materials that may be used or store on the premises, the quantities that will be on-site at any given time, and the location and method of storage (e.g., bottles in storage closet on the premises).

 

Hazardous Materials

Quantity

  

Location and Method

of Storage

   Disposal

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

11.3 List any biohazardous or infectious waste generated or to be generated on the premises, and indicate the quantity generated on a monthly basis.

 

Hazardous Materials

Quantity

  

Location and Method

of Storage

   Disposal

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 6 of 7


11.4 Describe the method(s) of disposal (including recycling) for each waste type. Indicate where and how often disposal will take place.

 

Hazardous Materials

Quantity

  

Location and Method

of Storage

   Disposal

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

    

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

11.5 Is any treatment or processing of biohazardous or infectious waste currently conducted or proposed to be conducted on the premise? Yes (    ) No (    )

If yes, please describe any existing or proposed treatment methods.

 

 

 

 

11.6 Attach copies of any biohazardous, infectious, or medical materials permits or licenses issued to your company with respect to its operations on the premises.

11.7 Has your company ever received any agency citations or been the subject of any enforcement actions relative to the use/storage of biohazardous materials? Yes (    ) No (    ) If so please describe the action and any continuing obligations imposed as a result of the actions.

11.8 Have any accidents, injuries or deaths occurred in connection with the use, handling or storage of any biohazardous materials?

 

BY:  

 

NAME:  

 

TITLE:  

 

DATE:  

 

 

Exhibit “L”

Page 7 of 7


EXHIBIT “M”

PERMITTED TRANSFERS

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of that certain Warland Business Park Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated             , 2015, between Warland Investments Company, a California limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC, (“ Tenant ”) for the premises known as 11085 Knott Avenue, Suite “B”, Cypress, California (the “ Premises ”). Defined or initially capitalized terms used in this Exhibit shall have the same meaning as in the Lease. The provisions of this Exhibit shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease to the extent of the inconsistency.

Pursuant to Section 18.7 of this Lease, Tenant may, without the prior written consent of Landlord (but with prior written notice and substantiating documents as required by Section 18.7), at any time undergo a deemed Transfer due to a change of control under Section 18.6(a) or assign this Lease or sublet the Premises to any of the following (each, a “Tenant Affiliate”):

(a) any parent, subsidiary or affiliate or related corporation or entity,

(b) any corporation resulting from a consolidation or merger of Tenant into or with any other entity where the surviving corporation assumes by laws all obligations of Tenant under this Lease as a matter of law;

(c) to a corporation or other entity which has acquired more than fifty percent (50%) of each class of outstanding voting capital stock of Tenant or substantially all of Tenant’s physical assets; or

(d) The transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of Tenant through an initial public offering.

With respect to any such permitted sublease or assignment (a “ Permitted Transfer ”) under this Exhibit each of the following shall apply as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of such a Permitted Transfer, except that clause (v) shall, under the circumstances set forth below, constitute a condition subsequent to the effectiveness of such Permitted Transfer:

 

  (i) The Premises may only be used for the use permitted under this Lease;

 

  (ii) Except for a Permitted Transfer described in clause (b), above, the assignee or subtenant (each a “ Transferee ”) shall execute a written assumption of the obligations of Tenant pursuant to this Lease in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and to any Lender, and deliver a copy of such executed assumption to Landlord and such Lender;

 

  (iii) Except for a Permitted Transfer described in clause (a), above, the Transferee or survivor shall have an unconsolidated, positive net worth (excluding good will) equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant as of the {Reference Date], or (2) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to the date of such Permitted Transfer;

 

Exhibit “M”

Page 1 of 2


  (iv) Except for a Permitted Transfer described in clause (b), above where Tenant is not the surviving entity (and, in which event, the Transferee surviving entity shall assume full direct liability hereunder), Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations pursuant to this Lease; and

 

  (v) At least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Lender and Landlord a written notice of the Permitted Transfer identifying the Transferee, the effective date of the Permitted Transfer, the facts which bring such Permitted Transfer within the scope of this Exhibit and any changes in the address for notices and billings to Tenant pursuant to this Lease, If prior disclosure of the proposed Permitted Transfer is proscribed by applicable law, then such notice shall be provided no later than ten (10) days after the effective date of the Permitted Transfer.

As used herein, a “ parent ” of Tenant shall be any person or entity which owns a majority of the outstanding voting stock or profit and loss interests of Tenant, a “ subsidiary ” of Tenant shall be any entity as to which Tenant owns a majority of the outstanding voting stock or profit and loss interests of such entity, and an “ affiliate ” or related corporation or entity” of Tenant means a person or entity, corporation or otherwise, that through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant. As used herein, the word “ control ” means the right and power to direct or cause the direction of the management of policies of the person or entity, corporation or otherwise, through ownership or voting securities (including shareholder agreements).

 

Exhibit “M”

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.9

OFFICE LEASE

650 TOWNSEND STREET

San Francisco, California

LANDLORD:

650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC

TENANT:

iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.

 

Definitions

     1   
 

1.1

  

Terms Defined

     1   
 

1.2

  

Basic Lease Information

     7   
 

1.3

  

Certain Defined Terms

     7   

2.

 

Lease of Premises

     8   

3.

 

Term; Condition and Acceptance of Premises

     8   
 

3.1

  

Term; Condition and Acceptance of Premises

     8   
 

3.2

  

Early Entry

     8   
 

3.3

  

Option to Extend

     8   
 

3.4

  

Amendment to Lease

     10   

4.

 

Rent

     10   
 

4.1

  

Base Rent

     10   
 

4.2

  

Manner of Rent Payment

     11   
 

4.3

  

Additional Rent

     11   
 

4.4

  

Late Payment of Rent; Interest

     11   

5.

 

Calculation and Payments of Escalation Rent

     12   
 

5.1

  

Payment of Estimated Escalation Rent

     12   
 

5.2

  

Escalation Rent Statement and Adjustment

     12   
 

5.3

  

Proration for Partial Year

     13   

6.

 

Impositions Payable by Tenant

     13   

7.

 

Use of Premises

     13   
 

7.1

  

Permitted Use

     13   
 

7.2

  

No Violation of Requirements

     13   
 

7.3

  

Compliance with Requirements

     14   
 

7.4

  

No Nuisance

     14   
 

7.5

  

Compliance With Environmental Laws; Use of Hazardous Materials

     14   

8.

 

Building Services

     14   
 

8.1

  

Maintenance of Project

     14   
 

8.2

  

Building-Standard Services

     15   
 

8.3

  

Interruption or Unavailability of Services

     15   
 

8.4

  

Tenant’s Use of Excess Electricity and Water; Premises Occupancy Load

     16   
 

8.5

  

Provision of Additional Services

     16   
 

8.6

  

Tenant’s Supplemental Air Conditioning

     16   
 

8.7

  

Tenant’s Electrical Consumption

     17   

 

i


9.

 

Maintenance of Premises

     17   

10.

 

Alterations to Premises

     17   
 

10.1

  

Landlord Consent; Procedure

     17   
 

10.2

  

General Requirements

     17   
 

10.3

  

Landlord’s Right to Inspect

     19   
 

10.4

  

Tenant’s Obligations Upon Completion

     19   
 

10.5

  

Repairs

     19   
 

10.6

  

Ownership and Removal of Alterations

     20   
 

10.7

  

Minor Alterations

     20   
 

10.8

  

Landlord’s Fee

     20   

11.

 

Liens

     20   

12.

 

Damage or Destruction

     21   
 

12.1

  

Obligation to Repair

     21   
 

12.2

  

Landlord’s Election

     21   
 

12.3

  

Tenant’s Election

     21   
 

12.4

  

Cost of Repairs

     22   
 

12.5

  

Damage at End of Term

     22   
 

12.6

  

Waiver of Statutes

     22   

13.

 

Eminent Domain

     22   
 

13.1

  

Effect of Taking

     22   
 

13.2

  

Condemnation Proceeds

     23   
 

13.3

  

Restoration of Premises

     23   
 

13.4

  

Taking at End of Term

     23   
 

13.5

  

Tenant Waiver

     23   

14.

 

Insurance

     23   
 

14.1

  

Liability Insurance

     23   
 

14.2

  

Form of Policies

     24   
 

14.3

  

Vendors’ Insurance

     25   

15.

 

Waiver of Subrogation Rights

     25   

16.

 

Tenant’s Waiver of Liability and Indemnification

     25   
 

16.1

  

Waiver and Release

     25   
 

16.2

  

Indemnification of Landlord

     26   

17.

 

Assignment and Subletting

     27   
 

17.1

  

Compliance Required

     27   
 

17.2

  

Request by Tenant; Landlord Response

     27   
 

17.3

  

Standards and Conditions for Landlord Approval

     28   
 

17.4

  

Costs and Expenses

     29   
 

17.5

  

Payment of Excess Rent and Other Consideration

     29   

 

ii


 

17.6

  

Assumption of Obligations; Further Restrictions on Subletting

     29   
 

17.7

  

No Release

     30   
 

17.8

  

No Encumbrance; No Change in Permitted Use

     30   
 

17.9

  

Right to Assign or Sublease Without Landlord’s Consent

     30   

18.

 

Rules and Regulations

     31   

19.

 

Entry of Premises by Landlord; Modification to Common Areas

     31   
 

19.1

  

Entry of Premises

     31   
 

19.2

  

Modifications to Common Areas

     32   
 

19.3

  

Waiver of Claims

     32   

20.

 

Default and Remedies

     33   
 

20.1

  

Events of Default

     33   
 

20.2

  

Tenant Cure Periods

     34   
 

20.3

  

Landlord’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of Event of Default

     34   
 

20.4

  

Damages Upon Termination

     34   
 

20.5

  

Computation of Certain Rent for Purposes of Default

     34   
 

20.6

  

Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults

     35   
 

20.7

  

Waiver of Forfeiture

     35   
 

20.8

  

Remedies Cumulative

     35   
 

20.9

  

Landlord’s Default

     35   

21.

 

Subordination, Attornment and Nondisturbance

     35   
 

21.1

  

Subordination and Attornment

     35   
 

21.2

  

Notice to Encumbrancer

     36   
 

21.3

  

Rent Payment Direction

     36   

22.

 

Sale or Transfer by Landlord; Lease Non-Recourse

     37   
 

22.1

  

Release of Landlord on Transfer

     37   
 

22.2

  

Lease Nonrecourse to Landlord; Limitation of Liability

     37   

23.

 

Estoppel Certificate

     37   
 

23.1

  

Procedure and Content

     37   
 

23.2

  

Effect of Certificate

     38   

24.

 

No Light, Air, or View Easement

     38   

25.

 

Holding Over

     38   

26.

 

Security Deposit

     39   
 

26.1

  

Letter of Credit

     39   
 

26.2

  

Transfer of Letter of Credit

     40   
 

26.3

  

In General

     40   
 

26.4

  

Application of Proceeds

     40   
 

26.5

  

Independent Contract

     41   
 

26.6

  

Increase of Security Deposit

     41   

 

iii


27.

 

Waiver

     41   

28.

 

Notices; Tenant’s Agent for Service

     42   

29.

 

Tenant’s Authority

     42   

30.

 

Parking

     42   
 

30.1

  

Lease of Parking Spaces

     42   
 

30.2

  

Management of Project Parking Garage

     43   
 

30.3

  

Waiver of Liability

     43   

31.

 

Miscellaneous

     43   
 

31.1

  

No Joint Venture

     43   
 

31.2

  

Successors and Assigns

     43   
 

31.3

  

Construction and Interpretation

     43   
 

31.4

  

Severability

     44   
 

31.5

  

Entire Agreement

     44   
 

31.6

  

Governing Law

     44   
 

31.7

  

Costs and Expenses

     45   
 

31.8

  

Standards of Performance and Approvals

     45   
 

31.9

  

Brokers

     45   
 

31.10

  

Memorandum of Lease

     45   
 

31.11

  

Quiet Enjoyment

     46   
 

31.12

  

Force Majeure

     46   
 

31.13

  

Surrender of Premises

     46   
 

31.14

  

Building Directory; Elevator Lobby and Tenant Signage

     46   
 

31.15

  

Name of Building; Address

     47   
 

31.16

  

Exhibits

     47   
 

31.17

  

Survival of Obligations

     47   
 

31.18

  

Time of the Essence

     47   
 

31.19

  

Waiver of Trial By Jury; Waiver of Counterclaim

     48   
 

31.20

  

Consent to Venue

     48   
 

31.21

  

Financial Statements

     48   
 

31.22

  

Subdivision; Future Ownership

     48   
 

31.23

  

Modification of Lease

     49   
 

31.24

  

Confidential Information

     49   
 

31.25

  

No Option

     49   
 

31.26

  

Independent Covenants

     49   
 

31.27

  

Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Law

     49   
 

31.28

  

Bankruptcy of Tenant

     50   
 

31.29

  

Rent Not Based on Income

     50   
 

31.30

  

Counterparts

     50   
 

31.31

  

Renovations

     50   
 

31.32

  

First Source Hiring

     51   

 

iv


32.

 

Communications and Computer Lines and Equipment

     51   
 

32.1

  

Lines and Equipment

     51   
 

32.2

  

Interference

     52   
 

32.3

  

General Provisions

     52   

33.

 

Landlord’s Personal Property

     53   

 

v


OFFICE LEASE

650 TOWNSEND STREET

San Francisco, California

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    April     , 2008
Landlord:   

650 Townsend Associates LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Tenant:   

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

Premises:    Approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 380, as shown on the Floor Plan(s) attached to this Lease as Exhibit A
Term:    Twenty four (24) months, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date
Lease Commencement Date:    The date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant following the full execution of this Lease
Target Delivery Date:    April     , 2008
Rent Commencement Date:    The earlier of: (a) May 15, 2008 and (b) the date which is fourteen (14) days after the date of the full execution of this Lease
Expiration Date:    April 30, 2010
Base Rent:   

 

     Annual Base
Rent/Sq. Ft.
(Net of Electrical)
     Monthly Base Rent  

Rent Commencement Date to the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date

   $ 32.00       $ 29,504.00   

First anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date to the Expiration Date

   $ 33.00       $ 30,426.00   

Extended Term (if applicable)

    
 
Base Rent to be determined
pursuant to Section 3.2
  
  

 

vi


Operating Expense Base Year:    Calendar Year 2008
Tax Base Year:    Fiscal Year 2007/2008
Tenant’s Percentage Share:    1.71%
Permitted Use:    General office use, research, development and administrative and other office related activities
Security Deposit:    $91,278.00
Building Directory Spaces:    One (1) directory strips
Parking Spaces:    Two (2) unreserved parking spaces on the roof level of the Project parking garage and up to two (2) reserved parking spaces on the third level of the Project parking garage.
Tenant’s Address:    Prior to Lease Commencement Date:
  

650 Townsend Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

   On and after Lease Commencement Date:
  

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, California 94103

Chief Financial Officer

Landlord’s Address:   

650 Townsend Associates LLC

c/o TMG Partners

100 Bush Street, 26 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94104

Attn: Lynn Tolin

 

vii


Brokers:

 

Landlord’s Broker:    The CAC Group
Tenant’s Broker:    Jones Lang LaSalle

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A:    Floor Plan(s) of Premises
Exhibit B:    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit C:    RESERVED
Exhibit D:    Confirmation of Lease Term
Exhibit E:    Landlord’s Personal Property
Exhibit F:    Form of Letter of Credit

 

viii


OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant as of the Lease Date.

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1 Terms Defined . The following terms have the meanings set forth below. Certain other terms have the meanings set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

Alterations : Alterations, additions or other improvements to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant (including the initial leasehold improvements, if any, made by or on behalf of Tenant).

Anti-Terrorism Law : Any Requirements relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money-laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including without limitation the United States Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Executive Order No. 13224, and Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act, and any regulations promulgated under any of them.

Bankruptcy Code : The United States Bankruptcy Code.

Base Operating Expenses and Base Real Property Taxes : The Operating Expenses and the Real Property Taxes allocable to the applicable Base Year, including, for purposes of the Base Real Property Taxes, any reduction in Base Real Property Taxes obtained by Landlord after the date hereof as a result of a commonly called Proposition 8 application.

Base Year : Base Year shall have the meaning, with respect to Base Operating Expenses, the Operating Expense Base Year set forth in the Basic Lease Information and, with respect to Base Real Property Taxes, the Tax Base Year set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

Building : The six- story office building of the Project, commonly known as Townsend Center, including related Common Areas and the parking garage.

Building Holidays : New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day and any other holidays generally recognized in the State of California.

Building Standard Hours : 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (except Building Holidays).

Building Systems : The life-safety, electrical, mechanical, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, plumbing, fire-protection, telecommunications, or other utility systems serving the Premises, the Building, or the Project, as applicable.

Casualty : Fire, earthquake, or any other event of a sudden, unexpected, or unusual nature.

 

1


Casualty Discovery Date : Casualty Discovery Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 .

Claims : Any and all obligations, losses, claims, actions (including remedial or enforcement actions of any kind and administrative or judicial proceedings, suits, orders or judgments), causes of action, liabilities, penalties, damages (including consequential and punitive damages), costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses).

Common Areas : Those areas of the Project designated by Landlord, in its sole discretion, from time to time for the nonexclusive use of occupants of the Project, and their agents, employees, customers, invitees and licensees, and other members of the public. Common Areas do not include the exterior windows and walls and the roof of the Project, or any space in the Project (including in the Premises) used for common shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, electrical or other utilities, telecommunication systems, or other installations for Building Systems serving the Project.

Confidential Information : Confidential Information shall have the meaning set forth in Section 31.24 .

Control or Controlled by or Controlling : Ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of all of the voting stock of a corporation or more than fifty percent (50%) of all of the legal and equitable interest in any other business entity.

Encumbrance : Any ground lease or underlying lease, or the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or any other security instrument now or hereafter affecting or encumbering the Project, or any part thereof or interest therein.

Encumbrancer : The holder of the beneficial interest under an Encumbrance.

Environmental Laws : All Requirements relating to the environment, health and safety, or the use, generation, handling, emission, release, discharge, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

Equipment : Equipment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32.2 .

Escalation Rent : Tenant’s Percentage Share of the total dollar increase, if any, in Operating Expenses allocable to each calendar year, or part thereof, after the Operating Expense Base Year, over the amount of Base Operating Expenses, and Tenant’s Percentage Share of the total dollar increase, if any, in Real Property Taxes allocable to each tax fiscal year, or part thereof, after the Tax Base Year, over the Base Real Property Taxes.

Event of Default : Event of Default shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.1 .

Excess Rent : Excess Rent shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.5(a) .

Executive Order No. 13224 : Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001, and relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism,” as may be amended from time to time.

 

2


Floor : The entire rentable area of any floor in the Building.

Hazardous Materials : Petroleum, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials, radon gas, mold, or any chemical, material or substance now or hereafter defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste” or “toxic substances,” or words of similar import, under any Environmental Laws.

Impositions : Taxes, assessments, charges, excises and levies, business taxes, license, permit, inspection and other authorization fees, transit development fees, assessments or charges for housing funds, service payments in lieu of taxes and any other fees or charges of any kind at any time levied, assessed, charged or imposed by any Federal, State or local entity, (i) upon, measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property located in the Premises, or the cost or value of any Alterations; (ii) upon, or measured by, any Rent payable hereunder, including any gross receipts tax; (iii) upon, with respect to or by reason of the development, possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; or (iv) upon this Lease transaction, or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest or estate in the Premises. Impositions do not include franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, or income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources, unless any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord as a substitute for, in whole or in part, any Imposition.

Indemnitees : Indemnitees shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1 .

Interest Rate : The greater of (i) ten percent (10%) per annum, or (ii) the Prime Rate plus six percent (6%); provided, however, that if such rate of interest shall exceed the maximum rate allowed by law, the Interest Rate shall be automatically reduced to the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law.

Interference : Interference shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32.1 .

Land : The parcel of land shown as Lot 9, Assessor’s Block 3783, on that certain map entitled “Parcel Map of a Portion of 100 VARA Block No. 412, Also Being a Portion of Assessor’s Block 3783,” which map was filed November 29, 1988, at Page 36, in Book 38, of Parcel Maps, of the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco, California.

Landlord’s Personal Property : Landlord’s Personal Property shall have the meaning set forth in Section 33 .

Lease Year : Each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term of this Lease, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Expiration Date.

Lines : Lines shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32.1 .

 

3


Major Alterations : Alterations which (i) may affect the structural portions of the Project, (ii) may affect or interfere with the Project roof, walls, elevators, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, plumbing, telecommunications, security, life-safety or other Building Systems, (iii) may affect the use and enjoyment by other tenants or occupants of the Project of their premises, (iv) may be visible from outside the Premises, (v) utilize materials or equipment which are inconsistent with Landlord’s standard building materials and equipment for the Project, (vi) result in the imposition on Landlord of any requirement to make any alterations or improvements to any portion of the Project (including handicap access and life safety requirements) in order to comply with Requirements, or (vii) increase the cost to clean, maintain or repair, or increase the cost to relet, the Premises.

Minor Alterations : Alterations (i) that are not Major Alterations, (ii) that do not require the issuance of a building or other governmental permit, authorization or approval, (iii) that do not require work to be performed outside the Premises in order to comply with Requirements, and (iv) the cost of which does not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) in any one instance.

Net Worth : The excess of total assets over total liabilities, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets, goodwill and other intangibles.

Operating Expenses : All costs of management, operation, ownership, maintenance and repair of the Project, including: (i) salaries, wages, bonuses, other compensation and all payroll burden of employees, payroll, social security, worker’s compensation, unemployment and similar taxes and impositions with respect to such employees, and the cost of providing disability or other benefits imposed by law or otherwise with respect to such employees; (ii) property management fees (not to exceed three percent (3%) of the annual gross revenues of the Project) and expenses, including Landlord’s fees and expenses for any management performed by it; (iii) rental and other costs and expenses for Landlord’s, property management, and marketing offices in the Project; (iv) electricity, natural gas, water, waste disposal and recycling, sewer, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating and other utilities; (v) janitorial, maintenance, security, life safety and other services, such as alarm service, window cleaning, elevator maintenance, landscaping and uniforms (and the cleaning and/or replacement thereof) for personnel providing services; (vi) materials, supplies, tools and rental equipment; (vii) license, permit and inspection fees and costs; (viii) insurance premiums and costs (including earthquake and/or flood if so elected by Landlord in its sole discretion), and the deductible portion of any insured loss under Landlord’s insurance or the amount that would be the deductible portion of such loss but for self-insurance thereof by Landlord; (ix) sales, use and excise taxes; (x) legal, accounting and other professional services for the Project, including costs, fees and expenses of contesting the validity or applicability of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation or order relating to the Building; (xi) the cost of supplies and services such as telephone, courier services, postage and stationery supplies; (xii) normal repair and replacement of worn-out equipment, facilities and installations; (xiii) depreciation on personal property, including exterior window draperies provided by Landlord and Common Area floor coverings, and/or rental costs of leased furniture, fixtures, and equipment; (xiv) expenditures for capital improvements made at any time to the Project (A) that are intended in Landlord’s judgment as labor saving devices, or to reduce or eliminate other Operating Expenses or to effect other economies in the operation, maintenance, or

 

4


management of the Project, or (B) that are necessary or appropriate in Landlord’s judgment for the health and safety of occupants of the Project, or (C) that are necessary under any Requirements which were not applicable to the Project as of the Lease Commencement Date, or (D) that are replacements of items which Landlord is obligated to maintain, all amortized over such reasonable period as Landlord shall determine at an interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, or, if applicable, the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing or installing such capital improvements, (xv) the cost of operating the parking garage in the Project and the cost of parking fees and rents paid to the owner of another parcel for use of certain parking spaces therein (collectively “Parking Costs” ) net of parking fees and rents collected by Landlord in connection herewith provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to credit any sums received in excess of the actual Parking Costs; and (xvi) the cost of any shuttle service to and from the Building. Operating Expenses do not include: (1) Real Estate Taxes; (2) legal fees, brokers’ commissions or other costs incurred in the negotiation, termination, or extension of leases or in proceedings involving a specific tenant; (3) depreciation, except as set forth above; (4) interest, except as set forth above; (5) capital expenditures, except as set forth in clause (xiv) above, (6) electricity exclusively servicing the Premises which is separately metered to the Premises and for which Tenant shall be separately charged, (7) costs of correcting any non-compliance of the Project or any part thereof with applicable Requirements in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date; (8) cost for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds , pursuant to a warranty or otherwise, receives a credit or is otherwise compensated (other than tenant reimbursements for Operating Expenses); (9) costs of repair or restoration required due to casualty damage or condemnation (other than commercially reasonable insurance deductible amounts which shall not be greater than $50,000 for any one occurrence), and (10) costs of clean-up, containment, restoration, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials or related costs where the Hazardous Materials were not brought into the Project by Tenant or its agents (pursuant to which the provisions of Section 7.5 below shall apply), provided, however, that costs incurred in the cleanup or remediation of minor amounts of Hazardous Materials and customarily found in parking facilities may be included as Operating Expenses. In addition, Operating Expenses for the Operating Expense Base Year shall not include market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, such as boycotts and strikes, nor utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages. If less than one hundred percent (100%) of the rentable area of the Building is occupied during the Operating Expense Base Year or any subsequent calendar year during the Term, then actual Operating Expenses for the Operating Expense Base Year and such subsequent calendar year shall be adjusted to reflect Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses as if one hundred percent (100%) of the entire rentable area of the Building had been occupied. Landlord’s reasonable “gross up” of such Operating Expenses shall be final and binding on Tenant, in the absence of manifest error.

Prime Rate : The prime rate (or base rate) reported in the Money Rates column or section of The Wall Street Journal as being the base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks (whether or not such rate has actually been charged by any such bank) on the first day on which The Wall Street Journal is published in the month in which the subject sums are payable or incurred.

 

5


Prohibited Person : (i) A person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224, or a person or entity owned or controlled by an entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list.

Project : The Land, all buildings and other improvements at any time located on the Land, and all appurtenances related thereto, including the parking garage and loading dock area, collectively commonly known as Townsend Center.

Real Estate Taxes : Taxes, assessments and charges now or hereafter levied or assessed upon, or with respect to, the Project, or any personal property of Landlord used in the operation thereof or located therein, or Landlord’s interest in the Project or such personal property, by any Federal, State or local entity, including: (i) all real property taxes and general, special, supplemental and escape assessments; (ii) charges, fees or assessments for transit, public improvements, employment, job training, housing, day care, open space, art, police, fire or other governmental services or benefits; (iii) service payments in lieu of taxes; (iv) any tax, fee or excise on the use or occupancy of any part of the Project; (v) any tax, assessment, charge, levy or fee for environmental matters, or as a result of the imposition of mitigation measures, such as parking taxes, employer parking regulations or fees, charges or assessments due to the treatment of the Project, or any portion thereof or interest therein, as a source of pollution or stormwater runoff; (vi) any other tax, fee or excise, however described, that may be levied or assessed as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any other Real Estate Taxes; and (vii) consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Real Estate Taxes. Real Estate Taxes do not include: (A) franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, or income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources, unless any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord as a substitute for, in whole or in part, any Real Estate Tax; and (B) penalties, fines, interest or charges due for late payment of Real Estate Taxes by Landlord. If any Real Estate Taxes are payable, or may at the option of the taxpayer be paid, in installments, such Real Estate Taxes shall, together with any interest that would otherwise be payable with such installment, be deemed to have been paid in installments, amortized over the maximum time period allowed by applicable law.

Related Company : (i) An entity which Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with Tenant; (ii) an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated; (iii) an entity to which at least ninety percent (90%) of Tenant’s assets are transferred; or (iv) Tenant, where Tenant admits additional members in connection with obtaining additional equity investment in Tenant, so long as the identity of the persons responsible for the operation and management of the business of Tenant does not change.

Rent : Base Rent, Escalation Rent and all other additional charges and amounts payable by Tenant in accordance with this Lease.

 

6


Rent Payment Direction : Rent Payment Direction shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21.3 .

Requirements : All laws, including Environmental Laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, permits, and requirements of courts and governmental authorities now or hereafter in effect, including the Americans With Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.) and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations and all regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder; the provisions of any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant on any portion of the Project, or any property therein; the requirements of any independent board of fire underwriters; any directive or certificate of occupancy issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers applicable to the Project; the provisions of all recorded documents affecting any portion of the Project, as any such document may be amended from time to time; and all life safety programs, procedures and rules from time to time or at any time implemented or promulgated by Landlord.

Target Delivery Date : The date set forth in the Basic Lease Information as the Target Delivery Date.

Tenant Parties : Tenant, all persons or entities claiming by, through or under Tenant, and their respective employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members.

Tenant’s Percentage Share : The percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Information as Tenant’s Percentage Share, as adjusted by Landlord from time to time to take into account changes in the physical size of the Premises, the Building or the Project, whether such changes in size are due to an addition to or a sale or conveyance of a portion of the Project or otherwise. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to remeasure the Premises and the Building following a change in size and thereafter to adjust Tenant’s Percentage Share accordingly.

USA Patriot Act : The “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 10756), as may be amended from time to time.

Wattage Allowance : 4.5 watts times the rentable area in the Premises divided by 1,000, multiplied by the Building Standard Hours, with respect to connected load for general purposes, and 1.5 watts times the rentable area in the Premises divided by 1,000, multiplied by the Building Standard Hours, with respect to lighting, which shall result in kilowatt hours.

1.2 Basic Lease Information . The Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any Basic Lease Information shall mean the applicable information set forth in the Basic Lease Information, except that in the event of any conflict between an item in the Basic Lease Information and this Lease, this Lease shall control.

1.3 Certain Defined Terms . The parties acknowledge that the rentable area of the Premises and the Building have been finally determined by the parties for all purposes under this Lease, including the calculation of Tenant’s Percentage Share.

 

7


2. Lease of Premises . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises, together with the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others, the Common Areas, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Landlord reserves from the leasehold estate hereunder (i) all exterior walls and windows bounding the Premises, (ii) all space located within the Premises for common shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, utilities, telecommunications systems, and other installations for Building Systems, the use thereof and access thereto, and (iii) the right to install, remove or relocate any of the foregoing for service to any part of the Project, including the premises of other tenants of the Building.

3. Term; Condition and Acceptance of Premises

3.1 Term; Condition and Acceptance of Premises . This Lease shall be effective as of the Lease Date. The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The design and construction of any Alterations that Tenant may deem necessary or appropriate to prepare the Premises for occupancy by Tenant shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article 10 . Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in their “as-is” condition, without any representations or warranties by Landlord or by any agent of Landlord’s as to the condition of the Project or the suitability of the Project for Tenant’s intended use or business, and with no obligation of Landlord to make any alterations or improvements to the Premises or to provide any tenant improvement allowance; provided, however, that Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, shall paint the demising wall within the Premises with Building-standard paint. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder on or before the Target Delivery Date. If Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Delivery Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable for a period of sixty (60) days thereafter, and Landlord shall not be in default or liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If Landlord has not delivered the Premises to Tenant on or before the expiration of the sixty (60) day period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, but in any event prior to delivery of the Premises. Tenant’s commencing business operations in all or any portion of the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises in the condition required by this Lease. Within ten (10) days after request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Confirmation of Lease Term in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

3.2 Early Entry . If Tenant takes possession of or enters into the Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date for any reason, including for the purposes of preparing the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, such possession or entry shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including Tenant’s insurance obligations contained in Article 14 and Tenant’s indemnity obligations contained in Article 16 , but excluding Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent.

3.3 Option to Extend

(a) Exercise of Option to Extend Term . So long as (i) Tenant has not failed to cure any monetary defaults after applicable notice and cure periods during the one (1) year period preceding the date that Tenant exercises its Extension Option (as defined below) and

 

8


(ii) Tenant has not failed to cure any monetary defaults after applicable notice and cure periods during the period beginning on the date that Tenant exercises its Extension Option and continuing until the day which precedes the commencement of the Extended Term, Tenant shall have one (1) option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the initial Term for an additional period of thirty three (33) months (the “Extended Term”). To exercise Tenant’s option with respect to the Extended Term, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord not more than nine (9) months and not less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term (“Election Notice”).

(b) Fair Market Rent . If Tenant properly and timely exercises Tenant’s Extension Option pursuant to Section 3.3(a) above, the Extended Term shall be upon all of the same tent’s, covenants and conditions of this Lease; provided, however, that the Base Rent applicable to the Premises for the Extended Term shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the “Fair Market Rent” for space comparable to the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term (but in no event less than Base Rent for the last month of the initial Term). “Fair Market Rent” shall mean the annual rental being charged for space comparable to the Premises in buildings comparable to the Building located in the South of Market Area of San Francisco, taking into account location, condition, existing improvements to the space, any improvements to be made to the Premises in connection with the Extended Term, and whether a brokerage commission is paid in connection with the extension.

(c) Determination of Rent . Within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Election Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith in an attempt to determine Fair Market Rent for the Extended Term. If they are unable to agree within said forty-five (45) day period, then the Fair Market Rent shall be determined as provided in Section 3.3(d) below.

(d) Appraisal . If it becomes necessary to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises by appraisal, the real estate appraiser(s) indicated in this Section 3.3(d) , each of whom shall be members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers and each of whom have at least five (5) years experience appraising office space located in the vicinity of the Premises, shall be appointed and shall act in accordance with the following procedures:

If the parties are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent within the allowed time, either party may demand an appraisal by giving written notice to the other party, which demand to be effective must state the name, address and qualifications of an appraiser selected by the party demanding the appraisal (“Notifying Party”). Within ten (10) days following the Notifying Party’s appraisal demand, the other party (“Non-Notifying Party”) shall either approve the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party or select a second properly qualified appraiser by giving written notice of the name, address and qualification of said appraiser to the Notifying Party. If the Non-Notifying Party fails to select an appraiser within the ten (10) day period, the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party shall be deemed selected by both parties and no other appraiser shall be selected. If two (2) appraisers are selected, they shall select a third appropriately qualified appraiser within ten (10) days of selection of the second appraiser. If the two (2) appraisers fail to select a third qualified appraiser, the third appraiser shall be appointed by the then presiding judge of the county where the Premises are located upon application by either party.

 

9


If only one appraiser is selected, that appraiser shall notify the parties in simple letter form of its determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises within fifteen (15) days following his or her selection, which appraisal shall be conclusively determinative and binding on the parties as the appraised Fair Market Rent.

If multiple appraisers are selected, the appraisers shall meet not later than ten (10) days following the selection of the last appraiser. At such meeting, the appraisers shall attempt to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extended Tel by the agreement of at least two (2) of the appraisers.

If two (2) or more of the appraisers agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises at the initial meeting, such agreement shall be determinative and binding upon the parties hereto and the agreeing appraisers shall forthwith notify both Landlord and Tenant of the amount set by such agreement. If multiple appraisers are selected and two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, each appraiser shall submit to Landlord and Tenant his or her respective independent appraisal of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, in simple letter form, within fifteen (15) days following appointment of the final appraiser. The parties shall then determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises by averaging the appraisals; provided that any high or low appraisal, differing from the middle appraisal by more than ten percent (10%) of the middle appraisal, shall be disregarded in calculating the average.

If only one (1) appraiser is selected, then each party shall pay one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of that appraiser. If three (3) appraisers are selected, each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the appraiser it selects and one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser.

(e) Restriction on Assignment . The Extension Option shall be personal to iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or to a Related Company, and shall terminate upon any assignment of this Lease or any sublease of the Premises, other than to a Related Company.

3.4 Amendment to Lease . Immediately after the Fair Market Rent has been determined, the parties shall enter into an amendment to this Lease setting forth the Base Rent for the Extended Term and the new expiration date of the Term of the Lease. All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply during the Extended Term, except that: (i) there shall be no further option to extend the Term beyond a date thirty three (33) months after the expiration of the initial Term, (ii) there shall be no rent concessions, and (iii) there shall be no construction allowance, tenant improvement allowance or similar provisions.

4. Rent .

4.1 Base Rent .

(a) Obligation to Pay Base Rent . Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord during the Term, in advance, in equal monthly installments, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and thereafter on or before the first day of each calendar month during the

 

10


Term; provided, however, that upon signing this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Base Rent for the first full month of the Term, which amount shall be applied to the Base Rent owing for the first month of the Tetra following the Rent Commencement Date. If the Rent Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the installment of prepaid Base Rent for the first month of the Term shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month, and the balance shall be credited to Base Rent owing for the second month following the Rent Commencement Date If the Expiration Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, or if this Lease shall be terminated as of a day other than the last day of a calendar month (except in the case of an Event of Default), the installment of Base Rent for the last fractional month of the Term shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month.

(b) Adjustments to Base Rent . Subject to the tetras of this Section 4.1(b) , Landlord shall adjust Base Rent payable for the twelve (12) month period commencing with the Rent Commencement Dated to equal an amount that would be payable hereunder by Tenant if Tenant was only leasing a portion of the Premises equal to 7,192 square feet of rentable areas (the “Initial Rent Adjustment”). As such, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for such twelve-month period in the amount of $19,178.67 each month. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Initial Rent Adjustment is provided to induce Tenant to enter into this Lease, and in consideration of Tenant’s agreement to perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, as and when performance is due during the Term. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge that Landlord would not have granted the Initial Rent Adjustment but for Tenant’s agreement to perform all of the terms, covenants, and conditions to be performed by it under this Lease for the entire Term, and that Landlord’s agreement to adjust Base Rent is, and shall remain, conditioned upon Tenant’s faithful performance of all of the tetras, covenants and conditions to be performed by Tenant under this Lease for the entire Tenn. Accordingly, if an Event of Default shall occur hereunder and Landlord terminates this Lease as a result thereof, Tenant shall pay as liquidated damages for Landlord’s granting the Initial Rent Adjustment and not as a penalty, within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the Event of Default, as Additional Rent, the amount equal to the Base Rent due hereunder for the twelve month period following the Rent Commencement Date less the amount of the Initial Rent Adjustment actually paid by Tenant to Landlord.

4.2 Manner of Rent Payment . All Rent shall be paid by Tenant without notice, demand, abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America, and if payable to Landlord, at Landlord’s Address, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate by notice to Tenant.

4.3 Additional Rent . All Rent not characterized as Base Rent or Escalation Rent shall constitute additional rent, and if payable to Landlord shall, unless otherwise specified in this Lease, be due and payable fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

4.4 Late Payment of Rent; Interest . Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant of any Rent will cause Landlord to incur administrative costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain based on the facts and circumstances pertaining as of the Lease Date. Accordingly, if any Rent is not paid by Tenant when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such Rent. Any Rent, other than late charges, due Landlord under this Lease, if not paid when due, shall also

 

11


bear interest at the Interest Rate from the date due until paid. The parties acknowledge that such late charge and interest represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the administrative costs and loss of use of funds Landlord will incur by reason of a late Rent payment by Tenant, but Landlord’s acceptance of such late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of an Event of Default with respect to such Rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights and remedies provided under this Lease.

5. Calculation and Payments of Escalation Rent . During each full or partial calendar year of the Term subsequent to the Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Escalation Rent in accordance with the following procedures:

5.1 Payment of Estimated Escalation Rent . During December of the Base Year and December of each subsequent calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of its estimate of Escalation Rent due for the ensuing calendar year. On or before the first day of each month during each ensuing calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, in addition to Base Rent, one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated Escalation Rent, unless such notice is not given in December, in which event Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the prior calendar year’s estimate until the month after such notice is given, and subsequent payments by Tenant shall be based on Landlord’s notice. With the first monthly payment based on Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall also pay the difference, if any, between the amount previously paid for such calendar year and the amount which Tenant would have paid through the month in which such notice is given, based on Landlord’s noticed estimate. If at any time Landlord reasonably determines that the Escalation Rent for the current calendar year will vary from Landlord’s estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such calendar year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such calendar year shall be based upon such revised estimate.

5.2 Escalation Rent Statement and Adjustment . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the actual Escalation Rent for such calendar year, showing in reasonable detail (i) the Operating Expenses and the Real Property Taxes comprising the actual Escalation Rent, and (ii) payments made by Tenant on account of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for such calendar year. If Landlord’s statement shows that Tenant owes an amount that is more than the payments previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the statement. If Landlord’s statement shows that Tenant owes an amount that is less than the payments previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, Landlord shall credit the difference first against any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord and then against the next payment or payments of Rent due Landlord, except that if a credit amount is due Tenant after the termination of this Lease, Landlord shall pay to Tenant any excess remaining after Landlord credits such amount against any sums owed by Tenant to Landlord. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, however, in no event shall any decrease in Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes below the Base Operating Expenses or Base Real Property Taxes, respectively, entitle Tenant to any refund, decrease in Base Rent, or any credit against sums due under this Lease. All annual statements shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord may revise the annual statement for any calendar year if Landlord first receives invoices from third parties, tax bills or other information relating to adjustments to

 

12


Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes allocable to such calendar year after the initial issuance of such annual statement, and/or the amount of Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes allocable to the applicable Base Year is subsequently adjusted.

5.3 Proration for Partial Year . If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar year or if this Lease terminates other than on the last day of a calendar year (other than due to an Event of Default), the amount of Escalation Rent for such fractional calendar year shall be prorated on the basis of twelve 30-day months in each calendar year. Upon such termination, Landlord may, at its option, calculate the adjustment in Escalation Rent prior to the time specified in Section 5.2 above.

6. Impositions Payable by Tenant . Tenant shall pay all Impositions prior to delinquency. If billed directly, Tenant shall pay such Impositions and concurrently present to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such payments. If any Impositions are billed to Landlord or included in bills to Landlord for Real Estate Taxes, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord all such amounts within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. If applicable law prohibits Tenant from reimbursing Landlord for an Imposition, but Landlord may lawfully increase the Base Rent to account for Landlord’s payment of such Imposition, the Base Rent payable to Landlord shall be increased to net to Landlord the same return without reimbursement of such Imposition as would have been received by Landlord with reimbursement of such Imposition.

7. Use of Premises .

7.1 Permitted Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use and for no other use or purpose.

7.2 No Violation of Requirements . Tenant shall not do, bring or keep in or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, nor permit anyone under its control to do, bring or keep in or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, anything which (i) is prohibited by, will in any way conflict with, or would invalidate any Requirements; or (ii) would cause a cancellation of any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant, or give rise to any defense by an insurer to any claim under any such policy of insurance, or increase the existing rate of or adversely affect any insurance policy carried by Landlord, or subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or property; or (iii) will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure or annoy them. If Tenant does or permits anything to be done which increases the cost of any policy of insurance carried by Landlord, or which results in the need, in Landlord’s sole judgment, for additional insurance to be carried by Landlord or Tenant with respect to any portion of the Project, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for any such additional premiums or costs, and/or procure such additional insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Invocation by Landlord of such right shall not limit or preclude Landlord from prohibiting Tenant’s impermissible use that gives rise to the additional insurance premium or requirement or from invoking any other right or remedy available to Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall not bring into the Premises or any portion thereof, any furniture, fixtures and/or equipment, and/or make any Alterations to the Premises, the aggregate weight of which would exceed the specified live load capacity of the Floor or Floors on which the Premises are located.

 

13


7.3 Compliance with Requirements . Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all Requirements applicable to Tenant’s use or occupancy of, or business conducted in, the Premises, and shall maintain the Premises and all portions thereof in compliance with all applicable Requirements. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding involving Tenant, whether or not Landlord is party thereto, that Tenant is in non-compliance with any Requirement shall be conclusive of that fact. In complying with the obligations under this Section 7.3 , Tenant shall only be required to make modifications to the Premises or any portion of the Project outside the Premises (including whether structural or capital in nature) to the extent necessitated, in whole or in part, by (i) Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of, or business conducted in, the Premises, (ii) any Alterations, or (iii) an Event of Default, or Landlord may elect to perform such modifications at Tenant’s expense.

7.4 No Nuisance . Tenant shall not (i) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, which would injure or annoy, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of, Landlord or other occupants of the Project, or others lawfully in or about the Project; (ii) except to the extent of the Permitted Use, (a) use or allow the Premises to be used in any manner inappropriate for a first-class office building and the Project, or (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper or objectionable purposes, or (c) do or permit any act which in Landlord’s sole judgment might damage the reputation of the Project; or (iii) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, or any other portion of the Project.

7.5 Compliance With Environmental Laws; Use of Hazardous Materials . Without limiting the generality of Section 7.3 above, Tenant and all other Tenant Parties shall at all times comply with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the use and occupancy of any portion of the Project pursuant to this Lease. Tenant and all other Tenant Parties shall not generate, store, handle, or otherwise use, or allow, the generation, storage, handling, or use of, Hazardous Materials in the Premises or transport the same through the Project, except in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and only to the extent required for the conduct of Tenant’s business. In the event of a release of any Hazardous Materials caused by, or due to the act or neglect of, Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord and take such remedial actions as Landlord may direct in Landlord’s sole discretion as necessary or appropriate to abate, remediate and/or clean up the same. If so elected by Landlord by notice to Tenant, Landlord shall take such remedial actions on behalf of Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In any event, Landlord shall have the right, without liability or obligation to Tenant, to direct and/or supervise Tenant’s remedial actions and to specify the scope thereof and specifications therefor. Tenant and the other Tenant Parties shall use, handle, store and transport any Hazardous Materials in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws, and shall notify Landlord of any notice of violation of Environmental Laws which it receives from any governmental agency having jurisdiction. In no event shall Landlord be designated as the “generator” on, nor shall Landlord be responsible for preparing, any manifest relating to Hazardous Materials generated or used by Tenant or any other Tenant Parties.

8. Building Services .

8.1 Maintenance of Project . Landlord shall maintain the Common Areas, all exterior landscaping, the windows in the Building, the mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment serving the Building, the telephone cable distribution system serving the Building to the

 

14


telephone terminal on each Floor, the common shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, and ducts containing such equipment and systems and the space containing them, and the structure of the Building, in reasonably good order and condition, except for ordinary wear and tear, damage by Casualty or condemnation, or damage occasioned by the act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, which damage by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall have the right, exercised by Landlord in its sole discretion, in connection with its maintenance of the Project hereunder, (i) to change the arrangement and/or location of any Common Area amenity, installation or improvement, or other public parts of the Project, and (ii) to utilize portions of the Common Areas from time to time for entertainment, displays, product shows, leasing of kiosks or such other uses that Landlord may determine are desirable.

8.2 Building-Standard Services . Landlord shall cause to be furnished to the Building: (i) tepid and cold water to those points of supply and in volumes provided for general use of tenants in the Building; (ii) electricity up to the Wattage Allowance (on a daily, noncumulative basis) for lighting and the operation of electrically powered office equipment; (iii) heat, ventilation and air conditioning as reasonably determined by Landlord during Building Standard Hours; (iv) passenger elevator service; (v) freight elevator service subject to then applicable Building-standard procedures and scheduling; (vi) lighting replacement for Building-standard lights; (vii) restroom supplies; (viii) window washing as determined by Landlord; and (ix) janitor service on a five (5) day per week basis (excluding Building holidays), except Landlord shall not be required to clean portions of the Premises used for preparing or consuming food or beverages or provide special treatment or services for above-standard tenant improvements. Landlord may establish in the Premises or other portions of the Project such measures as it deems necessary or appropriate to conserve energy, including automatic switching of lights and/or more efficient forms of lighting. When and if so elected by Landlord, in its sole discretion from time to time or at any time, Landlord may also provide security services for the Project (but not individually for Tenant or the Premises) of such scope and type as Landlord may determine in its sole discretion. Landlord shall not be liable in any manner to Tenant or any other Tenant Parties for any acts (including criminal acts) of others, or for any direct, indirect, or consequential damages, or any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or other loss or damage, bodily injury or death, related to any malfunction, circumvention or other failure of any security services which Landlord elects to provide, or on account of Landlord’s election not to provide any security service or services, or for the failure of any security services to prevent bodily injury, death, or property damage, or loss, or to apprehend any person suspected of causing such injury, death, damage or loss.

8.3 Interruption or Unavailability of Services . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, Rent shall not be abated, no constructive or other eviction shall be construed to have occurred, and Tenant shall not be relieved from any of its obligations under this Lease, by reason of the failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any maintenance or services under this Article 8 , regardless of the cause of such failure. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to remedy any failure or interruption in the furnishing of such maintenance or services. Landlord makes no warranty or representation to Tenant regarding the adequacy or fitness of the heating, air conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Project or the Premises to maintain temperatures that may be required for, or because of, any of

 

15


Tenant’s fixtures or equipment which uses other than the fractional horsepower normally required for standard office equipment and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage suffered by Tenant or others in connection therewith.

8.4 Tenant’s Use of Excess Electricity and Water; Premises Occupancy Load . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld: (i) install in the Premises, (A) lighting, equipment, and/or apparatus, the aggregate average monthly power usage of which exceeds the Wattage Allowance, or which requires a voltage other than 110 volts single-phase, (B) heat-generating or heat-sensitive equipment, or lighting other than Building-standard lights, (C) supplementary air conditioning facilities, (D) Alterations which reconfigure the Premises, or fixtures or equipment therein, affecting the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building-standard heating, ventilation and air conditioning system, or (E) equipment that requires a separate temperature-controlled room, or (ii) permit occupancy levels in excess of one person per two hundred (200) feet of rentable area. If, pursuant to this Section 8.4 , Landlord consents to any installation or occupancy pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above, Landlord may, at Landlord’s election after notice to Tenant or upon Tenants request, install supplementary air conditioning facilities in the Premises, or otherwise modify the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system serving the Premises, and/or increase the supply of electricity to the Premises, in order to maintain the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system, and/or to supply any increase in the electricity demand of the Premises, and/or to serve any separate temperature-controlled room. Tenant shall pay the cost of any transformers, additional risers, panel boards, and all other facilities if, when and to the extent installed hereunder or required to furnish power for, and all costs of supplying and maintaining, any supplementary air conditioning facilities or modified ventilating and air conditioning equipment. The capital, maintenance and service costs of installing, supplying, and maintaining any such facilities, utilities, and modifications shall be paid by Tenant as Rent. Landlord, at its election and at Tenant’s expense, may also install and maintain an electric current meter or water meter (together with all necessary wiring and related equipment) at the Premises to measure the power and/or water usage of electricity and/or such ventilation and air conditioning equipment, or may otherwise cause such usage to be measured by reasonable methods.

8.5 Provision of Additional Services . If Tenant desires services in amounts additional to or at times different from those set forth in Section 8.2 above, or any other services that are not provided for in this Lease, Tenant shall make a request for such services to Landlord with such advance notice as Landlord may reasonably require. If Landlord provides such services to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charges for such services (including Landlord’s then Building-standard administrative fee and such indirect costs as engineers’ expenses and a reasonable allowance for wear and tear on the Building Systems) within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice.

8.6 Tenant’s Supplemental Air Conditioning . If Landlord consents to Tenant’s installation of supplemental air conditioning facilities under Section 8.4 above, Tenant shall have access to and use of up to and not to exceed ten (10) tons of the Building’s mechanically chilled water for such supplemental facilities. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for (i) Landlord’s charges for Tenant’s usage of such chilled water, and (ii) Tenant’s Percentage Share of Landlord’s charges for maintaining the system that supplies such chilled water, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt

 

16


of Landlord’s invoice. Landlord shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s cost and expense, meters to measure Tenant’s usage hereunder for purposes of calculating the charges payable by Tenant for such condenser water. As of the Lease Date, Landlord’s charge for after hours air-conditioning is $150.00 per hour per quadrant and Landlord’s charges for after hours ventilation is $24.00 per hour per quadrant.

8.7 Tenant’s Electrical Consumption . The electricity servicing the Premises is separately metered. Tenant shall be separately billed for all electrical consumption at the Premises based on Landlord’s actual costs of such electrical consumption.

9. Maintenance of Premises . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, keep the Premises in good condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear, damage by Casualty or condemnation, and the maintenance and repair to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Section 8.1 above. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord (i) has no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, or any part thereof, and (ii) has no obligation respecting the condition, maintenance and repair of the Premises or any other portion of the Project. Tenant hereby waives all rights, including under Subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law now or hereafter in effect, to make repairs which are Landlord’s obligation under this Lease at the expense of Landlord or to receive any setoff or abatement of Rent or in lieu thereof to vacate the Premises or terminate this Lease.

10. Alterations to Premises . All Alterations shall be made in accordance with the standard procedures, specifications, and details (including the standard for construction and quality of materials in the Project) as then established by Landlord, all applicable Requirements, and the provisions of this Article 10 . In the event of any conflict between this Article 10 and the Building-standard procedures, specifications or details then in effect, the provisions of this Article 10 shall govern.

10.1 Landlord Consent; Procedure . Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any Alterations without Landlord’s prior written consent, which as to any Major Alterations may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, and as to any other Alterations will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10.2 General Requirements .

(a) All Alterations shall be designed and performed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, that if any Alterations require work to be performed outside the Premises, Landlord may elect to perform such work at Tenant’s expense.

(b) All Alterations shall be performed only by contractors, engineers or architects approved by Landlord, and shall be made in accordance with complete and detailed architectural, mechanical and engineering plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any such contractors, engineers, architects, plans or specifications; provided, however, that Landlord may specify contractors, engineers or architects to perform work affecting the structural portions of the Project or the Building Systems. Tenant shall engage only labor that is harmonious and compatible with other

 

17


labor working in the Project. In the event of any labor disturbance caused by persons employed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor, Tenant shall immediately take all actions necessary to eliminate such disturbance.

(c) Prior to commencement of the Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) any building or other permit required by Requirements in connection with the Alterations; (ii) a copy of executed construction contract(s); and (iii) written acknowledgments from all materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons furnishing to Tenant with respect to the Premises any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate that they will look exclusively to Tenant for payment of any sums in connection therewith and that Landlord shall have no liability for such costs. In addition, Tenant shall require its general contractor to carry and maintain the following insurance at no expense to Landlord, and Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence thereof prior to the commencement of construction of the Alterations: (A) commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, including personal injury and death, and contractor’s protective liability, and products and completed operations coverage in an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate; (B) commercial automobile liability insurance with a policy limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) each accident for bodily injury and property damage, providing coverage at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) Business Auto Coverage form covering Automobile Liability, code 1 “any auto,” and insuring against all loss in connection with the ownership, maintenance and operation of automotive equipment that is owned, hired or non-owned; and (C) worker’s compensation with statutory limits and employer’s liability insurance with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence. All insurance required by this Article 10 shall be issued by solvent companies qualified to do business in the State of California, and with a Best & Company rating of A:VIII or better. All such insurance policies (except workers’ compensation insurance) shall (i) provide that Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any Encumbrancer, and any other person requested by Landlord is designated as an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or for Tenant’s general contractor without limitation as to coverage afforded under such policy pursuant to an endorsement providing coverage at least as broad as ISO form CG 20 37 10 01 or its equivalent, (2) specify that such insurance is primary and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall not contribute with it, and (3) provide that the insurer agrees not to cancel the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to all additional insureds (except in the event of a cancellation as a result of nonpayment, in which event the insurer shall give all additional insureds at least ten (10) days’ prior notice). Tenant shall cause Tenant’s general contractor to notify Landlord within ten (10) days after any material modification of any policy of insurance required under this Article. Landlord may inspect the original policies of such insurance coverage at any time. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver complete certified copies of such policies. Tenant’s general contractor shall furnish Landlord evidence of insurance for its subcontractors as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may require other types of insurance coverage and/or increase the insurance limits set forth above if Landlord determines such increase is required to protect adequately the parties named as insureds or additional insureds under such insurance.

 

18


(d) Tenant shall give Landlord at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of the date of commencement of any construction on the Premises to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall comply with the requirements of Section 3110.5 of the California Civil Code as the contracting owner, to the extent applicable, and prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of compliance with said statute. Tenant acknowledges that the contractual waiver of the benefits of California Civil Code Section 3110.5 is expressly declared to be against public policy.

(e) Tenant shall promptly commence construction of Alterations, cause such Alterations to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner and in such a manner and at such times so that any such work shall not disrupt or interfere with the use, occupancy or operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project, and complete the same with due diligence as soon as possible after commencement. All trash which may accumulate in connection with Tenant’s construction activities shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense from the Premises and the Project.

(f) In addition to the foregoing, as a condition of its consent to Alterations hereunder costing in excess of Fifty Thousand and 00/100 ($50,000.00), Landlord may impose any requirements that Landlord considers necessary or desirable, including a requirement that Tenant provide Landlord with a surety bond, a letter of credit, or other financial assurance that the cost of the Alterations will be paid when due.

10.3 Landlord’s Right to Inspect . Landlord or its agents shall have the right (but not the obligation) to inspect the construction of Alterations, and to require corrections of faulty construction or any material deviation from the plans for such Alterations as approved by Landlord; provided, however, that no such inspection shall (i) be deemed to create any liability on the part of Landlord, or (ii) constitute a representation by Landlord that the work so inspected conforms with such plans or complies with any applicable Requirements, or (iii) give rise to a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, Landlord’s continuing right at any time or from time to time to require the correction of any faulty work or any material deviation from such plans. In addition, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage, loss, cost or expense incurred by Tenant on account of Tenant’s plans and specifications, Tenant’s contractors, mechanics or engineers, design or construction of any Alteration, or delay in completion of any Alteration.

10.4 Tenant’s Obligations Upon Completion . Promptly following completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings and specifications in CAD format showing the Alterations as made and constructed in the Premises, (ii) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of the County of San Francisco in accordance with Civil Code Section 3093 or any successor statute, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services, or materials in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate.

10.5 Repairs . If any part of the Building Systems shall be damaged during the performance of Alterations, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord, and Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense. Alternatively, Landlord may require Tenant to repair such damage at Tenant’s sole expense using contractors approved by Landlord.

 

19


10.6 Ownership and Removal of Alterations .

(a) Ownership . All Alterations fixtures, equipment and furnishings installed in the Premises at Tenant’s expense shall be the Tenant’s property and may be removed from the Premises at any time, so long as Tenant repairs all damages caused by the removal of such property, provided, however, that if the Tenant elects to surrender and is permitted by Section 10.6(b) to surrender the Alteration to Landlord, the same shall become a part of the Project and immediately belong to Landlord without compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord consents otherwise in writing; provided, however, that equipment and movable furniture shall remain the property of Tenant.

(b) Removal . If required by Landlord at the time Landlord consents to the Alterations, Tenant, prior to the expiration of the Term or termination of this Lease, shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) remove any or all Alterations, (ii) restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the installation of such Alterations, and (iii) repair all damage to the Premises or Project caused by the removal of such Alterations. Tenant shall use a contractor designated by Landlord for such removal and repair. If Tenant fails to remove, restore and repair under this Section, then Landlord may remove such Alterations and perform such restoration and repair, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such removal, restoration and repair. Subject to the foregoing provisions regarding removal and except as provided in Section 10.6(a) , all Alterations shall be Landlord’s property and at the expiration of the Term or termination of this Lease shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant.

10.7 Minor Alterations . Notwithstanding any provision in the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant may construct Minor Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, but with prior notification to Landlord. Before commencing construction of Minor Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require to determine whether Tenant’s proposed Alterations qualify as Minor Alterations. Except to the extent inconsistent with this Section 10.7 , Minor Alterations shall otherwise comply with the provisions of this Article 10 . All references in this Lease to “Alterations” shall mean and include Minor Alterations, unless specified to the contrary.

10.8 Landlord’s Fee . In connection with installing or removing Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then standard charges for review and approval of Tenant’s plans, specifications and working drawings, and administration by Landlord of the construction, installation or removal of Alterations, and restoration of the Premises to their previous condition. Landlord may hire third parties to review Tenant’s plans, specifications and working drawings and/or to supervise the construction, installation or removal of Alterations from the Premises, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the fees and costs charged by such third parties. Tenant shall pay the amount of all fees and costs owing pursuant to this Section 10.8 within fifteen (15) days after receipt from Landlord of a statement or invoice therefor.

11. Liens . Tenant shall keep the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed or obligations incurred by or for, or materials furnished to, Tenant pursuant to this Lease or otherwise. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law or which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of

 

20


Landlord and the Project from such liens. If Tenant does not, within ten (10) days following the recording of notice of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record or bonded against, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by any means as Landlord shall deem proper, including by payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant, as additional rent, on demand, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date such expenses are incurred by Landlord to the date of the payment thereof by Tenant to Landlord. The bond permitted under this Section shall be issued by a company reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

12. Damage or Destruction .

12.1 Obligation to Repair . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 12 , if the Premises, or any other portion of the Project necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, are damaged or destroyed by Casualty, Landlord shall, within ninety (90) days after Landlord obtains actual knowledge of such damage or destruction (“Casualty Discovery Date”) or as soon thereafter as possible, notify Tenant of the estimated time, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, required to repair such damage or destruction (“Landlord’s Casualty Notice”). If Landlord estimates that the necessary repairs can be completed within ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord’s Casualty Notice, and if Landlord receives insurance proceeds sufficient for such purpose, then (i) Landlord shall repair the Premises, and/or the portion of the Project necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, to substantially the condition existing immediately before such damage or destruction, to the extent commercially reasonable and as permitted by and subject to then applicable Requirements; (ii) this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; and (iii) to the extent such damage or destruction did not result from the negligence or willful act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, Base Rent shall abate to the extent that the amount thereof is compensated for and recoverable from the proceeds of rental abatement or business interruption insurance maintained by Landlord, for such part of the Premises rendered unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business during the time such part is so unusable, in the proportion that the rentable area contained in the unusable part of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises.

12.2 Landlord’s Election . If Landlord estimates that the necessary repairs cannot be completed within ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord’s Casualty Notice, or if insurance proceeds are insufficient for such purpose, or if Landlord does not otherwise have the obligation to repair or restore the damage or destruction pursuant to Section 12.1 , then in any such event Landlord may elect, in Landlord’s Casualty Notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 12.1 to (i) terminate this Lease or (ii) repair the Premises or the portion of the Project necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 12.1 above. If Landlord terminates this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Landlord’s Casualty Notice.

12.3 Tenant’s Election . If Landlord estimates that the necessary repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of Landlord’s Casualty Notice, then Tenant may elect within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s Casualty Notice to terminate this Lease as of the date of Tenant’s notice.

 

21


12.4 Cost of Repairs . Subject to the provisions of this Article 12 , Landlord shall repair the Project and all improvements in the Premises, other than Alterations. Tenant shall pay the cost to repair Alterations. Tenant shall also replace or repair, at Tenant’s cost and expense, Tenant’s furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and other personal property in the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for insuring one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of repair and replacement under this Section 12.4 , and shall provide evidence of such insurance to Landlord from time to time or at any time upon request from Landlord.

12.5 Damage at End of Term . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12 , if the Premises, or any portion thereof, are damaged or destroyed by Casualty within the last six (6) months of the Lease Year of the Term, then Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the Casualty Discovery Date. Such termination shall be effective on the date specified in Landlord’s notice to Tenant, but in no event later than the end of such 90-day period.

12.6 Waiver of Statutes . The respective rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in the event of any damage to or destruction of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, are governed exclusively by this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law to the contrary, including California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for the termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased property.

13. Eminent Domain .

13.1 Effect of Taking . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 13 , if all or any part of the Premises is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemned for any public or quasi-public purpose, or if any transfer is made in avoidance of such exercise of the power of eminent domain (collectively, “taken” or a “taking”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part of the Premises so taken as of the effective date of such taking. On a taking of a portion of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to the other given within sixty (60) days after the effective date of such taking, if the portion of the Premises taken is of such extent and nature so as to materially impair Tenant’s business use of the balance of the Premises. Such termination shall be operative as of the effective date of the taking. Landlord may also terminate this Lease on a taking of any portion of the Project if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that (i) such taking is of such extent and nature as to render the operation of the remaining Project economically infeasible or to require a substantial alteration or reconstruction of such remaining portion, or (ii) the amount of the award payable to Landlord under Section 13.2 below, after deducting all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such taking, is not sufficient to restore the Project (including the Premises) pursuant to Section 13.3 below. Landlord shall elect termination under clause (i) or (ii) above by notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the effective date of such taking or as soon thereafter as possible, and such termination shall be operative as of the effective date of such taking. Upon a taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease (other than as to the part of the Premises so taken), the Base Rent shall thereafter be reduced as of the effective date of such taking in the proportion that the rentable area of the Premises so taken bears to the total rentable area of the Premises.

 

22


13.2 Condemnation Proceeds . All compensation awarded or received in connection with a taking shall be the property of Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and all elements of said compensation which Tenant would, in the absence of said assignment, have been entitled to receive. Specifically, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, said assignment is intended to include: (i) the “bonus value” represented by the difference, if any, between Rent under this Lease and market rent for the unexpired Term of this Lease, (ii) the value of improvements to the Premises, whether said improvements were paid for by Landlord or by Tenant, (iii) the value of any trade fixtures, and (iv) the value of any and all other items and categories of property for which payment of compensation may be made in any such taking. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award of compensation for loss of or damage to the goodwill of Tenant’s business (but only to the extent the same does not constitute “bonus value”) and for any moving or relocation expenses which Tenant is entitled under the law to recover directly from the public agency which acquires the Premises.

13.3 Restoration of Premises . On a taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease (other than as to the part of the Premises so taken), Landlord and Tenant shall restore the Premises to substantially the condition existing immediately before such taking, to the extent commercially reasonable and as permitted by and subject to then applicable Requirements. Landlord and Tenant shall perform such restoration in accordance with the applicable provisions and allocation of responsibility for repair and restoration of the Premises on damage or destruction pursuant to Article 12 above, and both parties shall use any awards received by such party attributable to the Premises for such purpose.

13.4 Taking at End of Term . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , if the Premises, or any portion thereof or of the Project, are taken within the last six (6) months of the last Lease Year of the Term, then Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking. Such termination shall be effective on the date specified in Landlord’s notice to Tenant, but in no event later than the end of such 90-day period.

13.5 Tenant Waiver . The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant on any taking of the Premises or any other portion of the Project are governed exclusively by this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law to the contrary, including California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1265.120 and 1265.130, or any similar successor statute.

14. Insurance .

14.1 Liability Insurance . Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, from the Lease Date and throughout the Term, the following insurance:

(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall maintain a policy(ies) of commercial general liability insurance written on an “occurrence” basis, with limits of liability, in the aggregate, of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00). Such policy(ies) shall cover bodily injury, property damage, personal injury, and advertising injury arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to Tenant’s business operations, conduct, assumed liabilities, or use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project, and shall include all the coverages typically provided by

 

23


the Broad Form Commercial General Liability Endorsement, including broad form property damage coverage (which shall include coverage for completed operations). Tenant’s liability coverage shall further include premises-operations coverage. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant’s contractual liability coverage provides coverage to the maximum extent possible of Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

(b) Tenant’s Workers’ Compensation and Employer Liability Coverage . Tenant shall maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by law and employer’s liability insurance with limits of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence.

(c) Tenant’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall maintain property insurance coverage, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance for all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise, and all other items of Tenant’s property in, on, at, or about the Premises and the Project. Tenant shall have no obligation to insure Landlord’s Personal Property; Landlord shall carry any insurance it desires to carry with respect to Landlord’s Personal Property. Tenant’s insurance policy shall (i) be written on the broadest available “all risk” (special-causes-of-loss) policy form or an equivalent form acceptable to Landlord, (ii) include an agreed-amount endorsement for no less than the full replacement cost (new without deduction for depreciation) of the covered items and property, and (iii) include vandalism and malicious mischief coverage, sprinkler leakage coverage, and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

(d) Business Interruption, Loss of Income, and Extra Expense Coverage . Tenant shall maintain business interruption, loss of income, and extra expense insurance covering all direct or indirect loss of income and charges and costs incurred arising out of all perils, failures, or interruptions, including any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment), and the prevention of, or denial of use of or access to, all or part of the Premises or the Project, as a result of those perils, failures, or interruptions. The business interruption, loss of income, and extra expense coverage shall provide coverage for no less than twelve (12) months and shall be carried in amounts necessary to avoid any coinsurance penalty that could apply. The business interruption, loss of income and extra expense coverage shall be issued by the insurer that issues Tenant’s property insurance under Section 14.1(c) above.

(e) Other Tenant Insurance Coverage . Not more often than once every year and upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to procure and maintain other types of insurance coverage and/or increase the insurance limits set forth above if Landlord reasonably determines such increase is required to protect adequately the parties named as insureds or additional insureds under such insurance.

14.2 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance of such policies described in Section 14.1 shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. All insurance required by this Article 14 shall be issued on an occurrence basis by solvent companies qualified to do business in the State of California, and with a Best & Company rating of A:VIII or better. Any insurance policy under this Article 14 may be maintained under a “blanket policy,” insuring other parties and other locations, so long as the amount and

 

24


coverage required to be provided hereunder is not thereby diminished. No policy maintained by Tenant under this Article 14 shall contain a deductible greater than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00). Tenant shall provide Landlord a certificate of each policy of insurance required hereunder certifying that the policies contain the provisions required. Tenant shall deliver such certificates to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Lease Date, but in no event later than the date that Tenant or any other Tenant Parties first enter the Premises and, upon renewal, not fewer than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of such coverage. In addition, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of each policy of insurance required hereunder upon Landlord’s request. All Tenant’s liability insurance shall provide (i) that Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any Encumbrancer, and any other person requested by Landlord, is designated as an additional insured without limitation as to coverage afforded under such policy pursuant to an endorsement providing coverage at least as broad as ISO form CG 20 37 10 01 or its equivalent; (ii) for severability of interests or that acts or omissions of one of the insureds or additional insureds shall not reduce or affect coverage available to any other insured or additional insured (if available); (iii) that the aggregate liability applies solely to the Project; and (iv) that Tenant’s insurance is primary and noncontributory with any insurance carried by Landlord. All Tenant’s insurance shall provide that the insurer agrees not to cancel the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to all additional insureds (except in the event of a cancellation as a result of nonpayment, in which event the insurer shall give all additional insureds at least ten (10) days’ prior notice). Tenant shall notify Landlord within ten (10) days after any material modification of any policy of insurance required under this Article. Any self insurance or self insured retention provisions under, or with respect to, any insurance policies maintained by Tenant hereunder shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which Landlord may give or withhold in its sole discretion.

14.3 Vendors’ Insurance . In addition to any other provision in this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 10 above), Landlord may require Tenant’s vendors and contractors to carry such insurance as Landlord shall deem reasonably necessary.

15. Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, each party, for itself and, without affecting any insurance maintained by such party, on behalf of its insurer, releases and waives any right to recover against the other party, its successors and assigns and their respective officers, employees, agents and authorized representatives (whether in contract or tort) of such other party, that arise or result from any and all loss of or damage to any property of the waiving party located within or constituting part of the Building, including the Premises and Landlord’s Personal Property, to the extent of amounts payable under a standard ISO Commercial Property insurance policy, or such additional property coverage as the waiving party may carry (with a commercially reasonable deductible), whether or not the party suffering the loss or damage actually carries any insurance, recovers under any insurance or self-insures the loss or damage. Each party shall have their property insurance policies issued in such form as to waive any right of subrogation as might otherwise exist. This mutual waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Lease.

16. Tenant’s Waiver of Liability and Indemnification .

16.1 Waiver and Release . To the fullest extent permitted by Requirements, neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives,

 

25


officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members (together, the “Indemnitees”) shall be liable to Tenant or any other Tenant Parties for, and Tenant waives as against and releases Landlord and the other Indemnitees from, any and all Claims for loss or damage to any property or injury, illness or death of any person in, upon or about the Premises and/or any other portion of the Project, arising at any time and from any cause whatsoever. The foregoing waiver shall apply to (i) Claims caused in whole or in part by any third party (including any tenant or other occupant of the Project), (ii) Claims caused in whole or in part by any active or passive act, error, omission, or negligence of Landlord or any other Indemnitee, (iii) Claims in which liability without fault or strict liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed, on Landlord or any other Indemnitee, and (iv) Claims caused in whole or in part by earthquake or earth movement, gas, fire, oil, electricity or leakage from the roof, walls, windows, basement or other portion of the Premises or Project. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to the extent that a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction establishes that a Claim against an Indemnitee was proximately caused by such Indemnitee’s fraud, willful injury to person or property, or violation of Requirements. In that event, however, the waiver under this Section 16.1 shall remain valid for all other Indemnitees. The provisions of this Section 16.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 16.1 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations. Tenant acknowledges that this Section was negotiated with Landlord, that the consideration for it is fair and adequate, and that Tenant had a fair opportunity to negotiate, accept, reject, modify or alter it.

16.2 Indemnification of Landlord .

(a) To the fullest extent per rifted by Requirements, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless of and from Claims arising out of or in connection with, or related to any of the following, including, but not limited to, Claims brought by or on behalf of employees of Tenant, with respect to which Tenant waives, for the benefit of the Indemnitees, any immunity to which Tenant may be entitled under any worker’s compensation laws: (i) the making of Alterations, or (ii) injury to or death of persons or damage to property occurring or resulting directly or indirectly from: (A) the use or occupancy of, or the conduct of business in, the Premises; (B) damage to the telephone distribution system of the Project caused by Tenant; (C) the use, generation, storage, handling, release, transport, or disposal by Tenant or any other Tenant Parties of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project; (D) any other occurrence or condition in or on the Premises; and (E) acts, neglect or omissions of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties in or about any portion of the Project. The foregoing indemnification shall apply regardless of the active or passive negligence of Indemnitees and regardless of whether liability without fault or strict liability is imposed or sought to be imposed on Indemnitees. The foregoing indemnification shall not apply in favor of any particular Indemnitee to the extent that a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction establishes that a Claim was proximately caused by the willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. In that event, however, the indemnification under this Section 16.2 shall remain valid for all other Indemnitees.

(b) Landlord shall have the right to approve legal counsel proposed by Tenant for defense of any Claim indemnified against hereunder or under any other provision of this Lease. If Landlord disapproves the legal counsel proposed by Tenant for the defense of any Claim indemnified against hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to appoint its own legal counsel, the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of which shall be included as part of Tenant’s indemnity obligation hereunder.

(c) The provisions of this Section 16.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 16.2 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

 

26


17. Assignment and Subletting .

17.1 Compliance Required . Tenant shall have no right, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, to sell, assign or otherwise transfer this Lease, or any interest herein (collectively, “assign” and “assignment”), or sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or permit the occupancy of the Premises by any person other than Tenant (collectively, “sublease” and “subletting,” the assignee or sublessee under an assignment or sublease being referred to as a “transferee”) without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignment or subletting made in violation of this Article 17 shall, at Landlord’s option, be void. As used herein, an “assignment” includes any sale or other transfer (such as by consolidation, merger or reorganization) in one or more transactions of (i) a majority of the voting stock of Tenant, if Tenant is a corporation, or (ii) a majority of the beneficial interests in Tenant, if Tenant is any other form of entity. Tenant acknowledges that the limitations on assignment and subletting contained in this Article 17 are expressly authorized by California Civil Code Section 1995.010 et seq., and are fully enforceable by Landlord against Tenant. Tenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.

17.2 Request by Tenant; Landlord Response . If Tenant desires to effect an assignment or sublease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a request for consent together with the identity of the parties to the transaction, the nature of the transferee’s proposed business use for the Premises, the proposed documentation for and terms of the transaction, and all other information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed transaction and the parties involved therein, including certified financial information for the two (2) year period immediately preceding Tenant’s request, credit reports, the business background and references regarding the transferee, an opportunity to meet and interview the transferee, and Tenant’s good faith estimate of the amount of Excess Rent, if any, payable in connection with the proposed transaction. Within twenty (20) days after the later of such interview or the receipt of all such information required by Landlord, or within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s request to Landlord if Landlord does not request additional information or an interview, Landlord shall have the right, by notice to Tenant, to: (i) consent to the assignment or sublease, subject to the terms of this Article 17 ; (ii) decline to consent to the assignment or sublease; (iii) in the case of a subletting, sublet from Tenant the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet on the terms and conditions set forth in Tenant’s request to Landlord, unless the rent terms exceed the Base Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased payable by Tenant hereunder, in which event only such Base Rent shall be payable by Landlord under such subletting; (iv) terminate this Lease as to the affected portion of the Premises; or (v) if any proposed sublease or assignment would result in the subleasing or assignment, individually or in the aggregate, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the rentable area of the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as to either the portion of the Premises

 

27


Tenant proposes to sublease or assign, or the entire Premises. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease or sublease from Tenant as provided in this Section 17.2 , then Landlord shall have the additional right to negotiate directly with Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant and to enter into a direct lease or occupancy agreement with such party on such terms as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any Claims against Landlord related thereto, including, without limitation, any Claims for any compensation or profit related to such lease or occupancy agreement. In addition, if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as to any portion of the Premises as provided in this Section 17.2 , (A) Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease to that effect within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request; (B) this Lease shall terminate as to such portion as of the date specified by Tenant as the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease; and (C) Tenant will be relieved of all further obligations hereunder as to such terminated portion as of such date, other than those obligations which survive termination of this Lease.

17.3 Standards and Conditions for Landlord Approval .

(a) Without limiting the grounds on which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent in the following instances: (i) if there exists an Event of Default; (ii) if the transferee is a governmental or quasi-governmental agency, foreign or domestic; (iii) if the transferee is an existing tenant in the Building unless Landlord does not then have space available for lease in the Project of the size required by such existing tenant; (iv) if Tenant has not demonstrated to Landlord’s satisfaction that the transferee is financially responsible, with sufficient Net Worth and net current assets, properly and successfully to operate its business in the Premises and meet the financial and other obligations of this Lease; (v) if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the transferee’s business, use and/or occupancy of the Premises would (A) violate any of the terms of this Lease or the lease of any other tenant in the Project, (B) not be comparable to and compatible with the types of use by other tenants in the Building, (C) fall within any category of use for which Landlord would not then lease space in the Building under its leasing guidelines and policies then in effect, (D) require any Alterations which would reduce the value of the existing leasehold improvements in the Premises, or (E) result in increased density per Floor or require increased services by Landlord; (vi) in the case of a sublease, it would result in more than three (3) occupancies in the Premises if the Premises consist of more than one (1) Floor in the Building, or would result in more than three (3) occupancies on a Floor if the Premises consist of a single Floor or less, in each case including Tenant and subtenants; (vii) if the financial condition of the transferee does not meet the requirements applied by Landlord to other tenants in the Building under leases with comparable terms, or in Landlord’s sole judgment the business reputation of the transferee is not consistent with that of other tenants of the Building; or (viii) the transferee is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the three (3) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives Tenant’s request for consent, to lease space in the Building. If Landlord consents to an assignment or sublease, the terms of such assignment or sublease transaction shall not be modified, and, in the case of a sublease, Tenant shall not voluntarily terminate the sublease, without Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to this Article 17 . Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of law, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1995.310, the provisions of which Tenant hereby waives, Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease, and no right to damages for breach of contract, in the event Landlord is determined to have unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent to a proposed sublease or assignment, and Tenant’s sole remedy in such event shall be to obtain a determination reversing the withholding of such consent or finding such consent to be deemed given by virtue of such unreasonable delay.

 

28


17.4 Costs and Expenses . As a condition to the effectiveness of any assignment or subletting under this Article 17 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord its then specified processing fee and all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by Landlord in evaluating Tenant’s requests for consent or notifications for assignment or sublease, whether or not Landlord consents or is required to consent to an assignment or sublease. Tenant shall pay the processing fee with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent under Section 17.2 . Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord due to a transferee taking possession of the Premises, including freight elevator operation, security service, janitorial service and rubbish removal.

17.5 Payment of Excess Rent and Other Consideration .

(a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, fifty percent (50%) of any and all rent, sums or other consideration, howsoever denominated (but excluding consideration paid for Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment, and goodwill to the extent of the fair market value thereof), realized by Tenant in connection with any assignment or sublease in excess of the Base Rent and Escalation Rent payable hereunder (if a sublease, prorated to reflect the Rent allocable to the subleased portion of the Premises), after first deducting, (i) in the case of an assignment, the unamortized reasonable cost of Alterations made to the Premises at Tenant’s cost to effect the assignment, reasonable real estate commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees paid by Tenant in connection with such assignment, and (ii) in the case of a sublease, the reasonable cost of Alterations made to the Premises at Tenant’s cost to effect the sublease, reasonable real estate commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees paid by Tenant in connection with such sublease, both amortized, without interest, over the term of the sublease (the “Excess Rent”). In determining Excess Rent, the deduction for real estate commissions shall not exceed leasing commissions that are typically paid in the San Francisco market at the time of the subletting or assignment.

(b) Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of Tenant’s calculation of Excess Rent. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to an assignment or sublease, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Excess Rent respecting any assignment or sublease shall be found to be understated, Tenant, within ten (10) days after demand, shall pay the deficiency and Landlord’s costs of such audit.

17.6 Assumption of Obligations; Further Restrictions on Subletting . Each assignee shall, concurrently with any assignment, assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Each sublease shall be made subject to this Lease and all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained

 

29


herein. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or the termination of this Lease in accordance with its terms, shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases. No sublessee (other than Landlord) shall have the right further to sublet. Any assignment by a sublessee of its sublease shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent in the same manner as an assignment by Tenant. No sublease, once consented to by Landlord, shall be modified or terminated (other than pursuant to the express terms thereof) without Landlord’s prior consent. No assignment or sublease shall be binding on Landlord unless the transferee delivers to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of the assignment or sublease which contains (i) in the case of an assignment, the assumption by the assignee as required under this Section, or (ii) in the case of a sublease, recognition by the sublessee, of the provisions of this Section 17.6 , and which assignment or sublease shall otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, but the failure or refusal of a transferee to deliver such instrument shall not release or discharge such transferee from the provisions and obligations of this Section 17.6 , and shall constitute an Event of Default.

17.7 No Release . No assignment or sublease shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, whether arising before or after the assignment or sublease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Article 17 . On an Event of Default by any assignee of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee. No consent by Landlord to any further assignments or sublettings of this Lease, or to any modification, amendment or termination of this Lease, or to any extension, waiver or modification of payment or any other obligations under this Lease, or any other action by Landlord with respect to any assignee or sublessee, or the insolvency, bankruptcy or Event of Default of any such assignee or sublessee, shall affect the continuing liability of Tenant for its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant waives any defense arising out of or based thereon, including any suretyship defense of exoneration. Landlord shall have no obligation to notify Tenant or obtain Tenant’s consent with respect to any of the foregoing matters. As a condition to Landlord’s approval of any assignment, Landlord may require Tenant to execute Landlord’s then standard form of guaranty to reaffirm Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

17.8 No Encumbrance; No Change in Permitted Use . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 17 , (i) Tenant shall have no right to encumber, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease, or any of Tenant’s interest or rights hereunder, as security for any obligation or liability of Tenant, and (ii) Tenant shall have no right to propose (and Landlord shall have no obligation to consider or approve) any assignment or subletting which entails any change in the Permitted Use. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that Tenant shall not, and Tenant has no right to, encumber, pledge, or hypothecate any leasehold improvements or Alterations, including fixtures.

17.9 Right to Assign or Sublease Without Landlord’s Consent .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 17.1 above, the provisions of this Article 17 shall not apply to (i) the transfer of stock in Tenant so long as Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, which stock is listed on a national or regional stock exchange or over the counter

 

30


stock exchange, (ii) the issuance of stock in Tenant in a public offering, or (iii) the transfer in one transaction of a majority of the voting stock of Tenant so long as at the time of such transfer the Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to the transfer is at least equal to or greater than the Net Worth on the Lease Date.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 17.1 above, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, but with prior notice to Landlord, to assign this Lease to, or sublease the Premises to, or permit occupancy of the Premises by, a Related Company; provided that (i) the original Tenant named herein shall be the assignor or sublessor; (ii) at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or sublease, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as a transaction under this Section 17.9(b) ; (iii) in the case of an assignment to a Related Company into or with which Tenant will merge or consolidate and as a result of such merger or consolidation, Tenant will cease to exist as a separate legal entity, the Net Worth of the Related Company shall be at least equal to the greater of (A) the Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to the assignment, or (B) the Net Worth on the Lease Date of the original named Tenant, and proof satisfactory to Landlord of the Net Worth of the Related Company shall have been delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment; (iv) the assignment or sublease under this Section 17.9(b) is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not as a subterfuge to evade the obligations and restrictions relating to transfers set forth in this Article 17 ; (v) the proposed transferee’s use of the Premises shall be the Permitted Use; and (vi) in the case of an assignment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to the effective date of the assignment, an agreement evidencing the assignment and assumption by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The effectuation of any transaction under this Section 17.9(b) shall be subject to the limitations specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), and (viii) of Section 17.3(a) above, and Sections 17.7 and 17.8 above, and require compliance with the provisions of Sections 17.4 , 17.5 and 17.6 above.

18. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe and comply, and shall cause the other Tenant Parties to observe and comply, with the Rules and Regulations, and, after notice thereof, with all modifications and additions thereto from time to time promulgated in writing by Landlord. A copy of the current Rules and Regulations is attached hereto as Exhibit B . Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant, or any of the other Tenant Parties, for noncompliance with any Rules and Regulations by any other tenant, sublessee, or other occupant of the Project and their respective employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members.

19. Entry of Premises by Landlord; Modification to Common Areas .

19.1 Entry of Premises . After reasonable notice to Tenant (or without notice in the case of emergency), Landlord and its authorized agents, employees, and contractors may enter the Premises at any time and from time to time to: (i) inspect the same; (ii) determine Tenant’s compliance with its obligations hereunder; (iii) exhibit the same to prospective purchasers, Encumbrancers or tenants; (iv) supply any services to be provided by Landlord hereunder; (v) post notices of nonresponsibility or other notices permitted or required by law; (vi) make repairs, improvements or alterations, or perform maintenance in or to, the Premises or any other portion of

 

31


the Project, including the Building Systems; and (vii) perform such other functions as Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable. Landlord may also grant access to the Premises to government or utility representatives and bring and use on or about the Premises such equipment as Landlord deems reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of Landlord’s entry under this Section 19.1 . Landlord shall have and retain keys with which to unlock all of the doors in or to the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, including secure areas.

19.2 Modifications to Common Areas . Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to: (i) make changes to the Common Areas and/or the Project, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of any Common Area amenity, installation or improvement, such as the driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, ingress, egress, direction of driveways, entrances, hallways, corridors, lobby areas and walkways; (ii) close temporarily any of the Common Areas and/or the Project for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (iii) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas and/or the Project or remove existing buildings or improvements therefrom; (iv) use the Common Areas and/or the Project while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or any portion thereof; and (v) do and perform any other acts, alter or expand, or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and/or the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem to be appropriate; provided that the same shall not materially and adversely interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to install, use, maintain, repair, relocate and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to the Premises or to other parts of the Project which are above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Project that are located within the Premises or located elsewhere in the Project. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to utilize portions of the Common Areas from time to time for entertainment, displays, product shows, leasing of kiosks or such other uses that in Landlord’s sole judgment tend to attract the public. Upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord also shall have the right to modify the signage of the Premises to conform to any alterations to the overall design for the Project made by Landlord.

19.3 Waiver of Claims . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in connection with Landlord’s activities under this Article 19 , may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Premises and/or the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Premises and/or the Project, which work may create noise, dust, vibration, odors or leave debris in the Premises and/or the Project. Without limiting the generality of Section 16.1 above, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord’s activities under this Article 19 shall in no way constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from Landlord’s activities under this Article 19 or the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from Landlord’s activities hereunder, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such activities.

 

32


20. Default and Remedies .

20.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:

(a) Nonpayment of Rent . Failure to pay any Rent within three (3) business days after receipt of written notice of such failure to pay on the due date, provided, however that after the second such failure in a calendar year, only the passage of time, but no further notice, shall be required to establish an Event of Default in any twelve month period.

(b) Unpermitted Assignment . An assignment or sublease made in contravention of any of the provisions of Article 17 above.

(c) RESERVED.

(d) Bankruptcy and Insolvency . A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, the liquidation of Tenant, any action or proceeding commenced by Tenant under any insolvency or bankruptcy act or under any other statute or regulation for protection from creditors, or any such action commenced against Tenant and not discharged within thirty (30) days after the date of commencement; the employment or appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or the Premises; the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or the Premises, if such attachment or other seizure remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of ten (10) days after the levy thereof; the admission by Tenant in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or the filing by Tenant of a petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, the filing by Tenant of an answer admitting or failing timely to contest a material allegation of a petition filed against Tenant in any such proceeding or, if within thirty (30) days after the commencement of any such proceeding against Tenant, such proceeding is not dismissed. For purposes of this Section 20.1(d) , “Tenant” means Tenant and any partner of Tenant, if Tenant is a partnership, or any person or entity comprising Tenant, if Tenant is comprised of more than one person or entity, or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations, or any of them, under this Lease.

(e) Hazardous Materials, Insurance, Subordination, Estoppel, Holding Over, and Security Deposit . Failure to perform or fulfill any obligation, covenant, condition or agreement required under Section 7.5 (Compliance with Environmental Laws; Use of Hazardous Materials), Article 14 (Insurance), Article 21 (Subordination, Attornment and Nondisturbance), Article 23 (Estoppel Certificate), Article 25 (Holding Over), or Article 26 (Security Deposit), within the respective time periods specified therein (if any).

(f) Other Obligations . Failure to perform or fulfill any other obligation, covenant, condition or agreement under this Lease (other than those described in Sections 20.1(a) through 20.1(e) above), and such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice from

 

33


Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or, if the failure is of a nature requiring more than ten (10) days to cure, then an additional twenty (20) days after the expiration of such 10-day period, but only if Tenant commences cure within such 10-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion within such additional 20-day period; provided, however, that if Tenant has failed to perform any particular obligation, covenant, condition or agreement more than two (2) times during the Term and Landlord delivered notice of such failure under this Section 20.1(f) each time, then no cure period shall apply to Tenant’s subsequent violations thereof.

20.2 Tenant Cure Periods . Any cure periods provided above are in lieu of any other time periods provided by law with respect to curing Tenant’s failure to perform or comply with any covenants, agreements, terms or conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives any right under law now or hereinafter enacted to any other time or cure period, including notice and cure periods under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1161, et seq .

20.3 Landlord’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of Event of Default . On the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right either (i) to terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Premises, or (ii) to continue this Lease in effect and enforce all Landlord’s rights and remedies under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (by which Landlord may recover Rent as it becomes due, subject to Tenant’s right to assign pursuant to Article 17 ). Landlord may, without any liability to Tenant for loss or damage thereto or loss of use thereof, store any property of Tenant located in the Premises at Tenant’s expense or otherwise dispose of such property in the manner provided by law. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, Tenant shall in addition to continuing to pay all Rent when due, also pay Landlord’s costs of attempting to relet the Premises, any repairs and alterations necessary to prepare the Premises for such reletting, and brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith, less the rents, if any, actually received from such reletting. Notwithstanding Landlord’s election to continue this Lease in effect under clause (ii) above, Landlord may at any time thereafter terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 20.3 .

20.4 Damages Upon Termination . If and when Landlord terminates this Lease pursuant to Section 20.3 , Landlord may exercise all its rights and remedies available under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, including the right to recover from Tenant the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rent loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided. As used herein and in Civil Code Section 1951.2, “time of award” means either the date upon which Tenant pays to Landlord the amount recoverable by Landlord, or the date of entry of any determination, order or judgment of any court or other legally constituted body determining the amount recoverable, whichever occurs first.

20.5 Computation of Certain Rent for Purposes of Default . For purposes of computing unpaid Rent pursuant to Section 20.4 above, Escalation Rent for the balance of the Term shall be projected based upon the average annual rate of increase, if any, in Escalation Rent from the Commencement Date through the time of award.

 

34


20.6 Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults . If Tenant commits an Event of Default, then Landlord may, without waiving such Event of Default or releasing Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, make any payment or perform any obligation on behalf of Tenant comprised in such Event of Default. All payments so made by Landlord, and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to perform such obligations, shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent immediately upon receipt of Landlord’s demand therefor. If Landlord enters the Premises, or any portion thereof, in order to effect cure hereunder, Tenant waives all Claims which may be caused by Landlord’s so entering the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord, and the other Indemnitees harmless from and against Claims resulting from any actions of Landlord to perform obligations on behalf of Tenant hereunder. No entry by Landlord to the Premises or obligations performed by Landlord in the Premises under this Section 20.6 shall constitute a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises, or any portion thereof.

20.7 Waiver of Forfeiture . Tenant hereby waives California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1179, California Civil Code Section 3275, and all such similar laws now or hereinafter enacted which would entitle Tenant to seek relief against forfeiture in connection with any termination of this Lease.

20.8 Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease are cumulative and in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity. Landlord’s pursuit of any such right or remedy shall not constitute a waiver or election of remedies with respect to any other right or remedy.

20.9 Landlord’s Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s alleged failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or rescind this Lease as a result of Landlord’s failure to perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease. Tenant hereby waives such remedies of termination and rescission and hereby agrees that Tenants remedies for Landlord’s failure to perform hereunder and for breach of any promise or inducement shall be limited to a suit for damages and/or injunction.

21. Subordination, Attornment and Nondisturbance .

21.1 Subordination and Attornment . This Lease and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder shall be subordinate to any and all Encumbrances, to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, and to any and all advances made or hereafter made on the security thereof or Landlord’s interest therein, unless an Encumbrancer requires in writing that this Lease be superior to its Encumbrance. If any proceeding is brought for the foreclosure of any such Encumbrance (or if any ground lease is terminated), and if requested by such purchaser or Encumbrancer, Tenant (i) shall attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to

 

35


the Encumbrancer or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), and (ii) shall recognize such purchaser or Encumbrancer as the lessor under this Lease, provided such purchaser or Encumbrancer accepts this Lease and does not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays Rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any Encumbrancer. The provisions of this Section 21.1 shall be self-operative without execution of any further instruments; provided, however, within ten (10) business days after request by Landlord or any Encumbrancer, Tenant shall execute such further commercially reasonable instruments or assurances which are consistent with the provisions of this Article 21 to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such Encumbrance. Tenant waives the provisions of any Requirement which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Tenant agrees with Encumbrancer that if Encumbrancer or any foreclosure sale purchaser shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Encumbrancer shall not be (i) liable for any action or omission of any prior Landlord under this Lease, or (ii) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior Landlord, or (iv) liable for any Security Deposit not actually received by such Encumbrancer, or (v) bound by any future modification of this Lease not consented to by such Encumbrancer.

21.2 Notice to Encumbrancer . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 28 , upon receipt by Tenant of notice from any Encumbrancer or from Landlord, which notice sets forth the address of such Encumbrancer, no notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to such Encumbrancer at the appropriate address therefor (as specified in the above-described notice or at such other places as may be designated from time to time in a notice to Tenant in accordance with Article 28 ), and the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by such Encumbrancer within a reasonable period of time after such notice from Tenant (including a reasonable period of time to obtain possession of the Building if such Encumbrancer elects to do so) shall be treated as performance by Landlord.

21.3 Rent Payment Direction . From and after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from an Encumbrancer or from a receiver appointed pursuant to the terms of an Encumbrance (a “Rent Payment Direction”), Tenant shall pay all Rent under this Lease to such Encumbrancer or as such Encumbrancer shall direct in writing. Tenant shall comply with any Rent Payment Direction notwithstanding any contrary instruction, direction or assertion from Landlord. An Encumbrancer’s delivery to Tenant of a Rent Payment Direction, or Tenant’s compliance therewith, shall not be deemed to: (i) cause such Encumbrancer to succeed to or to assume any obligations or responsibilities of Landlord under this Lease, all of which shall continue to be performed and discharged solely by Landlord unless and until such Encumbrancer or a foreclosure sale purchaser succeeds to Landlord’s interest hereunder, or (ii) relieve Landlord of any obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall be entitled to rely on any Rent Payment Direction, and Landlord irrevocably directs Tenant to comply with any Rent Payment Direction, notwithstanding any contrary direction, instruction, or assertion by Landlord.

 

36


22. Sale or Transfer by Landlord; Lease Non-Recourse .

22.1 Release of Landlord on Transfer . Landlord may at any time transfer, in whole or in part, its right, title and interest under this Lease and/or in the Project, or any portion thereof If the original Landlord hereunder, or any successor to such original Landlord, transfers (by sale, assignment or otherwise) its right, title or interest in the Building, all liabilities and obligations of the original Landlord or such successor under this Lease shall terminate, the original Landlord or such successor shall automatically be released therefrom, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations shall be binding upon the new owner. Tenant shall attorn to each such new owner. If in connection with any transfer effected by the then Landlord hereunder, such Landlord transfers any Security Deposit or other security provided by Tenant to Landlord for the performance of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, then such Landlord shall be released from any farther responsibility or liability for such Security Deposit or other security.

22.2 Lease Nonrecourse to Landlord; Limitation of Liability . Landlord’s liability to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount that is equal to the lesser of (i) the interest of Landlord in the Building, or (ii) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the value of the Building (as such value is determined in good faith by Landlord). Neither Landlord, any of Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, or representatives, nor the persons or entities comprising Landlord (whether partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors, trustees, or otherwise) shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all other Tenant Parties. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 22.2 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, its present and future employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members shall be liable under any circumstances for any indirect or consequential damages or any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

23. Estoppel Certificate .

23.1 Procedure and Content . Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord certificates as specified by Landlord certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and identifying each modification); (ii) the Lease Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date; (iii) that Tenant has accepted the Premises (or the reasons Tenant has not accepted

 

37


the Premises); (iv) the amount of the Base Rent and current Escalation Rent, if any, and the date to which such Rent has been paid; (v) that there exists no Event of Default, except as to any Events of Default specified in the certificate, and whether there are any existing defenses against the enforcement of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (vi) that no default of Landlord under this Lease is claimed by Tenant, except as to any defaults specified in the certificate; and (vii) such other matters as may be requested by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall attach to any such certificate a copy of this Lease, and any amendments thereto, and include in such certificate a statement by Tenant that such attachment is a true, correct and complete copy of this Lease, including all modifications thereto. In addition, at Landlord’s request, any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord certificates as specified by Landlord reaffirming such guarantor’s guaranty of Tenant’s obligations.

23.2 Effect of Certificate . Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of any part or interest in the Project or Encumbrancer and, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver such certificate to any such person or entity and shall agree to such notice and cure provisions and such other matters as such person or entity may reasonably require. In addition, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide to Landlord for delivery to any such person or entity such information as Landlord may reasonably require, including financial information, that may reasonably be requested by any such person or entity. Any such certificate shall constitute a waiver by Tenant of any Claims Tenant may have in contravention of the information contained in such certificate and Tenant shall be estopped from asserting any such claim against Landlord, Landlord’s prospective purchaser or any Encumbrancer. If Tenant fails or refuses to give a certificate hereunder within the time period herein specified, then the information contained in such certificate as submitted by Landlord shall be deemed correct for all purposes, but Landlord shall have the right to treat such failure or refusal as an Event of Default. In addition, without waiving any other remedies Landlord may have against Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an administrative fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that Tenant is delinquent in delivering a certificate hereunder.

24. No Light, Air, or View Easement . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed, either expressly or by implication, to create any easement for light and air or access to any view. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view to or from the Premises by any structure which now exists or which may hereafter be erected, whether by Landlord or any other person or entity, shall in no way affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent, or impose any liability on Landlord. Further, under no circumstances at any time during the Term shall any temporary darkening of any windows of the Premises or any temporary obstruction of the light or view therefrom by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project in any way impose any liability upon Landlord or in any way reduce or diminish Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

25. Holding Over . No holding over by Tenant shall operate to extend the Term. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or termination of this Lease: (i) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon all the applicable terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Base Rent shall be increased to equal the greater of (A) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent then in effect or (B) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the fair market rent for the

 

38


Premises, as determined by Landlord in good faith; (ii) Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord, the other Indemnitees, and any tenant to whom Landlord has leased all or part of the Premises, from Claims (including loss of rent to Landlord or additional rent payable by such tenant and reasonable attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Landlord, such other Indemnitees, or such tenant resulting from Tenant’s failure timely to vacate the Premises; and (iii) such holding over by Tenant shall constitute an Event of Default. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent if and after Tenant holds over shall not convert Tenant’s tenancy at sufferance to any other form of tenancy or result in a renewal or extension of the Tel of this Lease, unless otherwise specified by notice from Landlord to Tenant.

26. Security Deposit .

26.1 Letter of Credit . Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F and containing the terms required herein, naming Landlord as the beneficiary and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized bank with a long term rating of BBB or higher, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a national banking association, in the amount of Ninety One Thousand Two Hundred Seventy Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($91,278.00)(the “Letter of Credit Amount”). The Letter of Credit shall (i) be “callable” at site, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the Lease Commencement Date and continuing until the date that is the date that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term (the “LC Expiration Date”), (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #600, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same (the “Bank”)) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (a) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (b) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (c) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (d) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date and Tenant has failed to timely replace the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Article 26 . The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.

 

39


26.2 Transfer of Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any farther agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

26.3 In General . If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 26 , and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 20.1 , the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period). Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. If the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed or replaced as required by this Article 26 , or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 26 , Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank and hold and apply the proceeds pursuant to the terms of this Article 26 .

26.4 Application of Proceeds . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or as permitted in Section 26.3 . If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. Landlord may apply any portion or portions of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit as are reasonably necessary for the following purposes: (i) to remedy any default by Tenant in the payment of Base Rent or

 

40


Escalation Rent or a late charge or interest on defaulted Rent; (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant; (iii) to clean and repair the Premises following their surrender to Landlord if not surrendered in the condition required pursuant to the provisions of Article 25 ; and (iv) to remedy any other default of Tenant to the extent permitted by Law including, without limitation, paying in full on Tenant’s behalf any sums claimed by materialmen or contractors of Tenant to be owing to them by Tenant for work done or improvements made at Tenant’s request to the Premises. In this regard, Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the uses to which the proceeds of the Letter of Credit (or the Cash Security Deposit) may be applied as contained in Section 1950.7(c) of the California Civil Code and/or any successor statute. Any unused proceeds shall constitute a cash security deposit under this Lease and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner.

26.5 Independent Contract . Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

26.6 Increase of Security Deposit . If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder beyond any applicable notice or cure periods three (3) or more times in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord may require Tenant to increase the Letter of Credit Amount by an amount equal to the sum of (i) one month’s Base Rent plus (ii) one month’s Escalation Rent. Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be amended to increase the Letter of Credit Amount as required by this Section 26.6 within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord.

27. Waiver . Failure by Landlord to declare an Event of Default upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection therewith, shall not waive such Event of Default, but Landlord shall have the right to declare such Event of Default at any time after its occurrence. To be effective, a waiver of any provision of this Lease, or any default, shall be in writing and signed by the waiving party. Any waiver hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of subsequent performance of any such provision or subsequent defaults. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder, or endorsement of any check by Landlord, shall not be deemed to constitute an accord and satisfaction or a waiver of any preceding Event of Default, except as to the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding Event of Default at the time of acceptance of

 

41


the Rent. No course of conduct between Landlord and Tenant, and no acceptance of the keys to or possession of the Premises by Landlord before the Expiration Date, shall constitute a waiver of any provision of this Lease or of any Event of Default, or operate as a surrender of this Lease.

28. Notices; Tenant’s Agent for Service . All notices, approvals, consents, demands and other communications from one party to the other given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be made by personal delivery, by use of a reputable courier service or by deposit in the United States mail, certified, registered or express, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Notices shall be addressed if to Landlord, to Landlord’s Address, and if to Tenant, to Tenant’s Address. Landlord and Tenant may each change their respective Addresses from time to time by giving written notice to the other of such change in accordance with the terms of this Article 28 , at least ten (10) days before such change is to be effected; provided, however, that any such address shall be a street address (and not a post office box). Any notices given in accordance with this Article 28 shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date of personal delivery or (ii) on the earlier of the date of delivery or attempted delivery (as shown by the courier service delivery record or return receipt) if sent by courier service or mailed.

29. Tenant’s Authority . Tenant represents and warrants that (i) Tenant is a duly formed, authorized and existing corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, or other form of entity (as the case may be), (ii) Tenant is qualified to do business in California, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, such certificates, resolutions, or other written assurances authorizing Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, as requested by Landlord from time to time or at any time, in order for Landlord to assess Tenant’s then authority under this Lease.

30. Parking .

30.1 Lease of Parking Spaces . Tenant is obligated to lease the number of unreserved parking spaces on the roof level of the Project parking garage as specified in the Basic Lease Information and the number of reserved parking spaces on the third level of the Project parking garage as specified in the Basic Lease Information, throughout the Term and any extension thereof, subject, however, to the provisions of this Section 30.1 . Tenant shall pay the parking rental being charged for such spaces, as the same may be increased from time to time, in advance, as Rent, on the first day of each month. The parking rental payable by Tenant hereunder may include taxes imposed on the use of the parking spaces by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority. The parking rental in effect as of the Lease Date is $190.00 per month for each unreserved parking space and $280.00 per month for each reserved parking space. The use of such spaces shall be for the parking of motor vehicles used by Tenant, its officers and employees only, and shall be subject to applicable Requirements. Parking spaces may not be assigned or transferred separate and apart from this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant’s rights with respect to all leased parking spaces shall immediately terminate. Further, if Tenant fails to pay parking rental when the same shall be due, then, upon written notice from Landlord, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, Tenant’s rights with respect to all leased parking spaces shall immediately terminate. If Tenant’s rights to parking spaces terminate, Tenant shall not have any right to any such terminated parking for the remainder of the Term, and Landlord shall have no obligation to procure substitute parking for Tenant.

 

42


30.2 Management of Project Parking Garage . The Project parking garage shall be subject to the reasonable control and management of Landlord, who may, from time to time, establish, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect thereto. If parking spaces are not assigned pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time to assign parking spaces, and Tenant shall thereafter be responsible to insure that its officers and employees park in the designated areas. Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish to Landlord a complete list of the license plate numbers of all vehicles operated by Tenant, any transferee, or their respective officers and employees. Landlord reserves the right to change, reconfigure, or rearrange the Project parking garage, to reconstruct or repair any portion thereof, and to restrict or eliminate the use of any Project parking garage and do such other acts in and to such areas as Landlord deems necessary or desirable, without such actions being deemed an eviction of Tenant or a disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises, and without Landlord being deemed in default hereunder, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (without any obligation to engage overtime labor or commence any litigation) to minimize the extent and duration of any resulting interference with Tenant’s parking rights. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, convert the Project parking garage to a reserved and/or controlled parking facility, or operate the Project parking garage (or a portion thereof) as a tandem, attendant assisted and/or valet parking facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities with respect to the Project parking garage to a parking operator, in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control and management granted to Landlord. In such event, Landlord may direct Tenant, in writing, to enter into a parking agreement directly with the operator of the Project parking garage, and to pay all parking charges directly to such operator.

30.3 Waiver of Liability . Landlord shall not be liable for any damage of any nature to, or any theft of, vehicles, or contents thereof, in or about the Project parking garage. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause its or any transferee’s officers and employees using Tenant’s parking spaces to execute an agreement confirming the foregoing.

31. Miscellaneous .

31.1 No Joint Venture . This Lease does not create any partnership or joint venture or similar relationship between Landlord and Tenant.

31.2 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 17 regarding assignment, all of the provisions, terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

31.3 Construction and Interpretation . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” include the plural as well as the singular. If there is more than one person comprising Tenant, the obligations under this Lease imposed on Tenant are joint and several. References to a party or parties refer to Landlord or Tenant, or both, as the context may require. The captions preceding the Articles, Sections and subsections of this Lease are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall have no effect upon, and shall be disregarded in connection with, the construction and

 

43


interpretation of this Lease. Use in this Lease of the words “including,” “such as,” or words of similar import, when following a general matter, shall not be construed to limit such matter to the enumerated items or matters whether or not language of nonlimitation (such as “without limitation”) is used with reference thereto. All provisions of this Lease have been negotiated at arm’s length between the parties and after advice by counsel and other representatives chosen by each party and the parties are fully informed with respect thereto. Therefore, this Lease shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship or alleged authorship of any provision hereof, or by reason of the status of the parties as Landlord or Tenant, and the provisions of this Lease and the Exhibits hereto shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning in order to effectuate the intent of the parties under the terms of this Lease.

31.4 Severability . If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or its application to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect, unless enforcement of this Lease as so invalidated would be unreasonable or grossly inequitable under the circumstances, or would frustrate the purposes of this Lease.

31.5 Entire Agreement . This Lease and the Exhibits hereto identified in the Basic Lease Information contain all the representations and the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and any prior negotiations, correspondence, memoranda, agreements, representations or warranties are replaced in total by this Lease and the Exhibits hereto. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members have made any warranties or representations with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project, except as expressly set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that all brochures and informational materials, as well as all communications from Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members prior to the execution of this Lease, including without limitation, statements as to the identity or number of other tenants in the Project, the lease terms applicable to any such tenants or potential tenants, anticipated levels (or any matters which may affect anticipated levels) of expected business or foot traffic, demographic data, and the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s intended uses, are and were made for informational purposes only, and Tenant agrees that such communications (i) are not and shall not be construed to be representations or warranties of Landlord, Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, or members as to the matters communicated, (ii) have not and will not be relied upon by Tenant, and (iii) have been the subject of independent investigation by Tenant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant is not relying on any representation, and Landlord does not represent, that any specific retail or office tenant or occupant or number of tenants shall occupy any space or remain open for business in the Project at any time during the Term, and Landlord reserves the right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord shall determine in the exercise of its sole judgment.

31.6 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California.

 

44


31.7 Costs and Expenses .

(a) If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then the party failing to so perform or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such failure and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Lease shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 31.7(a) above, if Landlord utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any Rent due and unpaid by Tenant or in connection with Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord actual attorneys’ fees as determined by Landlord for such services, regardless of the fact that no legal action may be commenced or filed by Landlord.

31.8 Standards of Performance and Approvals . Unless otherwise provided in this Lease, whenever approval, consent or satisfaction (collectively, an “approval”) is required of a party pursuant to this Lease or an Exhibit hereto, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Unless provision is made for a specific time period, approval (or disapproval) shall be given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request for approval. Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit the right of a party to act or exercise its business judgment in a subjective manner with respect to any matter as to which it has been (i) specifically granted such right, (ii) granted the right to act in its sole discretion or sole judgment, or (iii) granted the right to make a subjective judgment hereunder, whether “objectively” reasonable under the circumstances, and any such exercise shall not be deemed inconsistent with any covenant of good faith and fair dealing implied by law to be part of this Lease. The parties have set forth in this Lease their entire understanding with respect to the terms, covenants, conditions and standards pursuant to which their obligations are to be judged and their performance measured, including the provisions of Article 17 with respect to assignments and sublettings.

31.9 Brokers . Landlord shall pay to each of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker a commission in connection with such Broker’s negotiation of this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement. Other than such Brokers, Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that no broker, agent, or finder has procured, or was involved in the negotiation of, this Lease and no such broker, agent or finder is or may be entitled to a fee, commission or other compensation in connection with this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other harmless from and against Claims that may be asserted against the indemnified party in breach of the foregoing warranty and representation.

31.10 Memorandum of Lease . Tenant shall, upon request of Landlord or any Encumbrancer, execute, acknowledge and deliver a short form memorandum of this Lease (and any amendment hereto) in form suitable for recording. In no event shall this Lease or any memorandum thereof be recorded by Tenant.

 

45


31.11 Quiet Enjoyment . Upon paying the Rent and performing all its obligations under this Lease, Tenant may peacefully and quietly enjoy the Premises during the Term as against all persons or entities claiming by or through Landlord, subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease and any Encumbrances.

31.12 Force Majeure . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord is unable to perform or delayed in performing any of its obligations under this Lease on account of strikes, lockouts, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels, energy or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, actions or inaction, civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, national emergency, acts of war or terrorism or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (except financial inability), Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease and such inability or delay shall in no way constitute a constructive or actual eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent.

31.13 Surrender of Premises . Upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quietly and peacefully surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition called for by this Lease, shall deliver to Landlord any keys to the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and shall provide to Landlord the combination or code of locks on all safes, cabinets, vaults and security systems in the Premises. On or before the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall remove all of its personal property from the Premises and repair all damage to the Project caused by such removal. In addition, Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall remove all Lines installed by or for Tenant that are located within the Premises or, in the case of Lines exclusively serving the Premises, anywhere in the Project, including, without limitation, the Building plenum, risers and all conduits, and repair all damage to the Project caused by such removal as follows: (i) in the case of the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall remove such Lines and repair such damage on or before the Expiration Date, unless Landlord notifies Tenant, at least thirty (30) days prior to the Expiration Date, that such Lines shall be surrendered with the Premises; and (ii) in the case of the earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove such Lines and repair such damage promptly after receipt of a notice from Landlord requiring such removal and repair. Any Lines not required to be removed pursuant to this Section shall become the property of Landlord (without payment by Landlord), and shall be surrendered in good condition and working order, lien free, and properly labeled with an identification system reasonably approved by Landlord. All personal property of Tenant not removed hereunder shall be deemed, at Landlord’s option, to be abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, without any liability to Tenant for loss or damage thereto or loss of use thereof, store such property in Tenant’s name at Tenant’s expense and/or dispose of the same in any manner permitted by law.

31.14 Building Directory; Elevator Lobby and Tenant Signage .

(a) Landlord shall reserve on the Building directory, or in any computerized Building directory, up to the number of Building Directory Spaces specified in the Basic Lease Information for purposes of identifying Tenant’s name, divisions and/or principal

 

46


employees. Landlord shall provide building standard signage identifying Tenant’s name in the lobby on the third level. All costs for the initial strips or inputting of names in the Building directory and the standard signage in the third level lobby shall be borne by Landlord and all costs for replacement of such strips, inputting or lobby signage shall be borne by Tenant.

(b) Tenant shall not place or install on or within any portion of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project any sign, advertisements, banners, placards or pictures which are visible from the exterior of the Premises or the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing restriction, Tenant may install one interior business identification signage at the entrance of the Premises upon Landlord’s approval of the location, size, content, design, method of attachment and material to be used in the making of such sign and provided that such sign complies with all applicable Requirements. Any signs, once approved by Landlord, shall be installed only in strict compliance with Landlord’s approval and applicable Requirements, at Tenant’s expense, using a person first approved by Landlord to install same. Landlord may remove any signs (not first approved in writing by Landlord), advertisements, banners, placards or pictures so placed by Tenant on or within the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project and charge to Tenant the cost of such removal, together with any costs incurred by Landlord to repair any damage caused thereby, including any cost incurred to restore the surface upon which such sign was so affixed to its original condition. Tenant shall remove any such signs, repair any damage caused thereby, and restore the surface upon which the sign was affixed to its original condition, all to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease

31.15 Name of Building; Address . Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to select the name of the Project or the Building and to make a change or changes to the name(s). Landlord shall have the right to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project and/or the Building as Landlord may desire in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not refer to the Project or the Building by any name other than: (i) the names as selected by Landlord (as same may be changed from time to time), or (ii) the postal address approved by the United States Post Office. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or the Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or the Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall, in connection with all correspondence, mail or deliveries made to or from the Premises, use the official Building address specified from time to time by Landlord.

31.16 Exhibits . The Exhibits specified in the Basic Lease Information are by this reference made a part hereof.

31.17 Survival of Obligations . The waivers of claims or rights, the releases and the obligations under this Lease to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and other Indemnitees shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and so shall all other obligations or agreements hereunder which by their terms or nature survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

31.18 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and of the performance of each of the provisions contained in this Lease.

 

47


31.19 Waiver of Trial By Jury; Waiver of Counterclaim . IN GRAFTON PARTNERS L.P. v. SUPERIOR COURT , 36 CAL.4TH 944 (2005), THE CALIFORNIA SUPREME COURT RULED THAT CONTRACTUAL, PRE-DISPUTE JURY TRIAL WAIVERS ARE UNENFORCEABLE. THE PARTIES, HOWEVER, ANTICIPATE THAT THE CALIFORNIA LEGISLATURE WILL ENACT LEGISLATION TO PERMIT SUCH WAIVERS IN CERTAIN CASES. IN ANTICIPATION OF SUCH LEGISLATION, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE, AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH LEGISLATION AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IF LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NON-PAYMENT OF RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, AND ANY SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

31.20 Consent to Venue . Tenant hereby waives any objection to venue in the City and County of San Francisco, and agrees and consents to the personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California with respect to any action or proceeding (i) brought by Landlord, Tenant or any other party, relating to (A) this Lease and/or any understandings or prior dealings between the parties hereto, or (B) the Premises, the Project, or any part thereof, or (ii) to which Landlord is a party.

31.21 Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the then current financial statements of Tenant (including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior fiscal year for which annual statements are available and financial statements for interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available), together with a certificate of Tenant’s auditor (or if audited financial statements are not available, then a certificate of Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer) to the effect that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and fairly present the financial condition and operations of Tenant for, and as of the end of, such fiscal year. In addition, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such other information as Landlord reasonably deems necessary to evaluate Tenant’s financial condition.

31.22 Subdivision; Future Ownership . Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the Project. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision. In addition, if the Building or the parking garage, or other portions of the Project are at any time owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into agreements with such other owners to provide for (i) reciprocal rights of access and/or use, including in connection with repairs, maintenance, construction and/or excavation (ii) common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repairs, and (iii) the allocation of operating expenses and taxes.

 

48


31.23 Modification of Lease . This Lease may be modified or amended only by an agreement in writing signed by both parties. Should any Encumbrancer require a modification of this Lease, or should Landlord be advised by counsel that any part of the payments by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease may be characterized as unrelated business income under the United States Internal Revenue Code and its regulations, then and in either such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be modified as requested by the Encumbrancer or as may be required to avoid such characterization as unrelated business income, as the case may be, and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor; provided, however, that any such modification shall not increase any expense payable by Tenant hereunder or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder.

31.24 Confidential Information . Tenant agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Lease, and any information in connection with this Lease (including, without limitation, information regarding any sublease or assignment) (“Confidential Information”) in the strictest confidence. Tenant shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties except as expressly permitted herein, and will take all measures necessary to safeguard such information in order to preserve its confidentiality. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant may not disclose Confidential Information to any third parties, other than to the other Tenant Parties (as may be necessary for Tenant to operate in the ordinary course of business) or as may be required by law, provided that Tenant agrees to use diligent efforts to prevent all Tenant Parties from making any unauthorized disclosure of the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may disclose on a “need to know” basis only the Confidential Information (i) to its lenders, advisors, investors, attorneys and accountants, (ii) as required by applicable law or (iii) which becomes public by other means.

31.25 No Option . The submission of this Lease to Tenant for review or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions contained herein, and this Lease shall not become effective unless and until it has been executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

31.26 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent, and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

31.27 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Law . Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, and that Tenant is not, as of the date hereof: (i) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person; (ii) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any

 

49


property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (iii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in, any Anti-Terrorism Law. In addition, Tenant represents that neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, members or lease guarantor, as applicable, is a Prohibited Person. If at any time any of the foregoing representations becomes false, it shall be considered a material default under this Lease.

31.28 Bankruptcy of Tenant . For purposes of Section 365(0(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §365(f)(2)(B)), the parties agree that the term “adequate assurance of future performance” with respect to any assumption or assignment of this Lease shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(a) In order to ensure Landlord that the proposed assignee will have the resources with which to pay all Rent payable pursuant to the terms hereof, any proposed assignee must have, as demonstrated to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, a net worth (defined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) equal to the greater of (i) the net worth of Tenant at the time this Lease was executed, or (ii) a net worth consistent with the standards customarily applied by Landlord with respect to comparable tenancies in the Building.

(b) Any proposed assignee must have been engaged in the conduct of business for the five (5) years prior to any such proposed assignment, which business must be consistent with the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information.

(c) At Landlord’s option, the proposed assignee must provide, in favor of Landlord, a letter of credit and/or a cash security deposit or other security for the performance of the obligations to be performed by Tenant or such assignee hereunder, equal to at least twelve (12) months’ Base Rent.

31.29 Rent Not Based on Income . No Rent or other payment in respect of the Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Premises.

31.30 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterpart. All such executed counterparts shall constitute the same agreement, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

31.31 Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages

 

50


from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations.

31.32 First Source Hiring . The City and County of San Francisco adopted a City-wide “First Source Hiring Program” on August 3, 1998 by Ordinance No. 264-98, codified at San Francisco Administrative Code Sections 83.1-83.18. The First Source Hiring Program (“FSHP”) is designed to identify entry level positions associated with commercial activities and provide first interview opportunities to graduates of City-sponsored training programs. Tenant acknowledges that its activities on the Premises are or may be subject to FSHP. Although Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the interpretation or application of FSHP to the Premises, or to Tenant’s activities thereon, Tenant acknowledges that (i) FSHP may impose obligations on Tenant, including good faith efforts to meet requirements and goals regarding interviewing, recruiting, hiring and retention of individuals for entry level positions; (ii) FSHP requirements could also apply to certain contracts and subcontracts entered into by Tenant regarding the Premises, including construction contracts; and (iii) FSHP requirements, if applicable, may be imposed as a condition of permits, including building permits, issued for construction or occupancy of the Premises.

32. Communications and Computer Lines and Equipment .

32.1 Lines and Equipment . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, “Lines”) at the Project to serve the Premises, and may install, maintain, replace, remove or use telecommunications or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment (collectively, “Equipment”) in the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use the contractor specified by Landlord (which contractor may, but need not be, the entity managing the Building’s risers), and comply with all of the other provisions of this Lease and such other rules and procedures as may be established by Landlord from time to time, (ii) Lines and Equipment shall comply with all applicable Requirements and shall be subject to all other provisions of this Lease, (iii) Lines and Equipment shall not cause any electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency, or other interference with the Building Systems or any equipment of any party (including any telecommunication or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment and/or system in or serving the Project, its occupants, and/or Landlord), or otherwise interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Project by Landlord, any tenant of the Project, or any person or entity that has entered or will enter into an agreement with Landlord to install telecommunications or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment in the Project (collectively, “Interference”), (iv) except as reasonably required for the installation and maintenance of Tenant’s Lines and Equipment, Landlord shall not be required to grant separate access to the Building to Tenant’s telecommunications services and equipment provider in connection with Lines and Equipment, (v) any right granted to Tenant to install, maintain and use Lines and Equipment shall be non-exclusive, (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection with this Article 32 , and (vii) in the case of Lines, (A) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (B) Lines (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (C) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may

 

51


require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage caused by such removal, and (D) in the case of the installation of new Lines, Tenant, at the time of installation, shall label such Lines, on each floor through which they pass, with an identification system reasonably approved by Landlord.

32.2 Interference .

(a) Tenant’s Interference . Upon notice of any Interference, Tenant shall immediately cooperate with Landlord to identify the source of the Interference and shall, within twenty-four (24) hours, if requested by Landlord, cease all operations of Lines and Equipment (except for intermittent testing as approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) until the Interference has been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, unless Tenant reasonably establishes prior to the expiration of such twenty-four (24) hour period that the Interference is not caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment, in which case Tenant may operate its Lines or Equipment pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with any tests deemed reasonably necessary to resolve any and all Interference as set forth in this Article. If such Interference has not been corrected within ten (10) business days after notice to Tenant of its occurrence, Landlord may (i) require Tenant to remove the specific Line or Equipment causing such Interference pursuant to the terms of Section 32.3(c) below, or (ii) eliminate the Interference at Tenant’s expense, provided such Interference is actually caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment.

(b) Other Party’s Interference . If the lines or equipment of any other party causes Interference with Tenant’s Lines or Equipment, Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with such other party to resolve such Interference in a mutually acceptable manner.

32.3 General Provisions .

(a) Consultation with Landlord . Tenant shall consult with Landlord in advance of any installation of any Lines or Equipment that may cause any Interference at the earliest practicable stage of consideration of such installation.

(b) Landlord’s Rights . Landlord may, but shall not have the obligation to, reasonably direct, monitor, and/or supervise the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of any Lines or Equipment. The foregoing sentence shall not be a limitation to any other rights Landlord may have under applicable Requirements or otherwise.

(c) Removal . Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, upon written or verbal notice, to remove any Lines or Equipment located in or serving the Premises which (i) are or were installed in violation of these provisions, or (ii) are at any time in violation of any applicable Requirements, or (iii) present a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition, or (iv) present a threat to the structural integrity of the Building, or (v) threaten to overload the capacity of, or affect the temperature otherwise maintained by, the air conditioning system, or the capacity of the Building’s electrical system, or (vi) have caused Interference that has not been corrected in accordance with Section 32.2(a) above. In addition, Tenant shall remove Lines and Equipment installed by or at the request of Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with

 

52


Section 31.13 above. The removal of Lines or Equipment shall be performed by the contractor specified by Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove any Lines or Equipment as required by Landlord in a diligent and expeditious manner, or if Tenant violates any other provision of this Article 32 , Landlord may, after three (3) days’ written notice to Tenant, remove such Lines and/or Equipment, as the case may be, or remedy such other violation, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies available under this Lease or applicable Requirements); provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to remove any such Lines and/or Equipment immediately, without notice to Tenant, in the event of an emergency.

(d) Approval by Landlord . Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, Lines and Equipment, the plans, specifications or drawings related thereto or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, or service provider, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord further disclaims all responsibility for the condition, security or utility of Lines and Equipment, and makes no representation regarding the suitability of any such Lines or Equipment for Tenant’s intended use or the adequacy or fitness of the Building Systems for any such Lines or Equipment.

(e) Waiver of Claims . Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that Tenant’s use of any Lines or Equipment will be free from, the following: (i) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines and/or Equipment by or for other tenants or occupants of the Project, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines and/or Equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines and/or Equipment by any other cause; (ii) any failure of any Lines and/or Equipment to satisfy Tenant’s requirements; (iii) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties; or (iv) any Interference with Tenant’s Lines and/or Equipment caused by the lines and/or equipment of any other party. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from the foregoing occurrences. Tenant further waives any right to claim that any occurrence described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above constitutes grounds for a claim of abatement of Rent, actual or constructive eviction, or termination of this Lease.

(f) Acknowledgment . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant lease rights, licenses, and other rights to other tenants and occupants of the Project and to telecommunications service providers.

(g) No Solicitation . Tenant shall not solicit, suffer, or permit other tenants or occupants of the Project to use its Lines or Equipment (including, without limitation, its wireless intranet, Internet and other communications network).

33. Landlord’s Personal Property . During the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, at no cost to Tenant, to use in the Premises the furniture, fixture and equipment owned by Landlord as identified on Exhibit E attached hereto (“Landlord’s Personal Property”), subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Article 33 . All right, title or interest in Landlord’s Personal Property shall be in and remain with Landlord and no right, title or interest in Landlord’s Personal

 

53


Property shall pass to Tenant other than the right to possess and use Landlord’s Personal Property for the Term of this Lease. Tenant shall: (a) at its sole expense, repair and maintain each item of Landlord’s Personal Property in the same condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear and damage due to Casualty excepted, and in compliance with all applicable Requirements and all instructions and recommendations as to the repair and maintenance of such item of Landlord’s Personal Property issued at any time by the vendor and/or manufacturer thereof; (b) maintain conspicuously on any of Landlord’s Personal Property such labels, plates, decals or other markings as Landlord may reasonably require, stating that Landlord is the owner of such Personal Property; and (c) not, directly or indirectly, create, incur or permit to exist any lien, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, attachment or security interest on or with respect to Landlord’s Personal Property (except those of persons claiming by, through or under Landlord). If all or any portion of an item of Landlord’s Personal Property becomes lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or rendered permanently unfit for use for any reason, or in the event of any condemnation, confiscation, theft or seizure or requisition of title to or use of such item, Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord and Landlord’s sole remedy shall be to proceed against any insurer, condemnor, or third party tortfeasor for compensation, except to the extent that such damage or destruction is due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant.

Signatures follow on next page.

 

54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the Lease Date.

 

LANDLORD:

650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   Townsend Member LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
  Its: Sole Member
  By:   TMG 650 Townsend LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    Its: Administrative Manager
    By:   TMG Partners,
     

a California corporation

Its: Managing Member

     
      By:  

/s/ Cathy Greenwold

      Name:   Cathy Greenwold
      Its:   Executive Vice President

 

TENANT:
iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ William F. Willis

  William F. Willis
  President and CEO
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

If Tenant is a CORPORATION , the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the chairman of the board, president or vice president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event a certified copy, of the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

55


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

[to be attached]

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. The Common Areas of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to the Common Areas of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Project and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Tenant shall not go upon the roof of the Project, except in areas that Landlord may designate as “Common Areas” from time to time.

 

2. No awning, canopy or other projection of any kind over or around the windows or entrances of the Premises shall be installed by Tenant, and only such window coverings as are approved by Landlord shall be used in the Premises. Tenant shall not place any items within 18” of the interior glass window lines.

 

3. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping, nor shall cooking be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for Tenant and its employees shall be permitted.

 

4. Any person or persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Project property manager while in the Project and outside the Premises.

 

5. Landlord will furnish Tenant with four (4) keys to the Premises, free of charge. No additional locking devices shall be installed without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord may make reasonable charge for any additional lock or any bolt installed on any door of the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord. Tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys to doors in the Project and the Premises that shall have been furnished to Tenant, together with security codes for security systems installed by Tenant in accordance with the Lease.

 

6. The freight elevator shall be available for use by Tenant, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord shall deem appropriate. The persons employed by Tenant to move equipment or other items in or out of the Project must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, supplies, furniture or other property brought into the Project. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight of such objects. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and all damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining Tenant’s property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

B-1


7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or flammable or combustible fluid or materials or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business in the Project. No pets shall be kept in the Premises.

 

8. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance of same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate, including closing entrances to the Project.

 

9. The doors of the Premises shall be closed and securely locked at such time as Tenant’s employees leave the Premises.

 

10. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be deposited therein, and any damage resulting to same from Tenant’s misuse shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

11. Except with the prior consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale from the Premises of, or use or permit the use of any Common Area adjacent to the Premises for the sale of, newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theatre tickets or any other goods, merchandise or service, nor shall Tenant carry on, or permit or allow any employee or other person to carry on, business in or from the Premises for the service or accommodation of occupants of any other portion of the Project, nor shall the Premises be used for manufacturing of any kind, or for any business or activity other than the specifically provided for in the Lease.

 

12. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Project.

 

13. Tenant shall not use in any space, or in the Common Areas of the Project, any handtrucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material handling-equipment as Landlord may approve. No bicycles, motorcycles, or other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by Tenant into the Project or kept in or about the Premises.

 

14. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the Premises until daily removal of same by Tenant to such location in the Project as may be designated from time to time by Landlord. No material shall be placed in the Project trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the City of San Francisco without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

 

15.

All loading and unloading of merchandise, supplies, materials, garbage and refuse and delivery of same to the Premises shall be made only through such entryways and elevators

 

B-2


  and at such times as Landlord shall designate. In its use of the loading areas on the first basement floor, Tenant shall not obstruct or permit the obstruction of said loading areas, and at no time shall Tenant park vehicles therein except for loading and unloading.

 

16. Canvassing, soliciting, peddling or distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Project is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.

 

17. Tenant shall not permit the use or the operation of any coin operated machines on the Premises, including, without limitation, vending machines, video games, pinball machines, or pay telephones without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

18. Landlord may direct the use of all pest extermination and scavenger contractors at such intervals as Landlord may require.

 

19. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application by telephone or in person at the office of the Project. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

20. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of these Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations against Tenant in a reasonable and non-discriminatory manner.

 

21. Wherever the word “Tenant” occurs in these Rules and Regulations, it is understood and agreed that it shall mean Tenant and other Tenant Parties.

 

22. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed in any way to modify, alter or amend, in whole or part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Project; provided, however, in the event of a conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall control.

 

23. Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

24. Tenant shall have the right to connect the telephone system in the Premises to the telephone cable distribution system serving the Project at the location of the telephone cable terminal on the floor on which the Premises are situated, provided that no connection shall be made and no work otherwise affecting the telephone cable terminal or distribution system shall be undertaken without reasonable prior notice to Landlord. Landlord or Landlord’s contractor with responsibility for maintenance of the telephone distribution system may require supervision of the connection by Landlord or the maintenance contractor, and may impose such other reasonable conditions as may be necessary to protect the telephone cable terminal or distribution system. Any damage to the telephone cable terminal or distribution system caused by the act or omission of Tenant shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

25. A breach by Tenant of the covenants contained in Rules 1 through 25 immediately above shall be deemed an Event of Default.

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

RESERVED

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM

THIS CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM is made this      day of                 , 20     between 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and                     , a                      (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, by Office Lease dated the      day of                 ,     between the parties hereto (the “Lease”), Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord for the Term and upon the terms and conditions set forth therein the Premises being Suite No.      containing approximately          square feet of rentable area situated in                     , located at 650 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California, said Premises being more particularly designated in the Lease; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to confirm and memorialize the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the Term.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

1. All terms used herein, as indicated by the initial capitalization thereof, shall have the same respective meanings designated for such terms in the Lease.

2. The Term of the Lease commenced upon the Lease Commencement Date, which for all purposes under the Lease shall be deemed to be                 ,     . The Term shall expire at midnight on                 , 20    , unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease.

3. The Rent Commencement Date is                     , 2008.

4. Any work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in the manner required thereunder as of the Lease Commencement Date.

 

D-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Confirmation of Lease Term to be executed as the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Townsend Member LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
  Its: Sole Member
  By:   TMG 650 Townsend LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    Its: Administrative Manager
    By:   TMG Partners,
      a California corporation
      Its: Managing Member
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Its:  

 

 

TENANT:
iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  William F. Willis
  President and CEO
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

D-2

Exhibit 10.10

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(iRhythm Technologies, Inc.)

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of February 26, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

This First Amendment is entered into upon the basis of, and with reference to the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. By that certain Office Lease dated April 30, 2008 (the “Lease”), Landlord leased and demised to Tenant, approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area (the “Premises”) located on the third floor of that certain building (the “Building”) commonly known as 650 Townsend, San Francisco, California.

B. Landlord and Tenant now wish to amend the Lease to extend the Term of the Lease and to make certain other modifications to the Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual covenants contained in the Lease and in this First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this First Amendment, the terms that are defined in the Lease have the same meanings when used in this First Amendment.

2. Basic Lease Information .

(a) The Basic Lease Information on pages vi, vii and viii of the Lease contains the principal Lease terms applicable to the Lease through April 30, 2010. All references in the Lease to the Basic Lease Information with respect to the period between the Commencement Date of the Lease and April 30, 2010 refer to the Basic Lease Information on pages vi, vii and viii of the Lease.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(a) above and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or elsewhere in this First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) the schedule of Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information of the Lease is hereby modified so that the monthly Base Rent payment for April 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010 shall be Sixteen Thousand Five Hundred Ninety Six Dollars ($16,596.00) and (ii) Tenant shall not be required to pay any Escalation Rent for the month of April 2010.

(c) The Amended and Restated Basic Lease Information attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “Restated BLI”) contains the principal Lease terms applicable to the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, for the period from May 1, 2010 (the “Renewal Term Commencement Date”) through and including April 30, 2012 (which period is referred to herein as the “Renewal Term”). All references in the Lease, as amended hereby, to the Basic Lease Information with respect to the Renewal Term shall be deemed to refer to the Restated BLI. Section 4.1(b) of the Lease is hereby deleted.


3. Term .

(a) As of the Effective Date, the Term of the Lease shall be extended for the Renewal Term so that, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, the new Expiration Date of the Lease shall be April 30, 2012. All references in the Lease to the Term shall include the Renewal Term.

(b) Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Lease are hereby deleted.

4. Option to Extend Term After Renewal Term .

(a) Exercise of Option to Extend Term . So long as (i) Tenant has not failed to cure any monetary defaults after applicable notice and cure periods during the one (1) year period preceding the date that Tenant exercises its Extension Option (as defined below) and (ii) Tenant has not failed to cure any monetary defaults after applicable notice and cure periods during the period beginning on the date that Tenant exercises its Extension Option and continuing until the day which precedes the commencement of the Extended Term, Tenant shall have one (1) option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the Term for an additional period of two (2) years, starting on May 1, 2012 and ending on April 30, 2014 (the “Extended Term”). To exercise Tenant’s option with respect to the Extended Term, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord not more than nine (9) months and not less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term (“Election Notice”).

(b) Fair Market Rent . If Tenant properly and timely exercises Tenant’s Extension Option pursuant to Section 4(a) above, the Extended Term shall be upon all of the same terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease; provided, however, that the Base Rent applicable to the Premises for the Extended Term shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the “Fair Market Rent” for space comparable to the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term and the Operating Expense and Tax Base Years shall be 2012. “Fair Market Rent” shall mean the annual rental being charged for space comparable to the Premises in buildings comparable to the Building located in the South of Market Area of San Francisco, taking into account location, condition, existing improvements to the space, any improvements to be made to the Premises in connection with the Extended Term, and whether a brokerage commission is paid in connection with the extension.

(c) Determination of Rent . Within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Election Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith in an attempt to determine Fair Market Rent for the Extended Term. If they are unable to agree within said forty-five (45) day period, then the Fair Market Rent shall be determined as provided in Section 4(d) below.

(d) Appraisal . If it becomes necessary to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises by appraisal, the real estate appraiser(s) indicated in this Section 4(d) , each of whom shall be members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers and each of whom have at least five (5) years experience appraising office space located in the vicinity of the Premises, shall be appointed and shall act in accordance with the following procedures:

If the parties are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent within the allowed time, either party may demand an appraisal by giving written notice to the other party, which demand to be effective must state the name, address and qualifications of an appraiser selected by the party demanding the appraisal (“Notifying Party”). Within ten (10) days following the Notifying Party’s appraisal demand, the other party (“Non-Notifying Party”) shall either approve the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party or select a second properly qualified appraiser by giving written notice of the name, address and qualification of said appraiser to the Notifying Party. If the Non-Notifying Party fails to select an appraiser within the ten (10) day period, the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party shall be deemed selected by both parties and no other appraiser shall be selected. If two (2) appraisers are selected, they shall select a third appropriately qualified appraiser within ten (10) days of selection of the second appraiser. If the two (2) appraisers fail to select a third qualified appraiser, the third appraiser shall be appointed by the then presiding judge of the county where the Premises are located upon application by either party.

 

-2-


If only one appraiser is selected, that appraiser shall notify the parties in simple letter form of its determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises within fifteen (15) days following his or her selection, which appraisal shall be conclusively determinative and binding on the parties as the appraised Fair Market Rent.

If multiple appraisers are selected, the appraisers shall meet not later than ten (10) days following the selection of the last appraiser. At such meeting, the appraisers shall attempt to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extended Term by the agreement of at least two (2) of the appraisers.

If two (2) or more of the appraisers agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises at the initial meeting, such agreement shall be determinative and binding upon the parties hereto and the agreeing appraisers shall forthwith notify both Landlord and Tenant of the amount set by such agreement. If multiple appraisers are selected and two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, each appraiser shall submit to Landlord and Tenant his or her respective independent appraisal of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, in simple letter form, within fifteen (15) days following appointment of the final appraiser. The parties shall then determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises by averaging the appraisals; provided that any high or low appraisal, differing from the middle appraisal by more than ten percent (10%) of the middle appraisal, shall be disregarded in calculating the average.

If only one (1) appraiser is selected, then each party shall pay one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of that appraiser. If three (3) appraisers are selected, each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the appraiser it selects and one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser.

(e) The Extension Option shall be personal to iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or to a Related Company, and shall terminate upon any assignment of this Lease or any sublease of the Premises, other than to a Related Company.

(f) Immediately after the Fair Market Rent has been determined, the parties shall enter into an amendment to the Lease setting forth the Base Rent for the Extended Term and the new

 

-3-


expiration date of the Term of the Lease and that the Operating Expense and Tax Base Years shall be 2012. All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply during the Extended Term, except that: (i) there shall be no further option to extend the Term beyond the end of the Extended Term, (ii) there shall be no rent concessions, and (iii) there shall be no construction allowance, tenant improvement allowance or similar provisions.

5. Condition of the Premises . Tenant currently occupies the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease. As of the Renewal Term Commencement Date, Tenant acknowledges that it shall continue to lease the Premises in its “as is” condition, except that Landlord, at Landlord’s cost and expense, shall perform the work described in Exhibit B (“Landlord’s Work”) attached hereto. Except as set forth in Exhibit B , Landlord has no obligation to make or pay for any other improvements or alterations in the Premises or in the Building in connection with the extension of the Term for the Renewal Term as described herein. (Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing sentence is not intended to alter Landlord’s ongoing repair and maintenance obligations that are expressly provided for in the Lease.

6. First Refusal Right .

(a) Tenant shall have a one-time right of first refusal (a “First Refusal Right”) to lease certain premises that are located in Suite 315 of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit C attached hereto (the “First Refusal Space”) at such time as all or any portion of the First Refusal Space becomes vacant and available for lease during the Term. Tenant’s First Refusal Right shall be triggered by Landlord’s receipt of a bona fide offer to lease the vacant and available First Refusal Space (“Bona Fide Offer”) from a third party that Landlord is willing to accept. Upon receipt of such Bona Fide Offer, Landlord shall provide notice to Tenant of such receipt (“Landlord’s Lease Notice”) together with the terms and conditions of the Bona Fide Offer. Tenant shall have five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Lease Notice to exercise its First Refusal Right to lease all, but not a part of, the First Refusal Space described in Landlord’s Lease Notice. If Tenant does not deliver its notice of intent to lease such First Refusal Space within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Lease Notice, then Tenant’s First Refusal Right will lapse and be of no further force and effect and Landlord may lease the First Refusal Space to a third party on the same or any other terms and conditions, whether or not such terms and conditions are more or less favorable than those offered to Tenant; provided, however, that if the base rent to be paid by such party for the First Refusal Space (factoring in any applicable rent abatements or concessions) or other economic terms are more than ten percent (10%) more favorable (“Better Terms”) than the terms initially offered in the Bona Fide Offer accompanying Landlord’s Lease Notice, Landlord shall offer the First Refusal Space to Tenant at the Better Terms in accordance with the procedure contained in this Section 6 before leasing the First Refusal Space to such third party, provided that Tenant shall deliver its notice of intent to lease the First Refusal Space at such Better Terms within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice. Time is of the essence with respect to the provisions of this Section 6 .

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have no First Refusal Right and Landlord need not provide Tenant with Landlord’s Lease Notice, if: (i) Tenant is in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Landlord’s Lease Notice; (ii) the Premises, or more than 25% of the Premises,

 

-4-


is sublet to an entity other than a Related Company at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the Landlord’s Lease Notice; (iii) the Lease has been assigned to an entity other than a Related Company prior to the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Landlord’s Lease Notice; or (iv) Tenant or a Related Company is not occupying the Premises on the date that Landlord would otherwise deliver the Landlord’s Lease Notice. The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to the First Refusal Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (x) Tenant’s failure to exercise its First Refusal Right within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Lease Notice (subject to Landlord’s obligation to re-offer the First Refusal Space as set forth in Section 6(a) above), and (y) the date that Landlord would have provided Tenant the Landlord’s Lease Notice if one or more of the conditions set forth above is satisfied.

(c) If Tenant exercises its First Refusal Right as provided above, the term for the applicable First Refusal Space shall commence upon the commencement date stated in the Landlord’s Lease Notice and thereupon such First Refusal Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Landlord’s Lease Notice shall govern Tenant’s leasing of such First Refusal Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Landlord’s Lease Notice, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to such First Refusal Space. The First Refusal Space (including improvements and personal property, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its “as-is” condition and as-built configuration existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the First Refusal Space or as of the date the term for such First Refusal Space commences, unless the Landlord’s Lease Notice specifies any work to be performed by Landlord in the First Refusal Space, in which case Landlord shall perform such work in the First Refusal Space. If Tenant exercises its First Refusal Right, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Expansion Amendment”) adding the First Refusal Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Landlord’s Lease Notice and reflecting the changes in Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Expansion Amendment shall be (i) sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after receipt of the Tenant’s notice exercising its First Refusal Right, and (ii) subject to Landlord’s and Tenant’s agreement regarding the form of such amendment, executed by Tenant and returned to Landlord within ten (10) business days thereafter, but an otherwise valid exercise of the First Refusal Right contained herein shall, at Landlord’s option, be fully effective whether or not the Expansion Amendment is executed.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the First Refusal Space becomes available during the last six (6) months of the Renewal Term, Tenant may not exercise its First Refusal Right unless it simultaneously exercises its Extension Option set forth herein.

(e) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Lease to the contrary, the First Refusal Right set forth in this Section 6 shall be personal to iRhythm Technologies, Inc., as Tenant, and any Related Company to which iRhythm Technologies, Inc. has assigned this Lease as permitted in accordance with the Lease and may only be exercised by iRhythm Technologies, Inc. or any Related Company described above, and may not be exercised by any other assignee, or any sublessee, or other transferee of iRhythm Technologies, Inc.’s interest in this Lease.

7. Relocation . Landlord shall not have the right at any time during the Term to relocate the Premises to other space in the Building without Tenant’s prior written consent.

 

-5-


8. SNDA . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, (a) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at no expense to Tenant from the existing Encumbrancer, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , and concurrently with the existing Encumbrancer’s execution of the SNDA, Tenant shall execute and acknowledge such SNDA, and (b) if any future Encumbrancer requests that the Lease, as amended, be subordinated to its Encumbrance, then Tenant agrees to subordinate the Lease, as amended, to such Encumbrance or if the Lease becomes subordinate to a future Encumbrance pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and, if Tenant so requests, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, from such Encumbrancer, an SNDA on commercially reasonable terms. Landlord’s inability to obtain an SNDA as described above, despite Landlord’s commercially reasonable efforts to do so, shall not constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease.

9. Brokers . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this First Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this First Amendment: Tenant has had no dealings with any broker, agent or finder (“Broker”) in connection with the execution of this First Amendment other than The CAC Group (“Landlord’s Broker”) and Jones Lang LaSalle (“Tenant’s Broker”), and Tenant knows of no Broker (other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker), who is entitled to a commission in connection with this First Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any Broker occurring by, through or under Tenant (other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker).

10. No Further Amendment . Except as amended by this First Amendment, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and in accordance with all of its terms. This First Amendment and the Lease shall be construed as a whole in order to effectuate the intent of the parties to amend the Lease in the manner specified in this First Amendment. All provisions of the Lease affected by this First Amendment shall be deemed amended regardless of whether so specified in this First Amendment. Subject to the foregoing, if any provision of the Lease conflicts with the terms of this First Amendment, then the provisions of this First Amendment shall control.

11. Governing Law . This First Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

12. Execution . This First Amendment shall not be effective until executed by all of the parties hereto. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13. Partial Invalidity . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this First Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected in any way thereby.

14. Effective Date of Amendment . The effective date of this First Amendment and each and every provision herein is the Effective Date unless otherwise stated herein.

 

-6-


15. Representations and Warranties by Tenant . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this First Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this First Amendment:

(a) The Lease is in full force and effect. There are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, or, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, without inquiry, Landlord, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, without inquiry, no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord or Tenant under the Lease. To Tenant’s actual knowledge, Tenant currently has no defenses or rights of offset under the Lease.

(b) Tenant has full right, power and authority to enter into this First Amendment. The Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, is a binding and enforceable obligation of Tenant.

(c) Tenant is the sole lawful tenant under the Lease, and Tenant has not sublet, assigned, conveyed, encumbered or otherwise transferred any of the right, title or interest of Tenant under the Lease or arising from its use or occupancy of the Premises, and no other person, partnership, corporation or other entity has any right, title or interest in the Lease or the Premises, or the right to occupy all or any part of the Premises, by, through or under Tenant.

16. Surrender . Tenant shall have no restoration obligations at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease with respect to Landlord’s Work.

17. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original of this First Amendment.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:
650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Townsend Member LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
  Its: Sole Member
  By:   TMG 650 Townsend LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    Its: Administrative Manager
    By:     TMG Partners,
        a California corporation
        Its: Managing Member
        By:  

/s/ Lynn Tolin

        Name:  

Lynn Tolin

        Its:  

Senior Vice President

 

TENANT:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

Name:  

Shelly D. Guyer

Its:  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

APPLICABLE ON AND AFTER RENEWAL TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

Lease Date:    April 30, 2008
Date of Amendment:    First Amendment to Lease, dated February 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment”)
Landlord:    650 Townsend Associates LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Premises:    Approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 380, as shown on the Floor Plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A
Lease Commencement Date:    May 14, 2008
Renewal Term Commencement Date:    May 1, 2010
Expiration Date:    April 30, 2012
Term:    The period from the Lease Commencement Date to the Expiration Date
Base Rent for the Renewal Term:   

For the period from May 1, 2010 through April 30, 2011 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq. Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$18.00 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$16,596.00

 

For the period from May 1, 2011 through April 30, 2012 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq. Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$19.00 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$17,518.00

Operating Expense Base Year:    Calendar year 2010


Tax Base Year:    Calendar year 2010
Tenant’s Percentage Share:    1.71%
Permitted Use:    General office use, research, development and administrative and other office-related activities
Security Deposit:    $91,278.00
Building Directory Spaces:    One (1) directory strip
Parking Spaces:    Two (2) unreserved parking spaces on the roof level of the Project parking garage
Tenant’s Address:   

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Landlord’s Address for Notices:   

650 Townsend Associates LLC

c/o TMG Partners

100 Bush Street, Suite 2600

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Lynn Tolin

Landlord’s Address for Payments:   

650 Townsend Associates LLC

P.O. 49034

San Jose, CA 95161-9034

Brokers (for First Amendment only):   

Landlord’s Broker: The CAC Group

 

Tenant’s Broker: Jones Lang LaSalle

Exhibits:   

Exhibits to the Lease :

 

Exhibit A: Floor Plan of the Premises

Exhibit B: Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C: RESERVED

Exhibit D: Confirmation of Lease Term

Exhibit E: Landlord’s Personal Property

Exhibit F: Form of Letter of Credit

  

Exhibits to the First Amendment to Lease :

 

Exhibit A-Amended and Restated BLI

Exhibit B-Landlord’s Work

Exhibit C-First Refusal Space

Exhibit D-SNDA Form for Existing Encumbrancer

 

-2-


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

(iRhythm Technologies, Inc.)

This Work Letter (“Agreement”) is attached to and forms a part of the First Amendment to Lease, dated February 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment to Lease”), by and between 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), relating to certain premises (“Premises”) as more particularly described in the First Amendment to Lease. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the First Amendment to Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows with respect to the improvements to be installed in the Premises:

1. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

 

  A. Approved Plan . The floor plan, as drafted by Form 4 Architecture, dated January 12, 2010, for construction of certain improvements to the Premises by Landlord is hereby approved by Landlord and Tenant and attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “Approved Plan”).

 

  B. Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall be responsible to perform the work shown in the Approved Plan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. All such work is referred to herein as the “Tenant Improvements”.

2. CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS .

 

  A. Construction by Landlord . Landlord shall cause construction of the Tenant Improvements to be completed in a good and workmanlike manner, free of defects and using new materials and equipment of good quality, and in accordance with applicable laws. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Tenant Improvements by May 1, 2010. If Landlord fails to complete Landlord’s Work by July 1, 2010, subject to extension as a result of circumstances beyond Tenant’s reasonable control, Tenant shall be entitled to abate Base Rent under the Lease until such time as the Tenant Improvements are completed.

 

  B. Tenant Improvements Costs . Subject to the provisions in Section 3 below regarding changes to the Approved Plan, Landlord shall pay for all costs incurred by Landlord for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements.

3. CHANGE REQUESTS .

 

  A.

No changes to the Approved Plan requested by Tenant shall be made without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, no change request shall affect the structure of the Building. Any changes to the Approved Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by both Landlord and Tenant prior to the change being made. Tenant shall not instruct or


  direct Landlord’s contractor, workmen, subcontractors, material suppliers, or others performing the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall direct all inquiries and requests relating to the construction work to Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent. Tenant shall be responsible for any added costs or delays resulting from Tenant’s actions which are contrary to this Section 3 .

 

  B. Tenant shall pay Landlord in cash, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an itemized written bill from Landlord, any additional costs for changes requested by Tenant, including, without limitation, architectural fees and increases in construction costs caused by the delay. A change request shall constitute an agreement by Tenant to any reasonable delay in substantial completion caused by reviewing, processing and implementing the change. Substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to have occurred on the date it would have otherwise occurred but for any such delays.

 

  C. As soon as reasonably possible after receipt of a written change request from Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the request; and, if the request is approved, of an estimated increase in costs, if any, and an estimate of the effect the change shall have on the projected date for substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

  D. Landlord shall have the authority, without the consent of Tenant, to order minor changes in the Tenant Improvements not involving an increase in cost to Tenant or a delay in the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements and not inconsistent with the intent of the Approved Plan.

4. COOPERATION . Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate and Landlord shall diligently assist the contractor in completing construction of the Tenant Improvements.

5. TENANT DELAYS . If substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements is delayed and the cause of the delay is attributable to Tenant, then the date of substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements shall be the date that substantial completion would have occurred but for such delay. Delays attributable to Tenant shall include those caused by:

 

  A. Tenant’s request for special materials, finishes or installations not included in the Approved Plan which are not readily available;

 

  B. Tenant’s change requests pursuant to this Exhibit B that result in delays; and

 

  C. Interference with Landlord’s work caused by Tenant or by Tenant’s agents.

6. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION . Within three (3) business days after Landlord notifies Tenant that the Tenant Improvements are “substantially completed”, Landlord and Tenant (or their respective designated representatives) shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the Premises and agree on those items, if any, to be included on a punchlist (the “Punchlist”). Punchlist items shall only be those items of a type customarily found on an architectural punchlist, the correction and completion of which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

-2-


The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “substantially completed” for the purposes of this First Amendment to Lease at such time as the Tenant Improvements have been completed, except for (a) mechanical adjustments and items on the Punchlist, and (b) any long-lead time items requested by Tenant. Landlord shall complete all Punchlist items within thirty (30) days after the date of substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B-1

APPROVED PLAN

[see attached]


[Diagram intentionally omitted]


[Diagram intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT C

First Refusal Space

[see attached]


[Diagram intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT D

SNDA Form for Existing Encumbrancer

[see attached]


RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND

WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP

333 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Jesse Sharf

 

 

SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER’S USE

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

This Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of February 26, 2010, between Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association (“ Lender ”), and iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Tenant is the tenant under that certain lease dated April 30, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease, dated February 26, 2010 (together, the “ Lease ”) with 650 Townsend Associates LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), of premises described in the Lease (the “ Premises ”) and located in a certain office building known as 650 Townsend Street located in San Francisco, California, and more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (such office building, including the Premises, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Property ”).

B. This Agreement is being entered into in connection with a mortgage loan (the “ Loan ”) made by Lender to Landlord, which is secured by, among other things: (a) a first deed of trust to secure debt on and of the Property (the “ Security Instrument ”) recorded with the registry or clerk of the county in which the Property is located (the “ Official Records ”); and (b) a first assignment of leases and rents on the Property (the “ Assignment of Leases and Rents ”) recorded in the Official Records. The Security Instrument and the Assignment of Leases and Rents are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Security Documents ”.

C. Tenant acknowledges that Lender will rely on this Agreement in connection with any transactions with Landlord relating to the Loan.

AGREEMENT

For mutual consideration, including the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I.

Tenant agrees that the Lease and all of its terms (including, but not limited to, any purchase options or rights of first offer or refusal to purchase) are and shall be subject and subordinate to the Security Documents and to all present or future advances under the obligations secured thereby and all renewals, amendments, modifications, consolidations, and extensions of the


  secured obligations and the Security Documents, to the full extent of all amounts secured by the Security Documents from time to time. Said subordination is to have the same force and effect as if the Security Documents and such renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof had been executed, acknowledged, delivered and recorded prior to the Lease, any amendments or modifications thereof and any notice thereof. At the option of Lender upon notice to Tenant, at any time and from time to time, the Lease shall be superior to the Security Documents.

 

II. Lender agrees that, if Lender exercises any of its rights under the Security Documents, including an entry by Lender pursuant to the Security Instrument or a foreclosure of the Mortgage, Lender shall not disturb Tenant’s right of quiet possession of the Premises under the terms of the Lease so long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable grace period of any term, covenant or condition of the Lease.

 

III. Tenant agrees that, in the event of a foreclosure of the Security Instrument by Lender or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure by Lender or any other succession of Lender to fee ownership, Tenant will attorn to and recognize Lender as its Landlord under the Lease for the remainder of the term of the Lease (including all extension periods which have been or are hereafter exercised) upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Lease, and Tenant hereby agrees to pay and perform all of the obligations of Tenant pursuant to the Lease. In such event, subject to the conditions contained herein (including in Paragraph II above), the Lease shall continue as a direct lease between Lender, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant. In the event such foreclosure results in the termination of the Lease, Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to Lender a new lease upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Lease for the unexpired term of the Lease which remained prior to such termination.

 

IV. Tenant agrees that, in the event Lender succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, Lender shall not be:

 

  A. liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord (including, without limitation, the then defaulting Landlord) other than continuing defaults to the extent continuing after Lender succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, or

 

  B. subject to any defense or offsets which Tenant may have against any prior Landlord (including, without limitation, the then defaulting Landlord), or

 

  C. bound by any payment of rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than one month in advance of the due date under the Lease to any prior Landlord (including, without limitation, the then defaulting Landlord) unless actually received by Lender, or

 

  D. bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time Lender succeeded to any prior Landlord’s interest, or

 

  E. accountable for any monies deposited with any prior Landlord (including security deposits), except to the extent such monies are actually received by Lender, or

 

  F. bound by any surrender, termination, amendment or modification of the Lease made without the consent of Lender except pursuant to the express terms of the Lease.

 

-2-


V. Tenant agrees that, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the terms of the Security Instrument shall continue to govern with respect to the disposition of any insurance proceeds or eminent domain awards, and any obligations of Landlord to restore the real estate of which the Premises are a part shall, insofar as they apply to Lender, be limited to insurance proceeds or eminent domain awards received by Lender after the deduction of all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining such proceeds or awards.

 

VI. Tenant hereby agrees to give to Lender copies of all notices of Landlord default(s) under the Lease in the same manner as, and whenever, Tenant shall give any such notice of default to Landlord, and no such notice of default shall be deemed given to Landlord unless and until a copy of such notice shall have been so delivered to Lender. Lender shall have the right to remedy any Landlord default under the Lease, or to cause any default of Landlord under the Lease to be remedied, and for such purpose Tenant hereby grants Lender such additional period of time as may be reasonable to enable Lender to remedy, or cause to be remedied, any such default in addition to the period given to Landlord for remedying, or causing to be remedied, any such default. Tenant shall accept performance by Lender of any term, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed by Landlord under the Lease with the same force and effect as though performed by Landlord. No Landlord default under the Lease shall exist or shall be deemed to exist (i) as long as Lender, in good faith, shall have commenced to cure such default within the above referenced time period and shall be prosecuting the same to completion with reasonable diligence, subject to force majeure, or (ii) if possession of the Premises is required in order to cure such default, or if such default is not susceptible of being cured by Lender, as long as Lender, in good faith, shall have notified Tenant that Lender intends to institute proceedings under the Security Documents, and, thereafter, as long as such proceedings shall have been instituted and shall be prosecuted with reasonable diligence. Lender shall have the right, without Tenant’s consent, to foreclose the Security Instrument or to accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure of the Security Instrument or to exercise any other remedies under the Security Documents.

 

VII. Tenant hereby consents to the Assignment of Leases and Rents from Landlord to Lender in connection with the Loan. Tenant acknowledges that the interest of the Landlord under the Lease is to be assigned to Lender solely as security for the purposes specified in said assignments, and Lender shall have no duty, liability or obligation whatsoever under the Lease or any extension or renewal thereof, either by virtue of said assignments or by any subsequent receipt or collection of rents thereunder, unless Lender shall specifically undertake such liability in writing or unless Lender or its designee or nominee becomes, and then only with respect to periods in which Lender or its designee or nominee becomes, the fee owner of the Premises. Tenant agrees that upon receipt of a written notice from Lender of a default by Landlord under the Loan, Tenant will thereafter, if requested by Lender, pay rent to Lender in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

VIII. [Intentionally deleted.]

 

-3-


IX. Any notice, election, communication, request or other document or demand required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered on the earlier to occur of (a) receipt or (b) the date of delivery, refusal or nondelivery indicated on the return receipt, if deposited in a United States postal service depository, postage prepaid, sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or if sent via a recognized commercial courier service providing for a receipt, addressed to Tenant or Lender, as the case may be, at the following addresses:

If to Tenant:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

If to Lender:

Wachovia Bank, National Association

One First Union Center, TW-16

301 South College Street

Loan Number 505850265

Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0122

Attention: Real Estate Capital Markets Structured Finance

With a copy to:

Stephanie B. Parsons

Relationship Associate

SSG-Institutional Clients Group

Wachovia Bank, NA

a Wells Fargo Company

999 Waterside Drive, 6th floor

Norfolk, VA 23510

Mail Code VA-5247

And a copy to:

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

333 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Jesse Sharf

 

X.

The term “Lender” as used herein includes any successor or assign of the named Lender herein, including without limitation, any co-lender at the time of making the Loan, any purchaser at a foreclosure sale and any transferee pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and their successors and assigns, and the terms “Tenant” and “Landlord” as used herein include any successor and assign of the named Tenant and Landlord herein, respectively;

 

-4-


  provided, however, that such reference to Tenant’s or Landlord’s successors and assigns shall not be construed as Lender’s consent to any assignment or other transfer by Tenant or Landlord.

 

XI. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to be enforceable, or if such modification is not practicable, such provision shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement, and the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be liberally construed in favor of Lender.

 

XII. Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified orally, but only by an instrument in writing executed by the party against which enforcement of the termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification is sought.

 

XIII. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be effective only upon delivery and thereafter shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall be taken to be one and the same instrument, for the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same signature page. Any signature page of this Agreement may be detached from any counterpart of this Agreement without impairing the legal effect of any signatures thereon and may be attached to another counterpart of this Agreement identical in form hereto but having attached to it one or more additional signature pages.

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the state of in which the Property is located.

The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Tenant is authorized by Tenant to do so and execution hereof is the binding act of Tenant enforceable against Tenant.

Witness the execution hereof as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:  

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION

  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-5-


TENANT:   IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:

The undersigned Landlord hereby consents to the foregoing Agreement and confirms the facts stated in the foregoing Agreement.

 

LANDLORD:
650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Townsend Member LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
  Its: Sole Member
  By:   TMG 650 Townsend LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    Its: Administrative Manager
    By:   TMG Partners,
      a California corporation
      Its: Managing Member
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Its:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT]]


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA    )      
   )    SS.   
COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG    )      

On                 , 200    , personally appeared the above named                                         , a                                          of Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of said association, before me.

 

 

Notary Public  
My commission expires:  

 


State of California        )   

 

County of  

 

   )   

On                      before me,                     , a Notary Public, personally appeared                                         , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature  

 

  (Seal)

 

State of California        )   

 

County of  

 

   )   

On                      before me,                     , a Notary Public, personally appeared                                         , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature  

 

  (Seal)


EXHIBIT A

Legal Description of the Property

[see attached]

 

A-1


LEGAL DESCRIPTION

EXHIBIT “A”

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

Parcel 1:

All of Lot 9, Assessor’s Block 3783, as shown on that certain map entitled, “Parcel Map of a Portion of 100 Vara Block No. 412, Also Being a Portion of Assessor’s Block 3783”, which map was filed in the Office of the Recorder of the City and County of San Francisco, State of California on November 29, 1988 in Book 38 of Parcel Maps at Page 36.

Parcel 2:

Non-exclusive easements as set forth in that certain Grant of Easement With Covenants and Restrictions Affecting Land dated as of December 29, 1988, by and between Bay West Showplace Investors, a California limited partnership, and Portman/Bay West Apparel Partners, a California partnership, recorded on December 30, 1988 in Reel E775, Image 1598, Series No. E296406, Official Records, and as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated June 19, 1998, by and between Bay West Showplace Investors, a California limited partnership, and Zero, LLC, a California limited liability company, recorded on June 25, 1998, Reel H162, Image 291, Series No. 98-G376431, Official Records.

APN: 3783-009

 

2

Exhibit 10.11

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(iRhythm Technologies, Inc.)

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of December 19, 2011 (the “Effective Date”) by and between 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

This Second Amendment is entered into upon the basis of, and with reference to the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. By that certain Office Lease dated April 30, 2008 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment to Lease”) (collectively, the “Lease”), Landlord leased and demised to Tenant, approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area (the “Premises”) located on the third floor of that certain building (the “Building”) commonly known as 650 Townsend, San Francisco, California.

B. Landlord and Tenant now wish to amend the Lease to extend the Term of the Lease and to make certain other modifications to the Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this Second Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual covenants contained in the Lease and in this Second Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Second Amendment, the terms that are defined in the Lease have the same meanings when used in this Second Amendment.

2. Basic Lease Information .

(a) The principal Lease terms applicable to the Lease through April 30, 2012 are as set forth in the existing Lease; provided, however, for so long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods under the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Monthly Rent attributable to the period starting on January 1, 2012 and ending on April 30, 2012.

(b) The Second Amended and Restated Basic Lease Information attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “Second Restated BLI”) contains the principal Lease terms applicable to the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, for the period from May 1, 2012 (the “Second Renewal Term Commencement Date”) through and including April 30, 2014 (which period is referred to herein as the “Second Renewal Term”). All references in the Lease, as amended hereby, to the Basic Lease Information with respect to the Second Renewal Term shall be deemed to refer to the Second Restated BLI.


3. Term .

(a) As of the Effective Date, the Term of the Lease shall be extended for the Second Renewal Term so that, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, the new Expiration Date of the Lease shall be April 30, 2014. All references in the Lease to the Term shall include the Second Renewal Term.

(b) Section 4 of the First Amendment to Lease entitled “Option to Extend Term After Renewal Term” is hereby deleted.

4. Monthly Base Rent/Escalation Rent .

(a) Commencing on the Second Renewal Term Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter through the Expiration Date of the Lease established in Section 3(a) above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises as set forth in the Second Restated BLI.

(b) Commencing on the Second Renewal Term Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter during the Second Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay Escalation Rent as set forth in the Lease; however, the Operating Expense Year and the Tax Base Year, effective on and after the Second Renewal Term Commencement Date, shall be calendar year 2012 as set forth in the Second Restated BLI.

5. Condition of the Premises . Tenant currently occupies the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease. As of the Second Renewal Term Commencement Date, Tenant acknowledges that it shall continue to lease the Premises in its “as is” condition, and that Landlord has no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or alterations in the Premises or in the Building in connection with the extension of the Term for the Second Renewal Term as described herein. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing sentence is not intended to alter Landlord’s ongoing repair and maintenance obligations that are expressly provided for in the Lease.

6. First Refusal Right . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s rights under Section 6 of the First Amendment to Lease entitled “First Refusal Right” have lapsed. Section 6 of the First Amendment to Lease is hereby deleted.

7. Brokers . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Second Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this Second Amendment: Tenant has had no dealings with any broker, agent or finder (“Broker”) in connection with the execution of this Second Amendment other than The CAC Group (“Landlord’s Broker”) and Jones Lang LaSalle (“Tenant’s Broker”), and Tenant knows of no Broker (other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker) who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Second Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any Broker occurring by, through or under Tenant (other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker). Landlord shall pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

 

-2-


8. No Further Amendment . Except as amended by this Second Amendment, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and in accordance with all of its terms. This Second Amendment and the Lease shall be construed as a whole in order to effectuate the intent of the parties to amend the Lease in the manner specified in this Second Amendment. All provisions of the Lease affected by this Second Amendment shall be deemed amended regardless of whether so specified in this Second Amendment. Subject to the foregoing, if any provision of the Lease conflicts with the terms of this Second Amendment, then the provisions of this Second Amendment shall control.

9. Governing Law . This Second Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

10. Execution . This Second Amendment shall not be effective until executed by all of the parties hereto. This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11. Partial Invalidity . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Second Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected in any way thereby.

12. Effective Date of Amendment . The effective date of this Second Amendment and each and every provision herein is the Effective Date unless otherwise stated herein.

13. Representations and Warranties by Tenant . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Second Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this Second Amendment:

(a) The Lease is in full force and effect. There are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, without inquiry, there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, without inquiry, no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord or Tenant under the Lease. To Tenant’s actual knowledge, Tenant currently has no defenses or rights of offset under the Lease.

(b) Tenant has full right, power and authority to enter into this Second Amendment. The Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, is a binding and enforceable obligation of Tenant.

(c) Tenant is the sole lawful tenant under the Lease, and Tenant has not sublet, assigned, conveyed, encumbered or otherwise transferred any of the right, title or interest of Tenant under the Lease or arising from its use or occupancy of the Premises, and no other person, partnership, corporation or other entity has any right, title or interest in the Lease or the Premises, or the right to occupy all or any part of the Premises, by, through or under Tenant.

 

-3-


14. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original of this Second Amendment.

15. Overrule Exercise of Option . The terms of this Second Amendment shall govern the Second Renewal Term, notwithstanding Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option under the First Amendment to Lease.

16. Lender Consent . Landlord represents that it has received the consent to this Second Amendment of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust secured by the Project.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   Townsend Member LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
  Its: Sole Member
  By:   TMG 650 Townsend LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    Its: Administrative Manager
    By:   TMG Partners,
      a California corporation
      Its: Managing Member
      By:  

/s/ Lynn Tolin

      Name:  

Lynn Tolin

      Its:  

Senior Vice President

 

TENANT:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

Name:  

Shelly D. Guyer

Its:  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

APPLICABLE ON AND AFTER SECOND RENEWAL TERM

COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

Lease Date:    April 30, 2008
Date of Amendments:   

First Amendment to Lease, dated February 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment”)

 

Second Amendment to Lease, dated December 19, 2011 (the “Second Amendment”)

Landlord:    650 Townsend Associates LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Premises:    Approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 380, as shown on the Floor Plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A
Lease Commencement Date:    May 14, 2008

Second Renewal Term

Commencement Date:

  

 

May 1, 2012

Expiration Date:    April 30, 2014
Term:    The period from the Lease Commencement Date to the Expiration Date
Base Rent for the Second Renewal Term:   

For the period from May 1, 2012 through April 30, 2013 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq. Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$42.00 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$38,724.00


  

For the period from May 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq. Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$43.26 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$39,885.72

Operating Expense Base Year:    Calendar year 2012
Tax Base Year:    Calendar year 2012
Tenant’s Percentage Share:    1.71%
Permitted Use:    General office use, research, development and administrative and other office-related activities
Security Deposit:    $91,278.00
Building Directory Spaces:    One (1) directory strip
Parking Spaces:    Two (2) unreserved parking spaces on the roof level of the Project parking garage
Tenant’s Address:   

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Landlord’s Address for Notices:   

650 Townsend Associates LLC

c/o TMG Partners

100 Bush Street, Suite 2600

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Lynn Tolin

Landlord’s Address for Payments:   

650 Townsend Associates LLC

P.O. 49034

San Jose, CA 95161-9034

Brokers (for Second Amendment only):   

Landlord’s Broker: N/A

 

Tenant’s Broker: Jones Lang LaSalle

 

-2-


Exhibits:    Exhibits to the Lease :
   Exhibit A: Floor Plan of the Premises
   Exhibit B: Rules and Regulations
   Exhibit C: RESERVED
   Exhibit D: Confirmation of Lease Term
   Exhibit E: Landlord’s Personal Property
   Exhibit F: Form of Letter of Credit
   Exhibits to the First Amendment to Lease :
   Exhibit A-First Amended and Restated BLI
   Exhibit B-Landlord’s Work
   Exhibit C-Second Refusal Space
   Exhibit D-SNDA Form for Existing Encumbrancer
   Exhibits to the Second Amendment to Lease
   Exhibit A-Second Amended and Restated BLI

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.12

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Third Amendment ”) is dated for reference purposes only as of January 8, 2014, by and between BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor in interest to 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company) (“ Landlord ”), and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated as of April 30, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 26, 2010 (the “ First Amendment to Lease ”) and by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of December 19, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment to Lease ”, collectively with the Original Lease and the First Amendment to Lease, the “ Existing Lease ”), Tenant leases certain premises containing approximately 11,254 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suite 380 (the “ Premises ”), in the building located at 650 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to extend the Term of the Existing Lease for an additional period of twenty four (24) months (with the new Expiration Date of the Term occurring on April 30, 2016) (the “ Extension Period ”), and Tenant also desires to add to the Premises an additional 1565 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 316 (the “ Additional Premises ”). The Premises and such Additional Premises are shaded in yellow on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A . Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, shall agree to both the extension of the Term of the Existing Lease by the Extension Period and the addition of the Additional Premises to the existing Premises.

D. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Existing Lease to set forth the terms and conditions upon which both the extension of the Term of the Existing Lease to April 30, 2016 and the addition of the Additional Premises to the existing Premises shall be governed and to modify certain other terms and conditions of the Existing Lease, all as further described herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Lease .”

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Use of Defined Terms; Recitals; Exhibits; Effective Date .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Existing Lease and the terms of this Third Amendment, the terms (including, without limitation, any definitions) set forth in this Third Amendment shall supersede and control.


1.2 Recitals . The recitals set forth above are incorporated herein and made a part of this Third Amendment to the same extent as if set forth herein in full.

1.3 Exhibits . The exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part of this Third Amendment. Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used in the exhibits attached hereto shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in this Third Amendment.

1.4 Effective Date and Commencement Dates . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Third Amendment shall be effective as of the date that this Third Amendment has been fully executed and delivered by both Tenant and Landlord (the “ Effective Date ”). Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the commencement date of the Extension Period shall be May 1, 2014 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and the commencement date relating to the Additional Premises shall be January 15, 2014 (the “ Additional Premises Commencement Date ”).

2. Basic Lease Information . The Basic Lease Information attached to the Existing Lease summarizes the principal terms applicable to the Existing Lease through the Expiration Date. Effective as of the Effective Date, such Basic Lease Information shall be deleted in its entirety and of no further force or effect, and in place thereof, the “ Restated Basic Lease Information ” attached as Exhibit B to this Third Amendment shall serve as the operative summary of the principal terms of the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, from the Effective Date through the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

3. Term .

3.1 Extension of Term . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Term of the Lease shall be extended so that, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, the new Expiration Date of the Term of the Lease shall be April 30, 2016 for all purposes of the Lease, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Additional Option Periods . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant shall have no extension option or any further option or right to extend the Term of the Lease beyond the Expiration Date set forth in Section 3.1 above.

4. Existing Premises . Tenant currently leases and occupies the entirety of the existing Premises pursuant to the terms of the Existing Lease. From and after the Commencement Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, continuing through and until the Expiration Date, Tenant shall continue to lease and occupy the existing Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to make any improvements or perform any improvement or alteration work in the existing Premises, and, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein to the contrary, Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to pay for or perform any improvements or alterations in the existing Premises or in the Building in connection with Landlord’s and Tenant’s entry into this Third Amendment. Any

 

-2-


improvements or alterations required or desired by Tenant in order to prepare the existing Premises for Tenant’s continued use of the same from and after the Commencement Date shall be Tenant’s responsibility and shall be made or installed by Tenant, if at all, in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 of the Original Lease.

5. Additional Premises .

5.1 Lease of Additional Premises . From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, continuing through and until the Expiration Date, Tenant shall lease and occupy the Additional Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the Additional Premises together with the existing Premises shall constitute the Premises for all purposes of the Lease, as amended hereby. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to make any improvements or perform any improvement or alteration work in the Additional Premises, and Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to pay for or perform any improvements or alterations in the Additional Premises or in the Building in connection with Landlord’s and Tenant’s entry into this Third Amendment. Any improvements, alterations or furnishings required or desired by Tenant in order to prepare the Additional Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy shall be Tenant’s responsibility and shall be made or installed by Tenant, if at all, in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 of the Original Lease.

6. Base Rent; Base Year for Escalation Rent .

6.1 Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything in the Existing Lease to the contrary, from and after the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, continuing through and until the Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as monthly Base Rent for the Premises, the respective amounts of monthly Base Rent specified in the Restated Basic Lease Information (for the corresponding Premises), and Tenant shall pay any and all such amounts to Landlord in accordance with those provisions of the Existing Lease which do not conflict with this Section 6.1.

6.2 Base Year for Escalation Rent . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Base Year for all purposes of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be as is set forth in the Restated Basic Lease Information.

7. Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge and agree that Landlord currently holds Ninety-One Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($91,278.00) as Tenant’s Security Deposit pursuant to Article 26 of the Original Lease. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Third Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of Fifty-Four Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety-One and 99/100 Dollars ($54,891.99) in cash in order to increase Tenant’s total Security Deposit under the Lease to One Hundred Forty-Six Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Nine and 69/100 Dollars ($146,169.99). Landlord shall continue to hold and administer the Security Deposit (as the same shall be increased pursuant to this Section 7) in accordance with the provisions of Article 26 of the Original Lease.

 

-3-


8. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that, except for Colliers International, representing Landlord exclusively (the “ Landlord’s Broker ”), and Cornish & Carey Commercial Newmark Knight Frank, representing Tenant exclusively (the “ Tenant’s Broker ”), they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone, other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker, to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Third Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all third-party claims for such compensation resulting from a party’s breach of its representation or warranty contained in this Section 8. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, will pay any commission which may be due to Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement with Landlord’s Broker.

9. Tenant’s Representations . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Tenant’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Tenant is presently in possession of the Premises and has paid (and continues to pay) all Rent and any other charges or sums due under the Lease as the same become due and payable; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Third Amendment; (e) Tenant is not aware of any actionable defenses, claims or set-offs under the Lease against rents or charges due or to become due thereunder; and (f) this Third Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Tenant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.

10. Landlord Representations . Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Landlord’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Landlord has all required rights, title and interest in the Building in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Third Amendment; (e) this Third Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Landlord and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof.

11. Certified Access Specialist Inspection . In September 2012, the California State Legislature enacted SB 1186 (California Civil Code §1938) requiring disclosure of whether leased premises have been inspected by a government-approved Certified Access Specialist and if so, whether the premises have been determined to be in compliance with all applicable construction-related disability accessibility standards. Tenant hereby acknowledges that as of the date of this Lease, the Premises has not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

12. Miscellaneous .

12.1 Except as modified by this Third Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. The Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto. This Third Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

 

-4-


12.2 Whether or not specifically amended by this Third Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Third Amendment.

12.3 The submission of this Third Amendment to Tenant for examination or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to amend the Existing Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein, and this Third Amendment shall not become effective as an amendment to the Existing Lease unless and until the Additional Premises Commencement Date occurs.

12.4 This Third Amendment contains the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof It is understood that there are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting the Lease as hereby amended, and this Third Amendment supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, representations, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant and their respective agents with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that all prior communications from Landlord or its agents are not and were not, and shall not be construed to be, representations or warranties of Landlord or its agents as to the matters communicated, and have not and will not be relied upon by Tenant.

12.5 This Third Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Third Amendment may be executed by a party’s signature transmitted by facsimile (“ fax ”) or by electronic mail in portable document format (“ pdf ”), and copies of this Third Amendment executed and delivered by means of faxed or pdf signatures shall have the same force and effect as copies hereof executed and delivered with original signatures. All parties hereto may rely upon faxed or pdf signatures as if such signatures were originals. Any party executing and delivering this Third Amendment by fax or pdf shall promptly thereafter deliver a counterpart of this Third Amendment containing said party’s original signature. All parties hereto agree that a faxed or pdf signature page may be introduced into evidence in any proceeding arising out of or related to this Third Amendment as if it were an original signature page.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Third Amendment to Lease to be executed as of the respective dates written below.

 

LANDLORD :
BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Jeff Shouger

Name:  

Jeff Shouger

Its:  

VP Finance

Date:  

1/10/2014

TENANT :
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC .,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Kevin M. King

Name:  

Kevin M. King

Its:  

President & CEO

Date:  

1/8/2014

 

-6-


Exhibit A

FLOOR PLAN OF ADDITIONAL PREMISES

 

-1-


[Diagram intentionally omitted]


Exhibit B

RESTATED BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    April 30, 2008
Date of Amendments:   

First Amendment to Lease dated February 26, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”);

Second Amendment to Lease dated December 19, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment ”); and

Third Amendment to Lease dated January 8, 2014 the “ Third Amendment ”)

Landlord:   

Big Dog Holdings LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Tenant:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Premises:    Approximately 12,819 square feet of rentable area located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 380 (as shown on the Floor Plan attached to the Original Lease as Exhibit A) and Suite 316 (as shown on the Floor Plan attached to the Third Amendment as Exhibit A).
Lease Commencement Date:    May 14, 2008
Third Amendment Commencement Date:    May 1, 2014
Additional Premises Commencement Date:    January 15, 2014
Expiration Date:    April 30, 2016
Term:    The period from the Lease Commencement Date to the Expiration Date, except with respect to the Additional Premises, which shall commence on the Additional Premises Commencement Date.
Base Rent for Second Renewal Term:   

For the period from May 1, 2012 through April 30, 2013 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$42.00 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$39,389.00

 

-1-


  

For the period from May 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$43.26 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$40,570.67

Suite 380 Base Rent as of Third Amendment Commencement Date:   

For the period from May 1, 2014 through April 30, 2015 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$45.00 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$42,202.50

 

For the period from May 1, 2015 through April 30, 2016 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$46.35 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$43,468.58

Suite 316 Base Rent as of Third Amendment Commencement Date:   

For the period from January 15, 2014 through January 14, 2015 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$50.00 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$6,520.83

 

For the period from January 15, 2015 through April 30, 2016 :

 

Annual Base Rent/Sq Ft. (Net of Electrical):

$51.50 per rentable square foot

 

Monthly Base Rent (Net of Electrical):

$6,716.46

 

-2-


Operating Expense and Tax Base Year:   

 

From the Effective Date

through and until April 30, 2014: Calendar year 2012

 

From April 30, 2014 through

and until the Expiration Date: Calendar year 2014

Tenant’s Percentage Share:    1.95%
Permitted Use:    General office use, research, development and administrative and other office-related activities
Security Deposit:    $146,169.99
Building Directory Spaces:    One (1) directory strip
Parking Spaces:    Two (2) unreserved parking spaces on the roof level of the Project parking garage
Tenant’s Address:   

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Landlord’s Address:   

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

650 Townsend Street, Suite 220

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

With a copy to:

 

c/o Zynga Inc.

699 Eighth Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: VP, Workplace

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.13

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Fourth Amendment ”) is dated for reference purposes only as of April 22, 2015, by and between BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor in interest to 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company) (“ Landlord ”), and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated as of April 30, 2008 (the “Original Lease ”), as amended by each of (i) the First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment ”), (ii) the Second Amendment to Lease dated as of December 19, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment ”, and (iii) the Third Amendment to Lease dated as of January 8, 2014, (the “ Third Amendment ”), collectively with the Original Lease (the “ Existing Lease ”), Tenant leases certain premises containing approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suite 380 and 1,565 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suite 316 (the “ Premises ”), in the building located at 650 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

 

B. Tenant wishes to vacate Suite 316 and expand the Premises to include approximately 5,579 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suites 345 (3,854 square feet) and 346 (1,725 square feet) (“ Expansion Premises ”) which Term expiration date shall be co-terminus with the lease of Suite 380 (i.e., April 30, 2016).

 

C. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Existing Lease to set forth the terms and conditions which will govern Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Use of Defined Terms; Recitals; Exhibits; Effective Date Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Existing Lease and the terms of this Fourth Amendment, the terms (including, without limitation, any definitions) set forth in this Fourth Amendment shall supersede and control.

1.1 Recitals . The recitals set forth above are incorporated herein and made a part of this Fourth Amendment to the same extent as if set forth herein in full.

1.2 Exhibits . The exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part of this Fourth Amendment. Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used in the exhibits attached hereto shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in this Fourth Amendment.


1.3 Effective Date . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Fourth Amendment shall be effective as of the date that this Fourth Amendment has been fully executed and delivered by both Tenant and Landlord (the “ Effective Date ”).

2. Correction of Typographical Error; Rectification of Error in Calculation of Rent . The Third Amendment shall be amended to correct a typographical error in the square footage for Suite 380 and Tenant shall be refunded or credited the difference in Base Rent and Operating Expenses. (Suite 380 is comprised of 11,064 square feet and Suite 316 is comprised of 1,565 square feet, which totals 12,629 square feet; Tenant’s Percentage Share is 1.91%.) The Restated Basic Lease Information attached hereto shall be appended to the Third Amendment as Exhibit B .

3. Basic Lease Information . The Basic Lease Information which applies to the Expansion Premises (i.e., Suites 345 and 346) is attached as Exhibit A to this Fourth Amendment. The Restated Basic Lease Information which was agreed to as part of the Third Amendment (the “ Third Amendment Basic Lease Information ”) shall continue to apply to Suite 380 (as amended under Section 2, above) except those provisions related to Suite 316, which will no longer apply to Suite 316 once Tenant provides ten (10) days written notice to Landlord (“ Expansion Move Notice ”) and vacates that suite (the “ Suite 316 Termination Date ”). For the avoidance of doubt, after the Suite 316 Termination Date, Tenant’s Percentage Share set forth in the Third Amendment Basic Lease Information shall be reduced to 1.67% and the Security Deposit set forth in the Third Amendment Basic Lease Information shall be reduced to $128,324.91, but the number of Parking Spaces shall not decrease. The respective Basic Lease Information documents shall serve as the operative summary of the principal terms of the Lease, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, from the Effective Date through the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

4. Expansion Premises .

4.1 Lease of Expansion Premises . From and after the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions applicable to the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”), (i) Tenant shall lease and occupy the Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and (ii) the Expansion Premises together with the existing Premises (including only Suite 380 once Tenant has provided the Expansion Move Notice and vacated Suite 316) shall constitute the Premises for all purposes of the Lease, as amended hereby. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that prior to Tenant’s taking occupancy of the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall replace carpet with building standard carpet tiles with rubber base in and paint the walls of the Expansion Premises. Other than the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to pay for or perform any improvements or alterations in the Expansion Premises or in the Building in connection with Landlord’s and Tenant’s entry into this Fourth Amendment. Any other improvements, alterations or furnishings required or desired by Tenant in order to prepare the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy shall be Tenant’s responsibility and shall be made or installed by Tenant, if at all, in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 of the Lease.

 

2


5. Base Rent .

5.1 Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything in the Existing Lease to the contrary, from and after the Effective Date as to subpart (i) and after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date as to subpart (ii), and, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, continuing through and until the Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as monthly Base Rent for the Premises, the respective amounts of (i) the monthly Base Rent specified in the Restated Basic Lease Information attached to the Third Amendment (provided, however, with respect to Suite 316, only until such time that Tenant provides the Expansion Move Notice and vacates such suite) and (ii) the monthly Base Rent specified in the Restated Basic Lease Information set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

Security Deposit. The Security Deposit currently held by Landlord for Suite 316 (i.e., $17,845.08) shall be applied to the Expansion Premises Security Deposit required under Exhibit A and Tenant shall cover the difference prior to occupying the Expansion Premises. The difference is calculated as follows: $27,895 - $17,845.08=$10,049.92 as Security Deposit for Suite 345 & 346).

6. Relocation Right . Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, but subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6, Landlord may, upon at least thirty (30) prior written notice to the other party, relocate Tenant from the Expansion Premises to another location in the Building so long as (i) Landlord bears the reasonable cost of the move; (ii) the relocation Premises shall be equal or greater than the square footage of the Expansion Premises and (iii) Tenant’s Base Rent shall not increase.

7. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that, except for Colliers International, representing Landlord exclusively (the “ Landlord’s Broker ”), they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone, other than Landlord’s Broker, to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Fourth Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any such third person by reason of such party’s breach of their representation or warranty contained in this Section 7. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, will pay any commission which may be due Landlord’s Broker pursuant to its separate agreement with Landlord’s Broker.

8. Tenant’s Representations . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Tenant’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Tenant is presently in possession of the Premises and has paid (and continues to pay) all Rent and any other charges or sums due under the Lease as the same become due and payable; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Fourth Amendment; (e) Tenant is not aware of any actionable defenses, claims or set-offs under the Lease against rents or charges due or to become due thereunder; and (f) this Fourth Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Tenant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.

9. Landlord Representations . Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Landlord’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Landlord has all required rights, title and interest in the Building in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way,

 

3


except as may be set forth in this Fourth Amendment; (e) this Fourth Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Landlord and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof

10. Miscellaneous

10.1 Except as modified by this Fourth Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. The Lease, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto. This Fourth Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

10.2 Whether or not specifically amended by this Fourth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Fourth Amendment.

10.3 The submission of this Fourth Amendment to Tenant for examination or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to amend the Existing Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein, and this Fourth Amendment shall not become effective as an amendment to the Existing Lease unless and until the Effective Date occurs.

10.4 This Fourth Amendment contains the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof. It is understood that there are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting the Lease as hereby amended, and this Fourth Amendment supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, representations, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant and their respective agents with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that all prior communications from Landlord or its agents are not and were not, and shall not be construed to be, representations or warranties of Landlord or its agents as to the matters communicated, and have not and will not be relied upon by Tenant.

10.5 This Fourth Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Fourth Amendment may be executed by a party’s signature transmitted by facsimile (“ fax ”) or by electronic mail in portable document format (“ pdf ”), and copies of this Fourth Amendment executed and delivered by means of faxed or pdf signatures shall have the same force and effect as copies hereof executed and delivered with original signatures. All parties hereto may rely upon faxed or pdf signatures as if such signatures were originals. Any party executing and delivering this Fourth Amendment by fax or pdf shall promptly thereafter deliver a counterpart of this Fourth Amendment containing said party’s original signature. All parties hereto agree that a faxed or pdf signature page may be introduced into evidence in any proceeding arising out of or related to this Fourth Amendment as if it were an original signature page.

10.6 Tenant shall not be required to restore any alterations that are in the Premises as of the date hereof.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fourth Amendment to Lease to be executed as of the respective dates written below.

 

LANDLORD :
BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Zynga Inc., its sole member     Zynga Legal
      Form Approved
By:  

 

    Digitally signed by Meredith-Lobel-
Name:   Michelle Quejado     Angel
Its:   VP of Finance     DN:cn=Meredith Lobel-Angel,
      o=Zynga Inc., ou=Legal,
Date:  

 

    email=mlobelangel@zynga.com, c=US
      Date: 2015.04.22 18:50:31 -07’00’
TENANT :
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation    
By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

   
Name:   Matthew C. Garrett    
Its:   Chief Financial Officer    
Date:  

4/24/15

   

 

5

Exhibit 10.14

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Fifth Amendment ”) is dated for reference purposes only as of November 20, 2015, by and between BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor in interest to 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company) (“ Landlord ”), and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated as of April 30, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by each of (i) the First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 26, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”), (ii) the Second Amendment to Lease dated as of December 19, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment ”, and (iii) the Third Amendment to Lease dated as of January 8, 2014, (the “ Third Amendment ”), and Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of April 22, 2015 (“ Fourth Amendment ”), collectively with the Original Lease (the “ Existing Lease ”), Tenant currently leases certain premises containing approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suite 380 and approximately 5,579 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suites 345 (3,854 square feet) and 346 (1,725 square feet) (the “ Premises ”), in the building located at 650 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

B. The current expiration date of Existing Lease is April 30, 2016. Tenant wishes to extend the expiration date to December 31, 2016. The period from May 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016 is referred to herein as the “ Extended Term ”.

C. The Basic Lease Terms attached hereto as Exhibit A apply during the Extended Term.

D. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Existing Lease to set forth the terms and conditions which will govern Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Extended Term. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Use of Defined Terms; Recitals; Exhibits; Effective Date Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Existing Lease and the terms of this Fifth Amendment, the terms (including, without limitation, any definitions) set forth in this Fifth Amendment shall supersede and control.


1.2 Recitals . The recitals set forth above are incorporated herein and made a part of this Fifth Amendment to the same extent as if set forth herein in full.

1.3 Exhibits . The exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part of this Fifth Amendment. Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used in the exhibits attached hereto shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in this Fifth Amendment.

1.4 Effective Date . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Fifth Amendment shall be effective as of the date that this Fifth Amendment has been fully executed and delivered by both Tenant and Landlord (the “ Effective Date ”).

2. Basic Lease Information-Extended Term . The Basic Lease Information which applies to the Premises for the Extended Term is attached as Exhibit A to this Fifth Amendment This Basic Lease Information document shall serve as the operative summary of the principal terms of the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, which shall apply starting on the Commencement Date of the Extended Term through the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

3. Base Rent .

3.1 Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything in the Existing Lease to the contrary, from and after the Commencement Date of the Extended Term continuing through and until the Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as monthly Base Rent for the Premises, the monthly Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

3.2 Security Deposit . The Security Deposit shall remain the same as set forth under the Fourth Amendment (i.e., $27,895).

4. Termination Right . Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, but subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 4, Landlord may, upon at least ninety (90) prior written notice to the other party, terminate the Lease solely with respect to Suites 345 and 346.

5. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that, except for Colliers International, representing Landlord exclusively (the “ Landlord’s Broker ”), they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone, other than Landlord’s Broker, to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Fifth Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any such third person by reason of such party’s breach of their representation or warranty contained in this Section 5. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, will pay any commission which may be due Landlord’s Broker pursuant to its separate agreement with Landlord’s Broker.

6. Tenant’s Representations . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Tenant’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Tenant is presently in possession of the Premises and has paid (and continues to pay) all Rent and any other charges or sums due under the Lease as the same become due and payable; (d) the Lease

 

-2-


has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Fifth Amendment; (e) Tenant is not aware of any actionable defenses, claims or set-offs under the Lease against rents or charges due or to become due thereunder; and (f) this Fifth Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Tenant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.

7. Landlord Representations . Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Landlord’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Landlord has all required rights, title and interest in the Building in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Fifth Amendment; (e) this Fifth Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Landlord and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Except as modified by this Fifth Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. The Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto. This Fifth Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

8.2 Whether or not specifically amended by this Fifth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Fifth Amendment.

8.3 The submission of this Fifth Amendment to Tenant for examination or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to amend the Existing Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein, and this Fifth Amendment shall not become effective as an amendment to the Existing Lease unless and until the Effective Date occurs.

8.4 This Fifth Amendment contains the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof. It is understood that there are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting the Lease as hereby amended, and this Fifth Amendment supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, representations, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant and their respective agents with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that all prior communications from Landlord or its agents are not and were not, and shall not be construed to be, representations or warranties of Landlord or its agents as to the matters communicated, and have not and will not be relied upon by Tenant.

8.5 This Fifth Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Fifth Amendment may be executed by a party’s signature transmitted by facsimile

 

-3-


(“ fax ”) or by electronic mail in portable document format (“ pdf ’), and copies of this Fifth Amendment executed and delivered by means of faxed or pdf signatures shall have the same force and effect as copies hereof executed and delivered with original signatures. All parties hereto may rely upon faxed or pdf signatures as if such signatures were originals. Any party executing and delivering this Fifth Amendment by fax or pdf shall promptly thereafter deliver a counterpart of this Fifth Amendment containing said party’s original signature. All parties hereto agree that a faxed or pdf signature page may be introduced into evidence in any proceeding arising out of or related to this Fifth Amendment as if it were an original signature page.

[Signature page follows]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fifth Amendment to Lease to be executed as of the respective dates written below.

 

LANDLORD :
BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Zynga Inc., its sole member
By:  

/s/ Michelle Quejado

Name:   Michelle Quejado
Its:   Chief Accounting Officer
Date:  

 

TENANT :

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Kevin M. King

Name:   Kevin M. King
Its:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

11/18/15


Exhibit A

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Suites 345, 346 and 380

(Fifth Amendment to Lease; applies to Extended Term)

 

Date of Lease:    April 30, 2008
Date of Amendments:   

First Amendment dated as of February 26, 2010

Second Amendment dated as of December 19, 2011

Third Amendment dated as of January 8, 2014

Fourth Amendment dated as of April 22, 2015

Fifth Amendment dated as of November 20, 2015

Landlord:   

Big Dog Holdings LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Tenant:   

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

Premises:   

All Suites are located on the third floor

Rentable area is approximately as follows:

 

Suite 345 (3,854 square feet) and 346 (1,725 square feet) which total 5,579 square feet; and

 

Suite 380 (11,064 square feet).

 

Total rentable area for all Suites is 16,643 square feet.

Term:    Commencing on Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date.
Commencement Date:    May 1, 2016
Expiration Date:    December 31, 2016
   Following the Expiration Date, the Term of the Lease shall continue on thereafter as a month-to-month tenancy, in which event the Expiration Date shall occur on the date that is at least one (1) full calendar month following the effective date of either party’s written notice to the other party of its intent to terminate this Lease (“Termination Notice”) (for the avoidance of doubt, if the effective date of the Termination Notice is a date other than


   the first (1st) day of a calendar month, the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the calendar month which immediately follows the calendar month in which the Termination Notice is given).
Relocation Right:    Landlord may, upon at least thirty (30) prior written notice to the other party, relocate Tenant from the Premises to another location in the Building so long as (i) the relocation Premises shall be equal or greater than the square footage of the Premises and (ii) Tenant’s Base Rent shall not increase.
Base Rent:   

Monthly Base Rent Payment (based on the annual rate of $68 per rentable square foot of the Premises, net of electrical and janitorial ):

 

$94,310.33

Base Year and Tenant’s Percentage Share:   

Base Year: Calendar year 2015;

 

Tenant’s Percentage Share: 2.52 %

Permitted Use:    General office, research, development and administrative and other office-related activities
Security Deposit:    $27,895 (already paid)
Building Directory Spaces:    One (1) directory strip
Tenant’s Address:   

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Landlord’s Address:   

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

650 Townsend Street, Suite 220

San Francisco, CA 94103

With a copy to:   

c/o Zynga Inc.

699 Eighth Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: VP, Finance

Landlord’s Address for Payments:   

Zynga Inc.

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

PO Box 45257, Ext. 022

San Francisco, CA 94145

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.15

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Sixth Amendment ”) is dated August 10, 2016 (“ Sixth Amendment Effective Date ”), by and between BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor in interest to 650 TOWNSEND ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company) (“ Landlord ”), and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated as of April 30, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by each of (i) the First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 26, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”), (ii) the Second Amendment to Lease dated as of December 19, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment ”, (iii) the Third Amendment to Lease dated as of January 8, 2014, (the “ Third Amendment ”), and Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of April 22, 2015 (“ Fourth Amendment ”), and (iv) the Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 1, 2015, collectively with the Original Lease (the “ Existing Lease ”), Tenant currently leases certain premises containing approximately 11,064 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suite 380 and approximately 5,579 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor, commonly referred to as Suites 345 (3,854 square feet) and 346 (1,725 square feet) (the “ Premises ”), in the building located at 650 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

 

B. The current expiration date of the Existing Lease is December 31, 2016 (“ Existing Lease Expiration Date ”). Tenant wishes to terminate the Existing Lease pursuant to Section 6 below (“ Revised Existing Lease Expiration Date ”) pursuant to the terms of a separate lease with Landlord entered into concurrently herewith (“ Suite 500 Premises Lease ”).

 

C. Tenant wishes to lease the premises commonly known as “Suite 500” (“ Suite 500 Premises ”).

 

D. The Basic Lease Terms are attached hereto as Exhibit   A .

 

E. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Existing Lease to set forth the terms and conditions which will govern Tenant’s lease of the Premises through the Revised Existing Lease Expiration Date. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Sixth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Use of Defined Terms; Recitals; Exhibits; Effective Date; Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Existing Lease and the terms of this Sixth Amendment, the terms (including, without limitation, any definitions) set forth in this Sixth Amendment shall supersede and control.

2. Recitals . The recitals set forth above are incorporated herein and made a part of this Sixth Amendment to the same extent as if set forth herein in full.

3. Exhibits . The exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part of this Sixth Amendment. Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used in the exhibits attached hereto shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in this Sixth Amendment.

4. Effective Date . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Sixth Amendment shall be effective as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date listed above.


5. Basic Lease Information-Extended Term . The Basic Lease Information which applies to the Premises through the Revised Existing Lease Expiration Date is attached as Exhibit   A to this Sixth Amendment. This Basic Lease Information document shall serve as the operative summary of the principal terms of the Lease, as amended by this Sixth Amendment, which shall apply starting on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date through the Revised Existing Lease Expiration Date. “Landlord’s Early Termination Option” and any relocation right under the Existing Lease shall be of no further force and effect.

6. Subject to Tenant’s right to continue to occupy the Premises for thirty (30) days as provided in Section 7 below, the Existing Lease will expire upon the commencement date of the Suite 500 Premises Lease, “ Commencement Date ”. Tenant will be obligated to surrender the Premises in the condition required under the Existing Lease; provided, however, Tenant’s obligation to surrender the Premises shall be met if it surrenders the Premises in vacant, broom clean condition, with all Tenant data cabling removed, and otherwise in the condition as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date. However, in the event Landlord fails to deliver the Suite 500 Premises by December 31, 2016 and Tenant exercises its termination right in the Suite 500 Premises Lease as a result thereof, the Expiration Date of the Existing Lease will be extended through June 30, 2017. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Confirmation of Amendment Dates in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

  7. Holding Over .

7.1 Waiver . Landlord waives Tenant’s obligations under Section 25 (“ Holding Over ”) for a period of thirty (30) days.

7.2 Base Rent . The Base Rent for the Premises will be abated as of the Commencement Date, and Tenant will pay rent for the Suite 500 Premises beginning on the Commencement Date.

7.3 Failure to Vacate; Consequences . If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date, Tenant will be obligated to pay both the Base Rent, as it may be increased, and to be determined by Landlord in good faith, under Section 25(i)(A) or (B), in addition to the rent for the Suite 500 Premises.

8. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that, except for Colliers International, representing Landlord exclusively, and Newmark Cornish & Carey (collectively, the “ Broker ”), they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone, other than Broker, to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Sixth Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any such third person by reason of such party’s breach of their representation or warranty contained in this Section 8. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, will pay any commission which may be due Broker pursuant to its separate agreement with Broker.

9. Tenant’s Representations . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Tenant’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Tenant is presently in possession of the Premises and has paid (and continues to pay) all Rent and any other charges or sums due under the Lease as the same become due and payable; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Sixth Amendment; (e) Tenant is not aware of any actionable defenses, claims or set-offs under the Lease against rents or charges due or to become due thereunder; and (f) this Sixth Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Tenant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.

10. Landlord Representations . Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Effective Date: (a) all of Landlord’s estate, right, title and interest in and to the Lease is free and clear of assignments, sublettings, liens and encumbrances; (b) the Lease is in full force and effect; (c) Landlord has all

 

2


required rights, title and interest in the Building in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (d) the Lease has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as may be set forth in this Sixth Amendment; (e) this Sixth Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Landlord and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

  11. Miscellaneous

11.1 Except as modified by this Sixth Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. The Lease, as amended by this Sixth Amendment, may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto. This Sixth Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

11.2 Whether or not specifically amended by this Sixth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Sixth Amendment.

11.3 The submission of this Sixth Amendment to Tenant for examination or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to amend the Existing Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein, and this Sixth Amendment shall not become effective as an amendment to the Existing Lease unless and until the Effective Date occurs.

11.4 This Sixth Amendment contains the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof. It is understood that there are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting the Lease as hereby amended, and this Sixth Amendment supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, representations, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant and their respective agents with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that all prior communications from Landlord or its agents are not and were not, and shall not be construed to be, representations or warranties of Landlord or its agents as to the matters communicated, and have not and will not be relied upon by Tenant.

11.5 This Sixth Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Sixth Amendment may be executed by a party’s signature transmitted by facsimile (“ fax ”) or by electronic mail in portable document format (“ pdf ”), and copies of this Sixth Amendment executed and delivered by means of faxed or pdf signatures shall have the same force and effect as copies hereof executed and delivered with original signatures. All parties hereto may rely upon faxed or pdf signatures as if such signatures were originals. Any party executing and delivering this Sixth Amendment by fax or pdf shall promptly thereafter deliver a counterpart of this Sixth Amendment containing said party’s original signature. All parties hereto agree that a faxed or pdf signature page may be introduced into evidence in any proceeding arising out of or related to this Sixth Amendment as if it were an original signature page.

Signature Page Follows

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the Lease Date.

LANDLORD :

BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:    ZYNGA INC.,
   a Delaware corporation
   its sole member

 

By:  

/s/ Michelle Quejado

Name:  

Michelle Quejado

Title:  

VP, Corporate Controller

TENANT:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Matthew Garrett

Name:  

Matthew Garrett

Title:  

CFO

 

4


Exhibit A

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Suites 345, 346 and 380

(Sixth Amendment to Lease)

 

Date of Lease:    April 30, 2008
Date of Amendments:    First Amendment dated as of February 26, 2010 Second Amendment dated as of December 19, 2011 Third Amendment dated as of January 8, 2014 Fourth Amendment dated as of April 22, 2015 Fifth Amendment dated as of December 1, 2015
Sixth Amendment dated as of August 9, 2016
Landlord:    Big Dog Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Premises:   

All Suites are located on the third floor Rentable area is approximately as follows:

 

Suite 345 (3,854 square feet) and 346 (1,725 square feet) which total 5,579 square feet; and

 

Suite 380 (11,064 square feet).

 

Total rentable area for all Suites is 16,643 square feet.

Term:    Commencing on Sixth Amendment Effective Date and expiring on the Revised Existing Lease Expiration Date.
Sixth Amendment Effective Date:    August 10, 2016
Revised Existing Lease Expiration Date: Pursuant to Section 6
Base Rent:   

Monthly Base Rent Payment (based on the annual rate of $68 per rentable square foot of the Premises, net of electrical and janitorial ):

 

$94,310.33

Base Year and Tenant’s Percentage Share:   

Base Year: Calendar year 2015;

 

Tenant’s Percentage Share: 2.52 %

Permitted Use:    General office, research, development and administrative and other office-related activities

 

5


Parking Spaces:    Two (2) unreserved parking spaces on the roof level of the Project parking garage; additional as available for a separate monthly fee through Landlord’s management company.
Security Deposit:   

Suites 345 and 346: $27,895 (already paid)

Suite 380: $146,169.99 (already paid)

Building Directory Spaces:    One (1) directory strip
Tenant’s Address:   

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Landlord’s Address:   

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

650 Townsend Street, Suite 220

San Francisco, CA 94103

With a copy to:   

c/o Zynga Inc.

699 Eighth Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: VP, Finance

Landlord’s Address for Payments:   

Zynga Inc.

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

PO Box 45257, Ext. 022

San Francisco, CA 94145

 

6

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

October 28, 2009

FreedomRoads, LLC

250 Parkway Drive, Suite 270

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

Attn.: Brent Moody

 

  Re: Sublease dated October  29 , 2009 (the “Sublease”) between FreedomRoads, LLC (“FreedomRoads”), as Sublandlord, and iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (“iRhythm”), as Subtenant, of Premises located at 2 Marriott Drive, Lincolnshire, IL (the “Premises”)

Dear Brent:

This letter agreement will confirm the agreement between FreedomRoads and iRhythm that (a) iRhythm will contract for the provision of janitorial service in the common lobby, kitchen, restrooms and conference rooms in the Building consistent with the level provided by iRhythm in the Premises, (b) during such periods as iRhythm is the only occupant of the Building, iRhythm will bear all of the costs of providing such service, (c) during any period in which any other person or entity occupies the Building, iRhythm will only be responsible for the pro rata cost of providing such service based on the square footage of the Premises relative to the square footage of the Building, and FreedomRoads will pay iRhythm the balance of the cost of providing such service within thirty (30) days of presentation of an invoice thereof and (d) iRhythm will have the right to offset against Rent FreedomRoad’s share of the cost of providing such janitorial service described in subpart (c) above. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter will have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Sublease. Please execute below to confirm FreedomRoad’s agreement to the foregoing and return a fully executed original of this letter to me.

 

      Very truly yours,
      IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Agreed and acknowledged effective

as of the date set forth above

   

FREEDOMROADS, LLC,

a Minnesota limited liability company

   
By:  

/s/ Brent Moody

    /s/ Judith Lenane for
Name:   Brent Moody     Shelly Guyer
Its:   EVP Bus. Dev/General Counsel     E.V. P, Operations

 

T 415.632.5700  F 415.632.5701  www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 ● CA 94103


SUBLEASE

FREEDOMROADS, LLC

LANDLORD

AND

iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

TENANT


SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (this “Sublease” or “Lease”) is made and entered into this 29 th  day of October, 2009, between FREEDOMROADS, LLC , a Minnesota limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

WHEREAS , Landlord is the tenant under that certain lease between Landlord, as tenant, and FRHP Lincolnshire, LLC (“Master Landlord”) whereby Landlord has leased from Master Landlord certain land located at 2 Marriott Drive, Lincolnshire, IL and legally described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “Land”) and the building constructed thereon (the “Building” and, together with the Land, collectively, the “Property”); and

WHEREAS Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, and Landlord desires to Lease to Tenant, a portion of the Building comprised of the Southern portion of the Building (the “Demised Premises”, “Leased Premise” or the “Premises”) as shown on Exhibit “B” attached hereto and access to common areas as further described herein below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

TERM AND USE

A. The “ Primary Term ” (herein so called) of this Sublease shall begin on November 1, 2009 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall end on October 31, 2011. For purposes of this Sublease, a “ Sublease Year ” shall he defined as that twelve (12) month period during the Primary Term or any Extension Term (hereinafter defined) commencing, with respect to the first Lease Year, on the Commencement Date, and with respect to each subsequent Lease Year, the annual anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (as defined below), as may be applicable. The Primary Term and any Extension Term are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Term ”. Tenant shall have the right to access the Premises, the electrical panel serving the Building and the room adjacent to the Building’s electrical closet immediately upon execution of this Sublease for purposes of preparing the Premises for occupancy. Such access shall be on all of the terms hereof except the obligation to pay rent. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall relocate the current occupants from the Premises and perform the work described in Exhibit “C” attached hereto.

B. Provided that Tenant is not in default of any terms or conditions of this Sublease beyond applicable notice and cure periods at the time of exercise or at the expiration of the Primary Term, Tenant shall have the option of extending this Sublease for one (1) additional term (the “ Extension Term ”) of two (2) years on the same terms and conditions as provided herein except for the Base Annual Rent (defined below) shall be equal to the fair market rent for the Premises, excluding the value of any alterations to the Premises made by Tenant and taking into consideration that there will be no free rent or other concessions offered to Tenant during the Extension Term (the “Market Rate”), as mutually agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant not later than thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt Tenant’s Exercise Notice (as defined below). In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the rent for the Extension Term within such thirty (30) day period, Market Rate shall be determined by appraisers in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit “D” attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Market Rate be less than the Base Annual Rent for the second Lease Year. Notice of the exercise of such option shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, in writing (“Tenant’s Exercise Notice”), not later than April 30, 2011. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord (i) sells or has an agreement to sell the Property or (ii) Landlord has a lease for all or substantially all of the Premises with a commencement date subsequent to the expiration of the Primary Term and Tenant has not exercised its right of first refusal with respect to the proposed lease in subpart (ii) after being given written notice thereof under Section 41 below, Tenant shall have no option to extend for the Extension Term.

C. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, the Demised Premises may be used and occupied for general office, distribution and assembly purposes and a call center and no other use whatsoever without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

 

      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


ARTICLE 2

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 3

BASE ANNUAL RENT

A. The Rent (as defined below) due under this Lease shall be “gross” in nature and, except as otherwise set forth herein, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay any operating expenses, taxes or utilities with respect to the Property.

B. The Rent payable hereunder s all begin to accrue on December 1, 2009 (the “Rent Commencement Date”). Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Primary Term, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord, for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, at the times and in the manner herein provided, the following sums of money (“ Rent ”):

 

Sublease
Year
   Base Annual
Rent
   Monthly Base Annual
Rent
1    $240,000    $20,000
2    $247,500    $20,625

to be paid in U.S. dollars, in advance, without offset or deduction and without notice or invoice from Landlord, on the first day of each and every month during the Term, except as otherwise provided for herein. All payments provided for in this Sublease (those hereinafter stipulated as well as Base Annual Rent) shall be paid or mailed to:

FreedomRoads, LLC

250 Parkway Drive

Suite 270

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

Attn: Accounting Department

or to such other payee or address as Landlord may designate in writing to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall receive an abatement of Rent for the months of March 2010, May 2010, July 2010 and August 2010.

ARTICLE 4

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 5

COMMON AREA ACCESS AND PARKING

A. Tenant shall have shared access with other tenants and occupants of the Building to certain common areas marked on Exhibit “A” , which shall include the kitchen, IT/server and phone room, restrooms, lobby, conference rooms, courtyard and parking lot (collectively, the “Common Areas”) during the Term of this Sublease. Use of the Common Areas shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to post a receptionist at the reception desk in the lobby to solely serve the Premises.

B. Tenant shall have twenty-four (24) hour access, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules, to the existing IT/server and phone room on the North side of the Building during the Term of the Sublease. Tenant shall be provided with space within this area for its secured racks and other equipment, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord as to the location thereof. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any abnormal condition of the IT/server and phone room it notices. Failure to notify Landlord of abnormal conditions caused by Tenant may result in a default and Tenant may be liable for damages caused by the delay in notification.

C. Landlord shall allocate to Tenant its proportionate share of parking spaces (but in no event less than 60 spaces) in addition to four (4) reserved parking spaces for Tenant’s exclusive use

 

      /s/ BM_
   2    /s/ SDG


as demarcated on Exhibit “B” . Tenant shall be responsible for the cost and labor of physically identifying those spaces in the parking lot.

D. Tenant shall have twenty-four (24) hours access, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules, to the shipping and receiving area on the North side of the Building for distribution center purposes.

ARTICLE 6

UTILITIES

A. Landlord agrees to cause the necessary mains, conduits and other facilities to be provided to make heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, water, sewer, gas, phone and electricity available to the Demised Premises and to make available to Tenant heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, water, sewer, gas, phone and electrical services during the Term of this Lease. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all utilities used by Tenant at the Demised Premises directly to the applicable public utility provider, except if the monthly cost for electricity and gas exceeds $5,000, Tenant shall pay the excess amount directly to Landlord as additional rent hereunder. Tenant shall have 24-hours, 7-days per week control of the HVAC system serving the Premises and may use the security system serving the Building.

B. In no event shall Landlord be liable for the quality, quantity, failure or interruption of utilities to the Demised Premises, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.

D. In the event of a failure or interruption of utilities within the Premises, Landlord shall promptly repair or remediate the cause of the utility failure or interruption using all means within Landlord’s commercially reasonable control, Landlord hereby acknowledging that such prompt repairs shall include after-hours repairs as needed due to Tenant’s 24/7 use of the Premises. If the responsibility for repair or remediation is that of the utility company or other entity, Landlord shall promptly take reasonable measures to cause such utility company or other entity to repair or remediate the cause of the utility failure or interruption.

E. Tenant shall be responsible for all of its janitorial and cleaning services for the Demised Premises at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall provide a service for the collection of refuse and garbage from the Premises, at Tenant’s expense, and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a location, at no cost to Tenant, for the placement of a receptacle for Tenant’s refuse and garbage.

F. Tenant shall have the right to install a generator on the Property for its exclusive use subject to (a) Landlord’s approval of the plans therefor and location thereof and (b) Tenant obtaining, at its sole cost and expense, all applicable governmental authorities therefor. Such installation may include, at Tenant’s election, the installation of an internal transfer switch for the generator in the room adjacent to the Building’s electrical closet. Landlord may elect to require Tenant remove the generator and restore the Property to its original condition at the termination of the Sublease. Approval, installation and removal shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

A. Except for the repair and maintenance obligations of Tenant set forth in Section 7(B) below, Landlord shall maintain the Leased Premised in good condition and repair and shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance of the Demised Premises during the Term, including, without limitation, the roof, plumbing systems, electrical systems, utility systems, sprinkler mains, if any, mechanical systems, including HVAC systems serving the Premises, bearing walls, sidewalks, foundation and all structural parts of the Premises, including the painting of the exterior of the building. Additionally, Landlord covenants and agrees that it shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, the Common Areas, including the parking areas and driveways, in good order and repair and a neat and clean condition.

B. Tenant, during the Term of this Lease, shall be responsible for the repair of any and all damage caused to the Property by Tenant or its employees, agents or invitees. Further Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining the Demised Premises in a neat and clean condition and shall be responsible for its own janitorial services and supplies.

 

      L /s/ BM_
   3    /s/ SDG


ARTICLE 8

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Tenant covenants and agrees not to dispose or permit its employees, agents or contractors to dispose or discharge of any Hazardous Substance (as defined below) on, in, or about the Property. Tenant will properly store and handle any Hazardous Substance Tenant is legally permitted to bring onto the Demised Premises. Tenant will only bring onto the Demised Premises such Hazardous Substances as are necessary for Tenant to carry on the uses permitted hereunder and any such Hazardous Substances brought on the Demised Premises and all containers therefor, shall be used, kept, stored and disposed of in a manner that complies with all federal, state and local laws or regulations applicable to any such Hazardous Substance. In the event that Tenant causes any Hazardous Substance to contaminate any portion of the Demised Premises, Tenant agrees to comply with any and all governmental laws, regulations or other requirement relative to such Hazardous Substance; and that, in connection with the foregoing, if any clean-up or removal of such Hazardous Substance or any other remedial action is required, Tenant shall cause the same to be performed without expense to Landlord. Tenant will indemnify, protect, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, and penalties (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees at all trial and appellate levels) arising directly or indirectly from or out of, or in any way connected with (i) the presence of any Hazardous Substance on the Demised Premises brought onto the Premises by Tenant, its agents, contractors, licensees, concessionaires or employees in violation of this Lease or applicable laws, or (ii) any violation of any local, state or federal environmental law, regulation, ordinance or administrative or judicial order relating to any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by Tenant, its agents, contractors, Licensees, concessionaires or employees. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Substance” shall mean any substance or material defined or designated as hazardous or toxic waste, hazardous or toxic material, a hazardous or toxic substance, or other similar term, by any federal, state or local environmental statute, regulation or ordinance presently in effect or which may be promulgated in the future, as such statutes, regulations and/or ordinances may be supplemented or amended from time to time. To the knowledge of Landlord, no Hazardous Substance is present on the Property or the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof.

ARTICLE 9

CONDITION AND IMPROVEMENTS

A. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that it accepts the Demised Premises in an “as-is” condition and, subject to Landlord’s delivery requirements, Tenant’s taking possession of the Demised Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Demised Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when Tenant took possession. No promise of Landlord to alter, remodel or improve the Demised Premises and no representation respecting the condition of the Demised Premises have been made by Landlord to Tenant (or any party taking by, through or under Landlord) except as may be otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all building systems in good working order and the roof watertight, and in compliance with all laws. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that it has had the opportunity to make any and all necessary inspections of the Demised Premises it deems necessary to satisfy itself with respect to all aspects of the condition thereof. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof, or upon any earlier termination of Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall surrender the Demised Premises in at least as good condition as at the commencement of the Term of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear, damage by casualty and condemnation and repairs that are Landlord’s responsibility hereunder excepted.

B. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord currently leases a portion of the Building to another tenant and may, at Landlord’s option and discretion, lease other portions of the Building to other tenants. Tenant further acknowledges that the Demised Premises is not currently separately demised from other portions of the Building. Within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s request, which may be made at any time the Building is occupied by anyone other than Tenant and, in any event, prior to Landlord’s leasing, subleasing or permitting anyone else to use the Building for more than one (1) month (a “Third Party Use”) other than the people occupying the Building on the date hereof; Landlord shall construct demising walls and doors to separately demise the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, in the event Landlord permits a Third Party Use during the second Lease Year, as a condition to Landlord’s obligation to separately demise the Premises, Tenant shall be required to exercise its option to extend the Term. In the event Tenant does not exercise the option to extend and Landlord does not elect to separately demise the Premises, Tenant

 

      /s/ BM_
   4    /s/ SDG


shall have the right to terminate this Lease and, if Tenant does not so terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to perform the demising work in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, at Tenant’s sole cost, and shall not be required to restore any such demising work. Landlord shall perform such work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with laws and a schedule reasonably satisfactory to Tenant and Landlord shall in performing such work not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. During any period in which the Premises are not separately demised, Tenant shall have the right to control the security in the Building, and Landlord shall cause all other occupants to comply with Tenant’s reasonable security measures.

ARTICLE 10

FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

A. Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall have the right to use the existing furniture, fixtures and equipment located within the Demised Premises as of the Commencement Date (the “FFE”), a list of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “E” , and the cost of which is included in the Rent. During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible to maintain such FFE in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is providing such FFE to Tenant in its “as-is” condition and is not making any representation or warranty with respect to its condition to Tenant hereunder. Upon the expiration of the term of this Lease, the FFE shall remain in the Demised Premises and Tenant shall surrender the FFE to Landlord with the Demised Premises in at least as good condition as of the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted.

B. Tenant shall have the right to install its own phone system, for Tenant’s exclusive use at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Subject to its review of more detailed plans therefor and subject to compliance with all applicable governmental building codes and ordinances and approval of applicable governmental authorities, Landlord hereby approves of Tenant’s construction of improvements as set forth in Exhibit “F” hereto and agrees that Tenant shall be entitled to surrender such alterations upon the termination of the Sublease.

C. Any trade fixtures, business equipment, inventory, trademarked items, signs, decorative soffit, counters, shelving, showcases, mirrors and other removable personal property installed in or on the Demised Premises by Tenant at its expense (“ Tenant’s Property ”), shall remain the property of Tenant. Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to remove any and all of Tenant’s Property. Tenant at its expense shall immediately repair any damage occasioned by the removal of Tenant’s Property and upon expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, shall leave the Demised Premises in a neat and clean condition, free of debris, normal wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed upon its business operation in the Demised Premises as well as upon Tenant’s Property if any of Tenant’s Property is assessed with property of Landlord, then such assessment shall be equitably divided between Landlord and Tenant to the end that Tenant shall pay only its equitable portion of such assessment. Landlord shall determine the reasonable basis of so prorating any such assessments and such determination shall be binding upon both Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 11

SIGNAGE

Subject to approval by Landlord and all applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall have the right to install Tenant’s signage (including logo) on the existing monument sign on the west side of the Property visible from Milwaukee Avenue. Tenant shall have the exclusive right to such sign at all times in which the other half of the Building is not leased. Tenant shall also have the right to install its signage on the west entrance to the Building and directional signs and shipping and receiving signs near the east side of the Building, subject to approval of applicable governmental authorities. Tenant may make any changes to the signs required to cause the signs to comply with laws. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, Tenant shall remove such signs; provided, however, in no event may Tenant remove the monument from the Property. Tenant promptly shall make such repairs and restoration of the Property as are necessary to repair any damage to the Property from the removal of the signs

 

      /s/ BM_
   5    /s/ SDG


ARTICLE 12

LIENS

Neither Tenant nor anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant, including, but not limited to, contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, mechanics and laborers, shall have any right to file or place any mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens of any kind whatsoever upon the Demised Premises or improvements thereon, any such liens are hereby specifically prohibited. All parties with whom Tenant may deal are put on notice that Tenant has no power to subject Landlord’s interest to any mechanics’ or materialmen’s lien of any kind or character, and all such persons so dealing with Tenant must look solely to the credit of Tenant, and not to Landlord’s interest or assets. Tenant shall discharge any lien, encumbrance or charge arising out of the work of any contractor, mechanic, laborer or material contracted for by Tenant. If any lien or notice of lien on account of an alleged debt of Tenant or any notice of contract by a party engaged by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor to work in the Demised Premises shall be filed against the Demised Premises, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof, cause the same to be discharged of record by payment, deposit or bond.

ARTICLE 13

LAWS AND ORDINANCES

Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws, rides, regulations, codes and ordinances during the Term. Tenant agrees not to (i) permit any illegal practice to be carried on or committed on the Demised Premises; (ii) make use of or allow the Demised Premises to be used for any purpose that might invalidate or increase the rate of insurance therefor (other than the permitted use); (iii) keep or use or permit to be kept or used on the Demised Premises any flammable fluids, gases, or explosives without the prior written permission of Landlord except for normal cleaning products; (iv) use the Demised Premises for any purpose whatsoever which might create a nuisance; (v) deface or injure the Building or the Demised Premises; (vi) overload the floor; (vii) commit or suffer any waste; or (viii) install any electrical equipment that overloads lines.

ARTICLE 14

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 15

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 16

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 17

DAMAGE TO PREMISES

A. If the Property shall, during the Term of this Lease, be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty in a manner which interferes in the operation of Tenant’s business, this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord or Tenant, be terminated.

B. If neither Tenant nor Landlord elects to terminate the Lease, Landlord shall promptly restore the Property to the condition existing prior to the casualty and Rent shall be abated from the date of damage or destruction until restoration is complete. The amount of abatement shall be in direct proportion to the amount of space in the Demised Premises made untenable or unusable by such damage or destruction or the degree of interference with Tenant’s business operations at the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 18

INSURANCE

A. Tenant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance during the Term hereof in the amount of not less than $3,000,000 per occurrence (which limit may be covered by an

 

      /s/ BM_
   6    /s/ SDG


umbrella policy) naming Landlord and its affiliates as an additional insured. Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide a certificate of insurance evidencing such insurance.

B. Tenant hereby releases and waives any and all claims against Landlord and Master Landlord and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, agents and employees for injury or damage to person, property or business sustained in or about the Property by Tenant other than by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s violation of this Sublease.

C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, Tenant and Landlord each hereby waives and releases any and all right of recovery against the other, including, without limitation, the other party’s employees and agents, arising during the Term of the Sublease for any and all toss (including, without limitation, loss of rental) or damage to property located within or constituting a part of the Demised Premises that is due to a risk actually insured against by property insurance or normally covered by “all risk” insurance. This waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Sublease. Tenant and Landlord each hereby waives, and shall have its property insurance policies issued in such form as to waive, any right of subrogation that might otherwise exist with respect to property insurance, and shall provide written evidence thereof to the other upon written request.

ARTICLE 19

INDEMNIFICATION

Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold harmless and protect Landlord and its agents, employees, officers and affiliates from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and/or liability (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising at any time during the Term of this Sublease, including the Primary Term and Extension Term or any holdover or occupancy by Tenant outside the Term, and from any cause whatsoever in or about the Demised Premises, other than damages caused by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents and employees or Landlord’s violation of this Sublease, to the extent due to: (i) any default by Tenant in the observance or performance of any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Sublease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed; (ii) the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises by Tenant or any person claiming by, through, or under Tenant; or (iii) any willful misconduct or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming by, through, or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, visitors, or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on, or about the Demised Premises during the Term (including, without limitation, any holdovers in connection therewith), including, without limitation, any willful misconduct or negligence in the making or performance of any alterations. Tenant further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s agents, and the landlord or landlords under all ground or underlying leases, from and against any and all loss, cost, liability, damage, and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any claims by any persons by reason of injury to persons or damage to property occasioned by any default, willful misconduct or negligence referred to in the preceding sentence. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination, and shall not be limited by reason of any insurance carried by Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 20

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

A. Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign or encumber its interest in this Sublease or in the Demised Premises, or sublease all or any part of the Demised Premises, or allow any other person or entity to occupy or use any part of the Demised Premises, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignment, encumbrance, or sublease without Landlord’s consent shall be voidable and, at Landlord’s election, shall constitute a default after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods. It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting if the proposed transferee does not meet certain criteria, including, but not limited to, the transferee’s financial condition, the nature, quality, and character of the transferee, the identity or business character of the transferee, the nature of the use and occupancy and the transferee’s business experience. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent and without constituting an assignment or sublease hereunder, sublet the Premises or assign this Sublease to (a) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant, (b) an entity related to Tenant by merger, consolidation or reorganization, or (c) a

 

      /s/ BM_
   7    /s/ SDG


purchaser of a substantial portion of Tenant’s assets (a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided, however, no such assignment or sublease shall relieve Tenant of any liability or obligations hereunder and, as a condition to any such assignment or sublease, (a) any assignee shall assume the obligations of Tenant hereunder in writing and (b) any subtenant shall acknowledge in writing that the rights of such subtenant are subject and subordinate to the terms and conditions of this Lease. A sale or transfer of Tenant’s capital stock shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting or any other transfer of this Sublease or the Premises.

B. Landlord shall be free at all times, without need of consent or approval by Tenant, to assign its interest in this Sublease and/or to convey fee title to the Demised Premises. Each conveyance by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in this Sublease or the Demised Premises prior to expiration or termination hereof shall be subject to this Sublease and, provided the transferee assumes in writing Landlord’s obligations hereunder, shall relieve the grantor of any further obligations or liability as Landlord, and Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s successor in interest for all future obligations of Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to Landlord’s successors in interest, whether such interest is acquired by sale, transfer, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise. Without further agreement, the transferee of such title shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder during its ownership of the Demised Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, concurrently with the execution of this Sublease, Landlord shall obtain from the Master Landlord a written agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G” . Tenant acknowledges the Property is encumbered by a mortgage in favor of KeyBank National Association.

ARTICLE 21

ACCESS TO PREMISES

Landlord and Landlord’s authorized representatives shall have the right after reasonable notice to Tenant, to enter upon the Demised Premises at all reasonable hours for the purpose of inspecting the Demised Premises or of making repairs, additions, or alterations in or upon the Demised Premises, and, for the purpose of exhibiting the Demised Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers, or others.

ARTICLE 22

DEFAULTS BY TENANT

A. The occurrence of any of the following (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a material default and breach of this Sublease by Tenant:

 

  (i) Any failure by Tenant to pay Rent when due where such failure continues for five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to provide more than one such notice during any Lease Year and after the giving of any such notice, any further failure to pay Rent when due shall constitute an Event of Default without the necessity of any notice thereof.

 

  (ii) Any failure by Tenant to maintain the insurance required pursuant to the terms hereof where such failure continues for five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord.

 

  (iii) A failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other provision of this Sublease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord, except that this thirty (30) day period shall be extended for a reasonable period of time if the alleged default is not reasonably capable of cure within said thirty (30) day period and Tenant proceeds to diligently cure such failure.

 

  (iv)

Any general assignment made by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, the filing by, or against, Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt, or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days), the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession that is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days, or the

 

      /s/ BM_
   8    /s/ SDG


  attachment, execution or other judicial seizure that is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

B. In the event of an Event of Default, Landlord lawfully may in compliance with applicable law, immediately enter into and upon the Demised Premises or any part thereof and repossess the same as of its former estate, and expel Tenant, and those claiming through or under it, and remove its or their effects without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of Rent or breach of covenant. No such reentry or taking possession of the Demised Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on Landlords part to terminate this Sublease, unless a written notice of such intention to terminate this Sublease is given to Tenant or unless termination hereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such reentry or taking of possession, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, elect to terminate this Sublease for any previous default. In the event that Landlord terminates this Sublease or repossesses the Default Premises due to an Event of Default as aforesaid, Tenant shall (i) remain liable for all Rent and other obligations accruing up to the date of such repossession or termination, and (ii) be liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in connection with the repossession and reletting of the Demised Premises (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney and brokerage fees and any costs in connection with necessary repairs or remodeling to render the Demised Premises suitable for reletting), and (iii) remain liable for the payment of all of the Base Annual Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder for the balance of the unexpired Term of this Sublease in effect as of the date of the termination or repossession by Landlord. Any rental which may be due Landlord, as herein provided in this Sublease, shall include the monthly rent and any other costs and expenses denominated as additional rentals in this Sublease. Landlord may bring suits for such amounts or portions thereof, at any time or times as the same accrue or after the same have accrued, and no suit or recovery of any portion due hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect all amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder, nor shall the same serve as any defense to any subsequent suit brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment. In the event the Demised Premises are relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against its rental obligations hereunder in the amount of Rents received by Landlord from any such reletting of the Demised Premises less any costs incurred by Landlord (not previously reimbursed by Tenant) in connection with the repossession and retelling of the Demised Premises (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and, to the extent allocable to the remainder of the applicable Term hereof, brokerage commissions, and any cost of repairs, alterations and improvements to the Demised Premises). Landlord may relet the Demised Premises for a term or terms which may, at Landlord’s option, be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Sublease. Landlord may grant such concessions and free rent as Landlord deems necessary in connection with any such reletting. Landlord shall not, in any event, be required to pay Tenant any surplus of any sums received by Landlord on a retelling of the Demised Premises in excess of the Rent provided in this Sublease, but such excess will reduce any accrued present or future obligations of Tenant hereunder. Subject to the notice and cure periods provided herein, Landlord shall have the right to exercise any and all other remedies available to Landlord, in connection with an Event of Default, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, injunctive relief. Except as otherwise set forth herein to the contrary, mention in this Sublease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Landlord from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Except as otherwise set forth herein to the contrary, no remedy herein or otherwise conferred upon or reserved to Landlord shall be considered to exclude or suspend any other remedy but the same shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute, and every power and remedy given by this Sublease to Landlord may be exercised from time to time and as often as any occasion may arise or as may be deemed expedient. Landlord waives any right of distraint, distress for rent or landlord’s lien that may arise at law.

If the Tenant’s interest in this Sublease be assigned as permitted hereunder, or if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be sublet as permitted hereunder, Landlord may, after an Event of Default by Tenant, terminate all sublease, concessions or the like or may, at the option of Landlord, collect rent from the assignee or subtenant and apply the net amount collected to the rent due from Tenant. No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the covenant herein against sale, transfer, mortgage, assignment and subletting or a release of Tenant from the performance of the covenants herein contained. In the event of such Event of Default, Tenant hereby assigns the rent due from the subtenant or assignee to Landlord, and hereby authorizes such subtenant or assignee to pay the rent directly to Landlord.

If Tenant fails to make any payment or perform any agreement or obligation on its part to be performed under this Sublease, Landlord, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, shall have the right (but not the obligation) (i) if no emergency exists, to pay and/or perform the

 

      /s/ BM_
   9    /s/ SDG


same after giving thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant (10 days notice in the case of a monetary default) or such longer time as may be reasonably required because of the nature of the non-monetary default provided Tenant has commenced to cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion; and (ii) in any emergency situation ( i.e. , a situation imposing imminent danger to persons or property), to perform the same immediately without notice or delay. For the purpose of rectifying Tenant’s defaults as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Demised Premises. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand, reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in rectifying Tenant’s defaults as aforesaid, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and interest at the rate set forth herein. Except for the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees, licensees or invitees, Landlord shall not be liable or in any way responsible for any loss, inconvenience, annoyance, or damage resulting to Tenant or anyone holding under Tenant for any action taken by Landlord pursuant to this Section. Any act or thing done by Landlord pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of any such default by Tenant or a waiver of any covenant, term or condition herein contained or the performance thereof

ARTICLE 23

DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD

Landlord shall be in default if Landlord fails to perform any provision of this Sublease required of it and the failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice has been given to Landlord. If, however, the failure cannot reasonably be cured within the cure period, Landlord shall not be in default of this Sublease if Landlord commences to cure the failure within the cure period and diligently and in good faith continues to cure the failure. If Landlord shall at any time default beyond the applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall have the right, upon prior written notice to Landlord, to cure such default on Landlord’s behalf to the extent such default materially interferes with the operation of Tenant’s business. Any reasonable sums expended by Tenant in doing so, and all reasonably necessary incidental costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following demand therefor by Tenant, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to any deduction or offset against any Rent otherwise payable to Landlord under this Sublease.

ARTICLE 24

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Tenant shall, upon the expiration of the Term granted herein, or any earlier termination of this Sublease for any cause, surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord, including, without limitation, all building apparatus and equipment then upon the Demised Premises, and all alterations, improvements and other additions which may be made or installed by either party to, in, upon or about the Demised Premises, other than Tenant’s Property (which shall remain the property of Tenant as provided in Article 10 hereof), broom clean, without any damage, injury or disturbance thereto, (reasonable wear and tear, loss due to condemnation, and damage due to casualty and repairs that are Landlord’s responsibility hereunder excepted), or payment therefor.

ARTICLE 25

EMINENT DOMAIN

If any material portion of the Premises is taken by condemnation or the power of eminent domain (or conveyed by deed in lieu thereof), Landlord may, at its option, elect to terminate this Lease. If any such renders the Demised Premises unsuitable for Tenant’s use, Tenant shall have the right to terminate his Lease by written notice to Landlord given within twenty (20) days after the taking.

ARTICLE 26

ATTORNEY’S FEES

A. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach or default under this Sublease, whether or not suit is commenced or judgment entered. Such costs shall include legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights, or otherwise. Furthermore, if any action for breach of or to enforce the provisions of this Sublease is commenced, the court in such action shall

 

      /s/ BM_
   10    /s/ SDG


award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, a reasonable sum as attorneys’ fees and costs. Such attorneys’ fees and costs shall be paid by the losing party in such action.

B. Except to the extent due to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or violation of this Sublease by Landlord, Tenant Brian indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands, and liability incurred by Landlord if Landlord becomes or is made a party to any claim or action (i) instituted by Tenant, or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding any interest under or using the Premises by license of or agreement with Tenant; (ii) for foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or such other person; (iii) otherwise arising out of or resulting from negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant; or (iv) necessary to protect Landlord’s interest under this Sublease in a Tenant bankruptcy proceeding, or other proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended. Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such claim or action at Tenant’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any legal fees or costs incurred by Landlord in any such claim or action.

ARTICLE 27

NOTICES

Notices and demands required, or permitted, to be sent to those listed hereunder shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service and shall be deemed to have been delivered (a) one (1) business day following deposit with Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service, or (b) three (3) business days following deposit in the United States Mail if sent by certified mail, to the address shown below:

 

TENANT :    LANDLORD :
iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    FREEDOMROADS, LLC
650 Townsend Street, Suite 380    250 Parkway Drive, Suite 270
San Francisco, CA 94103    Lincolnshire, IL 60069
Attn: Chief Financial Officer    Attn: General Counsel
and    and
iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    FREEDOMROADS, LLC
2 Marriott Drive    250 Parkway Drive, Suite 270
Lincolnshire, IL 60069-3700    Lincolnshire, IL 60069
Attn: Executive Vice President, Clinical Operations    Attn: Chief Financial Officer

or at such other address requested in writing by either party upon ten (10) days notice to the other party.

ARTICLE 28

REMEDIES

All rights and remedies of Landlord and Tenant herein created or otherwise extending at law are cumulative, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies may be exercised and enforced concurrently or consecutively and whenever and as often as deemed desirable.

ARTICLE 29

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

All covenants, promises, conditions, representations and agreements herein contained shall be binding upon, apply and inure to the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns; it being understood and agreed, however, that the provisions of Article 20 are in nowise impaired by this Article 29.

 

      /s/ BM_
   11    /s/ SDG


ARTICLE 30

WAIVER

The failure of either Landlord or Tenant to insist upon strict performance by the other of any of the covenants, conditions, and agreements of this Sublease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in any of the covenants, conditions and agreements of this Sublease. No surrender of the Demised Premises by Tenant shall be affected by Landlord’s acceptance of Rent or by other means whatsoever, unless the same is evidenced by Landlord’s written acceptance of the surrender.

ARTICLE 31

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant, or any party claiming under Tenant, remains in possession of the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, after any termination or expiration of the Term of this Sublease, without Landlord’s consent, Landlord may treat such holdover as an automatic extension of this Sublease for a month to month tenancy, subject to all the terms and conditions provided herein, except that Base Annual Rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Annual Rent set forth herein.

ARTICLE 32

INTERPRETATION

The parties hereto agree that it is their intention hereby to create only the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, and no provision hereof, or act of either party hereunder, shall ever be construed as creating the relationship between the parties of (i) principal and agent, (ii) partners, or (iii) joint venturers or enterprisers.

ARTICLE 33

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord represents and warrants that (i) Landlord is the lessee of the Property pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease and has obtained Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease as acknowledged by Master Landlord’s consent and acknowledgement attached hereto as Exhibit “G” , (ii) Landlord has not received any notice, and does not have any knowledge, of any eminent domain or similar proceeding which would affect the Demised Premises, (iii) Landlord has the full right, power and authority to make this Sublease and (iv) Tenant, upon the payment of the Rent and performance of the covenants hereunder, shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises during the Term of this Sublease without hindrance or ejection by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through or under Landlord.

ARTICLE 34

ESTOPPEL; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after receipt of Landlord’s request, any reasonable estoppel certificate or other statement to be furnished to any prospective purchaser of or any lender against the Demised Premises. Such estoppel certificate shall acknowledge and certify each of the following matters, to the extent each may be true: that the Sublease is in effect and, to Tenant’s knowledge, not subject to any rental offsets, claims, or defenses to its enforcement; the commencement and expiration dates of the Term; that Tenant is paying rent on a current basis; that, to Tenant’s knowledge, any improvements required to be furnished under the Sublease have been completed in all respects; that the Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between Tenant and Landlord relating to the Demised Premises; that Tenant has accepted the Demised Premises and is in possession thereof; that the Sublease has not been modified, altered, or amended except in specified respects by specified instruments; that Tenant has no notice of any prior assignment, hypothecation, or pledge of rents or the Sublease; and such other matters as reasonably may be requested. Tenant shall also, upon request of Landlord, certify and agree for the benefit of any lender against the Demised Premises or the building (“Lender”) that Tenant will not look to such Lender: as being liable for any act or omission of Landlord other than defaults continuing after Lender, or its successors or assigns, acquire Landlord’s interest in the Premises by foreclosure or otherwise; as being obligated to cure any defaults of Landlord under the

 

      /s/ BM_
   12    /s/ SDG


Sublease which occurred prior to the time Lender, its successors or assigns, acquired Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises by foreclosure or otherwise; as being bound by any payment of rent or additional rent by Tenant to Landlord for more than one (1) month in advance; or as being bound by Landlord to any amendment or modification of the Sublease without Lender’s written consent.

B. In the event of a proposed sale or financing of the Demised Premises by Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s request deliver such financial statements as may be reasonably required by the prospective lender or purchaser in connection therewith, provided Landlord and such prospective lender or purchaser executes a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Tenant.

C. Failure to deliver the documents required under this Article 34 in the time period required shall constitute an Event of Default after the expiration of the applicable notice or cure period.

ARTICLE 35

RECORDING

Tenant shall not record this Sublease. The parties shall join in the execution of a memorandum or so-called “short-form” of this Sublease for the purpose of recordation in accordance with a form reasonably acceptable to both parties. Any recording costs associated with the memorandum or short form of this Sublease shall be borne by the party requesting recordation.

ARTICLE 36

FORCE MAJEURE

If either party hereto shall be delayed, hindered in or prevented from, the performance hereunder of its obligations (other than the payment of money) by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, failure of power, riots, insurrection, war, acts of God, or other reason of like nature, not the fault of such party (hereinafter, “ Permitted Delay ” or “ Permitted Delays ”), such party shall be excused for the period of time equivalent to the delay caused by such Permitted Delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any extension of time for a Permitted Delay shall be conditioned upon the party seeking an extension of time delivering written notice of such Permitted Delay to the other party within ten (10) days of the event causing the Permitted Delay.

ARTICLE 37

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant concurrently with the execution of this Lease, shall deposit with Landlord the sum of $40,000.00 as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply the security deposit to remedy any failure by Tenant to repair or maintain the Leased Premises or to perform any other terms, covenants and conditions contained herein or make any payment owing hereunder within applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord will, within thirty (30) days after the expiration hereof and Tenant’s vacation of the Premises, promptly return the unapplied balance security deposit to Tenant or the last permitted assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder. Should Landlord use any portion of the security deposit to cure any default by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall forthwith replenish the security deposit to the original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the security deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on any such deposit.

ARTICLE 38

LATE CHARGE

If Tenant fails to pay when due any payment of Rent or other charges which Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord under this Sublease within five (5) days of when due, there shall be a late charge, immediately payable by Tenant as additional rent, in the amount of five percent (5%) of each such past due amount. Landlord and Tenant agree that this sum is reasonable to compensate Landlord for accounting and administrative expenses incurred by Landlord. In addition to the late charge, any and all Rent or other charges which Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord under this Sublease which are unpaid shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per anum from the date said payment was due until paid, said interest to be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent. Landlord and Tenant agree that this sum is reasonable to compensate Landlord for the loss of the use

 

      L /s/ BM_
   13    /s/ SDG


of funds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge or late interest the first time in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency, and shall waive such late charge if Tenant pays such delinquency within five (5) days thereafter.

ARTICLE 39

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Sublease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord or a surrender of Demised Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Demised Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Sublease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord and, notwithstanding such delivery, Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Sublease shall have been terminated properly. The voluntary or other surrender of this Sublease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shalt not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 40

CONSENT

Whenever this Sublease requires an approval, consent, determination, selection or judgment by either Landlord or Tenant, unless another standard is expressly set forth, such approval, consent, determination, selection or judgment and any conditions imposed thereby shall be reasonable and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

ARTICLE 41

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

If at any time during the Term Landlord desires to lease all or any part of the Building to a third party, including during the Extension Term, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice thereof and the terms upon which Landlord and such prospective tenant are willing to enter into a lease of such portion of the Building (an “Intent to Lease Notice”). Tenant shall have five (5) business days following Landlord’s delivery of the Intent to Lease Notice to provide written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s desire to lease additional space in accordance with the terms set forth in the Intent to Lease Notice (“Tenant’s Notice”). Upon receipt of Tenant’s Notice by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant promptly shall execute an amendment to the Sublease relating to the expansion space, which includes the terms and conditions set forth in the Intent to Lease Notice. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with its written notice of exercise within the five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to the particular Intent to Lease Notice at issue. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord negotiates with the proposed tenant lease terms materially more favorable than those offered to Tenant but rejected, Landlord shall be required to submit the more favorable terms to Tenant for its review. Tenant shall have three (3) business days after receipt of the more favorable terms to accept or reject the expansion space. If Tenant rejects the more favorable terms, Landlord shall be free to enter a lease with the proposed tenant. Tenant’s right of first refusal shall be continuous during the Term and any extension thereof. Tenant’s rejection of any particular Intent to Lease Notice shall not relieve Landlord of its obligation to again offer any expansion space to Tenant at any time that the expansion space subsequently becomes available. The rights described in this paragraph are exclusive to Tenant and may not be transferred or assigned except to a Permitted Transferee.

ARTICLE 42

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 43

SEVERABILITY

Any provision of this Sublease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

      /s/ BM_
   14    /s/ SDG


ARTICLE 44

GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE

This Sublease shall be governed by the laws of the Stale of Illinois.

ARTICLE 45

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 46

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 47

BROKERS

Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant one to the other that they have not had any dealings with any real estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Sublease, except for Jones Lang LaSalle (“Tenant’s Broker”) with respect to Tenant and Transwestern with respect to Landlord (“Landlord’s Broker”). Landlord covenants and agrees to pay Tenant’s Broker in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any and all liability and cost which Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, may suffer in connection with any other real estate brokers claiming by, through, or under Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, seeking any commission, fee or payment in connection with this Sublease.

ARTICLE 48

INDEPENDENT COVENANTS

This Sublease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent, and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any offset of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises (of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified) and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violation as provided above.

ARTICLE 49

LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to be contrary, Landlord shall not incur any liability beyond the amount of Landlord’s interest in the Premises upon a breach of this Sublease, and Tenant shall look exclusively to the amount of such interest in the Premises for the payment and discharge of any obligations imposed upon Landlord under this Sublease.

 

      /s/ BM_
   15    /s/ SDG


ARTICLE 50

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 51

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 52

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 53

TIME OF THE ESSENCE

Time shall be of the essence in interpreting the provisions of this Sublease.

ARTICLE 54

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Sublease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to matters covered or mentioned herein and no prior agreement, letters, representations, warranties, promises, or understandings pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any such purpose. This Sublease may be amended or added to only by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sublease on the day and year first mentioned, the corporate party or parties by its or their proper officers thereto duly authorized.

 

WITNESSES:     LANDLORD:
     

FREEDOMROADS, LLC , a Minnesota

limited liability company

/s/ Jennifer Napier

    By:  

/s/ Brent Moody

Print Name:   Jennifer Napier     Name:   Brent Moody
      Title:   EVP Business Dev/General Counsel

/s/ Matthew D. Wagner

     
Print Name:   Matthew D. Wagner     Dated:   10/29/09
WITNESSES:     TENANT:
      iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a
      Delaware corporation

/s/ Judith C. Lenane

    By:  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

Print Name:   Judith C. Lenane     Name:   Shelly D. Guyer
      Title:   EVP, CFO

/s/ Kaja Odegard

     
Print name:   Kaja Odegard     Dated:   10/28/09

 

      /s/ BM_
   16    /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “A”

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES

THE LAND REFERRED TO IN THIS POLICY IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

THAT PART OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 22, TOWNSHIP 43 NORTH, RANGE 11, EAST OF THE THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS, TO-WIT: COMMENCING AT A POINT ON THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE (AS OF AUGUST 26, 1948) WHICH IS SOUTH 15 DEGREES 06 MINUTES 15 SECONDS EAST (OLD DEEDS), 813.60 FEET FROM THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF SAID CENTER LINE WITH THE NORTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 22 FOR A POINT OF BEGINNING); THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 25 MINUTES 30 SECONDS EAST (OLD DEEDS), TOWARD A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF SAID NORTHEAST 1/4 764.05 FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF, SAID COURSE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE “FIRST COURSE”, A DISTANCE OF 516.67 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT ON A LINE DRAWN PARALLEL WITH THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE AND 500.00 FEET NORTHEASTERLY THEREFROM, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES THERETO; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID LINE DRAWN PARALLEL TO THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE, A DISTANCE OF 300 FEET; THENCE WEST ALONG A LINE PARALLEL TO THE FIRST COURSE, A DISTANCE OF 516.67 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT ON THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE WHICH POINT IS 513.60 FEET SOUTHEASTERLY OF ITS INTERSECTION WITH THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 22; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE, A DISTANCE OF 300 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, IN LAKE COUNTY, ILLINOIS.

 

   EXHIBIT “A”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “B”

DEMISED PREMISES

[Please provide revised floor plan to remove lobby and restroom from Premises and make part of

the Common Area and to show Tenant’s reserved parking]

 

   EXHIBIT “B”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “C”

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

1. All remaining RV equipment or related gear should be removed from the Demised Premises and Common Areas of the Building.

 

2. All walls with any physical damage need to be repaired and painted where necessary with                              .

[DIAGRAM INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

   EXHIBIT “C”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “D”

MARKET RATE

If it becomes necessary to determine the Market Rate by appraisal, real estate appraiser(s), all of whom shall be Members of the Appraisal Institute and who have at least five (5) years experience appraising office, distribution and assembly space located in the vicinity of the Premises shall be appointed and shall act in accordance with the following procedures:

(i) If the parties are unable to agree on the Market Rate within the allowed time, either party may demand an appraisal by giving written notice to the other party, which demand to be effective must state the name, address and qualifications of an appraiser selected by the party demanding an appraisal (the “Notifying Party”). Within ten (10) days following the Notifying Party’s appraisal demand, the other party (the “Non-Notifying Party”) shall either approve the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party or select a second properly qualified appraiser by giving written notice of the name, address and qualification of such appraiser to the Notifying Party. If the Non-Notifying Party fails to select an appraiser within the ten (10) day period, the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party shall be deemed selected by both parties and no other appraiser shall be selected. If two appraisers are selected, they shall select a third appropriately qualified appraiser. If the two appraisers fail to select a third qualified appraiser, the third appraiser shall be appointed by the then presiding judge of the county where the Premises are located upon application by either party.

(ii) If only one appraiser is selected, that appraiser shall notify the parties in simple letter form of its determination of the Market Rate within fifteen (15) days following his selection, which appraisal shall be conclusively determinative and binding on the parties as the appraised Market Rate. If multiple appraisers are selected, the appraisers shall meet not later than ten (10) days following the selection of the last appraiser. At such meeting the appraisers shall attempt to determine the Market Rate as of the commencement date of the extended term by the agreement of at least two (2) of the appraisers. If two (2) or more of the appraisers agree on the Market Rate at the initial meeting, such agreement shall be determinative and binding upon the parties hereto and the agreeing appraisers shall, in simple letter form executed by the agreeing appraisers, forthwith notify both Landlord and Tenant of the amount set by such agreement. If multiple appraisers are selected and two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on the Market Rate, all appraisers shall submit to Landlord and Tenant an independent appraisal of the Market Rate in simple letter form within twenty (20) days following appointment of the final appraiser. The parties shall then determine the Market Rate by averaging the appraisals; provided that any high or low appraisal, differing from the middle appraisal by more than ten percent (10%) of the middle appraisal, shall be disregarded in calculating the average.

(iii) If only one appraiser is selected, then each party shall pay one-half of the fees and expenses of that appraiser. If three appraisers are selected, each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the appraiser it selects and one-half of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser.

 

   EXHIBIT “D”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “E”

FFE INVENTORY

[please provide]

 

   EXHIBIT “E”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “F”

TENANT’S INITIAL ALTERATIONS

Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation to perform the following work:

Murals within the Premises may be removed and the walls painted with building standard matching paint.

Murals may also be painted over if the level of finish will be comparable,

All areas within the Demised Premises and Common Areas of the Building where there is wood flooring with buckling may be repaired. All wood flooring may also be cleaned and scuff marks removed.

[DIAGRAM INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

   EXHIBIT “F”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


2-Marriott – Office Renovations

   Lincolnshire, Illinois

CLARIFICATIONS, ASSUMPTIONS, & EXCLUSIONS

2 Marriott Office Renovations

2 Marriott Drive

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

For:

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

PROJECT DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

The following scope of work is based upon site observations on 8/25/09 and color sketches of improvements forwarded to us by Jones Lang LaSalle.

 

  The Missner|Group         8/31/2009  
   EXHIBIT “F”   
   Page 2   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


2-Marriott – Office Renovations

   Lincolnshire, Illinois

CLARIFICATIONS, ASSUMPTIONS, & EXCLUSIONS

SCOPE OF WORK

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

    Office project management and field supervision

 

    One year guarantee to repair or replace any defective workmanship and materials

DOORS, FRAMES, & HARDWARE

 

    Provide one (1) 6’-0” x 7’-0” double door hollow metal frame, solid core stained wood doors, and brushed chrome (26D) hardware.

CARPENTRY, DRYWALL, & TAPING

 

    Provide demolition of existing walls noted in blue. We have included 4” header at all demolished walls

 

    Provide framing and patching of demolished walls as needed, replace glass wall with framing and drywall, and provide framing and do wall at demolished door opening.

 

    Install one (1) 6’-0” x 7’-0” door frame, wood doors, and hardware.

FLOORING

 

    Remove carpet, wall base, and rubber sheet goods as noted.

 

    Provide floor preparation for new vinyl composite tile (VCT).

 

    Provide new standard color VCT to match existing.

PAINTING

 

    Provide painting of new door frame.

 

    Provide painting of walls in areas within the red lines.

FIRE PROTECTION

 

    No fire sprinkler work has been figured in the office renovations.

HVAC

 

    Relocate one thermostat at demolished wall.

 

    Relocate supply and return diffusers for new layout

ELECTRICAL & FIRE ALARM

 

    Provide demolition of power and data as needed for walls to be removed.

 

    Rework switching and power as required with in red lines.

 

    Provide two (2) new duplex receptacles.

EXCLUSIONS

 

    Architectural and Structural Design

 

    Permit Fees

 

    Bonds or letters of credit

 

    Office improvements unless noted above

 

    Furniture, fixtures, equipment

 

    Signage

 

  The Missner|Group         8/31/2009  
   EXHIBIT “F”   
   Page 3   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG


EXHIBIT “G”

MASTER LANDLORD’S CONSENT

Master Landlord hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Sublease, and consents to the terms and conditions of this Sublease. Master Landlord further agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Master Lease:

(a) Master Landlord agrees that the release and waiver of subrogation in Section 18(C) of the Sublease shall apply as between Master Landlord and Tenant.

(b) In the event that the Master Lease terminates prior to the expiration of the term of the Sublease, the Sublease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Sublease.

(c) Tenant may, without Master Landlord’s prior written consent, sublet the Premises or assign the Sublease as described in Section 20 of the Sublease.

 

MASTER LANDLORD:

FRHP LINCOLNSHIRE, LLC ,

a Minnesota limited liability company

By   

/s/ Brent Moody

Name:   Brent Moody
Its:    EVP Bus. Dev./General Counsel
Address:   250 Parkway Drive, Suite 270
  Lincolnshire, IL 60069

 

   EXHIBIT “G”   
   Page 1   
      /s/ BM_
      /s/ SDG

Exhibit 10.17

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into effective as of June 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) between FREEDOMROADS, LLC , a Minnesota limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

Recitals:

 

  A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Sublease dated October 29, 2009 (the “Sublease” or “Lease”) whereby Landlord leased to Tenant certain Leased Premises (as more particularly described in the Lease) constituting a portion of that certain building (the “Building”) constructed on that certain parcel of land located at 2 Marriott Drive, Lincolnshire, IL and legally described on Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “Land”) (the “Building” and, together with the Land, collectively, the “Property”); and

 

  B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease whereby Landlord shall lease the remaining portion of the Property to Tenant and Tenant shall lease the remaining portion of the Property from Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. All initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as affixed thereto in the Sublease.

 

  2.

Effective as of the Effective Date, (a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the Land and the portion of the Building not leased to Tenant pursuant to the Lease (collectively, the “Additional Premises”) and (b) the terms “Leased Premises”, “Demised Premises” and “Premises”, as used in the Lease or this Amendment shall be deemed to mean the entire Property, including the Land and Building. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that it accepts the Additional Premises in an “as-is” condition and Tenant’s taking possession of the Additional Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Additional Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when Tenant took possession. No promise of Landlord to alter, remodel or improve the Additional Premises and no representation respecting the condition of the Additional Premises have been made by Landlord to Tenant (or any party taking by, through or under Landlord) except as may be otherwise expressly set forth in the Sublease. Landlord shall deliver possession of the Additional Premises to Tenant in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all building systems in good working order and the roof water-tight and in compliance with all laws. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that it has had the opportunity to make any and all necessary inspections of the Additional Premises it deems necessary to satisfy itself with respect to all aspects of the condition thereof. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof, or upon any earlier termination of Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall surrender the Additional Premises in at least as good condition as of the


  Effective Date, ordinary wear and tear, damage by casualty and condemnation and repairs that are Landlord’s responsibility hereunder excepted.

 

  3. Article 1A. of the Sublease is here deleted and replaced with the following:

“A. The “ Primary Term ” (herein so called) of this Sublease shall begin on November 1, 2009 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall end on October 31, 2013. For purposes of this Sublease, a “ Sublease Year ” shall be defined as that twelve (12) month period during the Primary Term or any Extension Term (hereinafter defined) commencing, with respect to the first Lease Year, on the Commencement Date, and with respect to each subsequent Lease Year, the annual anniversary of the Commencement Date, as may be applicable. The Primary Term and any Extension Term are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Term ”. Tenant shall have the right to access the Premises, the electrical panel serving the Building and the room adjacent to the Building’s electrical closet immediately upon execution of this Sublease for purposes of preparing the Premises for occupancy. Such access shall be on all of the terms hereof except the obligation to pay rent. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall relocate the current occupants from the Premises and perform the work described in Exhibit “C” attached hereto.”

 

  4. Article 1B. of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“B. Provided that Tenant is not in default of any terms or conditions of this Sublease beyond applicable notice and cure periods at the time of exercise or at the expiration of the Primary Term, Tenant shall have the option of extending this Sublease for two (2) additional terms (each, an “ Extension Term ”) of three (3) years each on the same terms and conditions as provided herein except for the Base Annual Rent (defined below), which shall be adjusted as set forth below. Effective on the first day of each Extension Term (each, an “ Adjustment Date ”), if applicable, Base Annual Rent shall be increased by any amount equal to the Base Annual Rent for the then expiring Lease Year multiplied by the CPI Increase (as defined below). As used herein, (i) the CPI Increase shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the CPI Index (as defined below) for the month which is thirty-eight (38) months prior to the Adjustment Date and the denominator of which shall be the CPI Index for the month which is two months prior to the Adjustment Date and (ii) the “CPI Index” shall mean the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, All Items, U.S.A. Area, 1982-1984 = 100, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor (Chicago-Gary-Kenosha, IL-IN-WI). If the CPI Index is discontinued, the CPI Index shall then mean the most nearly comparable index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or other official agency of the United States Government as determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Base Annual Rent be decreased in any Extension Term. Notice of the exercise of each such option shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord in writing not later than April 30, 2013 as to the first Extension Term and April 30, 2016 as to the second Extension Term”

 

2


  5. Section 3B. of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

B. “The Rent payable hereunder shall begin to accrue on December 1, 2009 (the “Rent Commencement Date”). Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Primary Term, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord, for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, at the times and in the manner herein provided, the following sums of money (“Rent”):

 

Period

   Base Annual
Rent
     Monthly Base Annual
Rent
 

December 1, 2009 through and including October 31, 2010

   $ 240,000       $ 20,000   

November 1, 2010 though and including January 31, 2011

   $ 300,000       $ 25,000   

February 1, 2011 through and including April 30, 2011

   $ 375,000       $ 31,250   

May 1, 2011 through and including July 31, 2011

   $ 450,000       $ 37,500   

August 1, 2011 through and including October 31, 2011

   $ 525,000       $ 43,750   

November 1, 2011 through and including October 31, 2013

   $ 643,248       $ 53,604   

to be paid in U.S. dollars, in advance, without offset or deduction and without notice or invoice from Landlord, on the first day of each and every month during the Term, except as otherwise provided for herein. All payments provided for in this Sublease (those hereinafter stipulated as well as Base Annual Rent) shall be paid or mailed to:

FreedomRoads, LLC

250 Parkway Drive

Suite 270

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

Attn: Accounting Department

or to such other payee or address as Landlord may designate in writing to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall receive an abatement of Rent for the months of March 2010, May 2010, July 2010 and August 2010.”

 

3


  6. Article 5 of the Sublease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

  7. Effective as of the Effective Date, Article 6A. of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replace with the following:

“A. Landlord agrees to cause the necessary mains, conduits and other facilities to be provided to make heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, water, sewer, gas, phone and electricity available to the Demised Premises and to make available to Tenant heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, water, sewer, gas, phone and electrical services during the Term of this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all utilities used by Tenant at the Demised Premises, including, without limitation, gas, electric, water and sewer, directly to the applicable public utility provider. Tenant shall have 24-hours, 7-days per week control of the HVAC system serving the Premises and may use, at Tenant’s expense, the security system serving the Building.”

 

  8. Effective as of the Effective Date, Article 6D. of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“D. In the event of a failure or interruption of utilities within the Premises, Landlord shall promptly repair or remediate the cause of the utility failure or interruption using all means within Landlord’s commercially reasonable control, Landlord hereby acknowledging that such prompt repairs shall include after-hours repairs as needed due to Tenant’s 24/7 use of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the responsibility for repair or remediation is that of the utility company or other entity, Tenant shall take reasonable measures to cause such utility company or other entity to repair or remediate the cause of the utility failure or interruption; provided, however, Landlord shall be responsible for any amounts charged by the utility company or other entity in performing such repair or remediation.

 

  9. Article 6E. of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“E. Tenant shall be responsible for all of its janitorial and cleaning services for the Demised Premises at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall provide a service for the collection of refuse and garbage from the Premises, at Tenant’s expense.”

 

  10. Effective as of the Effective Date, Article 7 of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following and Schedule 2 attached hereto is added as Exhibit “H ” to the Sublease:

“A. Except for the repair and maintenance obligations of Tenant set forth in Section 7(B) below, Landlord shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance of the Demised Premises during the Term, including, without limitation, those items designated as the responsibility of Landlord on the “Responsibility Matrix” (herein so called) attached hereto as Exhibit “H” .

B. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for (i) the repair of any and all damage caused to the Property by Tenant or its employees, agents or

 

4


  invitees, (ii) maintaining the Demised Premises in a neat and clean condition, and (iii) those items designated as the responsibility of Tenant on the Responsibility Matrix.”

 

  11. Effective as of the Effective Date, Article 9B. of the Sublease is hereby deleted.

 

  12. Exhibit “E” attached to the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with Schedule 3 attached hereto.

 

  13. Article 11 of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Subject to approval by Landlord and all applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall have the right to install Tenant’s signage (including logo) on the existing monument sign on the west side of the Property visible from Milwaukee Avenue. Tenant shall have the exclusive right to such sign and all other signage at the Property at all times, including, without limitation, signage on the west entrance to the Building and directional signs and shipping and receiving signs near the east side of the Building, subject to approval of applicable governmental authorities. Tenant may make any changes to the signs required to cause the signs to comply with laws. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, Tenant shall remove such signs; provided, however, in no event may Tenant remove the monument from the Property. Tenant promptly shall make such repairs and restoration of the Property as are necessary to repair any damage to the Property from the removal of the signs.”

 

  14. Article 41 of the Sublease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

  15. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant one to the other that they have not had any dealings with any real estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Jones Lang LaSalle; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to pay Jones Lang LaSalle any brokerage commission in connection with this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any and all liability and cost which Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, may suffer in connection with any other real estate brokers claiming by, through, or under Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, seeking any commission, fee or payment in connection with this Amendment.

 

  16. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

 

  17.

Subject to the provisions of this Section, the Lease and the leasehold estate created hereby shall be, at the option and upon written declaration of Landlord, subject, subordinate, and inferior to the lien and estate of any mortgages or trust deeds (“ Mortgages ”), and all renewals, extensions, or replacements thereof, now or hereafter imposed by Landlord or Master Landlord upon the Property; provided, however, that the Lease shall not be subordinate to any Mortgage arising after the date of this Lease, or any renewal, extension, or replacement thereof, unless and until Landlord provides Tenant with an agreement (“ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”), signed and acknowledged by each holder of any such interest setting forth that so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond applicable notice and cure periods, the Lease shall remain in force and Tenant’s

 

5


  right to possession shall be upheld. The Non-Disturbance Agreement may contain additional provisions as are customarily requested by secured lenders with liens encumbering real property security similar to the Property, including, without limitation, Tenant’s agreement to attorn to such lender. Tenant shall, promptly following a request by Landlord and after receipt of the Non-Disturbance Agreement, execute and acknowledge any subordination agreement or other documents reasonably required to establish of record the priority of any such encumbrance over this Lease, so long as such agreement does not otherwise increase Tenant’s obligations or diminish Tenant’s rights hereunder. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from any Mortgage currently existing as soon as practicable and shall obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any future Mortgage concurrently with the recordation of such Mortgage. As used in the preceding sentence, commercially reasonable efforts shall consist of requesting that any current mortgagee provide a Non-Disturbance Agreement and the failure of such mortgagee to so provide shall not constitute a default hereunder.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the day and year first mentioned, the corporate party or parties by its or their proper officers thereto duly authorized.

 

WITNESS:       LANDLORD:
     

FREEDOMROADS, LLC , a Minnesota

limited liability company

/s/ Dan Hannon

    By:  

/s/ Brent Moody

Print Name:   Dan Hannon     Name:   Brent Moody
      Title:   Executive Vice President

/s/ [Indecipherable]

     
Print Name:   [Indecipherable]     Dated:   7/22/10
WITNESS:       TENANT:
     

iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES INC. , a

Delaware corporation

/s/ Eric Sylvester

    By:  

/s/ Shelly D. Guyer

Print Name:   Eric Sylvester     Name:   Shelly D. Guyer
      Title:   EVP, CFO

/s/ Kaja Odegard

     
Print Name:   Kaja Odegard     Dated:   7/9/10

 

7


Master Landlord hereby consents to the Amendment.

 

FRHP LINCOLNSHIRE, LLC,
a Minnesota limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Brent Moody

Name:   Brent Moody
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

8


SCHEDULE 1

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

THE LAND REFERRED TO IN THIS POLICY IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

THAT PART OF TAX NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 22, TOWNSHIP 43 NORTH, RANGE 11, EAST OF THE THIRD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS, TO-WIT: COMMENCING AT A POINT ON THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE (AS OF AUSUST 26, 1948) WHICH IS SOUTH 15 DEGREES 06 MINUTES 15 SECONDS EAST (OLD DEEDS), 813.60 FEET FROM THE POINT OP INTERSECTION OF SAID CENTER LINE WITH THE NORTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 22 FOR A POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE NORTH 99 DEGREES 25 MINUTES 30 SECONDS EAST (OLD DEEDS), TOWARD A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF SAID NORTHEAST 1/4 764.05 FEET SOUTH OF THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF, SAID COURSE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE “FIRST COURSE”, A.OISTANCE OF 516.67 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT ON A LINE DRAWN PARALLEL WITH THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE AND 500.00 FEET NORTHEASTERLY THEREFROM, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES THERETO; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID LINE DRAWN PARALLEL TO THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE, A DISTANCE OF 300 FEET; THENCE WEST ALONG A LINE PARALLEL TO THE FIRST COURSE, A DISTANCE OF 516.67 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT ON THE CENTER LINE OF MILWAUKEE AVENUE WHICH POINT IS 513.60 FEET SOUTHEASTERLY OF ITS INTERSECTION WITH THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 22; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG THE CENTER LINE OR MILWAUKEE AVENUE, A DISTANCE OF 300 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, IN LAKE COUNTY, ILLINOIS.


SCHEDULE 2

EXHIBIT “H”

RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX


2 Marriott Dr. Responsible Party Assignments

Agreement between Camping World and iRhythm Technologies

Version Date: 6/11/10

 

Item

  

 

  

 

  

Camping
World

    

iRhythm

 

Indoor Cleaning

                        X   

Waste Removal

                        X   

Normal Utility Bills

                 
     gas                    X   
     electricity                    X   
     water/sewer                    X   

Security system

                           
     add’l programming/cards               X   
     repair/replace server               X   

Floors

                           
     Sealing, waxing, buffing               X   
     Carpet cleaning               X   

External building

                           
     Ext. lights                       
          repair      X            
          bulb replacement               X   
     Driveway, Sidewalks and Parking Lot                  
          Repair      X            
          Maintenance      X            
     Landscaping                       
          Maintenance               X   
          Additions/beautification               X   
          Snow removal, parking lots               X   
          Sidewalk shoveling and salting               X   
     Grounds                       
          Cleaning, picking up garbage               X   
     Sprinkler System    Start-up/shut-down/maintenainance      X            
     Structure                       
          repair      X            
          Cleaning      X            
          painting      X            
     Windows                       
          repair/replacement      X            
          Maintenance      X            
          Cleaning               X   
     Roof                       
          regular maintenance      X            
          repair      X            
          replacement      X            
     Doors                       
          repair/replacement      X            
          regular maintenance      X            

HVAC

                           
     regular maintenance      X            
     repair/replacement of units      X            

Internal Lighting and Electrical System

                 
     replace bulbs                    X   
     repair/replacement of fixtures and system      X            

Internal Painting

                        X   


Item

  

 

  

 

  

Camping
World

    

iRhythm

 

Internal Window

   Cleaning                    X   

Plumbing and Sewer

                 
     maintenance           X            
     repair/replacement           X            

Pest Control

                           
     indoor                    X   
     outdoor (including courtyard)               X   

Fire Life Safety System

                      
     regular maintenance           X            
     Extinguishers           X            

Village requirements for structure and grounds

     X            

Signage

                           
     External                    X   
     Internal                    X   

Dumpster enclosure

     X            

Furniture repair / cleaning

                   X   

Refrigerator(s)

               X            

Dishwasher(s)

               X            

Ice Machine

               X            

Microwaves

               X            

Network Cabling (already installed)

                   X   
                             
                             


SCHEDULE 3

EXHIBIT “E”

FFE INVENTORY

[To Be Added]

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into effective as of September 24, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), between FREEDOMROADS, LLC , a Minnesota limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), FRHP LINCOLNSHIRE, LLC , a Minnesota limited liability company (“ Master Landlord ”) and iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

Recitals:

 

  A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Sublease dated October 29, 2009 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Sublease dated June 1, 2010 (the “First Amendment” and, collectively, together the Original Lease, the “Sublease” or “Lease”) whereby Landlord leased to Tenant certain Leased Premises (as more particularly described in the Lease).

 

  B. Pursuant to that certain Master Landlord’s Consent attached to the First Amendment, Master Landlord agreed that in the event the Master Lease terminates prior to the expiration of the Sublease, the Sublease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Sublease.

 

  C. Tenant has exercised its first option to extend the Term of the Lease pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment and Master Landlord and Landlord are considering terminating the Master Lease.

 

  D. Landlord and Tenant desire to acknowledge the extension of the Term, confirm that in the event of a termination of the Master Lease the Sublease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and amend the Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, Master Landlord, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. All initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as affixed thereto in the Sublease.

 

  2. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant has exercised its option to extend the Term of the Lease for the first Extension Term, commencing November 1, 2013 and expiring October 31, 2016. Base Annual Rent during the first Extension Term shall be determined in accordance with Article 1B of the Lease.

 

  3. Article 1B. of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:


“B. Provided that Tenant is not in default of any terms or conditions of this Sublease beyond applicable notice and cure periods at the time of exercise or at the expiration of the Primary Term, Tenant shall have the option of extending this Sublease for two (2) additional terms (each, an “ Extension Term ”) of three (3) years each on the same terms and conditions as provided herein except for the Base Annual Rent (defined below), which shall be adjusted as set forth below. Effective on the first day of each Extension Term (each, an “ Adjustment Date ”), if applicable, Base Annual Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to the Base Annual Rent for the then expiring Lease Year multiplied by the CPI Increase (as defined below). As used herein, (1) the CPI Increase shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the CPI Index (as defined below) for the month which is two (2) months prior to the Adjustment Date and the denominator of which shall be the CPI Index for the month which is thirty-two months prior to the Adjustment Date and (ii) the “CPI Index” shall mean the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, All Items, U.S.A. Area, 1982-1984 = 100, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor (Chicago-Gary-Kenosha, IL-IN-WI). If the CPI Index is discontinued, the CPI Index shall then mean the most nearly comparable index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or other official agency of the United States Government as determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Base Annual Rent be decreased in any Extension Term. Notice of the exercise of each such option shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord in writing not later than April 30, 2013 as to the first Extension Term and April 30, 2016 as to the second Extension Term”

 

4. In the event of a termination of the Master Lease by Landlord and Master Landlord, notice thereof shall be provided to Tenant and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, without the necessity of any further actions by the parties hereunder.

 

5. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the Terms of this Amendment shall control. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed and original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. An electronic or facsimile copy of this Amendment shalt have the same force and effect as the original thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the day and year first mentioned, the corporate party or parties by its or their proper officers thereto duly authorized.

 

2


LANDLORD:

FREEDOMROADS, LLC, a Minnesota

limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Brent Moody

Name:

  Brent Moody

Title:

  Executive Vice President

Dated:

  9/25/13

MASTER LANDLORD:

FHRP LINCOLNSHIRE, LLC, a

Minnesota limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Brent Moody

Name:

  Brent Moody

Title:

  Executive Vice President

Dated:

  9/25/13
TENANT:

i RHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a

Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name:

  Matthew C. Garrett

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

Dated:

  9-24-13

 

3

Exhibit 10.19

SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (this “Sublease”) is dated as of April 15, 2014, and is made by and between Lone Star R. S. Platou, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Sublessor”) and iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sublessee”). Sublessor and Sublessee hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals : This Sublease is made with reference to the fact that 363 North Belt - VEF III, L.P., as the original landlord and predecessor in interest to 363 Northbelt, L.P. (“Master Lessor”), and Lone Star R. S. Platou & Braemar, Inc., as the original tenant and predecessor in interest to Sublessor, entered into that certain 363 North Belt Lease Agreement dated as of February, 2002 (the “Original Lease”), which was subsequently amended pursuant to the First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated April 17, 2002 (the “First Amendment”), the Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated October 13, 2006 (the “Second Amendment”), and the Third Amendment of Lease dated November 18, 2011 (the “Third Amendment”, and, collectively with the Original Lease, First Amendment and Second Amendment, the “Master Lease”), with respect to premises consisting of approximately 5,920 square feet, located at 363 North Sam Houston Parkway East, Houston, Texas, and known as Suite 125 (the “Premises”). A copy of the Master Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

2. Premises :

A. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor, all of the Premises on the terms set forth herein. In addition, Sublessee shall have the right, at no additional cost to Sublessee, to use for the duration of the Term the furniture, fixtures and equipment currently located on the Premises that are set forth and further described in the attached Exhibit B (the “FF&E”), and all parking spaces assigned to Sublessor; provided, however, that between the Commencement Date and the End Date, Sublessee shall be entitled to one (1) parking space. Further, Sublessor acknowledges that Sublessee may need to make minor security and cabling related changes to the Premises, as well as adding air conditioning to the server room, and agrees that Sublessor’s consent to such changes shall not be required if Master Lessor’s consent is not required.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, Sublessee acknowledges and agrees that Sublessor may continue to occupy a portion of the Premises shown on Exhibit C (the “Shared Space”) through August 1, 2014 (the “End Date”). Such occupancy shall be in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease and this Sublease and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Sublessee’s use of the remaining Premises. Sublessor shall vacate the Shared Space on or before the End Date in compliance with the last sentence of Section 3 below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, until such time as Sublessor vacates the Shared Space, Sublessee shall have no liability or responsibility for the Shared Space and no obligation to pay any Rent under this Sublease. Sublessor shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Sublessee from any loss, cost, claim, liability or damage due to Sublessor’s use of the Shared Space.

 

-1-


3. Term : The term (the “Term”) of this Sublease shall commence on the later of May 1, 2014, or (unless waived by Sublessee in writing) the date by which Sublessor has delivered possession of the Premises to Sublessee in the condition required herein, subject to the occupancy described in Section 2. B (the “Commencement Date”), and shall expire on September 30, 2017 (the “Expiration Date”), unless this Sublease is sooner terminated pursuant to its terms or the Master Lease is sooner terminated pursuant to its terms. If the Commencement Date has not occurred for any reason on or before the End Date, then Sublessee may terminate this Sublease by written notice to Sublessor before the Commencement Date occurs, whereupon any monies previously paid by Sublessee to Sublessor shall be reimbursed to Sublessee, or, at Sublessee’s election, the date Sublessee is otherwise obliged to commence payment of rent shall be delayed by one (1) day for each day of delay beyond such End Date. Sublessor shall deliver possession of the Premises to Sublessee on May 1, 2014, subject to the occupancy described in Section 2.B, in good, vacant, broom clean condition, in compliance with all laws, with all building systems in good operating condition and otherwise in the condition as of the date hereof. Sublessor shall cause the existing subtenant to vacate the Premises prior to the Commencement Date.

4. Rent : Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor as base rent for the Premises for each month during the Term the amount of Nine Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Three and 33/00 Dollars ($9,373.33) per month (“Base Rent”). Rent shall be paid directly to Sublessor at 363 N. Sam Houston Pkwy E., Suite 125, Houston, Texas 77060, Attention: Sophie Williford, or such other address as may be designated in writing by Sublessor. Sublessor and Sublessee agree that this Sublease shall be “full service”, and Sublessee shall not be obligated to pay any other amounts that are otherwise due from the tenant under the Master Lease, including but not limited to operating expenses, real property taxes, parking charges and utilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any cost or expense is incurred under the Master Lease for Sublessee’s sole benefit (including excess of use of utilities as determined by Master Lessor) or as a result of Sublessee’s request for certain services (such as after-hours HVAC charges), Sublessee shall pay the entire cost thereof within fifteen (15) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. Base Rent and all other amounts payable under this Sublease shall collectively be referred to herein as “Rent”.

5. Security Deposit : Upon execution hereof, Sublessee shall deposit with Sublessor the sum of Nine Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Three and 33/00 Dollars ($9,373.33) (the “Security Deposit”), in cash, as security for the performance by Sublessee of the terms and conditions of this Sublease. The Security Deposit shall be held by Sublessor in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.04 of the Master Lease, as incorporated herein.

6. Notices : Unless at least five (5) days’ prior written notice is given in the manner set forth in this paragraph, the address of each party shall be that address set forth below their signatures at the end of this Sublease. All notices, demands or communications in connection with this Sublease shall be personally delivered or properly addressed and deposited in the mail (certified, return receipt requested, and postage prepaid). Notices shall be deemed delivered (a) upon receipt, if personally delivered, or (b) three (3) business days after mailing, if mailed as set forth above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all notices given to Master Lessor under the Master Lease shall be considered received only when delivered in accordance with the Master Lease.

 

-2-


7. Incorporation by Reference : Except as set forth below, the terms and conditions of this Sublease shall include all of the terms of the Master Lease and such terms are incorporated into this Sublease as if fully set forth herein, except that: (a) each reference in such incorporated sections to “Lease” shall be deemed a reference to “Sublease”; (b) each reference to “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall be deemed a reference to “Sublessor” and “Sublessee”, respectively, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein; (c) the following provisions shall not be included: Article 2, Sections 3.01-3.03, the amount of the deposit in Section 3.04, 7.01, the second sentence of 7.02, the fifth sentence of Section 8.01, 13.01(g), 13.05, the last sentence of Section 14.02, 15.09 and 15.16, Exhibits C, F, G, H and I of the Original Lease, Sections 1, 2, 6, 7, 9 and 10 and Exhibit B of the Second Amendment, and Sections 1.01-1.06, 1.08 (the payment obligations only) and 2.02 of the Third Amendment; (d) references in the following provisions to “Landlord” shall mean “Master Lessor” only: Articles 5, 8 and 9, Sections 11.01, 15.01, 15.05, 15.08 (the second sentence), 15.10, 15.23 and 15.24 and Exhibit D of the Original Lease, Section 1 of the First Amendment, and Section 2.10 of the Third Amendment; (e) wherever there is a requirement to pay the costs and expenses of “Landlord,” Sublessee shall only be obligated to pay Master Lessor’s costs and expenses and not both Sublessor’s and Master Lessor’s costs and expenses; (f) the reference in the last sentence of Section 1.01 of the Original Lease to “6,282” shall be to “5,920”; and (g) Section 15.21 shall not apply to existing improvements in the Premises as of the date hereof or the FF&E. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Sublease and the Master Lease, as between Sublessor and Sublessee, the provisions of this Sublease shall control.

8. Assignment and Subletting : Sublessee shall have no power or right to, either voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, sell, assign or transfer this Sublease, or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by anyone other than the Sublessor and Sublessee or Sublessee’s employees without the prior written consent of Sublessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee may, as long as it is not in default with respect to this Sublease, upon prior written notice to Sublessor but without Sublessor’s prior written consent and without payment of any amount to Sublessor, sublet the Premises or assign this Sublease to: (a) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Sublessee, (b) an entity related to Sublessee by merger, consolidation or reorganization, or (c) a purchaser of substantially all of Sublessee’s assets located in the Premises. No transfer by Sublessee shall relieve Sublessee from liability pursuant to this Sublease.

9. Waiver of Subrogation : Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary, Sublessor and Sublessee hereby release each other and their respective agents, employees, successors, assignees and sublessees from all liability for damage to any property that is caused by or results from a risk which is actually insured against, which is required to be insured against under the Master Lease or this Sublease, or which would normally be covered by “all risk” property insurance, without regard to the negligence of the person or entity so released. All of Sublessor’s and Sublessee’s repair and indemnity obligations under this Sublease shall be subject to the waiver and release contained in this paragraph. Each party shall cause each insurance policy it obtains to provide that the insurer thereunder waives all recovery by way of subrogation as required herein in connection with any injury or damage covered by such policy.

 

-3-


10. Indemnity : Sublessee shall indemnify Sublessor as set forth in Section 7.04 of the Master Lease as incorporated herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Sublessor shall not be released or indemnified from, and shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Sublessee from, all damages, liabilities, losses, claims, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its agents, contractors, licensees or invitees or a breach of Sublessor’s obligations or representations under this Sublease or the Master Lease.

11. Surrender : Sublessee’s obligations with respect to the surrender of the Premises shall be fulfilled if Sublessee surrenders possession of the Premises in the condition existing at the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear, casualties, condemnation and repairs that are not Sublessee’s responsibility, excepted. Sublessee shall not be required to remove any alterations in the Premises on the date hereof.

12. Sublessor’s Obligations : Sublessor shall fully perform all of its obligations under the Master Lease to the extent Sublessee has not expressly agreed to perform such obligations under this Sublease. Sublessor shall not terminate or take any actions giving rise to a termination right under the Master Lease, amend or waive any provisions under the Master Lease or make any elections, exercise any right or remedy or give any consent or approval under the Master Lease without, in each instance, Sublessee’s prior written consent. Sublessor, with respect to any obligations of Master Lessor under the Master Lease, shall promptly request that Master Lessor perform such obligations for the benefit of Sublessee.

13. Quiet Enjoyment : Sublessee shall peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease, provided that there is not an event of default by Sublessee. If Sublessor defaults on its obligation to pay rent to Landlord, Sublessee may pay rent directly to Landlord.

14. Sublessor’s Representations and Warranties : Sublessor represents and warrants that: (a) the Master Lease is in full force and effect, and there exists under the Master Lease no default or event of default by Master Lessor or Sublessor, nor has there occurred any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute such a default or event of default by Master Lessor or Sublessor, and (b) the copy of the Master Lease attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of the Master Lease.

15. Assignment of Rights : Sublessor hereby assigns to Sublessee all warranties given by Master Lessor to Sublessor under the Master Lease which would reduce Sublessee’s obligations hereunder, and shall cooperate with Sublessee to enforce all such warranties.

16. Conditions Precedent : This Sublease and Sublessor’s and Sublessee’s obligations hereunder are conditioned upon the written consent of Master Lessor. If Sublessor fails to obtain Master Lessor’s consent within thirty (30) days after execution of this Sublease by Sublessor, then Sublessee may terminate this Sublease by giving Sublessor written notice thereof before Sublessor obtains Master Lessor’s consent, and Sublessor shall return to Sublessee the Security Deposit.

 

-4-


17. Authority to Execute : Sublessee and Sublessor each represent and warrant to the other that each person executing this Sublease on behalf of each party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Sublease on behalf of that party.

18. Hazardous Materials : To the current actual knowledge of Sublessor, no Hazardous Materials are present in the Premises. Sublessor has received no written notice of any action, proceeding, or claim pending or threatened concerning any Hazardous Materials or pursuant to any laws. As used herein, “Hazardous Material” shall mean any material which is now or hereafter regulated by any governmental authority or which poses a hazard to the environment or human life.

19. Approvals : Whenever this Sublease requires an approval, consent, designation, determination, selection or judgment by either Sublessor or Sublessee, such approval, consent, designation, determination, selection or judgment and any conditions imposed thereby shall be reasonable and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and, in exercising any right or remedy hereunder, each party shall at all times act reasonably and in good faith.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLESSOR:     SUBLESSEE:
LONE STAR R. S. PLATOU, INC.,     IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Texas corporation     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Peter F. Searles

    By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name:   Peter F. Searles     Name:   Matthew C. Garrett
Its:   President     Its:   CFO
Address:  

363 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. E.

Suite 125

    Address:  

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, CA 94103

  Attn: Sophie Williford       Attn: CFO

 

-6-


CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE (“ Consent Agreement ” or “ Consent ”) has a reference date of July 31, 2014, is made with reference to that certain sublease (the “ Sublease ”) dated of even date, by and between RS PLATOU HOUSTON, INC. formerly known as LONE STAR R.S. PLATOU INC. (“ Tenant ”) and iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Sublessee ”), and is entered into between the foregoing parties and THE REALTY ASSOCIATES FUND X, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), having an address at 28 State Street, 10’1’ Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord, as successor-in-interest to 363 North Belt - VEF III, L.P., a Georgia limited partnership, and Tenant are parties to that certain 363 North Belt Lease Agreement, dated February, 2002 as thereafter amended from time to time (as so amended, the “ Master Lease ”), covering certain space in the building located at 363 North Sam Houston Parkway East, Houston, Texas (the “ Building ”), as more particularly described therein.

B. Tenant and Sublessee wish to enter into the Sublease respecting the Premises described therein (the “ Sublease Premises ”).

C. The Master Lease provides that Tenant may not enter into any sublease without Landlord’s prior written approval.

D. Tenant and Sublessee have herewith presented the fully-executed Sublease to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, and Landlord is willing to approve the same, upon all of the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Neither the Master Lease, the Sublease nor this Consent shall be deemed to grant Sublessee any rights whatsoever against Landlord. Sublessee hereby acknowledges and agrees that its sole remedy for any alleged or actual breach of its rights in connection with the Sublease Premises (as defined in the Sublease) shall be solely against Tenant.

2. This Consent shall not release Tenant from any existing or future duty, obligation or liability to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease, nor shall this Consent change, modify or amend the Master Lease in any manner. This Consent shall not be deemed Landlord’s consent to any further subleases, except to the extent provided for in Section 8 of the Sublease relating to the possible future sale, merger, reorganization or similar transfer of ownership, of Sublessee; provided, however, that Sublessee shall provide Landlord advance written notice of such transfer of ownership, and Sublessee’s net worth after such transfer of ownership shall be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under the Sublease.

3. (a) In the event of Master Lease Termination (as hereinafter defined) prior to the termination of the Sublease, at Landlord’s option, Sublessee agrees to attorn to Landlord and to recognize Landlord as Sublessee’s landlord under the Sublease and, if Landlord so elects, Landlord

 

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE – Page 1 of 5


shall recognize Sublessee as Landlord’s tenant, upon the terms and conditions and at the rental rate specified in the Sublease, and for the then remaining term of the Sublease, except that Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of the Sublease which in any way increases Landlord’s duties, obligations or liabilities to Sublessee beyond those owed to Tenant under the Master Lease. Sublessee agrees to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon request of Landlord, any instruments which may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment. Landlord shall not (i) be liable to Sublessee for any act, omission or breach of the Sublease by Tenant, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Sublessee might have against Tenant, (iii) be bound by any rent or additional rent which Sublessee might have paid in advance to Tenant, or (iv) be bound to honor any rights of Sublessee in any security deposit made with Tenant except to the extent Tenant has turned over such security deposit to Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees that in the event of Master Lease Termination, Tenant shall immediately pay or transfer to Landlord any security deposit, rent or other sums then held by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to elect not to have Sublessee attorn to Landlord and, in this event, the Sublease shall be deemed terminated on the date of Master Lease Termination and, Landlord shall have no obligation to permit Sublessee to continue to occupy the Premises.

(b) “Master Lease Termination” means any event, which by voluntary or involuntary act or by operation of law, causes or permits the Master Lease to be terminated, expired, be cancelled, be foreclosed against, or otherwise come to an end, including but not limited to (1) a default by Tenant under the Master Lease of any of the terms or provisions thereof; (2) foreclosure proceedings brought by the holder of any mortgage or trust deed to which the Master Lease is subject; or (3) the termination of Tenant’s leasehold estate by dispossession proceeding or otherwise.

(c) In the event of attornment hereunder, Landlord’s liability shall be limited to matters arising during Landlord’s ownership of the Building, and in the event that Landlord (or any successor owner) shall convey or dispose of the Building to another party, such party shall thereupon be and become landlord hereunder and shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Consent or the Sublease to be performed by Landlord which first arise after the date of conveyance, including the return of any security deposit, and Tenant shall attom to such other party, and Landlord (or such successor owner) shall, from and after the date of conveyance, be free of all liabilities and obligations hereunder not then incurred. The liability of Landlord to Sublessee for any default by landlord under this Consent or the Sublease after such attornment, or arising in connection with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration, or any other matter relating to the Building or the Sublease Premises, shall be limited to the interest of the Landlord in the Building and related land (and proceeds thereof). Under no circumstances shall any present or future general partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership) have any personal liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Consent or the Sublease.

4. In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 3 hereof, in the event Tenant is in default under any of the terms and provisions of the Master Lease, Landlord may elect to receive directly from Sublessee all sums due or payable to Tenant by Sublessee pursuant to the Sublease, and upon receipt of Landlord’s notice, Sublessee shall thereafter pay to Landlord any and all sums becoming due or payable under the Sublease and Tenant shall receive from Landlord a corresponding credit for such sums against any payments then due or thereafter becoming due from Tenant. Neither the service of such written notice nor the receipt of such direct payments shall cause

 

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE – Page 2 of 5


Landlord to assume any of Tenant’s duties, obligations and/or liabilities under the Sublease, nor shall such event impose upon Landlord the duty or obligation to honor the Sublease, nor subsequently to accept Sublessee’s attornment pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.

5. Sublessee hereby acknowledges that it has read and has knowledge of all of the terms, provisions, rules and regulations of the Master Lease and agrees not to do or omit to do anything which would cause Tenant to be in breach of the Master Lease. Any such act or omission shall also constitute a breach of this Consent Agreement and shall entitle Landlord to recover any damage, loss, cost or expense which it thereby suffers, from Sublessee, whether or not Landlord proceeds against Tenant. Landlord acknowledges that in no event shall Sublessee be liable for the actions of Tenant.

6. In the event of any litigation between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, the unsuccessful party agrees to pay the successful party all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred therein by the successful party, which shall be included as a part of the judgment therein rendered.

7. This Consent Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective successors and assigns, subject to all agreements and restrictions contained in the Master Lease, the Sublease and herein with respect to subleasing, assignment, or other transfer. The agreements contained herein constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, inconsistent herewith. No amendment, modification or change to this Consent Agreement will be effective unless Landlord shall have given its prior written consent thereto. This Consent Agreement may be amended only in writing, signed by all parties hereto.

8. Notices required or desired to be given hereunder shall be effective either upon personal delivery or three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail, by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Landlord at the address set forth above, or to Tenant or Sublessee at the address set forth in the Sublease, respectively. Any party may change its address for notice by giving notice in the manner hereinabove provided.

9. As a condition to the effectiveness of Landlord’s consent to the Sublease, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord upon invoice, the greater of $1,000 or Landlord’s attorney’s fees as additional rent. Landlord’s acceptance of such fee shall impose no duty on Landlord to approve to execute the Sublease. Tenant shall also promptly pay Landlord any share of bonus rents, or other items required under the Master Lease in connection with subleases.

10. Intentionally Deleted .

11. Tenant and Sublessee agree to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense, damage or liability, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred as a result of a claim by any person or entity that it is entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the Sublease. Sublessee represents that this Sublease does not involve the sale of any business or any other commissions.

 

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE – Page 3 of 5


12. Tenant agrees to hold any and all payments due under the Sublease as a trust fund to be applied first to the satisfaction of all of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease and hereunder before using any part thereof for any other purpose.

13. This Consent may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which is deemed an original but together constitute one and the same instrument. The parties acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding any law or presumption to the contrary, an electronic or telefaxed signature of either party, whether upon this Consent or any related document shall be deemed valid and binding and admissible by either party against the other as if same were an original ink signature. THIS CONSENT SHALL BECOME BINDING UPON LANDLORD AND TENANT ONLY WHEN FULLY EXECUTED BY ALL PARTIES AND WHEN LANDLORD HAS DELIVERED THIS CONSENT TO TENANT.

[SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE – Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following parties have executed this Consent to Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

THE REALTY ASSOCIATES FUND X, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

Realty Associates Fund X, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

  By:  

Realty Associates Advisors LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

    By:  

Realty Associates Advisors Trust,

a Massachusetts business trust, its manager

    By:  

/s/ James Knowles

    Name:   Jim Knowles
    Title:   Regional Director
      Aug 6 2014 8:50 AM
TENANT :

RS PLATOU HOUSTON, INC.,

a Texas corporation

By:  

/s/ Peter F. Searles

Name:  

Peter F. Searles

Title:  

President

SUBLESSEE :

iRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Matthew Garrett

Name:  

Matthew Garrett

Title:  

CFO

 

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE – Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10.20

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into December 24, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), by and between XIFIN ® Inc. (“XIFIN”), a California corporation, with a place of business at 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92130 and iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (“Client”), a Delaware corporation whose principal place of business is located at 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380, San Francisco, CA 94103.

RECITALS

A. Client provides diagnostic services to healthcare providers in the United States.

B. XIFIN is in the business of providing Internet-based solutions with integrated infrastructure services for accounts receivable and billing, management.

C. Client desires to outsource certain accounts receivable and billing management and XIFIN desires to provide such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Agreement

In consideration of the recitals, and the terms and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions: The following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the following meanings:

1.1 “ Licensed Works ” means those third party licensed software or programs individually and collectively, including any derivative thereof, which are incorporated into or used in providing the Services, including, without limitation, Oracle, SAP Business Objects, Salesforce.com.

1.2 “ Confidential Information ” means, with respect to a party hereto, any non-public, confidential and/or proprietary information disclosed by a party to the other party, including, but not limited to, the pricing, fees, and terms and conditions of this Agreement, business, marketing and technical plans, strategies and information, financial information, analyses, forecasts, intellectual property and/or the subject matter thereof and information concerning a party’s existing and future products and services, so long as such information (a) if provided in tangible form or in writing (e.g., paper, disk or electronic mail), is designated as “Confidential” (or with some other similar legend); or (b) if provided orally, is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure. Confidential Information shall not include any information which (i) is publicly known and is generally available in the public domain through no action or inaction of the receiving party; (ii) was already in the possession of the receiving party at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party as shown by the receiving party’s files and records immediately prior to the time of disclosure; (iii) is obtained by the receiving party from an independent third party without a breach of such third party’s obligations of confidentiality; or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of or reference to the disclosing party’s Confidential Information, as shown by documents and other competent evidence in the receiving party’s possession.

1.3 “ System ” means, collectively, the hardware, software, configurations, interfaces, data resources, documentation, training materials, services, and ongoing support relating to the XIFIN System and associated services, which are provided by XIFIN and are described in Exhibit A.

1.4 “ XIFIN System ” means XIFIN’s proprietary Internet-based Accounts Receivable and Billing Management System.

1.5 “ Implementation ” means activities relating to preparing and configuring Services for use by Client as set forth in Exhibit B.

 

   -1-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    2 of 34                    

 

1.6 “ System Environment ” means all software, hardware and data resources (including but not limited to the XIFIN System) under direct control of XIFIN used to support the Services. One System Environment includes, but is not limited to, one database schema and one application instance. XIFIN is providing one System Environment to Client pursuant to this Agreement.

1.7 “ Client Specific Materials ” means, collectively, any content, data, hardware, software or other materials provided by or on behalf of Client or any of its users, or derived from these materials required to support the Services for the Client, exclusive of derived materials and databases created by XIFIN based upon permanently de-identified Client data].

1.8 “ Protected Health Information ” means Individually Identifiable Health Information that is (i) transmitted by Electronic Media, (ii) maintained in any medium constituting Electronic Media, and (iii) transmitted or maintained in any other form or medium. “Protected Health Information” shall not include (a) education records covered by the Family Educational Right and Privacy Act, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 1232g or (b) records described in 20 U.S.C. 1232g(a)(4)(B)(iv).

1.9 “ Individually Identifiable Health Information ” means information that is a subset of health information, including demographic information collected from an individual, that (i) is created or received by a healthcare provider, health plan, employer or healthcare clearinghouse; (ii) relates to the past, present or future physical or mental health or condition of an individual or the provision of healthcare to an individual; and (iii) either identifies an individual or creates a reasonable basis to believe the information can be used to identify an individual.

1.10 “ Electronic Media ” means the mode of electronic transmissions. It includes the Internet, extranet (using Internet technology to link a business with information only accessible to collaborating parties), leased lines, dial-up lines, private networks, and those transmissions that are physically moved from one location to another using magnetic tape, disk, compact disk or any other electronic storage media.

1.11 “ Services ” means collectively, the System, services and ongoing support relating to the accounts receivable management services, including but not limited to, client, patient and electronic third party billing services as more fully described in Exhibit C .

1.12 “ Outsourced Billing Client Requirements ” shall mean those requirements and obligations of Client as detailed in Exhibit F .

 

2. Duties And Obligations Of The Parties:

2.1 XIFIN’s Duties and Obligations : Subject to Client’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement, XIFIN shall perform the following:

2.1.1. XIFIN shall perform the Implementation.

2.1.2. After Implementation, XIFIN shall provide Client online access to the System in order to deliver the Services during the remaining Term of the Agreement

2.1.3. XIFIN shall perform the Services.

2.1.4. From time to time, XIFIN may make available additional web services including, but not limited to, a Client Portal (the “Web Services”) to Client. Client may elect to receive one or more of the Web Services and such Web Services shall be provided to Client at XIFIN’s then current fees for such services. Such Web Services shall be provided to Client pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

   -2-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    3 of 34                    

 

Thus, except for the fees for such Web Services which are additional to all Services Fees, such Web Services shall constitute Services for all other purposes under this Agreement.

2.2 Client’s Duties and Obligations : Client acknowledges that: (i) certain services or obligations of XIFIN hereunder are dependent on the Client’s timely provision, facilitation of or assistance with access to Client controlled assets, information, and resources reasonably requested by XIFIN (collectively, “Cooperation”); and (ii) such Cooperation may be essential to the performance of Services by XIFIN. The parties agree that any delay or failure by XIFIN to provide Services hereunder resulting from Client’s failure to provide Cooperation shall not be deemed to be a breach of XIFIN’s performance obligations under this Agreement.

Client shall perform the following:

2.2.1. Client shall provide the source data and access to system files and databases necessary for Implementation, access to the System and performance of the Services.

2.2.2. Client shall provide and maintain during the Term the minimum hardware, software and connectivity as described in Exhibit D to this Agreement.

2.2.3. Client shall provide, at the beginning of Implementation, descriptions and diagrams of the network topology supporting Client’s billing and accounts receivable operations.

2.2.4. Client shall coordinate with XIFIN any changes to Client’s network that may impact the use of the System and performance of the Services.

2.2.5. Client shall verify and approve all Client specific system pricing files, set-up, updates and configurations prior to its initial use of the Services.

2.2.6. Client users, which are defined as Client’s employees and Client’s customers(such as patients, physicians/providers, and physicians’/providers’ employees) shall access the System through a combination of user names and passwords as necessary to provide appropriate security, and strictly in accordance with the security features described in Exhibit E (as modified by XIFIN from time to time). Client shall be solely responsible for assigning user names and passwords to its users and for strictly maintaining the confidentiality of such user names and passwords. Client shall ensure that all of its Client Users comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Client shall not permit any person or entity, other than its designated Client Users, to use or gain access to the System and shall provide reasonable safeguards to protect against unauthorized usage of or access to the System. Client shall comply with XIF IN’s procedures to restrict access to the Web Services to Client Users as required by XIFIN or applicable law, all as updated from time to time. Client shall be solely responsible for the administration, management and security of Client Users’ access to the Web Services and for any and all actions taken by Client Users. The XIFIN System and the Web Services are protected in full by copyrights, trademarks and patents owned by XIFIN and/or its licensors and by applicable law and treaties. Such notices shall not be deleted by Client.

2.2.7. Client and XIFIN shall employ reasonable security procedures to ensure that transactions, notices and other information specified in Agreement that are electronically created, communicated, processed, stored, retained or retrieved are authentic, accurate, reliable, complete and confidential. Moreover, inasmuch as XIFIN and Client exchange data electronically, Client and XIFIN shall and will require any Client User, subcontractor or agent, as applicable, involved in the electronic exchange of data to comply with the following: (i) Require its agents and subcontractors to provide security for all data that is electronically exchanged between Client, Client User and XIFIN; and (ii) implement and maintain, and shall require its agents and subcontractors to implement and maintain, appropriate and effective administrative, technical and physical safeguards to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of data

 

   -3-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    4 of 34                    

 

electronically exchanged between Client, Client User and XIFIN, as set forth in 45 C.F.R. §§ 164.308, 164.310, and 164.312, including access to data as provided herein. Each party and its agents and subcontractors shall keep all security measures current and shall document its security measures implemented in written policies, procedures or guidelines, in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.316, which such will provide to the other party upon the other party’s request.

2.2.8. Client shall use the Services for its internal business use and not in the operation of a service bureau or for the benefit of any other person or entity. Client shall not rent, lease, sublicense, distribute, transfer, lend, copy or modify any part of the Services. Client shall not translate, decompile, or create or attempt to create, by reverse engineering or otherwise, the source code from the object code made available through the Services.

2.2.9. Client shall fulfill the additional Outsourced Billing Client Requirements as detailed in Exhibit F.

2.2.10. Beginning on or about the Go-Live Date (as such term is defined in Section 9.1 of this Agreement), XIFIN will begin to perform the Services on behalf of Client. Client shall, on a timely basis and as described in Section 2.2.5, provide the information necessary for XIFIN to perform such Services in an efficient manner (the “Client Responsibilities”, as such are further specified in Exhibit F). During the Term, XIFIN will be the sole provider to Client of all of the Services. In performing the Services hereunder, Client acknowledges that XIFIN shall at all times be acting as an independent contractor.

 

3. Fees and Payment:

3.1 As payment for costs associated with XIFIN’s performance of Implementation and provision of access to the System and performance of the Services ongoing to the Client, Client shall remit payment of Implementation Fees, Service Fees, and Ancillary Service Fees as set forth in Schedule 1 of this Agreement.

3.2 Unless specifically stated in this Agreement, Client shall be responsible for fees for services provided by external vendors such as, but not limited to, collection agencies, internet service providers, statement mailing services, postage, skip tracing services, credit card, and clearinghouses. All fees charged herein are exclusive of and do not include any taxes, duties or similar charges imposed by any government (“Taxes”). To the extent applicable, Client agrees to pay or reimburse XIFIN for all such Taxes (other than taxes on the net income of XIFIN).

3.3 Technical consulting work requested by Client not directly supporting the Implementation, provision of access to or maintenance of the System or otherwise included in this Agreement shall be on a consulting fee for service basis as set forth in Schedule 1.

3.4 XIFIN shall calculate each month’s Service Fee and provide an invoice to Client. Client shall have access to all XIFIN System reports which Client may use to audit charges. All undisputed XIFIN invoices are due and payable within thirty (30) days of receipt. With the exception of any payments which are the subject of a good faith dispute as set forth in this Section, all Client payments that are not received within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice shall be considered overdue. Client shall pay XIFIN a 1.5% per month late fee on all overdue balances.

3.5 With respect to Implementation Fees, Client shall pay XIFIN in accordance with the dates and amounts described in Schedule 1. There shall be one Implementation Fee charged per System Environment, and this Agreement contemplates provision to Client of one System Environment.

 

   -4-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    5 of 34                    

 

3.6 Client will not be required to pay the portion of any invoice that the Client disputes after reasonable investigation and in good faith, pending resolution of that dispute, if written notice of the dispute has been provided by Client to XIFIN within 15days of Client’s receipt of such invoice for the Services.

3.7 All pricing, fees, and terms information within this Agreement are considered confidential and shall not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of XIFIN, except to Client’s employees, auditors, attorneys, trustees or directors or as required by any applicable law, rule or regulation or judicial process, or as necessary for Client to enforce its rights under this Agreement.

3.8 In the event Client fails to pay any undisputed amounts within 30 days of receipt of the applicable invoice, XIFIN may, at any time thereafter, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder, suspend delivery of the Services to Client provided that: (i) XIFIN notifies Client of its delinquent status; and (ii) Client fails to pay all balances due, including interest, which are not the subject of a notified dispute within ten days of receipt of such delinquency notice.

 

4. Ownership and Use Rights:

4.1 All Client Specific Materials are and shall remain the property of Client or such other third party supplier, including any and all intellectual property rights relating thereto, excluding, however, any rights of (i) XIFIN in and to the Services and System as it exists on the Effective Date of this Agreement, or as modified during the Term of this Agreement, and (ii) rights of XIFIN and/or of third parties to the Licensed Works.

4.2 XIFIN owns and shall own all right, title and interest in and to any improvement, invention, know- how, and right related to anything conceived or reduced to practice during the course of this Agreement, including all intellectual property rights in and to all technology, software and other information that XIFIN discloses to Client or is developed pursuant to or in connection with the XIFIN System, Web Services, and the Services provided hereunder, which shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of XIFIN, and Client shall assign, and hereby does assign, all such rights to XIFIN.

4.3 As part of rendering Services and providing access to the XIFIN System hereunder, XIFIN uses Licensed Works and grants access to Licensed Works to the Client. Client shall adhere to any restrictions, warnings, or other notifications as indicated on the Licensed Works. If so required, Client and its successors and assigns, agree to execute, obtain and/or adhere to all third party license agreements for the Licensed Works presented by XIFIN to ensure uninterrupted access to the XIFIN System.

4.4 Each party’s Confidential Information shall remain the sole and exclusive property of such party. Client may deliver or provide access to XIFIN to certain Client data, records, and information in furtherance of the delivery of the Services, which Client data, records and information shall remain the exclusive property of Client; provided, however, XIFIN may use such Client data to create derivative materials for benchmarking purposes after XIFIN has permanently de-identified Client data in accordance with HIPAA or other applicable patient privacy standards and such data could not otherwise be used to identify Client, Client Users, or any patient such as through inclusion of geographic identifiers by U.S. State. XIFIN shall provide Client with access to any such derivative materials upon request.

4.5 The parties hereto understand and agree that the transmission of Protected Health Information is contemplated by this Agreement, and the parties will execute a Business Associates Agreement, or Business Associates Addendum, which upon execution shall be added as an Exhibitor Addendum to this Agreement, as applicable.

 

   -5-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    6 of 34                    

 

5. Representations and Warranties:

5.1 Duly Organized . Each party represents and warrants that it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state in which it is organized.

5.2 Authority . Each party represents and warrants that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

5.3 Enforceable . Each party represents and warrants this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation binding upon such party and is enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party does not conflict with any agreement, instrument or understanding, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, or violate any domestic material law or regulation of any court, governmental body or administrative or other agency having jurisdiction over it.

5.4 Compliance With Laws : Each party agrees to perform its obligations hereunder in compliance with all then applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and its related regulations (“HIPAA”). XIFIN shall promptly make any changes to the Services necessary to comply with any changes in any federal (e.g. HIPAA), state, or local laws, rules, or regulations at no additional charge to Client, and Client agrees to fully cooperate with XIFIN with respect to the preparation and execution of any amendments to this Agreement as may be required as result of a change in any federal (e.g. HIPAA), state, or local laws, rules, or regulations.

5.5 Compliance with OIG Guidance : Each party agrees to perform its obligations hereunder in compliance with all then applicable published Office of Inspector General Guidance (“DIG Guidance”) regarding billing. XIFIN shall promptly make any changes to the Services necessary to comply with any changes in OIG Guidance at no additional charge to Client, and Client agrees to fully cooperate with XIFIN with respect to the preparation and execution of any amendments to this Agreement as may be required as result of a change in OIG Guidance.

5.6 Manner of Services : XIFIN represents and warrants that the functionality of the Services will not be materially decreased during the term of the Agreement.

5.7 Service Levels; Key Performance Indicators . XIFIN warrants that for so long as Client is obtaining outsourced Services from XIFIN (as such are described in Exhibit C of this Agreement), the Services will be performed, in all material respects, in accordance with the Service Levels set forth in Schedule 3. XIFIN will use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve equivalent results as the Key Performance Indicators as set forth in Schedule 3.

5.8 Disclaimer of Warranties . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE GOODS AND SERVICES FURNISHED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, XIFIN MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, CONDITION, GUARANTEE OR REPRESENTATION RELATING TO THE SERVICES OR THE LICENSED WORKS, WHETHER IN LAW OR IN FACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR IN WRITING, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY CONDITION, GUARANTEE, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY CLIENT. XIFIN FURTHER DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND, MERCHANTABILITY.

 

   -6-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    7 of 34                    

 

6. Limitation of Liability:

6.1 EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW IN THIS SECTION 6.1 AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, OR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF REPUTATION, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, DOWNTIME, COVER AND THE LIKE, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OR DAMAGES RESULTING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FROM ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INSOLVENCY OR OTHER FAULT OR CIRCUMSTANCE ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY THIRD PARTY; PROVIDED THAT XIFIN SHALL, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS IN THIS SECTION 6, REMAIN LIABLE FOR THE ACTIONS AND OMISSIONS OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICES AS IF THOSE ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS WERE MADE BY XIFIN. THE FOREGOING EXCLUSIONS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 6.1 SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIMIT CLIENT’S LIABILITY FOR CLIENT’S INFRINGEMENT, VIOLATION OR WRONGFUL USE OF THE SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT, THE SERVICE OR ANY COMPONENT OF EITHER OF THE FOREGOING, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION A BREACH OF SECTION 2.2.8. THE FOREGOING EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY REPRESENTS THE ALLOCATION OF RISK OF FAILURE BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS REFLECTED IN THE PRICING HEREUNDER AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ELEMENT OF THE BASIS OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

6.2 XIFIN’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER (WHETHER UNDER CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OR LAW OR EQUITY) SHALL NOT EXCEED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES THE SERVICES FEES PAID BY CLIENT TO XIFIN FOR THE SIX MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF THE OCCURRENCE OF THE FAILURE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE XIFIN LIMITATION OF LIABILITY PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE 6 WITH RESPECT TO ANY BREACH OF PHI SHALL BE INCREASED TO THE GREATER OF: (I) THE SERVICE FEES PAID BY CLIENT TO XIFIN FOR SERVICES FOR THE NINE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF THE OCCURRENCE OF THE BREACH; OR (II) $750,000. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIABILITY REPRESENTS THE ALLOCATION OF RISK OF FAILURE BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS REFLECTED IN THE PRICING HEREUNDER AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ELEMENT OF THE BASIS OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

6.3 In the event information which is transmitted by Client to XIFIN for the Services (i) is not executed by XIFIN or (ii) is not executed accurately in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and such failure results in damage to Client, then XIFIN’s sole obligation and liability for such event (subject to reasonable mitigation by Client) shall be limited to accurately re-executing the applicable transaction. Any claim against XIFIN by Client must be asserted in writing within 30 days after the transmission of inaccurate information on which the claim is based. Client hereby agrees to promptly supply to XIFIN documentation reasonably requested by XIFIN to support any such claim of Client. THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF XIFIN WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TRANSMITTED BY CLIENT WHICH IS INACCURATELY EXECUTED OR WHICH RESULTS IN COMPLETELY UNEXECUTED BILL PROCESSING SERVICES BY XIFIN AND SUCH LIABILITY IS FURTHER LIMITED BY THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY APPEARING IN THIS SECTION. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.3 shall limit XIFIN’s indemnification obligations under Section 7.3.

6.4 Due to the nature of the services being performed by the parties, it is agreed that in no event will a party be liable for any claim, loss, liability, correction, cost, damage or expense otherwise caused by its performance or failure to perform hereunder which is not reported by the other party within three months of such failure to perform.

 

   -7-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    8 of 34                    

 

6.5 In the event Client elects to utilize the Web Services (as such term is defined in Section 2.1.4 above), then the following provisions shall apply:

6.5.1. CLIENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT (I) XIFIN WILL NOT BE ORIGINATING ANY THIRD PARTY CONTENT (E.G., ELIGIBILITY RESPONSES, CLAIM STATUS, ELECTRONIC REMITTANCE INFORMATION) UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND (II) (WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH THIRD PARTY CONTENT) THE CLIENT PORTAL, WEB SERVICES SYSTEM AND WEB SERVICES ARE SOLELY A SWITCH/CLEARINGHOUSE/PORTAL DESIGNED TO ALLOW FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN CLIENT, CLIENT USER, THIRD PARTY AND PAYER; AND (III) XIFIN SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO CLIENT, CLIENT USER OR ANY THIRD PARTY, BASED ON ANY CLIENT, CLIENT USER OR THIRD PARTY CONTENT TRANSMITTED BY OR THROUGH XIFIN, THE CLIENT PORTAL, THE WEB SERVICES SYSTEM OR THE WEB SERVICES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. XIFIN SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR: (A) ACTUAL PAYMENT OF CLAIMS; (B) FOR THE ELIGIBILITY STATUS OF A PATIENT, INCLUDING ANY PAYER RESPONSE INDICATING ELIGIBILITY (PAYMENT BY PAYER IN SUCH CASE IS NOT A CERTAINTY); OR (C) FOR ANY OTHER INFORMATION TRANSMITTED THROUGH THE WEB SERVICES. FINALLY, INFORMATION ACCEPTED BY THE WEB SERVICES IN NO WAY GUARANTEES THE PAYMENT BY PAYER AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A PROMISE TO PAY; ELIGIBILITY INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE; AND WAITING PERIODS MAY APPLY.CLIENT SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD XIFIN HARMLESS FOR ANY CLAIMS BY CLIENT USER ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR FROM THE USE OF THE CLIENT PORTAL.

6.6 Client shall comply with XIFIN’s procedures to secure any authorizations then required by XIFIN, applicable law, or industry practice in connection with the Web Services. CLIENT HEREBY APPOINTS XIFIN AS ITS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ENROLLING OR REGISTERING CLIENT INTO A PAYER’S TRANSACTION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND SUBMITTING CLIENT’S TRANSACTIONS AND/OR SIGNING PAPER TRANSACTIONS ON CLIENT’S BEHALF TO THIRD-PARTY PAYERS OR PROCESSORS, AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, AGENCIES OR CARRIERS COVERING WORK-RELATED ACCIDENT OR ILLNESS BENEFITS, WHERE CLIENT’S SIGNATURE IS REQUIRED FOR ENROLLMENT, PROCESSING OR ADJUDICATION.

 

7. Indemnity:

7.1 XIFIN shall indemnify and hold Client, its directors, officers, and employees harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, liabilities, losses and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and, at its own expense, shall defend any action brought or threatened against Client to the extent that such claim, threat or action is based on a claim that any portion of the System (but not Licensed Works) infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. In the event of such a claim, threat or action XIFIN shall, in XIFIN’s discretion, without additional cost to Client, take one of the following actions: (a) make the offending portion of XIFIN’s System or materials non-infringing; (b) replace the offending portion of the System with a functionally equivalent, non-infringing item; (c) terminate Client’s right to use that non-essential offending portion of the System and adjust the fees for Services under Schedule 1 to reflect the reduced functionality, if any, to the Client for the applicable materials involved, or (d) terminate this Agreement, such termination not to be considered a “for cause” termination under this Agreement and such termination releasing Client from any further contractual obligations to XIFIN, including any payment obligations. Subject to the foregoing, Client shall cease using any such portion of the Services if so directed in writing by XIFIN. XIFIN’s obligations under this Section are subject to Client giving prompt notice of any such action, claim or threat and all applicable information in Client’s possession with respect thereto. Client shall further provide reasonable assistance at XIFIN’s expense in connection therewith. XIFIN shall have the sole authority to control, defend, and settle the matter. THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF XIFIN

 

   -8-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    9 of 34                    

 

WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS THAT THE SYSTEM OR BILL PROCESSING SERVICES INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY’S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND SUCH LIABILITY IS FURTHER LIMITED BY THE LIMITATIONS IN LIABILITY IN SECTION 6.

7.2 Client shall indemnify and hold harmless XIFIN, its directors, officers, employees and representatives from and against any and demands, claims, judgments, liabilities, settlements, losses and expenses of any kind, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees which may result from or arise out of any third party claim relating to any act, omission or error by the Client, its officers, directors, employees or agents in connection with the performance or discharge of any obligations of the Client under this Agreement, or resulting from any billing errors by the Client.

7.3 If (i) XIFIN is the sole cause of one or more billing errors, (ii) Client did not have visibility to the error before, during or after submission to the payor, but at least fifteen (15) days in advance of the initiation of any legal proceedings described below, due to the actions or inaction of XIFIN, and (iii) one or more third parties initiate legal proceedings against Client as a result of such billing errors, then (a) Client will provide XIFIN written notice of such legal proceedings and (b) XIFIN will reimburse Client for all documented, out-of-pocket and reasonable attorney’s fees actually incurred by Client after the date of such written notice to XIFIN in connection with Client responding to and defending such legal proceedings. Such reimbursements described in this Section shall count toward and be subject to the limitation on liability in Section 6.2 above.

 

8. Confidentiality:

8.1 The parties agree, both during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of five years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement to hold each other’s Confidential Information in strict confidence. The parties agree not to make each other’s Confidential Information available in any form to any third party or to use each other’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than the implementation of and as specified in this Agreement. Without limiting Section 8.3, each party agrees to take all reasonable steps to ensure that Confidential Information of either party is not disclosed or distributed by its employees, agents or consultants in violation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

8.2 Each party shall ensure that its employees, agents and consultants shall be permitted access to the other party’s Confidential Information only on a need-to-know basis and are instructed regarding, and agree in writing to act in accordance with, the obligations of non-disclosure and non-use imposed by this Agreement.

8.3 Each party acknowledges that any use or disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information other than as specifically provided for in this Agreement and other written agreements between XIFIN and Client may result in irreparable injury and damage to the non-using or non-disclosing party. Accordingly, each party hereby agrees that, in the event of use or disclosure by the other party other than as specifically provided for in this Agreement and in other written agreements between the parties, the non-using or non-disclosing party may be entitled to immediate injunctive and/or other equitable relief as granted by any appropriate judicial body, in addition to other remedies, in addition to all other legal remedies available to such party by law.

 

9. Term and Termination:

9.1 Term . Unless terminated earlier as permitted herein, this Agreement shall be effective from the Effective Date of this Agreement and shall continue for a period of 36 months from the date that XIFIN commences full processing of routine account receivables, such date being referred to herein as the “Go-Live Date and such term being referred to as the “Initial Term”. This Agreement shall then automatically renew for one or more additional terms of 12 months (each a “Renewal Term” or, collectively, “Renewal Terms) unless Client or XIFIN gives notice to the other party of termination at least 90 days prior to the

 

   -9-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    10 of 34                    

 

expiration of the then-current term. XIFIN shall notify Client in writing of the expiration the then-current Term no less than 120 days prior to the expiration of such Term to enable Client to provide timely notice of termination pursuant to the foregoing sentence. The Initial Term, and any Renewal Terms, are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “Term.”

9.2 Changes to Schedule 1, if any, become effective in each Renewal Term if agreed to by XIFIN and Client in writing no less than 120 days prior to the expiration of the then-current Initial Term or any Renewal Term.

9.3 Termination for Cause . Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement if the other party materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within 60 days of the date of written notice of such breach.

9.4 Effect of Termination .

9.4.1. Within 30 days of any expiration or termination of this Agreement (the “Post Termination Period”), XIFIN shall return, or, at the request of the Client, destroy all Client Specific Materials received from Client or created or received by XIFIN on behalf of Client and which XIFIN still maintains in any form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that it is not feasible to return or destroy Protected Health Information, the provisions of the Business Associates Agreement mutually executed by the parties, if any, shall determine the return or destruction of the Protected Health Information. If expressly requested by Client, within twenty-one (21) business days of the termination of this Agreement, XIFIN shall, at no charge, provide such data files and records in XIFIN standard data extract format. Client shall have the option, within twenty-one (21) business days of the termination of this Agreement, to specify an alternate data extract format of these data files and records and shall compensate XIFIN at the rate specified in Schedule 1 for the technical services required to perform the requested data conversions. Unless required by law, XIFIN shall neither retain nor bear responsibility or obligations for Client Specific Materials after the Post Termination Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing Client expressly acknowledges that XIFIN does not retain Protected Health Information beyond the Post Termination Period.

9.4.2. If XIFIN terminates this Agreement as a result of an uncured material breach by Client, Client shall immediately pay to XIFIN the Minimum Service Fee, as set forth in Schedule 1, for the remainder of months for the then-current Term. The foregoing is in addition to any other rights and remedies of XIFIN hereunder.

9.4.3. In the event of a merger, acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Client’s assets or business, Client may immediately terminate this Agreement at any time thereafter provided that: (i) Client furnishes XIFIN with 60 days’ advance written notice of such termination; and (ii) Client immediately pays XIFIN the Minimum Service Fee, as set forth in Schedule 1, for the remainder of months for the then-current Term.

9.5 Survival . The expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement shall not relieve any party of its obligations that have accrued prior to such expiration or termination. The following provisions shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement: Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.5, 6, 7, 8, 9.4, 9.5, and 10.

 

10. Miscellaneous:

10.1 Force Majeure . Neither Party shall be liable for failure or delay in performing its obligations hereunder (except with respect to payment obligations) if such failure or delay is due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of any government body, including acts of war, acts of God, insurrection, riots, wars, sabotage, embargo, explosion, vandalism, cable cut, fire, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, strike, lockout, work stoppage or other labor disturbance, interruption of or delay in transportation, unavailability of or interruption of or delay in telecommunications not under the control or management of the affected Party or inability to obtain raw materials, supplies, or power used in or equipment needed to carry out the requirements of this Agreement.

 

   -10-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    11 of 34                    

 

10.2 Subcontractors . XIFIN may use subcontractors and third party service providers to fulfill its obligations hereunder, however, XIFIN shall be responsible for the performance of its subcontractors and third party service providers.

10.3 Publicity . Neither party may use the trademarks or trade names of the other party without the other party’s prior written consent, except that XIFIN may refer to Client as a customer in its client map.

10.4 Assignment . Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other, except that no consent is needed if such assignment is made (i) to a subsidiary corporation, (ii) to any corporation or entity in which such party has a majority ownership, or (iii) in connection with a merger, acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assigning party’s assets or business to which this Agreement relates. Except as set forth above, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives, estates, legatees, assigns and successors.

10.5 Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. The parties agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated exclusively in the federal or state courts located in the County of San Diego, California.

10.6 Agreement Drafted by All Parties/Interpretation . This Agreement is the result of arm’s length negotiations between the parties and shall be construed to have been drafted by all parties such that any ambiguities in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party. In the event of any conflict between the body of this Agreement and any Exhibits or Schedules attached hereto or other documents referenced herein or relating hereto, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall prevail.

10.7 Relationship of Parties . The services of XIFIN are and shall continue to be those of an independent contractor. Client shall neither have nor exercise any control over the business judgment or methods used by XIFIN or by the personnel, including its subcontractors, used by XIFIN in providing such services. It is not intended that an employer-employee, joint venture or partnership be established hereby, expressly or by implication, and Client’s involvement in this Agreement is solely for the purpose of having the services required hereunder performed in a competent, efficient and satisfactory manner. Nothing in this relationship shall obligate Client to withhold income taxes or employment related taxes for XIFIN or its employees or to provide employee benefits or coverage of any type to XIFIN or its employees.

10.8 Waiver . Failure of Client or XIFIN to insist upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including its exhibits and schedules, or to exercise any right herein granted, shall not be construed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any such right and the same shall be and remain in full force and effect. All rights shall be cumulative and nonexclusive.

10.9 Access to Books and Records . During the Term, and thereafter for a period consistent with all applicable laws and regulations, Client and XIFIN shall, upon receipt of written request by the Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or any of their duly authorized representatives, make available this Agreement, any such books, documents and records of Client, XIFIN and their related organizations, if any, as are necessary to certify the nature and extent of revenues, costs and statistical data related to the performance of this Agreement. Upon receipt of any such written request, the party receiving the request shall promptly notify the other party hereto regarding the receipt of such request. In the event of subpoenas served on XIFIN or Client requiring access to XIFIN’s or Client records, XIFIN or the Client will allow access to all relevant records for a period consistent with state and Federal laws and regulations.

 

   -11-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    12 of 34                    

 

10.10 Limitation in Hiring and Soliciting Employees . During the Term, and for one year thereafter, neither Party nor its representatives will, directly or indirectly, employ solicit or seek to employ, any person who is an employee of the other party during the six month period prior to such person’s employment by such Party. XIFIN and Client acknowledge that this limitation shall not apply to the employment of a person currently or in the past employed by the other Party to the extent that such person responds to a general solicitation or advertisement regarding employment opportunities provided that such person: (i) is/was not directly involved in the performance of Services hereunder; and (ii) responds to such solicitation. Each Party acknowledges that monetary remedies for any breach of this Section may be inadequate to protect the other Party and that injunctive relief may be appropriate to protect such rights, along with any other legal or equitable remedies, which shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedy or remedies.

10.11 Amendment or Modification . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended or modified orally, by course of conduct or otherwise, except by a written amendment signed by the parties hereto.

10.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if transmitted by fax with receipt acknowledged, or upon delivery, if delivered personally or by recognized commercial courier with receipt acknowledged, or upon the expiration of 72 hours after mailing, if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to XIFIN, at:    If to Client, at:

XIFIN, Inc.

   iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
   650 Townsend Street

12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100

   Suite 380

San Diego, CA 92130

   San Francisco, CA 94103

Attention: Lâle White,

   Attention: CFO

Executive Chairman

  

Telephone: (858) 793-5700

   Telephone: 415-632-5700

Facsimile: (858) 793-5701

   Facsimile: 415-632-5701

e-mail: Iwhite@xifin.com

  

or at such other address or addresses as Client, or XIFIN, as the case may be, may specify by written notice given in accordance with this Section. The time of giving such notice or consent shall be on the date of delivery, if personally delivered, or on the third business day after the date of mailing, if mailed.

10.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits, schedules and attachments hereto, and the Business Associate Addendum entered into by the parties effective as of December 24, 2013, constitute the entire agreement between the parties, and contains all the agreements between the parties with respect to this matter, superseding any and all prior agreements, conditions, understandings, representations and warranties, whether written or oral.

10.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a pdf format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or pdf signature page were an original thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

   -12-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    13 of 34                    

 

XIFIN, Inc.     iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ Lâle White

    Signature:  

/s/ Kevin M. King

Name:  

Lâle White

    Name:  

Kevin M. King

Title:  

CEO

    Title:  

President & CEO

Date Signed:  

12/24/2013

    Date Signed:  

12/31/2013

 

   -13-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    14 of 34                    

 

Exhibit A — Services Description

The Services consists of web-based information management systems to optimize the billing process complemented by infrastructure management and maintenance services.

Services Summary :

Summary of key application functionality :

 

  ¨ Comprehensive Order Entry

 

  ¨ ABN (Advanced Beneficiary Notice) workflow management

 

  ¨ Patient demographic files management

 

  ¨ Interactive and automated front-end claims editing

 

  ¨ Primary and multiple secondary payor capabilities

 

  ¨ User configurable, rules-based workflow automation and management

 

  ¨ Error Processing: Resources and automated functionality to identify, route, correct and manage errors, front-end rejections/denials and backend denials

 

  ¨ Internal messaging system: User specific communication about system related issues, assignments, reminders, and general information

 

  ¨ 3rd Party Fee Schedule management

 

  ¨ Retail Price List Management:

 

    Multiple Discounts Schedules

 

    Special Pricing

 

  ¨ Test level pricing

 

  ¨ Procedure Code consolidation logic

 

  ¨ Comprehensive, standard and analytical reports library

 

  ¨ Nursing Home Census management logic

 

  ¨ Modifier logic

 

  ¨ End of month accounts receivable reconciliation and closing package

 

  ¨ Integrated, on-line access to contracted transaction services (e.g. eligibility, credit card authorization…)

 

  ¨ Promissory Payment/Contact manager

 

   -14-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    15 of 34                    

 

  ¨ Electronic 3rd party payment posting and reconciliation (as available from payors)

 

  ¨ Automatic transaction detail tracking/audit trail

 

  ¨ On-line, ad hoc search: user can search active database

 

  ¨ Compliance requirements management: includes compliance rules/logic to identify and report potentially non-compliant actions, and generation of compliance audit logs.

 

    Physician exclusions from government programs

 

    Correct Coding

 

    OCE

Customized Panel Acknowledgement Letters

 

  ¨ Comprehensive, on-line task and field level help and prompts

 

  a. Ongoing Service & Support:

 

  ¨ Management and maintenance of essential business process infrastructure including: hardware, software, database technology, storage, security, and interfaces necessary to deliver Services described herein

 

  ¨ Provide, maintain and manage data resources and logic:

 

    ICD-9 Codes (International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification) and, when applicable, ICD-10 Codes (International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision, Clinical Modification)

 

    CPT Codes (Current Procedural Terminology)

 

    LCDs (Local Coverage Determinations)

 

    ABN (Advanced Beneficiary Notice) formats

 

    CCI (Correct Code Initiative) edits

 

    OCE (Out-Patient Code Editor) edits

 

    NCD (National Coverage Determinations)

 

    NPIs

 

    NPI exclusions from Federal and state programs

 

    State level no-mark-up or disclosure

 

    Compliance guidelines and standards

 

    Zip Codes

 

   -15-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    16 of 34                    

 

    Medicare and Medicaid Fee Schedules

 

    Eligibility Services

 

    Remittance Advice and Adjustment Codes

 

    Payor/Clearinghouse Edits

 

    Payor Submission Requirements

 

    Modifier data logic

 

    Payor Setup and maintenance

 

  ¨ Daily processing and management of all on-line submissions

 

    Processing, correcting and resubmission of front-end rejections and processing of denials

 

    Updating system’s front-end editing database

 

  ¨ Application upgrades (enhancements to existing functionality and services): testing, installation/implementation, on-line training and documentation.

 

  ¨ Transaction data and records will be retained on the active system (directly available on-line) for six months past “zero balance” before transfer to an “off-system” archive storage.

 

  ¨ Technical Support (see Schedule 2)

 

  ¨ User/Training Support

 

    Initial Support (concludes one month after initial use of Services)

 

    Training/User support

 

  ¨ On-Line / WebEx

 

  ¨ Phone

 

    Ongoing Support

 

    Training/User support

 

  ¨ On-Line

 

  ¨ Phone/Interactive On-line: Tenhrs/month

 

    Report Writing:

 

  ¨ Client Specific: Twoper year

 

   -16-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    17 of 34                    

 

  ¨ Data Backup And Disaster Avoidance and Recovery:

 

    Maintain daily backup of incremental data changes, weekly full system backup, monthly permanent archived copy of system data.

 

    Maintain disaster avoidance procedures in accordance with industry standards that are designed to safeguard the data and the data processing capability throughout the term of this Agreement.

 

  b. Web Services (Optional)

 

    Real Time Eligibility — Direct

 

    Client Portal

 

    Patient Portal

 

   -17-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    18 of 34                    

 

Exhibit B — Implementation Description

Prepare and configure access to the XIFIN System and provision of the Services for Client:

 

  ¨ Accurate Client data files conversion:

 

    Client’s customers

 

    Test codes

 

    Pricing

 

  ¨ Reliable HL7 transactions interface with LIS

 

  ¨ Ability to produce statements:

 

    Client’s customers

 

    Patient

 

    3rd Party Payor

 

  ¨ XIFIN’s standard introductory training and education (up to one day on-site)

 

  ¨ Reports development

 

  ¨ Functionality described in Exhibit A configured to match the Client’s process requirements

 

  ¨ Services and access to the XIFIN System described in Exhibit A configured and integrated with Client’s process

 

   -18-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    19 of 34                    

 

Exhibit C- Supplemental Services Description

XIFIN will provide Client with outsourced accounts receivable management services. Services include: client, patient and electronic (as available) third party billing services; missing information and error processing notifications; error and denial follow-up; set-up and maintenance of payors and payor edits; electronic (as available) payment posting and reconciliation. Maintenance of payor specific edits and logic are conducted on a national and state-by-state basis.

The following functions will be performed by XIFIN:

 

  ¨ Processing of “Promise Pay” arrangements

Claims Processing:

XIFIN will have responsibility for:

 

  ¨ Claims submission

 

  ¨ Claims acknowledgment and reconciliation

 

  ¨ Claims denials

 

  ¨ Claims follow up

Error Processing:

XIFIN will have responsibility for:

 

  ¨ Processing and resolution of assigned errors and denials

 

    Manual match compare

 

    Research missing or errored information

 

    Generation of Error Processing (EP) correspondences

 

    Processing responses to EP correspondences

 

  ¨ Processing of clearinghouse (front end) rejections

 

  ¨ Updating of permanent patient demographics

 

  ¨ Updating of Remittance Advice Remark Codes and Claims Adjustment Reason Codes

 

  ¨ Processing “bad address” returned mail

 

  ¨ Denial Management

 

  ¨ Identification of accessions requiring Appeal

 

   -19-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    20 of 34                    

 

Client will have access and the ability to:

 

  ¨ Follow-up on accessions processed and worked by XIFIN

Payment Posting:

The following functions will be performed by XIFIN

 

  ¨ Posting of Client payments

 

  ¨ Posting of Third party payments

The following functions will be performed either by Client or Client’s vendor or XIFIN:

 

  ¨ Posting of Patient payments will be performed by XIFIN

Order Entry:

 

  ¨ Patient information will be entered into the LIS database by client. Patient billing information will be exported to XIFIN on a daily basis.

File Maintenance:

 

  ¨ Entry of new account information, pricing or test information into XIFIN will be performed by XIFIN staff. Client will provide that information via a requisition form or account set up form.

 

  ¨ New payor set-up will be handled by XIFIN

Customer Service

The following functions will be performed by XIFIN

 

  ¨ Outgoing calls and/or faxes to physicians to obtain missing or incorrect information, including up to two requests via fax and one phone call for missing / requested / incorrect information before putting the request back to the customer

 

  ¨ Mailing of a single welcome letter for patients

 

  ¨ Incoming patient benefit or billing calls

 

  ¨ Processing of Customer complaint resolution

 

  ¨ Incoming calls from Patients and Physicians to provide additional information

 

  ¨ Note: All letters shall fit within the text constraints of XIFIN’s System

 

   -20-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    21 of 34                    

 

Exhibit D

Minimum PC Hardware And Network Connectivity

PC Hardware

Personal Computer (PC) system per user

 

  ¨ x86 or x64 system, 2.0 Ghz or faster CPU

 

  ¨ 2GB RAM or greater

 

  ¨ 20GB free hard disk space

 

  ¨ Monitor: 20” LCD or larger, 8-bit (256 color) or more, resolution 1280 X 1024 or higher

 

  ¨ 100Mbps (or faster) switched network connection

PC Software

Please note that the software listed below is subject to change by XIFIN as well as by respective vendors as they cease support for older products. Clients should plan to upgrade third-party software products so that vendor support is available and to meet XIFIN’s minimum requirements. XIFIN does not provide support for third-party products and Clients using unsupported third-party products do so at their own risk. XIFIN will not provide software, services, or support for issues or incompatibilities that arise from the use of unsupported/obsolete third-party products.

 

  ¨ Installed Microsoft Windows XP SP3 or later operating system.

 

  ¨ Installed either Internet Explorer 7.0 or Firefox 3.0 or later web browser.

 

  ¨ Adobe Acrobat Reader 7.0 or later (for document viewing).

 

  ¨ Installed Microsoft Word and Excel.

 

  ¨ Sun Java Runtime 1.6 (available from http://java.sun.com). PCs will need to be configured to allow the JAR files to be loaded to the Web Start directory at a future date. Upgrades to Order Entry will try to download a new set of files and save them to the local disk.

Customer Network Connectivity

 

    XIFIN recommends using the Internet to access the XIFIN systems. Alternatively, a point-to-point connection from the customer network to the XIFIN collocation facility may be installed at an additional cost.

 

    All Client network connectivity to the XIFIN systems should be regularly monitored (sampling rate of 5 minutes or less) by the customer and check both actual utilization and availability. Monitoring should report peak utilization. The data should be retained for at least 3 months and be accessible by managers of end users of the XIFIN system.

 

   -21-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    22 of 34                    

 

Utilization calculations should allow for protocol overhead of connection type (e.g. ATM, T1, etc). Application performance will suffer on congested networks,

 

    The network path from the customer workstations to the XIFIN facility must be free of any proxy servers.

 

    Any content filtering systems should be configured to bypass traffic to the XIFIN facility.

 

    XIFIN does not generally recommend specific connection types as different clients have different numbers of users, work flows, and non-XIFIN network traffic that varies throughout the time of day and time of year. Sufficient network bandwidth does need to exist to ensure adequate response times for users of the XIFIN systems. XIFIN highly recommends regular, careful monitoring and proactive adjustments (be they QoS, dedicated channels, higher-bandwidth connections, etc) as necessary.

Secure FTP

 

  ¨ For non-automated (user) interaction with the XIFIN SFTP site, XIFIN recommends the free SFTP client Filezilla: http://filezilla-project.org/

 

  ¨ For automated interaction with the XIFIN SFTP site, we recommend the free OpenSSH client for Windows or Unix.

Java Implementation

 

  ¨ Java will need to be installed to run the Order Entry application; this can be found for free on: http://java.sun.com/javase/downloads/

Select the JDK 6.0 Update 20 or later

 

   -22-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    23 of 34                    

 

Exhibit E

System Security

 

  ¨ Connection Security

 

    Dual firewalls with fail-over configuration

 

    Redundant switches with separate VLANs and ACLs enforcing security

 

    Port and network address translations through firewalls and load balancers

 

    Non-secure web connections are redirected to a secure website

 

    Only allow SSH protocol version 2 for file transfers and only with public key authentication

 

    SFTP connections are restricted to the file transfer directory only

 

    Logins are allowed only through the application GUI (i.e., we do not allow interactive logins directly to servers)

 

    Can restrict interactive access to specific IP addresses if requested

 

    HTTPS 128 bit encrypted SSL secure tunnel connections required

 

    SSH/SFTP connection requires a minimum of 1024 bit encryption

 

    Network traffic is logged and routinely monitored

 

  ¨ Password Access Security

Users access the System through a combination of user names and passwords:

 

    User names and passwords are case sensitive

 

    Passwords must be at least 8 characters long and contain at least one alpha and one numeric value.

 

    After 5 unsuccessful attempts, a user account is locked and must be unlocked by a supervisor or administrator before it can be accessed again.

 

    Users are required to change their password every 90 days.

 

   -23-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    24 of 34                    

 

Exhibit F

Outsourced Billing Client Requirements

1. Client shall be responsible for training their ordering physicians with the information required to file a clean claim and will provide XIFIN with all relevant information required to generate a clean claim or appeal, if needed, including but not limited to the following information on a timely basis in an electronic standard HL7 format:

(i) Patient’s name, sex, date of birth, status (single, married, other), patient type

(ii) Responsible party’s name, address, telephone number, employer

(iii) Insured’s name (if different from patient), sex, date of birth, address, relationship to patient, insured’s employer (if group policy) insured’s employer’s address

(iv) Name of insurance company, address, policy certificate number, group policy number

(v) Copy of release of information and insurance assignment of benefits, upon request by XIFIN

(vi) HMO/PPO authorization numbers approvals (if applicable)

(vii) Copy of paid at time of service receipt (if applicable)

(viii) Date of service

(ix) Advanced Beneficiary Notice (ABN) electronic flag

(x) Test Codes

(xi) Transmit or manually update final report flag and final report date for all services performed and designate all services that could not be performed.

(xii) Place of service and applicable NPI

(xiii) Ordering physician and referring physician, where applicable, and respective NPI’s

 

   -24-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    25 of 34                    

 

(xiv) ICO-9 diagnosis code at the highest level of specificity responsive to each payor’s medical necessity requirements and consistent with the patient’s medical record, physician’s notes if appeal is required. XIFIN will not:

(a) Interpret and code for written diagnoses from the ordering physician

(b) Change or specify a ICD-9 (or ICD-10) code(s) provided via the Laboratory system or ordering physician requisition form

(c) Add diagnosis codes where no diagnosis was provided

(xv) Lab is required to obtain the patient’s signature where laboratory draws the blood and where the draw is performed by the physician, attestation that physician has obtained the patient’s signature for assignment and release of medical information to payor

(xvi) Lab must obtain physician’s signature on order, or obtain an electronic order with appropriate audit trail, or confirm that physician is maintaining appropriate internal records of the order which will stand up to Medicare audit.

2. Client shall adhere to XIFIN’s standard automated missing information request protocol. Client will assist in locating the missing records and/or obtain the incomplete and/or inaccurate data pursuant to XIFIN exhausting its missing information recovery procedures without success. Client will provide missing information to XIFIN within 30 days or instructions to write off claim as unrecoverable. Client acknowledges that XIFIN will not be responsible for any claim for which missing information cannot be obtained subsequent to XIFIN’s standard missing information recovery attempts and Client’s subsequent information recovery attempts.

3. Client will order enter patient billing demographic information on the XIFIN System or provide XIFIN with electronic transmission of patients’ demographic and financial information

4. Provide access to one or more members of Client’s staff to answer questions regarding claims and one or more members of Client’s staff to handle IT related issues for data transfer between Client and XIFIN.

5. Provide lockbox for payments (with 2 Remittance Addresses: 1-Patient Payment Lockbox with ability to transmit electronic Files to XIFIN; 2-Insurance/Client Correspondence Lockbox with ability to transmit daily image files to XIFIN SFTP site), daily cash reports, and inter-facility payment information. Send XIFIN electronic copies of all payments and reimbursement notices from all sources, including but not limited to Client’s lockbox, on a daily basis.

6. Provide XIFIN with Client’s Charitable Care Policy and notify XIFIN of patients who qualify for free or reduced charge services due to financial hardship in accordance with Client’s charities care policies. Provide copy of Financial Hardship letter, signed by the physician referring the laboratory test to Client, to confirm patient qualification.

7. If Client requests XIFIN to forward its unpaid billings to a collection agency, Client shall: Provide XIFIN with written notice of the name and address of the collection agency chosen by Client (any contract for the provision of collection services for Client’s unpaid billings shall be between Client and the collection

 

   -25-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    26 of 34                    

 

agency chosen by Client); Provide XIFIN with written instructions on which unpaid billings shall be forwarded to such collection agency; and, if applicable, provide XIFIN with written authorization to execute documents presented to XIFIN and considered necessary for the collection of Client’s unpaid billings by such collection agency on Client’s behalf in accordance with the written instructions of Client. Client acknowledges and agrees that Client is solely responsible for the unpaid billings placed with such collection agency and further agrees to hold XIFIN harmless from and against any fines or penalties incurred as a result of the placement of such unpaid billings with such collection agency.

8. Process refund payments due by Client to individual patients within fourteen (14) days and/or carriers within 45 days of Client’s receipt of written notification of such refunds from XIFIN.

9. Provide XIFIN access to all systems necessary for XIFIN to perform AR management functions, including but not limited to access to all laboratory information systems so that XIFIN may research/update patient information and obtain test results as needed for payments. If correct information is not available on any such systems, a listing of all incorrect and/or missing information will be forwarded to Client for research and correction and returned by Client to XIFIN to complete the billing process.

10. Timely origination and review of all on-going file maintenance updates including but not limited to Client set-up, coding, third party allowable pricing, consolidation rules, payer specific code editing, facility designation and cross references. Review period not to exceed three business days from date first accession appears in EP Unpriceables.

11. Provide XIFIN with needed signatures for ERA and EFT enrollment within three business days of receipt. When requested by XIFIN, initiate paperwork to obtain a provider number from designated payor within three business days.

12. Assume responsibility for notifying XIFIN of any test code changes, additions and deletions within one business day of such change.

13. Client will be responsible for collection efforts on direct client balances loaded into the system that have dates of service prior to the initial term.

14. Client will provide any client specific billing, appeals, and patient billing policies and information prior to the billing launch date. Policies will be reviewed for compliance and implementation criteria mutually agreed upon.

15. Client must have a browser based scanning solution. If one is not currently available, XIFIN recommends Digitech or SpringCM.

16. Client will utilize credit card processor designated by XIFIN as credit card Merchant accounts

17. Client will provide the following templates for Appeal Level 1 letters: 1,2

(i) No Out-Of-Network

(ii) Out-Of-Network Low Payment

(iii) Non-Covered Services Low Payment

(iv) Generic Low Payment

(v) Usual, Customary, & Reasonable

 

   -26-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    27 of 34                    

 

(vi) Experimental & Investigational Letter

(vii) Not Medically Necessary Letter

(viii) No Prior Authorization

(ix) Claim Needs More Information For Adjudication*

18. Client will provide a Clinical Dossier for each test to be appealed 1 ,

19. Client has responsibility for assigning and continuously monitoring that the correct current procedural technology codes and modifiers are being used with an accurate multiple based on the testing platform used by the client for all services being billed.

20. Client agrees to maximize use of all XIFIN automation including but not limited to; web services, client portal, patient portal, eFax, and real time eligibility checking.

 

Notes:    1 XIFIN recommends engagement of Rina Wolf for 10 hours per month until item is completed.
   2 All letters shall fit within the text constraints of XIFIN’s System. XIFIN will communicate such constraints to Client.

 

   -27-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Schedule 1- Fees & Payments

[***] 1

 

1   All information on four pages have been redacted from this exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

   -28-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Schedule 2— Services Support & Performance

 

  1. Hours of Operation:

 

  a. XIFIN’s Internet Data Center is operational 24 hours a day, seven days a week, excluding scheduled maintenance.

 

  b. Help desk and customer service support is available between 8:00 AM and 6:00 PM Central Time. XIFIN shall reply to support messages within two hours.

 

  c. Technical support for Severity 1 and Severity 2 problems shall be available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Severity level 3 support shall be available during help desk/customer service support hours. Response time for a trouble call is dependent on the severity level of the call.

 

  2. Support Response Criteria

 

  a. Severity 1 — Access to the XIFIN System is not available or accessible, there is an existing breach of security for the site or Client is unable to access XIFIN System due to XIFIN specific application and/or communication failure.

 

  i. Immediate attention

 

  ii. Focused effort to resolve

 

  iii. If no resolution is immediately available, XIFIN shall make reasonable efforts to determine the nature of the problem and, within two hours, communicate to Client the estimated time of resumption of service.

 

  b. Severity 2 — Significant functional failure of XIFIN System

 

  i. Focused effort to determine nature of the problem

 

  ii. If no resolution is immediately available, XIFIN shall make reasonable efforts to determine the nature of the problem and, within four hours, communicate to the Client the estimated time of resumption of service.

 

  c. Severity 3 — Minor functional failure of or issue with the XIFIN System.

 

  i. XIFIN shall triage the issue and work with appropriate resource(s) to resolve.

 

  ii. XIFIN shall communicate the nature of the problem to Client and provide an estimated time to resolution.

 

  d. Scheduled Maintenance - XIFIN has need to conduct weekly maintenance that may cause downtime on the XIFIN System. Accordingly, XIFIN designates every Sunday from 8 PM to 5 AM (Pacific Time) the following Monday for “Scheduled Maintenance” of the XIFIN System, during which time Client may not have access to the XIFIN System.

 

  e. Periodic Maintenance - Occasionally, XIFIN may have need for planned maintenance downtime during Client’s business hours. Accordingly, XIFIN shall provide reasonable notification and accommodation to the Client about the time, duration and nature of the downtime.

 

   -32-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Agreement: iRhythm Technologies, Inc.    30 of 34                    

 

  3. Other Maintenance:

 

  a. XIFIN shall conduct regular backup activities and store copies of all relevant data and files in off-site electronic storage facilities.

 

  b. XIFIN shall maintain multiple redundant servers to host and serve the Hosted Site to ensure server availability.

 

  c. Upon Client’s written request, XIFIN will establish an automated process which creates a nightly incremental extract of Client’s transactional data using the standard XIFIN extract format. Any Client requested changes to the standard XIFIN extract format shall be billable at the hourly rate specified in Section 3(a) of Schedule 1 (Ancillary Service Fee). This process shall run Monday through Saturday evenings with the resultant extract files being available for Client to download from the XIFIN Secure FTP site no later than 5 AM Eastern Time on the following morning. Extract files will remain on the Secure FTP site for a maximum of five days. Clients are responsible for keeping copies of extract files based on their file retention policy.

 

   -33-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com


Schedule 3— XIFIN Key Performance Indicators

1 . Subject to Client’s compliance with XIFIN’s best practices protocols and automation requirements including, but not limited to, adherence to the client requirements described in Exhibit F of this Agreement, XIFIN shall also adhere to the following global performance standards for materially all of the claims for so long as Client is receiving outsourced services from XIFIN (and has not transitioned to in-house services as described in Section 2(d) of Schedule 1 of the Agreement):

 

  a. Provided that Client has furnished to XIFIN all pertinent billing and demographic information needed to submit a clean claim, and the payor has already been enrolled and has no impediments for electronic submissions, XIFIN will submit claims within three business days of receipt.

 

  b. Provided that all supporting clinical documentation necessary for submitting an appeal is included and the claim meets Client and payor pre-defined and documented criteria for appeal, XIFIN will submit appeals within 21 business days of receipt of applicable information needed for appeal (see Section 2 below). Provided that the appealed service meets the primary insurance plan’s standard for clinical validity, medical necessity, utility, and plan coverage and pricing policies, XIFIN’s current metric is 50% success but is dependent on changes in payor policy.

 

  c. XIFIN will begin submitting letters to and/or statements where the patient has been paid directly by the payor within 5 business days of being notified by the payor that payment issued via explanation of benefits or automated claims status check.

 

  d. Provided XIFIN has immediate access to all pertinent payment and accession information from the lockbox/accounts and payor, payments will be posted within three business days.

 

  e. XIFIN patient billing customer service representatives will return patient and ordering physician phone calls within one business day. All XIFIN billing customer service representatives will perform incoming and outgoing customer service calls in a polite and professional manner consistent with Client expectations.

 

2 . Supporting clinical documentation for Appeals may include:

a. Patient Authorization (if necessary)

This will be requested by certain insurance plans and will be necessary in order for XIFIN to proceed with an appeal. XIFIN can create a template of a letter that they can sign and send to XIFIN up front or immediately after receiving the denial.

b. Patient Medical Records

Payors are going to request something from the physicians chart notes for the patient indicating why they ordered the service that Client provided. In most if not all cases, they will not accept a document that the physician has filled out but was created by Client (i.e. a req form or template letter).

c. Letter of Medical Necessity from the Physician (if necessary)

 

d. Published clinical literature, service details, and appeal letters for appealed service

 

   -34-    CONFIDENTIAL

XIFIN, Inc. ¿ 12225 El Camino Real, Suite 100 ¿ San Diego, CA 92130 ¿ tel: 858-793-5700 ¿ www.xifin.com

Exhibit 10.21

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 4, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety, and replaces, the terms of (and obligations outstanding under) that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of April 12, 2013, as amended by that certain First Amendment and Default Waiver to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of January 13, 2014, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of June 3, 2014, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of April 13, 2015 (as amended, the “ Prior Loan Agreement ”). The parties agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

1.1 Accounting . Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Intentionally Omitted.

2.3 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, after Borrower makes an Equity Cure Payment, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount to Borrower if (i) Borrower has achieved the Liquidity Requirement (after giving effect to an Equity Cure Payment) or (ii) Bank consents, in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Advances in writing. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.3.1 Intentionally Omitted

2.3.2 Letters of Credit Sublimit .

(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face


amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed (i) the lesser of (a) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), or (b) the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base minus (ii) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services).

(b) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to at least one hundred three percent (103.0%) (if the Letter of Credit is denominated in Dollars) or one hundred five percent (105.0%) (if the Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency) of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(d) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).

(e) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10.0%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.”

2.3.3 Intentionally Omitted .

2.3.4 Cash Management Services . Borrower may use the Revolving Line in an aggregate amount not to exceed (i) the lesser of (a) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), or (b) the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base minus (ii) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (iii) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances, for Bank’s cash management services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”). Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

2.4 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), exceeds the lesser of

 

-2-


either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.5 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.5(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.5(d) below

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.5(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.6 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Anniversary Fees . Fully earned, non-refundable anniversary fees (collectively, the “ Anniversary Fees ”) of Thirty Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($37,500.00) which Anniversary Fees shall be earned as of the Effective Date and shall be due and payable on an annual basis on the earlier to occur of (i) December 4 th of each year following the Effective Date (including the year in which the Effective Date occurs), (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default, or (iii) the termination of this Agreement or the Revolving Line;

(b) Termination Fee . Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00);

(c) Second Final Payment . The Second Final Payment, fully earned and payable as of the Effective Date; and

(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(e) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to

 

-3-


this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.6 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.7(c).

2.7 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts .

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.8 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Waived Fees . Bank hereby waives Borrower’s obligation to pay the Bank the following: (i) the Termination Fee set forth in Section 2.6(b) of the Prior Loan Agreement, (ii) the Prepayment Premium set forth in Section 2.6(f) of the Prior Loan Agreement, and (iii) the Anniversary Fees set forth in Section 2.6(g) of the Prior Loan Agreement (said Termination Fee, Prepayment Premium, and Anniversary Fees, collectively, the “ Waived Fees ”) solely as a result of Borrower’s prepayment and termination of the Prior Loan Agreement. Bank’s waiver of Borrower’s obligation to pay such fees shall apply only to the foregoing specific Waived Fees under the Prior Loan Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to

 

-4-


Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed Control Agreement (with SVB Securities);

(c) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and a good standing certificate certified by the Secretary of State of the State of California, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) duly executed Perfection Certificate;

(f) duly executed IP Agreement;

(g) duly executed Affirmation of Subordination Agreement by California HealthCare Foundation in favor of Bank;

(h) duly executed BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement;

(i) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(j) a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed signature thereto;

(k) the insurance policies and/or endorsements required pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof; and

(l) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(a), timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

-5-


(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver .

Borrower shall deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. A Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Credit Extensions under Section 2.3.2 and 2.3.3), Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank shall make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

3.5 Post-Closing Conditions . Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Bank (i) within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for (x) 650 Townsend Street, Suites 380, 345, and 346, San Francisco, California 94103 by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto, (y) 2 Marriott Drive, Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069, by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto, and (z) 11085 Knott Ave., Suite B, Cypress, California 90630, by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto, and (ii) within five (5) days after the Effective Date, the original signatures to the documents required to be delivered under Section 3.1 hereof.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral may also be subject only to Permitted Liens. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim with a value of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

-6-


4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent such updates are resulting from actions, transactions, circumstances or events not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that, as set forth on the Perfection Certificate unless changed pursuant to a notification to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2: (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate in any material respect any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and Collateral Accounts permitted under Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

-7-


The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable; Inventory .

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation . Except as disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(k), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and for the periods presented (except, with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and for the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts generally (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

-8-


5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports (or extensions therefore), and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of $25,000. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

-9-


Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.3, maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(a) a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) (i) with each request for an Advance, (ii) if requested by Bank, in its sole discretion, no later than Friday of each week, and (iii) within (A) thirty (30) days after the end of each month in which Advances are outstanding or an Advance request has been made, or (B) thirty (30) days after the last day of each quarter;

(b) within (i) thirty (30) days after the end of each month in which Advances are outstanding or an Advance request has been made, or (ii) thirty (30) days after the last day of each quarter, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, sell through report, and general ledger;

(c) as soon as available, but no later than (i) thirty (30) days after the last day of each month in which Advances are outstanding or an Advance request has been made, or (ii) forty-five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month or quarter, as applicable, certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Financial Statements ”);

(d) within (i) thirty (30) days after the last day of each month in which Advances are outstanding or an Advance request has been made, or (ii) forty-five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, and together with the Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month or quarter, as applicable, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(e) no later than the last Business Day of February of each fiscal year of Borrower, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by quarter) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(f) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (other than a qualification as to going concern) on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

 

-10-


(g) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(h) as soon as available, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015, the Liquidity of Borrower. If at any time from and after the Effective Date (irrespective of whether it is the last day of a fiscal quarter or otherwise), the Liquidity of Borrower is less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), Borrower shall deliver to Bank written notice thereof in accordance with Section 10 hereof as promptly as practicable following knowledge of Borrower thereof.

(i) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(j) prompt written notice of (i) any material change in the composition of the Intellectual Property, (ii) the registration of any copyright, including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any copyright, patent or trademark not previously disclosed in writing to Bank, and (iii) Borrower’s knowledge of an event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property; and

(k) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) or more; and

(l) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts which, individually or in the aggregate, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such

 

-11-


discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts (other than proceeds from Governmental Account Debtors making payments under Medicare or Medicaid) into a lockbox account, or via electronic deposit capture into a “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”), pursuant to a blocked account agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. In addition to the foregoing, Borrower shall at all times: (i) segregate all proceeds received from Governmental Account Debtors making payments under Medicare or Medicaid from all other Account Debtors and (ii) instruct all Governmental Account Debtors making payments under Medicare or Medicaid to deliver or transmit all proceeds into a separate segregated deposit account at Bank (the “ Governmental Collateral Account ”). Borrower hereby instructs Bank (which instructions are revocable at the election of Borrower) to sweep, on a daily basis, all amounts deposited in the Governmental Collateral Account to the Cash Collateral Account as and when funds clear and become available. The Bank agrees and confirms that Borrower will have sole dominion and “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC and the common law) over and Bank won’t have “control” over, the Governmental Collateral Account and all funds therein and the Bank disclaims any right of any nature whatsoever to control or otherwise direct or make any claims against the funds held in the Governmental Collateral Account from time to time. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts (subject to the terms hereof) to the Cash Collateral Account to be, at Bank’s sole discretion either, (i) applied to immediately reduce the Obligations or (ii) transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) individually or in the aggregate, other than ambulatory cardiac monitors or other medical devices returned to Borrower by customers in the ordinary course of business, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return other than ambulatory cardiac monitors or other medical devices returned by customers in the ordinary course of business occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Reserved

6.5 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports (or extensions therefore) and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise allowed under Section 5.9, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing

 

-12-


inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and no more often than once every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses; provided, however, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no case shall the charge to Borrower for each inspection or audit exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00). In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance .

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee as its interests may appear. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured as its interest may appear. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the commercial general liability insurance will include Bank as an additional insured only to the extent of liabilities falling within Borrower’s indemnity obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired Collateral (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such specified Commercial Property policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certificates of insurance, lenders loss payable endorsements, and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice (or ten (10) days prior written notice in the case of failure to pay premiums) before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain (i) one (1) account with PayPal, provided that Borrower shall immediately transfer any and all funds maintained in or deposited into such account into an account of Borrower maintained with Bank and (ii) accounts outside of Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, provided that the maximum balance maintained in such accounts does not, in aggregate, exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (collectively, the “ Permitted Accounts ”).

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral

 

-13-


Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such and (ii) the Permitted Accounts. In addition, the Borrower shall have until the date that is ninety (90) days following the closing date of a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment to comply with the provisions of this Section 6.8 with regard to accounts acquired by Borrower in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment.

6.9 Financial Covenants. Subject to the testing periods noted below:

(a) Minimum Net Sales . Achieve Net Sales, tested semi-annually as of the last day of the second fiscal quarter and the fourth fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, starting with the second fiscal quarter of the 2017 fiscal year, measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in an amount not less than the following:

 

Twelve Months Ending    Minimum Net Sales  

June 30, 2017

   $ 44,698,000.00   

December 31, 2017

   $ 54,763,000.00   

June 30, 2018

   $ 61,467,000.00   

December 31, 2018

   $ 64,073,000.00   

In the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 6.9(a) as of the last day of any such fiscal quarter, any cash contribution to Borrower funded with the proceeds of the issuance of (or capital contribution on account of) capital stock or other equity securities (including in connection with a Qualified IPO) after the Effective Date through the date which is on or prior to the day that is forty-five (45) Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any issuance or capital contribution (including in connection with a Qualified IPO) made after the Effective Date and prior to the failure to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 6.9(a)), will, at the irrevocable election of Borrower, be included in the calculation of Net Sales for the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.9(a) at the end of such fiscal quarter (each, a “ Cure Quarter ”) and any subsequent period that includes such Cure Quarter (any such cash contribution, a “ Specified Cash Contribution ”); provided that written notice of Borrower’s irrevocable election to utilize a Specified Cash Contribution shall be delivered by Borrower to Bank no later than the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter. Upon Bank’s receipt of written notice from Borrower of its irrevocable election to utilize a Specified Cash Contribution pursuant to this Section 6.9(a) no later than the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such applicable fiscal quarter, then, until the day that is forty-five (45) Business Days after such date (i) any Event of Default arising under this Section 6.9(a) in respect of the period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter (the “ Specified Default ”) shall be deemed not to exist, (ii) Bank shall not exercise (or attempt to exercise) the right to accelerate the Obligations and (iii) Bank shall not exercise (or attempt to exercise) any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral, in each case solely on the basis of the Specified Default. If the Specified Cash Contribution takes place in satisfaction of the requirements set forth above, then Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the covenants set forth in this Section 6.9(a) as of the applicable date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the amount of a Specified Cash Contribution in excess of the amount necessary to cure the shortfall in trailing twelve-month Net Sales in any Cure Quarter may be included, at the option of Borrower, in the calculation of Net Sales for purposes of determining

 

-14-


compliance with this Section 6.9(a) in any subsequent fiscal quarter and (ii) an amount equal to any cash contribution to Borrower funded with the proceeds of a Qualified IPO will constitute a Specified Cash Contribution and be available to be included in the calculation of Net Sales for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.9(a) as provided in this Section 6.9(a) whether or not such proceeds constitute cash on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet.

(b) Minimum Liquidity . Maintain at all times from and after the Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and without violating any other term or provision of this Agreement, Liquidity of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00); provided however, that Borrower shall not be in breach of this Section 6.9(b) if Liquidity is less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) at the end of any Business Day if, and only if, Liquidity is at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) at the end of the fourth (4 th ) Business Day after such Business Day. Borrower shall report the results of such tests to Bank pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.2(h). For avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall not be required to maintain a restricted account for purposes of complying with this Section 6.9(b).

6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights . (a) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to its business; (b) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent, unless in each case Borrower determines in its reasonable business judgment not to take such actions in order to protect its own business interests. To the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall provide written notice thereof to Bank at the time of delivery of the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement and subject to the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement and subject to the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement and subject to the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement) in such property. Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over the counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

-15-


6.11 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Domestic Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (provided, however, Borrower shall only pledge to Bank sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower in any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter) and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section shall be a Loan Document.

6.13 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; (g) of ambulatory cardiac monitors or other medical devices distributed to customers in the ordinary course of business, and (h) that are otherwise not permitted under this Section 7.1, in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Officers, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and such officer is not replaced within ninety (90) days of departure by an officer approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40.0%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture

 

-16-


capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction.

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organization type from a corporation to another entity type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to a bailee or landlord at a location not already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, and Bank and such third parties are not already parties to a bailee agreement or landlord consent, as applicable, governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such landlord(s) or bailee(s) to execute and deliver a bailee agreement or landlord consent (as applicable) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such written notice or bailee agreement shall be required in connection with the distribution of Borrower’s ambulatory cardiac monitors or other medical devices to customers in the ordinary course of business.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Except for Permitted Acquisitions, merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower and (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower may be dissolved or liquidated; provided that, if such Subsidiary is a co-borrower, the property and assets of such Subsidiary are distributed to Borrower or another co-borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Except for Permitted Liens, create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein; or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s property, except (i) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein and (ii) covenants with such restrictions in agreements, provided that such covenants do not prohibit or restrict Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank, and provided further that the counter-parties to such covenants are not permitted to receive a security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any depository, operating or securities accounts except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, and make payments in cash for any fractional shares upon such conversion or in connection with the exercise of warrants or similar securities in an aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) (or One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) after a Qualified IPO), (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock, (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after

 

-17-


giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) per fiscal year, and (iv) other dividends, distributions and payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (or Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) after a Qualified IPO); or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions (a) that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that, except in the case of transactions between or among Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are not otherwise prohibited by Section 7 of this Agreement, are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, and (b) pursuant to an agreement in existence at the time such Borrower or Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 2.4 or Sections 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9(a), 6.10, or 6.12, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

-18-


(b) (i) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 6.2 and such failure or neglect continues for more than five (5) days after the occurrence thereof or (ii) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 6.9(b), and as to any default under such section, has failed to cure the default within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, in which case such thirty (30) day period shall commence on the first Business Day on which Borrower fails to have consolidated Liquidity of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00); or

(c) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this Section 8.2(c) shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause(s) (a) and (b) above;

8.3 Investor Abandonment . The Bank determines that there is a lack of Investor Support, or Investor Support ceases to be provided to Borrower for any reason;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any of Bank’s Affiliates, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in ten (10) days, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business, provided, however no Credit Extensions shall be made during any cure period;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or its Subsidiaries fail to be solvent as described under Section 5.6; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) individually, or in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate (or, after a Qualified IPO, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) individually, or in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate)

 

-19-


(not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any subordination agreement relating to any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the Subordination Agreement, except, in each case, as may be permitted pursuant to the terms of such Subordination Agreement.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) to the extent it constitutes Collateral, verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

-20-


(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or to the extent it constitutes Collateral, deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof); and

(j) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred three percent (103.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn (and (B) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit.

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) to the extent it constitutes Collateral, endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) to the extent it constitutes Collateral, sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) to the extent it constitutes Collateral, settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . Pursuant to Section 6.3(c), Bank may apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

-21-


9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

  

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

  

San Francisco, CA 94103

  

Attn: Matthew Garrett

  

Fax: (415) 632-5701

  

Email: mgarrett@irhythmtech.com

If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

  

555 Mission Street

  

San Francisco, CA 94105

  

Attn: Drew Beito

  

Email: DBeito@svb.com

 

-22-


with a copy to:   

        Riemer & Braunstein LLP

        Three Center Plaza

        Boston, Massachusetts 02108

        Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire

        Fax: (617) 880-3456

        Email: DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL .

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code

 

-23-


of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations that, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b)) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations that, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b)), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.3 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and it s directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank ( each , an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. This Section shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against

 

-24-


which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. This Agreement amends and restates the terms of the Prior Loan Agreement. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents. Any financing statement filed in connection with the Prior Loan Agreement remains in effect to perfect the Lien of Bank in the Collateral.

12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”), provided that such Bank Entities shall agree to be bound by the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 12.9; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision; (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

-25-


12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Subject to Subordination Agreements; Conflicts . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Bank pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, certain terms of the Loan Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Bank hereunder and thereunder are subject to certain provisions of the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the terms of the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Acquisition ” means (a) any Stock Acquisition, or (b) any Asset Acquisition.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line, including any Overadvance.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Anniversary Fees ” is defined in Section 2.6(a).

Asset Acquisition ” means, with respect to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries: (a) any purchase, inbound license or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person (or of any business or division of any other Person); or (b) any other purchase, inbound license or other acquisition of any property or assets of any other Person for any purpose other than any such purchase or acquisition of property or assets for administrative expenses and other ordinary course operating expenses; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Acquisition” includes any co-promotion or co-marketing arrangement.

 

-26-


Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bankruptcy-Related Defaults ” is defined in Section 9.1.

BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement ” is that certain Intercreditor Agreement by and between Bank and BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP dated as of the Effective Date, as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time

BioPharma Loan Agreement ” is defined in subsection (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

California Subordination Agreement ” is that certain Subordination Agreement by and between Bank and California Healthcare Foundation dated as of November 12, 2012, as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (c) above.

 

-27-


Cash Management Services ” is defined in Section 2.3.4.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Overadvance, Letter of Credit, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Cure Quarter ” is defined in Section 6.9(a).

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.5(b).

 

-28-


Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is the account denominated in Dollars, account number 3300550379, maintained by Borrower with Bank.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent ;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and (i) covered in full by credit insurance satisfactory to Bank, less any deductible, (ii) supported by letter(s) of credit acceptable to Bank, (iii) supported by a guaranty from the Export-Import Bank of the United States, or (iv) that Bank otherwise approves of in writing;

(f) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, provided that

 

-29-


Accounts owing by Veterans Administration facilities may be included in an aggregate amount of up to $200,000 without such assignment;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, except for St. Jude Medical, for which such percentage is thirty five percent (35%) for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

 

-30-


(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equity Cure Payments ” means any payments by Borrower to BioPharma which are either Equity Cure Payments under the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement, or any other payments made to BioPharma other than pursuant to Sections 3.1 (i), (ii), (iv), or (v) of the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in such Person (other than a corporation), including partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire (by purchase, conversion, dividend, distribution or otherwise) any of the foregoing (and all other rights, powers, privileges, interests, claims and other property in any manner arising therefrom or relating thereto).

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

-31-


Governmental Account Debtors ” means Medicare, Medicaid, any state health plan adopted pursuant to Title XIX of the Social Security Act, any other state or federal health care program and any other Governmental Authority which presently or in the future maintains a third party payor program.

Governmental Collateral Account ” is defined in Section 6.3(c).

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, means all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Investor Support ” means it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable.

 

-32-


IP Agreement ” means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date, as may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.3.2(b).

Letter of Credit Reserve ” is defined in Section 2.3.2(e).

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity ” is, at any time, the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held at such time by Borrower in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with Bank or its Affiliates or subject to a Control Agreement which grants Bank a perfected first priority security interest in such account.

Liquidity Requirement ” means confirmation by Bank that Borrower’s Liquidity plus the unused and available portion of the Availability Amount is greater than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00).

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, the IP Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

Medicaid ” means, collectively, the health care assistance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) and any statutes succeeding thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, orders or requirements pertaining to such program, including (a) all federal statutes affecting such program; (b) all state statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with such program and federal rules and regulations promulgated in connection with such program; and (c) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals, orders and administrative, reimbursement, and requirements of all Governmental Authorities promulgated in connection with such program (whether or not having the force of law), in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Medicare ” means, collectively, the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) and any statutes succeeding thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, orders or requirements pertaining to such program including (a) all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) or elsewhere) affecting such program; and (b) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals, orders and administrative, reimbursement and requirements of all Governmental Authorities promulgated in connection with such program (whether or not having the force of law), in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-33-


Net Sales ” means, with respect to any period, the line item “product sales” (which includes a reduction for product sales allowances) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the prior twelve (12) months, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Anniversary Fees, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Borrower with respect to any warrants or other equity securities issued to Bank, or any agreements governing the rights of Bank with respect to such warrants or other equity securities.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.4.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date ” is the last calendar day of each month.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Accounts ” is defined in Section 6.8(a).

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower, disclosed to Bank, provided that each of the following shall be applicable to any such Acquisition:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(ii) the total cash consideration payable for all such Acquisitions does not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00) and the total non-cash consideration (not including assumption of Indebtedness) payable for all such Acquisitions does not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) (or, after a Qualified IPO, the total cash consideration payable for all such Acquisitions does not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and the total non-cash consideration payable for all such Acquisitions does not exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00));

(iii) the assets being acquired or licensed, or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, (x) the same or a related line of business as that then-conducted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (y) a line of business that is ancillary to and in furtherance of a line of business as that then-conducted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including, in each case, digital health and services line of business;

(iv) in the case of an Asset Acquisition, the subject assets are being acquired or licensed by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower, and the applicable Person shall have executed and delivered or authorized, as applicable, any and all security agreements, financing statements, fixture filings, and other

 

-34-


documentation reasonably requested by Bank in order to include the newly acquired or licensed assets within the Collateral;

(v) in the case of a Stock Acquisition, (1) the subject Equity Interests are being acquired in such Acquisition directly by Borrower or its Subsidiary, and (2) Borrower or its Subsidiary shall have complied with their obligations under Section 6.12;

(vi) any Indebtedness or Liens assumed in connection with such Acquisition are otherwise permitted under Section 7.4 or 7.5, respectively;

(vii) such Acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are proposed to be acquired and shall not have been preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(viii) Borrower shall have delivered (A) projections for the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are proposed to be acquired or, in the case of an applicable co-promotion or co-marketing arrangement, for the product that is the subject of such arrangement, (B) updated pro forma projections for Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidencing compliance on a pro forma basis with Section 6.9 for the twelve (12) calendar months following the date of such Acquisition (on a quarter-by-quarter basis), and (C) an updated Perfection Certificate and, to the extent applicable, updates to each Loan Document, in each case solely with respect to such Acquisition (and if and only to the extent not prohibited by the terms hereof or thereof), as applicable; provided , that in no event may the Perfection Certificate or any such Loan Document be updated in a manner that would reflect or evidence an Event of Default (with or without such update); and

(ix) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed date of consummation of such Acquisition, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying that (A) such Acquisition complies with this definition of “Permitted Acquisition” (which shall have attached thereto reasonably detailed backup data and calculations showing such compliance), and (B) such Acquisition could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), specifically excluding Indebtedness described in subsection (j) below;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

 

-35-


(h) Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment;

(j) Borrower’s indebtedness to BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP up to a maximum principal amount incurred not to exceed Fifty-Five Million Dollars ($55,000,000.00) plus interest thereon, fees and other amounts constituting obligations thereunder, pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement by and between Borrower and BioPharma Security Investments III Holdings Cayman LP dated as of the Effective Date (the “ BioPharma Loan Agreement ”), provided, however, that such permitted amount shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis as the principal portion of such Indebtedness is repaid or otherwise satisfied;

(k) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Borrower which are not co-borrowers under this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) after a Qualified IPO) at any time outstanding;

(l) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness in respect of netting services or overdraft protection in connection with deposit or securities accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(n) unsecured Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) of Borrower after the Effective Date, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed after the Effective Date by any Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that such Indebtedness shall constitute Subordinated Debt;

(o) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business; and

(p) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (o) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts and securities accounts, subject to the terms of Section 6.8 hereof;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

-36-


(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;

(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) joint ventures or strategic alliances consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the case of a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(l) Investments required in connection with a Permitted Acquisition (including the formation of any Subsidiary for the purpose of effectuating such Permitted Acquisition, the capitalization of such Subsidiary whether by capital contribution or intercompany loans, in each case, to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, related Investments in Subsidiaries necessary to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, and the receipt of any non-cash consideration in a Permitted Acquisition);

(m) Investments by (i) any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a co-borrower under this Agreement to any Subsidiary which is a Borrower under this Agreement, (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a co-borrower under this Agreement to another Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a co-borrower under this Agreement, (iii) any Subsidiary which is not a co-borrower under this Agreement to Borrower, and (iv) Borrower to any Subsidiary which is not a co-borrower under this Agreement in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (or Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and

(n) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding (valued at the time of the making thereof) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

provided, however, that, none of the foregoing Investments shall be a Permitted Investment if any Indebtedness or Liens assumed in connection with such Investment are not otherwise permitted under Section 7.4 or 7.5, respectively.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

-37-


(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens and capital leases (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto; provided, however, with respect to landlords, Borrower shall be required to comply with the second to last sentence of Section 7.2 hereof;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(k) deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, or to secure statutory obligations or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds arising in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens in favor of BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP securing the Indebtedness described in subsection (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, subject to the terms and conditions of the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement;

(m) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts to the extent required by Section 6.8 hereof;

 

-38-


(n) subject to Section 7.2, statutory or common law Liens of landlords;

(o) Liens on earnest money deposits in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition of property not prohibited hereunder;

(p) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement, provided that such interest or title is subordinate to Bank’s interest;

(q) Liens arising out of a conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of Product entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower with a physician or hospital in the ordinary course of business; and

(r) Liens on the property of a Subsidiary which is not a co-borrower under this Agreement securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted hereunder.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal , becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Prior Loan Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Product ” means, collectively, any and all products sold by Borrower or its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter.

Qualified IPO ” is the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in Borrower’s receipt of unrestricted and unencumbered net cash proceeds in an amount of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00).

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any co-borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority

 

-39-


thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any co-borrower to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount equal to:

(i) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), at and following such time(s) as Borrower’s trailing six-month Net Sales at the end of a Testing Period was less than or equal to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00);

(ii) Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00), at and following such time(s) as Borrower’s trailing six-month Net Sales at the end of a Testing Period was greater than Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00) but less than or equal to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00); and

(iii) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), at and following such time(s) as Borrower’s trailing six-month Net Sales at the end of a Testing Period was greater than Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is December 4, 2018.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Second Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and interest) equal to eight percent (8.0%) of the original principal amount of the Second Term Loan Advances (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) extended by Bank to Borrower.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Specified Cash Contribution ” is defined in Section 6.9(a).

Specified Default ” is defined in Section 6.9(a).

Stock Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all of the Equity Interests (by merger, stock purchase or otherwise) of any other Person.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subordination Agreement ” means, collectively, (a) the BioPharma Intercreditor Agreement and (b) the California Subordination Agreement.

 

-40-


Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Testing Period ” means any fiscal quarter with respect to which Bank has tested Borrower’s trailing six month Net Sales to determine the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Line.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Report ” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Waived Fees ” is defined in Section 2.9.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

-41-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name:   Matthew C. Garrett
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Drew Beito

Name:  

Drew Beito

Title:  

Vice President


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following: (i) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law), (ii) equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon) that is subject to a lien securing the financing of the purchase of such equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon), provided, that, upon the release of any such lien, such equipment (and any accessions, attachments, replacements or improvements thereon) shall be deemed to be Collateral hereunder and shall be subject to the security interest granted herein, or (iii) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.


EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

Fax To:       Date:                                     

 

L OAN P AYMENT :
IRhythm Technologies, Inc.
   
From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

    (Deposit Account #)       (Loan Account #)
Principal $  

 

    and/or Interest $  

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

    Phone Number:  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

 

           

 

L OAN A DVANCE :
 
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
   
From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

    (Loan Account #)       (Deposit Account #)
Amount of Advance $  

 

       
 
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
   
Authorized Signature:  

 

    Phone Number:  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

 

           

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time
   
Beneficiary Name:  

 

    Amount of Wire: $  

 

Beneficiary Bank:  

 

    Account Number:  

 

City and State:  

 

       
           
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  

 

    Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  

 

                (For International Wire Only)
   
Intermediary Bank:  

 

    Transit (ABA) #:  

 

For Further Credit to:  

 

   
Special Instruction:  

 

 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
   
Authorized Signature:  

 

    2 nd  Signature (if required):    

 

       
Print Name/Title:  

 

    Print Name/Title:    

 

       
Telephone #:  

 

 

      Telephone #:  

 


EXHIBIT C – TRANSACTION REPORT

[Bank to provide form]


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:       SILICON VALLEY BANK       Date:                                     
FROM: IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending             with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default in existence; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days when Advances are outstanding or requested in said month; otherwise, quarterly within 45 days    Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 120 days    Yes No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes No
Transaction Report    Monthly within 30 days when Advances are outstanding or requested in said month; otherwise, quarterly within 30 days; when requested by Bank, weekly    Yes No

A/R & A/P Agings, Sell

Through Reports

   Monthly within 30 days when Advances are outstanding or requested in said month; otherwise, quarterly within 30 days    Yes No
Board projections    No later than the last Business Day of February of each fiscal year    Yes No
Liquidity    No later than two (2) Business Days after the last day of each fiscal quarter    Yes No


Financial Covenants

   Required     Actual      Complies  

Minimum Net Sales (tested semi-annually)

   $ __________   $ __________         Yes No   

Minimum Liquidity (as of each Business Day, tested quarterly)

   $ 5,000,000.00      $ __________         Yes No   

 

* See Section 6.9(a)

The following financial covenants analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

    BANK USE ONLY
      Received by:  

 

        By:  

 

              AUTHORIZED SIGNER
        Name:  

 

    Date:  

 

        Title:  

 

    Verified:  

 

                AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:           Yes No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

 

I. Minimum Net Sales

 

Required: Achieve Net Sales, tested semi-annually as of the last day of the second fiscal quarter and the fourth fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, starting with the second fiscal quarter of the 2017 fiscal year, measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in an amount not less than the following:

 

Twelve Months Ending

   Minimum Net Sales  

June 30, 2017

   $ 44,698,000.00   

December 31, 2017

   $ 54,763,000.00   

June 30, 2018

   $ 61,467,000.00   

December 31, 2018

   $ 64,073,000.00   

In the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 6.9(a) as of the last day of any such fiscal quarter, any cash contribution to Borrower funded with the proceeds of the issuance (or capital contribution on account of) capital stock or other equity securities (including in connection with a Qualified IPO) on or prior to the day that is forty-five (45) Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any issuance or capital contribution (including in connection with a Qualified IPO) made prior to the failure to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 6.9(a)), will, at the irrevocable election of Borrower, be included in the calculation of Net Sales for the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.9(a) at the end of such fiscal quarter (each, a “ Cure Quarter ”) and any subsequent period that includes such Cure Quarter (any such cash contribution, a “ Specified Cash Contribution ”); provided that written notice of Borrower’s irrevocable election to utilize a Specified Cash Contribution shall be delivered by Borrower to Bank no later than the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter. Upon Bank’s receipt of written notice from Borrower of its irrevocable election to utilize a Specified Cash Contribution pursuant to this Section 6.9(a) no later than the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter, then, until the day that is forty-five (45) Business Days after such date, (i) any Event of Default arising under this Section 6.9(a) in respect of the period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter (the “ Specified Default ”) shall be deemed not to exist, (ii) Bank shall not exercise (or attempt to exercise) the right to accelerate the Obligations and (iii) Bank shall not exercise (or attempt to exercise) any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral, in each case solely on the basis of the Specified Default. If the Specified Cash Contribution takes place in satisfaction of the requirements set forth above, then Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the covenants set forth in this Section 6.9(a) as of the applicable date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the amount of a Specified Cash Contribution in excess of the amount necessary to cure the shortfall in trailing twelve-month Net Sales in any Cure Quarter may be included, at the option of Borrower, in the calculation of Net Sales for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.9(a) in any subsequent fiscal quarter and (ii) an amount equal to any cash contribution to Borrower funded with the proceeds of a Qualified IPO will constitute a Specified Cash Contribution and be available to be included in the calculation of Net Sales for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.9(a) as provided in this Section 6.9(a) whether or not such proceeds constitute cash on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet.

Actual:

 

A.

   Line item “product sales” of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the prior 12 months, determined on a consolidated basis    $                        

B.

   Specified Cash Contribution, if any    $                        

C.

   Line A plus line B    $                        


Is line C equal to or greater than or equal to $                      ?

 

                 No, not in compliance

                           Yes, in compliance

 

II. Liquidity

 

Required: $5,000,000

Maintain at all times from and after the Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and without violating any other term or provision of this Agreement, Liquidity of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00); provided however, that Borrower shall not be in breach of this Section 6.9(b) if Liquidity is less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) at the end of any Business Day if, and only if, Liquidity is at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) at the end of the fourth (4th) Business Day after such Business Day. Borrower shall report the results of such tests to Bank pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.2(h). For avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall not be required to maintain a restricted account for purposes of complying with this Section 6.9(b).

Actual:

 

A.

  

Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower

   $                 

Is line A greater than or equal to $5,000,000?

                 No, not in compliance                           Yes, in compliance

Exhibit 10.22

LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 4, 2015

between

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(as Borrower ),

and

BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP

(as Lender )


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 4, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) and BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Lender ”), provides the terms on which Lender shall make, and Borrower shall repay, the Credit Extensions (as hereinafter defined). The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards. Calculations and determinations must be made following Applicable Accounting Standards. No change in the accounting principles used in the preparation of any financial statement hereafter adopted by Borrower (including any change in Applicable Accounting Standards that would require leases that would be classified as operating leases under Applicable Accounting Standards on the Effective Date to be reclassified as capital leases) shall be given effect for purposes of measuring compliance with any provision of Section 6.12 or Section 7 unless Borrower and Lender agree to modify such provisions to reflect such changes in Applicable Accounting Standards and, unless such provisions are so modified, all financial statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in Applicable Accounting Standards. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 14 . All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All references to “Dollars” or “$” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

 

  2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1. Promise to Pay .

Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2. Term Loans .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , and 3.4 ):

(i) Tranche A Loan . Lender agrees to make a term loan to Borrower on the Tranche A Closing Date in the principal amount (the “Tranche A Loan Amount ) of Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) (the Tranche A Loan ); and

(ii) Tranche B Loan . Lender agrees to make a term loan to Borrower on the Tranche B Closing Date in a principal amount equal to the Tranche B Loan Amount (the “ Tranche B Loan ”).

After repayment, no Term Loan may be re-borrowed.

(b) Repayment . Borrower shall make eight equal quarterly payments of principal (including capitalized interest) of the Term Loans commencing on the Payment Date that is the 48 th -month anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date. All unpaid principal (including capitalized interest) with respect to the Term Loans are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date. The Term Loans may be prepaid only in accordance with Section 2.2(d) , except as provided in Section 9.1 .

(c) AHYDO . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, commencing with the first “accrual period” (as defined under IRC Treasury Regulation Section 1.1272-1(b)(1)(ii)) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, and each accrual period thereafter, Borrower shall, in respect of any Term


Loan, pay in cash, on or before the end of such accrual period, both the stated interest due and payable as set forth in Section 2.3 and any accrued and unpaid “original issue discount” (determined in accordance with IRC Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1273-1 and 1.1272-1 and taking into account, for the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Consideration) with respect to such Term Loan if, but only to the extent that, the aggregate amount of such original issue discount that has accrued and has not been paid in cash from the Effective Date through the end of such accrual period (treating any payments made pursuant to this Article 2 as a payment of interest and original issue discount to the full extent required under IRC Treasury Regulation Sections 1.446-2(e)(l) and 1.1275-2(a)) exceeds the product of the “issue price” (as defined in IRC Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2(a)(1)) of such Term Loan and the “yield to maturity” (determined in accordance with IRC Treasury Regulation Section 1.1272-1(b) and taking into account, for the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Consideration) on such Term Loan.

(d) Prepayment of Term Loans .

(i) From and after the Tranche A Closing Date, Borrower shall have the option, at any time, to prepay in whole or, after the second anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, in part, the Term Loans advanced by Lender under this Agreement, provided that (A) Borrower provide written notice to Lender of its election (which shall be irrevocable unless Lender otherwise consents in writing) to prepay all of such Term Loans at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such prepayment, (B) such prepayment shall be accompanied by any amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.2(f) and 2.7(c) and all other amounts payable or accrued and not yet paid hereunder and the other Loan Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any accrued and unpaid interest that has not been capitalized in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and (C) any partial prepayment of such Term Loans shall be in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(ii) From and after the Tranche A Closing Date, Borrower shall promptly, and in any event no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the consummation thereof, notify Lender in writing in accordance with Section 11 hereof of the occurrence of a Change in Control, which notice shall include reasonable detail as to the nature and other circumstances of such Change in Control (such notice, a “ Change in Control Notice ”) and Lender shall have the option, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to demand prepayment in full of the Term Loans advanced by Lender under this Agreement. If Lender provides written notice to Borrower of its election for Borrower to prepay all of such Term Loans, Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans in full no later than ten (10) Business Days after the consummation of such Change in Control and such prepayment shall be accompanied by any amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.2(f) and 2.7(c) and shall include all other amounts payable or accrued and not yet paid hereunder and the other Loan Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any accrued and unpaid interest that has not been capitalized in accordance with Section 2.3(a).

(e) Prepayment Application . All prepayments by Borrower pursuant Section 2.2(d) shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to the date of payment in full, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any such interest that has already been capitalized and added to the then-outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(a) . Any prepayment of the Term Loans (together with the accompanying Prepayment Premium and, where applicable, Makewhole Amount that is payable pursuant to Section 2.2(f) and the Additional Consideration described in Section 2.7(d) ) pursuant to Section 2.2(d) shall be paid to Lender for application to the Obligations in the following order: (i) first, to due and unpaid Lender Expenses, (ii) second, to accrued and unpaid interest at the Default Rate, (iii) third, to accrued and unpaid interest at the non-Default Rate, (iv) fourth, to the Prepayment Premium, (v) fifth, to the Additional Consideration described in Section 2.7(c) , (vi) sixth, to the Makewhole Amount, where applicable, (vii) seventh, to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans being prepaid (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest that has been capitalized and added thereto in accordance with Section 2.3(a) ) and (viii) eighth, to any remaining amounts then due and payable hereunder.

(f) Prepayment Premium; Makewhole Amount .

(i) Any prepayments of the Term Loans by Borrower (x) prior to the second anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, pursuant to Section 2.2(d) , (y) as a result of the acceleration of the Term Loan Maturity Date pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (z) as a result of any other circumstance where any of the Credit Parties violate their obligations under this Agreement to avoid payment of such

 

- 2 -


Prepayment Premium or Makewhole Amount, shall, in any such case, be accompanied by payment of the greater of (x) the applicable Prepayment Premium and (y) the applicable Makewhole Amount.

(ii) Any prepayments of the Term Loans by Borrower (x) on or after the second anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, pursuant to Section 2.2(d) , (y) as a result of the acceleration of the Term Loan Maturity Date pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (z) as a result of any other circumstance where any of the Credit Parties violate their obligations under this Agreement to avoid payment of such Prepayment Premium, shall, in any such case, be accompanied by payment of the applicable Prepayment Premium.

2.3. Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Subject to Section 2.3(b) , the principal amount outstanding under the Tranche A Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of the Tranche A Loan) equal to nine and one half (9.50%) per annum, which interest shall be payable quarterly in arrears in accordance with this Section 2.3 .

(ii) Subject to Section 2.3(b) , the principal amount outstanding under the Tranche B Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of the Tranche B Loan) equal to nine and one half percent (9.50%) per annum, which interest shall be payable quarterly in arrears in accordance with this Section 2.3 ; provided , however , that (i) if the Tranche B Closing Date occurs on or after June 30, 2016 but before September 30, 2016, such fixed per annum rate shall equal ten percent (10.00%) per annum, and (ii) if the Tranche B Closing Date occurs on or after September 30, 2016, such fixed per annum rate shall equal ten and one half percent (10.50%) per annum.

(iii) Interest shall accrue on each Term Loan commencing on, and including, the day on which the Term Loan is made, and shall accrue on a Term Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Term Loan or such portion is paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, fifty percent (50%) of the interest on the Term Loans payable during the first eight (8) calendar quarters following the Tranche A Closing Date shall be paid-in-kind (which payment-in-kind interest shall be capitalized on such Payment Date and such capitalized amount shall be added to the then outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and constitute outstanding principal for all purposes hereof).

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (and without notice to Borrower or demand by Lender for payment thereof), the Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is two percentage points (2.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”), and such interest shall be payable entirely in cash on demand of Lender. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Lender.

(c) 360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed.

(d) Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all loan payments by Borrower hereunder shall be made to such bank account of Lender as Lender may designate by notice from time to time to Borrower on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable quarterly on the Payment Date of each calendar quarter. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 2:00 p.m. on such date are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest made hereunder and pursuant to any other Loan Document, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

 

- 3 -


2.4. Expenses. Borrower shall pay to Lender, all Lender Expenses incurred through and after the Effective Date, promptly after receipt of a written demand therefore setting forth in reasonable detail such Lender Expenses.

2.5. Requirement of Law; Increased Costs . In the event that any applicable Change in Law:

(a) Does or shall subject Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Term Loans made hereunder (except, in each case, Indemnified Taxes, Taxes described in clause (b)  through (c)  of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and Connection Income Taxes)

(b) Does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, capital requirement, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirements against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, Lender; or

(c) Does or shall impose on Lender any other condition (other than Taxes); and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Lender (as determined by Lender in good faith using calculation methods customary in the industry) of making, renewing or maintaining any Term Loan or to reduce any amount receivable in respect thereof or to reduce the rate of return on the capital of Lender or any Person controlling Lender,

then, in any such case, Borrower shall promptly pay to Lender, upon its receipt of the certificate described below, any additional amounts necessary to compensate Lender for such additional cost or reduced amounts receivable or rate of return as reasonably determined by Lender with respect to this Agreement or the Term Loans made hereunder. If Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.5 , it shall promptly notify Borrower of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled, and a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence containing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail submitted by Lender to Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The provisions hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement and payment of the outstanding Term Loans and all other Obligations. Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital under this Section 2.5 shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate Lender under this Section 2.5 with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to the date of the delivery of the notice required pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph; provided , further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 180-day period.

2.6. Taxes; Withholding, etc.

(a) All sums payable by any Credit Party hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall (except to the extent required by Requirement of Law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay, and shall indemnify and hold Lender harmless from, Other Taxes, and within thirty (30) days after the date of paying such sum, Borrower shall furnish to Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(b) If any Credit Party or any other Person is required by Requirement of Law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any Tax from any sum paid or payable by any Credit Party to Lender under any of the Loan Documents: (i) Borrower shall notify Lender of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as reasonably practicable after Borrower becomes aware of it; (ii) Borrower shall make any such withholding or deduction; (iii) Borrower shall pay any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on any Credit Party) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Lender, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Lender in accordance with applicable Law; (iv) if the Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by such Credit Party in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment of Indemnified Tax is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment (including any deductions for Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.6(b )), Lender receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment of Indemnified Tax been required or made; and (v) within thirty (30) days after paying any sum from which it is required by Requirement of

 

- 4 -


Law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by clause (ii)  or (iii)  above to pay, Borrower shall deliver to Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other Governmental Authority. Borrower shall indemnify Lender for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.6(b) ) paid by Lender and any liability (including penalties, interest and reasonable expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Any indemnification payment pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be made within thirty (30) days from written demand therefor.

(c) Each Lender that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof shall deliver to Borrower two copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. If Lender is not a “United States person” (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the IRC) for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, Lender shall deliver, and shall cause each applicable assignee thereof to deliver, to Borrower, on or prior to, the Effective Date and, the date on which a Lender Transfer occurs, as applicable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Borrower (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), two (2) properly completed and duly executed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY (along with Form W-9, W-8BEN-E or W-8BEN for each beneficial owner that will receive, directly or indirectly, a payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan Documents), or any successor forms, and such other documentation required under the IRC and reasonably requested by Borrower to establish the appropriate amount of any deduction or withholding of United States federal Tax, if any, with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan Documents, including any such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA. If Lender is required to deliver any forms, statements, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal Tax or backup withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) , Lender hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time, change in circumstances or law, or additional guidance by a Governmental Authority renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, to promptly deliver to Borrowers two (2) new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E W-8ECI, W-9 or W-8IMY (along with Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, W-8BEN-E or W-8BEN for each beneficial owner for whom it expects to receive a payment), or any successor form, as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by Lender, and such other documentation required under the IRC and reasonably requested by Borrower to confirm or establish the extent to which Lender is or is not subject to deduction, backup withholding or withholding of United States federal Tax with respect to payments to Lender under the Loan Documents, or notify Borrowers of its inability under applicable Requirement of Law to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence. If Lender is claiming an exemption from United States withholding Tax pursuant to the “portfolio interest exemption”, it shall provide Borrower with the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 and a certificate as reasonably requested by Borrower certifying Lender’s entitlement thereto. Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to Lender under Section 2.6(b)(iii) if Lender shall have failed (1) to timely deliver to Borrower the forms, certificates or other evidence referred to in this Section 2.6(c) (each of which shall be complete, accurate and duly executed), or (2) to notify Borrowers of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence, as the case may be; provided, if Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of the second sentence of this Section 2.6(c) on the Effective Date (or on the date such Lender initially acquires an interest in a Term Loan), nothing in this last sentence of this Section 2.6(c) shall relieve Borrower of its obligations to pay any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.6 in the event that, solely as a result of any change in any Requirement of Law, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof by any applicable Governmental Authority, Lender is no longer legally entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that Lender is not subject to withholding as described herein and in the forms, certificates or other evidence initially provided by Lender.

(d) If any party hereto determines that it has received a refund of any Taxes or a credit or offset for any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.6 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.6 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund, credit or offset (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 2.6 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to

 

- 5 -


such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (d)  in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay, credit or offset such refund to such Governmental Authority and the requirement to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority is not due to the indemnified party’s failure to timely provide complete and accurate Internal Revenue Service forms and other documentation required pursuant to Section 2.6(c) and Section 2.8 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (d) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (d)  if the payment of such amount would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This clause (d)  shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

2.7. Additional Consideration . As additional consideration for the making of the Term Loans, Borrower shall pay to Lender the following amounts (“Additional Consideration”) as follows:

(a) On the Tranche A Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender an amount equal to the product of the Tranche A Loan Amount and 0.01.

(b) Additionally, in the event the Tranche B Loan is made on the Tranche B Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender an amount equal to the product of the Tranche B Loan Amount and 0.01.

(c) Additionally, on each Payment Date on which a repayment pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.2(d) , Section 9.1(a) or otherwise is made, Borrower shall pay to Lender an amount equal to the product of (i) 0.05 multiplied by (ii) the amount of such repayment or prepayment, but excluding any accrued and unpaid interest that has been capitalized in accordance with Section 2.3(a) .

(d) The obligations of Borrower under this Section 2.7 to pay Additional Consideration shall survive any and all prepayments by Borrower.

2.8. Evidence of Debt; Register; Lender’s Books and Records; Term Loan Notes.

(a) Lender’s Evidence of Debt; Register . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Borrower hereby designates Lender to serve as Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining at all times at Lender’s principal office a “book entry system” as described in IRC Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c)(1)(ii) that identifies each beneficial owner that is entitled to a payment of principal and stated interest on a Term Loan (the “ Register ”) so that each Term Loan is at all times in “registered form” as described in IRC Treasury Regulations Section 5f.103-1(c). Lender is hereby authorized by Borrower to record in the manual or data processing records of Lender, the date and amount of each advance and the amount of the outstanding Obligations and the date and amount of each repayment of principal and each payment of interest or otherwise on account of the Obligations. Absent manifest error, such Lender records shall be conclusive as to the outstanding principal amount of the total outstanding Obligations, and the payment of interest, principal and other sums due hereunder; provided , however , that the failure of Lender to make any such record entry with respect to any payment shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents. All Term Loans: (i) shall, pursuant to this clause (a) , be also registered as to both principal and any stated interest with Borrower or its agent, and (ii) may be transferred by Lender only by (1) surrender of the old instrument and either (x) the reissuance by Borrower of the old instrument to the new Lender or (y) the issuance by Borrower of a new instrument to the new Lender, or (2) confirmation with Borrower that the right to the principal and stated interest on the applicable Term Loan is maintained through the book entry system kept by Lender. Lender represents that any interest that may become due and owing under this Agreement qualifies for the portfolio interest exception from withholding on interest payments pursuant to IRC Sections 871(h) and 881(c).

(b) Term Loan Notes . If so requested by Lender, by written notice to Borrower on the Effective Date, or at any time thereafter, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 13.1 on the Effective Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Effective Date, promptly after Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Term Loan Note to evidence such Lender’s Term Loan.

 

- 6 -


  3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1. Conditions Precedent to Tranche A Loan . Lender’s obligation to advance the Tranche A Loan is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 13.5 hereof) of the following conditions:

(a) copies of the Loan Documents (other than any Control Agreements or bailee waivers, as applicable) executed and delivered by each applicable Credit Party, each schedule to such Loan Documents (including the Disclosure Letter) (such schedules to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) and the Disclosure Letter, if and to the extent any update thereto is necessary between the Effective Date and the Tranche A Closing Date ( provided , that in no event may the Disclosure Letter be updated in a manner that would reflect or evidence a Default or Event of Default (with or without such update));

(b) (i) true, correct and complete copies of the Operating Documents of each of the Credit Parties, and (ii) a Secretary’s Certificate, dated the Tranche A Closing Date, certifying that the foregoing copies are true, correct and complete (such Secretary’s Certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender);

(c) the Perfection Certificate(s) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(d) the organizational structure and capital structure of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall be as set forth on Schedule 3.1(d) of the Disclosure Letter;

(e) a good standing certificate for each Credit Party, certified by the Secretary of State (or the equivalent thereof) of the State of incorporation or formation of such Credit Party as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Tranche A Closing Date;

(f) a Secretary’s Certificate with completed Borrowing Resolutions with respect to the Loan Documents and the Tranche A Loan for each Credit Party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(g) certified copies, dated as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Tranche A Closing Date, of lien searches, as Lender shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any Code termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements or other documents either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the Term Loans, will be terminated or released;

(h) each Credit Party shall have obtained all Governmental Approvals and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary or advisable in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the financing thereof and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired;

(i) an opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(j) evidence that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Lender (such evidence to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender);

(k) true, correct and complete copies of all material documentation relating to the CHCF Indebtedness;

 

- 7 -


(l) all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S.A. Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”);

(m) (i) a payoff letter in respect of the Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing SVB Credit Agreement from Silicon Valley Bank and evidencing the repayment in full of such Indebtedness pursuant thereto prior to or concurrent with the funding of the Tranche A Loan on the Tranche A Closing Date;

(n) (i) audited consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended December 31, 2014; and (ii) for the interim period from the most recent audited period to the Tranche A Closing Date, internally prepared, unaudited consolidated financial statements for each quarterly period completed prior to the Tranche A Closing Date, and for each monthly period completed thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

(o) evidence satisfactory to Lender in the form of a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower that, as of the Tranche A Closing Date, after giving effect to the transactions occurring on such date, including the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Tranche A Note that Borrower is Solvent and that its Subsidiaries (if any), on a consolidated basis, are Solvent;

(p) (i) payment of Lender Expenses and other fees then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof; and (ii) payment of any and all expenses incurred in connection with the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Existing SVB Credit Agreement;

(q) evidence satisfactory to Lender in the form of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower that there are no litigation, public or private, or administrative proceedings, governmental investigation or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 of the Disclosure Letter (such certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender);

(r) Reserved;

(s) a certificate, dated the Tranche A Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, confirming satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3.1 and Section 3.4(b) and (c)  (such certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender);

(t) true, correct and complete copies of any Material Contract;

(u) Reserved; and

(v) a true, correct and complete copy of the Sales Plan.

3.2. Conditions Precedent to Tranche B Loan . Lender’s obligation to advance the Tranche B Loan is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 13.5 hereof) of the following conditions:

(a) evidence satisfactory to Lender in the form of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower that there are no litigation, public or private, or administrative proceedings, governmental investigation or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 of the Disclosure Letter (such certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender);

(b) (i) a certificate, dated the Tranche B Closing Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower, providing the Net Sales for the two most recently completed fiscal quarters of Borrower (such certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) and (ii) a Secretary’s Certificate with

 

- 8 -


completed Borrowing Resolutions with respect to the Loan Documents and the Tranche B Loan for each Credit Party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

(c) a certificate, dated the Tranche B Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, confirming satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3.2 and Section 3.4(b) and (c) (such certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender); and

(d) an updated Disclosure Letter; provided , that in no event may the Disclosure Letter be updated in a manner that would reflect or evidence a Default or Event of Default (with or without such update).

3.3. Reserved.

3.4. Additional Conditions Precedent to Term Loans . The obligation of Lender to make the Term Loans is subject to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6 , timely receipt of one or more executed Payment/Advance Forms in the form of Exhibit A hereto;

(b) the representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in Section 5 of this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects, unless any such representation or warranty is stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (it being understood that any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Change,” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case, on the Tranche A Closing Date and the Tranche B Closing Date or as of such earlier date, as applicable); and

(c) there shall not have occurred (i) any Material Adverse Change or (ii) any Default or Event of Default.

3.5. Covenant to Deliver . The Credit Parties agree to deliver to Lender each item required to be delivered to Lender under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension; provided , however , that any such items set forth on Schedule 6.16 of the Disclosure Letter shall be delivered to Lender within the time period prescribed therefor on such schedule. The Credit Parties expressly agree that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of the Credit Parties’ obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Lender’s sole discretion.

3.6. Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of the Term Loans set forth in this Agreement, to obtain the Term Loans, Borrower shall deliver to Lender by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form for the requested Term Loans executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, or his or her designee. In addition to the foregoing, if Borrower intends to obtain the Tranche B Loan, Borrower shall notify Lender (which notice shall be irrevocable on and after the date on which such notice is given and Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith) by electronic mail or facsimile by no later than 12:00 noon on or before December 15, 2016, in which case Lender shall make the Tranche B Loan available to Borrower not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date that is ten (10) Business Days following the date on which such notice is given by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, to such account(s) in the United States as may be designated in writing to Lender by Borrower.

 

  4. RESERVED.

 

  5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the Credit Extensions to be made on the Tranche A Closing Date and, if applicable, the Tranche B Closing Date, each Credit Party, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to Lender that the following statements are true and correct as of the Effective Date (except

 

- 9 -


for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.7(b) ) and at the time of the making of each Term Loan (both with and without giving effect to such Term Loan):

5.1. Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Each of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, if any, (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization as identified on Schedule 3.1(d) of the Disclosure Letter or any Perfection Certificate updated in accordance with Section 5.5(a) , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own, license and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Each Credit Party has all requisite power and authority to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.

5.2. Equity Interests and Ownership . The Equity Interests of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, if any, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (other than Equity Interests in limited liability companies and partnerships). Except as set forth on Schedule 5.2 of the Disclosure Letter, as of the Effective Date, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other Equity Interests convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The organizational structure and capital structure of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, if any, and the ownership interest of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, if any, in each of its respective Subsidiaries (if any) is as set forth on Schedule 3.1(d) of the Disclosure Letter.

5.3. No Conflict; Government Consents . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.3 of the Disclosure Letter, the execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized and do not (i) conflict with any of such Credit Party’s Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except (x) such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, and (y) for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Lender for filing and/or recordation on or after the Effective Date), (v) constitute a breach of or a default or event of default under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any Material Contract by which such Credit Party is bound or (vi) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Effective Date and disclosed in writing to Lender. Without limiting Section 5.11 hereof, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or breach of any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or its assets are bound in which the default thereunder or breach thereof could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.4. Binding Obligation . Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

5.5. Collateral . In connection with this Agreement, each Credit Party has delivered to Lender a completed certificate signed by such Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Perfection Certificate , and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”). Each Credit Party represents and warrants to Lender that:

(a) (i) its exact legal name is that indicated on its Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (ii) it is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in its Perfection Certificate; (iii) its Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth its organizational identification number or accurately

 

- 10 -


states that it has none; (iv) its Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth its place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as its mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (v) it (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (vi) all other information set forth on its Perfection Certificate pertaining to it and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that each Credit Party may from time to time update certain information in its Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more provisions in this Agreement to reflect changes since the Effective Date). If any Credit Party is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, it shall promptly notify Lender of such occurrence and provide Lender with such Credit Party’s organizational identification number. Lender hereby agrees that the Perfection Certificate(s) shall be updated or deemed to be updated to reflect information provided in any notice delivered by any Credit Party to Lender pursuant to Section 7.2 ; provided that any update to the Perfection Certificate(s) by any Credit Party pursuant to Section 7.2 shall not relieve any Credit Party of any other Obligation under this Agreement, including its Obligations pursuant to Section 6.7(b) .

(b) (i) it has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder or under any Collateral Document, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, (ii) it has no deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodity accounts or other investment accounts other than the deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodity accounts or other investment accounts described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Lender in connection herewith, or of which such Credit Party has given Lender written notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Lender a perfected security interest therein (and upon delivery of such notice and taking such action, the Perfection Certificate(s) will be deemed to be updated with the information contained in such notice), (iii) Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate(s) or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(c) . None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate(s) or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(c) .

(c) All Inventory of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

(d) A true, correct and complete list of all pending, registered or issued Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks, which as of the Effective Date are owned by or exclusively licensed to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or that any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has the right to acquire or license (the “ Current Company IP ”), including the name/title, current owner, registration or application number, and registration or application date (and such other information as reasonably requested by Lender, if any) is set forth on Schedule 5.5(d) of the Disclosure Letter. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(d) of the Disclosure Letter, (i) to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, each item of Current Company IP which is owned by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is valid and subsisting and no such Intellectual Property has lapsed, expired, been cancelled or become abandoned and (ii) to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, each such item of Current Company IP which is licensed by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries from another Person is valid and subsisting and has not been denied, rejected or invalidated, lapsed, expired, been cancelled or become abandoned. There are no published patents, patent applications, articles or prior art references that would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any of the Patents within the Current Company IP. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(d) of the Disclosure Letter, each Person who has or has had any rights in or to the Current Company IP or any trade secrets of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, including each inventor named on the Patents within such Current Company IP filed by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, has executed an agreement assigning his, her or its entire right, title and interest in and to such Current Company IP and such trade secrets, and the inventions, improvements, ideas, discoveries, writings, works of authorship, information and other intellectual property embodied, described and/or claimed therein, to the stated owner thereof and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no such Person has any contractual or other obligation that would preclude or conflict with such assignment or the exploitation of Product or entitle such Person to ongoing payments.

(e) Except for the Permitted Licenses: (i) each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, possesses sole, exclusive and valid title to the Current Company IP for which it is listed as the owner on Schedule 5.5(d) of the Disclosure Letter; and (ii) there are no Liens on or to any Current Company IP, other than Permitted Liens.

 

- 11 -


(f) There are no maintenance, annuity or renewal fees that are currently overdue beyond their allotted grace period for any of the Current Company IP which is owned by or exclusively licensed to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, nor have any applications or registrations therefor lapsed or become abandoned, been cancelled or expired. To the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, there are no maintenance, annuity or renewal fees that are currently overdue beyond their allotted grace for any of the Current Company IP which is not owned by or exclusively licensed to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, have any applications or registrations therefor lapsed or become abandoned, been cancelled or expired.

(g) Schedule 5.5(g) of the Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all agreements pursuant to which any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has the legal right to exploit Current Company IP that is owned by another Person for the manufacture, use, sale or supply of Product (the “ Current Company IP Agreements ”). There are no unpaid fees or royalties under any Current Company IP Agreement that have become due, or are expected to become overdue, as of the Effective Date. Each Current Company IP Agreement is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, is legal, valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach of or default under any Current Company IP Agreement to which it is a party and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no circumstances or grounds exist that would give rise to a claim of breach or right of rescission, termination, non-renewal, revision, or amendment of any of the Current Company IP Agreements, including the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(h) No payments by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, are due to any other Person in respect of the Current Company IP, other than pursuant to the Current Company IP Agreements and those fees payable to patent offices in connection with the prosecution and maintenance of the Current Company IP and associated attorney fees.

(i) No Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has undertaken or omitted to undertake any acts, and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no circumstance or grounds exist that would invalidate, reduce or eliminate, in whole or in part, (x) the enforceability or scope of any Current Company IP, or (y) in the case of Current Company IP owned or exclusively licensed by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, other than with respect to Permitted Licenses and except as set forth on Schedule 5.5(i) of the Disclosure Letter, such Credit Party’s or such Subsidiary’s entitlement to exclusively own or license and exploit the Current Company IP.

(j) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 of the Disclosure Letter or advised pursuant to Section 6.2(d) , there is no pending, decided or settled opposition, interference proceeding, reissue proceeding, reexamination proceeding, inter-partes review proceeding, post-grant review proceeding, cancellation proceeding, injunction, lawsuit, hearing, investigation, complaint, arbitration, mediation, demand, International Trade Commission investigation, decree, or any other dispute, disagreement, or claim, in each case alleged in writing to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively referred to hereinafter as “ Specified Disputes ”), nor, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, has any such Specified Dispute been threatened, in each case challenging the legality, validity, enforceability or ownership of any Current Company IP. Except as noted on Schedule 5.5(j) of the Disclosure Letter, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, there is no patent or patent application of any third party that could potentially interfere with a Patent within the Current Company IP.

(k) Except as noted on Schedule 5.5(k) of the Disclosure Letter (as updated on the Tranche A Closing Date (if required), the Tranche B Closing Date and from time to time pursuant to Section 6.7(b) ), no Credit Party is a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

(l) Except as noted on Schedule 5.5(l) of the Disclosure Letter, all Products made, used or sold under the Patents within the Current Company IP have been marked with the proper patent notice.

(m) In each case where a Patent within the Current Company IP is held by any Credit Party and/or its Subsidiaries by assignment, the assignment has been duly recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark

 

- 12 -


Office and all similar offices and agencies anywhere in the world in which foreign counterparts are registered or issued.

(n) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened claims against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries alleging that any of the operation of the business or any activity by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or manufacture, sale, offer for sale, importation, and/or use of any Product infringes or violates (or in the past infringed or violated) the rights of others in or to any Intellectual Property (“ Third Party IP ”) or constitutes a misappropriation of (or in the past constituted a misappropriation of) any subject matter of any Third Party IP or that any of the Current Company IP is invalid or unenforceable.

(o) Neither the operation of the business, nor any activity by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, nor manufacture, use, importation, offer for sale and/or sale of any Product infringes or violates (or in the past infringed or violated) any Third Party IP or constitutes a misappropriation of (or in the past constituted a misappropriation of) any subject matter of any Third Party IP.

(p) Except as noted on Schedule 5.5(p) of the Disclosure Letter, no Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any agreement to indemnify any other Person against any claim of infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property.

(q) There are no settlements, covenants not to sue, consents, judgments, or orders or similar obligations that: (i) restrict the rights of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries to use any Intellectual Property, (ii) restrict the business of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, in order to accommodate a third party’s Intellectual Property, or (iii) permit third parties to use any Company IP.

(r) Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained and possesses valid licenses to use all of the software programs present on the computers and other software-enabled electronic devices that it owns or leases or that it has otherwise provided to its employees for their use in connection with the business of such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries.

(s) To the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) there is no, nor has there been any, infringement or violation by any Person of any of the Company IP or the rights therein or thereto of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) there is no, nor has there been any, misappropriation by any Person of any of the Company IP or the subject matter thereof.

(t) Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries have taken all reasonable security measures to protect the confidentiality and value of all trade secrets owned by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or used or held for use by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the business of such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries, including requiring each employee and consultant of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and any other Person with access to such trade secrets to execute a binding confidentiality agreement, copies or forms of which have been provided to the Lender and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, there has not been any breach by any party to such confidentiality agreements.

(u) Each Product performs in accordance with its documented specifications and as the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries have warranted to their customers, except to the extent any such failure to so perform could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

(v) Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries have (i) not collected or used any personally identifiable information from any third parties, and (ii) in connection with any collection or use of personally identifiable information described on Schedule 5.5(v) of the Disclosure Letter, complied with all applicable statutes and regulations in all relevant jurisdictions and its publicly available privacy policy (if any) relating to the collection, storage, use and onward transfer of all personally identifiable information collected by such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries or by third parties having authorized access to databases or other records of such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries.

(w) Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries have security measures in place to protect information relating to its customers ( Customer Data ) under its and its service providers’ possession or control

 

- 13 -


from unauthorized access; and each Credit Party, each of its Subsidiaries, and each of its service providers’ hardware, software, encryption, systems, policies and procedures are sufficient to protect the security and confidentiality of all Customer Data. No Credit Party, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of its service providers has suffered any breach in security that has permitted any unauthorized access to Customer Data.

5.6. Adverse Proceedings, etc. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 of the Disclosure Letter or advised pursuant to Section 6.2(d) , there are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any Requirement of Law (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.7. Financial Statements; Financial Condition; Books and Records.

(a) All consolidated financial statements of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date were prepared in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards (other than any pro forma statements and projections provided to Lender which include adjustments from the Applicable Accounting Standards, such adjusted pro forma statements and projections being calculated by a Responsible Officer of Borrower in good faith, acting prudently based upon reasonable assumptions and in all respect in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards (except with respect to such adjustments) and being presented to the audit committee of the Board of Directors of Borrower, and are in the same format as presented to the audit committee of the Board of Directors of Borrower) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and such Subsidiaries and their consolidated results of operations. Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 3.1(n) , there has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date has any contingent liability or liability for Taxes, long term leases (other than long-term leases entered into in the ordinary course of business) or unusual forward or long term commitment that is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 3.1(n) and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and such Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Since the date of the most recent [audited] financial statements delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 3.1(n) , no change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date has occurred, and no event has occurred or failed to occur, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either alone or in conjunction with all other such changes, events and failures, a Material Adverse Change. The Books of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date contain full, true and correct entries of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards and all Requirements of Law.

(b) All statements and certificates of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries required to be delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 6.2(a) were prepared in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards (other than any pro forma statements and projections provided to Lender which include adjustments from the Applicable Accounting Standards, such adjusted pro forma statements and projections being in the same format as provided to the audit committee of the Board of Directors) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their consolidated results of operations. Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 6.2(a) , there has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contingent liability or liability for Taxes, long term leases (other than long-term leases entered into in the ordinary course of business) or unusual forward or long term commitment that is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 6.2(a) and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Since the date of the most recent audited financial statements submitted to Lender pursuant to Section 6.2(a) , no change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has occurred, and no event has occurred or failed to occur, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either alone or in conjunction with all other

 

- 14 -


such changes, events and failures, a Material Adverse Change. The Books of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries contain full, true and correct entries of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards and all Requirements of Law.

5.8. Solvency . Each Credit Party is Solvent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there has been no proposal made or resolution adopted by any competent corporate body for the dissolution or liquidation of any Credit Party, nor do any circumstances exist which may result in the dissolution or liquidation of any Credit Party (other than in respect of a dissolution or liquidation permitted under Section 7.3 ). No proposal has been made nor any resolution been adopted by any competent corporate body of any Credit Party for the statutory merger of such Credit Party with any other Person (including for any merger permitted by Section 7.3 ). None of the Credit Parties has (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by any creditor, (iii) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or any portion of its assets, (iv) suffered the attachment or judicial seizure of all or any portion of its assets, (v) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, nor (vi) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.

5.9. Payment of Taxes . All federal, material state, material provincial and other material Tax returns and reports (or extensions thereof) of each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all Taxes reflected therein which are due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon any Credit Party and any of its Subsidiaries and upon their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable except where the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that (a) the applicable Credit Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards and (b) the failure to pay such Taxes, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. No Credit Party knows of any proposed Tax deficiency or assessment against it or any of its Subsidiaries which is not being actively contested by it or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards shall have been made or provided therefor.

5.10 Environmental Matters . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective Facilities or operations are subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law, any Environmental Claim, or any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any letter or request for information under Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9604) or any comparable state law. There are and, to the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, have been, no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. To the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no predecessor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has filed any notice under any Environmental Law indicating past or present treatment of Hazardous Materials at any Facility, and neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ operations involves the generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40 C.F.R. Parts 260 270 or any state equivalent. Compliance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries with all current or reasonably foreseeable future requirements pursuant to or under Environmental Laws could not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. No event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect to any Credit Party relating to any Environmental Law, any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any Hazardous Materials Activity which, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change.

5.11. Material Contracts . Schedule 5.11 of the Disclosure Letter contains a true, correct and complete list of all the Material Contracts in effect on the Effective Date. After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except as described on Schedule 5.11 of the Disclosure Letter, each Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the applicable Credit Party or its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, and neither the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, any other party thereto is in breach thereof or default thereunder. No Credit Party or any of its

 

- 15 -


Subsidiaries has received any written notice from any party thereto asserting or, to the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries threatening to assert, the cancellation, termination or invalidation of any Material Contract.

5.12. Regulatory Compliance. No Credit Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board). Each Credit Party has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and each of their respective ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except where such failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their respective ERISA Affiliates. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or the imposition of a Lien on any of the property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $250,000 the fair market value of the property of all such underfunded Plans. Using actuarial assumptions and computation methods consistent with subpart I of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA, the aggregate liabilities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their respective ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans in the event of a complete withdrawal therefrom, as of the close of the most recent fiscal year of each such Multiemployer Plan, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.13. Margin Stock. No Credit Party is engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” as such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “ Margin Stock ”). No Credit Party owns any Margin Stock, and none of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Term Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. No Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries will take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Loan Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

5.14. Subsidiaries; Investments; Affiliate Transactions . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments. Set forth on Schedule 5.14 of the Disclosure Letter is a list of all transactions between any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of any Credit Party or any owner of ten percent (10%) or more of the Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of any such Person, on the other hand. Borrower does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any Person and is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

5.15. Employee Matters . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement that is so pending against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against any of them, (b) no strike or work stoppage in existence or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened involving Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c) to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no union organization activity that is taking place that, individually or together with any other matter specified in clause (a)  or (b)  above or this clause (c) , could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

- 16 -


5.16. Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely to repay the Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing SVB Credit Agreement and any and all associated costs and expenses and to fund its general business requirements and not for any other purposes, including personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.17. Full Disclosure . No representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in any Loan Document or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to Lender by or on behalf of any Credit Party for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made. Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Credit Party furnishing such materials to be reasonable at the time made. There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise of diligence be known) to any Credit Party (other than matters of a general economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change and that have not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Lender for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.18. Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (i) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001). No part of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.

5.19. Insurance Contracts . Schedule 5.19 of the Disclosure Letter contains a true, correct and complete list of all insurance companies with which any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries has agreed to contracted reimbursement pricing for Product as of the Effective Date.

5.20. Health Care Matters .

(a) Compliance with Health Care Laws . Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries, and each officer, affiliate, and employee acting on behalf of each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all Health Care Laws applicable to the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary, its products and its properties or other assets or its business or operation.

(b) Compliance with FDA Laws (and Foreign Equivalents) . Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable FDA Laws, including those related to the adulteration or misbranding of products within the meaning of Sections 501 and 502 of the Food Drug and Cosmetics Act (“ FDCA ”), and all applicable statutes, rules, and regulations administered or issued by any foreign Governmental Authority, with respect to its products and otherwise. With respect to each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries, (i) none of its products are articles which may not be introduced into interstate commerce pursuant to the requirements of the FDCA (or foreign equivalent), (ii) each of its products have been manufactured in accordance with current FDA Good Manufacturing Practices (or any foreign equivalent), and (iii) all of its products required to be approved or cleared by the FDA pursuant to the FDCA, have been approved or cleared by the FDA pursuant to the FDCA.

(c) Material Statements . None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries nor any officer, affiliate, employee or, to the Knowledge of the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary, agent of any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries, has made an untrue statement of a material fact or fraudulent statement to any Governmental Authority, failed to disclose a material fact to any Governmental Authority, or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that, at the time such disclosure was made, would reasonably be expected to constitute a material violation of any Health Care Law.

 

- 17 -


(d) Reserved.

(e) Proceedings; Audits . To the Knowledge of the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary, there are no facts, circumstances or conditions that would reasonably be expected to form the basis for any material investigation, suit, claim, audit, action (legal or regulatory) or proceeding (legal or regulatory) by a Governmental Authority pending or threatened against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any of the Health Care Laws, FDA Laws or any applicable statutes, rules, or regulations administered or issued by any foreign Governmental Authority.

(f) Prohibited Transactions . None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly through any person acting on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries: (i) offered or paid any remuneration, in cash or in kind, to, or made any financial arrangements with, any past, present or potential patient, supplier, physician, or contractor, in order to illegally obtain business or payments from such person in material violation of any Health Care Law; (ii) has given or agreed to give, made, or is party to any illegal agreement to make, any illegal gift or gratuitous payment of any kind, nature or description (whether in money, property or services) to any past, present or potential patient, supplier, physician, contractor, or any other person in material violation of any Health Care Law; (iii) made or agreed to make, or is party to any agreement to make on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, any contribution, payment or gift of funds or property to, or for the private use of, any governmental official, employee or agent where either the contribution, payment or gift or the purpose of such contribution, payment or gift is or was a material violation of the laws of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such payment, contribution or gift; (iv) established or maintained any unrecorded fund or asset for any purpose or made any materially misleading, false or artificial entries on any of its books or records for any reason; or (v) made, or agreed to make, or is party to any agreement to make, any payment to any person with the intention or understanding that any part of such payment would be in material violation of any Health Care Law or that was used or given for any purpose other than that described in the documents supporting such payment. To the Knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, no Person has filed or has threatened to file against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or their Affiliates an action under any federal or state whistleblower statute, including under the False Claims Act of 1863 (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.).

(g) Exclusion . None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries, nor any officer, affiliate, or employee having authority to act on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has been, or, to the Knowledge of the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary, has been threatened to be, (i) excluded from any Governmental Payor Program pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b and related regulations, (ii) “suspended” or “debarred” from selling products to the U.S. government or its agencies pursuant to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, relating to debarment and suspension applicable to federal government agencies generally (42 C.F.R. Subpart 9.4), or other Requirement of Law, (iii) debarred, disqualified, suspended or excluded from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or any other health care program or is listed on the General Services Administration list of excluded parties, nor, to the Knowledge of the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary, is any such debarment, disqualification, suspension or exclusion threatened or pending, or (iv) made a part to any other action by any Governmental Authority that may prohibit the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary from selling Products or providing services to any governmental or other purchaser pursuant to any Health Care Laws.

(h) HIPAA . Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in material compliance with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding the privacy and security of health information and electronic transactions, including HIPAA, and the provisions of all business associate agreements (as such term is defined by HIPAA) to which it is a party and has implemented adequate policies, procedures and training designed to assure continued compliance and to detect non-compliance. To the extent applicable to any Credit Party and for so long as (i) any Credit Party is a “covered entity” as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103, (ii) any Credit Party is a “business associate” as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103, (iii) any Credit Party is subject to or covered by the HIPAA Administrative Requirements codified at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 & 162 and/or the HIPAA Security and Privacy Requirements codified at 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 & 164, and/or (iv) any Credit Party sponsors any “group health plans” as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103, such Credit Party has: (i) completed thorough and detailed surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments, including risk assessments, (collectively “ Assessments ”) of all material areas of its business and operations subject to HIPAA and/or that could be materially and adversely affected by the failure of such Credit Party, or any Person acting on behalf of any Credit Party, as the case may be, to the extent these Assessments are appropriate or required for such Credit Party to be in material compliance with HIPAA; (ii) developed a detailed plan and time line for becoming in material compliance with

 

- 18 -


HIPAA (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) implemented those provisions of its HIPAA Compliance Plan necessary to ensure that such Credit Party is in material compliance with HIPAA.

(i) Corporate Integrity Agreement . None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries or their Affiliates, nor any officer, director, managing employee or, to the Knowledge of the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary, agent (as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001) thereof, is a party to, or bound by, any order, individual integrity agreement, or corporate integrity agreement with any Governmental Authority concerning compliance with any laws, rules, or regulations, issued under or in connection with a Governmental Payor Program.

(j) Reserved.

5.21. Regulatory Approvals.

(a) Schedule 5.21 of the Disclosure Letter contains a list of all Product as of the Effective Date. Borrower has previously made available to Lender all Regulatory Approvals, all material correspondence with Regulatory Agencies (including the FDA and any foreign equivalent) with respect to such Regulatory Approvals, and all adverse event reports with respect to Product and all requested documents related to Product, in each case, in the possession and control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Borrower has not withheld any document or information with respect to Product that would reasonably be considered to be material to Lender’s decision to provide the financing contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each Credit Party and its Subsidiaries, and, to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, each licensee of a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any Intellectual Property, are in compliance with, and have complied with, all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, and regulations, governing its business, including all regulations promulgated by each applicable Regulatory Agency, the failure of compliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. No Credit Party or its Subsidiaries has received any written notice from any Regulatory Agency citing action or inaction by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, or regulations, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) To the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, the studies, tests and clinical trials conducted relating to Product were conducted in all material respects in accordance with current good clinical practices under FDA (and foreign equivalent) regulations and with other Requirements of Law at the time when conducted; the descriptions of the results of such studies, tests and clinical trials made available to Lender are accurate in all material respects; and no Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notices or correspondence from any applicable Regulatory Agency or comparable authority requiring the termination, suspension, material modification or clinical hold of any such studies, tests or clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of a Credit Party or its Subsidiaries, which termination, suspension, material modification or clinical hold could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.22. Supply and Manufacturing.

(a) To the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the testing, manufacturing, production, storage, packaging, labeling and release to the market of each Product has at all times been (i) in compliance in all respects with the final release quality specifications in effect for such Product and (ii) in compliance in all material respects with Requirement of Law. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22(a) of the Disclosure Letter, to the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, no manufacturer of Product has received in the past five (5) years a Form 483 or is currently subject to a Form 483 impacting any Product with respect to any facility manufacturing Product and that, with respect to each such Form 483, all scientific and technical violations or other issues relating to good manufacturing practice requirements documented therein, and any disputes regarding any such violations or issues, have been corrected or otherwise resolved. To the knowledge of Borrower, each Product has at all times been manufactured in sufficient quantities and of a sufficient quality to satisfy demand of such Product, without the occurrence of any event causing inventory of such Product to have become exhausted prior to satisfying such demand or any other event in which the manufacture and release to the market of such Product does not satisfy the sales demand for such Product.

 

- 19 -


(b) As of the Effective Date, Schedule 5.22(b) of the Disclosure Letter contains a true, correct and complete list of all manufacturing and supply agreements entered into by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries with third parties for the supply of Product and the active pharmaceutical ingredient incorporated therein in effect as of the Effective Date (the “ Manufacturing Agreements ”). Borrower has delivered or made available to Lender true, correct and complete copies of each Manufacturing Agreement. After giving effect to consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except as described on Schedule 5.22(b) of the Disclosure Letter, each Manufacturing Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the applicable Credit Party or its Subsidiaries and is in full force and effect, and to the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, is a valid and binding obligations of any other party thereto, and neither the applicable Credit Party or its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of each Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, any other party thereto is in breach thereof or default thereunder. No Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice from any party thereto, oral or written, regarding (i) the cancellation, termination or invalidation of any such Manufacturing Agreement or (ii) any indication by or intent or threat of, such party, oral or written, to reduce or cease the supply of Product and/or the active pharmaceutical ingredient incorporated therein through fiscal year 2021.

5.23. Additional Representations and Warranties.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23(a) of the Disclosure Letter, after giving effect to consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, there is no Subordinated Debt.

(b) There are no Hedging Agreements.

(c) As of the Effective Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.23(c) of the Disclosure Letter, there is no registration rights agreement, investors’ rights agreement or other similar agreement relating to, governing or otherwise affecting the ownership of the capital stock or other equity ownership interests of any Credit Party.

(d) Since December 31, 2014, there shall not have occurred or failed to occur any change or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either alone or in conjunction with any other change(s), event(s) or failure(s), a Material Adverse Change.

(e) No Default exists hereunder.

 

  6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

6.1. Government Compliance . Except as permitted in Section 7.3 , maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Each Credit Party shall (i) comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change, (ii) assure that each of its employees has all required licenses, credentials, approvals and other certifications to perform his or her duties and (iii) obtain, and take all necessary action to timely renew, all material permits, licenses and authorizations which are necessary in the proper conduct of its business.

6.2. Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Lender:

(a) Financial Statements; Compliance Certificate; Liquidity.

(i) Reserved.

(ii) Quarterly Compliance Certificate . As soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending

 

- 20 -


September 30, 2015, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, among other things (i) certifying that no Event of Default or Default has occurred or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) in the case of any such quarterly Compliance Certificate setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to Lender, acting reasonably, demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Section 6.12 and Section 7.18 ;

(iii) Quarterly Consolidated Financial Statements . So long as Borrower is not a Public Reporting Company, as soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including a consolidated balance sheet and a consolidated statement of income for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of such year to the end of such quarter, and a consolidated statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such year to the end of such quarter, together with a comparison against the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year and the annual fiscal budget as well as other operating reports as may be reasonably requested by Lender, in each case, certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Lender;

(iv) SEC Statements . After Borrower becomes a Public Reporting Company, within five (5) days of filing, access (via posting and/or links on Borrower’s web site) to all reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q filed with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange; and within 5 days of filing, provide access (via posting and/or links of Borrower’s web site) to all reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC, and copies of (or access to, via posting and/or links on Borrower’s web site) all other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange; and

(v) Liquidity . As soon as available, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, the consolidated Liquidity of the Credit Parties. If at any time from and after the Effective Date (irrespective of whether it is the last day of a fiscal quarter or otherwise), the consolidated Liquidity of the Credit Parties is less than $5,000,000, the Credit Parties shall deliver to Lender written notice thereof in accordance with Section 11 hereof as promptly as practicable following knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries thereof.

(b) Aged Listings . So long as Borrower is not a Public Reporting Company, within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, or more often as may be requested by Lender, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date);

(c) Other Statements . So long as Borrower is not a Public Reporting Company, true, correct and complete copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders, to SVB pursuant to the terms and conditions of the SVB Credit Agreement or to any holders of Subordinated Debt, in each case, within five (5) days of delivery to any such Persons;

(d) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal action, litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, in each case, threatened in writing against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary, or any material development in any such legal action, litigation, investigation or proceeding (x) that could result in damages or costs to such Credit Party or such Subsidiary in an amount in excess of $250,000, individually, or $500,000, in the aggregate, when aggregated with all pending or threatened (in writing) legal actions against all Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries or (y) which alleges potential violations of the Health Care Laws, the FDA Laws or any applicable statutes, rules, regulations, standards, guidelines, policies and order administered or issued by any foreign Governmental Authority, which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;

(e) Consolidated Plan and Financial Forecast . No later than the last Business Day of February of each fiscal year of Borrower, a consolidated plan and financial forecast through such fiscal year, including a forecasted consolidated balance sheet, statements of income and cash flows and an explanation of the

 

- 21 -


assumptions on which such forecasts are based and demonstrating projected compliance with financial covenants, and any amendment to any plan approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower, whether quarterly forecasts or otherwise; and

(f) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Lender, including a report of the results of any daily test of the consolidated Liquidity of the Credit Parties in accordance with Section 6.12 to Lender and copies of the federal income Tax returns of Borrower, as promptly as practicable after Lender’s request therefor.

(g) Notice of Defaults, Events of Default and Material Adverse Change . Written notice in accordance with Section 11 hereof as promptly as practicable (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after a Responsible Officer of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have obtained knowledge thereof, of any Default or Event of Default or of any event or circumstance that would render the representations and warranties in Section 5.23(d) or in the penultimate sentence of Section 5.7(a) or Section 5.7(b) untrue if made at such time.

(h) Intellectual Property; Regulatory . Written notice in accordance with Section 11 hereof as promptly as practicable (and in any event no later than five (5) Business Days) after a Responsible Officer of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have obtained knowledge of any of the following:

(i) any material breach or default by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any covenant, agreement or other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Current Company IP Agreement or any Material Contract;

(ii) any license to a third party of any rights to develop, manufacture, use or sell Product anywhere in the world;

(iii) any material breach or default by a third party under any of the Current Company IP Agreements or any Material Contract, or the termination of any Current Company IP Agreement or Material Contract (irrespective of whether pursuant to the terms thereof);

(iv) the commencement of any action or proceeding against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or which challenges the validity of any claim in any Patent within the Company IP utilized in connection with any Product that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the exploitation of (including the ability to own or license) such Product by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(v) any notice that the FDA (or foreign equivalent) or other Regulatory Agency is limiting, suspending or revoking any Regulatory Approval, changing the market classification or labeling of or otherwise materially restricting manufacture or sale of any Product, or considering any of the foregoing;

(vi) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, becoming subject to any administrative or regulatory enforcement action, inspection, inspectional observation, warning letter, or notice of violation letter from the FDA (or foreign equivalent) or other Regulatory Agency, or any Product of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries being seized, withdrawn, recalled, detained, or subject to a suspension of manufacturing, or the commencement of any proceedings in the United States or any other jurisdiction seeking the withdrawal, recall, suspension, import detention, or seizure of any Product are pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(vii) the occurrence of any event (including the occurrence of a manufacturing disruption) with respect to any Product, or component of such Product, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(i) Governmental Recommendations . Within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof, copies of any written recommendation from any Governmental Authority or other regulatory body that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries should have its licensure, provider or supplier number, or accreditation suspended, revoked, or limited in any material way, or any penalties or sanctions imposed.

 

- 22 -


6.3. Inventory; Returns; Maintenance of Properties . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Each Credit Party must promptly notify Lender of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than $500,000, individually, or more than $1,000,000, in the aggregate, when aggregated with any and all other returns, recoveries, disputes and claims. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted, all material tangible properties used or useful in its respective business, and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof. To the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, from and after the Effective Date through fiscal year 2021, each Product will be manufactured in sufficient quantities and of a sufficient quality to satisfy the annual sales plan (including, to the extent contained therein, the Sales Plan) for such Product for each such fiscal year (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions).

6.4. Taxes; Pensions . Borrower shall timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required income and other material Tax returns and reports or extensions therefor and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local Taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrue thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , no such Tax or claim need be paid if (a) such Tax or claim does not exceed $500,000 individually, or more than $1,000,000 in the aggregate when aggregated with all other such Taxes or claims, or (b) it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (i) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with Applicable Accounting Standards shall have been made therefor, and (ii) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. No Credit Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income Tax return with any Person (other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries).

6.5. Insurance . Maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case, in such amounts, with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. To the extent available, all property policies of the Credit Parties shall have a loss payable endorsement showing Lender as loss payee and waive subrogation against Lender and shall provide that the insurer endeavor to give Lender at least twenty (20) days’ notice before canceling or declining to renew its policy (or ten (10) days’ notice in the case of the failure to pay any premiums thereunder). At the reasonable request of Lender, each Credit Party shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. All liability policies of the Credit Parties shall show, or have endorsements showing, Lender as an additional insured, and all such policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Lender at least twenty (20) days’ notice before canceling or declining to renew its policy (or ten (10) days’ notice in the case of the failure to pay any premiums thereunder). If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Lender, Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5 , and take any action under the policies Lender deems prudent. Borrower may later cancel any insurance purchased by Lender, but only after providing Lender with evidence that there has been obtained insurance as required in this Section 6.5 .

6.6. Operating Accounts . In the case of any Credit Party, not establish any new Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution unless contemporaneously with such establishment, such account is subject to a Control Agreement that is reasonably acceptable to Lender. For each Collateral Account that each Credit Party at any time maintains, such Credit Party shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Lender’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Lender. The

 

- 23 -


provisions of the previous two (2) sentences shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll Taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of any Credit Party’s employees, zero balance accounts, other accounts, amounts on deposit in which do not at any time exceed $2,000,000 on an aggregate basis, accounts used exclusively for escrow, customs, insurance or fiduciary purposes or compliance with any Requirement of Law to the extent such Requirement of Law prohibits the granting of a Lien thereon and, in each case, identified to Lender by such Credit Party as such. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Credit Parties shall have until the date that is ninety (90) days following the closing date of a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder to comply with the provisions of this Section 6.6 with regard to accounts of the Credit Parties acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment.

6.7. Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Company IP material to its business; (ii) maintain the confidential nature of any material trade secrets and trade secret rights; (iii) promptly advise Lender in writing of material infringements, misappropriations or violations of Intellectual Property owned by any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries; and (iv) not allow any Company IP material to its business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public or material Current Company IP Agreement to be terminated by the Credit Party or its Subsidiary, as applicable, without Lender’s prior written consent; provided , however , that with respect to Company IP that is not owned by any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries, the Credit Parties’ obligations in clauses (i)  and (iv)  shall apply only to the extent any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries have the right to take such actions or to cause any licensee or other third party to take such actions pursuant to applicable agreements or contractual rights.

(b) Provide written notice to Lender in accordance with Section 11 hereof within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Each Credit Party shall take such commercially reasonable steps as Lender requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to, without giving effect to Section 9-408 of the Code, be deemed “Collateral” and for Lender to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Lender to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to: (i) use commercially reasonable efforts, at its sole expense, either directly or, indirectly with respect to any licensee or licensor under the terms of Borrower’s (or its Subsidiaries’) agreement with the respective licensee or licensor, as applicable, to take any and all actions (including taking legal action to specifically enforce the applicable terms of any license agreement) and prepare, execute, deliver and file agreements, documents or instruments which are necessary or desirable to (A) prosecute and maintain the Company IP material to its business and (B) diligently defend or assert the Company IP against material infringement, misappropriation, violation or interference by any other Persons, and in the case of Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents within the Company IP against any claims of invalidity or unenforceability (including by bringing any legal action for infringement, dilution, violation or defending any counterclaim of invalidity or action of a non-Affiliate third party for declaratory judgment of non-infringement or non-interference); (ii) keep Lender informed of all of such actions and provide Lender with the opportunity to meaningfully consult with Borrower with respect to the direction thereof and Borrower shall consider all of Lender’s comments in good faith; provided that such obligations shall be subject to any confidentiality obligations of any Credit Party or any protective order binding upon any Credit Party; provided , further that no Credit Party shall be obligated to comply with this clause (ii)  to the extent compliance would waive attorney-client privilege; and (iii) not, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any licensee or licensor of the Company IP, as applicable, not to, disclaim or abandon, or fail to take any action necessary or desirable to prevent the disclaimer or abandonment of the Company IP; in each case, only if such disclaimer or abandonment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

6.8. Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Lender, without expense to Lender, each Credit Party and its officers, employees and agents and such Credit Party’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary to

 

- 24 -


prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to such Credit Party.

6.9. Access to Collateral; Books and Records; Audits . Allow Lender, or its agents, at reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy any Credit Party’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at the relevant Credit Party’s expense; provided that the Credit Parties shall not be responsible for expenses exceeding $10,000, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or such audit reveals the occurrence of an Event of Default.

6.10. Lender Meetings . Upon the request of Lender, participate in a meeting with Lender once during each fiscal year to be held at Borrower’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Borrower and Lender) at such time as may be agreed to by Borrower and Lender.

6.11. Environmental .

(a) Environmental Disclosure . Deliver to Lender:

(i) as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of all environmental audits, investigations, analyses and reports of any kind or character, whether prepared by personnel of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by independent consultants, governmental authorities or any other Persons, with respect to significant environmental matters at any Facility or with respect to any material Environmental Claims;

(ii) promptly upon a Responsible Officer of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written notice in accordance with Section 11 hereof describing in reasonable detail (1) any Release required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency under any applicable Environmental Laws, (2) any remedial action taken by any Credit Party or any other Person in response to (A) any Hazardous Materials Activities, the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, has a reasonable possibility of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims resulting in a Material Adverse Change, or (B) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Change, and (3) any Credit Party’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws;

(iii) as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by any Credit Party, a copy of any and all written communications with respect to (1) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Change, (2) any Release required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency, and (3) any request for information from any governmental agency that suggests such agency is investigating whether any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, has a reasonable possibility of resulting in a Material Adverse Change;

(iv) prompt written notice in accordance with Section 11 hereof describing in reasonable detail (1) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to (A) expose Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or (B) affect the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental Approvals required under any Environmental Laws for their respective operations and (2) any proposed action to be taken by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that, individually or together with any other such proposed actions, could reasonably be expected to subject Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any additional material obligations or requirements under any Environmental Laws; and

 

- 25 -


(v) with reasonable promptness, such other documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Lender in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.11(a) .

Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, promptly take any and all actions reasonably necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and (ii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder where failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

6.12. Minimum Liquidity . At any and all times from and after the Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and without violating any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Credit Parties shall have consolidated Liquidity, tested as of the end of each Business Day, of not less than $5,000,000; provided , however , that the Credit Parties shall not be in breach of this Section 6.12 if Liquidity is less than $5,000,000 at the end of any Business Day if, and only if, Liquidity is at least $5,000,000 at the end of the fourth Business Day after such Business Day. Subject to Section 6.2(g) , the Credit Parties shall report the results of such tests to Lender pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.2(a)(v) . For the avoidance of doubt, no Credit Party shall be required to maintain a restricted account for purposes of complying with this Section 6.12 .

6.13. Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of Lender, each Credit Party will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

6.14. Additional Collateral; Guarantors . Without limiting the generality of Section 6.13 and except as otherwise approved in writing by Lender, the Credit Parties shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries and other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is a CFC Holding Company) to, in each case, guarantee the Obligations and to cause each such Domestic Subsidiary to grant to Lender a first priority security interest in and Lien upon, and pledge to Lender, subject to Permitted Liens, the limitations set forth herein and the limitations set forth in the other Loan Documents, all of such Domestic Subsidiary’s property and assets constituting Collateral to secure such guaranty. Furthermore and except as otherwise approved in writing by Lender, each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary and other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is a CFC Holding Company) to (A) grant Lender a first priority security interest in and Lien upon, and pledge to Lender, subject to Permitted Liens, the limitations set forth herein and the limitations set forth in the other Loan Documents, all of the Equity Interests (other than Excluded Equity Interests) of each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary and other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is a CFC Holding Company) and to (B) grant Lender a first priority security interest in and Lien upon, and pledge sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding voting Equity Interests (other than Excluded Equity Interests) in each Foreign Subsidiary and CFC Holding Company directly owned by such Domestic Subsidiary; provided , that in the event any non-voting Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holding Company directly-owned by a Domestic Subsidiary are issued, the Credit Parties hereby agree that, immediately and automatically upon any such issuance, the Credit Parties shall be deemed to have granted to Lender a first priority security interest in and Lien upon, and pledged to Lender, subject to Permitted Liens, the limitations set forth herein and the limitations set forth in the other Loan Documents, one-hundred percent (100%) of such issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests (other than Excluded Equity Interests) in each of such Foreign Subsidiaries and CFC Holding Companies. In connection with each pledge of Equity Interests required under the Loan Documents, the Credit Parties shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Lender, stock powers and/or assignments, as applicable, duly executed in blank, in each case reasonably satisfactory to Lender. In the event any Credit Party acquires any fee title to real estate with a fair market value in excess of $500,000, unless otherwise agreed by Lender, such Person shall execute and/or deliver, or cause to be executed and/or delivered, to Lender, (v) within sixty (60) days after such acquisition, an appraisal complying with the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, (w) within forty-five (45) days after receipt of notice from Lender that such real estate is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, Federal Flood Insurance, (x) within sixty (60) days after such acquisition, a fully executed Mortgage, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, together with an A.L.T.A. lender’s title insurance policy issued by a title insurer reasonably satisfactory to Lender, in form and substance (including any endorsements) and in an amount reasonably satisfactory

 

- 26 -


to Lender insuring that the Mortgage is a valid and enforceable first priority Lien on the respective property, free and clear of all defects, encumbrances and Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (y) simultaneously with such acquisition, then-current A.L.T.A. surveys, certified to Lender by a licensed surveyor sufficient to allow the issuer of the lender’s title insurance policy to issue such policy without a survey exception and (z) within sixty (60) days after such acquisition, an environmental site assessment prepared by a qualified firm reasonably acceptable to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Subsidiary at any time becomes a co-borrower under the SVB Credit Agreement, Borrower and Lender hereby agree that such Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor and a Credit Party for all purposes hereunder as of the date of such co-borrowing, and, for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 6.14 and Section 6.15 , and the other Loan Documents relating to Guarantors or Credit Parties shall apply to such Subsidiary.

6.15. Formation or Acquisition of, Certain Co-Borrowing by, Subsidiaries . If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any time after the Effective Date forms or acquires a Subsidiary or if any Subsidiary at any time becomes a co-borrower under the SVB Credit Agreement, concurrently therewith, Borrower will notify Lender in writing regarding such formation or acquisition or co-borrowing and, as promptly as practicable by in no event later than thirty (30) days after such formation or acquisition or co-borrowing: (a) if such Subsidiary qualifies as a Credit Party hereunder, Borrower will cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to Lender a joinder to this Agreement, the Security Agreement and, if applicable, the IP Agreements and any other relevant Collateral Document; (b) without limiting clause (a)  above, such Subsidiary will, and Borrower will cause such Subsidiary to, satisfy all conditions and requirements contained in this Agreement (including Section 6.14 ) and each other Loan Document (including the Security Agreement) if and to the extent applicable to such Subsidiary; (c) Borrower will deliver a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower and such Subsidiary that all such conditions and requirements have been satisfied (such certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender); (d) Borrower will deliver to Lender (i) true, correct and complete copies of the Operating Documents of such Subsidiary, (ii) a Secretary’s Certificate, certifying that the copies of such Operating Documents are true, correct and complete (such Secretary’s Certificate to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) and (iii) a good standing certificate (or equivalent certification if available in the case of a Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States) for such Subsidiary certified by the Secretary of State (or the equivalent thereof) of its jurisdiction of organization; and (e) Borrower will deliver to Lender a Perfection Certificate, updated to reflect the formation or acquisition or co-borrowing of such Subsidiary. Borrower and Lender hereby agree that any such Subsidiary that qualifies as a Credit Party hereunder shall constitute a Credit Party for all purposes hereunder as of the date of the formation or acquisition of, or co-borrowing by, such Subsidiary. Any document, agreement or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.15 shall be a Loan Document.

6.16. Post-Closing Requirements . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take each of the actions set forth on Schedule 6.16 of the Disclosure Letter within the time period prescribed therefor on such schedule, which shall include, among other things, delivery to Lender of true, correct and complete copies of each Control Agreement required by Lender hereunder and executed and delivered by each applicable Credit Party (which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender). All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to take the actions set forth on Schedule 6.16 of the Disclosure Letter within the time periods set forth therein, rather than elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents).

 

  7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), such Credit Party shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to:

7.1. Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, exclusively license out, non-exclusively license out, agree to any covenant not to sue, enter into a co-existence agreement or otherwise dispose of (including any sale-leaseback), directly or indirectly and whether in one or a series of transactions, all or any part of its property or assets (collectively, “ Transfer ”), except:

(a) Transfers of Inventory (including Transfers of ambulatory cardiac monitors or other medical devices distributed to customers) in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 27 -


(b) Transfers of surplus, damaged, worn out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower exercised in good faith, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business and Transfers of other property or assets in lieu of any pending or threatened institution of any proceedings for the condemnation or seizure of such property or assets or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;

(c) Permitted Licenses;

(d) Transfers made in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments and Transfers permitted by Sections 7.3 , 7.6(b) , 7.8 , 7.9 and 7.10 ;

(e) Transfers consisting of licenses or covenants not to sue made in connection with the settlement of the litigation matters described on Schedule 5.6 of the Disclosure Letter or about which Lender receives notice pursuant to Section 6.2(d) , in respect of any of which, Lender has given its prior written consent;

(f) Transfers of cash and Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(g) Reserved;

(h) Transfers between or among Credit Parties (including any CFC Holding Company directly owned by a Credit Party) and Transfers between or among non-Credit Parties;

(i) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Borrower to any Credit Party;

(j) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;

(k) any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that Borrower reasonably determines in good faith is no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business and that is not adverse to the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, Lender under any Loan Document in any material respect;

(l) other Transfers made in the ordinary course of business on commercially reasonable arm’s length terms;

(m) other Transfers in which such Credit Party will receive cash proceeds in an amount equal to no less than seventy-five percent (75%) of all Transfer consideration (fixed or contingent) paid or payable to such Credit Party, but only so long as the net cash proceeds of such Transfer are utilized to repay or prepay Indebtedness to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

(n) Transfers that are not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.1 , in an amount not to exceed $250,000 (or $2,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower (collectively, “ Permitted Transfers ”).

Except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, no Transfer of all or any part of the property or assets of any Credit Party to a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Credit Party shall constitute a Permitted Transfer without the prior written consent of Lender.

7.2. Changes in Business, Management or Business Locations . (a) (i) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by it and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or that are reasonably similar, related, complementary, ancillary or incidental thereto or (ii) have a change in chief executive officer or chief financial officer and a replacement satisfactory to such Credit Party’s Board of Directors is not made within ninety (90) days after such individual’s departure.

 

- 28 -


(b) Each Credit Party shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender in accordance with Section 11 hereof: (i) change its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) change its organizational structure or type, (iii) change its legal name, or (iv) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

(c) If any Credit Party intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral to one or more bailees or leased locations and the aggregate value of such portion of Collateral is in excess of $3,000,000 (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions), and:

(i) Lender and such bailee(s) are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location(s) to which such Credit Party intends to deliver the Collateral, then such Credit Party will first receive the written consent of Lender, and such Credit Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such bailee(s) to execute and deliver to Lender a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such consent or bailee agreement shall be required in connection with the distribution of Borrower’s ambulatory cardiac monitors or other medical devices to customers in the ordinary course of business; and

(ii) Lender has not already received a landlord’s consent in favor of Lender for such leased location(s) duly executed by the respective landlord(s) thereof (which consent includes an agreement by such landlord(s) to permit reasonable access to such leased premises by Lender or its agents upon an Event of Default for purposes of removal of any and all Collateral, if such leased premises is a warehouse, distribution center or other location at which such Collateral is located), then such Credit Party will first receive the written consent of Lender, and such Credit Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such landlord(s) to execute and deliver to Lender a landlord’s consent in favor of Lender for such leased locations duly executed by the respective landlord(s) thereof (which consent includes an agreement by such landlord(s) to permit reasonable access to such leased premises by Lender or its agents upon an Event of Default for purposes of removal of any and all Collateral, if such leased premises is a warehouse, distribution center or other location at which such Collateral is located).

7.3. Mergers, Acquisitions , Liquidations or Dissolutions .

(a) Merge, consolidate, liquidate or dissolve, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge, consolidate, liquidate or dissolve with or into any other Person, except that:

(i) any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Credit Party may merge or consolidate with Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Credit Party, provided that Borrower or such other Credit Party is the surviving entity,

(ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Credit Party may merge or consolidate with another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Credit Party,

(iii) any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Credit Party may merge or consolidate with a Credit Party, provided that such Credit Party is the surviving entity;

(iv) any Subsidiary of Borrower may be dissolved or liquidated, provided that the property and assets of such Subsidiary are distributed to a Credit Party; and

(v) any Investment permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger or consolidation; or

(b) make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, Acquisitions outside the ordinary course of business, including any purchase of the assets of any division or line of business of any other Person, other than Permitted Acquisitions or Permitted Investments.

7.4. Indebtedness . Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

- 29 -


7.5. Encumbrance . Except for Permitted Liens, create, incur, allow, or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its property or assets, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted in the Loan Documents or otherwise pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

7.6. No Further Negative Pledges; Negative Pledge.

(a) Except with respect to (i) specific property encumbered by Permitted Liens to secure payment of Permitted Indebtedness, (ii) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that (x) such Credit Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to limit any such restrictions to the extent it is a licensee and (y) such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be, and (iii) Permitted Licenses, no Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement, document or instrument directly or indirectly prohibiting (or having the effect of prohibiting) the assignment, mortgage, pledge, grant of a security interest or Lien in or upon any of its property or assets constituting Collateral in favor of Lender, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except in favor of Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

(b) Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or create, incur, allow or suffer to exist any Lien on, any Equity Interests constituting Collateral issued by any Subsidiary which are owned or otherwise held by such Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof, except for any Lien or claim in favor of Lender, any Permitted Lien and sales, assignments, transfers, exchanges or other dispositions to qualify directors if required by Requirement of Law or otherwise permitted under this Agreement; provided that, in the case of sales, assignments, transfers, exchanges or other dispositions to qualify directors as required by Requirement of Law, such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition shall be for the minimum number of Equity Interests as are necessary for such qualification under Requirement of Law.

7.7. Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.8. Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment on or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, except that:

(i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof;

(ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in non-cash pay and non-redeemable capital stock (including, for the avoidance of doubt, dividends and distributions payable solely in Equity Interests);

(iii) Borrower may redeem or repurchase from officers, employees, directors and consultants Equity Interests so long as (A) an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such redemption or repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such redemption or repurchase and (B) the amount paid for all such redemptions and repurchases shall not exceed $150,000 in the aggregate, in any fiscal year of Borrower;

(iv) repurchases or other acquisitions of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units or other rights to purchase Equity Interests if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof or conversion price thereof;

(v) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of any such Person in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 (or $100,000 after a Qualified IPO);

(vi) in connection with any Permitted Acquisition by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (x) the receipt or acceptance of the return to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of Borrower constituting a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of

 

- 30 -


indemnification claims, or as a result of a purchase price adjustment (including earn outs or similar obligations) and (y) payments or distributions to equity holders pursuant to appraisal rights required under Requirement of Law;

(vii) the distribution of rights pursuant to any shareholder rights plan or the redemption of such rights for nominal consideration in accordance with the terms of any shareholder rights plan; and

(viii) other dividends, distributions and payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 (or $500,000 after a Qualified IPO); or

(b) directly or indirectly (including by the formation of any Subsidiary) make any Investment other than Permitted Investments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Subsidiaries shall be permitted to pay dividends or make distributions to Credit Parties, and (ii) Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties shall be permitted to pay dividends or make distributions to other Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties.

7.9. Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests owned by Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (b) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (c) make loans or advances to Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, or (d) transfer, lease or license any of its property or assets to Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, other than:

(i) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) restrictions that are or were created by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer or option or right with respect to any property, assets or Equity Interests not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement that imposes restrictions on such Equity Interests or assets;

(iii) restrictions or encumbrances that exist under or by reason of Requirement of Law;

(iv) restrictions or encumbrances in effect on the Effective Date under Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 14.1 of the Disclosure Letter;

(v) restrictions or encumbrances imposed by any document, agreement or instrument governing or relating to any Permitted Lien if and to the extent such restrictions or encumbrances relate only to the property or assets subject to such Permitted Lien;

(vi) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases;

(vii) restrictions or encumbrances on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) restrictions or encumbrances in any agreement in effect at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;

(ix) any restrictions or encumbrances existing under the Loan Documents;

(x) any restrictions or encumbrances existing under the AR Credit Lines;

 

- 31 -


(xi) restrictions or encumbrances imposed by any document, agreement or instrument governing or relating to Indebtedness not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the extent each such restriction or encumbrance is not materially more restrictive than any restriction contained herein (as determined in good faith by Borrower);

(xii) restrictions contained in purchase agreements and acquisition agreements (including by way of merger, acquisition or consolidation) relating to any transaction not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(xiii) any restrictions or encumbrances of the type referred to in clauses (a)  through ( d)  above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatement, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of or similar arrangements to the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i)  through (xii)  above.

7.10. Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of any Credit Party or any owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, except for:

(a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of such Credit Party’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Credit Party or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person;

(b) any transaction between and among any Credit Party and its Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(c) reasonable and customary compensation (including fees, benefits, severance, change of control payments and incentive arrangements) arrangements for members of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) in the ordinary course of business;

(d) reasonable compensation (including fees, benefits, severance, change of control payments and incentive arrangements) arrangements for officers, employees, consultants and agents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments permitted under clauses (e) , (f)  or (g)  of the definition of Permitted Investments;

(f) Investments in Borrower comprised of the proceeds of equity financings and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith, any contribution to the Equity Interests of Borrower or any Subsidiary and unsecured debt financings from Borrower’s shareholders, so long as any and all such Indebtedness is Subordinated Debt and does not violate Section 7.5 ;

(g) transactions pursuant to an agreement in existence at the time the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary that is a party to such transaction is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted by Section 7.8 ;

(h) any transaction in connection with agreements existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 5.14 to the Disclosure Letter; and

(i) any distribution permitted by Section 7.8 .

7.11. Subordinated Debt (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except (i) under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject and (ii) refinancings of any Subordinated Debt with any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 7.4 or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Lender.

 

- 32 -


7.12. Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents . Amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify, or waive, any provision of its Operating Documents in a manner that would adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or adversely affect the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, Lender under any Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may amend its Organizational Documents in any manner necessary to effect a Qualified IPO so long as (i) there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (iii) such amendment could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

7.13. Fiscal Year . Borrower will cause (a) its and each of its Subsidiaries’ fiscal years to end on December 31 of each calendar year and (b) its and each of its Subsidiaries’ fiscal quarters to end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. Except to the extent necessary to comply with the foregoing, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change its fiscal year without prior written notice to Lender (not to be unreasonably withheld).

7.14. Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; no ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien on any asset of a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit Party with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event that, in the case of clauses (a)  and (b) , would, in the aggregate, result in liabilities in excess of which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to any present pension, profit sharing or deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

7.15. Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws . Lender hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Lender’s policies and practices, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Credit Party and its principals, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and its principals and such other information that will allow Lender to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Each Credit Party shall immediately notify Lender if such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge that any Credit Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

7.16. Reserved .

7.17. Amendments or Waivers of Current Company IP Agreements and Material Contracts . Waive, amend, cancel or terminate, exercise or fail to exercise, any material rights constituting or relating to any of the Current Company IP Agreements listed on Schedule 5.5(g) of the Disclosure Letter or any Material Contract or (b) default under, or take any action or fail to take any action which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default or event of default under, any of the Current Company IP Agreements listed on Schedule 5.5(g) of the Disclosure Letter or any Material Contract, in each case, which could have a material adverse effect on the rights of Lender or otherwise could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

7.18. Minimum Net Sales . Permit trailing twelve-month Net Sales, tested semi-annually as of the last day of the second fiscal quarter and the fourth fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, starting with the second fiscal quarter of the 2017 fiscal year, to fall below:

 

- 33 -


Twelve Months Ending    Minimum Net Sales  

June 30, 2017

   $ 44,698,000   

December 31, 2017

   $ 54,763,000   

June 30, 2018

   $ 61,467,000   

December 31, 2018

   $ 64,073,000   

June 30, 2019

   $ 68,073,000   

December 31, 2019

   $ 74,965,000   

June 30, 2020

   $ 81,965,000   

December 31, 2020

   $ 87,709,000   

June 30, 2021

   $ 94,459,000   

December 31, 2021

   $ 102,619,000   

thereafter, as applicable

   $ 102,619,000   

In the event that the Credit Parties fail to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 7.18 as of the last day of any such fiscal quarter, any cash contribution to Borrower funded with the proceeds of the issuance (or capital contribution on account of) capital stock or other Equity Interests (including in connection with a Qualified IPO) on or prior to the day that is forty-five (45) Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any issuance or capital contribution (including in connection with a Qualified IPO) made prior to the Credit Parties’ failure to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 7.18 ), will, at the irrevocable election of Borrower, be included in the calculation of Net Sales for the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.18 at the end of such fiscal quarter (each, a “ Cure Quarter ”) and any subsequent period that includes such Cure Quarter (any such cash contribution, a “ Specified Cash Contribution ”); provided that written notice of Borrower’s irrevocable election to utilize a Specified Cash Contribution shall be delivered by Borrower to Lender no later than the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter. Upon Lender’s receipt of written notice from Borrower of its irrevocable election to utilize a Specified Cash Contribution pursuant to this Section 7.18 no later than the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter, then, until the day that is forty-five (45) Business Days after such date, (i) any Event of Default arising under this Section 7.18 in respect of the period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter (the “ Specified Default ”) shall be deemed not to exist, (ii) Lender shall not exercise (or attempt to exercise) the right to accelerate the Term Loans and (iii) Lender shall not exercise (or attempt to exercise) any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral, in each case solely on the basis of the Specified Default if, and only if, an amount of such Specified Cash Contribution equal to the difference between the applicable trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 7.18 and the actual trailing twelve-month Net Sales is utilized to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of the provisions of Section 2.2 (except for the provisions of Section 2.2(d)(i) prohibiting partial prepayments and the Section 2.2(d)(i)(C) partial prepayment amount requirements), including to pay any fees or costs associated with such prepayment (the “ Cure Amount ”). If the Specified Cash Contribution takes place in satisfaction of the requirements set forth above and is utilized to prepay the Term Loans as provided above, then Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the covenants set forth in this Section 7.18 as of the applicable date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the amount of any Specified Cash Contribution in excess of the Cure Amount may be included, at the option of Borrower, in the calculation of Net Sales for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.18 in any subsequent fiscal quarter if, and only if, such amount is utilized to prepay the Term Loans as provided in this Section 7.18 and (ii) an amount equal to any cash contribution to Borrower funded with the proceeds of a Qualified IPO will constitute a

 

- 34 -


S pecified Cash Contribution and be available to be utilized to prepay the Term Loans as provided in this Section 7.18 whether or not such proceeds constitute cash on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet.

Furthermore, in the event that the Credit Parties fail to comply with the trailing twelve-month Net Sales set forth in this Section 7.18 as of the last day of any such fiscal quarter, irrespective of whether such failure constitutes an Event of Default under this Section 7.18 , the Credit Parties shall test trailing twelve-month Net Sales quarterly as of the last day of each fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter in which such failure occurs, in which case (x) the “Minimum Net Sales” target set forth above against which trailing twelve-month Net Sales is tested as of the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any fiscal year shall also be used to test trailing twelve-month Net Sales as of the last day of the third fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, and (y) the “Minimum Net Sales” target set forth above against which trailing twelve-month Net Sales is tested as of the last day of the fourth fiscal quarter of any fiscal year shall also be used to test trailing twelve-month Net Sales as of the last day of the first fiscal quarter of the following fiscal year.

 

  8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1. Payment Default . Any Credit Party fails to (a) make any payment of any principal of any Term Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof (including pursuant to Section 2.2(d) ) or at a date fixed for prepayment (whether voluntary or mandatory) thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise, (b) any payment of interest or premium pursuant to Section 2.2 , including any applicable Makewhole Amount or Prepayment Premium, on its due date, or (c) pay any other Obligations, in the case of this clause (c)  only, within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Term Loan Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof). A failure to pay any other Obligations pursuant to the foregoing clause (c)  prior to the end of such three (3) Business Day period shall not constitute an Event of Default;

8.2. Covenant Default .

(a) The Credit Parties: (i) fail or neglect to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.7 , or 6.15 ; (ii) fail or neglect to perform any obligation in Section 6.12 , and as to any default under such covenant, have failed to cure the default within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, in which case such 30-day period shall commence on the first Business Day on which the Credit Parties fail to have consolidated Liquidity of not less than $5,000,000; or (iii) violate any covenant in Section 7 ; or

(b) The Credit Parties fail or neglect to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified elsewhere in this Section 8 ) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, have failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provide d, however , that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by the Credit Parties be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then the Credit Parties shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this Section 8.2(b) shall not apply, among other things, to any of the covenants referenced in clause (a)  above;

8.3. Termination of SVB Credit Agreement . Borrower fails to deliver written notice to SVB terminating the SVB Credit Agreement promptly, and in any event no later than five (5) days after: (a) all of the obligations of Borrower pursuant to the SVB Credit Agreement (other than contingent obligations or indemnification obligations for which no underlying claim has been asserted) have been paid, performed or discharged in full (with all obligations consisting of monetary or payment obligations having been paid in full for cash); (b) no Person has any further right to obtain any loans, letters of credit or other extensions of credit under the SVB Credit Agreement; and (c) any and all letters of credit or similar instruments issued under the SVB Credit

 

- 35 -


Agreement, if any, have been cancelled and returned (or backed by stand-by guarantees or cash collateralized) in accordance with the terms of the SVB Credit Agreement.

8.4. Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of any Credit Party or of any entity under the control of any Credit Party (including a Subsidiary) in excess of $25,000 on deposit or otherwise maintained with Lender or any of Lender’s Affiliates, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under sub-clauses (i)  and (ii)  hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided , however , no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) Any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5. Insolvency.

(a) An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking: (i) relief in respect of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of the property of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for forty-five (45) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(b) Any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall: (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (a)  above; (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or (viii) wind up or liquidate (except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder); or

(c) Any Credit Party otherwise fails to be Solvent or its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, otherwise fail to be Solvent;

 

- 36 -


8.6. Other Agreements . There is under any contract, agreement or other arrangement to which a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any breach thereof or default thereunder resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually, or in excess of $2,000,000 when aggregated with all other breaches and defaults by any of the Credit Parties or their respective Subsidiaries under contracts, agreements or other arrangements with a third party or parties, provided , that, this clause (a)  shall not apply to secured Indebtedness, the acceleration of the maturity of which results from the Transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (but only if and to the extent such Transfer is not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and such Indebtedness is promptly repaid in full in accordance with its terms), or (b) any default or breach by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, the result of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

8.7. Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually, or in excess of $2,000,000 when aggregated (or, after a Qualified IPO, $2,500,000 individually, or in excess of $5,000,000 when aggregated) with all other final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money (but excluding any final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money that are covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier), shall be rendered against one or more Credit Parties or any of its or their Subsidiaries and the same are not, within twenty (20) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay;

8.8. Misrepresentations . Any Credit Party or any Person acting for any Credit Party makes or is deemed to make any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Lender or to induce Lender to enter this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect (or, to the extent any such representation, warranty or other statement is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Change, in any respect) when made or deemed to be made;

8.9. Loan Documents; Collateral . Any material provision of any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries party thereto, or any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; or any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such security interest shall for any reason cease to be a perfected and first priority security interest in the Collateral subject thereto subject only to Permitted Liens, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations as they apply to pledges of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries or the application thereof, or except from the failure of Lender to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Agreement or to file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including continuation statements) or to take such other actions as Lender is required to take in order to perfect and maintain a perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral subject to Permitted Liens and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy;

8.10. Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing the subordination of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.11. Change in Control . A Change in Control occurs.

 

  9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

9.1. Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues, Lender may, without notice or demand:

(a) declare all Obligations (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable Makewhole Amount and Prepayment Premium) immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section

 

- 37 -


8.5 occurs all Obligations, including the applicable Makewhole Amount and the Prepayment Premium, are automatically and immediately due and payable without any action by Lender), whereupon all Obligations for principal, interest, premium or otherwise (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable Makewhole Amount and Prepayment Premium) shall become due and payable by Borrower without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, which are all expressly waived by the Credit Parties hereby;

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement;

(c) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Lender considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Lender’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Lender requests and make it available as Lender designates. Lender may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Lender a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Lender’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations (i) any balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Lender is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Lender’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1 , Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Lender’s benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Lender and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Lender under the Collateral Documents or any other Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

Lender agrees that in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document with respect to the Intellectual Property, the rights of the licensees under the Permitted Licenses will not be terminated, limited or otherwise adversely affected so long as no default exists under the Permitted License in a way that would permit the licensor to terminate such Permitted License (commonly termed a non-disturbance).

9.2. Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Lender determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Lender or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Lender as its lawful attorney-in-fact to file or record any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Lender is not under any further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Lender’s foregoing appointment as

 

- 38 -


Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Lender’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Lender’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3. Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Lender may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Lender are Lender Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Lender will provide Borrower with notice of Lender’s having obtained such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. Borrower may later cancel any insurance purchased by Lender, but only after providing Lender with evidence (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) that there has been obtained insurance as required in Section 6.5 . No payments by Lender are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4. Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. If Lender directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Lender shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Lender of cash therefor.

9.5. Lender’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Lender complies with Requirements of Law regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Lender, Lender shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; or (c) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. In no event shall Lender have any liability for any diminution in the value of the Collateral for any reason. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Lender’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Lender has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Lender’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Lender from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7. Demand Waiver; Makewhole Amount; Prepayment Premium . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Lender on which Borrower is liable. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that if the maturity of all Obligations shall be accelerated pursuant to Section 9.1(a) by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Makewhole Amount and the Prepayment Premium shall become due and payable by Borrower upon such acceleration, whether such acceleration is automatic or is effected by Lender’s declaration thereof, as provided in Section 9.1(a) , and Borrower shall pay the Makewhole Amount as compensation to Lender for the loss of its investment opportunity and not as a penalty, and Borrower waives any right to object thereto in any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or otherwise.

 

- 39 -


  10. RESERVED

 

  11. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address (if any) indicated below. Lender or any Credit Party may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving all other parties hereto written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 11 .

 

If to Borrower:   
   Attention: Matthew Garrett
   iRhythm Technologies, Inc.
   650 Townsend, Suite 380
   San Francisco, CA 94103
   Telephone: (408) 476-1672
   Email: mgarrett@irhythmtech.com
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
   650 Page Mill Road, SR2-1/5
   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn: Philip Oettinger
   Telephone: (650) 565-3564
   Facsimile: (650) 493-6811
   Email: poettinger@wsgr.com
If to Lender:    BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP
   c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited
   190 Elgin Avenue
   Georgetown, Grand Cayman KY1-9005
   Grand Cayman
   Attention: Pedro Gonzalez de Cosio
   Telephone: +1 (212) 883-2296
   Facsimile: +1 (212) 490-7576
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   Pharmakon Advisors LP
   110 East 59 th Street, #3300
   New York, NY 10022
   Attn: Pedro Gonzalez de Cosio
   Phone: (212) 883-2296
   Fax: (212) 490-7576
   and
   Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
   One Bryant Park
   New York, NY 10036-6745

 

- 40 -


   Attn: Geoffrey E. Secol, Esq.   
   Phone: (212) 872-8081   
   Fax: (212) 872-1002   

 

  12. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT COULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. Credit Parties and Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by Requirement of Law, in such Federal court; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Lender. Each Credit Party expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and each Credit Party hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each Credit Party hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such party at the address set forth in (or otherwise provided in accordance with the terms of) Section 11 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such party’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CREDIT PARTIES AND LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

  13. GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Credit Party may transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any rights or obligations under hereunder or thereunder without Lender’s prior written consent. Lender may sell, transfer, assign or pledge this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder to any third party without Borrower’s consent, including to grant a participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Lender’s obligations, rights or benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (any such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or grant of a participation, a “ Lender Transfer ”) and Lender shall record such Lender Transfer in the “book entry system” maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 ; provided , however , that any Lender Transfer to a Restricted Transferee shall require the prior written consent of Borrower at any time in which a Default or Event of Default shall not then have occurred and be continuing. Lender shall provide Borrower notice of a Lender Transfer no later than the date on which such Lender Transfer occurs. Any attempted transfer, pledge or assignment of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any rights or obligations under hereunder or thereunder in violation of this Section 13.1 shall be null and void.

 

  13.2. Indemnification; Costs and Expenses.

(a) Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender and each manager, partner, director, officer, employee, agent, attorney and affiliate thereof (each such person, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , (i) no Credit Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnified Person hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnified Person, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) no Credit Party shall have any obligation to

 

- 41 -


any Indemnified Person hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from a material breach of any obligation of such Indemnified Person hereunder, (iii) no Credit Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnified Person hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from any claim by one Indemnified Person against another Indemnified Person that does not relate to any act or omission of any Credit Party, and (iv) no Credit Party shall be liable for any settlement of any claim or proceeding effected by any Indemnified Person without the prior written consent of such Credit Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with such consent or if there shall be a final judgment against an Indemnified Person, each of the Credit Parties shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

(b) To the extent permitted by Requirement of Law, no Credit Party shall assert, and each Credit Party hereby waives, any claim against Lender and its Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or sub-agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, arising out of, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Term Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each Credit Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

(c) Any action taken by any Credit Party under or with respect to any Loan Document, even if required under any Loan Document or at the request of Lender, shall be at the expense of such Credit Party, and no Secured Party shall be required under any Loan Document to reimburse any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party therefor except as expressly provided therein. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse upon demand (i) Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by it or any of its directors, employees, attorneys, agents or sub-agents, in connection with the investigation, development, preparation, negotiation, syndication, execution, interpretation or administration of, any modification of any term of or termination of, any Loan Document, any commitment or proposal letter therefor, any other document prepared in connection therewith or the consummation and administration of any transaction contemplated therein, (ii) Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by it or any of its directors, employees, attorneys, agents or sub-agents in connection with internal audit reviews and Collateral audits and (iii) Lender and its directors, employees, attorneys, agents and sub-agents, for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with (A) any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out”, (B) the enforcement or preservation of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, any Obligation, with respect to the Collateral or any other related right or remedy or (C) the commencement, defense, conduct of, intervention in, or the taking of any other action with respect to, any proceeding (including any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) related to any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, Loan Document or Obligation (or the response to and preparation for any subpoena or request for document production relating thereto), including Lender Expenses.

13.3. Severability of Provisions . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13.4. Correction of Loan Documents . Lender may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties hereto so long as Lender provides Credit Parties with written notice of such correction and allows Credit Parties at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by Lender and Credit Parties.

13.5. Amendments in Writing; Integration.

(a) No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation hereunder or thereunder, no approval or consent hereunder or thereunder (including any consent by Borrower to any departure herefrom or therefrom), shall in any event be

 

- 42 -


effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower and Lender. Any waiver, approval or consent granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver, approval or consent.

(b) This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

13.7. Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Credit Parties in Section 13.2 to indemnify Lender shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

13.8. Confidentiality . Any information regarding Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and their businesses provided to Lender by or on behalf of any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed “Confidential Information”; provided , however , that Confidential Information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Lender’s or any of its Affiliate’s possession when disclosed to Lender or any of its Affiliates, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Lender or any of its Affiliates other than as a result of a breach by Lender or any of its Affiliates of the obligations under this Section 13.8 ; or (ii) disclosed to Lender or any of its Affiliates by a third party if Lender or any of its Affiliates do not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Lender shall not disclose any Confidential Information to a third party or use Confidential Information for any purpose other than the exercise of Lender’s rights and the performance of Lender’s obligations under the Loan Documents. The foregoing in this Section 13.8 notwithstanding, Lender may disclose Confidential Information: (a) to any of Lender’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions; (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to the extent requested by regulators having jurisdiction over Lender or as otherwise required in connection with Lender’s examination or audit; (e) as Lender considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Lender; provided , however , that the third parties to which Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to clauses (a) , (b)  and (f)  are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use that are no less restrictive than those contained herein.

The provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

13.9. Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between any Credit Party and Lender arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

13.10. Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under Requirement of Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender is hereby authorized by each Credit Party at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Credit Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any Credit Party to Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto or with any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the interest on the Term Loans or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and

 

- 43 -


payable pursuant to Section 2 and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured.

13.11. Marshalling; Payments Set Aside . Lender shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Credit Party makes a payment or payments to Lender, or Lender enforces any Liens or exercises its rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

13.12. Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Requirement of Law, including any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

13.13. Captions . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

13.14. Construction of Agreement . The parties hereto mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties hereto caused the uncertainty to exist.

13.15. Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any Persons other than the express parties to it and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any Person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any Person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

13.16. No Fiduciary Duty . Lender may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Credit Parties. Each Credit Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between Lender, on the one hand, and such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries, and any of their respective stockholders or affiliates, on the other hand. Each Credit Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Lender, on the one hand, and such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, Lender is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates, management, stockholders, creditors or any other person, (iii) Lender has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether Lender or any of its affiliates has advised or is currently advising such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (iv) each Credit Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent each deemed appropriate. Each Credit Party further acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Credit Party agrees that it will not claim that Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

  14. DEFINITIONS

14.1. Definitions . For the purposes of and as used in the Loan Documents: (a) references to any Person include its successors and assigns and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any Person succeeding to its functions and capacities; (b) except as otherwise expressly provided in any Loan Document, references to any law,

 

- 44 -


treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation include amendments, supplements and successors thereto; (c) the word “shall” is mandatory; (d) the word “may” is permissive; (e) the word “or” is not exclusive; (f) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” are not limiting; (g) the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular; (h) numbers denoting amounts that are set off in parentheses are negative unless the context dictates otherwise; (i) each authorization herein shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest; (j) all accounting terms shall be interpreted, and all determinations relating thereto shall be made, in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards; (k) references to any time of day shall be to New York time; and (l) references to specific sections, articles, annexes and exhibits are to this Agreement and references to specific schedules are to the Disclosure Letter. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” means any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes all accounts receivable, book debts, and other sums owing to Credit Parties.

Account Debtor ” means any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Acquisition ” means (a) any Stock Acquisition, or (b) any Asset Acquisition.

Adverse Proceeding ” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims), whether pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against or adversely affecting any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, that Person’s managers and members. As used in this definition, “control” means (a) direct or indirect beneficial ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) (or such lesser percentage which is the maximum allowed to be owned by a foreign corporation in a particular jurisdiction) of the voting share capital or other equity interest in a Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of such Person by contract or otherwise. In no event shall Lender be deemed to be an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” means any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

Applicable Accounting Standards ” means with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Approved Fund ” means any (a) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (b) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (a) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (a)  and (b) , is administered or managed by (i) Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of Lender or (iii) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages Lender.

AR Credit Lines ” is defined in clause (c)  of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”.

 

- 45 -


Asset Acquisition ” means, with respect to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries: (a) any purchase, inbound license or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person (or of any business or division of any other Person); or (b) any other purchase, inbound license or other acquisition of any property or assets of any other Person for any purpose other than any such purchase or acquisition of property or assets for administrative expenses and other ordinary course operating expenses, provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Acquisition” includes any co-promotion or co-marketing arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Asset Acquisition shall not include any license or grant described in Section 7.1(e) .

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Blocked Person ” means (a) any Person listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person, or if there is none, the Board of Directors of the managing member of such Person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

Books ” means all books and records including ledgers, records regarding a Credit Party’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrowing Resolutions ” means, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s Board of Directors and delivered by such Person to Lender approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Tranche A Loan or the Tranche B Loan, as applicable), together with a certificate executed by its Secretary on behalf of such Person certifying that (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that attached as Exhibit A to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Lender may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Lender a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate; provided , however , that in the case of Borrower, the “ Borrowing Resolutions ” shall also include those resolutions adopted by Borrower’s preferred stockholders.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday or a Sunday or a day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve (12) months from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper issued by any Person in the United States maturing no more than twelve (12) months after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Dollar denominated certificates of deposit maturing no more than twelve (12) months after issue of any Lender or any commercial bank having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company

 

- 46 -


having, the highest long-term unsecured debt rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (d) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a)  through (c)  above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents do not include and the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including any corporate or municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security.

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the IRC.

CFC Holding Company ” means a Domestic Subsidiary that is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(3) of the IRC, the sole material assets of which are Equity Interests in one or more CFCs and any Domestic Subsidiaries described in this definition.

Change in Control ” means (i) a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction; provided , however , that the occurrence of a Qualified IPO shall not be deemed a Change of Control event. For the purposes of this definition, a “Qualified IPO” means an underwritten initial public offering of the equity interests of Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of Borrower which generates cash proceeds of at least $40,000,000 and results in a listing of such entity’s equity interests on a public securities exchange.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking into effect of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a “Change in Law” nor a “change in any Requirement of Law” shall include any amendment made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

CHCF Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred by Borrower under that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, between Borrower and California HealthCare Foundation, and the promissory note issued thereunder, dated November 16, 2012 and amended as of June 19, 2015, in the original principal amount of $1,500,000.

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” means, collectively, “Collateral” (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) and all other property of whatever kind and nature subject or purported to be subject from time to time to a Lien under any Collateral Document.

 

- 47 -


Collateral Account ” means any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Collateral Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the Control Agreements, the IP Agreements, any Mortgages and all other bailee waivers, instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, in order to grant to Lender or perfect a Lien on any Collateral as security for the Obligations, and all amendments, restatements, modifications or supplements thereof or thereto.

Commodity Account ” means any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Company IP ” means any and all of the following, as they exist throughout the world: (a) Current Company IP; (b) improvements, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, provisionals or any substitute applications, any patent issued with respect to any of the Current Company IP, any reissue, reexamination, renewal or patent term extension or adjustment (including any supplementary protection certificate) of any such patent, and any confirmation patent or registration patent or patent of addition based on any such patent, and all foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing; (c) trade secrets or trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, confidential or proprietary information, research in progress, algorithms, data, databases, data collections, designs, processes, procedures, methods, protocols, materials, formulae, drawings, schematics, blueprints, flow charts, models, strategies, prototypes, techniques, and the results of experimentation and testing, including samples, in each case, as specifically related to Product; (d) any and all IP Ancillary Rights specifically relating to any of the foregoing; and (e) regulatory filings, submissions and approvals related to Product and all data provided in any of the foregoing.

Competitor ” means any Person that is an operating company engaged in substantially similar business operations as Borrower.

Compliance Certificate ” means that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Contingent Obligation ” means, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another Person directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligation for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; or (c) any obligation to pay contingent or deferred consideration or other payments to a counterparty in connection with an Acquisition or a sale or other disposition or under any co-promotion or co-marketing arrangement or any in-license, including, with respect to any purchase price holdback in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset sold to such Person to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset, any obligation to pay such seller the excess of such holdback over such obligations; provided that “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it reasonably determined by such Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” means any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which a Credit Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which a Credit Party maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, such Credit Party and Lender, pursuant to which Lender obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret (and all related IP Ancillary Rights).

 

- 48 -


Credit Extension ” means any Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Lender for Borrower’s benefit.

Credit Party ” means each Borrower and each Guarantor.

Cure Amount ” is defined in Section 7.18

Cure Quarter ” is defined in Section 7.18 .

Current Company IP ” is defined in Section 5.5(d) .

Current Company IP Agreement ” is defined in Section 5.5(g) .

Customer Data ” is defined in Section 5.5(n) .

Default ” means an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Deposit Account ” means any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the Effective Date, delivered by the Credit Parties to Lender, as updated on the Tranche A Closing Date (if required), the Tranche B Closing Date and from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Environmental Claim ” means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (i) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law; (ii) in connection with any Hazardous Material or any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity; or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state (or any subdivision of either of them), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Approvals, or any other requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to (i) environmental matters, including those relating to any Hazardous Materials Activity; (ii) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials; or (iii) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare, in each case, in any manner applicable to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any Facility.

Equipment ” means all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in such Person (other than a corporation), including partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire (by purchase, conversion, dividend,

 

- 49 -


distribution or otherwise) any of the foregoing (and all other rights, powers, privileges, interests, claims and other property in any manner arising therefrom or relating thereto).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such person, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the IRC.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived by regulation); (b) with respect to a Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the IRC and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the IRC (or Section 430(j) of the IRC, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the IRC or Section 303(d) of ERISA (or after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the IRC and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence by Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (referred to and defined in ERISA) or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (g) the incurrence by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (i) the “substantial cessation of operations” within the meaning of Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (j) the making of any amendment to any Plan which could result in the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security; and (k) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the IRC or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8 .

Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any property or assets, any of the following: (a) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or assets; (b) any transfer in lieu of any pending or threatened institution of any proceedings for the condemnation or seizure of such property or assets or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain; or (c) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such property or assets, or confiscation of such property or assets or the requisition of the use of such property or assets.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Excluded Equity Interests ” means, collectively: (i) except as provided in clause (iii)  below, any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary; (ii) any Equity Interests of any Domestic Subsidiary indirectly owned by a Credit Party through a Foreign Subsidiary; (iii) any voting stock in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting stock of any Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by any Credit Party or any Domestic Subsidiary directly owned by any Credit Party that is a CFC Holding Company which, pursuant to Section 6.14 , is not required to be pledged to secure the Obligations, provided , that upon the issuance of any non-voting stock of Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by any Credit Party or any Domestic Subsidiary directly owned by any Credit Party that is a CFC Holding Company and pursuant to the terms of Section 6.14 , 100% of such issued and outstanding non-voting stock is required to be pledged to secure the Obligations and, therefore, upon such issuance of any non-voting stock of Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by any Credit Party or any Domestic Subsidiary directly owned by any Credit Party that is a CFC Holding Company, “Excluded Equity Interests” shall not include any of such outstanding non-voting stock; (iv) any Equity Interests of any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the cost of granting Lender a security interest in and Lien upon, and pledging to Lender, such Equity Interests, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are excessive relative to the value to be

 

- 50 -


afforded to Lender thereby; (v) any Equity Interests of any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such Equity Interests, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by Requirement of Law; (vi) any Equity Interests of any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such Equity Interests, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) require the consent, approval or waiver of any Governmental Authority or other third party and such consent, approval or waiver has not been obtained by Borrower following Borrower’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same; and (vii) any Equity Interests of any other Domestic Subsidiary that is a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such Equity Interests, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by, or would give any third party (other than Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower) the right to terminate its obligations under, the Operating Documents of, the joint venture agreement or shareholder agreement with respect to, or any other contract with such third party relating to such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under Article 9 of the Code or other Requirement of Law), but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as such Operating Documents, joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement or other contract is in effect, and Borrower has not obtained the consent, approval or waiver of such third party following Borrower’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same; provided , however , that “ Excluded Equity Interests ” shall not include for all purposes hereunder any Equity Interest, voting stock or non-voting stock of any Subsidiary that is now or becomes at any time hereafter included among Collateral (as such term is defined in the SVB Credit Agreement). For the purposes of this definition, “ voting stock ” means, with respect to any issuer, the issued and outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests of such issuer entitled to vote.

Excluded License ” means an exclusive license or sublicense of any Intellectual Property covering any Product that is tantamount to a sale of substantially all rights to such Intellectual Property in a particular geography or field of use because it conveys to the licensee or sublicensee exclusive rights to practice such Intellectual Property in the applicable geography or field of use for consideration that is not based upon future development or commercialization of products (other than pursuant to so-called earn-out payments) or services by the licensee or sublicensee (other than transition services), such as, for example, consideration of only upfront advances or initial license fees or similar payments in consideration of such rights, with no anticipated subsequent payments or de minimis payments to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to so-called earn-out payments or transition services).

Excluded Subsidiaries ” means, collectively: (i) any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower; (ii) any Domestic Subsidiary owned indirectly by any Credit Party through a Foreign Subsidiary; (iii) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the cost of granting Lender a security interest in and Lien upon, and pledging to Lender, such Domestic Subsidiary’s property and assets constituting Collateral and the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are excessive relative to the value to be afforded to Lender thereby; (iv) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such Domestic Subsidiary’s property and assets constituting Collateral and the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by Requirement of Law; (v) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such Domestic Subsidiary’s property and assets constituting Collateral and the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) require the consent, approval or waiver of any Governmental Authority or other third party (other than Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower) and such consent, approval or waiver has not been obtained by Borrower following Borrower’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same; (vi) any other Domestic Subsidiary that is a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary’s property and assets constituting Collateral and the Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by the Operating Documents of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; and (vii) any other Domestic Subsidiary that is a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien upon, and the pledge to Lender of, such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary’s

 

- 51 -


property and assets constituting Collateral and the Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by, or would give any third party (other than Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower) the right to terminate its obligations under, the Operating Documents of, the joint venture agreement or shareholder agreement with respect to, or any other contract with such third party relating to such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under Article 9 of the Code or other Requirement of Law), but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as such Operating Documents, joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement or other contract is in effect, and Borrower has not obtained the consent, approval or waiver of such third party following Borrower’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same; provided , however , that to the extent a Subsidiary becomes at any time a co-borrower under the SVB Credit Agreement, any and all such Subsidiaries shall not, as of the date of such co-borrowing, be included as “ Excluded Subsidiaries ” for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Lender, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed by the United States or as a result of such Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are otherwise Other Connection Taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to any Obligation pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires an interest in any Obligation or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.6 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.6(c), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing SVB Credit Agreement ” means, collectively, that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2013, by and between Borrower and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by that certain First Amendment and Default Waiver to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2014, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2014, as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2015, together with each other Loan Document (as such term is defined in the Existing SVB Credit Agreement).

Facility ” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the IRC, as of the date of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any agreements between the governments of the United States and the jurisdiction in which the applicable Lender is resident implementing such provisions),or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with, and any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(i) of the IRC and any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement that is included in this definition.

FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

FDA Good Manufacturing Practices ” means the standards set forth in 21 C.F.R. Parts 210, 211 and 600.

FDA Laws ” means all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, standards, guidelines, policies and orders administered or issued by FDA.

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

- 52 -


Governmental Approval ” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, government department, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Governmental Payor Programs ” means all governmental third party payor programs in which any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries participates, including Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE or any other federal or state health care programs.

Guarantor ” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is a present or future guarantor of the Obligations.

Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of any Facility or to the indoor or outdoor environment.

Hazardous Materials Activity ” means any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

Health Care Laws ” means, collectively: (a) any and all federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations, manuals, orders, ordinances, statutes, guidelines and requirements issued under or in connection with Medicare, Medicaid or any other Government Payor Program; (b) federal and state laws and regulations governing the confidentiality of patient information, including HIPAA; (c) accreditation standards and requirements of all applicable state laws or regulatory bodies; (d) any and all federal, state and local fraud and abuse laws of any Governmental Authority, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), Sections 1320a-7 and 1320a-7a of Title 42 of the United States Code and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes; (e) the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (Pub. L. No. 108-173) and the regulations promulgated thereunder; (f) the Physician Payment Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h); (g) all reporting and disclosure requirements under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program (e.g., Monthly and Quarterly Average Manufacturer Price, Baseline Average Manufacturer Price, and Rebate Per Unit, as applicable), Medicare Part B (Quarterly Average Sales Price), Section 602 of the Veteran’s Health Care Act (Public Health Service 340B Quarterly Ceiling Price), Section 603 of the Veteran’s Health Care Act (Quarterly and Annual Non-Federal Average Manufacturer Price and Federal Ceiling Price), Best Price, Federal Supply Schedule Contract Prices and Tricare Retail Pharmacy Refunds, and Medicare Part D; (h) all other applicable health care laws, rules, codes, statutes, regulations, manuals, orders, ordinances, policies, administrative guidance and requirements pertaining to Medicare or Medicaid; in each case, in any manner applicable to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries; (i) any and all federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, statutes and requirements relating to (A) the regulation of managed care, third party payors and Persons bearing the financial risk for the provision or arrangement of health care services, (B) billings to insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other Managed Care Plans or otherwise relating to insurance fraud, and (C) any insurance, health maintenance organization or managed care Requirement of Law; and (i) any and all foreign health care laws, rules, codes, regulations, manuals, orders, ordinances, statutes, guidelines, requirements and policies which, in each case, are analogous to any of the foregoing and applicable to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate, currency, commodity or equity swap, collar, cap, floor or forward rate agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity or equity prices or values (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing and any combination of the foregoing agreements or arrangements), and any confirmation executed in connection with any such agreement or arrangement.

 

- 53 -


HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, any and all rules or regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder, and any comparable U.S. state laws.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness for advanced or borrowed money of, or credit extended to, such Person; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed by such Person as the deferred purchase price of property, services or rights (other than (i) accrued expenses and trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business that are not more than one hundred and twenty (120) days past due or subject to a bona fide dispute, (ii) obligations to pay for services provided by employees and individual independent contractors in the ordinary course of business that are not more than one hundred and twenty (120) days past due or subject to a bona fide dispute, (iii) Reserved, (iv) liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits, (v) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (vi) Reserved, and (vii) Reserved), including any obligation or liability to pay deferred or contingent purchase price or other consideration for such property, services or rights; (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder and all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds, performance bonds and other similar instruments issued by such Person; (d) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other debt securities or similar instruments (including debt securities convertible into Equity Interests), including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all capital lease obligations of such Person; (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off balance sheet financing product by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person, whether or not contingent, to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its own Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent entity thereof) prior to the date that is one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Term Loan Maturity Date, valued at, in the case of redeemable preferred stock, the greater of the voluntary liquidation preference and the involuntary liquidation preference of such stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends; (i) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a)  through (h)  above of other Persons secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness; and (j) all Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Liabilities ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for Indemnified Persons in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened in writing by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnified Person shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto (it being agreed that, such counsel fees and expenses shall be limited to one primary counsel, and any additional special and local counsel in each jurisdiction deemed necessary or advisable by Lender, for the Indemnified Persons, except in the case of actual or potential conflicts of interest between or among the Indemnified Persons), and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnified Persons in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations, on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnified Person, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including Lender’s agreement to make Credit Extensions or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of any guaranty of the Obligations)).

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 13.2 .

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a)  above, Other Taxes.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means, with respect to any Person, any proceeding by or against such Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the

 

- 54 -


benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks, and Patents;

(b) trade secrets and trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) Software (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement);

(d) Internet Domain Names (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement);

(e) design rights;

(f) IP Ancillary Rights; and

(g) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

Inventory ” means all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including such inventory as is temporarily out of a Credit Party’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” means (i) any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including Equity Interests), (ii) any Acquisition or (iii) the making of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution in or to, any Person.

IP Agreements ” means those certain Intellectual Property Security Agreements entered into by and between Borrower and Lender, each dated as of the Effective Date, as such may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

IP Ancillary Rights ” means, with respect to any Copyright, Trademark, Patent, Software, trade secrets or trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, all income, royalties, proceeds and liabilities at any time due or payable or asserted under or with respect to any of the foregoing or otherwise with respect thereto, including all rights to sue or recover at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or other impairment thereof, and, in each case, all rights to obtain any other intellectual property right ancillary to any Copyright, Trademark, Patent, Software, trade secrets or trade secret rights.

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Knowledge ” or to the “ knowledge ” of a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and similar qualifications or phrases means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers of such Credit Party or Subsidiary.

Lender ” is defined in the preamble hereof and shall include any successors.

Lender Expenses ” means all reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Lender for preparing, amending, modifying, negotiating, executing and delivering, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to the Credit Parties in connection with the Loan Documents, including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel (it being agreed that, such counsel fees and expenses shall be limited to one

 

- 55 -


primary counsel, one special counsel advising on Intellectual Property and Health Care Laws matters and any additional local counsel in each jurisdiction deemed necessary or advisable by Lender).

Lender Transfer ” is defined in Section 13.1 .

Lien ” means a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or assignment for security purposes, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property or assets.

Liquidity ” means the sum of the Credit Parties’ unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained in Collateral Accounts with respect to which Control Agreements are in effect.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Disclosure Letter, any Term Loan Notes, the Security Agreement, the IP Agreements, each Compliance Certificate, the Perfection Certificates, any Control Agreement, any other Collateral Document, any guaranties executed by a Credit Party, and any other present or future agreement between a Credit Party and Lender in connection with this Agreement, as such may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto).

Makewhole Amount ” means, on any date of determination occurring on or prior to the second anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, an amount equal to the sum of all interest accruing from such date through the second anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Additional Consideration).

Managed Care Plans ” means all health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, individual practice associations, competitive medical plans and similar arrangements.

Manufacturing Agreements ” is defined in Section 5.22(b) .

Margin Stock ” is defined in Section 5.13 .

Material Adverse Change ” means any material adverse change in or effect on: (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets (including all or any portion of Collateral), liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, performance or properties of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2014; (ii) without limiting the generality of clause (i)  above, any rights in and related to any Product or the commercialization, marketing, importing, exporting, distribution, development, production or sale of any Product; (iii) the ability of any Credit Party to perform its payment obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party (including as a result of such Credit Party failing to remain Solvent); or (iv) the binding nature or validity of, or the ability of Lender to enforce, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any of its rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder.

Material Contract ” means any contract or other arrangement to which a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Loan Documents) or by which any of its assets is bound (as such may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time), for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation, termination or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Medicaid ” means, collectively, the health care assistance program established by Title XIX of the SSA (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) and any statutes succeeding thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, orders, or requirements pertaining to such program, including (a) all federal statutes affecting such program; (b) all state statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with such program and federal rules and regulations promulgated in connection with such program; and (c) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals, orders and administrative, reimbursement, and requirements of all government authorities promulgated in connection with such program (whether or not having the force of law), in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

- 56 -


Medicare ” means, collectively, the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by Title XVIII of the SSA (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) and any statutes succeeding thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, or orders pertaining to such program including (a) all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XVIII of the SSA or elsewhere) affecting such program; and (b) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals, orders and administrative, reimbursement and requirements of all governmental authorities promulgated in connection with such program (whether or not having the force of law), in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Mortgage ” means any deed of trust, leasehold deed of trust, mortgage, leasehold mortgage, deed to secure debt, leasehold deed to secure debt or other document creating a Lien on real estate or any interest in real estate.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) or Section 3(37) of ERISA (a) to which Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their respective ERISA Affiliates is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions; (b) to which Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their respective ERISA Affiliates has within the preceding five (5) plan years made contributions; or (c) with respect to which Borrower or its Subsidiaries could incur material liability.

Net Sales ” means, with respect to any period, the line item “product sales” (which includes a reduction for product sales allowances) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the prior twelve (12) months, determined consistent with past practice on a consolidated basis in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards.

Obligations ” means, collectively, the Credit Parties’ obligations to pay when due any and all debts, principal, interest, Lender Expenses, the Prepayment Premium, the Makewhole Amount, and other fees, expenses, indemnities and amounts any Credit Party owes Lender now or later, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrowers assigned to Lender, and to perform Borrowers’ duties under the Loan Documents.

OFAC ” means the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Lists ” means, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

Operating Documents ” means, collectively with respect to any Person such Person’s formation documents as certified with the Secretary of State or other applicable Governmental Authority of such Person’s jurisdiction of formation on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such documents are due to be delivered under this Agreement and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws (or similar organizational regulations) in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), in each case, with all current amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereto.

ordinary course of business ” means, in respect of any transaction involving any Person, the ordinary course of such Person’s business, undertaken by such Person in good faith and not for purposes of evading any covenant, prepayment obligation or restriction in any Loan Document.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection (including present or former connection of its agents) between such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing, sales, transfer, excise, mortgage or property Taxes, charges or similar levies or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made hereunder, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or

 

- 57 -


perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

Patent Licenses ” means (a) any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent, together with the goodwill associated therewith, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country, multinational body or any political subdivision thereof (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) and (b) all renewals thereof.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications including any improvements, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, provisionals or any substitute applications, any patent issued with respect to any of the foregoing patent applications, any reissue, reexamination, renewal or patent term extension or adjustment (including any supplementary protection certificate) of any such patent, and any confirmation patent or registration patent or patent of addition based on any such patent, and all foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

Patriot Act ” is defined in Section 3.1(l) .

Payment/Advance Form ” means that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Payment Date ” means the last day of each calendar quarter.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.5 .

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition, so long as:

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(ii) the assets being acquired or licensed, or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, (x) the same or a related line of business as that then-conducted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (y) a line of business that is ancillary to and in furtherance of a line of business as that then-conducted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including, in each case, digital health and services line of business;

(iii) in the case of an Asset Acquisition, the subject assets are being acquired or licensed by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower, and the applicable Person shall have executed and delivered or authorized, as applicable, any and all security agreements, financing statements, fixture filings, and other documentation reasonably requested by Lender in order to include the newly acquired or licensed assets within the Collateral;

(iv) in the case of a Stock Acquisition, (1) the subject Equity Interests are being acquired in such Acquisition directly by a Credit Party, and (2) the relevant Credit Party shall have complied with its obligations under Section 6.14 ;

(v) any Indebtedness or Liens assumed in connection with such Acquisition are otherwise permitted under Section 7.4 or 7.5 , respectively;

(vi) such Acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are proposed to be acquired and shall not have been preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vii) Borrower shall have delivered (A) projections for the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are proposed to be acquired or, in the case of an applicable co-promotion or co-marketing arrangement, for the product that is the subject of such arrangement, (B) updated pro forma projections for Borrower

 

- 58 -


and its Subsidiaries evidencing compliance on a pro forma basis with Section 6.12 and Section 7.18 for the twelve (12) calendar months following the date of such Acquisition (on a quarter-by-quarter basis), and (C) an updated Disclosure Letter and, to the extent applicable, updates to each Loan Document, in each case solely with respect to such Acquisition (and if and only to the extent not prohibited by the terms hereof or thereof), as applicable; provided , that in no event may the Disclosure Letter or any such Loan Document be updated in a manner that would reflect or evidence a Default or Event of Default (with or without such update); and

(viii) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed date of consummation of such Acquisition, Borrower shall have delivered to Lender an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying that (A) such Acquisition complies with this definition of “Permitted Acquisition” (which shall have attached thereto reasonably detailed backup data and calculations showing such compliance), and (B) such Acquisition could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(a) Credit Parties’ Indebtedness to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on Schedule 14.1 to the Disclosure Letter (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes CHCF Indebtedness);

(c) Indebtedness in the form of accounts receivable lines of credit (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any and all Indebtedness under the SVB Credit Agreement) (“ AR Credit Lines ”) so long as the aggregate amount outstanding of such Indebtedness is limited to:

(i) $15,000,000, at such time(s) as Borrower’s trailing six-month Net Sales as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately prior to the date of such incurrence was greater than $30,000,000;

(ii) $10,000,000, at such time(s) as Borrower’s trailing six-month Net Sales as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately prior to the date of such incurrence was greater than $25,000,000 but less than or equal to $30,000,000; and

(iii) $5,000,000, at such time(s) as Borrower’s trailing six-month Net Sales as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately prior to the date of such incurrence was less than or equal to $25,000,000;

(d) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations set forth in clause (a)  of the definition of “Contingent Obligation” (i) of a Credit Party of Permitted Indebtedness of another Credit Party, (ii) of a Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party of Permitted Indebtedness of another Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party, (iii) of a Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party of Permitted Indebtedness of a Credit Party or (iv) of a Credit Party of Permitted Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party not to exceed $1,000,000 (or $2,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(e) Investments set forth in clause (f)  of the definition of Permitted Investments, to the extent constituting Indebtedness; provided any such Indebtedness is Subordinated Debt;

(f) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations (i) set forth in clause (b)  of the definition of “Contingent Obligation”, and (ii) set forth in clause (c)  of the definition of “Contingent Obligation” in connection with any Permitted Acquisition;

(g) Subordinated Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) of Borrower after the Effective Date, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed after the Effective Date by any Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary, in either case, in a Permitted Acquisition;

 

- 59 -


provided that (A) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assets are acquired and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assets being acquired or such Indebtedness arises as a result of an earn-out or similar arrangement, (B) no Subsidiary of Borrower (other than a Subsidiary without significant assets formed in order to effect such acquisition, including by way of a merger) or Borrower shall guarantee or otherwise become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, (C) if any other Subsidiary of Borrower becomes liable for or guarantees such Indebtedness, its liability or guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness shall at all times be subordinated to its obligations hereunder, if any, pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor or other similar agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, and (D) such Indebtedness would not otherwise result in a Default or Event of Default;

(i) secured and unsecured business credit card Indebtedness in an outstanding principal amount not to exceed at any time $500,000 in the aggregate;

(j) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness permitted under clause (o)  of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(k) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Borrower which are not Credit Parties in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 (or $1,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) at any time outstanding;

(l) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Indebtedness in respect of netting services or overdraft protection in connection with deposit or securities accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Reserved;

(p) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Indebtedness not to exceed $1,000,000 (or $2,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate at any time outstanding, consisting of capital lease obligations or secured by Liens permitted by clause (c)  of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(r) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(s) purchase price adjustments, indemnity payments and earn-out obligations in connection with any Permitted Acquisition;

(t) other Indebtedness not exceeding $1,000,000 (or $2,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) at any time outstanding; and

(u) subject to the proviso immediately below, extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness in clauses (a)  through (t)  above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased other than by any reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the same and the terms thereof are not modified to shorten the maturity thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Indebtedness” shall not include any Hedging Agreements.

 

- 60 -


Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments (including Investments in Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on Schedule 14.2 of the Disclosure Letter, and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof;

(b) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(d) subject to Section 6.6 , Investments consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts;

(e) Investments by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a Permitted License;

(f) Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1 ;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this clause (i)  shall not apply to Investments of any Credit Party in any of its Subsidiaries;

(j) joint ventures or strategic alliances consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided , that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed $500,000 (or $5,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(k) Investments required in connection with a Permitted Acquisition (including the formation of any Subsidiary for the purpose of effectuating such Permitted Acquisition, the capitalization of such Subsidiary whether by capital contribution or intercompany loans, in each case, to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, related Investments in Subsidiaries necessary to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, and the receipt of any non-cash consideration in a Permitted Acquisition);

(l) Investments constituting the formation of any Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger or acquisition transaction permitted by Section 7.3(a)(i) through (iv)  hereof, which such transaction is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(m) Investments of any Person that (i) becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary of Borrower that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary of Borrower in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Effective Date, or (ii) are assumed after the Effective Date by any Subsidiary of Borrower in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person by such Subsidiary, in either case, in a Permitted Acquisition; provided that, in each case, any such Investment (x) exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower (or is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary of Borrower) or such assets are acquired, (y) was not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower (or merging or consolidating with or into a Subsidiary of Borrower) or such acquisition of assets, and (z) such Investment would not otherwise result in a Default or Event of Default;

(n) Investments arising as a result of the licensing of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 61 -


(o) Investments by (i) any Credit Party to any other Credit Party, (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party to another Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party, (iii) any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party to any Credit Party and (iv) any Credit Party to a Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Credit Party not to exceed $2,000,000 (or $5,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(p) Investments arising out of the receipt of non-cash consideration for any Permitted Transfer;

(q) Without limiting the generality of clause (k)  above, Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition of property not otherwise prohibited hereunder; and

(r) other Investments not otherwise permitted under Section 7.8 in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof) not to exceed $1,000,000 (or $2,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) at any time;

provided , however , that, none of the foregoing Investments shall be a “Permitted Investment” if any Indebtedness or Liens assumed in connection with such Investment are not otherwise permitted under Section 7.4 or 7.5 , respectively.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Investments” shall not include any Hedging Agreements.

Permitted Licenses ” means: (a) a non-exclusive or an exclusive as to geography other than the United States license of (or covenant not to sue with respect to) Intellectual Property or grant of development, manufacture, distribution, co-promotion or similar commercial rights to third parties in the ordinary course of business; (b) subject to prior satisfaction of the requirements set forth in the following sentence, a non-exclusive or an exclusive as to geography within the United States license of Intellectual Property or grant of development, manufacture, distribution, co-promotion or similar commercial rights to third parties in the ordinary course of business; (c) non-exclusive licensing of (or granting of a covenant not to sue with respect to) technology or Intellectual Property, granting of development, manufacture, distribution, co-promotion or similar commercial rights, the development of technology or the providing of technical support; and (d) a non-exclusive or an exclusive grant of manufacturing licenses to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and (e) intercompany licenses or other similar arrangements among the Credit Parties, provided , however , that the licenses or similar arrangements described in this clause (e)  shall not permit any exclusive as to geography in the United States licenses of Intellectual Property and shall only permit exclusive as to geography other than the United States licenses of Intellectual Property if a Credit Party retains all rights to such Intellectual Property other than those rights that are the subject of such license. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any license or other arrangement described in clause (b)  above shall not constitute a Permitted License hereunder unless and until (i) Borrower shall have given written notice of such proposed license or other arrangement to Lender in accordance with Section 11 hereof, which notice shall (A) identify the parties to such proposed license or other arrangement, (B) include a description of the material terms and conditions of such proposed license or other arrangement and (C) include copies of any and all agreements relating to such proposed license or other arrangement, to Lender in accordance with Section 11 hereof, (ii) Lender shall have given its written consent to such proposed license or other arrangement; provided that, in the event Lender does not deliver in writing its rejection of such proposed license or other arrangement within ten (10) Business Days after the effective date of delivery of the notice from Borrower contemplated in clause (i)  above, then Lender shall be deemed to have waived its right to reject such proposed license or other arrangement, and Borrower or its Subsidiary that is a party to such proposed license or other arrangement shall be permitted to enter into such proposed license or other arrangement, unless any of the terms or conditions thereof have changed in any material respect from the terms set forth in the materials provided to Lender pursuant to clause (i)  above, in which event Lender’s right to consent to such proposed license or other arrangement shall be deemed to be revived and such proposed license or other arrangement shall not constitute a Permitted License unless and until Borrower delivers a new notice to Lender in accordance with clause (i)  above and the requirements of clause (ii)  above has been satisfied as to such proposed license or other arrangement (as so amended or modified). Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Licenses” shall not include any Excluded Licenses entered into after the Effective Date unless consented to in writing by Lender.

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

- 62 -


(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes Liens securing CHCF Indebtedness, if any) or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for Taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which such Credit Party maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the IRC, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) (i) Liens on any property acquired or held by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing (or refinancing) all or any part of the cost of acquiring, repairing, improving or constructing such property and (ii) Liens securing capital lease obligations, in each case, permitted under clause (q)  of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(d) Permitted Licenses and Liens incurred pursuant to Permitted Licenses, and the licenses or grants described in Section 7.1(e) ;

(e) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, landlords, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(f) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(g) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under either Section 8.4 or 8.7 ;

(h) subject to Section 6.6 , Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions; provided that such Liens relate solely to obligations for administrative and other banking fees and expenses (but not Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts;

(i) subject to Section 7.2(c) , statutory or common law Liens of landlords;

(j) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, nonexclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Lender a security interest therein;

(k) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds, and other obligations of like nature, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens on the property of a Subsidiary which is not a Credit Party securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted hereunder;

(m) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (k) , (l) , (p) , ( s)  and (u)  of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” (as it relates to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (k) , (l) , (p) , and ( s)  of such definition);

(n) Liens on earnest money deposits in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition of property not prohibited hereunder;

 

- 63 -


(o) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement, provided that such interest or title is subordinate to the interest of the Secured Parties;

(p) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and other restrictions, minor defects or other irregularities in title and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not substantial in amount and which do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party;

(q) Liens securing obligations permitted under clauses (f)(ii) and (u) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” (as it relates to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f)(ii) of such definition) not to exceed $1,000,000 (or $2,000,000 after a Qualified IPO) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(r) Liens arising out of a conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of Product entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower in the ordinary course of business; and

(s) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in clauses (a)  through (r) , but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien (and any additions, accessions, parts, improvements and attachments thereto and the proceeds thereof) and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase other than by any reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the same; provided , however , that to the extent any of the foregoing Liens secure Indebtedness of a Credit Party, such Liens shall constitute Permitted Liens only if and to the extent that such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Indebtedness.

Permitted Transfers ” is defined in Section 7.1 .

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA which is maintained or contributed to by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their respective ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which Borrower or its Subsidiaries are subject to liability (including under Section 4069 of ERISA).

Preferred Stock ” means, as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person, the Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

Prepayment Premium ” means, with respect to any prepayment of the Term Loans by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2(d) , an amount equal to the product of the amount of such prepayment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all principal and any interest that has been capitalized and added thereto in accordance with Section 2.3(a) ), multiplied by:

(i) if such prepayment occurs on or prior to the three-year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, 0.03;

(ii) if such prepayment occurs following the three-year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date but prior to the four-year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, 0.02; or

(iii) if such prepayment occurs on or after the four-year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date but prior to the fifth-year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, 0.01.

No Prepayment Premium shall apply with respect to any such prepayment occurring on or after the fifth year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date.

 

- 64 -


Private Third Party Payor Programs ” means all third party payor programs in which any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries participates, including Managed Care Plans, or any other private insurance programs, but excluding all Governmental Payor Programs.

Product ” means, collectively, any and all products sold by Borrower or its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter.

“Public Reporting Company” means an issuer generally subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

Register ” is defined in Section 2.8(a) .

Registered Organization ” means any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulatory Agency ” means a Governmental Authority with responsibility for the approval of the marketing and sale of pharmaceuticals or other regulation of pharmaceuticals.

Regulatory Approval ” means all approvals (including where applicable, pricing and reimbursement approval and schedule classifications), product and/or establishment licenses, registrations or authorizations of any Regulatory Agency necessary for the manufacture, use, storage, import, export, transport, offer for sale, or sale of Product.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority (including Health Care Laws, FDA Laws and all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, standards, guidelines, policies and orders administered or issued by any foreign Governmental Authority), in each case, applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries, any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of such Credit Party.

Restricted License ” means any material license or other agreement with respect to which a Credit Party is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts such Credit Party from granting a security interest in such Credit Party’s interest in such license or agreement in a manner enforceable under applicable law, or (b) for which a default under which could interfere with Lender’s right to sell any Collateral.

Restricted Transferee ” means any Person that is (a) designated by Borrower, by written notice delivered to Lender on the Effective Date, as a (i) restricted transferee or (ii) Competitor or (b) clearly identifiable, solely on the basis of such Person’s name, as an Affiliate of any Person referred to in clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above; provided , however , that “Restricted Transferee” shall (A) exclude any Person that Borrower has designated as no longer being a Restricted Transferee by written notice delivered to Lender from time to time and (B) include (I) any Person that is designated by Borrower, by written notice delivered to Lender at any time and from time to time after the Effective Date supplementing the notice delivered to Lender on the Effective Date, as a restricted transferee or Competitor and (II) include any Person that is clearly identifiable, solely on the basis of such Person’s name, as an Affiliate of any Person referred to in clause (B)(I) above, provided that any such supplement shall become effective two (2) Business Days after the date on which such supplement is delivered to Lender, but shall not apply retroactively to

 

- 65 -


disqualify any Persons that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Term Loans as permitted herein.

Sales Plan ” means the written sales plan of Borrower setting forth Net Sales projections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries through December 31, 2017 and providing in reasonable detail the strategy, tactics and steps for achieving such projected Net Sales.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Secured Parties ” means Lender, each other Indemnified Person and each other holder of any Obligation of a Credit Party.

Securities Account ” means any “securities account” as defined in the Code.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

Security Agreement ” means the Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Credit Parties and Lender, as such may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that, as of such date, (a) the value of the assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) of such Person (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person is able to pay all liabilities (including trade debt) of such Person as such liabilities mature and (c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Cash Contribution ” is defined in Section 7.18 .

Specified Default ” is defined in Section 7.18

Specified Disputes ” is defined in Section 5.5(j) .

SS A ” means the Social Security Act of 1935, codified at Title 42, Chapter 7, of the United States Code.

Stock Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all of the Equity Interests (by merger, stock purchase or otherwise) of any other Person.

Subordinated Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof (including any Indebtedness permitted in connection with any Permitted Acquisition) that (a) is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor or other similar agreement that is in form and substance satisfactory to Lender (which agreement shall include turnover provisions that are satisfactory to Lender), (b) is not subject to scheduled amortization, redemption (mandatory or voluntary), sinking fund or similar payment and does not have a final maturity, in each case, before the date that is six (6) months after the Term Loan Maturity Date, (c) does not include any covenants or any agreements that, individually or taken as a whole, are more restrictive or onerous on any Credit Party in any material respect than any comparable covenants in this Agreement, and (d) does not provide or otherwise include provisions having the effect of providing that a default or event of default (or the equivalent thereof, however described) under or in respect of such Indebtedness shall exist, or such Indebtedness shall otherwise become due prior to its scheduled maturity or the holder or holders thereof or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf shall be permitted (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) to cause any such Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, in any such case upon the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default unless and until the Obligations have been declared, or have otherwise automatically become, immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 9.1(a) .

 

- 66 -


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of a Credit Party.

SVB Credit Agreement ” means the Existing SVB Credit Agreement as amended and restated as of the Effective Date and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented, modified, extended, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Tax ” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, including any tax of any kind whatsoever (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Authority).

Term Loan ” means each of the Tranche A Loan and the Tranche B Loan, as applicable, and “ Term Loans ” means, collectively, the Tranche A Loan and the Tranche B Loan.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the six-year anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date.

Term Loan Note ” means each of the Tranche A Note and the Tranche B Note, as applicable, and “ Term Loan Notes ” means, collectively, the Tranche A Note and the Tranche B Note.

Third Party IP ” is defined in Section 5.5(w) .

Trademark License ” means any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to use any Trademark.

Trademarks ” means (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, service marks, elements of package or trade dress of goods or services, logos and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated therewith, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country, multinational body or any political subdivision thereof (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) and (b) all renewals thereof.

Tranche A Closing Date ” means the date on which the Tranche A Loan is advanced by Lender, which, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the Tranche A Loan set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.4 , shall be ten (10) Business Days following the Effective Date.

Tranche A Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) .

Tranche A Loan Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) .

Tranche A Note ” means a promissory note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Tranche B Closing Date ” means the date on which the Tranche B Loan is advanced by Lender, which, subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions precedent to the Tranche B Loan set forth in Section 3.2 and Section 3.4 , shall be after the Effective Date and on or prior to December 31, 2016.

Tranche B Note ” means a promissory note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Tranche B Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) .

 

- 67 -


Tranche B Loan Amount ” means (a) if Net Sales for the two fiscal quarters preceding the Tranche B Closing Date taken together are greater than or equal to $20,000,000 but less than $25,000,000, not less than $5,000,000 and not greater than $15,000,000; and (b) if Net Sales for the two fiscal quarters preceding the Tranche B Closing Date taken together are greater than or equal to $25,000,000, not less than $5,000,000 and not greater than $25,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt if Net Sales for the two fiscal quarters preceding the Tranche B Closing Date taken together are less than $20,000,000, the Tranche B Loan Amount equals zero.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1 .

TRICARE ” means, collectively, a program of medical benefits covering former and active members of the uniformed services and certain of their dependents, financed and administered by the United States Departments of Defense, Health and Human Services and Transportation, and all laws applicable to such programs.

United States ” or “ U.S. ” means the United States of America, its fifty (50) states, each territory thereof and the District of Columbia.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to Requirement of Law) are owned by such Person or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Credit Party.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

[Signature page follows.]

 

- 68 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Borrower

By

 

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name:

 

Matthew C. Garrett

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Loan Agreement

 

- 69 -


BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, as Lender

        By: Pharmakon Advisors, LP,

        its Investment Manager

        By: Pharmakon Management I, LLC,

        its General Partner

By  

/s/ Pedro Gonzalez de Cosio

Name:

Title:

 

Pedro Gonzalez de Cosio

Managing Member

Signature Page to Loan Agreement

 

- 70 -


EXHIBIT A – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DISBURSEMENT LETTER

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                     of IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) with offices located at                     , does hereby certify, solely in his/her capacity as an authorized officer of Borrower and not in his/her personal capacity, to BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP (“ Lender ”) in connection with that certain Loan Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 by and among Borrower, Lender and the other parties thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that, on the [Tranche A Closing Date/Tranche B Closing Date]:

1. the representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects, unless any such representation or warranty is stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (it being understood that any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Change,” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the [Tranche A Closing Date/Tranche B Closing Date] or as of such earlier date, as applicable);

2. no Default or an Event of Default has occurred since the Effective Date or is occurring as of the date hereof;

3. Each of the Credit Parties is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement;

4. all conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Term Loans have been satisfied or waived in writing by Lender;

5. no Material Adverse Change or Change in Control has occurred;

6. the undersigned is a Responsible Officer; and

7. the proceeds of the Term Loan shall be disbursed as set forth on Attachment A hereto.

Dated:                     , 201    

[signature page follows]


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Borrower

By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT B - COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO:         BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP

FROM:   IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) hereby certifies, solely in his/her capacity as an authorized officer of Borrower and not in his/her personal capacity, that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 by and among Borrower, BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Lender ”) and the other parties thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”):

(i) The Credit Parties are in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below;

(ii) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, except as noted below;

(iii) Each Credit Party, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports or extensions therefor, have timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Loan Agreement; and

(iv) No Liens have been levied or claims made against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which such Credit Party has not previously provided written notification to Lender.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The undersigned officer on behalf of Borrower further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement.

Date:                     

[signature page follows]

 

- 3 -


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Borrower

By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 4 -


Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

    

Reporting Covenant

  

Requirement

       

Complies

1)    Quarterly Financial Statements    45 days after quarter end       Yes    No    N/A
2)    Liquidity    2 Business Days after quarter end       Yes    No    N/A
3)    Aged Listings    30 days after quarter end       Yes    No    N/A
4)    Other Statements    5 days after delivery       Yes    No    N/A
5)    Legal Action Notice    Promptly       Yes    No    N/A
6)    Consolidated Plan and Financial Forecast    No later than the last Business Day of February       Yes    No    N/A
7)    Notice of Default, etc.    Promptly (within 2 Business Days) after knowledge       Yes    No    N/A
8)    IP Report    Promptly (within 5 Business Days), when required       Yes    No    N/A
9)    Governmental Recommendations    5 Business Days after receipt       Yes    No    N/A
   Deposit and Securities Accounts    (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)
    

Bank

  

Account Number

  

New Account?

  

Acct Control
Agmt in place?

1)          Yes    No    Yes    No
2)          Yes    No    Yes    No
3)          Yes    No    Yes    No
4)          Yes    No    Yes    No
5)          Yes    No    Yes    No
6)          Yes    No    Yes    No

 

- 5 -


   Financial Covenants            
1)    Minimum Liquidity    See Section 6.12    Yes    No    N/A
2)    Minimum Net Sales    See Section 7.18    Yes    No    N/A
   Other Matters            
   Have there been any changes in management since the last Compliance Certificate?    Yes    No   
   Have there been any prohibited Transfers?    Yes    No   

 

   Exceptions   
   Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)   

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER USE ONLY        
   
Compliance Status   Yes   No

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT C-1

TRANCHE A NOTE

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH AN ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE COMPANY AGREES TO PROVIDE PROMPTLY TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE TO BORROWER WITH A COPY (WHICH SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE NOTICE) TO WILSON, SONSINI, GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C. AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 11 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

$30,000,000       Dated:             , 2015

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of THIRTY MILLION DOLLARS ($30,000,000.00), plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount hereof at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of this Note) equal to nine and one-half of one percent (9.50%) per annum, and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 by and among Borrower, Lender and the other parties thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount (including capitalized interest) and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Borrower shall make equal quarterly payments of principal (including capitalized interest) commencing on the Payment Date that is the 48 th -month anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive quarter thereafter. Interest shall accrue on this Note commencing on, and including, the date of this Note, and shall accrue on this Note, or any portion thereof, for the day on which this Note or such portion is paid. Interest on this Note shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to this Note are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of this Note, interest thereon, and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement are secured pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT COULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

- 7 -


Note Register; Ownership of Note . The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Borrower

By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 9 -


EXHIBIT C-2

TRANCHE B NOTE

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH AN ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE COMPANY AGREES TO PROVIDE PROMPTLY TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE TO BORROWER WITH A COPY (WHICH SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE NOTICE) TO WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C. AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 11 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

$                   Dated:             , 201    

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of                                         ($             .00) 1 , plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount hereof at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of this Note) equal to [nine and one-half of one percent (9.50%) per annum] [ten percent (10.00%) per annum] [ten and one-half of one percent (10.50%) per annum] 2 , and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 by and among Borrower, Lender and the other parties thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount (including capitalized interest) and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Borrower shall make equal quarterly payments of principal (including capitalized interest) commencing on the Payment Date that is the 48 th -month anniversary of the Tranche A Closing Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive quarter thereafter. Interest shall accrue on this Note commencing on, and including, the date of this Note, and shall accrue on this Note, or any portion thereof, for the day on which this Note or such portion is paid. Interest on this Note shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to this Note are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of this Note, interest thereon, and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement are secured pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

 

1   Insert Tranche B Loan Amount
2   Determined in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.

 

- 10 -


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT COULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

Note Register; Ownership of Note . The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Borrower

By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 10.23

GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 4, 2015

by

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Borrower,

and

EACH OTHER GRANTOR

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

in favor of

BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP

as Lender

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE LENDER PURSUANT TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE LENDER HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 4, 2015 (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “ INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT ”) BY AND BETWEEN BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, AS LENDER UNDER THE BIOPHARMA LOAN AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, AS LENDER UNDER THE SVB LOAN AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED BY IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., AS BORROWER. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  
Article I DEFINED TERMS      1   
  Section 1.1   Definitions      1   
  Section 1.2   Certain Other Terms      4   
Article II GUARANTY      5   
  Section 2.1   Guaranty      5   
  Section 2.2   Limitation of Guaranty      5   
  Section 2.3   Authorization; Other Agreements      5   
  Section 2.4   Guaranty Absolute and Unconditional      5   
  Section 2.5   Waivers      6   
  Section 2.6   Reliance      6   
  Section 2.7   Contribution      7   
Article III GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST      7   
  Section 3.1   Collateral      7   
  Section 3.2   Grant of Security Interest in Collateral      8   
Article IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      8   
  Section 4.1   Title; No Other Liens      8   
  Section 4.2   Perfection and Priority      9   
  Section 4.3   Pledged Collateral      9   
  Section 4.4   Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper Formerly Accounts      10   
  Section 4.5   Commercial Tort Claims      10   
  Section 4.6   Specific Collateral      10   
  Section 4.7   Enforcement      10   
Article V COVENANTS      10   
  Section 5.1   Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation and Consents      10   
  Section 5.2   Pledged Collateral      11   
  Section 5.3   Accounts      11   
  Section 5.4   Commodity Contracts and Deposit Accounts      12   
  Section 5.5   Delivery of Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper and Control of Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights and Electronic Chattel Paper      12   
  Section 5.6   Intellectual Property      12   
  Section 5.7   Notice of Commercial Tort Claims      13   
Article VI REMEDIAL PROVISIONS      13   
  Section 6.1   Code and Other Remedies      13   
  Section 6.2   Accounts and Payments in Respect of General Intangibles      16   
  Section 6.3   Pledged Collateral      16   
  Section 6.4   Proceeds to be Turned over to and Held by Lender      17   
  Section 6.5   Sale of Pledged Collateral      17   
  Section 6.6   Deficiency      18   
  Section 6.7   Deposit Accounts      18   
  Section 6.8   Directions, Notices or Instructions      18   
Article VII ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF LENDER      18   
  Section 7.1   Lender’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact      18   
  Section 7.2   Authorization to File Financing Statements      19   
  Section 7.3   Authority of Lender      19   
  Section 7.4   Duty; Obligations and Liabilities      19   
Article VIII MISCELLANEOUS      20   
  Section 8.1   Reinstatement      20   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
  Section 8.2   Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations      20   
  Section 8.3   Independent Obligations      21   
  Section 8.4   No Waiver by Course of Conduct      21   
  Section 8.5   Amendments in Writing      21   
  Section 8.6   Additional Grantors and Guarantors; Additional Pledged Collateral      21   
  Section 8.7   Notices      21   
  Section 8.8   Successors and Assigns      21   
  Section 8.9   Counterparts      22   
  Section 8.10   Severability      22   
  Section 8.11   Governing Law      22   
  Section 8.12   Waiver of Jury Trial      22   
  Section 8.13   Subject to Intercreditor Agreement; Conflicts      22   

ANNEXES

 

Annex 1    Form of Pledge Amendment
Annex 2    Form of Joinder Agreement
Annex 3    Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement

 

ii


GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 4, 2015, by IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) and each other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.6 (together with Borrower, “ Grantors ”), in favor of BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP (“ Lender ”) on behalf of itself and each other Secured Party.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) by and between Borrower and Lender, Lender has agreed to make extensions of credit to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, each Grantor other than Borrower has agreed to guaranty the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement) of the Borrower;

WHEREAS, each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the making of the extensions of credit under the Loan Agreement; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of Lender to make its extensions of credit to Borrower under the Loan Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to Lender.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce Lender to enter into the Loan Agreement and to induce Lender to make its extensions of credit to Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with Lender as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions . (a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Loan Agreement.

(b) The following terms have the meanings given to them in the Code and terms used herein without definition that are defined in the Code have the meanings given to them in the Code (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined): “ account ”, “ account debtor ”, “ as-extracted collateral ”, “ certificated security ”, “ chattel paper ”, “ commercial tort claim ”, “ commodity contract ”, “ documents ”, “ deposit account ”, “ electronic chattel paper ”, “ equipment ”, “ farm products ”, “ fixture ”, “ general intangible ”, “ goods ”, “ health-care-insurance receivable ”, “ instruments ”, “ inventory ”, “ investment property ”, “ letter of credit ”, “ letter-of-credit right ”, “ money ”, “ proceeds ”, “ record ”, “ securities account ”, “ security ”, “ supporting obligation ” and “ tangible chattel paper ”.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement ” means this Guaranty and Security Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Applicable IP Office ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office.

AR Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Lender and acknowledged and approved by Borrower or, if replaced by another intercreditor agreement, such replacement (in either case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .


Excluded Property ” means, collectively: (i) any “intent to use” Trademark applications for which a statement of use or an amendment to allege use has not been filed (but only until such statement is filed) solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent to use Trademark applications under applicable federal law; (ii) any permit, lease, license, contract, instrument or other agreement (other than any Permitted License) held by any Grantor with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest therein and Lien thereupon, and the pledge to Lender thereof, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by Requirement of Law, but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Code (including Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) and 9-409 of the Code) or any other applicable Requirement of Law; (iii) any permit, lease, license, contract, instrument or other agreement (other than any Permitted License) held by any Grantor with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest in and Lien thereupon, and the pledge to Lender thereof, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) require the consent, approval or waiver of any Governmental Authority or other third person (other than Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower) and such consent, approval or waiver has not been obtained by such Grantor following its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same; (iv) Vehicles; (v) any other asset or property held by any Grantor with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the cost, difficulty, burden or consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of granting Lender a security interest therein and Lien thereupon, and pledging to Lender thereof, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are excessive relative to the value to be afforded to Lender thereby; (vi) any fee-owned real property with a fair market value of less than $500,000 and all leasehold interests; (vii) any other asset or property held by any Grantor (including any asset or property not located in the United States) with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest therein and Lien thereupon, and the pledge to Lender thereof, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are specifically prohibited by Requirement of Law, but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as, such prohibition is not rendered or deemed ineffective by the Code (or any other applicable Requirement of Law) notwithstanding such prohibition; (viii) any other property or asset held by any Grantor that is a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary with respect to which, Borrower and Lender reasonably determine by mutual agreement that the grant to Lender of a security interest therein and Lien thereupon, and the pledge to Lender thereof, to secure the Obligations (and any guaranty thereof) are validly prohibited by, or would give any third party (other than Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower) the right to terminate its obligations under, the Operating Documents of, the joint venture agreement or shareholder agreement with respect to, or any other contract with such third party relating to such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under Article 9 of the Code or other Requirement of Law), but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as such Operating Documents, joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement or other contract is in effect, and Borrower has not obtained the consent, approval or waiver of such third party following Borrower’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same; (ix) any rights under any Federal or state governmental license, permit, franchise or authorization to the extent that the granting of a security interest therein is specifically prohibited or restricted by any Requirement of Law; (x) equipment owned by any Grantor that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a capital lease which is permitted by the Loan Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or in the documentation providing for such a capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent, approval or waiver of any Person as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such equipment (and such consent, approval, or waiver has not been obtained by such Grantor following its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same), but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the Code (including Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) and 9-409 of the Code) or any other applicable Requirement of Law; (xi) Excluded Equity Interests; and (xii) letter-of-credit rights (other than to the extent a Lien thereon can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code) and commercial tort claims with a predicted value of less than $250,000 (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions); provided , however , that “ Excluded Property ” shall not include (A) any proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of Excluded Property (unless such proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property) or (B) any Permitted Licenses; provided , further , that “ Excluded Property ” shall not include for any purpose hereunder any property, right or asset that is now or becomes at any time hereafter included among Collateral (as such term is defined in the SVB Credit Agreement).

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

 

2


Guarantor ” means each Grantor other than Borrower.

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations made by the Guarantors as set forth in this Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreements ” means the AR Intercreditor Agreement (upon and during the effectiveness thereof) and any other intercreditor agreement (upon and during the effectiveness thereof) entered into by Lender in connection with any Subordinated Debt (or any liability of guarantee described in clause (h)(C) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”) permitted under the Loan Documents.

Internet Domain Name ” means all right, title and interest (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) arising under any contract or Requirement of Law in or relating to Internet domain names.

IP License ” means all express and implied grants or rights to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, modify, or otherwise exploit any Intellectual Property, as well as all covenants not to sue and co-existence agreements (and all related IP Ancillary Rights), whether written or oral, relating to any Intellectual Property.

Pledged Certificated Stock ” means all certificated securities and any other Equity Interests of any Person evidenced by a certificate, instrument or other similar document (as defined in the Code), in each case owned by any Grantor, including all right, title and interest of any Grantor as a limited or general partner in any partnership that has issued Pledged Certificated Stock or as a member of any limited liability company that has issued Pledged Certificated Stock, and all right, title and interest of any Grantor in, to and under any Operating Document or shareholder agreement of any corporation, partnership or limited liability company to which it is a party and any distribution of property made on, in respect of or in exchange for the foregoing from time to time, including all Equity Interests listed on Schedule 3 of the Disclosure Letter. “Pledged Certificated Stock” excludes any Excluded Equity Interests, but includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Pledged Uncertificated Stock that subsequently becomes certificated.

Pledged Collateral ” means, collectively, the Pledged Stock and the Pledged Debt Instruments.

Pledged Debt Instruments ” means all right, title and interest of any Grantor in instruments evidencing any Indebtedness owed to such Grantor or other obligations owed to such Grantor, and any distribution of property made on, in respect of or in exchange for the foregoing from time to time, including all Indebtedness described on Schedule 3 of the Disclosure Letter, issued by the obligors named therein. “Pledged Debt Instruments” excludes any Excluded Property.

Pledged Investment Property ” means any investment property of any Grantor, and any distribution of property made on, in respect of or in exchange for the foregoing from time to time, other than any Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt Instruments. “Pledged Investment Property” excludes any Excluded Property.

Pledged Stock ” means all Pledged Certificated Stock and all Pledged Uncertificated Stock.

Pledged Uncertificated Stock ” means any Equity Interests of any Person that is not Pledged Certificated Stock, including all right, title and interest of any Grantor as a limited or general partner in any partnership not constituting Pledged Certificated Stock or as a member of any limited liability company not constituting Pledged Certificated Stock, all right, title and interest of any Grantor in, to and under any Operating Document or shareholder agreement of any partnership or limited liability company to which it is a party, and any distribution of property made on, in respect of or in exchange for the foregoing from time to time, including in each case those interests set forth on Schedule 3 of the Disclosure Letter, to the extent such interests are not certificated. “Pledged Uncertificated Stock” excludes any Excluded Equity Interests.

Related Persons ” means, with respect to any Person, each Affiliate of such Person and each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant and each insurance, environmental, legal, financial and other advisor and other consultants and agents of or to such Person or any of its Affiliates.

 

3


Secured Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 .

Software ” means (a) all computer programs, including source code and object code versions, (b) all data, databases and compilations of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, and (c) all documentation, training materials and configurations related to any of the foregoing.

Vehicles ” means rolling stock, motor vehicles, vessels and other assets subject to certificates of title.

Section 1.2 Certain Other Terms .

(a) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. References herein to an Annex, Article, Section or clause refer to the appropriate Annex, Article, Section or clause in this Agreement and references hereto to a Schedule are to the Disclosure Letter. Where the context requires, provisions relating to any Collateral when used in relation to a Grantor shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or any relevant part thereof.

(b) Other Interpretive Provisions .

(i) Defined Terms . Unless otherwise specified herein or therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(ii) The Agreement . The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

(iii) Certain Common Terms . The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.” The word “or” is not exclusive. The word “shall” is mandatory. The word “may” is permissive. The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

(iv) Performance; Time . Whenever any performance obligation hereunder (other than a payment obligation) shall be stated to be due or required to be satisfied on a day other than a Business Day, such performance shall be made or satisfied on the next succeeding Business Day. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including.” If any provision of this Agreement refers to any action taken or to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be interpreted to encompass any and all means, direct or indirect, of taking, or not taking, such action.

(v) Contracts . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to agreements and other contractual instruments, including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, thereto, restatements and substitutions thereof and other modifications and supplements thereto which are in effect from time to time, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document.

(vi) Laws . References to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions related thereto or consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

 

4


ARTICLE II

GUARANTY

Section 2.1 Guaranty . To induce Lender to make the Term Loans to Borrower on the Tranche A Closing Date and, if applicable, the Tranche B Closing Date, each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, the full and punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance with any Loan Document, of all the Obligations of Borrower existing on the date hereof or hereinafter incurred or created (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). This Guaranty by each Guarantor hereunder constitutes a guaranty of payment and not of collection. Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations, at any time and from time to time, may exceed the Maximum Guaranteed Amount of such Guarantor and may exceed the aggregate of the Maximum Guaranteed Amounts of all Guarantors, in each case without discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder or the rights, powers and remedies of any Secured Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

Section 2.2 Limitation of Guaranty . Any term or provision of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount for which any Guarantor shall be liable hereunder (the “ Maximum Guaranteed Amount ”) shall not exceed the maximum amount for which such Guarantor can be liable without rendering this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, as it relates to such Guarantor, subject to avoidance under applicable Requirement of Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer (including the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act and Section 548 of title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable provisions of comparable Requirement of Law) (collectively, “ Fraudulent Transfer Laws ”). Any analysis of the provisions of this Guaranty for purposes of Fraudulent Transfer Laws shall take into account the right of contribution established in Section 2.7 and, for purposes of such analysis, give effect to any discharge of intercompany debt as a result of any payment made under the Guaranty.

Section 2.3 Authorization; Other Agreements . The Secured Parties are hereby authorized, without notice to or demand upon any Guarantor and without discharging or otherwise affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder and without incurring any liability hereunder, from time to time, to do each of the following but subject in all cases to the terms and conditions of the other Loan Documents:

(a) (i) modify, amend, supplement or otherwise change, (ii) accelerate or otherwise change the time of payment or (iii) waive or otherwise consent to noncompliance with, any Guaranteed Obligation or any Loan Document;

(b) apply to the Guaranteed Obligations any sums by whomever paid or however realized to any Guaranteed Obligation in such order as provided in the Loan Documents;

(c) refund at any time any payment received by any Secured Party in respect of any Guaranteed Obligation;

(d) (i) sell, exchange, enforce, waive, substitute, liquidate, terminate, release, abandon, fail to perfect, subordinate, accept, substitute, surrender, exchange, affect, impair or otherwise alter or release any Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligation or any other guaranty therefor in any manner, (ii) receive, take and hold additional Collateral to secure any Guaranteed Obligation, (iii) add, release or substitute any one or more other Guarantors, makers or endorsers of any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof and (iv) otherwise deal in any manner with a Borrower or any other Guarantor, maker or endorser of any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof; and

(e) settle, release, compromise, collect or otherwise liquidate the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 2.4 Guaranty Absolute and Unconditional . Each Guarantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defense (other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations), whether arising in connection with or in respect of any of the following or otherwise, and hereby agrees that its obligations under this

 

5


Guaranty are irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be discharged as a result of or otherwise affected by any of the following (which may not be pleaded and evidence of which may not be introduced in any proceeding with respect to this Guaranty, in each case except as otherwise agreed in writing by Lender):

(a) the invalidity or unenforceability of any obligation of Borrower or any other Guarantor under any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto (including any amendment, consent or waiver thereto), or any security for, or other guaranty of, any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof, or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of priority of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof;

(b) the absence of (i) any attempt to collect any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof from Borrower or any other Guarantor or other action to enforce the same or (ii) any action to enforce any Loan Document or any Lien thereunder;

(c) the failure by any Person to take any steps to perfect and maintain any Lien on, or to preserve any rights with respect to, any Collateral;

(d) any workout, insolvency, bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or dissolution by or against Borrower, any other Guarantor or any of Borrower’s other Subsidiaries or any procedure, agreement, order, stipulation, election, action or omission thereunder, including any discharge or disallowance of, or bar or stay against collecting, any Guaranteed Obligation (or any interest thereon) in or as a result of any such proceeding;

(e) any foreclosure, whether or not through judicial sale, and any other sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any election following the occurrence of an Event of Default by any Secured Party to proceed separately against any Collateral in accordance with such Secured Party’s rights under any applicable Requirement of Law; or

(f) any other defense, setoff, counterclaim or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, in each case other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations).

Section 2.5 Waivers . To the fullest extent permitted by Requirement of Law, each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert any claim, defense, setoff or counterclaim based on diligence, promptness, presentment, requirements for any demand or notice hereunder, including any of the following: (a) any demand for payment or performance and protest and notice of protest; (b) any notice of acceptance; (c) any presentment, demand, protest or further notice or other requirements of any kind with respect to any Guaranteed Obligation (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon) becoming immediately due and payable; and (d) any other notice in respect of any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other Guarantor. Until the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), each Guarantor further unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to (x) enforce or otherwise exercise any right of subrogation or any right of reimbursement or contribution or similar right against Borrower or any other Guarantor by reason of any Loan Document or any payment made thereunder or (y) assert any claim, defense, setoff or counterclaim it may have against any other Credit Party or set off any of its obligations to such other Credit Party against obligations of such Credit Party to such Guarantor. No obligation of any Guarantor hereunder shall be discharged other than by complete performance.

Section 2.6 Reliance . Each Guarantor hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower, each other Guarantor and any other guarantor, maker or endorser of any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any Guaranteed Obligation or any part thereof that diligent inquiry would reveal, and each Guarantor hereby agrees that no Secured Party shall have any duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to any Guarantor, such Secured Party shall be under no obligation

 

6


to (a) undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, (b) disclose any information that such Secured Party, pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance or banking practices, wishes to maintain confidential or (c) make any future disclosures of such information or any other information to any Guarantor.

Section 2.7 Contribution . To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay any portion of any Guaranteed Obligation exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the value actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and other Obligations and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrower) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth on the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on such date, then such Guarantor shall be reimbursed by such other Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worth of such other Guarantors on such date.

ARTICLE III

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

Section 3.1 Collateral . For the purposes of this Agreement, all of the tangible and intangible assets and property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired, developed or created by a Grantor or in which a Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest, including the following, in each case, wherever located, is collectively referred to as the “ Collateral ”:

(a) all accounts;

(b) all chattel paper, including electronic chattel paper or tangible chattel paper;

(c) all deposit accounts;

(d) all documents;

(e) all equipment;

(f) all Intellectual Property (including Internet Domain Names and Software) and IP Licenses;

(g) all general intangibles;

(h) all goods;

(i) all fixtures;

(j) all instruments;

(k) all inventory;

(l) all investment property, including Equity Interests and securities;

(m) all money;

(n) all letters of credit and letter-of-credit rights;

(o) the commercial tort claims with a predicted value of $250,000 or more (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions) described on Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Letter or any supplement thereto received by Lender pursuant to Section 5.7 ;

 

7


(p) all books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time pertain to or evidence or contain information relating to any of the other property described in this Section 3.1 ;

(q) all property of such Grantor held by any Secured Party, including all property of every description, in the custody of or in transit to such Secured Party for any purpose, including safekeeping, collection or pledge, for the account of such Grantor or as to which such Grantor may have any right or power, including but not limited to cash;

(r) all proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of or in respect of any of the foregoing;

(s) to the extent not otherwise included, all personal property of such Grantor, whether tangible or intangible and wherever located, and all proceeds, products, accessions, rents, issues and profits of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security, supporting obligations and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(t) to the extent not otherwise included, with respect to any properties, rights or assets of such Grantor that are now or become at any time hereafter included among Collateral (as such term is defined in the SVB Credit Agreement), all such properties, rights and assets, whether tangible or intangible and wherever located, and all proceeds, products, accessions, rents, issues and profits of any and all such properties, rights and assets and all collateral security, supporting obligations and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

Section 3.2 Grant of Security Interest in Collateral . Without limiting any other security interest granted to the Secured Parties, each Grantor, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations of such Grantor (the “ Secured Obligations ”), hereby pledges, hypothecates and grants to Lender, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations for the benefit of Lender and the other Secured Parties, a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on and continuing security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral of such Grantor, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof; provided , however , notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lien or security interest is hereby granted on, and “Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property; provided , further , that if and when any property or asset shall cease to be Excluded Property, a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on and security in such property or asset shall be deemed granted therein and, therefore, “Collateral” shall then include any such property or asset.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce Lender to enter into the Loan Documents, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants each of the following to the Secured Parties:

Section 4.1 Title; No Other Liens . Except for the Lien granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement and any other Permitted Liens under any Loan Document (including Section 4.2 hereof), such Grantor owns or otherwise has the rights it purports to have in each item of the Collateral, free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. Such Grantor (a) is the record and beneficial owner of the Collateral pledged by it hereunder constituting instruments or certificates and (b) has rights in or the power to transfer each other item of Collateral in which a Lien is granted by it hereunder, free and clear of any other Lien other than any Permitted Liens. Other than Control Agreements executed and delivered to Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents or as specified on Schedule 4.1 of the Disclosure Letter, to the knowledge of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, no other Control Agreements exist or have been authorized for any of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts. Other than any financing statements filed in favor of Lender or as specified on Schedule 4.1 of the Disclosure Letter, to the knowledge of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, no effective financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument

 

8


similar in effect under any Requirement of Law covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office or has been authorized except for financing statements filed in connection with Permitted Liens. As of the Effective Date, except as specified on Schedule 4.1 of the Disclosure Letter, no Grantor is a licensee with respect to any Intellectual Property that is (i) necessary for the development, manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or import of Product or (ii) otherwise material to the business of any Grantor, and that validly prohibits or requires the consent of any Person as a condition to the creation by such Grantor of a Lien thereon.

Section 4.2 Perfection and Priority . Other than in respect of money, insurance policies and other Collateral subject to Section 9311(a)(1) of the Code, the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement constitutes a valid and continuing first priority perfected security interest (subject, in the case of priority only, to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of the Loan Agreement or this Agreement to have superior priority to the Lien in favor of Lender) in favor of Lender in all Collateral, subject, for the following Collateral, to the occurrence of the following: (a) in the case of all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing a financing statement under the Code, the completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 2 of the Disclosure Letter (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on such schedule, have been delivered to Lender in completed and duly authorized form); (b) with respect to any deposit account over which a Control Agreement is required pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement, the execution of Control Agreements; (c) in the case of all Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents for which Code filings are insufficient to effectuate perfection, all appropriate filings having been made with the United States Copyright Office or the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or appropriate foreign office), as applicable; (d) letter-of-credit rights which do not constitute Excluded Property; and (e) in the case of electronic chattel paper, the completion of all steps necessary to grant control to Lender over such electronic chattel paper. Such security interest in Pledged Collateral, Pledged Investment Property, all other instruments, and tangible chattel paper shall be prior to all other Liens on such Collateral except for Permitted Liens having priority over Lender’s Lien by operation of law or as and to the extent permitted by any Loan Document or (i) in the case of all Pledged Certificated Stock, Pledged Debt Instruments and Pledged Investment Property, the delivery thereof to Lender of such Pledged Certificated Stock, Pledged Debt Instruments and Pledged Investment Property consisting of instruments and certificates, in each case, properly endorsed for transfer to Lender or in blank, (ii) in the case of all Pledged Investment Property not in certificated form, the execution of Control Agreements with respect to such investment property, (iii) in the case of Pledged Uncertificated Stock, the delivery thereof to Lender in accordance with Section 8106(c)(1) of the Code or the execution of a control agreement among the issuer, the registered owner and Lender in accordance with Section 8106(c)(2) of the Code and (iv) in the case of all other instruments and tangible chattel paper that are not Pledged Certificated Stock, Pledged Debt Instruments, Pledged Investment Property or Pledged Uncertificated Stock, the delivery thereof to Lender of such instruments and tangible chattel paper. Except as set forth in this Section 4.2 , all actions by each Grantor necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the Lien granted hereunder on the Collateral have been duly taken; provided that no Grantor shall be required to complete any filings or take any other action with respect to the perfection of any security interests created hereby in any jurisdiction outside of the U.S.

Section 4.3 Pledged Collateral . (a) The Pledged Stock issued by any Subsidiary of any Grantor pledged by such Grantor hereunder (i) consist of the number and types of Equity Interests listed on Schedule 3 of the Disclosure Letter (or any update thereof or supplement thereto received by Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement) and constitutes that percentage of the issued and outstanding equity of all classes of each issuer thereof as set forth on Schedule 3 of the Disclosure Letter and (ii) has been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable (other than Pledged Stock in limited liability companies and partnerships).

(b) As of the Effective Date, all Pledged Collateral (other than Pledged Uncertificated Stock) and all Pledged Investment Property consisting of instruments and certificates have been delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 5.2(a) .

(c) Reserved.

(d) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall be entitled to exercise all of the rights of the Grantor granting the security interest in any Pledged Stock, and a transferee or assignee of such Pledged Stock shall become a holder of such Pledged Stock to the same extent as such Grantor and, upon the transfer of the entire interest of such Grantor, such Grantor shall, by operation of law, cease to be a holder of such Pledged Stock.

 

9


Section 4.4 Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper Formerly Accounts . No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any account is evidenced by any instrument or tangible chattel paper that has not been delivered to Lender, properly endorsed for transfer, to the extent delivery is required by Section 5.5(a) or electronic chattel paper that has not been subjected to the control of Lender.

Section 4.5 Commercial Tort Claims . The only commercial tort claims of any Grantor existing on the date hereof having a value reasonably predicted by the Grantors of $250,000 or more (regardless of whether the amount, defendant or other material facts can be determined) are those listed on Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Letter, which sets forth such information separately for each Grantor.

Section 4.6 Specific Collateral . None of the Collateral is or is proceeds or products of farm products, as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut.

Section 4.7 Enforcement . No permit, notice to or filing with any Governmental Authority or any other Person or any authorization, consent or approval from any Person is required for (i) the pledge or grant by any Grantor of the Liens in any Collateral in favor of Lender under the Loan Documents or (ii) subject to the application of Section 9-408(d) or 9-409(b) of the Code, the exercise by Lender of its rights (including voting rights) provided for in this Agreement or the enforcement of remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, including the transfer of any Collateral, except (a) as may be required by the Code or other applicable law or by any Control Agreement or similar agreement governing the control of any Collateral, (b) in connection with the disposition of any portion of the Pledged Collateral by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally, (c) any authorizations, consents or approvals that may be required to be obtained from any bailees or landlords to collect or otherwise enforce remedies in respect of the Collateral or (d) any authorizations, consents or approvals that may be required to be obtained from any lender, agent or similar party in connection with the AR Credit Lines.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

Each Grantor agrees with Lender to the following, as long as any Obligation remains outstanding (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and unless Lender otherwise consents in writing:

Section 5.1 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation and Consents . (a) Generally. Such Grantor shall not: (i) use or permit any Collateral to be used unlawfully or in violation of any provision of any Loan Document, any Requirement of Law or any policy of insurance covering the Collateral; (ii) knowingly use or permit any Collateral to be used in violation of any contractual commitment (including any IP License); or (iii) enter into any contractual obligation or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Grantor or Lender to sell, assign, convey or transfer any Collateral to Lender, except with respect to (x) specific property encumbered by Permitted Liens to secure payment of Permitted Indebtedness, (y) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to limit any such restrictions to the extent it is a licensee or a licensor, and (z) Permitted Licenses.

(b) Subject to the occurrence of the filings and actions described in Section 4.2 , which each Grantor shall promptly undertake, and except to the extent perfection is either (i) not required under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or (ii) is mutually agreed between Borrower and Lender to be effected by filings of financing statements or amendments thereto to be made by Lender or its Related Persons pursuant to Section 7.2 , such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.2 and shall warrant and defend the Collateral covered by such security interest and such priority against the claims and demands of all Persons (other than Secured Parties).

(c) Such Grantor shall furnish to Lender from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other documents in connection with the Collateral as Lender may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

10


(d) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Lender, such Grantor shall, for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and each IP Agreement and of the rights and powers herein and therein granted, (i) promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further documents, including an authorization to file (or, as applicable, the filing) of any financing statement or amendment under the Code (or other filings under similar Requirement of Law) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and (ii) take such further action as Lender may reasonably request, including (A) using commercially reasonable efforts to secure all approvals necessary or appropriate for the assignment or sublicense, as appropriate, to or for the benefit of Lender of any contractual obligation, including any IP License, held by such Grantor and to enforce the security interests granted hereunder and (B) executing and delivering any Control Agreements required by Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement with respect to deposit accounts and securities accounts; provided , that no Grantor shall be required to complete any filings or take any other action with respect to the perfection of any security interests created hereby in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.

(e) Reserved.

(f) To enable a Lien and security interest to be granted on any of the Excluded Property described in clause (iii)  of the definition of “Excluded Property”, such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any required consents or approvals from any Person (other than a Grantor) with respect to any permit or license or any contractual obligation with such Person entered into by such Grantor from and after the Effective Date that requires such consent or approval as a condition to the creation by such Grantor of a Lien on any right, title or interest in such permit, license or contractual obligation or any Equity Interests related thereto.

Section 5.2 Pledged Collateral . (a)  Delivery of Pledged Collateral . Such Grantor shall (i) deliver to Lender, in suitable form for transfer and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, (A) all Pledged Certificated Stock, (B) all Pledged Debt Instruments and (C) all certificates and instruments evidencing Pledged Investment Property, (ii) subject all security entitlements and securities accounts required to be subject to a Control Agreement pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement to a Control Agreement within the time frames set forth on Schedule 6.16 of the Disclosure Letter, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the issuer of any Pledged Uncertificated Stock to cause such Pledged Uncertificated Stock to remain uncertificated and, for the avoidance of doubt, if any such Pledged Uncertificated Stock becomes certificated, to deliver to Lender, in suitable form for transfer and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, all such certificates, instruments or other similar documents (as defined in the Code).

(b) Event of Default . During the continuance of any Event of Default and in connection with the exercise of rights or remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Lender shall have the right, at any time in its discretion and without notice to Grantor, to (i) transfer to or to register in its name or in the name of its nominees any Pledged Collateral or any Pledged Investment Property and (ii) exchange any certificate or instrument representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral or any Pledged Investment Property for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

(c) Cash Distributions with respect to Pledged Collateral . Except as provided in Article VI and subject to the limitations set forth in the Loan Agreement, such Grantor shall be entitled to receive all cash distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral and the Pledged Investment Property.

(d) Voting Rights . Except as provided in Article VI , such Grantor shall be entitled to exercise all voting, consent and corporate, partnership, limited liability company and similar rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral and the Pledged Investment Property; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast, consent, waiver or ratification given or right exercised (or failed to be exercised) or other action taken (or failed to be taken) by such Grantor in any manner that would reasonably be expected to, violate or be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or have the effect of materially and adversely impairing the position or interests of Secured Parties.

Section 5.3 Accounts . (a) Such Grantor shall not, other than in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted or required under the AR Credit Lines, (i) grant any extension of the time of payment of any account, (ii) compromise or settle any account for less than the full amount thereof, (iii) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any account, (iv) allow any credit or discount on any account or (v) amend,

 

11


supplement or modify any account in any manner that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value thereof.

(b) At any time and from time to time during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender shall have the right to make test verifications of the accounts in any manner and through any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and such Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as Lender may reasonably require in connection therewith. At any time and from time to time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon Lender’s reasonable request, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others reasonably satisfactory to Lender to furnish to Lender reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the accounts.

Section 5.4 Commodity Contracts and Deposit Accounts . Such Grantor shall not have any commodity contract or deposit account constituting Collateral unless subject to a Control Agreement, except if and to the extent not required under Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement.

Section 5.5 Delivery of Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper and Control of Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights and Electronic Chattel Paper . (a) If any amount in excess of $250,000 payable under or in connection with any Collateral owned by such Grantor shall be or become evidenced by an instrument or tangible chattel paper other than such instrument delivered in accordance with Section 5.2(a) and in the possession of Lender, such Grantor shall mark all such instruments and tangible chattel paper with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the security interest of BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, for the benefit of itself and certain other secured parties” and, at the request of Lender, shall immediately deliver such instrument or tangible chattel paper to Lender, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to Lender.

(b) Such Grantor shall not grant “ control ” (within the meaning of such term under Article 8 or 9 of the Code) over, or deliver possession of, any Pledged Collateral to any Person other than Lender and, solely with respect to Shared AR Collateral, any lender, agent or similar party in connection with the AR Credit Lines.

(c) If such Grantor is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit that does not constitute Excluded Property, such Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after becoming a beneficiary, notify Lender thereof and enter into a contractual obligation with Lender and the issuer of such letter of credit or any nominated person with respect to the letter-of-credit rights under such letter of credit. Such contractual obligation shall assign such letter-of-credit rights to Lender and such assignment shall be sufficient to grant “control” for the purposes of Section 9-107 of the Code (or any similar section under any equivalent Code). Such contractual obligation shall also direct all payments thereunder to a Collateral Account. The provisions of the contractual obligation shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(d) If any amount in excess of $250,000 payable under or in connection with any Collateral owned by such Grantor shall be or become evidenced by electronic chattel paper, such Grantor shall take all steps necessary to grant Lender control of all such electronic chattel paper for the purposes of Section 9-105 of the Code (or any similar section under any equivalent Code) and all “ transferable records ” as defined in each of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act and the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act.

Section 5.6 Intellectual Property . (a) Together with delivery of each Compliance Certificate to Lender pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(ii) of the Loan Agreement, such Grantor shall provide Lender written notification of any change to Schedules 5.5(d) , 5.5(g), 5.5(i) , 5.5(k) , 5.5(l) , 5.5(p) or 5.5(v) of the Disclosure Letter necessary to make the applicable representations and warranties with respect thereto true and correct as of the date of such Compliance Certificate and the short-form intellectual property agreements and assignments as described in this Section 5.6 , if any, and any other documents that Lender reasonably requests with respect thereto.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise permitted by the Loan Agreement, such Grantor shall (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all its licensees and sub-licensees and sales agents to): (i) (1) continue to use each material Trademark included in the Collateral in order to maintain such Trademark in full force and effect with respect to each class of goods and services for which such Trademark is currently used, free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (2) maintain at least the same standards of quality of products and

 

12


services offered under such Trademark as are currently maintained, (3) use such Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable Requirement of Law and (4) not adopt or use any other Trademark that is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of such Trademark unless Lender shall obtain a perfected security interest in such other Trademark pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) not do any act or omit to do any act whereby (1) such Trademark (or any goodwill associated therewith) may become destroyed, invalidated, impaired or harmed in any way, (2) any material Patent included in the Collateral may become forfeited, misused, unenforceable, abandoned or dedicated to the public, (3) any material portion of the Copyrights included in the Collateral may become invalidated, otherwise impaired or fall into the public domain or (4) any material trade secret included in the Collateral may become publicly available or otherwise unprotectable.

(c) Such Grantor shall notify Lender promptly (and in any event, within five (5) Business Days) if it knows that any application or registration relating to any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral may become denied, narrowed, forfeited, misused, unenforceable, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development regarding the validity or enforceability or such Grantor’s interest in, right to use, register, own or maintain any Intellectual Property (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding relating to the foregoing in any Applicable IP Office). Such Grantor shall take all actions that are necessary or reasonably requested by Lender to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration or recordation) and to maintain each registration and recordation included in the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral, in each case, only when not taking such action could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

(d) Such Grantor shall not do any act or omit to do any act to infringe, misappropriate, dilute, violate or otherwise impair the Intellectual Property of any other Person. In the event that any Intellectual Property of such Grantor included in the Collateral is or has been infringed, misappropriated, violated, diluted or otherwise impaired by any other Person, such Grantor shall, in the case of Intellectual Property of material value, take such action as it reasonably deems appropriate under the circumstances in response thereto, including promptly bringing suit and recovering all damages therefor.

(e) Such Grantor shall execute and deliver to Lender in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and suitable for filing in the Applicable IP Office the short-form intellectual property security agreements in the form attached hereto as Annex 3 for all Collateral consisting of Copyrights, Trademarks, and Patents of such Grantor.

Section 5.7 Notice of Commercial Tort Claims . Such Grantor agrees that, if it shall acquire any interest in any commercial tort claim having a value predicted of $250,000 or more (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions), whether from another Person or because such commercial tort claim shall have come into existence, (i) such Grantor shall, promptly (and in any event, within five (5) Business Days) upon such acquisition, deliver to Lender, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, a notice of the existence and nature of such commercial tort claim and a supplement to Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Letter containing a specific description of such commercial tort claim, (ii)  Section 3.1 shall apply to such commercial tort claim and (iii) such Grantor shall execute and deliver to Lender, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, any document, and take all other action, deemed by Lender to be reasonably necessary or appropriate for Lender to obtain a perfected security interest having at least the priority set forth in Section 4.2 in all such commercial tort claims. Any supplement to Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Letter delivered pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall, after the receipt thereof by Lender, become part of Schedule 1 of the Disclosure Letter for all purposes hereunder other than in respect of representations and warranties made prior to the date of such receipt.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1 Code and Other Remedies . (a)  Code Remedies . During the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement, any other Loan Document and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to any Secured

 

13


Obligation, all rights, powers and remedies of a secured party under the Code or any other Requirement of Law or in equity.

(b) Disposition of Collateral . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender may, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), during the continuance of any Event of Default (personally or through its agents or attorneys): (i) enter upon the premises where any Collateral is located, without any obligation to pay rent, through self-help, without judicial process, without first obtaining a final judgment or giving any Grantor or any other Person notice or opportunity for a hearing on Lender’s claim or action; (ii) collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon any Collateral; (iii) store, process, repair or recondition the Collateral or otherwise prepare any Collateral for disposition in any manner to the extent Lender deems appropriate; and (iv) sell, assign, license out, convey, transfer, grant option or options to purchase or license and deliver any Collateral (enter into contractual obligations to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. Lender shall have the right, upon any such public sale or sales and, to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable Requirement of Law, upon any such private sale, to purchase or license the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold or licensed, free of any right or equity of redemption of any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released.

(c) Management of the Collateral . Each Grantor further agrees, that, during the continuance of any Event of Default, (i) at Lender’s request, it shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places that Lender shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere, (ii) without limiting the foregoing, Lender also has the right to require that such Grantor store and keep any Collateral pending further action by Lender and, while any such Collateral is so stored or kept, provide such guards and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain such Collateral in good condition, (iii) until Lender is able to sell, assign, license out, convey or transfer any Collateral, Lender shall have the right to hold or use such Collateral to the extent that it deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving the Collateral or its value or for any other purpose deemed appropriate by Lender and (iv) Lender may, if it so elects, seek the appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of any Collateral and to enforce any of Lender’s remedies, with respect to such appointment without prior notice or hearing as to such appointment. Subject to Section 7.4 , Lender shall not have any obligation to any Grantor to maintain or preserve the rights of any Grantor as against other Persons with respect to any Collateral while such Collateral is in the possession of Lender.

(d) Application of Proceeds . Lender shall apply the cash proceeds received by it in respect of any sale of, any collection from, or other realization pursuant to this Section 6.1 upon all or any part of the Collateral, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of Lender, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, as set forth in the Loan Agreement, and only after such application and after the payment by Lender of any other amount required by any Requirement of Law, need Lender account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor.

(e) Direct Obligation . Neither Lender nor any other Secured Party shall be required to make any demand upon, or pursue or exhaust any right or remedy against, any Grantor or any other Person with respect to the payment of the Obligations or to pursue or exhaust any right or remedy with respect to any Collateral therefor or any direct or indirect guaranty thereof. All of the rights and remedies of Lender shall be cumulative, may be exercised individually or concurrently and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by any Requirement of Law. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Grantor absolutely and irrevocably waives and relinquishes the benefit and advantage of, and covenants not to assert against Lender or any other Secured Party, any valuation, stay, appraisement, extension, redemption or similar laws and any and all rights or defenses it may have as a surety, now or hereafter existing, arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of any Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least ten (10) days before such sale or other disposition.

 

14


(f) Commercially Reasonable . To the extent that applicable Requirement of Law impose duties on Lender to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that it is not commercially unreasonable for Lender to do any of the following:

(i) fail to incur significant costs, expenses or other liabilities reasonably deemed as such by Lender to prepare any Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition;

(ii) fail to obtain permits, licenses or other consents for access to any Collateral to sell or license or for the collection or sale or licensing of any Collateral, or, if not required by other Requirement of Law, fail to obtain permits, licenses or other consents for the collection or disposition of any Collateral;

(iii) fail to exercise remedies against account debtors or other Persons obligated on any Collateral or to remove Liens on any Collateral or to remove any adverse claims against any Collateral;

(iv) advertise dispositions of any Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not such Collateral is of a specialized nature, or to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as any Grantor, for expressions of interest in acquiring any such Collateral;

(v) exercise collection remedies against account debtors and other Persons obligated on any Collateral, directly or through the use of collection agencies or other collection specialists, hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of any Collateral, whether or not such Collateral is of a specialized nature, or, to the extent deemed appropriate by Lender, obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist Lender in the collection or disposition of any Collateral, or utilize Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capacity of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets to dispose of any Collateral;

(vi) dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets;

(vii) disclaim warranties, such as title, merchantability, possession, non-infringement or quiet enjoyment; or

(viii) purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure Lender against risks of loss, collection or disposition of any Collateral or to provide to Lender a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of any Collateral.

Each Grantor acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 6.1 is to provide a non-exhaustive list of actions or omissions that are commercially reasonable when exercising remedies against any Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Secured Parties shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 6.1 . Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 6.1 shall be construed to grant any rights to any Grantor or to impose any duties on Lender that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable Requirement of Law in the absence of this Section 6.1 .

(g) IP Licenses . For the purpose of enabling Lender to exercise rights and remedies under this Section 6.1 (including in order to take possession of, collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, remove, realize upon, sell, assign, license out, convey, transfer or grant options to purchase any Collateral) at such time as Lender shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to Lender, for the benefit of all Secured Parties, (i) an irrevocable, nonexclusive, assignable, worldwide license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor), including the right to sublicense, use and practice any and all Intellectual Property now owned or held or hereafter acquired or held by such Grantor and access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all Software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof and (ii) an irrevocable license (without payment of rent or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, operate and occupy all real property owned, operated, leased, subleased or otherwise occupied by such Grantor.

 

15


Section 6.2 Accounts and Payments in Respect of General Intangibles . (a) In addition to, and not in substitution for, any similar requirement in the Loan Agreement, if required by Lender at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payment of accounts or payment in respect of general intangibles, when collected by any Grantor, shall be promptly (and, in any event, within two (2) Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to Lender, in a Collateral Account, subject to withdrawal by Lender as provided in Section 6.4 . Until so turned over, such payment shall be held by such Grantor in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of proceeds of accounts and payments in respect of general intangibles shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(b) At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) each Grantor shall, upon Lender’s request, deliver to Lender all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the contractual obligations and transactions that gave rise to any account or any payment in respect of general intangibles, including all IP Licenses, original orders, invoices and shipping receipts and notify account debtors that the accounts or general intangibles have been collaterally assigned to Lender and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to Lender;

(ii) Lender may, without notice, at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, limit or terminate the authority of a Grantor to collect its accounts or amounts due under general intangibles or any thereof and, in its own name or in the name of others, communicate with account debtors to verify with them, to Lender’s satisfaction, the existence, amount and terms of any account or amounts due under any general intangible. In addition, Lender may at any time enforce such Grantor’s rights against such account debtors and obligors of general intangibles; and

(iii) each Grantor shall take all actions, deliver all documents and provide all information necessary or reasonably requested by Lender to ensure any Internet Domain Name is registered.

(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each account and each payment in respect of general intangibles to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. No Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any agreement giving rise to an account or a payment in respect of a general intangible by reason of or arising out of any Loan Document or the receipt by any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any obligation of any Grantor under or pursuant to any agreement giving rise to an account or a payment in respect of a general intangible, to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts that may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

Section 6.3 Pledged Collateral . (a)  Voting Rights . During the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice by Lender to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in Lender or nominee, who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights, including the right to exercise (i) any voting, consent, corporate and other right pertaining to the Pledged Collateral at any meeting of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, of the relevant issuer or issuers of Pledged Collateral or otherwise, and (ii) any right of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other right, privilege or option pertaining to the Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any Pledged Collateral upon the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or equivalent structure of any issuer of Pledged Stock, the right to deposit and deliver any Pledged Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as Lender may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it; provided , however , that Lender shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

16


(b) Proxies . During the continuance of an Event of Default, in order to permit Lender to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions that it may be entitled to receive hereunder, (i) each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to Lender all such proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as Lender may from time to time reasonably request and (ii) without limiting the effect of clause (i) above, such Grantor hereby grants to Lender an irrevocable proxy to vote all or any part of the Pledged Collateral and to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of the Pledged Collateral would be entitled (including giving or withholding written consents of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, calling special meetings of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, and voting at such meetings), which proxy shall be effective, automatically and without the necessity of any action (including any transfer of any Pledged Collateral on the record books of the issuer thereof) by any other Person (including the issuer of such Pledged Collateral or any officer or agent thereof) during the continuance of an Event of Default and which proxy shall only terminate upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted).

(c) Authorization of Issuers . Each Grantor hereby expressly and irrevocably authorizes and instructs, without any further instructions from such Grantor, each issuer of any Pledged Collateral pledged hereunder by such Grantor to, and each Grantor that is an issuer of Pledged Collateral so pledged hereunder hereby agrees to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from Lender in writing that states that an Event of Default is continuing and is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each Grantor agrees that such issuer shall be fully protected from liabilities to such Grantor in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby or the Loan Agreement, pay any dividend or make any other payment with respect to the Pledged Collateral directly to Lender.

Section 6.4 Proceeds to be Turned over to and Held by Lender . Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Agreement or this Agreement, during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds of any Collateral received by any Grantor hereunder in cash or Cash Equivalents shall be held by such Grantor in trust for Lender and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, promptly upon receipt by any Grantor, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received (with any necessary endorsement). All such proceeds of Collateral and any other proceeds of any Collateral received by Lender in cash or Cash Equivalents shall be held by Lender in a Collateral Account. All proceeds being held by Lender in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for Lender) shall continue to be held as collateral security for the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in the Loan Agreement.

Section 6.5 Sale of Pledged Collateral . (a) Each Grantor recognizes that Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of any Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state or foreign securities laws or otherwise or may determine that a public sale is impracticable, not desirable or not commercially reasonable and, accordingly, may resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers that shall be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(b) Each Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of any portion of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to Section 6.1 and this Section 6.5 valid and binding and in compliance with all applicable Requirement of Law. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any covenant contained herein will cause irreparable injury to Lender and the other Secured Parties, that Lender and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained herein shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defense against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement. Each Grantor waives any and all rights of contribution or subrogation upon the sale or disposition of all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral by Lender.

 

17


Section 6.6 Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of any Collateral are insufficient to pay the Secured Obligations and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of any attorney employed by Lender to collect such deficiency.

Section 6.7 Deposit Accounts . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall apply the balance from any deposit account of a Grantor or instruct the bank at which any deposit account is maintained to pay the balance of any deposit account to or for the benefit of Lender, to be applied to the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 6.8 Directions, Notices or Instructions . Lender shall not take any action under or issue any directions, notice or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreement or acknowledgment from a landlord or third party bailee unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF LENDER

Section 7.1 Lender’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact . (a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender and any Related Person thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of the Loan Documents, to take any appropriate action and to execute any document or instrument that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of the Loan Documents during the continuance of an Event of Default, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives Lender and its Related Persons the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any of the following when an Event of Default shall be continuing:

(i) in the name of such Grantor, in its own name or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any check, draft, note, acceptance or other instrument for the payment of moneys due under any account or general intangible or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Lender for the purpose of collecting any such moneys due under any account or general intangible or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property or IP Licenses or IP Ancillary Rights included in the Collateral, execute, deliver and have recorded any document that Lender may request to evidence, effect, publicize or record Lender’s security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby and Lender’s rights and remedies with respect thereto;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against any Collateral, effect any repair or obtain or pay any insurance called for by the terms of the Loan Agreement (including all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof);

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.1 or 6.5 , any document to effect or otherwise necessary or appropriate in relation to evidence the sale of any Collateral; or

(v) (A) direct any party liable for any payment under any Collateral to make payment of any moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Lender or as Lender shall direct, (B) ask or demand for, and collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral, (C) sign and indorse any invoice, freight or express bill, bill of lading, storage or warehouse receipt, draft against debtors, assignment, verification, notice and other document in connection with any Collateral, (D) commence and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect any Collateral and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral, (E) defend any actions, suits, proceedings, audits, claims, demands, orders or disputes

 

18


brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral, (F) settle, compromise or adjust any such actions, suits, proceedings, audits, claims, demands, orders or disputes and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as Lender may deem appropriate, (G) assign or license any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as Lender shall in its sole discretion determine, including the execution and filing of any document necessary to effectuate or record such assignment or license and (H) generally, sell, assign, license, convey, transfer or grant a Lien on, make any contractual obligation with respect to and otherwise deal with, any Collateral as fully and completely as though Lender were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and do, at Lender’s option, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that Lender deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon any Collateral and the Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of the Loan Documents, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

(vi) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any contractual obligation contained herein, Lender, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such contractual obligation.

(b) The expenses of Lender incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1 , together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, from the date of payment by Lender to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to Lender on demand.

(c) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of this Section 7.1 . All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

Section 7.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Each Grantor authorizes Lender and its Related Persons, at any time and from time to time, without notice to any Grantor, to file or record financing statements, amendments thereto, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to any Collateral in such form, in such jurisdictions and in such offices as Lender reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or protect the security interests of Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (and Lender’s rights in respect thereof), and such financing statements and amendments may describe the Collateral covered thereby as “ all assets of the debtor ” or words of similar effect and may include a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by any Grantor or other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Lender under the Code to the extent not permitted under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. A photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction. Such Grantor also hereby ratifies its authorization for Lender to have filed any initial financing statement or amendment thereto under the Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction if filed prior to the date hereof.

Section 7.3 Authority of Lender . Each Grantor acknowledges that, as between Lender and the Grantors, Lender shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for all of the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation or entitlement to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

Section 7.4 Duty; Obligations and Liabilities . (a)  Duty of Lender . Lender’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession shall be to deal with it in the same manner as Lender deals with similar property for its own account. The powers conferred on Lender hereunder are solely to protect Lender’s interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Lender to exercise any such powers. Lender shall be accountable only for amounts that it receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its Related Persons shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, Lender shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of any warehousemen, carrier, forwarding agency, consignee or other bailee if such Person has been selected by Lender in good faith.

(b) Obligations and Liabilities with respect to Collateral . No Secured Party and no Related Person thereof shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any Collateral or for any delay in doing

 

19


so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any Collateral.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Reinstatement . Each Grantor agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Secured Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of any Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made. If, prior to any of the foregoing, (a) any Lien or other Collateral securing such Grantor’s liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of the foregoing or (b) any provision of the Guaranty hereunder shall have been terminated, cancelled or surrendered, such Lien, other Collateral or provision shall be reinstated in full force and effect and such prior release, termination, cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of such Grantor in respect of any Lien or other Collateral securing such obligation or the amount of such payment.

Section 8.2 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations . (a) When all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been paid in full in cash and Lender has no further obligation or commitment to make Term Loans to Borrower, the Collateral shall be released from the Lien created hereby and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of Lender and each Guarantor and Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights of Lender to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors.

(b) Lender, and to the extent required, each other Secured Party, hereby irrevocably agrees that the Liens granted to Lender by the Grantors on any Collateral shall be automatically released, in each case (other than clause (iv)  below) without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party: (i) in full upon the payment in full of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations); (ii) upon the Transfer of such Collateral by any Grantor to a Person that is not (and is not required to become) a Grantor in a transaction not prohibited by the Loan Agreement; (iii) to the extent that such Collateral comprises property leased to a Grantor, upon termination or expiration of such lease; (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by Lender; and (v) to the extent that the property or assets constituting such Collateral is owned by any Grantor, upon the release of such Grantor from its obligations under this Agreement, including upon consummation of any transaction not prohibited under the Loan Agreement resulting in such Grantor ceasing to constitute a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit Party (other than any Excluded Subsidiary).

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 8.2 , Lender shall, and to the extent required, each other Secured Party hereby authorizes Lender to, promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor all instruments, documents and agreements which such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm such termination or release (including termination statements under the Code), and will duly assign and transfer to such Grantor, such of the Collateral that may be in the possession of Lender, all without further consent or joinder of any Secured Party. In connection with any release pursuant to this Section 8.2 , the Grantors shall be permitted to take any action in connection therewith consistent with such termination or release including, without limitation, the filing of termination statements under the Code. Upon the receipt of any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by Borrower, Lender shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Agreement and the Loan Agreement.

(d) Any termination or release of obligations pursuant to this Section 8.2 is subject to reinstatement as provided in Section 8.1 .

 

20


(e) Upon the release of the Liens on any Collateral or of a Grantor from all of its obligations as a Credit Party under the Loan Agreement and as a Grantor hereunder, any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Loan Document relating to any such Collateral or such Grantor, as applicable, shall no longer be deemed to be made.

(f) Without limiting the generality of Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement, Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the taking of any actions pursuant to or as otherwise contemplated by this Section 8.2 .

Section 8.3 Independent Obligations . The obligations of each Grantor hereunder are independent of and separate from the Secured Obligations and the Guaranteed Obligations. If any Secured Obligation or Guaranteed Obligation is not paid when due, subject to any grace or cure period, or upon any Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, Lender may, at its sole election, proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any Grantor and any Collateral to collect and recover the full amount of any Secured Obligation or Guaranteed Obligation then due, without first proceeding against any other Grantor, any other Credit Party or any other Collateral and without first joining any other Grantor or any other Credit Party in any proceeding.

Section 8.4 No Waiver by Course of Conduct . No Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.5 ), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

Section 8.5 Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 13.5 of the Loan Agreement; provided , however , that annexes to this Agreement may be supplemented (but no existing provisions may be modified and no Collateral may be released) through Pledge Amendments and Joinder Agreements, in substantially the form of Annex 1 and Annex 2 , respectively, in each case, duly executed by Lender and each Grantor directly affected thereby.

Section 8.6 Additional Grantors and Guarantors; Additional Pledged Collateral . (a)  Joinder Agreements . If, at the option of Borrower or as required pursuant to Section 6.14 or Section 6.15 of the Loan Agreement, a Borrower shall cause any Subsidiary that is not a Grantor or Guarantor to become a Grantor and Guarantor hereunder, such Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to Lender a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Annex 2 and shall thereafter for all purposes be a party hereto and have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Grantor party hereto on the Effective Date.

(b) Pledge Amendments . To the extent any Pledged Collateral has not been delivered as of the Effective Date, such Grantor shall deliver a pledge amendment duly executed by the Grantor in substantially the form of Annex 1 (each, a “ Pledge Amendment ”). Such Grantor authorizes Lender to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement.

Section 8.7 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon Lender or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 11 of the Loan Agreement; provided , however , that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Grantor shall be addressed to the Borrower’s notice address set forth in Section 11 of the Loan Agreement.

Section 8.8 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of each Secured Party and their successors and assigns; provided , however , that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

21


Section 8.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 8.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement being held illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not affect any part of such provision not held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 8.11 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without regard to any principle of conflicts of law that could require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

Section 8.12 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO, OR DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN AND THEREIN OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO (WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO OTHER PARTY AND NO RELATED PERSON OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.12 and (C) HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

EACH GRANTOR AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

Section 8.13 Subject to Intercreditor Agreement; Conflicts . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Liens and security interests granted to Lender on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by Lender hereunder or the application of proceeds of any Collateral, in each case, are subject to the limitations and provisions of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement to the extent provided therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of such applicable Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of such applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guaranty and Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
as Borrower and Grantor
By  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name: Matthew C. Garrett
Title: Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Guaranty and Security Agreement]


ACCEPTED AND AGREED
as of the date first above written:
BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP,as Lender
   

By: Pharmakon Advisors, LP,

its Investment Manager

   

By: Pharmakon Management I, LLC,

its General Partner

By  

/s/ Pedro Gonzalez de Cosio

Name: Pedro Gonzalez de Cosio
Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to Guaranty and Security Agreement]


ANNEX 1

TO GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

FORM OF PLEDGE AMENDMENT 1

This Pledge Amendment, dated as of                     , 20    , is delivered pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (“ Borrower ”), the undersigned Grantor and the other Persons from time to time party thereto as Grantors in favor of BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, as Lender on behalf of itself and each of the other Secured Parties (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

The undersigned hereby agrees that this Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Guaranty and Security Agreement and that the Pledged Collateral listed on Annex 1-A to this Pledge Amendment shall be and become part of the Collateral referred to in the Guaranty and Security Agreement and shall secure all Secured Obligations of the undersigned.

 

[GRANTOR]
By:  

                                                                               

  Name:
  Title:

 

1   To be used for pledge of Additional Pledged Collateral by existing Grantor.

 

A1-1


Annex 1-A

 

PLEDGED STOCK

ISSUER

  

CLASS

  

CERTIFICATE NO(S).

  

PAR VALUE

  

NUMBER OF

SHARES,

UNITS OR

INTERESTS

           
           
           
           

 

PLEDGED DEBT INSTRUMENTS

ISSUER

  

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT

  

CERTIFICATE NO(S).

  

FINAL

MATURITY

  

PRINCIPAL

AMOUNT

           
           
           
           

 

A1-2


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the date first above written:
BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, as Lender
   

By: Pharmakon Advisors, LP,

its Investment Manager

   

By: Pharmakon Management I, LLC,

its General Partner

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A1-3


ANNEX 2

TO

GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of                     , 20    , is delivered pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) and the other Persons from time to time party thereto as Grantors in favor of BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, as lender (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ Lender ”) on behalf of itself and each of the other Secured Parties, (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned, as provided in Section 8.6 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, (a) hereby becomes a party to the Guaranty and Security Agreement as a “Grantor” and “Guarantor” thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor and Guarantor therein and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor and a Guarantor thereunder and (b) as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations of the undersigned, hereby pledges and hypothecates to Lender for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties, and grants to Lender for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral of the undersigned. The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound as a Grantor and a Guarantor for the purposes of the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

In connection with this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned has delivered to Lender a completed Perfection Certificate duly executed by the undersigned. The information set forth in Annex 1-A is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules 1 , 2 , and 3 to the Disclosure Letter and Schedules 5.5(d) , 5.5(g), 5.5(i) , 5.5(k) , 5.5(l) , 5.5(p) and 5.5(v) of the Disclosure Letter. By acknowledging and agreeing to this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees that this Joinder Agreement may be attached to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Perfection Certificate delivered herewith by the undersigned shall constitute a “Perfection Certificate” referred to in Section 5.5 of the Loan Agreement and that the Pledged Collateral listed on Annex 1-A to this Joinder Agreement shall be and become part of the Collateral referred to in the Guaranty and Security Agreement and shall secure all Secured Obligations of the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Article IV of the Guaranty and Security Agreement applicable to it is true and correct on and as the date hereof as if made on and as of such date.

 

A2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE UNDERSIGNED HAS CAUSED THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT TO BE DULY EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

 

[Additional Grantor]

By:  

                                                                               

  Name:
  Title:

 

A2-2


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the date first above written:
BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, as Lender
   

By: Pharmakon Advisors, LP,

its Investment Manager

   

By: Pharmakon Management I, LLC,

its General Partner

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A2-3


ANNEX 3

TO

GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS [COPYRIGHT] [PATENT] [TRADEMARK] SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of                     , 20    , is made by                     . (“ Grantor ”), in favor of BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, as lender (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ Lender ”) on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) and Lender, Lender has agreed to make extensions of credit to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, Grantor [(other than Borrower)] has agreed, pursuant to a Guaranty and Security Agreement of even date herewith in favor of Lender (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”), to guarantee the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement) of Borrower; and

WHEREAS, Grantor is party to the Guaranty and Security Agreement pursuant to which Grantor is required to execute and deliver this [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce Lender to enter into the Loan Agreement and to induce Lender to make its extensions of credit to Borrower thereunder, Grantor hereby agrees with Lender as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest in [Copyright] [Trademark] [Patent] Collateral . Grantor, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations of Grantor, hereby mortgages, pledges and hypothecates to Lender, for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties, and grants to Lender, for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the following Collateral of Grantor (the “ [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Collateral ”):

(a) [all of its Copyrights and all IP Licenses and IP Ancillary Rights providing for the grant by or to Grantor of any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, those referred to on Schedule 1 hereto;

(b) all renewals, reversions and extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all income, royalties, proceeds and liabilities at any time due or payable or asserted under and with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all rights to sue and recover at law or in equity for any past, present and future infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or other impairment thereof.]

 

A3-1


or

(a) [all of its Patents and all IP Licenses and IP Ancillary Rights providing for the grant by or to Grantor of any right under any Patent, including, without limitation, those referred to on Schedule 1 hereto;

(b) all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, renewals and extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all income, royalties, proceeds and liabilities at any time due or payable or asserted under and with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all rights to sue and recover at law or in equity for any past, present and future infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or other impairment thereof.]

or

(a) [all of its Trademarks and all IP Licenses and IP Ancillary Rights providing for the grant by or to Grantor of any right under any Trademark, including, without limitation, those referred to on Schedule 1 hereto, but excluding any “intent to use” Trademark applications for which a statement of use has not been filed (but only excluding such applications until such statement is filed);

(b) all renewals and extensions of the foregoing;

(c) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each such Trademark; and

(d) all income, royalties, proceeds and liabilities at any time due or payable or asserted under and with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all rights to sue and recover at law or in equity for any past, present and future infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or other impairment thereof.]

Section 3. Guaranty and Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to Lender pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement and Grantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the obligations, rights and remedies of Grantor and of Lender with respect to the security interest in the [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

Section 4. Grantor Remains Liable . Grantor hereby agrees that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Grantor shall assume full and complete responsibility for the prosecution, defense, enforcement or any other necessary or desirable actions in connection with their [Copyrights] [Patents] [Trademarks] and IP Licenses subject to a security interest hereunder.

Section 5. Counterparts . This [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart.

Section 6. Governing Law . This [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Security Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without regard to any principle of conflicts of law that could require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

A3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this [Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,

[GRANTOR]

  as Grantor

By:  

                                                                               

  Name:
  Title:

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED
as of the date first above written:
BIOPHARMA SECURED INVESTMENTS III HOLDINGS CAYMAN LP, as Lender
   

By: Pharmakon Advisors, LP,

its Investment Manager

   

By: Pharmakon Management I, LLC,

its General Partner

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO [COPYRIGHT] [PATENT] [TRADEMARK] SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 

A3-3


SCHEDULE I

TO

[COPYRIGHT] [PATENT] [TRADEMARK] SECURITY AGREEMENT

[Copyright] [Patent] [Trademark] Registrations

 

1. REGISTERED [COPYRIGHTS] [PATENTS] [TRADEMARKS]

[Include Registration Number and Date]

 

2. [COPYRIGHT] [PATENT] [TRADEMARK] APPLICATIONS

[Include Application Number and Date]

 

3. [IP LICENSES

[Include complete legal description of agreement (name of agreement, parties and date)]]

Exhibit 10.24

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 16th day of November, 2012 by and between iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and California HealthCare Foundation (the “ Purchaser ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company desires to issue to the Purchaser (i) a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00), which note shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Note ”) and (ii) a warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock, which warrant shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Warrant ”); and

WHEREAS , the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company such Note and Warrant on the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of Note and Warrant .

1.1 Sale and Issuance of Note and Warrant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined below) the Company shall issue to the Purchaser: (a) the Note, for the purchase price of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00); and (b) the Warrant, for a purchase price equal to 0.01% of the purchase price of the Note, or One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00), for an aggregate purchase price for the Note and Warrant which shall equal One Million Five Hundred Thousand One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($1,500,150.00) (collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”). The Company and the Purchaser agree that such Purchase Price allocation represents the parties’ good faith allocation of the Purchase Price of the Note and the Warrant and shall be used for all purposes, including income tax reporting by the Company.

1.2 Closing; Delivery . The purchase and sale of the Note and the Warrant shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures on the date hereof (the “ Closing ”). At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser the Note evidencing the Company’s promise to pay the principal and interest thereunder and the Warrant and the Purchaser shall deliver to the Company the Purchase Price therefor by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company .

A Schedule of Exceptions, attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Schedule of Exceptions ”) shall be delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing. Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, which exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties


hereunder, delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

2.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite legal and corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Note and the Warrant (collectively, the “ Transaction Documents ”), to issue and sell the Note, the Warrant and the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant in accordance with its terms (the “ Warrant Shares ” and together with the Warrant and the Note and any common stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, the “ Securities ”), and to perform its obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents. The Company is presently qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in California and in each other jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, prospects or business as now conducted or proposed to be conducted (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

2.2 Subsidiaries . The Company does not own or control (and has never owned or controlled), directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, association, or other business entity.

2.3 Capitalization . Immediately prior to the Closing:

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of: (i) 60,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of which 7,245,527 shares are issued and outstanding; and (ii) 33,747,093 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), consisting of (A) 20,093,232 shares of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, of which 19,948,052 shares are issued and outstanding, (B) 3,666,416 shares of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock, of which 3,589,247 shares are issued and outstanding, and (C) 9,987,445 shares of which are designated Series C Preferred Stock, of which 7,950,056 shares are issued and outstanding. Warrants to purchase up to 145,180 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and up to 77,169 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, are issued and outstanding.

(b) The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued in compliance with applicable laws, and are fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The Company has reserved 8,938,724 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ 2006 Stock Plan ”), under which options or other rights to purchase 7,753,887

 

2


shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, 1,052,644 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance, and 132,193 shares of Common Stock have been issued upon exercise of stock options or other rights previously granted, each as of the date of this Agreement.

(d) Except for: (i) this Note and the other Securities; (ii) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Stock; (iii) the rights provided pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011 (the “ Rights Agreement ”), the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2011, and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011 (each as may be amended from time to time); (iv) the shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan as described above; (v) the warrants to purchase up to 145,180 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and up to 77,169 shares of Series B Preferred Stock; (vi) the shares of Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of those certain subordinated convertible promissory notes, issued by the Company pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (the “ 2012 Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement ”) (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock); and (vii) the shares of Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of those certain warrants to purchase shares, issued by the Company pursuant to the 2012 Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock), respectively, there are no options, warrants or other rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) to purchase any of the Company’s authorized and unissued capital stock.

2.4 Authorization . All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders necessary for: (a) the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the Company; (b) the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Note and the Warrant at the Closing and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and the other Securities issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares; and (c) the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under the Transaction Documents has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as limited by rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and by general principles of equity.

2.5 Financial Statements . The Company has made available to the Purchaser: (a) the audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year then-ended; and (b) the unaudited balance sheet and related statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the nine (9)-month period ended September 30, 2012 (the “ Financial Statements ”). With the exception of the items noted in Section 2.5 of the Schedule of Exceptions, the Financial Statements are true and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may

 

3


exclude certain footnotes required under GAAP and are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, which are not expected to be material either individually or in the aggregate. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to September 30, 2012. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

2.6 Material Contracts .

(a) Except for the agreements explicitly contemplated hereby, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (written or otherwise) which may involve: (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $100,000; (ii) the license of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company; (iii) provisions restricting or affecting the development, manufacture, license, marketing, distribution or sale of the Company’s products or services; or (iv) indemnification by the Company with respect to infringements of proprietary rights (each, a “ Material Contract ” and, collectively the “ Material Contracts ”). All of the Material Contracts are valid, binding and in full force and effect, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general principles of equity. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any Material Contract is in default under the terms any such Material Contract.

(b) Except for: (i) agreements explicitly contemplated hereby; (ii) option agreements and stock purchase agreements with employees, directors and consultants in the Company’s service (including all exhibits to such option and stock purchase agreements); (iii) offer letters of employment with the Company’s employees and similar letters and/or agreements with other service providers to the Company; and (iv) agreements set forth under Section 2.6(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, or holders of the Company’s outstanding capital stock or any affiliate thereof, including, without limitation, spouses, or family members of any such officer, director or holders of such outstanding capital stock.

(c) The Company has not: (i) declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock; (ii) incurred or guaranteed any indebtedness for money borrowed or incurred or guaranteed any other liabilities individually in excess of $50,000 or in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate; (iii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses; or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights (other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company).

For the purposes of subsections (a) and (c) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same

 

4


person or entity (including persons or entities the Company knows to be affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

2.7 Intellectual Property .

(a) The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a true, correct and complete list, as of the date of this Agreement, of: (i) all patents and patent applications owned by the Company; (ii) all registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names and applications therefor, owned or claimed to be owned by the Company; and (iii) all registered and material unregistered copyrights and copyright applications owned by the Company. The Company has previously disclosed to the Purchaser all information, documents and material that is actually known by the Company and that, as of the date of this Agreement, is substantive or material in connection with or related to its Intellectual Property (as defined below) as it relates to the Company’s business as currently conducted, including, without limitation, with respect to any patents owned or used in its business. The Company has taken all steps necessary or prudent to maintain and protect its right, title and interest in and to its Intellectual Property, including in response to any actions taken by governmental authorities, as are customary for similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar business. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Intellectual Property ” means all know how, intellectual property, inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, processes, machines, manufactures, compositions of matter, improvements, techniques, methods, ideas, concepts, procedures, formulas, designs, technical data, medical analysis, product development data, clinical and research data, technology secret processes, trade secrets, prototypes, specifications, plans, software, promotional and marketing materials, any patents or patents applications, any registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names and applications therefor, any registered and unregistered copyrights, copyright applications and copyright renewals, and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

(b) The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a complete list of all licenses, agreements, authorizations and/or permissions pursuant to which the Company uses any one (1) or more items of Intellectual Property licensed from third parties in connection with the ongoing business of the Company (“ Licensed IP Agreements ”), other than software that is generally commercially available at retail. The Company has made available to the Purchaser correct and complete copies of each of the Licensed IP Agreements. Each of the Licensed IP Agreements is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect. The Company has performed all obligations imposed upon it under each of the Licensed IP Agreements, and is not in breach of any of the Licensed IP Agreements, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no other party to any of the Licensed IP Agreements is in breach thereof. The Company has not granted any sublicense or similar right with respect to the Licensed IP Agreements. The Company has not received any notice that the other parties to the Licensed IP Agreements intend to cancel, terminate or refuse to renew the same or to exercise or decline to exercise any option or right thereunder. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Agreements will not cause a breach of any of the Licensed IP Agreements. The Company has obtained and possesses valid licenses to use all of the software programs present on the

 

5


computers and other software-enabled electronic devices that it owns or leases or that it has otherwise provided to its employees for their use in connection with the Company’s business.

(c) The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a complete list of all licenses and agreements pursuant to which the Company has granted to any person or party a license or sublicense to use any one (1) or more items of Intellectual Property used by the Company in connection with the ongoing business of the Company (“ IP Agreements ”), exclusive of any evaluation license or non-disclosure agreements related to the Company’s third party evaluation process. The Company has made available to the Purchaser correct and complete copies of each of the IP Agreements. Each of the IP Agreements is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect. The Company has performed all obligations imposed upon it under each of the IP Agreements, and is neither in breach of, nor has incurred any indemnification obligations under, any one or more of the IP Agreements. The Company has not granted any sublicense or similar right with respect to the IP Agreements. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents will not cause a breach of any of the IP Agreements.

(d) The Company possesses all right, title and interest in and to, and is the sole and exclusive owner of the Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, all patents, trademarks and copyrights (and any applications for any of the foregoing), listed on the Schedule of Exceptions. The Company is the sole and exclusive licensee of the Licensed IP Agreements, and has the right to use such Intellectual Property in the operation of its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. As of the Closing, the Company has not received any written notice that its rights in such Intellectual Property have been or will be declared unenforceable or otherwise invalid by any court or governmental authority. No infringement, misuse or misappropriation of any such Intellectual Property by a third party has come to the Company’s attention, either orally or in writing.

(e) No third party has made a claim, assertion or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened assertion, either orally or in writing, that the Company is interfering with, infringing, misusing, misappropriating or otherwise conflicting with such third party’s Intellectual Property.

(f) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Intellectual Property owned or otherwise used by the Company is free and clear of all material Liens or other restrictions, and no such item of Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge. No action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand is pending (or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened) against the Company, which challenges the legality, validity, enforceability or ownership of, or the right of the Company to use, any one or more items of the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company in connection with its business as currently conducted. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company has not agreed to indemnify any person or party for or against any interference, infringement, misappropriation, or other conflict with respect to any one or more items of the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company.

 

6


(g) The Company has taken all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that it has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property right of any third party in the conduct of its business as presently conducted, and the Company has no knowledge of any such interference, infringement, misappropriation or conflict. To the knowledge of the Company, the operation of the business of the Company and the manufacture, marketing, sale or distribution of the Company’s products has not and does not interfere with, infringe upon or constitute misappropriation of the Intellectual Property rights of any third party.

(h) No director, officer, stockholder, employee of or consultant to or other affiliate of the Company owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any interest in any of the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company.

(i) The Company has not disclosed to any person or party, other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company, consistent with past practice and pursuant to valid written non-disclosure and non-use agreements, any proprietary or otherwise confidential information relating to the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company. The Company has at all times maintained reasonable procedures to protect all trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company. The Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, each other party to any Licensed IP Agreement or IP Agreement, is not under any contractual or other obligation to disclose any proprietary information relating to the Intellectual Property owned, developed or licensed by the Company (unless required by law) and no event has taken place, including the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or any related change in the business activities of the Company, that would give rise to such obligation. The Company has disclosed trade secrets solely as required for the conduct of its business in the ordinary course and solely under non-disclosure and non-use agreements.

2.8 Title to Properties and Assets; Liens . The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no material mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge (“ Lien ”), other than: (a) Liens for current taxes not yet due and payable; (b) Liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due; (c) Liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws or similar legislation; and (d) Liens, encumbrances and defects in title which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto, and which have not arisen otherwise than in the ordinary course of business of the Company. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases in all material respects and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Liens, claims or encumbrances.

2.9 Compliance with Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation of any term of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as amended to date, or in any material respect, of any term or provision of any material mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment, order or decree to which it is party or by which it is bound. The Company is not in violation of any federal or state statute,

 

7


rule or regulation applicable to the Company, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents, and the issuance of the Securities, will not result in any violation of, or conflict with, or constitute a default under, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as amended to date, or any of its agreements, nor result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, Lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.10 Litigation . There are no claims, arbitrations, complaints, charges, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending against the Company or its properties or against any current or former officer, director or employee in their capacity as such or that questions the validity of the Agreement of the rights of the Company to enter into them or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby (nor has the Company received notice of any threat of any of the foregoing). The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There are no claims, arbitrations, complaints, charges, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations by the Company pending or which the Company intends to initiate against any other person or entity.

2.11 Compliance with Health Care Laws .

(a) The Company meets, in all respects, the requirements of participation and payment of all Government Health Care Programs (as defined below) in which it participates or to which it submits any invoices or bills, and is a party to valid participation agreements for payment by such Government Health Care Programs if the Company bills a particular Government Health Care Program for services or procedures or is otherwise required to meet such requirements. There is no action pending, received or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company that relates directly to a violation of any laws pertaining to the Government Health Care Programs or that could result in the imposition of penalties or the exclusion by any of them from participation in any Government Health Care Program. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Government Health Care Program ” means any program operated or funded (in whole or in part) by any governmental entity that provides or pays for the delivery of health care services, supplies or equipment, including, without limitation, Medicare and Medicaid.

(b) The Company is in compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws, in all material respects. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Health Care Laws ” means all federal or state, civil or criminal health care laws applicable to the Company or its business that pertain to the delivery of or payment for health care services or products; the operation of Government Health Care Programs; medical device marketing or manufacturing; certification requirements for the provision of health care services; conduct of medical research; handling of medical devices; reprocessing of medical devices; and/or handling of medical waste or infectious materials, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), the civil False Claims Act (31

 

8


U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws, SSA § 1128 (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7), or the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state and federal laws and regulations applicable to the Company or its business.

(c) All material reports, documents, applications, claims and notices required to be filed, maintained, or furnished to any governmental entity with respect to the marketing, sale or manufacture by the Company of any item or service marketed, sold or manufactured by or on behalf of the Company have been so filed, maintained or furnished, except to the extent that any failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect. All such reports, documents, claims and notices were complete and correct in all material respects on the date filed (or were corrected in or supplemented by a subsequent filing) such that no liability exists with respect to such filings. All reports required to be filed by the Company with any governmental entity regarding any incidents, injuries or defects in any products marketed, sold or manufactured by the Company have been timely filed.

(d) Neither the Company, nor any employee, owner or officer of the Company (to the extent applicable) has ever been excluded from participation in any Government Health Care Program.

2.12 FDA Compliance .

(a) The operations of the Company, including, without limitation, the manufacture, import, export, testing, development, processing, packaging, labeling, storage, marketing and distribution of all products, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and permits held by the Company including, without limitation, those administered by the Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”) relating to the business, assets, properties, products, operations or processes of the Company. There are no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened actions against the Company by the FDA or any other governmental entity that has jurisdiction over the operations of the Company. The Company has not received notice of any pending or threatened claim, and the Company has no knowledge that any governmental entity is considering such action.

(b) The Company has not received any FDA Form 483 notice of adverse findings, warning letters, untitled letters or other written correspondence or notice from the FDA, or other governmental entity alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable federal or state laws or permits, and the Company has no knowledge that the FDA or any governmental entity is considering such action.

(c) All studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials being conducted by or on behalf of the Company are being conducted in compliance in all material respects with experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to accepted professional scientific standards and applicable federal and state laws. The Company has not received any notices, correspondence or other communication from the FDA or any other governmental entity

 

9


requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of any clinical trials conducted by, or on behalf of, the Company, or in which they have participated, and the Company has no knowledge that the FDA or any other governmental entity is considering such action.

(d) The manufacture of products by, or on behalf of, the Company is being conducted in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws including the FDA’s Quality Systems Regulation. In addition, the Company, and, to the Company’s knowledge, any third-party manufacturer of products on the Company’s behalf, are in material compliance with all applicable FDA requirements, including registration and listing requirements set forth in 21 U.S.C. Section 360 and 21 C.F.R. Part 207.

(e) The Company is not the subject of any pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened investigation by the FDA pursuant to its “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities” Final Policy set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) and any amendments thereto. The Company has not, to the Company’s knowledge, committed any act, made any statement, or failed to make any statement that would provide a basis for the FDA to invoke its policy with respect to “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery and Illegal Gratuities” and any amendments thereto.

(f) To the extent that the Company markets or sells any products or services in any jurisdiction outside of the United States, or manufactures any products outside of the United States, the Company has acted in compliance in all material respects with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction pertaining to the approval of marketing or sale of such medical devices; the use of good manufacturing practices; and such other laws and regulations that that pertain to the same subject area under the jurisdiction of the FDA.

2.13 Governmental Consent . No consent, approval or authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the offer, sale or issuance of the Note, the Warrant or the other Securities, or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, except: (a) the filing of such notices as may be required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); and (b) such filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.14 Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority materially necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

2.15 Environmental and Safety Laws . To the knowledge of the Company, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and, to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

 

10


2.16 Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has duly and timely filed all material tax returns (federal, state, local and foreign) required to be filed by it and there are no waivers of applicable statutes of limitations in effect with respect to taxes for any year. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and all other taxes due and payable by the Company on or before the Closing, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised: (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been audited in the past or are being audited as of the date hereof; or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Company has no knowledge of any liability of any tax to be imposed upon its properties or assets as of the date hereof that is not adequately provided for. The Company believes in good faith that any “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as such term is defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the guidance thereunder) under which the Company makes, is obligated to make or promises to make, payments (each, a “ 409A Plan ”) complies in all material respects, in both form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder. To the knowledge of the Company, no payment to be made under any 409A Plan is, or will be, subject to the penalties of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

2.17 Offering . Assuming the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties in Section 3, the offer, sale and issuance of the Securities constitute transactions exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and from the registration or qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Securities to any person or persons so as to bring the sale of such Securities by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

2.18 Brokers or Finders . The Company has not incurred, and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.19 Employees . The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee intends to terminate his or her employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer or key employee. The employment of each officer and employee of the Company is terminable at the will of the Company (subject to general principles related to wrongful termination of employees) and no severance or other payments will be due upon any such termination. There is no strike, labor dispute or union organization activities pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened between it and its employees. To the knowledge of the Company, none of its employees belongs to any union or collective bargaining unit. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement. The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree

 

11


or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business. The Company has complied with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours and other laws related to employment, and there are no arrears in the payments of wages, withholding or social security taxes, unemployment insurance premiums or other similar obligations.

2.20 Employee Benefit Plans . The Company does not have any Employee Benefit Plan as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The Company has made all required contributions and has no liability to any employee benefit plan required to be set forth on Section 2.20 of the Schedule of Exceptions and has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws for any such plan.

2.21 Disclosure . The Company has provided Purchaser with all the information regarding the Company that Purchaser has requested for deciding whether to purchase the Note and the Warrant. Neither the Transaction Documents nor any other documents or certificates delivered in connection herewith, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. The Company does not represent or warrant that it will achieve any financial projections made available to the Purchaser.

2.22 Insurance . The Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies in amounts customary for companies in similar businesses similarly situated. The Schedule of Exceptions lists all of the insurance policies maintained by the Company, including the name of the insurer and the type and amount of coverage.

2.23 Obligations of Management . Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting substantially all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

2.24 Subsequent Events . Since September 30, 2012, there has not been:

(a) any change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not caused or could not reasonably be expected to cause, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

12


(c) any waiver or compromise by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business;

(e) any material change to a material contract or agreement by which the Company or any of its assets is bound or subject;

(f) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(g) any resignation or termination of employment of any officer of the Company;

(h) any material mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or Lien, created by the Company, with respect to any of its properties or assets, except Liens for taxes not yet due or payable and Liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets;

(i) any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

(j) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company;

(k) any sale, assignment or transfer of any intellectual property of the Company;

(l) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company;

(m) to the Company’s knowledge, any other event or condition of any character, other than events affecting the economy or the Company’s industry generally, that has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described in this Section 2.24 .

3. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser .

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1 No Registration . The Purchaser understands that the Securities, have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from

 

13


the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

3.2 Investment Intent . The Purchaser is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of the Securities Act. The Purchaser further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Securities.

3.3 Investment Experience . The Purchaser has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company and acknowledges that the Purchaser can protect its own interests. The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company.

3.4 Speculative Nature of Investment . The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Purchaser can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

3.5 Access to Data . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning the Transaction Documents, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, as well as the Company’s business, management and financial affairs. The Purchaser acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 (each as modified by the Schedule of Exceptions referred to therein) of this Agreement or the right of the Purchaser to rely thereon.

3.6 Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) under the Securities Act, and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

3.7 Rule 144 . The Purchaser acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under

 

14


the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “brokers’ transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Purchaser understands that the current public information referred to above is not now available and the Company has no present plans to make such information available. The purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Purchaser wishes to sell the Securities, and that, in such event, the Purchaser may be precluded from selling such securities under Rule 144, even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Purchaser acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Purchaser understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the SEC has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

3.8 No Public Market . The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

3.9 Authorization .

(a) The Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents, to purchase the Securities hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of the Transaction Documents. All action on the part of the Purchaser necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, and the performance of all of the Purchaser’s obligations under the Transaction Documents, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing.

(b) The Transaction Documents (as applicable), when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with their terms except as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.

(c) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction

 

15


Documents (as applicable) by the Purchaser or the performance of the Purchaser’s obligations hereunder or thereunder.

3.10 Tax Advisors . The Purchaser has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. With respect to such matters, the Purchaser has relied solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Purchaser understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

3.11 Legends . The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Notes, the Warrant, the Warrant Shares, or any other securities issued in respect of the Note, the Warrant and/or the Warrant Shares upon any applicable stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear any legend required by the Transaction Documents or under applicable federal or state securities laws.

4. Rights of Purchaser . So long as either the Note or the Warrant is outstanding:

4.1 Information Rights .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Purchaser: (i) within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter; (ii) within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal year, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year; and (iii) any other information regarding the Company that is reasonably requested by the Purchaser; provided , however , that in the event that the Company obtains audited financial statements with respect to any fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, the Company shall deliver such audited financial statements to the Purchaser in accordance with the time periods set forth in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above.

(b) Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide to the Purchaser for such calendar quarter a report of the Company’s customers in California (deidentified) and the procedures or units sold, as applicable, for each such customer.

 

16


4.2 Social Purpose .

(a) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the social purpose of the purchase of the Note by Purchaser is the market development, evaluation, and if commercially viable, commercial launch and deployment of the iRhythm solution to Medicaid populations and safety net providers.

(b) The Company will provide iRhythm products and services to safety net hospitals in California for a period of one year, subject to a minimum of 600 and a maximum of 1500 units of the Zio ® patch and analysis/report, with the goals of completing a study and collecting data to demonstrate: improved quality and outcomes for patients and providers of those institutions, particularly those that are low-income, rural and disproportionately represented in the Medi-Cal population.

(c) In recognition of Purchaser’s social investment purpose, the Company hereby agrees that during the term of the Note, the Company will: (i) engage in good faith efforts to provide services to two (2) California safety net hospitals (San Francisco General and UC Davis Medical Center); (ii) participate in an independent study of the iRhythm implementation at these two (2) sites; (iii) cooperate with the Purchaser and researcher efforts to evaluate and publish quality, provider and patient satisfaction and cost outcomes of the use of the iRhythm solution; and (iv) if commercially viable (as determined in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion), attempt to broadly serve the Medicaid and rural markets.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Survival of Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company and the Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing. In addition, Section 4 of this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing.

5.2 Successors and Assigns; Further Assurances . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to reasonably cooperate with each other to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the intent of the parties hereunder.

5.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the Laws of any other jurisdiction.

5.4 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall

 

17


constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.

5.5 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

5.6 Notices, etc. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Purchaser) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to the Purchaser, to the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Purchaser shall have furnished to the Company, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP, 1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, Attn: Tomer Inbar, Esq.; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Purchaser, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94065, Attn: Philip H. Oettinger.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given: (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered; (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid; or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

5.7 Fees and Expenses . Except as set forth in Section 10 of the Note, the Company and the Purchaser shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

5.8 No Finder’s Fees . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the

 

18


Purchaser or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

5.9 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended, terminated or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

5.10 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by Law.

5.11 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by Law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Note and the Warrant, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof existing between the parties (including, without limitation, any term sheets between the parties) is expressly canceled.

5.13 Jurisdiction . Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located in Alameda County, State of California, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party agrees to commence any such action, suit or proceeding in such courts. Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in California with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 5.13 . Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the State and Federal courts located in Alameda County, State of California and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives

 

19


and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin M. King

Name: Kevin M. King
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Address :
650 Townsend Street, Suite 380
San Francisco, CA 94103
Facsimile: 415.632.5701

 

PURCHASER:
CALIFORNIA HEALTHCARE FOUNDATION
By:  

/s/ Craig C. Ziegler

  Name:   Craig C. Ziegler
  Title:   Vice President of Finance, Administration & Investments
Address :
1438 Webster Street, Suite 400
Oakland, CA 94612
Facsimile: 510-238-1044

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WARRANT


EXHIBIT C

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CHCF PROMISSORY NOTE

This Amendment No. 1 (the “ Amendment ”) to the promissory note (the “ Note ”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated November 16, 2012 (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 19, 2015 by and between iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and California HealthCare Foundation (“ CHCF ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Note.

WHEREAS , the Note provides for a Maturity Date of November 16, 2016;

WHEREAS , the Company and CHCF mutually desire to extend the Maturity Date to May 16, 2018;

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9 of the Note, any provision of the Note may be amended with the written consent of the Company and CHCF.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment and Restatement of the Definition of “Maturity Date” in the Note . Effective as of the date hereof, the definition of the “Maturity Date” in Section 2 of the Note shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety with “May 16, 2018”.

2. Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Note shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Agreement (and all exhibits attached thereto) and the Note (to the extent not amended hereby), represents the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein.

4. Governing Law . This Amendment and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

5. Modification . This Amendment may only be altered, amended or modified with the written consent of the Company and CHCF. Waiver of any term or provision of this Amendment or forbearance to enforce any term or provision by any party shall not constitute a waiver as to any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or provision or a waiver of any other term or provision of this Amendment.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Amendment.

7. Facsimile . This Amendment may be executed by facsimile.

( Signature Page Follows )

 

-1-


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year written above.

 

COMPANY:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Kevin M. King

Name: Kevin M. King
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Amendment No. 1 to the CHCF Note


CHCF:
CALIFORNIA HEALTHCARE FOUNDATION

/s/ Craig C. Ziegler

Signature

Craig C. Ziegler

Print Name

Vice President of Finance, Administration & Investments

Print Title

Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Amendment No. 1 to the CHCF Note


IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CHCF PROMISSORY NOTE

This Amendment No. 2 (the “ Amendment ”) to the promissory note (as amended by Amendment No.1 to CHCF Promissory Note, dated as of November June 19, 2015, the “ Note ”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated November 16, 2012 (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 4, 2015 by and between iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and California HealthCare Foundation (“ CHCF ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Note.

WHEREAS , the Company intends to enter into (i) a secured term loan facility with BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP, as lender (“ Biopharma ”) and (ii) an amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, as lender (“ SVB ”) (collectively, the loan facilities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Loan Facilities ”);

WHEREAS , CHCF is currently a party to that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2015 (the “ SVB Subordination Agreement ”), with SVB and the Company.

WHEREAS , to facilitate the Loan Facilities, the Company has requested that CHCF (i) amend certain provisions of the Note as set forth herein and (ii) enter into a subordination agreement with Biopharma on substantially the same terms as the SVB Subordination Agreement;

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9 of the Note, any provision of the Note may be amended with the written consent of the Company and CHCF.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Note . Effective as of the date hereof:

(a) Section 7 of the Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“7. Subordination . This Note will be subordinate in right of payment to: (a) the principal of (and premium, if any), unpaid interest on and any other amounts due in connection with indebtedness of the Company owed to Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by and between the Company and SVB, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any extension, refinance, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refunding of any such indebtedness (the “SVB Loan Agreement”); (b) commercial loans, lines of credit, equipment financings, the subordinated convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the 2012 Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement in connection with the Company’s convertible note financing transaction that closed on November 1, 2012, and (c) the term loans borrowed by the Company from, and any and all other amounts due in connection with such term loans and the indebtedness of the Company owed thereunder to BioPharma Secured Investments III Holdings Cayman LP (“BioPharma”) pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by and between the Company and BioPharma as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any extension, refinance, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refunding of any such indebtedness (the “BioPharma Loan Agreement”) (collectively, the indebtedness referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c), shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Senior Indebtedness”) . The Lender will enter into


such subordination agreements with respect to this Note as are reasonably required by the holders of Senior Indebtedness.”

(b) Section 8 of the Note is hereby amended by amending and restating the second clause (g) that appears immediately prior to the existing clause (h) to read as follows (and renumbering the existing clause “(h)” as clause “(i)”):

“(h) any Liens in favor of SVB pursuant to the SVB Loan Agreement, , any Liens in favor of BioPharma pursuant to that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by and between the Company and BioPharma (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) and any other Liens in respect of Senior Indebtedness or “Permitted Liens” as defined in the SVB Loan Agreement and the Pharmakon Loan Agreement so long as, in each case, such agreement is not terminated or expired;”

2. Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Note shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Agreement (and all exhibits attached thereto) and the Note (to the extent not amended hereby), represents the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein.

4. Governing Law . This Amendment and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

5. Modification . This Amendment may only be altered, amended or modified with the written consent of the Company and CHCF. Waiver of any term or provision of this Amendment or forbearance to enforce any term or provision by any party shall not constitute a waiver as to any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or provision or a waiver of any other term or provision of this Amendment.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Amendment.

7. Facsimile . This Amendment may be executed by facsimile.

( Signature Page Follows )


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year written above.

 

COMPANY:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Name: Matthew C. Garrett
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Amendment No. 2 to CHCF Note


CHCF:
CALIFORNIA HEALTHCARE FOUNDATION

/s/ Craig C. Ziegler

Signature

Craig C. Ziegler

Print Name

Vice President of Finance, Administration & Investments

Print Title

Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

Amendment No.2 to CHCF Note


PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$1,500,000   

November 16, 2012

San Francisco, California

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned, iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of California HealthCare Foundation (the “ Lender ”), on the Maturity Date (as defined below) or at such other time as specified in this Promissory Note (this “ Note ”), the principal sum of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000), together with interest accrued on the unpaid principal amount of this Note, payable as provided herein.

1. Note Purchase Agreement . This Note is being issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Borrower and the Lender (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Note Purchase Agreement.

2. Maturity Date . The full principal amount of this Note, and any accrued but unpaid interest hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of: (a) the date of a Liquidation Event (as defined below); and (b) November 16, 2016 (the “ Maturity Date ”). For purposes hereof, a “ Liquidation Event ” shall mean: (i) a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower; (ii) the acquisition of the Borrower by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Borrower is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than (A) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Borrower, (B) a consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary or (C) a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Borrower outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of shares in the Borrower held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Borrower or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Borrower or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower; or (iv) the initial public offering of shares of the Borrower’s common stock registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3. Interest . Simple interest shall accrue on the outstanding principal amount of this Note at a per annum rate equal to two percent (2%) for the period beginning on the date hereof and through and including the date such principal is paid. If the Lender notifies the Borrower in writing at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), during the continuance of such Event of Default, simple interest shall accrue on the outstanding principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of: (a) seven percent (7%); and (b) the maximum amount permitted under applicable law.


4. Optional Prepayments . The Borrower may, on any Business Day, prepay the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on this Note in whole or in part. All prepayments shall be applied first to accrued but unpaid interest and then to outstanding principal.

5. Payments and Computations .

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder not later than 11:00 A.M. (Oakland, California time) on the date such payment is due in the lawful currency of the United States to the Lender in same day funds that are immediately available for use by Lender.

(b) All computations of interest shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days, for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.

(c) Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest.

(d) For purposes of this Note, “ Business Day ” shall mean a day on which banks are not required or authorized to close in Oakland, California.

6. Events of Default .

(a) Definition of Event of Default . Each of the following events and conditions is hereby defined to be an “ Event of Default ” for purposes of this Note: (i) the insolvency of the Borrower; (ii) the commission of any act of bankruptcy by the Borrower; (iii) the execution by the Borrower of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) the filing by or against the Borrower of a petition in bankruptcy or any petition for relief under the federal bankruptcy act or the continuation of such petition without dismissal for a period of ninety (90) days or more; (v) the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property or assets of the Borrower; or (vi) if the Borrower materially fails to perform any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Note or the Note Purchase Agreement, and does not cure such material breach within thirty (30) days of written receipt of notice from the Lender describing such material breach, or does not cure such material breach within any further extended cure period approved by the Lender after the Borrower has made a good faith effort to cure such material breach and requested an extension of the original thirty (30)-day cure period for such material breach that was approved by the Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a payment default, it shall be an “Event of Default” if the Borrower fails to cure such payment default within seven (7) Business Days of written receipt of notice from the Lender describing such breach.

(b) Remedies . This Note and all accrued interest hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable in full upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6(a)(ii) , 6(a)(iii) , 6(a)(iv) or 6(a)(v) above. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section  6(a)(i) or 6(a)(vi) above, the Lender shall have (but shall have no obligation to exercise or pursue) the right to declare all principal and interest under this Note to be immediately due and payable. All rights, powers and remedies of or for the benefit of the Lender provided in this Note are in addition to and not in substitution of any and all other rights,

 

2


powers and remedies now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. The resort by the Lender to any right, power or remedy provided in this Note, at law or in equity, shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent employment of any right, power or remedy provided in this Note, at law or in equity, until full payment and performance of the obligations under this Note.

7. Subordination . This Note will be subordinate in right of payment to: (a) the principal of (and premium, if any), unpaid interest on and any other amounts due in connection with indebtedness of the Company owed to Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) pursuant to that certain that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, by and between the Company and SVB, as amended to date, and any extension, refinance, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refunding of any such indebtedness; and (b) commercial loans, lines of credit, equipment financings and the subordinated convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the 2012 Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement in connection with the Company’s convertible note financing transaction that closed on November 1, 2012 (collectively, the “ Senior Indebtedness ”). The Lender will enter into such subordination agreements with respect to this Note as are reasonably required by the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

8. Negative Pledge . The Borrower hereby agrees not to license, pledge, create a lien on or otherwise encumber any of the Borrower’s properties and assets without the consent of the Lender, except for Permitted Liens. For purposes of this Note, the term “ Permitted Liens ” means: (a) Liens (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) for taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established on the Borrower’s Financial Statements (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), as required under United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”); (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s and other like Liens and charges incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith and, in either case, do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed $150,000 for which adequate reserves have been established in the Financial Statements, as required under GAAP; (c) Liens on inventory held by suppliers thereof that are incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith and do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed $150,000; (d) the interests of the lessors and sublessors of any such leased properties; (e) Liens arising in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance incurred, in each case, in the ordinary course of business that do not, individually or in the aggregate exceed $150,000 for which adequate reserves have been established in the Financial Statements, as required under GAAP; (f) purchase money Liens that arise in the ordinary course of business; (g) restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title as normally exist with respect to properties similar to the Borrower’s properties that arise in the ordinary course of business which do not in the aggregate materially impair the ownership or use thereof in the operation of the business of the Borrower; (g) any Liens in favor of Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, by and between the Borrower and SVB, as amended to date, and any other Liens in respect of Senior Indebtedness; and (h) extensions, renewals and replacements of the foregoing Liens with respect to the property covered by the Lien extended, renewed or replaced.

9. Amendments; Waiver This Note may only be amended in a writing signed by both the Borrower and the Lender. No waiver of any provision of this Note shall be

 

3


effective unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the Lender, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specified instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

10. Expenses; Enforcement .

(a) The Borrower hereby agrees upon demand to pay to the Lender the amount of any and all reasonable costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, which the Lender may incur in connection with the collection of this Note or the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Lender hereunder upon the occurrence of an Event of Default; such costs and expenses shall include, without limitation, all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the Lender hereof in connection with any insolvency, bankruptcy, arrangement or other similar proceedings involving the Borrower, or involving any endorser or guarantor hereof, which in any way affects the exercise by the Lender hereof of its rights and remedies under this Note.

(b) This Note shall not be subject to offset, deduction, counterclaim or any other deduction or limitation of the full amounts due hereunder. The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and all other notices of every kind.

11. Fees . Except as otherwise provided in Section 10(a) above, the Borrower and the Lender shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Note and the other Transaction Documents.

12. Authority . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to execute this Note, that no approvals or consents of any other party that have not been obtained are necessary and that this Note is a binding obligation and is enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms.

13. Severability . In case any provision or obligation under this Note shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

14. Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Lender) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to the Lender, to the Lender at the Lender’s address as shown on the signature page to the Note Purchase Agreement, or at such other address as the Lender shall have furnished to the Borrower, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP, 1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, Attn: Tomer Inbar, Esq.; or

(b) if to the Borrower, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address as shown on the signature

 

4


page hereto, or at such other address as the Borrower shall have furnished to the Lender, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94065, Attn: Philip H. Oettinger.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Note be treated as effective or having been given: (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered; (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid; or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Borrower’s books and records and this Note or any notice delivered hereunder, the Borrower’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

15. Governing Law and Jurisdiction .

(a) Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the Laws of any other jurisdiction.

(b) Jurisdiction . The Borrower hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located in Alameda County, State of California, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Note or transaction contemplated hereby. The Borrower further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the Borrower’s address set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 15(b) . The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby in the State and Federal courts located in Alameda County, State of California, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin M. King            

Name: Kevin M. King
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Promissory Note]

Exhibit 10.25

July 23, 2012

Kevin King

Dear Kevin:

We are pleased to offer you the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and it will be expected that you join the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). In this capacity you will be responsible for the overall management of the Company, reporting to the Board. You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. Notwithstanding the above, you shall be allowed to be Executive Chairman and and a director of Sandstone Diagnostics, Inc., subject to the Board’s reassessment six (6) months following your Start Date to ensure that such board service is not conflicting with your employment with the Company. Your service on other boards requires advance approval of the Board and is restricted to non-competitive entities. You may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities as long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder. In addition, we acknowledge that you are a business advisor to Specific Technologies, and we agree that your continued service to that company does not create a conflict. If you decide to join us, the terms and conditions of your employment and benefits are outlined on Exhibit A . You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries, and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

If you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to 5.00% of the Company (the “Initial Option”) on a fully diluted basis and including the shares underlying the Initial Option at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition, following the Company’s next bridge loan financing of up to $3 million and the addition of new shares to the option pool totaling 4.00% of the fully diluted capitalization of the Company, a pro forma capitalization table that calculates the fully diluted number of shares outstanding in the Company assuming that the Bridge Loan converts at a 20% discount to the Company’s Series C preferred stock conversion price of $1.64 will be generated. Based on that pro forma capitalization table, you will receive a supplemental option grant for the number of shares equal to: 1) 5.00% of the Company on a fully diluted basis and including the shares underlying the Supplemental Option, minus 2) the shares underlying the Initial Option (the “Supplemental Option” and together with the Initial Option the “Options”). Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the Options shall vest 12 months after your Start Date subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.


The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At- Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

 

2


To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. If you accept our offer, we anticipate your first day of employment will be July 30, 2012 (the “ Start Date ”). This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by July 24, 2012. An At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement will follow in a separate communication should you decide to accept.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Sam Brasch

Sam Brasch
Director

 

Agreed to and accepted:
Signature:  

/s/ Kevin M. King

Printed Name: Kevin M. King
Date: July 23, 2012

[Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Kevin King Offer Letter]

 

3


EXHIBIT A

Terms and Conditions of Employment and Benefits For Kevin King

July 23, 2012

Position : President and Chief Executive Officer and Director.

Base salary : Your annual base salary will be $310,000. This will be earned and payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll policy.

Equity : Common Stock Options equal to 5.00% of the Company on a fully-diluted basis (as detailed in paragraph 2 of this letter). For this purpose, fully-diluted shall mean the sum of (a) the outstanding capital stock of the Company and outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants and other convertible securities and instruments (assuming the conversion or exercise of any convertible or exercisable options, warrants, securities or other instruments then outstanding, whether or not currently convertible or exercisable) and (b) the number of shares that are reserved under any compensatory stock plan adopted by the Company and that are not yet issued or subject to an outstanding option.

Benefits and Expenses : You will be entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs generally available from time to time to employees of the Company, subject to the terms of such plans and programs. This includes three weeks per year of PTO, in addition to specified Holidays, among other benefits.

Bonus : Each year, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s annual bonus program with a target of not less than 50% of your annual base salary, based on the achievement of performance objectives, which you and the Board will mutually establish. You must be employed on the date that your bonus, if any, is paid in order to earn and be eligible to receive the bonus.

Severance : If involuntarily terminated not for Cause or Constructive Termination (each as defined below) prior to a Change of Control: 1) nine (9) months base salary and reimbursement of healthcare benefits, if COBRA is elected, and provided a general release of claims against the Company is executed; 2) the post-termination exercise period for your Options shall be extended for an additional 15 months (18 months total) subject to confirmation that this will not result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or you,(with the understanding that loss of incentive stock option status will not be considered adverse). If this is the case, we will work to a mutually acceptable solution. If involuntarily terminated not for Cause (as defined below) in connection with a Change of Control, six (6) months base salary and reimbursement of healthcare benefits, if COBRA is elected, and provided a general release of claims against the Company is executed.

Change of Control Acceleration : Full vesting of your Options upon double trigger change of control acceleration (i.e. involuntary termination not for Cause or Constructive Termination, in each case, within 12 months of a Change of Control of the Company). In addition, you will be eligible for the following :


If the Company is sold for an aggregate amount equal to or greater than $400 million and the shares underlying your Options have not fully vested or are not accelerated in connection with the acquisition, then the vesting of one-quarter of the shares underlying each of the Options shall be accelerated and those shares shall become fully vested immediately prior to the acquisition. Thereafter, you will continue to vest in the balance of the shares underlying your Options as if the one-quarter that vested came from the last shares to vest. For purposes of the above, the term “aggregate value” shall include cash consideration and any stock consideration as valued in the definitive agreement related to the acquisition. If not addressed in the definitive agreement “aggregate value” shall be determined by Board in good faith at the time of the acquisition based on the based on the Board’s reasonable determination.

For purposes of the above:

“Change of Control” shall mean: the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of (i) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than (x) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company, (y) a consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary or (z) a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions.

“Cause” shall mean: (i) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) your admission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with your duties or in the course of employment with the Company; (iii) your intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company; (iv) intentional unauthorized or wrongful use or disclosure of secret processes or of proprietary or confidential information of the Company (or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nonuse or nondisclosure as a result of your employment relationship with the Company), including but not limited to trade secrets and customer lists; (iv) your violation of any agreement not to compete with the Company or to solicit either its customers or employees on behalf of competitors while remaining employed with the Company; (v) your intentional violation of any policy or policies regarding ethical conduct; (vi) an act of dishonesty made by you in connection with your responsibilities as an employee which materially harms the Company, or (vii) your intentional or continued failure to perform your duties with the Company, as determined in good faith by the Company after being provided with notice of such failure, such notice specifying in reasonable detail the tasks which must be accomplished and a timeline for the accomplishment to avoid termination for Cause, and an opportunity to cure within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

 

2


“Constructive Termination” shall mean: without your express written consent, (i) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (ii) a material reduction of your title, duties or responsibilities relative to your duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (iii) your relocation at the Company’s direction to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles from your then present location of providing services; in any of such cases provided that you (x) terminate employment within ninety (90) days of any such event, (y) provide the Company written notice of the grounds for Constructive Termination, and (z) provide the Company with a thirty (30) day period to cure the grounds for Constructive Termination.

 

3

Exhibit 10.26

 

LOGO

November 22, 2013

David A. Vort

Dear David:

We are pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President, Sales with iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”). If you decide to join us, you will receive a salary and certain employee benefits as explained in Exhibit A. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries, and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 590,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins, subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 • San Francisco, CA 94103


As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement , which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees (or the equivalent of the filing fee you would have to pay to initiate a lawsuit in superior court). Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. If you accept our offer, we anticipate your first day of employment will be Wednesday, January 1, 2014 . This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by Monday, November 26, 2013. An At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement will follow in a separate communication should you decide to accept.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO

 

Kevin M. King
President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:
Signature:  

/s/ David A. Vort

Printed Name: David A. Vort
Date: 11-24-2013

 

cc: Kaja Odegard, Director, Human Resources


Exhibit A

Services and Benefits for David A. Vort

November 22, 2013

Position : Executive Vice President, Sales

Base salary : Your annual base salary will be $190,000. This will be earned and payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll policy.

Equity : 590,000 Common Stock Options.

Benefits and Expenses : You will be entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs generally available from time to time to employees of the Company, subject to the terms of such plans and programs. This includes four weeks per year of Paid Time Off, in addition to specified Holidays, among other benefits.

Bonus : Each calendar year, you will be eligible to earn a bonus of up to $170,000. The bonus will be paid in quarterly installments based on achievement of the Company’s revenue plan and/or other performance objectives set by the Company, and the earned bonus will generally be paid within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter or within 60 days after the close of a calendar year. From January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, you will be guaranteed a bonus equivalent to achieving 90% of the Company’s revenue plan, or 80% of your bonus payout, which can be out earned based on actual revenue achievement in relation to the Company’s revenue plan. Starting April 1, 2014, the bonus eligibility requirements below will apply.

To be eligible to earn a bonus payment in a given calendar quarter, the Company must have achieved a minimum of 90% of the revenue plan. Payout will be based on a sliding scale where percent payout at 90% to plan starts at 80% and goes up 2% for every 1% percent above the 90% to plan threshold. No bonus payout will be earned if the Company’s revenue is less than 90% of plan. For example, at 90% of plan, you will earn 80% of your bonus; at 94% of plan, you will earn 88% of your bonus; and at 89% of plan, you will earn no bonus. The eligible bonus amount will be prorated for any calendar quarter in which you are not employed for an entire quarter.

In addition to the bonus noted above, you will be eligible to earn an additional bonus on all revenue earned above the Company’s revenue plan target for the calendar year in the amount of one half of one percent (0.5%) on every dollar over plan. For example, if the Company’s revenue is $2 million over plan, you would earn an additional $10,000 bonus.

Severance : If involuntarily terminated without Cause or you separate due to a Constructive Termination (each as defined below), the Company shall continue to pay you, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practice, your base salary and bonus compensation, as well as any other benefits in effect immediately prior to such termination of employment, for a ninety (90) day period commencing on the effective date of such termination, provided you execute a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form required by the Company.

“Cause” shall mean: (i) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) your admission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with your duties or in the course of employment with the Company; (iii) your material, intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company; (iv) intentional unauthorized or wrongful use or disclosure of secret processes or of proprietary or confidential information of the Company (or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nonuse or nondisclosure as a result of your employment relationship with the Company), including but not limited to trade secrets and customer lists; (iv) your violation of any agreement not to compete with the Company or to solicit either its customers or


employees on behalf of competitors while remaining employed with the Company; (v) your intentional violation of any policy or policies regarding ethical conduct that causes material harm to the Company; (vi) an act of dishonesty made by you in connection with your responsibilities as an employee which materially harms the Company, or (vii) your intentional or continued failure to perform your duties with the Company, as determined in good faith by the Company after being provided with written notice of such failure, such notice specifying in reasonable detail the tasks which must be accomplished and a timeline for the accomplishment to avoid termination for Cause, and an opportunity to cure within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

“Constructive Termination” shall mean: without your express written consent, (i) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (ii) a material reduction of your title, duties or responsibilities relative to your duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; in any of such cases provided that you (x) terminate employment within ninety (90) days of any such event, (y) provide the Company written notice of the grounds for Constructive Termination, and (z) provide the Company with a thirty (30) day period to cure the grounds for Constructive Termination.

Exhibit 10.27

 

LOGO

March 24, 2015

Derrick Sung

Dear Derrick:

We are pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development with iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”). If you decide to join us, you will receive a salary and certain employee benefits as explained in Exhibit A. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries, and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 850,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 • San Francisco, CA 94103


As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. If you accept our offer, we anticipate your first day of employment will be no later than Monday, June 1, 2015 . This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by Friday, March 27, 2015. An At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement will follow in a separate communication should you decide to accept.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO

 

Kevin M. King
President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:

Signature:

 

/s/ Derrick Sung

Printed Name: Derrick Sung

Date: 3/25/2015

 

cc: Kaja Odegard, Vice President, Human Resources


Exhibit A

Services and Benefits for Derrick Sung

March 24, 2015

Position : Executive Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development

Base Pay Rate : You will be a full-time employee, with a base rate of $275,000 annually, which will be earned and payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll policy. This rate is based on your geographical work location at the time of hire, and should your work location change due to relocation, your rate of pay may be reevaluated to align with geographical market rates.

Equity : 850,000 Common Stock Options.

Bonus : Each calendar year, you will be eligible to earn a bonus of 25% of your annual base salary at the time of bonus payment. The bonus will be based on achievement of financial targets and/or other performance objectives set by the Company, and the earned bonus will generally be paid within 60 days after the close of a calendar year. The eligible bonus amount will be prorated for any calendar quarter in which you are not employed for an entire quarter, and you must be employed on the date that your bonus, if any, is paid in order to earn and be eligible to receive the bonus.

Benefits and Expenses : You will be entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs generally available from time to time to employees of the Company, subject to the terms of such plans and programs. This includes four weeks per year of Paid Time Off, in addition to specified Holidays, among other benefits.

Severance : If involuntarily terminated without Cause or you separate due to a Constructive Termination (each as defined below), the Company shall continue to pay you, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practice, your base salary and bonus compensation, as well as any other benefits in effect immediately prior to such termination of employment, for a ninety (90) day period commencing on the effective date of such termination, provided you execute a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form required by the Company.

“Cause” shall mean: (i) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) your admission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with your duties or in the course of employment with the Company; (iii) your material, intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company; (iv) intentional unauthorized or wrongful use or disclosure of secret processes or of proprietary or confidential information of the Company (or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nonuse or nondisclosure as a result of your employment relationship with the Company), including but not limited to trade secrets and customer lists; (iv) your violation of any agreement not to compete with the Company or to solicit either its customers or employees on behalf of competitors while remaining employed with the Company; (v) your intentional violation of any policy or policies regarding ethical conduct that causes material harm to the Company; (vi) an act of dishonesty made by you in connection with your responsibilities as an employee which materially harms the Company, or (vii) your intentional or continued failure to perform your duties with the Company, as determined in good faith by the Company after being provided with written notice of such failure, such notice specifying in reasonable detail the tasks which must be accomplished and a timeline for the accomplishment to avoid termination for Cause, and an opportunity to cure within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.


“Constructive Termination” shall mean: without your express written consent, (i) a material reduction by the Company of your base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (ii) a material reduction of your title, duties or responsibilities relative to your duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; in any of such cases provided that you (x) terminate employment within ninety (90) days of any such event, (y) provide the Company written notice of the grounds for Constructive Termination, and (z) provide the Company with a thirty (30) day period to cure the grounds for Constructive Termination.

Exhibit 10.28

 

LOGO

December 2, 2012

Matthew Garrett

Dear Matt:

We are pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer with iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”). You shall devote your best efforts and full business time, skill and attention to the performance of your duties. Notwithstanding the above, you shall be allowed to be an independent director of C-8 Medi-Sensors, a glucose monitoring company located in San Jose, CA, subject to the Company’s reassessment six (6) months following your Start Date to ensure that such board service is not conflicting with your employment with the Company. Your service on other boards requires advance approval of the Board and is restricted to non- competitive entities. You may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities as long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder. If you decide to join us, you will receive a salary and certain employee benefits as explained in Exhibit A. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries, and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 400,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103


LOGO

 

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes atwill employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and nondisclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion,

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103


LOGO

 

(iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. If you accept our offer, we anticipate your first day of employment (Start Date) will be January 1, 2013. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by December 5, 2012. An At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement will follow in a separate communication should you decide to accept.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at ‘Rhythm Technologies Inc.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Kevin M. King
President & Chief Executive Officer

Agreed to and accepted:

 

Signature:  

/s/ Matthew C. Garrett

Printed Name: Matthew C. Garrett
Date: 12/3/12

 

cc: Philip Oettinger, Wilson Sonsini, Goodrich and Rosati

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

Services and Benefits for Matthew Garrett

December 2, 2012

Position : Chief Financial Officer

Base salary : Your annual base salary will be $230,000. This will be earned and payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll policy.

Equity : 400,000 Common Stock Options.

Benefits and Expenses : You will be entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs generally available from time to time to employees of the Company, subject to the terms of such plans and programs. This includes four weeks per year of Paid Time Off, in addition to specified Holidays, among other benefits.

Bonus : Each calendar year, you will be eligible to earn a bonus of 25% of your annual base salary, for a total potential of $55,000. The bonus will be based on achievement of financial targets and/or other performance objectives set by the Company, and the earned bonus will generally be paid within 60 days after the close of a calendar year. The eligible bonus amount will be prorated for any calendar quarter in which you are not employed for an entire quarter.

Severance : If involuntarily terminated not for Cause or Constructive Termination (each as defined below), the Company shall continue to pay you, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practice, your base salary and bonus compensation, as well as any other benefits in effect immediately prior to such termination of employment, for a ninety (90) day period commencing on the effective date of such termination.

“Cause” shall mean: (i) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) your admission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with your duties or in the course of employment with the Company; (iii) your material, intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company; (iv) intentional unauthorized or wrongful use or disclosure of secret processes or of proprietary or confidential information of the Company (or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nonuse or nondisclosure as a result of your employment relationship with the Company), including but not limited to trade secrets and customer lists; (iv) your violation of any agreement not to compete with the Company or to solicit either its customers or employees on behalf of competitors while

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103


LOGO

 

remaining employed with the Company; (v) your intentional violation of any policy or policies regarding ethical conduct that causes material harm to the Company; (vi) an act of dishonesty made by you in connection with your responsibilities as an employee which materially harms the Company, or (vii) your intentional or continued failure to perform your duties with the Company, as determined in good faith by the Company after being provided with written notice of such failure, such notice specifying in reasonable detail the tasks which must be accomplished and a timeline for the accomplishment to avoid termination for Cause, and an opportunity to cure within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

“Constructive Termination” shall mean: without your express written consent, (ii a material reduction by the Company of your base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (ii) a material reduction of your title, duties or responsibilities relative to your duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; in any of such cases provided that you (x) terminate employment within ninety (90) days of any such event, (y) provide the Company written notice of the grounds for Constructive Termination, and (z) provide the Company with a thirty (30) day period to cure the grounds for Constructive Termination.

 

T 415.632.5700   F 415.632.5701   www.irhythmtech.com

iRhythm Technologies, Inc 650 Townsend Street, Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103

Exhibit 10.29

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between [NAME] (“Executive”) and iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”, and collectively with the Executive, the “Parties”) as of the date the Company and Executive have each executed this Agreement, as set forth below. The terms of this Agreement will become effective on the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS

1.    The Parties previously entered into a certain employment offer letter dated [DATE] (as amended, the “Offer Letter”) and a Change of Control Severance Agreement dated [DATE] (the “Prior Agreement”).

2.    The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide Executive with severance benefits if Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for certain reasons in the ordinary course of business, and to provide Executive with additional severance benefits if such termination occurs following a Change of Control.

3.    These severance benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company and to stay focused on the Company’s business.

4.    Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section [9/10] below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

5.     Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have a term of two (2) years following the Effective Date. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason during the term or if the Company experiences a Change of Control, including (without limitation) any termination not set forth in Section 6, Executive will not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Offer Letter or any other prior agreement entered into by the Parties (including, but not limited to, any Equity Award agreements). Following the expiration of the two (2) year period without a written agreement by the Parties to renew or extend this Agreement, this Agreement will terminate and cease to be of any force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the


Company enters into an agreement or understanding regarding a Change of Control which limits its ability to extend this Agreement when there are fewer than twelve (12) months remaining in the term, the term of the Agreement will be extended through the twelve (12) month anniversary of such Change of Control.

6.     Severance Benefits .

(a)     Termination Outside the Change of Control Period . If, outside the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 7, Executive will receive the following severance benefits:

(i)     Salary Severance . Continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s annual base salary, at the highest rate in effect during the term of this Agreement, for [Tier 1: twelve (12) /Tier 2: nine (9) /Tier 3: six (6)] months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.

(ii)     Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will pay Executive’s group health insurance provider the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [Tier 1: twelve (12) /Tier 2: nine (9) /Tier 3: six (6)] months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such payments, the “COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to [Tier 1: twelve (12) /Tier 2: nine (9) /Tier 3: six (6)] payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

 

-2-


(iii)    [Tier 1: Extension of Exercise Period for Vested Stock Options : Notwithstanding any other provision in any applicable equity compensation plan and/or individual stock option agreement, Executive’s outstanding and vested Original Options as of the Executive’s termination of employment date will remain exercisable until the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the termination of employment date; provided, however, that the post-termination exercise period for either Original Option will not extend beyond the earlier of its original maximum term or the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the original date of grant.]

(b)     Termination within the Change of Control Period . If, within the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section [8/9], Executive will receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i)     Salary Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to [Tier 1: twenty-four (24) /Tier 2: fifteen (15) /Tier 3: nine (9)] months of Executive’s annual base salary, at the highest rate in effect during the term of this Agreement, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures. For the avoidance of doubt, if (A) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 6(a)(i); and (y) a Change of Control occurs within the three (3)-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 6(b)(i), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 6(b)(i), less amounts already paid under Section 6(a)(i).

(ii)     Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will pay Executive’s group health insurance provider the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [Tier 1: twenty-four (24) /Tier 2: fifteen (15) /Tier 3: nine (9)] months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such payments, the “COC Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COC Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other

 

-3-


employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to [Tier 1: twenty-four (24) /Tier 2: fifteen (15) /Tier 3: nine (9)] payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(iii)     Equity . Executive will be entitled to accelerated vesting as one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested portion of all of Executive’s outstanding Equity Awards. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the Equity Award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(iv)    [Tier 1: Extension of Exercise Period for Vested Stock Options : Notwithstanding any other provision in any applicable equity compensation plan and/or individual stock option agreement, Executive’s outstanding and vested Original Options as of the Executive’s termination of employment date will remain exercisable until the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the termination of employment date; provided, however, that the post-termination exercise period for either Original Option will not extend beyond the earlier of its original maximum term or the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the original date of grant.]

(c)     Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices.

(d)     Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices.

(e)     Accrued Compensation . For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(f)     Transfer between the Company and Affiliates . For purposes of this Section 2, if Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates terminates, Executive will not be determined to have been terminated other than for Cause, provided Executive continues to remain employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates (e.g., upon transfer from on Affiliate to another); provided, however, that the parties understand and acknowledge that any such termination could potentially result in Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason.

 

-4-


(g)     Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, the provisions of this Section 6 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity. Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment or in connection with a Change of Control other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 6.

7.     Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a)     Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Sections 6(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 7(b), any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, a date within the ten (10) business day period following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 7(b), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Release becoming effective and irrevocable but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive within ten (10) business days following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

(b)     Section 409A .

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Payments will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii)    Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 7(b)(iii). Except as required by Section 7(b)(iii), any installment payments that constitute Deferred Payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment for any Deferred Payments.

 

-5-


(iii)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will, to the extent required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv)    Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(v)    Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(vi)    The foregoing provisions and all compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

8.    Tier 1: Treatment of Original Options in the Event of a Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control where the Aggregate Amount is equal to or greater than $400,000,000, and provided Executive remains an employee of the Company or an Affiliate through the date of such Change of Control, Executive’s Original Options, to the extent unvested and outstanding on the date of such Change of Control, will accelerate and vest as to twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of shares subject to the Original Options (provided that if fewer than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of shares subject to the Original Options remain unvested and outstanding, all such remaining unvested shares will vest). For the avoidance of any doubt, the remaining shares subject to the Original Options will continue to vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Original Options as if the shares that vested in connection with the Change of Control came from the shares subject to the Original Options that would have vested at the end of each Original Option’s vesting schedule. For the further avoidance of any doubt, if any stock options held by

 

-6-


Executive, including the Original Options, are not assumed or substituted for in connection with a Change of Control, 100% of the shares subject to such stock options, to the extent outstanding and unvested, will fully vest and become exercisable pursuant to the terms and conditions of the 2006 Stock Plan, as amended.]

9.     Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section [8/9], would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 6 will be either:

(a)    delivered in full, or

(b)    delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G); (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of Equity Awards; or (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of Equity Award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Equity Awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”) immediately prior to Change of Control, whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section.

10.     Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

-7-


(a)     Affiliate . “Affiliate” means the Company and any other parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as such terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (1) of the Code.

(b)     Cause . “Cause” means (i) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s admission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with Executive’s duties or in the course of employment with the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) Executive’s intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company or an Affiliate; (iv) intentional unauthorized or wrongful use or disclosure of secret processes or of proprietary or confidential information of the Company or an Affiliate (or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nonuse or nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company or an Affiliate), including but not limited to trade secrets and customer lists; (iv) Executive’s violation of any agreement not to compete with the Company or an Affiliate or to solicit either its customers or employees on behalf of competitors while remaining employed with the Company or an Affiliate; (v) Executive’s intentional violation of any policy or policies regarding ethical conduct; (vi) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee which materially harms the Company or an Affiliate, or (vii) Executive’s intentional or continued failure to perform Executive’s duties with the Company or an Affiliate, as determined in good faith by the Company or an Affiliate after being provided with notice of such failure, such notice specifying in reasonable detail the tasks which must be accomplished and a timeline for the accomplishment to avoid termination for Cause, and an opportunity to cure within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

(c)     Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(ii)    Any action or event occurring within an one-year period, as a result of which less than a majority of the members of the Board are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean members of the Board who either (A) are members of the Board as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of members of the Board); or

(iii)    A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than

 

-8-


fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d)     Change of Control Period . “Change of Control Period” means the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to, and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

(e)     Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f)     Deferred Payment . “Deferred Payment” means any severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case, when considered together, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A.

(g)     Disability . “Disability” means that the Executive has been unable to perform Executive’s Company duties as the result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement or 180 days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal

 

-9-


representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld). Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment. In the event that the Executive resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(h)     Equity Awards . “Equity Awards” means Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(i)     Good Reason . “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction by the Company of Executive’s base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s duties or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (iii) Executive’s relocation at the Company’s direction to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then present location of providing services. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

(j)     [ Tier 1: Original Options . “Original Options” means the initial stock option granted to Executive on September 27, 2012 to purchase a number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to five percent (5%) of the shares of the Company, and the supplemental stock option granted to Executive on June 13, 2013 to purchase a number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the sum of (i) five percent (5%) of the shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis less (ii) the shares subject to the initial stock option, each as set forth in the Offer Letter.]

(k)     Section 409A . For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

(l)     Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred

 

-10-


11.     Successors .

(a)     The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b)     Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

12.     Notice .

(a)     General . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (i) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) twenty four (24) hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (iii) one business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier or (iv) three business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to Executive, at the address Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (b) if to the Company, at the following address:

iRhythm Technologies, Inc.

650 Townsend Street, Suite 380

San Francisco, California 94063

Attention: General Counsel

(b)     Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with [Section 11/12(a)] of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights hereunder.

13.     Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company and its Affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

 

-11-


14.     Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)     No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b)     Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c)     Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the terms of the Offer Letter and any Equity Award or Equity Award agreements that do not pertain to the provision of payments or benefits in connection with a termination of employment and/or an event that constitutes a Change of Control, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, the Prior Agreement and terms within the Offer Letter that provide for payments or benefits in connection with a termination of employment and/or an event that constitutes a Change of Control. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto and which specifically mention this Agreement.

(e)     Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in the jurisdiction where Executive resides, and Executive and the Company hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court.

(f)     Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g)     Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(h)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
    By:    
    Title:    
     
EXECUTIVE      

 

[Signature Page to Change of Control and Severance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.30

OFFICE LEASE

(SUITE 500)

650 TOWNSEND STREET

San Francisco, California

LANDLORD:

BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC

TENANT:

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.    Definitions      3   
   1.1    Terms Defined      3   
   1.2    Basic Lease Information      12   
2.    Lease of Premises      12   
   2.1    Premises      12   
3.    Condition and Acceptance of Premises; Term; Renewal      12   
   3.1    Delivery of Premises; Term Commencement      12   
   3.2    Term of Lease      13   
   3.3    Early Termination      13   
4.    Rent         13   
   4.1    Obligation to Pay Base Rent      13   
   4.2    Base Rent Adjustment      13   
   4.3    Manner of Rent Payment      14   
   4.4    Additional Rent; Other Payments      14   
   4.5    Late Payment of Rent; Interest      14   
5.    Calculation and Payments of Escalation Rent      14   
   5.1    Payment of Estimated Escalation Rent      14   
   5.2    Escalation Rent Statement and Adjustment      15   
   5.3    Adjustments to Operating Expenses      16   
   5.4    Adjustments to Tenant’s Percentage Share      16   
   5.5    Payment of Tax Expenses in Installments      16   
   5.6    Proration for Partial Year      16   
   5.7    Inspection of Landlord’s Records      16   
      (a) Independent Review      16   
      (b) Landlord’s Dispute      17   
      (c) Adjustments following Tenant’s Review      17   
   5.8    Operating of Building      18   
6.    Impositions Payable by Tenant      18   
7.    Use of Premises      18   
   7.1    Permitted Use      18   
   7.2    No Violation of Requirements      18   
   7.3    Compliance with Requirements      19   
      (a) Tenant Compliance      19   
      (b) Landlord Compliance      19   
   7.4    No Nuisance      20   
   7.5    Compliance With Environmental Laws; Use of Hazardous Materials      20   
   7.6    Sustainable Building Operations      20   
      (a) Operation of Building      20   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                    Page  
      (b)    Tenant’s Measures      21   
      (c)    Disposal of Property      21   
   7.7    Recycling and Waste Management      21   
   7.8    Intentionally omitted      21   

8.

   Building Services      21   
   8.1    Maintenance of Project      21   
   8.2    Building-Standard Services      22   
   8.3    Interruption or Unavailability of Services      22   
   8.4    Tenant’s Use of Excess Electricity and Water; Premises Occupancy Load      23   
   8.5    Provision of Additional Services      23   

9.

   Maintenance of Premises      23   

10.

   Alterations to Premises      24   
   10.1    Landlord Consent; Procedure      24   
   10.2    General Requirements      24   
      (a)    Cost      24   
      (b)    Contractors      24   
      (c)    Deliverables      24   
      (d)    Notice of Non-Responsibility      25   
      (e)    Performance      25   
      (f)    Additional Requirements      26   
   10.3    Landlord’s Right to Inspect      26   
   10.4    Tenant’s Obligations Upon Completion      26   
   10.5    Repairs      26   
   10.6    Ownership and Removal of Alterations      26   
      (a)    Ownership      26   
      (b)    Removal      26   
   10.7    Minor Alterations      27   
   10.8    Landlord’s Fee      27   

11.

   Liens      27   

12.

   Damage or Destruction      28   
   12.1    Obligation to Repair      28   
   12.2    Landlord’s Election      28   
   12.3    Cost of Repairs      29   
   12.4    Waiver of Statutes      29   

13.

   Eminent Domain      29   
   13.1    Effect of Taking      29   
   13.2    Condemnation Proceeds      30   
   13.3    Restoration of Premises      30   
   13.4        Taking at End of Term      30   
   13.5    Tenant Waiver      31   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                  Page  

14.

  Insurance      31   
  14.1   Liability Insurance      31   
    (a)    Commercial General Liability Insurance      31   
    (b)    Tenant’s Workers’ Compensation and Employer Liability Coverage      31   
    (c)    Tenant’s Property Insurance      31   
    (d)    Business Interruption, Loss of Income, and Extra Expense Coverage      31   
    (e)    Other Tenant Insurance Coverage      32   
  14.2   Form of Policies      32   
  14.3   Vendors’ Insurance      32   

15.

  Waiver of Subrogation Rights      32   

16.

  Tenant’s Waiver of Liability and Indemnification      33   
  16.1   Waiver and Release      33   
  16.2   Indemnification      33   
    (a)    Indemnity      33   
    (b)    Counsel      34   
    (c)    Survival      34   

17.

  Assignment and Subletting      34   
  17.1   Compliance Required      34   
  17.2   Request by Tenant; Landlord Response      35   
  17.3   Standards and Conditions for Landlord Approval      35   
    (a)    Reasons to Withhold Consent      35   
    (b)    Waiver      36   
  17.4   Costs and Expenses      36   
  17.5   Payment of Transfer Premium and Other Consideration      36   
    (a)    Transfer Premium      36   
    (b)    Audit      37   
  17.6   Assumption of Obligations; Further Restrictions on Subletting      37   
  17.7   Landlord’s Recapture Right      38   
  17.8   No Release      38   
  17.9   No Encumbrance; No Change in Permitted Use      38   
  17.10     Right to Assign or Sublease Without Landlord’s Consent      39   
    (a)    Sale of Stock on Public Exchange      39   
    (b)    Permitted Transfers      39   

18.

  Rules and Regulations      39   

19.

  Entry of Premises by Landlord; Modification to Common Areas      39   
  19.1   Entry of Premises      39   
  19.2   Modifications to Common Areas      40   
  19.3   Waiver of Claims      41   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                  Page  

20.

  Default and Remedies      41   
  20.1   Events of Default      41   
  20.2   Landlord’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of Event of Default      42   
    (a)    Termination      42   
    (b)    Civil Code Section 1951.4      43   
    (c)    Other Remedies      43   
  20.3   Sublease of Tenant      43   
  20.4   Effort to Relet      44   
  20.5   Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults      44   
  20.6   Waiver of Forfeiture      44   
  20.7   Landlord’s Default      44   

21.

  Subordination, Attornment and Nondisturbance      45   
  21.1   Subordination and Attornment      45   
  21.2   Notice to Encumbrancer      46   
  21.3   Rent Payment Direction      46   

22.

  Sale or Transfer by Landlord; Lease Non-Recourse      46   
  22.1   Release of Landlord on Transfer      46   
  22.2   Lease Nonrecourse to Landlord; Limitation of Liability      46   

23.

  Estoppel Certificate      47   
  23.1   Procedure and Content      47   
  23.2   Effect of Certificate      47   

24.

  No Light, Air, or View Easement      48   

25.

  Holding Over      48   

26.

  Security Deposit      48   
  26.1   Delivery of Security Deposit      48   
  26.2   Transfer of Security Deposit      49   
  26.3   In General      50   
  26.4   Application of Letter of Credit      50   
  26.5   Security Deposit      51   
  26.6   Burn Down of Deposit Amount      52   
  26.7   Intentionally omitted      53   
  26.8   Increase of Deposit Amount For Failure to Meet Financial Tests      53   
  26.9       Increase of Deposit Amount Related to Certain Improvements      54   

27.

  Waiver      54   

28.

  Notices; Tenant’s Agent for Service      54   

29.

  Authority      55   

30.

  Parking; Transportation      55   

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                  Page  
  30.1   Lease of Parking Spaces      55   
    (a)    Initial Required Parking Spaces      55   
    (b)    Additional Required Parking Spaces      55   
    (c)    Elective Parking Spaces      56   
  30.2   Use of the Parking Spaces      56   
  30.3   Management of Parking Facility      56   
  30.4   Waiver of Liability      56   

31.

  Signs      57   
  31.1   Building Directory      57   
  31.2   Interior Signage      57   
    (a)    Floor Signs      57   
    (b)    Restrictions      57   
  31.3   Intentionally omitted      57   
  31.4   Maintenance and Removal      57   

32.

  Communications and Computer Lines and Equipment      57   
  32.1   Lines and Equipment      57   
  32.2   Interference      58   
    (a)    Tenant’s Interference      58   
    (b)    Other Party’s Interference      58   
  32.3   General Provisions      58   
    (a)    Consultation with Landlord      58   
    (b)    Landlord’s Rights      58   
    (c)    Removal      59   
    (d)    Approval by Landlord      59   
    (e)    Waiver of Claims      59   
    (f)    Acknowledgment      59   
    (g)    No Solicitation      60   
    (h)    Labeling      60   

33.

  Miscellaneous      60   
  33.1   No Joint Venture      60   
  33.2   Successors and Assigns      60   
  33.3   Construction and Interpretation      60   
  33.4   Severability      60   
  33.5   Entire Agreement      60   
  33.6   Governing Law      61   
  33.7   Costs and Expenses      61   
    (a)    Attorneys’ Fees      61   
    (b)    Reimbursement of Landlord’s Costs      61   
  33.8   Standards of Performance and Approvals      61   
  33.9   Brokers      62   
  33.10   Memorandum of Lease      62   

 

v


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
  33.11    Quiet Enjoyment      62   
  33.12    Force Majeure      62   
  33.13    Surrender of Premises      62   
  33.14    Name of Building; Address      63   
  33.15    Exhibits      63   
  33.16    Survival of Obligations      63   
  33.17    Time of the Essence      63   
  33.18    Waiver of Trial By Jury; Waiver of Counterclaim      64   
  33.19    Consent to Venue      64   
  33.20    Financial Statements      64   
  33.21    Subdivision; Future Ownership      64   
  33.22    Modification of Lease      65   
  33.23    No Option      65   
  33.24    Independent Covenants      65   
  33.25    Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Law      65   
  33.26    First Source Hiring Program      65   
  33.27    Bankruptcy of Tenant      66   
  33.28    Rent Not Based on Income      66   
  33.29    Access      66   
  33.30    Counterparts      66   
  33.31    Business Days      66   
  33.32    Certified Access Specialist      67   
  33.33    Confidentiality      67   

34.

  Intentionally omitted      68   

35.

  Intentionally omitted      68   

36.

  Intentionally omitted      68   

 

vi


OFFICE LEASE

(Suite 500)

650 TOWNSEND STREET

San Francisco, California

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    August 9, 2016
Landlord:   

Big Dog Holdings LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Tenant:    iRhythm Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Premises:    The following portions of the Building consisting of the portion of the fifth (5th) floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 500 consisting of 60,864 RSF (the “Premises”), such portion being shown on the floor plan attached to this Lease as Exhibit   A .
Term:    Commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date.
Commencement Date:    The Commencement Date shall be upon the delivery of the Premises, estimated to be September 1, 2016.
Expiration Date:    The Term shall expire February 28, 2020, subject to Landlord’s Early Termination Right (defined below).
Landlord Termination Right:    See Section 3.3 below.
Base Rent/RSF:    The industrial gross Base Annual Rent will be sixty-two dollars ($62.00) per rentable square foot, with three percent (3%) annual increases commencing on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date.
Prepaid Base Rent Amount:    $0
Base Year:    2016
Base Tax Year:    2016
Project Square Footage:    660,223 RSF
Tenant’s Percentage Share:    9.22%

 

1


Permitted Use:    General office and administrative use
Security Deposit:    Tenant shall provide a Security Deposit in the form of cash or irrevocable Letter of Credit in an amount equal to million one hundred forty four thousand six hundred forty dollars ($3,144,640.00) (the “Deposit Amount”).
Parking Spaces:    The twenty-five (25) parking spaces on the fifth (5th) floor of the Parking Facility.
Tenant’s Address:   

650 Townsend

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

   And to:
  

2 Marriott Drive

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

Attn.: Legal Department

Landlord’s Address for Notices:   

Big Dog Holdings LLC

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

650 Townsend Street, Suite 220

San Francisco, CA 94103

   With a copy to:
  

Big Dog Holdings LLC

c/o Zynga Inc.

699 Eighth Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: VP, Finance

Landlord’s Address for Payments:   

Big Dog Holdings LLC

c/o Cushman & Wakefield

650 Townsend Street, Suite 220

San Francisco, CA 94103

Landlord’s Broker:    Colliers International
Tenant’s Broker:    Newmark Cornish & Carey

Exhibits:

Exhibit A: Floor Plan of Premises

Exhibit B: Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C: Confirmation of Lease Dates

Exhibit D: Form Letter of Credit

 

2


OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE (“Lease”) is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant as of the Lease Date.

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1 Terms Defined . The following terms have the meanings set forth below. Certain other terms have the meanings set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

Alterations : Alterations, additions or other improvements to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant.

Anti-Terrorism Law : Any Applicable Laws relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money-laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including without limitation the United States Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Executive Order No. 13224, and Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act, and any regulations promulgated under any of them.

Applicable Laws : All applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, judgments, decrees, regulations, permit conditions, and requirements of all courts and all federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental or quasi-governmental authorities, departments, commissions, agencies and boards now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Americans With Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.) and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations and all regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder.

Bankruptcy Code : Bankruptcy Code shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code and any state or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors.

Base Operating Expenses : The Operating Expenses allocable to the Base Year.

Base Rent Adjustment Date : The date that is twelve (12) months after Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant.

Base Tax Expenses : The Tax Expenses allocable to the Base Tax Year, including any reduction in Tax Expenses obtained by Landlord after the Lease Date as a result of a commonly called Proposition 8 application.

Building : The six- story office building located at the Project, commonly known as Townsend Center, with an address of 650 Townsend Street and 699 Eighth Street, including related Common Areas and the Parking Facility.

Building Holidays : New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and any other holidays generally recognized in the State of California.

 

3


Building Standard Hours : 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (except Building Holidays).

Building Systems : The life-safety, electrical, mechanical, HVAC, plumbing, fire-protection, telecommunications, or other utility systems serving the Premises, the Building, or the Project, as applicable.

Business Day : All calendar days except Saturdays, Sundays, and Building Holidays.

Casualty : Fire, earthquake, flood, explosion, the elements, riot or any other event of a sudden, unexpected, or unusual nature.

Claims : Any and all obligations, losses, claims, actions (including remedial or enforcement actions of any kind and administrative or judicial proceedings, suits, orders or judgments), causes of action, liabilities, penalties, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses).

Common Areas : Those areas of the Project which are for the nonexclusive use of occupants of the Project, and their agents, employees, customers, invitees and licensees, and other members of the public. Common Areas do not include the exterior windows and walls and the roof of the Project, or any space in the Project (including in the Premises) used for common shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, electrical or other utilities, telecommunication systems, or other installations for Building Systems.

Comparable Buildings : Other Class “A” office buildings in the South of Market area of San Francisco, California, that are comparable in terms of age, size, location, quality of construction and quality of common area improvements to the Building.

Control : The ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of, or possession of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in an entity.

Deposit Percentage : Initially one hundred percent (100%) as may be reduced in accordance with Section 26.6 below.

Encumbrance : Any ground lease or underlying lease, or the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or any other security instrument now or hereafter affecting or encumbering the Project, or any part thereof or interest therein.

Encumbrancer : The holder of the beneficial interest under an Encumbrance.

Environmental Laws : All Applicable Laws in any way relating to or regulating the environment, human health or safety, industrial hygiene, or the use, generation, handling, emission, release, discharge, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

Escalation Rent : Tenant’s Percentage Share of (i) the Operating Expenses allocable to a calendar year minus the Base Operating Expense, and (ii) the Tax Expenses allocable to a tax year minus the Base Tax Expenses.

 

4


Executive Order No. 13224 : Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001, and relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism,” as may be amended from time to time.

Financial Rating Ratio : The financial rating ratio of Tenant, calculated by the following formula, as such terms are defined by GAAP: (current assets — prepaid amounts — other current assets)/ (current liabilities + long term debt – deferred revenues)

GAAP : U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

Green Rating Systems : The U.S. EPA’s Energy Star ® rating system, the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system and other third party rating systems.

Hazardous Materials : Petroleum, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials, radon gas, or any chemical, material or substance now or hereafter defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste” or “toxic substances,” or words of similar import, under any Environmental Laws. “Hazardous Materials” shall not include commercially reasonable amounts of standard office, kitchen, janitorial or other cleaning materials used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business at the Project which are used and stored in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

HVAC : Heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning.

Impositions : Taxes, assessments, charges, excises and levies, business taxes, license, permit, inspection and other authorization fees, transit development fees, assessments or charges for housing funds, service payments in lieu of taxes and any other fees or charges of any kind at any time levied, assessed, charged or imposed by any federal, state or local entity, (i) upon, measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property located in the Premises, or the cost or value of any Alterations; (ii) upon, or measured by, any Rent payable hereunder, including any gross receipts tax; (iii) upon, with respect to or by reason of the development, possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; or (iv) upon this Lease transaction, or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest or estate in the Premises. Impositions do not include Tax Expenses, franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, or income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources, unless any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord as a substitute for, in whole or in part, any Imposition.

Interest Rate : Ten percent (10%) per annum provided, however, that if such rate of interest shall exceed the maximum rate allowed by law, the Interest Rate shall be automatically reduced to the maximum rate of interest permitted by Applicable Law.

Land : The parcel of land shown as Lot 9, Assessor’s Block 3783, on that certain map entitled “Parcel Map of a Portion of 100 VARA Block No. 412, Also Being a Portion of Assessor’s Block 3783,” which map was filed November 29, 1988, at Page 36, in Book 38, of Parcel Maps, of the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco, California.

 

5


Landlord Affiliate : An entity which Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with Landlord.

Landlord Entity : Any of the following: (i) Landlord, (ii) a Landlord Affiliate, (iii) an entity in which Landlord or any Landlord Affiliate owns, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities or holds, directly or indirectly, possession of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting interests, or (iv) a non-profit organization affiliated with Landlord or any Landlord Affiliate. For purposes of this definition, the terms Landlord and Landlord Affiliate shall also include any successor to Landlord or any Landlord Affiliate by merger, consolidation or any entity to which at least ninety percent (90%) of the Landlord’s or Landlord Affiliate’s assets are transferred.

Major Alterations : Alterations that (i) may affect the structural portions of the Project, (ii) may adversely affect or interfere with the Project roof, exterior walls, elevators, HVAC, electrical, plumbing, telecommunications, security, life-safety or other Building Systems, (iii) may affect the use and enjoyment by other tenants or occupants of the Project of their premises, (iv) may be visible from outside the Premises, (v) utilize materials or equipment that are inconsistent with Landlord’s standard building materials and equipment for the Project, (vi) result in the imposition on Landlord of any requirement to make any alterations or improvements to any portion of the Project (including handicap access and life safety requirements) in order to comply with Requirements, or (vii) materially increase the cost to clean, maintain or repair, or increase the cost to relet, the Premises.

Minor Alterations : Alterations (i) that are not Major Alterations, (ii) that do not require the issuance of a building or other governmental permit, authorization or approval, (iii) that do not require work to be performed outside the Premises in order to comply with Requirements, and (iv) the cost of which does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in any one instance or One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any calendar year.

Net Cash Balance : Tenant’s net cash balance, calculated by the following formula, as such terms are defined by GAAP: (cash + cash equivalents + investments) – (current liabilities + long term debt – deferred revenues).

Net Cash Flow : Tenant’s net cash used for operating activities, per Tenant’s statement of cash flows, less cash used for purchases of property and equipment.

Net Worth : The excess of total assets over total liabilities, determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets, goodwill and other intangibles.

 

6


Operating Expenses :

(a) All expenses, costs and disbursements (but not specific costs billed to or paid directly by specific tenants of the Project) of every kind and nature, computed on the accrual basis, relating to or incurred or paid by Landlord in connection with the ownership, management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, including but not limited to, without duplication, the following and which are actually paid or incurred by Landlord:

(1) wages, salaries and other costs of all on site and off site employees at or below the level of general manager or senior property manager engaged either full or part time in the operation, management, maintenance or access control of the Project, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating to such employees, allocated based upon the time such employees are engaged directly in providing such services; provided, that to the extent that the wages, salaries and costs of any such employee is also allocable to property other than the Project, such cost shall be equitably allocated to the Project and to each other parcel of property which benefits from such cost;

(2) the cost of all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, management, maintenance and access control of the Project;

(3) subject to clause (b)(18) of the definition of Operating Expenses below, the cost of all utilities for the Project, including but not limited to the cost of electricity, gas, water and sewer services;

(4) the cost of all maintenance and service agreements for the Project and the equipment therein to the extent actually provided by Landlord, including but not limited to, as applicable, security service, window cleaning, elevator maintenance, HVAC maintenance, waste recycling service, landscaping maintenance, customary landscaping replacement, and maintenance (including striping and painting) of the Parking Facility;

(5) the cost of repairs and general maintenance of the Project, including the cost of repair following a Casualty to the extent not reimbursed by insurance proceeds or other payments from a third party;

(6) the acquisition and/or installation costs of capital investment items (including security and energy management equipment) which are installed for the purpose of reducing operating expenses, promoting safety, complying with Requirements first enacted after the Commencement Date, or maintaining the first class nature of the Project including capital investment items which are replacements of items which are obsolete or cannot be repaired in an economically feasible manner, costing less than $0.60 per RSF of the Premises on an aggregate annual basis, or to the extent costs per year exceeds $0.60 per RSF of the Premises, such costs shall be amortized over their respective useful lives as determined in accordance with GAAP, together with reasonable financing charges (whether or not actually incurred);

(7) the cost of property, rental loss, liability and other insurance, including earthquake, applicable to the Building and the Project, including commercially reasonable deductibles and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith;

(8) the cost of trash and garbage removal, recycling, air quality audits, vermin extermination, and snow, ice and debris removal;

 

7


(9) the cost of legal and accounting services incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, excluding the owner’s or Landlord’s general accounting, such as partnership statements and tax returns;

(10) the cost of complying with Requirements first enacted after the Commencement Date;

(11) any other reasonable expenses of any other kind whatsoever incurred in managing, operating, overseeing, maintaining and repairing the Project.

Operating Expenses shall also include a management fee not to exceed three percent (3%) of gross receipts for the Project.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, “Operating Expenses” shall not include the following:

(1) the cost of any special work or service performed for any tenant (including Tenant) at such tenant’s or Landlord’s cost, including fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other works that Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and the cost of correcting defects in such work;

(2) the cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facility, luncheon club, restaurant, cafeteria, retail store, sundry shop, newsstand, or concession, but only to the extent such costs exceed those which would normally be expected to be incurred had such space been general office space;

(3) compensation paid to officers and executives of Landlord (but it is understood that property management employees may carry a title such as vice president and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section (a)(1) above, the salaries and related benefits of these officers/employees of Landlord would be allowable Operating Expenses);

(4) the cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance, condemnation or warranties or by other tenants (including Tenant) of the Project;

(5) the cost of any additions, improvements, changes, replacements and other items which are made in order to prepare for a new tenant’s occupancy;

(6) the cost of repairs incurred by reason of fire or other Casualty to the extent reimbursed by insurance proceeds (other than business interruption and rent loss insurance proceeds) under policies maintained by Landlord;

(7) insurance premiums to the extent Landlord is directly reimbursed therefor, other than through Operating Expenses;

(8) debt of Landlord, interest on debt, or amortization payments on any Encumbrance except to the extent, in each case, that the debt which is being amortized was incurred to pay for an expense which is properly included in Operating Expenses (e.g. debt incurred to pay for capital investment items under clause (a)(6) above);

 

8


(9) any real estate brokerage commissions or other costs, including attorneys’ fees for the negotiation of leases for new tenants, incurred in procuring tenants or any fee in lieu of such commissions;

(10) any advertising and promotional expenses incurred in connection with the marketing of any rentable space, including any free rent and construction allowances for other tenants, if any;

(11) any expenses for repairs or maintenance which are covered by warranties and service contracts, to the extent such maintenance and repairs are made at no cost to Landlord;

(12) legal expenses arising out of the construction of the improvements on the Land or the enforcement or negotiation of the provisions of any lease affecting the Project including without limitation this Lease, or relating to the sale, financing or refinancing of the Project or any interest therein except to the extent directly related to financing in connection with the management, maintenance, operation or repair of the Project (e.g. debt incurred to pay for capital investment items under clause (a)(6) above);

(13) costs of environmental remediation, including the remediation of any soils or ground water or the removal of any underground storage tanks from the Project, with respect to Hazardous Materials which are in the Project on the Commencement Date;

(14) fines and penalties assessed by a court or governmental agency to the extent such fines and penalties are based on Landlord’s or its employees’, suppliers’, agents’ contractors’ or invitees’ violation of law or negligence in failing to perform an act or pay an amount due, including the payment of any Tax Expenses;

(15) legal, accounting or consulting costs incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of the Project or legal, accounting or consulting costs and damages incurred in connection with Landlord’s disputes with its employees, tenants, consultants, agents, vendors, contractors or leasing agents or any costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Requirements;

(16) Tax Expenses;

(17) the cost of providing janitorial service to the Building (including the Premises);

(18) the cost of providing electricity to tenant spaces within the Building (provided, that Operating Expenses shall include the cost of providing electricity to the Common Areas);

(19) the original costs of construction of the Project incurred prior to the Commencement Date, and costs of correcting defects in such original construction;

(20) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

 

9


(21) general organization, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintain Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership or other entity, including general corporate legal and accounting expenses;

(22) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(23) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(24) all payment of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project or costs incurred in connection with the defense of Landlord’s title to all or any portion of the Project;

(25) costs in connection with services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, if any, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord; and

(26) depreciation of the Building, equipment or systems located therein.

Original Tenant : The original named Tenant under this Lease.

Parking Facility : The above-ground parking structure serving the Project.

Prohibited Person : (i) A person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224, or a person or entity owned or controlled by an entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list.

Project : The Land, the Building and all other buildings or improvements located on the Land after the Lease Date, and all appurtenances related thereto, including the Parking Facility and loading dock area.

Related Company : (i) An entity which Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with Tenant; (ii) an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated; (iii) an entity to which at least ninety percent (90%) of Tenant’s assets are transferred; or (iv) Tenant, where Tenant admits additional members in connection with obtaining additional equity investment in Tenant, so long as the identity of the persons responsible for the operation and management of the business of Tenant does not change.

Rent : Base Rent, Escalation Rent and all other additional rent, additional charges and amounts payable by Tenant in accordance with this Lease.

 

10


Rent Commencement Date : The date that the Premises is delivered to Tenant by Landlord, which is to be as soon as the current tenant vacates the Premises, but no later than December 31, 2016.

Recorded Documents : All easement agreements, cost sharing agreements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions and all similar agreements affecting the Project, whether now or hereafter recorded against the Project.

Requirements : All Applicable Laws; the provisions of any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant on any portion of the Project, or any property therein; the requirements of any independent board of fire underwriters; any directive or certificate of occupancy issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers applicable to the Project; the provisions of all Recorded Documents affecting any portion of the Project; and all life safety programs, procedures and rules from time to time or at any time implemented or promulgated by Landlord.

Rules and Regulations : The rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit   B , as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

RSF : Rentable square foot or rentable square footage, as applicable.

Specialty Improvements : means any Alterations other than normal and customary general office improvements. Specialty Improvements shall include, without limitation, (a) any Alterations which affect the base building or Building Systems, (b) any fitness facility in the Premises, (c) any showers, restrooms, washrooms or similar facilities in the Premises, (d) any private stairways in the Premises, (e) any cafeteria in the Premises, (f) any laboratory areas in the Premises; (g) bike parking and storage related facilities and improvements; and (h) dog related facilities and improvements.

Target Delivery Date : September 1, 2016, which is the date that Landlord anticipates delivering the Premises to Tenant.

Tax Expenses : All taxes, assessments and governmental charges attributable to the Project, whether or not directly paid by Landlord, whether federal, state, county or municipal and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing the Project or by others subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Project or its operation (and the costs of contesting any of the same), including community improvement district taxes and business license taxes and fees, excluding, however, Impositions, federal and state taxes on income, death taxes, franchise taxes, penalties (but only if Landlord is negligent in paying such taxes in a timely manner), interest, transfer taxes, and any taxes (other than business license taxes and fees and taxes on Landlord’s rental income from the Project but not its other income) imposed or measured on or by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Project.

Tenant Parties : Tenant and its sublessees and their respective employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners (if any of the foregoing parties is a partnership), and members (if any of the foregoing parties is a limited liability company).

 

11


USA Patriot Act : The “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56), as may be amended from time to time.

Wattage Allowance : 4.5 watts times the RSF of the Premises divided by 1,000, multiplied by the Building Standard Hours, with respect to connected load for general purposes, and 1.5 watts times the RSF of the Premises divided by 1,000, multiplied by the Building Standard Hours, with respect to lighting, which shall result in kilowatt hours.

1.2 Basic Lease Information . The Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any Basic Lease Information shall mean the applicable information set forth in the Basic Lease Information, except that in the event of any conflict between an item in the Basic Lease Information and this Lease, this Lease shall control.

2. Lease of Premises .

2.1 Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises, together with the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others, the Common Areas, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Landlord reserves from the leasehold estate granted hereunder (i) all exterior walls and windows bounding the Premises, (ii) all space located within the Premises for common shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, utilities, telecommunications systems, and other installations for Building Systems, the use thereof and access thereto, and (iii) the right to install, remove or relocate any of the foregoing for service to any part of the Project, including the premises of other tenants of the Building. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the RSF of the Premises and the RSF of the Project stated in the Basic Lease Information shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Lease, and shall not be subject to re-measurement.

3. Condition and Acceptance of Premises; Term; Renewal .

3.1 Delivery of Premises; Term Commencement . Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant on the delivery date set forth in this Section 3.1 in broom clean condition and otherwise in the surrender condition required under the current tenant’s lease of the Premises (the “Current Lease”), without any alterations, improvements or Lines removed. Except as set forth in this Lease, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in their “as-is” condition, without any representations or warranties by Landlord, and with no obligation of Landlord to make any alterations or improvements to the Premises or to provide any tenant improvement allowance. Subject to delays resulting from Force Majeure Events (as defined below), Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts (without any obligation to engage overtime labor or commence any litigation) to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Delivery Date of September 1, 2016 and shall, immediately upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease, exercise its right to recapture the Current Lease as to the Premises as of the Target Delivery Date. If Landlord does not deliver the Premises to Tenant by December 31, 2016, Tenant will have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Confirmation of Lease Dates in the form of Exhibit   C attached hereto.

 

12


3.2 Term of Lease . The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated. This Lease shall be a binding contractual obligation effective upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant, notwithstanding the later commencement of the Term.

3.3 Early Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord shall have the right (the “Early Termination Right”), without payment or penalty, to terminate this Lease on February 28, 2019 (“Termination Date”). Landlord may only exercise the Early Termination Right if as of the date of exercise of the Early Termination Right, any Landlord Entity intends in good faith to reoccupy any portions of the Premises to be terminated for its or their personal use. Landlord shall exercise the Early Termination Right by delivering written notice (the “Early Termination Notice”) to Tenant at least twelve (12) months prior to the applicable Early Termination Date. The Early Termination Notice shall set forth the portion(s) of the Premises to be terminated as of the Early Termination Date (or specify that Landlord is terminating this Lease in its entirety on the applicable Early Termination Date). If Landlord exercises the Early Termination Right as to the entire Premises, then this Lease shall terminate on the applicable Early Termination Date and Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord on such date in the condition Tenant is required to surrender the Premises under this Lease on the Expiration Date (and Tenant’s failure to so surrender the Premises on such date shall be deemed a holding over subject to Article 25 below).

4. Rent .

4.1 Obligation to Pay Base Rent . Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord during the Term for the Premises equal to the RSF of the Premises multiplied by the Base Rent rate per RSF set forth in the Basic Lease Information, as such rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 below, in advance, in equal monthly installments, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and thereafter on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term. Upon signing this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid Base Rent amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information, which amount shall be applied to the Base Rent owing for the first month(s) of the Term, after the first Rent Commencement Date. If a Rent Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Base Rent payable for the applicable portion(s) of the Premises shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. If the Expiration Date is other than the last day of a calendar month, or if this Lease shall be terminated as of a day other than the last day of a calendar month (except in the case of an Event of Default (as defined below)), the installment of Base Rent for the last fractional month of the Term shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month.

4.2 Base Rent Adjustment . The Base Rent rate per RSF set forth in the Basic Lease Information shall be adjusted on the Base Rent Adjustment Date and on each annual anniversary of the Base Rent Adjustment Date by multiplying the Base Rent rate per RSF payable immediately before such date by three percent (3%) and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent rate per RSF payable immediately before such date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. The Base Rent for the initial Term is based on the targeted delivery date set forth in Section 3.1 above, which will be subject to adjustment if the Premises is delivered later than the Target Delivery Date :

 

13


4.3 Manner of Rent Payment . Except for any Rent abatement as may be expressly provided under this Lease, all Rent shall be paid by Tenant without notice, demand, abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America, and if payable to Landlord, at Landlord’s Address for Payments in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate by notice to Tenant.

4.4 Additional Rent; Other Payments .

(a) Additional Rent . All Rent not characterized as Base Rent, Escalation Rent or Parking Charges (as defined below) shall constitute additional rent, and if payable to Landlord shall, unless otherwise specified in this Lease, be due and payable thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

(b) Electricity and Janitorial Payments . In addition to the Base Rent and Escalation Rent, and other charges payable under this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of the cost of janitorial service provided to the Building (including the Premises). In addition to the Base Rent and Escalation Rent, and other charges payable under this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay for all electricity supplied to the Premises during the Term. Landlord represents that the Premises are submetered in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all electricity supplied to the Premises and janitorial service as set forth in this Section 4.4(b), as Additional Rent, on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivering an invoice therefor to Tenant.

4.5 Late Payment of Rent; Interest . Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant of any Rent will cause Landlord to incur administrative costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain based on the facts and circumstances pertaining as of the Lease Date. Accordingly, if any Rent is not paid by Tenant when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such Rent. Any Rent, other than late charges, due Landlord under this Lease, if not paid when due, shall also bear interest at the Interest Rate from the date due until paid. The parties acknowledge that such late charge and interest represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the administrative costs and loss of use of funds Landlord will incur by reason of a late Rent payment by Tenant, but Landlord’s acceptance of such late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of an Event of Default with respect to such Rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights and remedies provided under this Lease.

5. Calculation and Payments of Escalation Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord Escalation Rent in accordance with the following procedures:

5.1 Payment of Estimated Escalation Rent . Commencing with December 2016, during December of each calendar year of the Term, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of its estimate of Escalation Rent due for the ensuing calendar year. Commencing on January 1, 2017, on or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, in addition to Base Rent, one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated Escalation Rent, unless such notice is not given in December, in which event, Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the prior calendar year’s estimate until the month after such notice is given, and

 

14


subsequent payments by Tenant shall be based on Landlord’s notice. With the first monthly payment based on Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall also pay the difference, if any, between the amount previously paid for such calendar year and the amount which Tenant would have paid through the month in which such notice is given, based on Landlord’s noticed estimate. If Landlord reasonably determines that the Escalation Rent for the current calendar year will vary from Landlord’s estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such calendar year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such calendar year shall be based upon such revised estimate. Landlord’s failure or delay in providing Tenant with Landlord’s estimate of Escalation Rent for any calendar year shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder, or a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to pay Escalation Rent for such calendar year or of Landlord’s right to send such an estimate to Tenant on a later date.

5.2 Escalation Rent Statement and Adjustment . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the actual Escalation Rent for such calendar year, showing in reasonable detail (a) the Operating Expenses and the Tax Expenses comprising the actual Escalation Rent, and (b) payments made by Tenant on account of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses for such calendar year (an “Annual Statement”). If the Annual Statement shows that Tenant owes an amount that is more than the payments previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement. If the Annual Statement shows that Tenant owes an amount that is less than the payments previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, Landlord shall credit the difference first against any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord and then against the next payment or payments of Rent due Landlord, except that if a credit amount is due Tenant after the termination of this Lease, Landlord shall pay to Tenant any excess remaining after Landlord credits such amount against any sums owed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the final Annual Statement. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, however, in no event shall any decrease in Operating Expenses or Tax Expenses below the Base Operating Expenses or Base Tax Expenses, respectively, entitle Tenant to any refund, decrease in Base Rent, or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Landlord may revise the Annual Statement for any calendar year if (i) Landlord first receives invoices from third parties, tax bills or other information relating to adjustments to Operating Expenses or Tax Expenses allocable to such calendar year after the initial issuance of such Annual Statement and/or (ii) the amount of Operating Expenses or Tax Expenses allocable to the Base Expense Year or Base Tax Year, as applicable, is subsequently adjusted in accordance with this Section 5.2 or Section 5.3 below. Landlord’s failure or delay in providing Tenant with an Annual Statement for any calendar year shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder, or a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to pay Escalation Rent for such calendar year or of Landlord’s right to send such Annual Statement on a later date. Tenant shall have ninety (90) days after receipt of an Annual Statement to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant disputes the correctness of the Annual Statement (“Expense Claim”). If Tenant does not object in writing to an Annual Statement within said ninety (90) day period, such Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant. If Tenant delivers an Expense Claim to Landlord within said ninety (90) day period, the parties shall promptly meet and attempt in good faith to resolve the matters set forth in the Expense Claim. If the parties are unable to resolve the matters set forth in the Expense Claim within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Expense Claim (“Expense Resolution Period”), then Tenant shall have the right to examine Landlord’s records, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5.7 below. This Section 5.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

15


5.3 Adjustments to Operating Expenses . If the Building is less than 100% occupied during any calendar year of the Lease Term, including the Base Expense Year, Operating Expenses for such calendar year shall be adjusted to the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred if the Building had been 100% occupied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if in any calendar year subsequent to the Base Expense Year, the amount of Operating Expenses decreases below the amount of Operating Expenses allocable to the Base Expense Year, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any refund or credit. In no event shall any adjustments to Operating Expenses in any calendar year result in Landlord receiving from Tenant and other tenants more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of the actual Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord in any such calendar year and Landlord shall not make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses; provided that, this sentence shall not limit Landlord’s ability to include in Operating Expenses the management fee set forth in the definition of Operating Expenses. Base Year Expenses shall not include market-wide cost increases (including utility rate increases) due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure Events, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages.

5.4 Adjustments to Tenant s Percentage Share . Landlord shall reasonably adjust Tenant’s Percentage Share if the RSF of the Premises changes in accordance with this Lease.

5.5 Payment of Tax Expenses in Installments . If, by law, any Tax Expenses may be paid in installments (whether or not interest accrues on the unpaid balance), then, for any calendar year (including the Base Tax Year), Landlord shall include in the calculation of such Tax Expenses only the amount of the installments (with any interest) due and payable during such year had Landlord selected the longest permissible period of payment, provided that following the retirement or completed payment of any such Tax Expenses, the amount of Tax Expenses allocable to the Base Tax Year shall be adjusted to eliminate that portion included therein, if any, that related to such retired or paid Tax Expenses.

5.6 Proration for Partial Year . If this Lease terminates other than on the last day of a calendar year (other than due to an Event of Default), the amount of Escalation Rent for such fractional calendar year shall be prorated on the basis of twelve (12), 30-day months in each calendar year. Upon such termination, Landlord may, at its option, calculate the adjustment in Escalation Rent prior to the time specified in Section 5.2 above.

5.7 Inspection of Landlord s Records .

(a) Independent Review . Provided that Tenant has timely delivered an Expense Claim to Landlord, Tenant or a certified public accountant engaged by Tenant (“Tenant’s CPA”) shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to examine, inspect, and copy the records of Landlord concerning the components of Escalation Rent, Operating Expenses and/or Tax Expenses (“Landlord’s Records”) for the calendar year in question that are disputed in the Expense Claim (“Tenant’s Review”). Any examination of Landlord’s Records shall take place upon reasonable prior written notice, at the offices of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager, during normal business hours, no later than two hundred forty (240) days after expiration of the Expense

 

16


Resolution Period. Tenant’s CPA engaged to inspect Landlord’s records shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause Tenant’s CPA to keep, all information obtained by Tenant or Tenant’s CPA confidential, and Landlord may require all persons inspecting Landlord’s records to sign a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement prior to making Landlord’s Records available to them. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s Records or dispute any Annual Statement unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent (including the amount disputed in the Expense Claim) when due.

(b) Landlord s Dispute . If Landlord disputes the results of any Tenant’s Review, Landlord shall provide written notice of such dispute and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly thereafter work in good faith in an attempt to address Landlord’s dispute for a period of thirty (30) days after completion of Tenant’s Review (the “Landlord’s Dispute Period”). If Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve Landlord’s dispute within Landlord’s Dispute Period, Landlord may provide Tenant written notice within fifteen (15) days after the Landlord’s Dispute Period of its election to seek resolution of the dispute by an Independent CPA (as defined below) together with a list of five (5) independent, certified public accounting firms that are not currently providing, and have not within the three (3) previous years provided, services to Landlord or Tenant or any entity Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control of Landlord or Tenant. All of the firms shall be nationally or regionally recognized firms with annual revenues in excess of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) during the preceding two (2) fiscal years and have experience in accounting related to commercial office buildings. In order to accommodate the foregoing, Tenant shall provide Landlord, within five (5) days after request, a complete list of all certified public accounting firms that are currently providing, or have within the three (3) previous years provided, services to Tenant or any entity Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control of Tenant. Landlord’s failure to deliver a notice of dispute and such list of accounting firms within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s Dispute Period shall be deemed to be Landlord’s acceptance of the results of Tenant’s Review. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the list of accounting firms from Landlord, Tenant shall choose one of the five (5) firms by written notice to Landlord, which firm is referred to herein as the “Independent CPA.” The Independent CPA shall examine and inspect the records of Landlord concerning the components of Operating Expenses and/or Tax Expenses for the calendar year in question and the results of Tenant’s Review and make a determination regarding the accuracy of Tenant’s Review. If the Independent CPA’s determination shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Escalation Rent, by more than five percent (5%), then Landlord shall pay all actual, reasonable costs associated with the Independent CPA’s review and if less than five percent (5%) such costs shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant. The determination of the Independent CPA shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(c) Adjustments following Tenant s Review . If the Independent CPA (or, if Landlord does not dispute Tenant’s Review as provided in Section 5.7(b) above, Tenant’s Review) shows that the payments made by Tenant with respect to Escalation Rent for the calendar year in question exceeded the actual amount of Escalation Rent due from Tenant for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (a) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Escalation Rent or (b) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of the determination of the Independent CPA (or, if Landlord does not dispute Tenant Review, after delivery of Tenant’s Review), except that after the expiration or earlier termination of

 

17


this Lease, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination. If the Independent CPA (or, if Landlord does not dispute Tenant’s Review as provided in Section 5.7(b) above, Tenant’s Review) shows that Tenant’s payment of Escalation Rent for the calendar year was less than the actual amount of Escalation Rent due from Tenant for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the determination of the Independent CPA (or, if Landlord does not dispute Tenant Review, after delivery of Tenant’s Review).

5.8 Operating of Building . Subject to operation, repair and maintenance of the Project in a manner commensurate with other Comparable Buildings, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce Operating Expenses.

6. Impositions Payable by Tenant . Tenant shall pay all Impositions, if levied upon Tenant directly, prior to delinquency. If billed directly, Tenant shall pay such Impositions and concurrently present to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such payments. If any Impositions are billed to Landlord or included in bills to Landlord for Tax Expenses, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord all such amounts within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. If Applicable Law prohibits Tenant from reimbursing Landlord for an Imposition, but Landlord may lawfully increase the Base Rent to account for Landlord’s payment of such Imposition, the Base Rent payable to Landlord shall be increased to net to Landlord the same return without reimbursement of such Imposition as would have been received by Landlord with reimbursement of such Imposition.

7. Use of Premises .

7.1 Permitted Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use and for no other use or purpose.

7.2 No Violation of Requirements . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done, or bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept, in or about the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, anything which (a) is prohibited by, will in any way conflict with, or would invalidate any Requirements; or (b) would cause a cancellation of any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant, or give rise to any defense by an insurer to any claim under any such policy of insurance, or adversely affect any insurance policy carried by Landlord (provided, that Landlord agrees that use of the Premises by Tenant for ordinary office use will not cause the cancellation of any of Landlord’s insurance policies, give rise to any such defense of Landlord’s insurers, or adversely affect any insurance policy carried by Landlord), or subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or property; or (c) will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure or annoy them. If Tenant does or permits anything to be done which increases the cost of any policy of insurance carried by Landlord, or which results in the need, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, for additional insurance to be carried by Landlord or Tenant with respect to any portion of the Project, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for any such additional premiums or costs, and/or procure such additional insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provided that Landlord agrees that ordinary office use of the Premises by Tenant shall not increase the cost of any policy of insurance carried by Landlord and will not result in the need for additional insurance to be carried by Landlord. Invocation by Landlord of such right shall not limit or preclude Landlord from prohibiting Tenant’s impermissible use that gives rise to the

 

18


additional insurance premium or requirement or from invoking any other right or remedy available to Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall not bring into the Premises or any portion thereof, any furniture, fixtures and/or equipment, and/or make any Alterations to the Premises, the aggregate weight of which would exceed the specified live load capacity of the floor or floors on which the Premises is located.

7.3 Compliance with Requirements .

(a) Tenant Compliance . Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all Requirements applicable to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall maintain the Premises and all portions thereof in compliance with all applicable Requirements. Landlord will cooperate with Tenant as reasonably necessary in order to obtain any necessary permits or licenses in order to enable Tenant to use the Premises for the Permitted Use, at no cost to Landlord. Tenant’s indemnity set forth in Section 16.2 below shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to such cooperation by Landlord. Subject to this Section 7.3, Tenant shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over such matters to be a violation of a Requirement. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding involving Tenant, whether or not Landlord is party thereto, that Tenant is in non-compliance with any Requirement shall be conclusive of that fact. In addition, Tenant shall make all modifications to any portion of the Project outside the Premises (including modifications that are structural or capital in nature), which are necessitated, in whole or in part, by (i) Tenant’s use or occupancy of, or business conducted in, the Premises other than for general office use, (ii) any acts or omissions of Tenant or any Tenant Parties, or (iii) any Alterations, provided that Landlord may elect to perform such modifications at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.3(a) to the contrary, Tenant need not comply with any Requirements so long as Tenant is contesting the validity thereof or the applicability thereof in accordance with the remainder of this Section 7.3(a). Tenant, at its expense, after notice to Landlord, may contest by appropriate proceedings prosecuted diligently and in good faith, the validity or applicability of any Requirements with which Tenant is responsible for compliance hereunder, provided that (a) the condition which is the subject of such contest does not pose a danger to persons or property, (b) the certificate of occupancy or other occupancy permit for the Premises or the Project is neither subject to being suspended nor threatened to be suspended by reason of non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest, and (c) Landlord is not subject to criminal penalty or to prosecution for a crime by reason of Tenant’s non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest.

(b) Landlord Compliance . If the Common Areas as of the Commencement Date do not comply in all material respects with all Requirements, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, but as Tenant’s sole remedy, Landlord, at no cost to Tenant (including as Operating Expenses), shall perform such corrective work or take such other actions as may be necessary to cure any violation. Landlord shall not be responsible for any non-compliant condition that arises due to the construction of any Alterations by Tenant or the installation of any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment or property, or that are due to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or the particular manner in which Tenant conducts its business in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to apply for and obtain a waiver or deferment of compliance, the right to contest any violation in good faith, including, but not limited to, the right to

 

19


assert any and all defenses allowed by Requirements, and the right to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by Requirements, and Landlord’s obligation to perform corrective work or take other action to cure a violation under this Section 7.4(b) shall not apply until after the exhaustion of any and all rights to appeal or contest.

7.4 No Nuisance . Tenant shall not (i) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, which would injure or annoy, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of, Landlord or other occupants of the Project; (ii) use or allow the Premises to be used in any manner inappropriate based on uses permitted in Comparable Buildings, or for any objectionable purposes, or do or permit any act which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment might damage the reputation of the Project; or (iii) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, or any other portion of the Project.

7.5 Compliance With Environmental Laws; Use of Hazardous Materials . Without limiting the generality of Section 7.3(a) above, Tenant and all other Tenant Parties shall at all times comply with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the use and occupancy of any portion of the Project pursuant to this Lease. Tenant and all other Tenant Parties shall not generate, store, handle, or otherwise use, or allow, the generation, storage, handling, or use of, Hazardous Materials in the Premises or transport the same through the Project, except in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Environmental Laws. In the event of a release of any Hazardous Materials caused by, or due to the act or neglect of, Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord and take such remedial actions as Landlord may direct in Landlord’s reasonable discretion as necessary or appropriate to abate, remediate and/or clean up the same. If so elected by Landlord by notice to Tenant, Landlord shall take such reasonable remedial actions on behalf of Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In any event, Landlord shall have the right, without liability or obligation to Tenant, to direct and/or supervise Tenant’s remedial actions and to specify the scope thereof and specifications therefor. Tenant and the other Tenant Parties shall use, handle, store and transport any Hazardous Materials in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws, and shall notify Landlord of any notice of violation of Environmental Laws which it receives from any governmental agency having jurisdiction. In no event shall Landlord be designated as the “generator” on, nor shall Landlord be responsible for preparing, any manifest relating to Hazardous Materials generated or used by Tenant or any other Tenant Parties.

7.6 Sustainable Building Operations .

(a) Operation of Building . The Building is or may in the future become certified under any one or more Green Rating Systems or operated pursuant to Landlord’s sustainable building practices. Landlord’s sustainability practices address whole-building operations and maintenance issues, including, but not limited to, chemical use, indoor air quality, energy efficiency, water efficiency, recycling programs, transportation management programs, exterior maintenance programs, and systems upgrades to meet green building energy, water, indoor air quality, and lighting performance standards. All construction and maintenance methods and procedures, material purchases, and disposal of waste must be in compliance with minimum standards and specifications provided to Tenant, in addition to all Applicable Laws.

 

20


(b) Tenant s Measures . Tenant shall use proven energy and carbon reduction measures, including, but not limited to, the following: using energy efficient bulbs in task lighting; installing lighting controls; implementing daylighting measures to avoid overlighting interior spaces; closing shades to avoid overheating the space; turning off lights and equipment at the end of the work day; and purchasing ENERGY STAR ® qualified equipment, including, but not limited to, lighting, office equipment, commercial and residential quality kitchen equipment, vending and ice machines; and purchasing products certified by the U.S. EPA’s Water Sense ® program.

(c) Disposal of Property . Tenant shall dispose of in an environmentally sustainable manner any equipment, furnishings, or materials no longer needed by Tenant and shall recycle or re-use the same in accordance with Landlord’s sustainability practices provided to Tenant. Tenant agrees to report this activity to Landlord in a format determined by Landlord. If Tenant does not comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices regarding the disposal of any equipment, furnishings or materials, Landlord reserves the right to arrange for such disposal at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.6(c).

7.7 Recycling and Waste Management . Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense: (a) to comply with all Applicable Laws regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of garbage, trash, rubbish and other refuse; (b) to comply with Landlord’s reasonable recycling policy as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices provided to Tenant, where it may be more stringent than Applicable Laws; and (c) to sort and separate its trash and recycling into such categories as are required by Applicable Laws or Landlord’s sustainability practices and to place each separately sorted category of trash and recycling in separate receptacles as directed by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant any trash that is not separated and sorted as required by this Section 7.7, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a third party by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.7.

7.8 Intentionally omitted.

8. Building Services .

8.1 Maintenance of Project . Landlord shall maintain the Common Areas, the Building Systems, all exterior landscaping, the windows in the Building, the mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment serving the Building, the telephone cable distribution system serving the Building to the telephone terminal on each floor, the common shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, and ducts containing such equipment and systems and the space containing them, and the structure of the Building and the roof, in reasonably good order and condition, except for ordinary wear and tear, damage by Casualty or condemnation, or damage occasioned solely by the act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, which damage shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall have the right, exercised by Landlord in its sole discretion, to utilize portions of the Common Areas from time to time for entertainment, displays, product shows, leasing of kiosks or such other uses that Landlord may determine are desirable.

 

21


8.2 Building-Standard Services . Subject to the terms of this Article 8, Applicable Laws, and Force Majeure Events, Landlord shall cause to be furnished to the Premises: (a) tepid and cold water to those points of supply and in volumes provided for general use of tenants in the Building; (b) electricity up to the Wattage Allowance for lighting and the operation of electrically powered office equipment; (c) HVAC so as to cause the portions of the Premises used for ordinary business office purposes (excluding, by way of example, computer server rooms or other “hot spots” resulting from the use of machines or equipment) to be heated and/or cooled to a temperature between 68° and 76° Fahrenheit, subject to temporary interruptions due to repairs and maintenance, provided that (1) the occupancy of the Premises shall not exceed one (1) person per 140 RSF of the Premises and (2) Tenant shall make proper use of window coverings to reduce solar load reasonably determined by Landlord during Building Standard Hours; (d) passenger elevator service in compliance with Requirements; (e) freight elevator service subject to then applicable Building-standard procedures and scheduling; (f) lighting replacement for Building-standard lights; (g) exterior window washing as reasonably determined by Landlord consistent with Comparable Buildings; (h) janitorial service on a five (5) day per week basis (excluding Building Holidays) except Landlord shall not be required to clean portions of the Premises used for preparing or consuming food or beverages or provide special treatment or services for above-standard tenant improvements; and (i) access control services for the Building commensurate with the level of service provided by landlords of Comparable Buildings. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that access control services, security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any personal injury or death suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises, provided that the foregoing shall not preclude Tenant from pursuing any claims against any third party who is not Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

8.3 Interruption or Unavailability of Services . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof as a result of any failure of Landlord to provide utilities and services in accordance with this Article 8, then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such failure. If such failure continues for five (5) consecutive Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “Eligibility Period”) and is due to Landlord’s or any of its agents or contractors acts or omissions (an “Abatement Event”), then Base Rent and Escalation Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, beginning on the first day after the Eligibility Period elapses, for such time that such Abatement Event continues, either (a) in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises or (b) if Tenant is prevented from using a material portion of the Premises and if Tenant ceases using the entire Premises, then Base Rent and Escalation Rent shall be abated in its entirety. Landlord shall use its diligent efforts to promptly restore utilities and services to the extent the cause of such interruption or the means to restore same is within the reasonable control of Landlord. To the extent Tenant is entitled to abatement without regard to the Eligibility Period, because of an event covered by Article 12 or Article 13 of this Lease, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.

 

22


8.4 Tenant’s Use of Excess Electricity and Water; Premises Occupancy Load . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld: (i) install in the Premises, (A) lighting, equipment, and/or apparatus which exceeds the Wattage Allowance, or which requires a voltage other than 110 volts single-phase, (B) heat-generating or heat-sensitive equipment, or lighting other than Building-standard lights, (C) supplementary air conditioning facilities, (D) Alterations that reconfigure the Premises, or fixtures or equipment therein, affecting the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building-standard HVAC system, or (E) equipment that requires a separate temperature-controlled room, or (ii) permit occupancy levels in excess of one person per 140 RSF of the Premises. If, pursuant to this Section 8.4, Landlord consents to any installation or occupancy pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above, Landlord may, at Landlord’s election after notice to Tenant or upon Tenant’s request, install supplementary air conditioning facilities in the Premises, or otherwise modify the HVAC system serving the Premises, and/or increase the supply of electricity to the Premises, in order to maintain the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building HVAC system, and/or to supply any increase in the electricity demand of the Premises, and/or to serve any separate temperature-controlled room. Tenant shall pay the cost of any transformers, additional risers, panel boards, and all other facilities if, when and to the extent installed hereunder or required to furnish power for, and all costs of supplying and maintaining, any supplementary air conditioning facilities or modified ventilating and air conditioning equipment. The capital, maintenance and service costs of installing, supplying, and maintaining any such facilities, utilities, and modifications shall be paid by Tenant as Rent. Landlord, at its election and at Tenant’s expense, may also install and maintain a water meter (together with all necessary wiring and related equipment) at the Premises to measure the water usage of such ventilation and air conditioning equipment, or may otherwise cause such usage to be measured by reasonable methods.

8.5 Provision of Additional Services . If Tenant desires services in amounts additional to or at times different from those set forth in Section 8.2 above, or any other services that are not provided for in this Lease, Tenant shall make a request for such services to Landlord with such advance notice as Landlord may reasonably require. If Landlord provides such services to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charges for such services (including Landlord’s then Building-standard administrative fee and such indirect costs as engineers’ expenses and a reasonable allowance for wear and tear on the Building Systems) within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice.

9. Maintenance of Premises . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs (including replacement) to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder, and shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear, and damage by Casualty or condemnation. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, but not be limited to, repairs to and replacement of: (a) to the extent permitted by Section 8.4 above, supplemental HVAC equipment installed in any server room or other specialty HVAC installations installed by Tenant; (b) the electrical systems from the point of interconnection with those electrical panels exclusively serving the Premises; (c) raised flooring and floor coverings; (d) ceiling tiles; (e) interior partitions; (f) doors; (g) the interior side of demising walls; and (h) Alterations. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord (i) has no

 

23


obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, or any part thereof, and (ii) has no obligation respecting the condition, maintenance and repair of the Premises or any other portion of the Project. Tenant hereby waives all rights, including under Subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law now or hereafter in effect, to make repairs which are Landlord’s obligation under this Lease at the expense of Landlord or to receive any setoff or abatement of Rent or in lieu thereof to vacate the Premises or terminate this Lease.

10. Alterations to Premises . All Alterations shall be made in accordance with the standard procedures, specifications, and details (including the standard for construction and quality of materials in the Project) as then established by Landlord, all applicable Requirements, and the provisions of this Article 10. In the event of any conflict between this Article 10 and the Building-standard procedures, specifications or details then in effect, the provisions of this Article 10 shall govern.

10.1 Landlord Consent; Procedure . Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any Alterations without Landlord’s prior written consent, which as to any Major Alterations may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

10.2 General Requirements .

(a) Cost . All Alterations shall be designed and performed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, that if any Alterations require work to be performed outside the Premises, Landlord may elect to perform such work at Tenant’s expense.

(b) Contractors . All Alterations shall be performed only by contractors, engineers or architects approved by Landlord, and shall be made in accordance with complete and detailed architectural, mechanical and engineering plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord. Without limiting Landlord’s right to disapprove Major Alterations in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any such contractors, engineers, architects, plans or specifications; provided, however, that Landlord may specify contractors, engineers or architects to perform work affecting the structural portions of the Project or the Building Systems. Tenant shall engage only labor that is harmonious and compatible with other labor working in the Project. In the event of any labor disturbance caused by persons employed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor, Tenant shall immediately take all actions necessary to eliminate such disturbance.

(c) Deliverables . Prior to commencement of the Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) any building or other permit required by Requirements in connection with the Alterations; (ii) a copy of executed construction contract(s); and (iii) written acknowledgments from all materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons furnishing to Tenant with respect to the Premises any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate that they will look exclusively to Tenant for payment of any sums in connection therewith and that Landlord shall have no liability for such costs. In addition, Tenant shall require its general contractor to carry and maintain the following insurance, at no expense to Landlord, and Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence thereof prior to the commencement of construction of the Alterations: (A) commercial general liability insurance

 

24


with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, including personal injury and death, and contractor’s protective liability, and products and completed operations coverage in an amount not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate; (B) commercial automobile liability insurance with a policy limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) each accident for bodily injury and property damage, providing coverage at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) Business Auto Coverage form covering Automobile Liability, code 1 “any auto,” and insuring against all loss in connection with the ownership, maintenance and operation of automotive equipment that is owned, hired or non-owned; and (C) worker’s compensation with statutory limits and employer’s liability insurance with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence. All insurance required by this Section 10.2(c) shall be issued by solvent companies qualified to do business in the State of California, and with a Best & Company rating of A:VIII or better. All such insurance policies (except workers’ compensation insurance) shall (i) provide that Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any Encumbrancer, and any other person reasonably requested by Landlord is designated as an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or for Tenant’s general contractor without limitation as to coverage afforded under such policy pursuant to an endorsement providing coverage at least as broad as ISO form CO 20 37 10 01 or its equivalent, (2) specify that such insurance is primary and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall not contribute with it, (3) provide that the insurer agrees not to cancel the policy or materially reduce coverage without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to all additional insureds (except in the event of a cancellation as a result of nonpayment, in which event the insurer shall give all additional insureds at least ten (10) days’ prior notice), and (4) specify that bankruptcy of the contractor will not absolve or limit the liability of the insurer. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s general contractor to notify Landlord within ten (10) days after any material modification of any policy of insurance required under this Section. No policy maintained by contractor shall contain a deductible which is not commercially reasonable. Landlord may inspect the original policies of such insurance coverage at any time. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver complete certified copies of such policies. Tenant’s general contractor shall furnish Landlord evidence of insurance for its subcontractors as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may require other types of insurance coverage and/or increase the insurance limits set forth above if Landlord reasonably determines such increase is required to protect adequately the parties named as insureds or additional insureds under such insurance.

(d) Notice of Non-Responsibility . Tenant shall give Landlord at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the date of commencement of any construction on the Premises to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall comply with the requirements of Section 3110.5 of the California Civil Code as the contracting owner, to the extent applicable, and prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of compliance with said statute. Tenant acknowledges that the contractual waiver of the benefits of California Civil Code Section 3110.5 is expressly declared to be against public policy.

(e) Performance . Tenant shall promptly commence construction of Alterations, cause such Alterations to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner and in such a manner and at such times so that any such work shall not disrupt or interfere with the use,

 

25


occupancy or operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project, and complete the same with due diligence as soon as possible after commencement. All trash which may accumulate in connection with Tenant’s construction activities shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense from the Premises and the Project.

(f) Additional Requirements . In addition to the foregoing, as a condition of its consent to Alterations hereunder, Landlord may impose any reasonable requirements that Landlord considers necessary or desirable, including a requirement that Tenant provide Landlord with a surety bond, a letter of credit, or other financial assurance that the cost of the Alterations will be paid when due.

10.3 Landlord s Right to Inspect . Landlord or its agents shall have the right (but not the obligation) to inspect the construction of Alterations, and to require corrections of faulty construction or any material deviation from the plans for such Alterations as approved by Landlord; provided, however, that no such inspection shall (i) be deemed to create any liability on the part of Landlord, or (ii) constitute a representation by Landlord that the work so inspected conforms with such plans or complies with any applicable Requirements, or (iii) give rise to a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, Landlord’s continuing right at any time or from time to time to require the correction of any faulty work or any material deviation from such plans. In addition, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage, loss, cost or expense incurred by Tenant on account of Tenant’s plans and specifications, Tenant’s contractors, mechanics or engineers, design or construction of any Alteration, or delay in completion of any Alteration.

10.4 Tenant s Obligations Upon Completion . Promptly following completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings and specifications in CAD format showing the Alterations as made and constructed in the Premises, (ii) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of the County of San Francisco in accordance with Civil Code Section 3093 or any successor statute, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services, or materials in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate.

10.5 Repairs . If any part of the Building Systems shall be damaged during the performance of Alterations, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord, and Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense. Alternatively, Landlord may require Tenant to repair such damage at Tenant’s sole expense using contractors approved by Landlord.

10.6 Ownership and Removal of Alterations .

(a) Ownership . All Alterations shall become a part of the Project and immediately belong to Landlord without compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord consents otherwise in writing; provided, however, that equipment, trade fixtures, and movable furniture shall remain the property of Tenant.

(b) Removal . Tenant, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) remove any or all Specialty Improvements, (ii) restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the installation of such Specialty Improvements, and (iii) repair all damage to the Premises, the Building, or the Project caused by the

 

26


removal of Specialty Improvements. Tenant shall use a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord for such removal and repair. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may elect to waive all or any portion of such removal and restoration requirements by giving written notice of such waiver to Tenant at least nine (9) months prior to the Expiration Date or within ten (10) Business Days after any earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to remove such Specialty Improvements and perform such restoration and repair by the Expiration Date, within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination of this Lease or such other date as agreed to by the parties, then Landlord may perform such work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such removal, restoration and repair.

10.7 Minor Alterations . Notwithstanding any provision in the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant may construct Minor Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, but with prior notification to Landlord. Before commencing construction of Minor Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require to determine whether Tenant’s proposed Alterations qualify as Minor Alterations. Except to the extent inconsistent with this Section 10.7, Minor Alterations shall otherwise comply with the provisions of this Article 10. All references in this Lease to “Alterations” shall mean and include Minor Alterations, unless specified to the contrary.

10.8 Landlord s Fee . In connection with installing Alterations or removing Specialty Improvements, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then standard charges for review and approval of Tenant’s plans, specifications and working drawings, and administration by Landlord of the construction or installation of Alterations or removal of Specialty Improvements, and restoration of the Premises to their previous condition. Landlord may hire third parties to review Tenant’s plans, specifications and working drawings and/or to supervise the construction or installation of Alterations or removal of Specialty Improvements from the Premises, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable, actual fees and costs charged by such third parties, provided that, upon request, Landlord will provide Tenant with an estimate of such costs and expenses before incurring such costs and expense. Tenant shall pay the amount of all fees and costs owing pursuant to this Section 10.8 within thirty (30) days after receipt from Landlord of a statement or invoice therefor.

11. Liens . Tenant shall keep the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed or obligations incurred by or for, or materials furnished to, Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law or which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of Landlord and the Project from such liens. If Tenant does not, within fifteen (15) days following the recording of notice of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record or bonded against, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by any means as Landlord shall deem proper, including by payment or settlement of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant, as additional rent, on demand, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date such expenses are incurred by Landlord to the date of the payment thereof by Tenant to Landlord. The bond permitted under this Section shall be issued by a company reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

27


12. Damage or Destruction .

12.1 Obligation to Repair . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 12, if any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, is damaged or destroyed by Casualty, Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after such damage or destruction (“Casualty Discovery Date”), notify Tenant (a “Repair Notice”) of the estimated time, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, required to repair such damage or destruction. If Landlord estimates that the necessary repairs can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the damage or destruction, and if Landlord receives insurance proceeds sufficient for such purpose, then (i) Landlord shall repair the Premises, and/or the portion of the Project necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, to substantially the condition existing immediately before such damage or destruction (subject to Section 12.3 below), to the extent commercially reasonable, and as permitted by and subject to then applicable Requirements; (ii) this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; and (iii) to the extent such damage or destruction did not result solely from the negligence or willful act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, Base Rent shall abate for such part of the Premises rendered unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business during the time such part is so unusable, in the proportion that the RSF of the unusable part of the Premises bears to the total RSF of the Premises. If Landlord’s estimate of the repair and restoration time is longer than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the damage or destruction, or if Landlord fails to timely deliver an estimated time of repair and restoration, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon delivery of notice thereof to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s delivery of the Repair Notice or the expiration of Landlord’s deadline to deliver the Repair Notice. If Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to the foregoing, then this Lease shall terminate as of such damage or destruction unless Tenant has continued to use all or a portion of the Premises for the Permitted Use following the date of such damage or destruction, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice.

12.2 Landlord s Election . If Landlord estimates that the necessary repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the damage or destruction, or if insurance proceeds are insufficient for such purpose, or if Landlord does not otherwise have the obligation to repair or restore the damage or destruction pursuant to Section 12.1 above, then in any such event Landlord may elect, in its notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 12.1 above, to (i) terminate this Lease or (ii) repair the Premises or the portion of the Project necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 12.1 above. If Landlord terminates this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction unless Tenant has continued to use all or a portion of the Premises for the Permitted Use following the date of such damage or destruction, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s termination notice. In addition, if as of the date of any Casualty, any Landlord Entity desires in good faith to reoccupy any separately demised portion of the Premises damaged by the applicable Casualty for its or their personal use, then Landlord may terminate this Lease as to any of such separately demised portion(s) of the Premises (or, terminate this Lease in its entirety, if such Casualty affects all separately demised portions of the Premises). If Landlord exercises such termination right as to the entire Premises, then this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days after Landlord’s exercise of such termination right and Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord on such date in the condition Tenant is required to surrender the Premises under this Lease on the Expiration Date (and Tenant’s failure to so surrender the Premises on such

 

28


date shall be deemed a holding over subject to Article 25 below). If Landlord exercises such termination right as to only certain separately demised portion(s) of the Premises, then (y) thirty (30) days after Landlord’s exercise of such termination right, Tenant shall surrender such portion(s) of the Premises to Landlord in the condition Tenant is required to surrender the Premises under this Lease on the Expiration Date (and Tenant’s failure to so surrender such portion(s) of the Premises on such date shall be deemed a holding over subject to Article 25 below), and (z) the Base Rent and other amounts under this Lease which vary based on the RSF of the Premises shall be adjusted in the same manner as set forth in Section 17.7(ii) below. If Landlord exercises the right set forth in this Section 12.2 as to less than the entire Premises, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as to the entire Premises within sixty (60) days after receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, in which case, this Lease shall terminate in its entirety thirty (30) days after delivery of Tenant’s termination notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, either party may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to the other party within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s delivery of the Repair Notice or the expiration of Landlord’s deadline to deliver the Repair Notice, if the Premises are damaged during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term and it will take more than six (6) months to repair or restore such damage.

12.3 Cost of Repairs . Subject to the provisions of this Article 12, Landlord shall repair the Project and all improvements in the Premises, other than any Alterations. Tenant shall repair the Alterations, at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant shall also be responsible for replacing all of Tenant’s furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and other personal property in the Premises if Tenant elects to replace such items. Tenant shall be responsible for insuring one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of repair and replacement of Tenant’s Alterations, furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and other personal property in the Premises under this Section 12.3. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Article 12, then Tenant shall assign and/or pay over to Landlord any insurance proceeds from Tenant’s property insurance attributable to Tenant’s Alterations.

12.4 Waiver of Statutes . The respective rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in the event of any damage to or destruction of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, are governed exclusively by this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law to the contrary, including California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for the termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased property.

13. Eminent Domain .

13.1 Effect of Taking . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 13, if all or any part of the Premises is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemned for any public or quasi-public purpose, or if any transfer is made in avoidance of such exercise of the power of eminent domain (collectively, “taken” or a “taking”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part of the Premises so taken as of the effective date of such taking. On a taking of a portion of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to the other given within sixty (60) days after the effective date of such taking, if the portion of the Premises taken is of such extent and nature so as to materially impair Tenant’s use of the balance of the Premises or if twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is taken. Such termination shall be operative as of the effective date of the taking. Landlord may also terminate this Lease on a taking of any portion of the Project if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that (i) such taking is of such extent and nature as to render the operation of the remaining Project

 

29


economically infeasible or to require a substantial alteration or reconstruction of such remaining portion, or (ii) the amount of the award payable to Landlord under Section 13.2 below, after deducting all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such taking, is not sufficient to restore the Project (including the Premises) pursuant to Section 13.3 below. Landlord shall elect termination under clause (i) or (ii) above by notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the effective date of such taking or as soon thereafter as possible and such termination shall be operative as of the effective date of such taking. Upon a taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease (other than as to the part of the Premises so taken), the Base Rent shall thereafter be reduced as of the effective date of such taking in the proportion that the RSF of the Premises so taken bears to the total RSF of the Premises.

13.2 Condemnation Proceeds . All compensation awarded or received in connection with a taking shall be the property of Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and all elements of said compensation which Tenant would, in the absence of said assignment, have been entitled to receive. Specifically, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, said assignment is intended to include: (i) the “bonus value” represented by the difference, if any, between Rent under this Lease and market rent for the unexpired Term of this Lease, (ii) the value of improvements to the Premises, whether said improvements were paid for by Landlord or by Tenant, (iii) the value of any trade fixtures paid for by Landlord, and (iv) the value of any and all other items and categories of property for which payment of compensation may be made in any such taking. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award of compensation for loss of or damage to the goodwill of Tenant’s business (but only to the extent the same does not constitute “bonus value”) and for Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease, for any moving or relocation expenses which Tenant is entitled under the law to recover directly from the public agency which acquires the Premises, and any other amounts customarily awarded to or allocated to Tenant, provided that such award and/or allocation will not diminish Landlord’s award. Tenant shall have the right to make a separate claim against the condemning authority for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant, to the extent that it shall not diminish Landlord’s award.

13.3 Restoration of Premises . On a taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease (other than as to the part of the Premises so taken), Landlord and Tenant shall restore the Premises to substantially the condition existing immediately before such taking, to the extent commercially reasonable and as permitted by and subject to then applicable Requirements. Landlord and Tenant shall perform such restoration in accordance with the applicable provisions and allocation of responsibility for repair and restoration of the Premises on damage or destruction pursuant to Article 12 above, and both parties shall use any awards received by such party attributable to the Premises for such purpose.

13.4 Taking at End of Term . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, if the Premises, or any portion thereof or of the Project, are taken within the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking. Such termination shall be effective on the date specified in Landlord’s notice to Tenant, but in no event later than the end of such ninety (90) day period.

 

30


13.5 Tenant Waiver . The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant on any taking of the Premises or any other portion of the Project are governed exclusively by this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law to the contrary, including California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1265.120 and 1265.130, or any similar successor statute.

14. Insurance .

14.1 Liability Insurance . Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, from the Lease Date and throughout the Term, the following insurance:

(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall maintain a policy(ies) of commercial general liability insurance written on an “occurrence” basis, with limits of liability, in the aggregate, of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00). Such policy(ies) shall cover bodily injury, property damage, personal injury, and advertising injury arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to Tenant’s business operations, conduct, assumed liabilities, or use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project, and shall include all the coverages typically provided by the Broad Form Commercial General Liability Endorsement, including broad form property damage coverage (which shall include coverage for completed operations). Tenant’s liability coverage shall further include premises-operations coverage, products liability coverage (if applicable), and products-completed operations coverage It is the parties’ intent that Tenant’s contractual liability coverage provides coverage to the maximum extent possible of Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

(b) Tenant s Workers Compensation and Employer Liability   Coverage . Tenant shall maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by law and employer’s liability insurance with limits of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence.

(c) Tenant s Property Insurance . Tenant shall maintain property insurance coverage, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance for all Alterations, office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise, and all other items of Tenant’s property in, on, at, or about the Premises and the Project. Such policy shall (i) be written on the broadest available “all risk” (special-causes-of-loss) policy form or an equivalent form acceptable to Landlord, (ii) include an agreed-amount endorsement for no less than the full replacement cost (new without deduction for depreciation) of the covered items and property, and (iii) include vandalism and malicious mischief coverage, and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage. Landlord shall be named as a loss payee as its interests may appear on Tenant’s property insurance policies.

(d) Business Interruption, Loss of Income, and Extra Expense   Coverage . Tenant shall maintain business interruption, loss of income, and extra expense insurance covering all direct or indirect loss of income and charges and costs incurred arising out of all perils, failures, or interruptions, including any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment), and the prevention of, or denial of use of or access to, all or part of the Premises or the Project, as a result of those perils, failures, or interruptions. The business interruption, loss of income, and extra expense coverage shall provide coverage for no less than twelve (12) months and shall be carried in amounts necessary to avoid any coinsurance penalty that could apply. The business interruption, loss of income and extra expense coverage shall be issued by the insurer that issues Tenant’s property insurance under Section 14.1(c) above.

 

31


(e) Other Tenant Insurance Coverage . Not more often than once every year and upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to procure and maintain other types of insurance coverage and/or increase the insurance limits set forth above if Landlord determines such increase is required to protect adequately the parties named as insureds or additional insureds under such insurance.

14.2 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance of such policies described in Section 14.1 above shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. All insurance required by this Article 14 shall be issued on an occurrence basis by solvent companies qualified to do business in the State of California, and with a Best & Company rating of A:VIII or better. Any insurance policy under this Article 14 may be maintained under a “blanket policy,” insuring other parties and other locations, so long as the amount and coverage required to be provided hereunder is not thereby diminished. No policy maintained by Tenant under this Article 14 shall contain a deductible which is not commercially reasonable. Tenant shall provide Landlord a certificate of each policy of insurance required hereunder certifying that the policies contain the provisions required. Tenant shall deliver such certificates to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Lease Date, but in no event later than the date that Tenant or any other Tenant Parties first enter the Premises and, upon renewal, not fewer than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of such coverage. In addition, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of each policy of insurance required hereunder upon Landlord’s request. Tenant shall (1) add Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any Encumbrancer, and any other person reasonably requested by Landlord as an additional insured pursuant to an endorsement providing coverage at least as broad as ISO form CG 20 37 10 01 or its equivalent on Tenant’s liability insurance policies (except workers’ compensation insurance), and (2) ensure that such insurance is primary and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall not contribute with it. Tenant shall endeavor to cause all of its insurance policies to provide that the insurer cannot cancel such policy or materially reduce coverage without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to all additional insureds (except in the event of a cancellation as a result of nonpayment, in which event the insurer shall give all additional insureds at least ten (10) days’ prior notice). Tenant shall notify Landlord within ten (10) days after any material reduction of any policy of insurance required under this Article. Any self insurance or self insured retention provisions under, or with respect to, any insurance policies maintained by Tenant hereunder shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which Landlord may give or withhold in its reasonable discretion.

14.3 Vendors Insurance . In addition to any other provision in this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 10 above), Landlord may require Tenant’s vendors and contractors to carry such insurance as Landlord shall deem reasonably necessary.

15. Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Each party, for itself and, without affecting any insurance maintained by such party, on behalf of its insurer, releases and waives any right to recover against the other party, including officers, employees, agents and authorized representatives (whether in contract or tort) of such other party, that arise or result from any and all loss of or damage to any property of the waiving party located within or constituting part of the Building, including the Premises, to the extent of amounts payable under a standard ISO Commercial Property

 

32


insurance policy, or such additional property coverage as the waiving party may carry (with a commercially reasonable deductible), whether or not the party suffering the loss or damage actually carries any insurance, recovers under any insurance or self-insures the loss or damage. Each party shall have their property insurance policies issued in such form as to waive any right of subrogation as might otherwise exist. This mutual waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Lease.

16. Tenant s Waiver of Liability and Indemnification .

16.1 Waiver and Release . Subject to the terms of this Section 16.1, to the fullest extent permitted by Requirements, except for Claims Landlord has expressly agreed to indemnify Tenant for under Section 16.2(a)(ii) below, neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s employees officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and/or members (together, the “Indemnitees”) shall be liable to Tenant, and Tenant waives as against and releases Landlord and the other Indemnitees from, any and all Claims for loss or damage to any property or injury, illness or death of any person in, upon or about the Premises and/or any other portion of the Project, arising at any time and from any cause whatsoever. The foregoing waiver shall apply to (i) Claims caused, in whole or in part, by any third party (including any tenant or other occupant of the Project, or Landlord’s agents, contractors, licensees, invitees or representatives), (ii) Claims caused in whole or in part by any active or passive act, error, omission or ordinary negligence, of Landlord or any other Indemnitee, (iii) Claims in which liability without fault or strict liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed, on Landlord or any other Indemnitee, and (iv) Claims caused, in whole or in part, by earthquake or earth movement, gas, fire, oil, electricity or leakage from the roof, walls, windows, basement or other portion of the Premises or Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing waiver shall not apply: to the extent that a Claim against an Indemnitee was proximately caused by such Indemnitee’s fraud, gross negligence, willful injury to person or property, violation of Requirements or breach of this Lease. In that event, however, the waiver under this Section 16.1 shall remain valid for all other Indemnitees. The provisions of this Section 16.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 16.1 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations. Tenant acknowledges that this Section was negotiated with Landlord, that the consideration for it is fair and adequate, and that Tenant had a fair opportunity to negotiate, accept, reject, modify or alter it.

16.2 Indemnification .

(a) Indemnity .

(i) To the fullest extent permitted by Requirements, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless of and from third party Claims to the extent arising out of or in connection with the following (including, but not limited to, Claims brought by or on behalf of employees of Tenant, with respect to which Tenant waives, for the benefit of the Indemnitees, any immunity to which Tenant may be entitled under any worker’s compensation laws): (a) the making of Alterations, or (b) injury to or death of persons or damage to property occurring or resulting directly or indirectly from: (i) the use or occupancy of, or the conduct of business in, the Premises; (ii) damage to the Building Systems of the Project caused by Tenant; (iii) the use, generation, storage, handling, release, transport, or disposal by Tenant or any other Tenant Parties of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or any other portion of the

 

33


Project; (iv) any other occurrence or condition in or on the Premises; and (v) negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties in or about any portion of the Project. The foregoing indemnification shall not apply in favor of any particular Indemnitee to the extent that a Claim was proximately caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee. In that event, however, the indemnification under this Section 16.2(a)(i) shall remain valid for all other Indemnitees.

(ii) To the fullest extent permitted by Requirements, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Tenant harmless of and from third party Claims to the extent arising out of or in connection with any occurrence, accident or injury within the Common Areas caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, including, but not limited to, Claims brought by or on behalf of employees of Landlord, with respect to which Landlord waives, for the benefit of Tenant, any immunity to which Landlord may be entitled under any worker’s compensation laws. The foregoing indemnification shall not apply in favor of Tenant to the extent that a Claim was proximately caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

(b) Counsel . Each party shall have the right to reasonably approve legal counsel proposed by the other party for defense of any Claim indemnified against hereunder or under any other provision of this Lease.

(c) Survival . The provisions of this Section 16.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 16.2 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

17. Assignment and Subletting .

17.1 Compliance Required . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed: (a) assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise; (b) sublet the Premises or any part thereof; or (c) permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and Tenant Parties (each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a Transfer and are collectively referred to as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is referred to as a “Transferee”). Any Transfer made without complying with this Article 17 shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect. Tenant acknowledges that the limitations on assignment and subletting contained in this Article 17 are expressly authorized by California Civil Code Section 1995.010 et seq., and are fully enforceable by Landlord against Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the term Transfer shall include: (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of a general partner or a majority of the partners, or a transfer of a majority of partnership interests, or the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the partnership, or the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the partnership interests of Tenant; (ii) if Tenant is a limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, of a majority of members, or a transfer of a majority of the membership interests, or the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the limited liability company; and (iii) if Tenant is a corporation, the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than sales on a public stock exchange), or the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s net assets.

 

34


17.2 Request by Tenant; Landlord Response . If Tenant desires to effect an assignment or sublease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a request for consent together with the identity of the parties to the transaction, the nature of the Transferee’s proposed business use for the Premises, the portion of the Premises to be Transferred (the “Subject Space”); the proposed documentation for and terms of the transaction, and all other information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed transaction and the parties involved therein, including certified financial information for the two (2) year period immediately preceding Tenant’s request, credit reports, the business background and references regarding the Transferee, an opportunity to meet and interview the Transferee, and Tenant’s good faith estimate of the amount of Transfer Premium (as defined below), if any, payable in connection with the proposed transaction. Within twenty (20) days after the later of such interview or the receipt of all such information required by Landlord, or within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s request to Landlord if Landlord does not request additional information or an interview, Landlord shall have the right, by notice to Tenant, to: (i) consent to the assignment or sublease, subject to the terms of this Article 17; (ii) decline to consent to the assignment or sublease; or (iii) in the case of a subletting, sublet from Tenant the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet on the terms and conditions set forth in Tenant’s request to Landlord, unless the rent terms exceed the Base Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased payable by Tenant hereunder, in which event only such Base Rent shall be payable by Landlord under such subletting. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, but the execution of a written agreement evidencing such Transfer does not occur within ninety (90) days after the date of such consent, or if the terms of the proposed Transfer materially change from those set forth in Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit a new request for Landlord’s consent, and the Subject Space shall again be subject to Landlord’s rights under this Section 17.2.

17.3 Standards and Conditions for Landlord Approval .

(a) Reasons to Withhold Consent . Without limiting the grounds on which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent in the following instances: (a) if there exists an Event of Default; (b) if the Transferee is a governmental or quasi-governmental agency, foreign or domestic; (c) if the Transferee is an existing tenant in the Building and Landlord has comparable space available in the Project to lease to such existing tenant; (d) if Tenant has not demonstrated to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that the Transferee is financially responsible, with sufficient Net Worth and net current assets, to meet the financial and other obligations of this Lease; (e) if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the Transferee’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises would (i) violate any of the terms of this Lease or the lease of any other tenant in the Project, (ii) not be comparable to and compatible with the types of use by other tenants in the Building, (iii) fall within any category of use for which Landlord would not then lease space in the Building under its leasing guidelines and policies then in effect, (iv) require any Alterations which would reduce the value of the existing leasehold improvements in the Premises, or (v) result in increased density per floor or require increased services by Landlord; (f) in the case of a sublease, it would result in more than three (3) occupancies in the Premises; (g) if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the business reputation of the Transferee is not consistent with that of other tenants of the Building; (h) in the

 

35


case of a sublease, if the rent payable by the subtenant is less than the then prevailing rate being charged by Landlord for the lease of comparable space in the Building; or (i) the Transferee is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives Tenant’s request for consent, to lease space in the Building. If Landlord consents to an assignment or sublease, the terms of such assignment or sublease transaction shall not be modified, and, in the case of a sublease, Tenant shall not voluntarily terminate the sublease, without Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to this Article 17. Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(b) Waiver . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of law, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1995.310, the provisions of which Tenant hereby waives, Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease, and no right to damages for breach of contract, in the event Landlord is determined to have unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent to a proposed sublease or assignment, and Tenant’s sole remedy in such event shall be to obtain a determination reversing the withholding of such consent or finding such consent to be deemed given by virtue of such unreasonable delay.

17.4 Costs and Expenses . As a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer under this Article 17, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its then specified processing fee and all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, actually incurred by Landlord in evaluating Tenant’s requests for consent or notifications for Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents or is required to consent to a Transfer, which shall not exceed $3,500 if Tenant uses Landlord’s standard form of consent agreement without material change. Tenant shall pay the processing fee with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent under Section 17.2. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all reasonable and actual costs and expenses incurred by Landlord due to a Transferee taking possession of the Premises, including freight elevator operation, security service, janitorial service and rubbish removal.

17.5 Payment of Transfer Premium and Other Consideration .

(a) Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium derived by Tenant from such Transfer. The term “Transfer Premium” means all rent, additional rent or other consideration paid by such Transferee (including, but not limited to, payments in excess of fair market value for Tenant’s assets, trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property) for the Subject Space in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (on a monthly basis during the Term, and on a per rentable square foot basis, if less than all of the Premises is Transferred), after deducting Permitted Transfer Costs. As used herein, “Permitted Transfer Costs” means the actual costs incurred and paid by Tenant for (a) any leasing commissions (not to exceed commissions typically paid in the San Francisco office market at the time of such Transfer), (b) reasonable legal fees and expenses in connection with the Transfer, (c) any Alterations to the Subject Space made by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, and (d) marketing expenses and any other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, provided that Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of bills or other documentation substantiating such costs. For purposes of calculating the Transfer Premium when the Transfer Premium is not paid to Tenant in a lump sum, all Permitted Transfer Costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis, without interest, over

 

36


the relevant term of the Transfer. If part of the consideration for such Transfer shall be payable other than in cash, Landlord’s share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant shall enter into multiple Transfers, the Transfer Premium payable to Landlord shall be calculated independently with respect to each Transfer. Payment of the Transfer Premium payable to Landlord hereunder shall be made (1) in the case of a Transfer other than a sublease, within ten (10) days after Tenant or the prior owners of Tenant, as the case may be, receive(s) the consideration described above, and (2) in the case of a sublease, on the first day of each month during the term of such agreement, the Transferee shall pay directly to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of the amount by which the rent, additional rent and other consideration due from the Transferee to Tenant under such lease for such month (less any Permitted Transfer Costs, as amortized on a monthly, straight-line basis over the term of such agreement) exceeds the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease with respect to the Subject Space for such month (calculated on a per rentable square foot basis). In the case of an assignment, Tenant and the assignee shall be jointly and severally liable for payment of any Transfer Premium. Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request, a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and will derive from such Transfer.

(b) Audit . Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of Tenant’s calculation of the Transfer Premium. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times with advance written notice to Tenant to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to an assignment or sublease, and shall have the right to make copies thereof, subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth herein and during normal business hours, and provided that no period may be audited more than once. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found to be understated, Tenant shall pay the deficiency within thirty (30) days after demand, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay the costs of Landlord’s audit.

17.6 Assumption of Obligations; Further Restrictions on Subletting . Each assignee shall, concurrently with any assignment, assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Each sublease shall be made subject to this Lease and all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained herein. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or the termination of this Lease in accordance with its terms, shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases. No sublessee (other than Landlord) shall have the right further to sublet. Any assignment by a sublessee of its sublease shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent in the same manner as an assignment by Tenant. No sublease, once consented to by Landlord, shall be modified or terminated (other than pursuant to the express terms thereof) without Landlord’s prior consent. No assignment or sublease shall be binding on Landlord unless the transferee delivers to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of the assignment or sublease which contains (i) in the case of an assignment, the assumption by the assignee as required under this Section, or (ii) in the case of a sublease, recognition by the sublessee, of the provisions of this Section 17.6, and which assignment or sublease shall otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, but the failure or refusal of a transferee to deliver such instrument shall not release or discharge such transferee from the provisions and obligations of this Section 17.6, and shall constitute an Event of Default.

 

37


17.7 Landlord’s Recapture Right . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall have the following option with respect to any assignment, sublease or other transfer (other than to a Related Company) proposed by Tenant:

(i) By written notice to Tenant (the “Recapture Notice”) within thirty (30) days after receiving Tenant’s written request for consent to any Transfer to recapture the Subject Space, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space. A timely Recapture Notice terminates this Lease with respect to the Subject Space, effective as of the effective date of transfer specified in Tenant’s written request to Landlord for consent to any Transfer. After such termination, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into a lease with the party to the Transfer proposed by Tenant.

(ii) To determine the new Base Rent under this Lease in the event Landlord recaptures the Subject Space without terminating this Lease as to all of the Premises, the original Base Rent under the Lease shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the RSF of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlord’s recapture and the denominator of which is the total RSF of the Premises before Landlord’s recapture. Additional Rent, to the extent that it is calculated on the basis of the RSF of the Premises, shall be reduced to reflect Tenant’s proportionate share based on the RSF of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlord’s recapture. This Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and affect. Either party may require a written confirmation of the amendments to this Lease necessitated by Landlord’s recapture of the Subject Space. If Landlord recaptures the Subject Space, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, construct any partitions required to segregate the Subject Space from the remaining Premises retained by Tenant.

17.8 No Release . No assignment or sublease shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, whether arising before or after the assignment or sublease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Article 17. On an Event of Default by any assignee of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee. No consent by Landlord to any further assignments or sublettings of this Lease, or to any modification, amendment or termination of this Lease, or to any extension, waiver or modification of payment or any other obligations under this Lease, or any other action by Landlord with respect to any assignee or sublessee, or the insolvency, bankruptcy or Event of Default of any such assignee or sublessee, shall affect the continuing liability of Tenant for its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant waives any defense arising out of or based thereon, including any suretyship defense of exoneration. Landlord shall have no obligation to notify Tenant or obtain Tenant’s consent with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

17.9 No Encumbrance; No Change in Permitted Use . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 17, (i) Tenant shall have no right to encumber, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease, or any of Tenant’s interest or rights hereunder, as security for any obligation or liability of Tenant, and (ii) Tenant shall have no right to propose (and Landlord shall have no obligation to consider or approve) any assignment or subletting which entails any change in the Permitted Use. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that Tenant shall not, and Tenant has no right to, encumber, pledge, or hypothecate any Alterations, including fixtures.

 

38


17.10 Right to Assign or Sublease Without Landlord s Consent .

(a) Sale of Stock on Public Exchange . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 17.1 above, the provisions of this Article shall not apply to (i) the transfer of stock in Tenant so long as Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, which stock is listed on a national or regional stock exchange or over the counter stock exchange, or (ii) the issuance of stock in Tenant in a public offering.

(b) Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 17.1 above, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, but with prior notice to Landlord, to assign this Lease to, or sublease the Premises to, or permit occupancy of the Premises by, a Related Company; provided that (i) the original Tenant named herein shall be the assignor or sublessor; (ii) at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or sublease, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as a transaction under this Section 17.10(b); (iii) the assignment or sublease under this Section 17.10(b) is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not as a subterfuge to evade the obligations and restrictions relating to transfers set forth in this Article 17; (iv) the proposed transferee’s use of the Premises shall be the Permitted Use; (v) in the case of an assignment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to the effective date of the assignment, an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the assignment and assumption by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and (vi) in the case of a sublease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to the effective date of the sublease, an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the assumption by the subtenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to the subleased premises. The effectuation of any transaction under this Section 17.10(b) shall be subject to Sections 17.4, 17.6, 17.8 and 17.9 above, but shall not be subject to compliance with Sections 17.5 or Section 17.7 above.

18. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe and comply, and shall cause the other Tenant Parties to observe and comply, with the Rules and Regulations, and, after notice thereof, with all reasonable, non-discriminatory modifications and additions thereto from time to time promulgated in writing by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant, or any of the other Tenant Parties, for noncompliance with any Rules and Regulations by any other tenant, sublessee, or other occupant of the Project and their respective employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations against all occupants of the Project in a nondiscriminatory manner.

19. Entry of Premises by Landlord; Modification to Common Areas .

19.1 Entry of Premises . Subject to the conditions below and Tenant’s reasonable security requirements and procedures, including without limitation, the requirement to execute Tenant’s commercially reasonable nondisclosure agreement (provided that janitorial or maintenance contractors employed by Landlord in the operation and maintenance of the Building may execute a single commercially reasonable nondisclosure agreement covering all of their employees and agents who will have access to the Premises), Landlord and its authorized agents, employees, and

 

39


contractors may, upon not less than one (1) Business Days’ prior notice thereof to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, regularly scheduled maintenance or janitorial services, or in response to a specific Tenant request for service), enter the Premises at reasonable times, to: (i) inspect the same; (ii) exhibit the same to prospective purchasers, Encumbrancers or tenants; (iii) supply any services to be provided by Landlord hereunder; (iv) post notices of nonresponsibility or other notices permitted or required by law; and (v) make repairs, improvements or alterations, or perform maintenance in or to, the Premises or any other portion of the Project, including the Building Systems. Landlord may also grant access to the Premises to government or utility representatives and bring and use on or about the Premises such equipment as Landlord deems reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of Landlord’s entry under this Section 19.1. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable during any entry by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees, and contractors upon the Premises. Landlord shall have and retain keys with which to unlock all of the doors in or to the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, including secure areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord requires entry to the Premises (other than in event of an emergency) with any third parties other than those persons who provide routine or regularly scheduled services or property management services to the Building, Landlord shall notify Tenant as required by this Section and Tenant reserves the right (to be exercised at the time of Landlord’s notice of such entry) to designate a representative of Tenant to accompany Landlord and such third parties during such entry upon the Premises.

19.2 Modifications to Common Areas . Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time, to: (i) make changes to the Common Areas and/or the Project, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of any Common Area amenity, installation or improvement, such as the driveways, entrances, Parking Facility, ingress, egress, direction of driveways, entrances, hallways, corridors, lobby areas and walkways; (iii) close temporarily any of the Common Areas and/or the Project for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (iv) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas and/or the Project (including, without limitation, elevators, stairways and stairwells, etc.) or remove existing buildings or improvements therefrom; (v) use the Common Areas and/or the Project while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or any portion thereof; and (vi) do and perform any other acts, alter or expand, or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and/or the Project as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem to be appropriate; provided, however, Tenant shall at all times have reasonable access to the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to install, use, maintain, repair, relocate and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to the Premises or to other parts of the Project which are above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Project that are located within the Premises or located elsewhere in the Project. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to utilize portions of the Common Areas from time to time for entertainment, displays, product shows, leasing of kiosks or such other uses that in Landlord’s sole judgment tend to attract the public. Upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord also shall have the right to modify Tenant’s signage on the building directory as set forth in Section 31.1 to conform to any alterations to the overall design for the Project made by Landlord.

 

40


19.3 Waiver of Claims . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in connection with Landlord’s activities under this Article 19, may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Premises and/or the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Premises and/or the Project, which work may create noise, dust, vibration, odors or leave debris in the Premises and/or the Project. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable during any entry by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees, and contractors upon the Premises. Without limiting the generality of Section 15 above and Landlord’s obligation to use such commercially reasonable efforts to minimize such interference, so long as Tenant has access to the Premises at all times, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord’s activities under this Article 19 shall in no way constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Without limiting Section 15 above, Section 22.2 below or Landlord’s obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises to the extent reasonably practicable as set forth above, so long as Tenant has access to the Premises at all times, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from Landlord’s activities under this Article 19, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or loss of use of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from Landlord’s activities hereunder, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such activities, unless such damages were caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

20. Default and Remedies .

20.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:

(i) Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due, unless such failure is cured within three (3) Business Days after notice of such default from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, an Event of Default shall occur hereunder without any obligation of Landlord to give any notice if Tenant fails to make any payment within three (3) Business Days after Landlord has given Tenant written notice under this Section 20.1(i) on more than one (1) occasion during the twelve (12) month interval preceding such failure by Tenant; or

(ii) Tenant fails to obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any Transfer in violation of Article 17; or

(iii) Tenant fails to deliver evidence of insurance, an estoppel certificate, or financial statements to Landlord within the time periods required by Article 14 and Sections 23.1 and 33.20, respectively, unless such failure to delivery is cured within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s notice of such default to Tenant; or

(iv) Tenant fails to remove any lien or encumbrance arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant within the time period required by Article 11, unless such failure is cured within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s notice of such default to Tenant; or

 

41


(v) Tenant fails to observe or perform any other agreement or covenant of this Lease, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord; provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred if Tenant promptly commences such cure within said period of thirty (30) days, thereafter diligently pursues and completes such cure within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s written notice; or

(vi) Tenant (i) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to such person or entity or with respect to any substantial part of their respective property; or

(vii) Without consent by Tenant, a court or government authority enters an order, and such order is not vacated within thirty (30) days, (i) appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to such person or entity or with respect to any substantial part of their respective property, or (ii) constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, or (iii) ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of such person or entity; or

(viii) This Lease or any estate of Tenant hereunder is levied upon under any attachment or execution and such attachment or execution is not vacated within thirty (30) days.

If Tenant defaults under any particular provision of this Lease on two (2) separate occasions during any 12-month period, Tenant’s subsequent violation of such provision shall, at Landlord’s option, be an incurable Event of Default. The notice periods provided in Section 20.1(i) through Section 20.1(viii) above are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Applicable Law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

20.2 Landlord s Remedies Upon Occurrence of Event of Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive) without any notice or demand:

(a) Termination . Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

 

42


(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law.

As used in Sections 20.2(a)(i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 20.2(a)(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%. For the purpose of determining unpaid Rent under Sections 20.2 (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the Rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the total Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease. For purposes of computing the amount of Rent hereunder that would have accrued after the time of award, the amount of increases in Escalation Rent shall be projected based upon the average rate of increase, if any, in Escalation Rent through the time of award.

(b) Civil Code Section 1951.4 . Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(c) Other Remedies . Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 20.2(a) and 20.2(b), above, or any Applicable Law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by Applicable Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

20.3 Sublease of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default as set forth in this Article 20, Landlord shall have the right, to (a) terminate any sublease, license, concession or other occupancy agreement entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises, or, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, or (b) succeed to Tenant’s

 

43


interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or other agreements. If Landlord elects to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or other agreements, Tenant shall, as of the date of Landlord’s notice of such election, have no further right to or interest in the Rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

20.4 Effort to Relet . Unless Landlord provides Tenant with express written notice to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Landlord shall (a) be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, or (b) operate to release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder.

20.5 Landlord s Right to Cure Defaults . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, at its option, take any reasonable action to cure the Event of Default, without waiving its rights and remedies against Tenant or releasing Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of an emergency or other circumstance in which Tenant’s failure to take immediate action may result in injury to persons or damage to property, Landlord may, at its option, take any reasonable action to perform any obligation of Tenant, after first giving such prior notice to Tenant and an opportunity for Tenant to cure as may be reasonable under the circumstances. All reasonable out-of-pocket costs actually paid by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations as set forth in this Section 20.5 plus a supervision fee equal to five percent (5%) of the first $100,000 in costs of performing the obligation and one percent (1%) of costs in excess of $100,000, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand. If Landlord enters the Premises, or any portion thereof, in order to effect cure hereunder, Tenant waives all Claims which may be caused by Landlord’s so entering the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord, and the other Indemnitees harmless from and against third party Claims resulting from any actions of Landlord to perform obligations on behalf of Tenant hereunder, except in each case to the extent due to any gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Landlord or any other Indemnitee(s). No entry by Landlord to the Premises or obligations performed by Landlord in the Premises under this Section 20.5 shall constitute a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises, or any portion thereof.

20.6 Waiver of Forfeiture . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming by, through or under Tenant, the provisions of Section 3275 of the California Civil Code and Sections 1174(c) and 1179 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any rights, now or hereafter existing, to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, this Lease or Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

20.7 Landlord s Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s alleged failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Except any termination rights expressly set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or rescind this

 

44


Lease as a result of Landlord’s failure to perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease. Tenant hereby waives such remedies of termination and rescission and hereby agrees that Tenant’s remedies for Landlord’s failure to perform hereunder and for breach of any promise or inducement shall be limited to the remedies set forth in this Section 20.8 and suit for damages and/or injunction.

21. Subordination, Attornment and Nondisturbance .

21.1 Subordination and Attornment . Landlord represents that the Project is currently not encumbered by any Encumbrances as of the Lease Date. This Lease and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder shall be automatically subordinate to any and all Encumbrances, to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, and to any and all advances made or hereafter made on the security thereof or Landlord’s interest therein, unless an Encumbrancer requires in writing that this Lease be superior to its Encumbrance; provided, that, so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period, its right to possession and the other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other exercise of remedies by the holder of any Encumbrance. If any proceeding is brought for the foreclosure of any such Encumbrance (or if by deed in lieu of foreclosure the Property is obtained by Encumbrancer or any purchaser, or if any ground lease is terminated), then (i) Tenant shall attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the Encumbrancer or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor) and (ii) Tenant shall recognize such purchaser or Encumbrancer as the “Landlord” under this Lease, provided that such Encumbrancer agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any Encumbrancer. The provisions of this Section 21.1 shall be self-operative without execution of any further instruments; provided, however, within ten (10) Business Days after request by Landlord or any Encumbrancer, Tenant shall execute such further commercially reasonable instruments or assurances which are consistent with the provisions of this Article 21 to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such Encumbrance; provided, that, such instrument or assurance shall provide that so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period, its right to possession and the other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other exercise of remedies by the holder of any Encumbrance. Tenant waives the provisions of any Requirement which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding, deed in lieu thereof or sale. Tenant agrees with Encumbrancer that if Encumbrancer or any foreclosure sale purchaser shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Encumbrancer shall not be (i) liable for any action or omission of any prior Landlord under this Lease (except for any acts or omissions of which Encumbrancer had received notice in writing, and are continuing), (ii) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord (except for any offsets or defenses of which Encumbrancer had received notice in writing, and are continuing), (iii) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior Landlord, or (iv) liable for any Deposit or Letter of Credit (each as defined below) not actually received by such Encumbrancer. Tenant agrees that the foregoing list may be expanded in connection with the execution of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement by and among Landlord, Tenant and Encumbrancer, to include additional commercially reasonable limitations on the Encumbrancer’s liability.

 

45


21.2 Notice to Encumbrancer . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 28, upon receipt by Tenant of notice from any Encumbrancer or from Landlord, which notice sets forth the address of such Encumbrancer, no notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to such Encumbrancer at the appropriate address therefor (as specified in the above-described notice or at such other places as may be designated from time to time in a notice to Tenant in accordance with Article 28), and the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by such Encumbrancer within a reasonable period of time after such notice from Tenant (including a reasonable period of time to obtain possession of the Building if such Encumbrancer elects to do so) shall be treated as performance by Landlord.

21.3 Rent Payment Direction . From and after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from an Encumbrancer or from a receiver appointed pursuant to the terms of an Encumbrance (a “Rent Payment Direction”), Tenant shall pay all Rent under this Lease to such Encumbrancer or as such Encumbrancer shall direct in writing. Tenant shall comply with any Rent Payment Direction notwithstanding any contrary instruction, direction or assertion from Landlord. An Encumbrancer’s delivery to Tenant of a Rent Payment Direction, or Tenant’s compliance therewith, shall not be deemed to: (i) cause such Encumbrancer to succeed to or to assume any obligations or responsibilities of Landlord under this Lease, all of which shall continue to be performed and discharged solely by Landlord unless and until such Encumbrancer or a foreclosure sale purchaser succeeds to Landlord’s interest hereunder, or (ii) relieve Landlord of any obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall be entitled to rely on any Rent Payment Direction, and Landlord irrevocably directs Tenant to comply with any Rent Payment Direction, notwithstanding any contrary direction, instruction, or assertion by Landlord.

22. Sale or Transfer by Landlord; Lease Non-Recourse .

22.1 Release of Landlord on Transfer . Landlord may at any time transfer, in whole or in part, its right, title and interest under this Lease and/or in the Project, or any portion thereof. If the original Landlord hereunder, or any successor to such original Landlord, transfers (by sale, assignment or otherwise) its right, title or interest in the Building and such successor accepts, all liabilities and obligations of the original Landlord or such successor under this Lease, from and after the date of such transfer, shall terminate as of the date of such transfer, the original Landlord or such successor shall automatically be released therefrom as of the date of such transfer, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations from and after the date of such transfer shall only be binding upon the new owner. Tenant shall attorn to each such new owner. If in connection with any transfer effected by the then Landlord hereunder, such Landlord transfers any Deposit, Letter of Credit or other security provided by Tenant to Landlord for the performance of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, then such Landlord shall be released from any further responsibility or liability for such Deposit, Letter of Credit or other security.

22.2 Lease Nonrecourse to Landlord; Limitation of Liability . Landlord’s liability to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating

 

46


to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount that is equal to the lesser of (i) the interest of Landlord in the Project including without limitation rents and condemnation and insurance proceeds from the Project, and Landlord’s equity interest in the Project, or (ii) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the fair market value of the Project. None of the employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, and trustees comprising either Landlord or Tenant shall have any personal liability for any default by Landlord or Tenant under this Lease, and Tenant and Landlord hereby expressly waive and release such personal liability. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord, Tenant nor any of their respective employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, and trustees shall be liable under any circumstances for any indirect or consequential damages or any injury or damage to, or interference with business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring; provided, however, the foregoing waiver shall not apply to Tenant’s indemnity obligations under Section 25 of this Lease or the parties obligations under Section 33.33 below. For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing waiver shall apply to all of the parties’ indemnity obligations under this Lease other than as set forth in Section 25 below. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 22.2 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective present and future employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, and trustees and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

23. Estoppel Certificate .

23.1 Procedure and Content . Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and identifying each modification); (ii) the Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date if such date is not specified as a date certain in the Basic Lease Information, and the Expiration Date; (iii) that Tenant has accepted the Premises (or the reasons Tenant has not accepted the Premises); (iv) the amount of the Base Rent and current Escalation Rent, if any, and the date to which such Rent has been paid; (v) that there exists no Event of Default, except as to any Events of Default specified in the certificate; (vi) that no default of Landlord under this Lease is claimed by Tenant, except as to any defaults specified in the certificate; and (vii) such other matters as may be requested by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall attach to any such certificate a copy of this Lease, and any amendments thereto, and include in such certificate a statement by Tenant that such attachment is a true, correct and complete copy of this Lease, including all modifications thereto. In addition, at Landlord’s request, any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord certificates as specified by Landlord reaffirming such guarantor’s guaranty of Tenant’s obligations.

23.2 Effect of Certificate . Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of any part or interest in the Project or Encumbrancer and, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver such certificate to any such person or entity.

 

47


24. No Light, Air, or View Easement . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed, either expressly or by implication, to create any easement for light and air or access to any view. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view to or from the Premises by any structure which now exists or which may hereafter be erected, whether by Landlord or any other person or entity, shall in no way affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent, or impose any liability on Landlord. Further, under no circumstances at any time during the Term shall any temporary darkening of any windows of the Premises or any temporary obstruction of the light or view therefrom by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project in any way impose any liability upon Landlord or in any way reduce or diminish Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

25. Holding Over . No holding over by Tenant past the Expiration Date shall operate to extend the Term. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or termination of this Lease: (i) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon all the applicable terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Base Rent shall be increased to (a) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent in effect during the last month of the Term for the first month of holdover, (b) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent in effect for the last month of the Term for the second (2nd) through sixth (6th) months of holdover, and (c) two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent in effect during the last month of the Term thereafter; Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord, the other Indemnitees, and any tenant to whom Landlord has leased all or part of the Premises from Claims (including loss of rent loss to Landlord or additional rent payable by such tenant and reasonable attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Landlord, such other Indemnitees, or such tenant resulting from Tenant’s failure timely to vacate the Premises; and (iii) such holding over by Tenant shall constitute an Event of Default. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent if and after Tenant holds over shall not convert Tenant’s tenancy at sufferance to any other form of tenancy or result in a renewal or extension of the Term of this Lease, unless otherwise specified by written notice from Landlord to Tenant. Within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s request, Landlord shall provide Tenant a written notice setting forth any leases or other occupancy agreements for the Premises or any portion thereof entered into by Landlord as of the date of such request and which will commence after the expiration of the term of this Lease and for which Landlord may suffer Claims if Tenant fails to timely vacate the Premises.

26. Security Deposit .

26.1 Delivery of Security Deposit . Within five (5) business days of Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, either a cash security deposit in the Deposit Amount or an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   D and containing the terms required herein, payable upon presentation to an operating retail branch located in San Francisco, California, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized bank with a long term rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service or higher, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a national banking association, in the Deposit Amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information. The Letter of Credit or cash security deposit, as the case may be, shall be referred to herein as the “Security Deposit”. The Letter of Credit shall (a) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (b) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal (pursuant to a so-called “evergreen provision”) or extension, for the period

 

48


from the Commencement Date and continuing until the date that is ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Term or the date of termination of the Lease (the “LC Expiration Date”), and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit, certificate of renewal or extension amendment at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (c) be fully transferrable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (d) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (e) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #600, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same (the “Bank”)) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that the Bank which issued the Letter of Credit has become financially unacceptable because the above requirements are not met or the Bank has filed bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings or is placed into a receivership or conservatorship, or the financial condition of the Bank has changed in any other materially adverse way, then Tenant shall have thirty (30) days to provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements of this Article 26. If Tenant does not so provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit within such thirty (30) day period, then Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw upon the then current Letter of Credit. In addition to Landlord’s rights to draw upon the Letter as otherwise described in this Article 26, Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is an obligation of Tenant under the Lease that is past-due beyond applicable notice and cure periods under the terms and conditions of this Lease; (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code, (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (E) Tenant has failed to deliver a new Letter of Credit or amendment to the existing Letter of Credit increasing the stated amount as required under the terms of this Lease. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s fees in connection with the issuance of any Letter of Credit, certificate of renewal or extension amendment. At any time, Tenant may replace the Letter of Credit with a cash Security Deposit (at which time Landlord shall concurrently return the Letter of Credit) or replace a cash Security Deposit with a Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of this Article 26 (at which time Landlord shall concurrently return the cash Security Deposit).

26.2 Transfer of Security Deposit . The Letter of Credit shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor arising after such transfer, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the Security Deposit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

 

49


26.3 In General . If, for any reason, (a) the amount of the Security Deposit becomes less than the Deposit Amount, subject to reduction in accordance with Section 26.6 below, or (b) the Deposit Amount is required to be increased under any terms and conditions of this Lease, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days thereafter provide Landlord with an additional cash Security Deposit or additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Deposit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 26, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 20.1 above, the same shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease (unless Tenant cures such default within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant). Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Security Deposit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 26, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 26, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due (subject to applicable notice and cure periods) and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has actually suffered as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (subject to applicable notice and cure periods), including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets, provided that Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages actually suffered by Landlord as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code); provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

26.4 Application of Letter of Credit . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any uncured breach or default on the part of Tenant under

 

50


this Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder, in each case beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained resulting from Tenant’s breach or default, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any Applicable Laws, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and the use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

26.5 Security Deposit . Any cash Security Deposit provided by Tenant and any proceeds drawn under the Letter of Credit and not applied as set forth above shall be held by Landlord as a security deposit (the “Deposit”). No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Deposit, and Landlord shall not be required to keep the Deposit separate from its general accounts. The Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the provisions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease as set forth in Section 20.1, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), and without prejudice to any other remedy available to Landlord, use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord actually suffers thereby, including, without limitation, prospective damages and damages recoverable pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, or any similar or successor laws now or hereinafter in effect, that restrict Landlord’s use or application of the Deposit, or that provide specific time periods for return of the Deposit. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that if Landlord terminates this Lease due to an Event of Default or if Tenant terminates this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, Landlord shall be entitled to hold the Deposit until the amount of damages recoverable pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2 is finally determined. If Landlord uses or applies all or any portion of the Deposit as provided above, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Deposit to the full amount thereof, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, at Landlord’s option, be an Event of Default under this Lease if Tenant does not cure such failure within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. At any time that Landlord is holding proceeds of the Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 26.5, Tenant may deposit a Letter of

 

51


Credit that complies with all requirements of this Article 26, in which event Landlord shall return the Deposit to Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of the Letter of Credit. If Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the Deposit, or so much thereof as has not previously been applied by Landlord, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within ninety (90) days following the later of the expiration of the Term or Tenant’s vacation and surrender of the Premises in accordance with the requirements of this Lease. Landlord’s return of the Deposit or any part thereof shall not be construed as an admission that Tenant has performed all of its obligations under this Lease. Upon termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, if Landlord transfers the Deposit (or the amount of the Deposit remaining after any permitted deductions) to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter notifies Tenant of such transfer and the name and address of the transferee, then Landlord shall be relieved of any further liability with respect to the Deposit that was actually transferred to the successor in interest.

26.6 Burn Down of Deposit Amount . Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, the Deposit Amount shall be subject to reduction in accordance with this Section 26.6. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Measurement Date” shall mean December 31, 2016 and each December 31 thereafter during the Term (including any extension thereof). On or before the date which is forty-five (45) days after each Measurement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (A) financial statements of Tenant (including a balance sheet, statement of cash flows and profit and loss statement) for the calendar year ending on such Measurement Date, together with a certificate of Tenant’s auditor (or if audited financial statements are not available, then a certificate signed by an officer of Tenant) to the effect that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition and operations of Tenant for, and as of the end of, such calendar year and (B) a written statement from an officer of Tenant stating whether as of the particular Measurement Date Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below (collectively, the “Measurement Package”). After receipt of each Measurement Package, Landlord may request (and Tenant shall provide) such additional information as Landlord may reasonably request for Landlord to determine whether Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below.

(a) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Measurement Package for the calendar year ending December 31, 2016 and any additional information as Landlord may reasonably request for Landlord to determine whether Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below, Landlord shall determine in good faith whether Tenant meets each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below. If Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant meets each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below, then thereafter the Deposit Percentage and the Deposit Amount shall be reduced to seventy-five percent (75%) of the original Deposit Amount.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Measurement Package for the calendar year ending December 31, 2017 and any additional information as Landlord may reasonably request for Landlord to determine whether Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below, Landlord shall determine in good faith whether Tenant meets each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below. If Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant meets each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below, then thereafter the Deposit Percentage and the Deposit Amount shall be reduced to fifty percent (50%) of the original Deposit Amount.

 

52


(c) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Measurement Package for the calendar year ending December 31, 2018 and any additional information as Landlord may reasonably request for Landlord to determine whether Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below, Landlord shall determine in good faith whether Tenant meets each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below. If Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant meets each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) below, then thereafter the Deposit Percentage and the Deposit Amount shall be reduced to twenty-five percent (25%) of the original Deposit Amount.

(d) The Security Deposit will only be reduced in accordance with the foregoing Sections if at the applicable Measurement Date, Tenant meets the following criteria:

(i) Tenant has a Net Cash Balance of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000) (or, if Tenant leases any space in the Project in addition to the initial Premises, then at least fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000);

(ii) Tenant has a Financial Rating Ratio of 2.5 or higher; and

(iii) Tenant’s Net Cash Balance shall be greater than an amount equal to Tenant’s Net Cash Flow for the six (6) months prior to the applicable Measurement Date divided by six (6) multiplied by twelve (12).

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant is deemed to have achieved the criteria set forth in this Section 26.6(d)(iii) if Tenant’s average Net Cash Flow for the six (6) months prior to the applicable Measurement Date is positive.

(e) For purposes of this Section 26.6, if Tenant is unable to meet any of the criteria in Section 26.6(d) as of the December 31 set forth in Sections 26.6(a)-(c), then Tenant will not be entitled to reduce the Deposit Amount until the next date on the schedule set forth in Section 26.6(a)-(c).

26.7 Intentionally omitted .

26.8 Increase of Deposit Amount For Failure to Meet Financial Tests . If the Deposit Amount is reduced pursuant to Section 26.6 and within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Measurement Package for any calendar year thereafter and any additional information as Landlord may reasonably request for Landlord to determine whether Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) above, Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) above, then thereafter the Deposit Percentage shall equal one hundred percent (100%) and the Deposit Amount shall be increased to an amount equal to $3,144,640.00. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver any Measurement Package or any additional information as Landlord may reasonably request for Landlord to determine whether Tenant does or does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) above within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant shall be deemed to mean

 

53


that Tenant does not meet each of the criteria set forth in Section 26.6(d) above. If the Deposit Amount is increased pursuant to this Section 26.8, then Tenant shall within ten (10) days thereafter provide Landlord with additional cash or letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the increase (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Deposit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 26, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 20.1 above, the same shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease (unless Tenant cures such default within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant).

26.9 Increase of Deposit Amount Related to Certain Improvements . If at any time, Tenant proposes to construct or install any Specialty Improvement, then Tenant shall obtain a good faith estimate from a licensed contractor of the cost to remove such Specialty Improvement and restore the Premises and the Project to the condition which existed prior to the construction or installation of such Specialty Improvement. Landlord shall promptly approve or reasonably disapprove such estimated cost. Such estimated cost as reasonably approved by Landlord shall be referred to herein as a “Restoration Amount”. Prior to commencement of each Specialty Improvement approved by Landlord in accordance with this Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with additional cash or letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the applicable Restoration Amount (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Deposit Amount plus all Restoration Amounts in the aggregate), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 26, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 20.1 above, the same shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease (unless Tenant cures such default within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant). For purposes of clarification, the reductions of the Deposit Amount set forth in Section 26.6 above shall not apply with respect to any Restoration Amount and the term “Deposit Amount” as used in this Lease shall mean (i) the Deposit Amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information as increased or decreased pursuant to Section 26.6 through 26.8 above from time to time plus (ii) all Restoration Amount(s) in the aggregate.

27. Waiver . Failure by Landlord to declare an Event of Default upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection therewith, shall not waive such Event of Default, but Landlord shall have the right to declare such Event of Default at any time after its occurrence. To be effective, a waiver of any provision of this Lease, or any default, shall be in writing and signed by the waiving party. Any waiver hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of subsequent performance of any such provision or subsequent defaults. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder, or endorsement of any check by Landlord, shall not be deemed to constitute an accord and satisfaction or a waiver of any preceding Event of Default, except as to the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding Event of Default at the time of acceptance of the Rent. No course of conduct between Landlord and Tenant, and no acceptance of the keys to or possession of the Premises by Landlord before the Expiration Date, shall constitute a waiver of any provision of this Lease or of any Event of Default, or operate as a surrender of this Lease.

28. Notices; Tenant s Agent for Service . All notices, approvals, consents, demands and other communications from one party to the other given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be made by personal delivery, by use of a reputable courier service or by deposit in the United States mail, certified, registered or express, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Notices shall be addressed if to Landlord, to Landlord’s Address for Notices set forth in the Basic

 

54


Lease Information, and if to Tenant, to Tenant’s Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Notices shall be effective on the date of receipt if mailed or on the date of hand delivery if hand delivered. If any such notice, approval, consent, demand and other communication is not received or cannot be delivered due to a change in the address of the receiving party of which notice was not previously given to the sending party or due to a refusal to accept by the receiving party, such request, approval, consent, notice or other communication shall be effective on the date delivery is attempted. Landlord and Tenant may each change their respective addresses from time to time by giving written notice to the other of such change in accordance with the terms of this Article 28, at least ten (10) days before such change is to be effected; provided, however, that any such address shall be a street address (and not a post office box). Any notices given in accordance with this Article 28 shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date of personal delivery or (ii) on the earlier of the date of delivery or attempted delivery (as shown by the courier service delivery record or return receipt) if sent by courier service or mailed.

29. Authority . Tenant, and each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant, represents and warrants that (i) Tenant is a duly formed, authorized and existing corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, or other form of entity (as the case may be), (ii) Tenant is qualified to do business in California, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, such certificates, resolutions, or other written assurances authorizing Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, as requested by Landlord from time to time or at any time, in order for Landlord to assess Tenant’s then authority under this Lease.

30. Parking; Transportation .

30.1 Lease of Parking Spaces .

(a) Initial Required Parking Spaces . For so long as Tenant leases the entire Suite 500, Tenant shall be obligated to lease the number of parking spaces in the Parking Facility as specified in the Basic Lease Information. The parking charges for such spaces shall be Two Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars ($225.00) per parking space per month during the Term (the “Parking Charge”). The Parking Charge shall be subject to increase from time to time in an amount that taxes imposed on the use of the parking spaces in the Parking Facility by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority. Parking Charges shall constitute Rent hereunder and shall be payable in advance, at the same time and in the same manner as Base Rent commencing on the Commencement Date.

(b) Additional Required Parking Spaces . In addition to the parking spaces Tenant is required to lease under Section 30.1(a), if Tenant leases the entire eastern half of any floor of the Building (other than Suite 500) and there is no common corridor from the same floor of the Parking Facility to the Common Areas, then for so long as Tenant leases the same, Tenant shall also be obligated to lease all of the parking spaces on the same floor of the Parking Facility (e.g. if Tenant leases the entire eastern half of the sixth (6th) floor of the Building, then Tenant shall also be required to lease all of the parking spaces on the sixth (6th) floor of the Parking Facility). The parking charges for such spaces shall be the Parking Charge.

 

55


(c) Elective Parking Spaces . Any additional month to month parking spaces that Tenant may from time to time request shall be at the Parking Facility’s then-prevailing rate and subject to availability in accordance with Landlord’s customary practices in managing the Parking Facility.

30.2 Use of the Parking Spaces . The use of the parking space shall be for the parking of motor vehicles used by Tenant, its officers, directors, invitees and employees only, and shall be subject to applicable Requirements. Parking spaces may not be assigned or transferred separate and apart from this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant’s rights with respect to all leased parking spaces shall immediately terminate. Further, if Tenant fails to pay Parking Charges when the same shall be due, then, upon written notice from Landlord, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, Tenant’s rights with respect to all leased parking spaces shall immediately terminate. If Tenant’s rights to parking spaces terminate, or if Tenant relinquishes its rights to any parking, Tenant shall not have any right to any such terminated or relinquished parking for the remainder of the Term, and Landlord shall have no obligation to procure substitute parking for Tenant.

30.3 Management of Parking Facility . The Parking Facility shall be subject to the reasonable control and management of Landlord, who may, from time to time, establish, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect thereto. If parking spaces are not assigned pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time to assign parking spaces, and Tenant shall thereafter be responsible to insure that its officers and employees park in the designated areas. Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish to Landlord a complete list of the license plate numbers of all vehicles operated by Tenant, any transferee, or their respective officers and employees. Landlord reserves the right to change, reconfigure, or rearrange the Parking Facility, to reconstruct or repair any portion thereof, and to restrict or eliminate the use of any Parking Facility and do such other reasonable acts in and to such areas as Landlord deems necessary or desirable, without such actions being deemed an eviction of Tenant or a disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises, and without Landlord being deemed in default hereunder, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (without any obligation to engage overtime labor or commence any litigation) to minimize the extent and duration of any resulting interference with Tenant’s parking rights. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, convert the Parking Facility to a reserved and/or controlled parking facility, or operate the Parking Facility (or a portion thereof) as a tandem, attendant assisted and/or valet parking facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities with respect to the Parking Facility to a parking operator, in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control and management granted to Landlord. In such event, Landlord may direct Tenant, in writing, to enter into a parking agreement directly with the operator of the Parking Facility, and to pay some or all of the Parking Charges directly to such operator.

30.4 Waiver of Liability . Subject to Section 15 above, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage of any nature to, or any theft of, vehicles, or contents thereof, in or about the Parking Facility, unless such damage is caused by Landlord’s willful misconduct and provided that the foregoing shall not preclude Tenant from pursuing any claims against any third party who is not Landlord. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause its or any transferee’s officers and employees using Tenant’s parking spaces to execute an agreement confirming the foregoing.

 

56


31. Signs .

31.1 Building Directory . Landlord shall reserve on the directories located within the Building displaying the name of tenants a proportionate amount of space (based on the ratio that the RSF of the Premises bears to the RSF of the entire Building) identifying Tenant’s name. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, perform the initial installation of Tenant’s name on such portion of the building directory (and any change thereto after the initial installation shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost and expense).

31.2 Interior Signage .

(a) Floor Signs . Landlord, at its cost, shall provide and install initial directional signage for Tenant that shall comply with the Building’s standard signage program on each floor of the Building in which the Premises is located. Any subsequent identifying signage shall be procured and installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

(b) Restrictions . Tenant shall not place on any portion of the Premises any sign, poster, placard, lettering, banner, displays, graphic, advertising, or other material that is visible from the exterior of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

31.3 Intentionally omitted .

31.4 Maintenance and Removal . Any signs, once approved by Landlord, shall be installed and removed only in strict compliance with Landlord’s approval and applicable Requirements, at Tenant’s expense, using a contractor first approved by Landlord to install same. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall maintain such sign in good condition and repair during the Term. Landlord may remove any signs (not first approved in writing by Landlord), advertisements, banners, placards or pictures so placed by Tenant on or within the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project and charge to Tenant the cost of such removal, together with any costs incurred by Landlord to repair any damage caused thereby, including any cost incurred to restore the surface upon which such sign was so affixed to its original condition. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s signs, repair any damage caused thereby, and restore the surface upon which the sign was affixed to its original condition, all to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

32. Communications and Computer Lines and Equipment .

32.1 Lines and Equipment . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use its pro rata share of communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, “Lines”) at the Project to serve the Premises, and may install, maintain, replace, remove or use telecommunications or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment (collectively, “Equipment”) in the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s reasonable prior written consent, use the contractor reasonably specified by Landlord (which contractor may, but need not be, the entity managing the Building’s risers), and comply with all of the other provisions of this Lease and such other reasonable rules and procedures as may be established by Landlord from time to time, (ii) Lines and Equipment shall comply with all applicable Requirements and shall be subject to all other provisions of this Lease, (iii) Lines and Equipment shall not cause any electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency, or other interference with the Building Systems or any equipment of any party (including

 

57


any telecommunication or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment and/or system in or serving the Project, its occupants, and/or Landlord), or otherwise interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Project by Landlord or any tenant of the Project (collectively, “Interference”), (iv) Landlord shall allow access to the Building (including the Building’s MPOE room) to Tenant’s telecommunications services and equipment provider in connection with Lines and Equipment subject to the requirement that Tenant or any such third party shall be accompanied by a Landlord representative during any such access, (v) any right granted to Tenant to install, maintain and use Lines and Equipment shall be non-exclusive, (vi) Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs in connection with this Article 32, and (vii) in the case of Lines, (A) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (B) Lines (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (C) in the case of the installation of new Lines, Tenant, at the time of installation, shall label such Lines, on each floor through which they pass, with an identification system reasonably approved by Landlord.

32.2 Interference .

(a) Tenant s Interference . Upon written notice of any Interference, Tenant shall immediately cooperate with Landlord to identify the source of the Interference and shall, within thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord, if reasonably requested by Landlord, cease all operations of Lines and Equipment (except for intermittent testing as approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) until the Interference has been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, unless Tenant reasonably establishes prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period that the Interference is not caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment, in which case, Tenant may operate its Lines or Equipment pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with any tests deemed reasonably necessary to resolve any and all Interference as set forth in this Article if it is determined that Tenant is the source of such Interference. If such Interference has not been corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant of its occurrence, Landlord may (i) require Tenant to remove the specific Line or Equipment causing such Interference pursuant to the terms of Section 32.3(c) below, or (ii) eliminate the Interference at Tenant’s expense, provided such Interference is actually caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment.

(b) Other Party s Interference . If the lines or equipment of any other party causes Interference with Tenant’s Lines or Equipment, Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord and such other party to resolve such Interference in a mutually acceptable manner.

32.3 General Provisions .

(a) Consultation with Landlord . Tenant shall consult with Landlord in advance of any installation of any Lines or Equipment that may cause any Interference at the earliest practicable stage of consideration of such installation.

(b) Landlord s Rights . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not have the obligation to, reasonably direct, monitor, and/or supervise the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of any Lines or Equipment. The foregoing sentence shall not be a limitation to any other rights Landlord may have under applicable Requirements or otherwise.

 

58


(c) Removal . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, upon reasonable written notice, to remove any Lines or Equipment located in or serving the Premises which (i) are or were installed in violation of these provisions, or (ii) are at any time in violation of any applicable Requirements, or (iii) present a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition, or (iv) present a threat to the structural integrity of the Building, or (v) threaten to overload the capacity of, or affect the temperature otherwise maintained by, the air conditioning system, or the capacity of the Building’s electrical system, or (vi) have caused Interference that has not been corrected in accordance with Section 32.2(a) above. In addition, Tenant shall remove Lines and Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with Section 33.13 below. The removal of Lines or Equipment shall be performed by the contractor specified by Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove any Lines or Equipment as required by Landlord in a diligent and expeditious manner, or if Tenant violates any other provision of this Article 32, Landlord may, after three (3) days’ written notice to Tenant, remove such Lines and/or Equipment, as the case may be, or remedy such other violation, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies available under this Lease or applicable Requirements); provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to remove any such Lines and/or Equipment immediately, without notice to Tenant, in the event of an emergency.

(d) Approval by Landlord . Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, Lines and Equipment, the plans, specifications or drawings related thereto or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, or service provider, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord further disclaims all responsibility for the condition, security or utility of Lines and Equipment, and makes no representation regarding the suitability of any such Lines or Equipment for Tenant’s intended use or the adequacy or fitness of the Building Systems for any such Lines or Equipment.

(e) Waiver of Claims . Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that Tenant’s use of any Lines or Equipment will be free from, the following: (i) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines and/or Equipment by or for other tenants or occupants of the Project, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines and/or Equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines and/or Equipment by any other cause; (ii) any failure of any Lines and/or Equipment to satisfy Tenant’s requirements; (iii) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties; or (iv) any Interference with Tenant’s Lines and/or Equipment caused by the lines and/or equipment of any other party, unless caused by Landlord’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. Tenant waives any right to claim that any occurrence described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above constitutes grounds for a claim of abatement of Rent, actual or constructive eviction, or termination of this Lease.

(f) Acknowledgment . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant lease rights, licenses, and other rights to other tenants and occupants of the Project and to telecommunications service providers.

 

59


(g) No Solicitation . Tenant shall not solicit, suffer, or permit other tenants or occupants of the Project to use its Lines or Equipment (including, without limitation, its wireless intranet, Internet and other communications network).

(h) Labeling . All Lines installed by Tenant shall be properly labeled with an identification system reasonably approved by Landlord.

33. Miscellaneous .

33.1 No Joint Venture . This Lease does not create any partnership or joint venture or similar relationship between Landlord and Tenant.

33.2 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 17 regarding assignment, all of the provisions, terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

33.3 Construction and Interpretation . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” include the plural as well as the singular. If there is more than one person comprising Tenant, the obligations under this Lease imposed on Tenant are joint and several. References to a party or parties refer to Landlord or Tenant, or both, as the context may require. The captions preceding the Articles, Sections and subsections of this Lease are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall have no effect upon, and shall be disregarded in connection with, the construction and interpretation of this Lease. Use in this Lease of the words “including,” “such as,” or words of similar import, when following a general matter, shall not be construed to limit such matter to the enumerated items or matters whether or not language of nonlimitation (such as “without limitation”) is used with reference thereto. All provisions of this Lease have been negotiated at arm’s length between the parties and after advice by counsel and other representatives chosen by each party and the parties are fully informed with respect thereto. Therefore, this Lease shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship or alleged authorship of any provision hereof, or by reason of the status of the parties as Landlord or Tenant, and the provisions of this Lease and the Exhibits hereto shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning in order to effectuate the intent of the parties under the terms of this Lease.

33.4 Severability . If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or its application to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect, unless enforcement of this Lease as so invalidated would be unreasonable or grossly inequitable under the circumstances, or would frustrate the purposes of this Lease.

33.5 Entire Agreement . This Lease and the Exhibits hereto identified in the Basic Lease Information contain all of the representations and warranties and the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and any prior negotiations, correspondence, memoranda, agreements, representations or warranties are replaced in total by this Lease and the Exhibits hereto. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members have made any warranties or representations with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project, except as expressly

 

60


set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that all brochures and informational materials, as well as all communications from Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, and members prior to the execution of this Lease, including without limitation, statements as to the identity or number of other tenants in the Project, the lease terms applicable to any such tenants or potential tenants, anticipated levels (or any matters which may affect anticipated levels) of expected business or foot traffic, demographic data, the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s intended uses, and estimates of Escalation Rent, are and were made for informational purposes only, and Tenant agrees that such communications (i) are not and shall not be construed to be representations or warranties of Landlord, Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, or members as to the matters communicated, (ii) have not and will not be relied upon by Tenant, and (iii) have been the subject of independent investigation by Tenant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant is not relying on any representation, and Landlord does not represent, that any specific retail or office tenant or occupant or number of tenants shall occupy any space or remain open for business in the Project at any time during the Term, and Landlord reserves the right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord shall determine in the exercise of its sole judgment.

33.6 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California.

33.7 Costs and Expenses .

(a) Attorneys Fees . If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then the party failing to so perform or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such failure and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Lease shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.

(b) Reimbursement of Landlord s Costs . Whenever Tenant provides notice to Landlord, requests Landlord’s consent under this Lease, or submits documents to Landlord for Landlord’s review, including, without limitation, under Articles 10 or 17 hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, actually incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, provided that, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall give Tenant an estimate of such costs and expenses.

33.8 Standards of Performance and Approvals . Unless otherwise provided in this Lease, whenever approval, consent or satisfaction (collectively, an “approval”) is required of a party pursuant to this Lease or an Exhibit hereto, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Unless provision is made for a specific time period, approval (or disapproval) shall be given within thirty (30) days after receipt of the request for approval. Nothing

 

61


contained in this Lease shall limit the right of a party to act or exercise its business judgment in a subjective manner with respect to any matter as to which it has been (i) specifically granted such right, (ii) granted the right to act in its sole discretion or sole judgment, or (iii) granted the right to make a subjective judgment hereunder, whether “objectively” reasonable under the circumstances, and any such exercise shall not be deemed inconsistent with any covenant of good faith and fair dealing implied by law to be part of this Lease. The parties have set forth in this Lease their entire understanding with respect to the terms, covenants, conditions and standards pursuant to which their obligations are to be judged and their performance measured, including the provisions of Article 17 with respect to assignments and sublettings.

33.9 Brokers . Landlord shall pay to each of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker a commission in connection with such brokers’ negotiation of this Lease to the extent set forth in a separate written agreement. Other than such brokers, Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that no broker, agent, or finder has procured, or was involved in the negotiation of, this Lease and no such broker, agent or finder is or may be entitled to a fee, commission or other compensation in connection with this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other harmless from and against Claims that may be asserted against the indemnified party in breach of the foregoing warranty and representation.

33.10 Memorandum of Lease . Tenant shall, upon request of Landlord or any Encumbrancer, execute, acknowledge and deliver a short form memorandum of this Lease (and any amendment hereto) in form suitable for recording. In no event shall this Lease or any memorandum thereof be recorded by Tenant.

33.11 Quiet Enjoyment . Upon paying the Rent and performing all its obligations under this Lease, Tenant may peacefully and quietly enjoy the Premises during the Term as against all persons or entities claiming by or through Landlord, subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease.

33.12 Force Majeure . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if either party is unable to perform or delayed in performing any of its obligations under this Lease on account of strikes, lockouts, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels, energy or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, governmental controls, moratorium, actions or inaction (including, without limitation, failure, refusal or delay in issuing permits, approvals or other authorizations), civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, national emergency, acts of war or terrorism, injunction or court order, or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of such party (except financial inability) (each a “Force Majeure Event”), such party shall not be in default under this Lease and such inability or delay by Landlord shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 33.12 shall (a) relieve Tenant from the obligation to timely pay Rent under this Lease, or (b) permit Tenant to holdover in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

33.13 Surrender of Premises . Upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quietly and peacefully surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition called for by this Lease, shall deliver to Landlord any keys to the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and shall provide to Landlord the combination or code of locks on all safes, cabinets, vaults

 

62


and security systems in the Premises. On or before the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall remove all of its personal property from the Premises and repair all damage to the Project caused by such removal. In addition, Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall remove all Lines installed by or for Tenant that are located within the Premises or, in the case of Lines exclusively serving the Premises, anywhere in the Project, including, without limitation, the Building plenum, risers and all conduits, and repair all damage to the Project caused by such removal as follows: (i) in the case of the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall remove such Lines and repair such damage on or before the Expiration Date, unless Landlord notifies Tenant, at least thirty (30) days prior to the Expiration Date, that such Lines shall be surrendered with the Premises; and (ii) in the case of the earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove such Lines and repair such damage promptly after receipt of a notice from Landlord requiring such removal and repair. Any Lines not required to be removed pursuant to this Section shall become the property of Landlord (without payment by Landlord), and shall be surrendered in good condition and working order, lien free, and properly labeled with an identification system reasonably approved by Landlord. All personal property of Tenant not removed hereunder shall be deemed, at Landlord’s option, to be abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, without any liability to Tenant for loss or damage thereto or loss of use thereof, store such property in Tenant’s name at Tenant’s expense and/or dispose of the same in any manner permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, except for Lines and Equipment (which shall be removed in accordance with Section 32 above), Tenant shall have no obligations to remove any improvements or Alterations made to the Premises that are not Specialty Improvements.

33.14 Name of Building; Address . Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to select the name of the Project or the Building and to make a change or changes to the name(s). Landlord shall have the right to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project and/or the Building as Landlord may desire in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not refer to the Project or the Building by any name other than: (i) the names as selected by Landlord (as same may be changed from time to time), or (ii) the postal address approved by the United States Post Office. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or the Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or the Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall, in connection with all correspondence, mail or deliveries made to or from the Premises, use the official Building address specified from time to time by Landlord.

33.15 Exhibits . The Exhibits specified in the Basic Lease Information are by this reference made a part hereof.

33.16 Survival of Obligations . The waivers of claims or rights, the releases and the obligations under this Lease to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and other Indemnitees and Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and so shall all other obligations or agreements hereunder which by their terms or nature survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

33.17 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and of the performance of each of the provisions contained in this Lease.

 

63


33.18 Waiver of Trial By Jury; Waiver of Counterclaim . IN GRAFTON PARTNERS L.P. v. SUPERIOR COURT, 36 CAL.4TH 944 (2005), THE CALIFORNIA SUPREME COURT RULED THAT CONTRACTUAL, PRE-DISPUTE JURY TRIAL WAIVERS ARE UNENFORCEABLE. THE PARTIES, HOWEVER, ANTICIPATE THAT THE CALIFORNIA LEGISLATURE WILL ENACT LEGISLATION TO PERMIT SUCH WAIVERS IN CERTAIN CASES. IN ANTICIPATION OF SUCH LEGISLATION, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE, AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH LEGISLATION AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IF LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NON-PAYMENT OF RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, AND ANY SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

33.19 Consent to Venue . Tenant hereby waives any objection to venue in the City and County of San Francisco, and agrees and consents to the personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California with respect to any action or proceeding (i) brought by Landlord, Tenant or any other party, relating to (A) this Lease and/or any understandings or prior dealings between the parties hereto, or (B) the Premises, the Project, or any part thereof, or (ii) to which Landlord is a party.

33.20 Financial Statements . For purposes of Section 26.6 above, or in connection with Landlord’s sale or financing of the Building, and no more than once each calendar quarter, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, Tenant’s most recent prepared quarterly financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of cash flows and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior fiscal year for which annual statements are available and financial statements for interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available), together with a certificate of Tenant’s auditor (or if audited financial statements are not available, then a certificate signed by an officer of Tenant) to the effect that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition and operations of Tenant for, and as of the end of, such fiscal year. In addition, for the purposes set forth above and no more than once each calendar quarter, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such other information as Landlord reasonably deems necessary to evaluate Tenant’s financial condition.

33.21 Subdivision; Future Ownership . Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the Project. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision. In addition, if the Building or the Parking Facility, or other portions of the Project are at any time owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into agreements with such other owners to provide for (i) reciprocal rights of access and/or use, including in connection with repairs, maintenance, construction and/or excavation (ii) common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repairs, and (iii) the allocation of operating expenses and taxes.

 

64


33.22 Modification of Lease . This Lease may be modified or amended only by an agreement in writing signed by both parties. Should any Encumbrancer require a modification of this Lease, or should Landlord be advised by counsel that any part of the payments by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease may be characterized as unrelated business income under the United States Internal Revenue Code and its regulations, then and in either such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be modified in writing by the parties as requested by the Encumbrancer or as may be required to avoid such characterization as unrelated business income, as the case may be, and Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor; provided, however, that any such modification shall not increase any expense payable by Tenant hereunder or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder.

33.23 No Option . The submission of this Lease to Tenant for review or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions contained herein, and this Lease shall not become effective unless and until it has been executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

33.24 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent, and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

33.25 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Law . Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, and that Tenant is not: (i) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person; (ii) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (iii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in, any Anti-Terrorism Law. In addition, Tenant represents that neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, members or lease guarantor, as applicable, is a Prohibited Person. If at any time any of the foregoing representations becomes false, it shall be considered a material default under this Lease.

33.26 First Source Hiring Program . The City and County of San Francisco adopted a City-wide “First Source Hiring Program” on August 3, 1998 by Ordinance No. 264-98, codified at San Francisco Administrative Code Sections 83.1-83.18. The First Source Hiring Program (“FSHP”) is designed to identify entry level positions associated with commercial activities and provide first interview opportunities to graduates of City-sponsored training programs. Tenant acknowledges that its activities on the Premises may be subject to FSHP. Although Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the interpretation or application of FSHP to the Premises, or to Tenant’s activities thereon, Tenant acknowledges that (i) FSHP may impose obligations on Tenant,

 

65


including good faith efforts to meet requirements and goals regarding interviewing, recruiting, hiring and retention of individuals for entry level positions; (ii) FSHP requirements could also apply to certain contracts and subcontracts entered into by Tenant regarding the Premises, including construction contracts; and (iii) FSHP requirements, if applicable, may be imposed as a condition of permits, including building permits, issued for construction or occupancy of the Premises.

33.27 Bankruptcy of Tenant . For purposes of Section 365(f)(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §365(f)(2)(B)), the parties agree that the term “adequate assurance of future performance” with respect to any assumption or assignment of this Lease shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(i) In order to ensure Landlord that the proposed assignee will have the resources with which to pay all Rent payable pursuant to the terms hereof, any proposed assignee must have, as demonstrated to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, a Net Worth equal to the greater of (i) the Net Worth of Tenant at the time this Lease was executed, or (ii) a Net Worth consistent with the standards customarily applied by Landlord with respect to comparable tenancies in the Building.

(ii) Any proposed assignee must have been engaged in the conduct of business for the five (5) years prior to any such proposed assignment, which business must be consistent with the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information.

(iii) At Landlord’s option, the proposed assignee must provide, in favor of Landlord, a letter of credit and/or a cash security deposit or other security for the performance of the obligations to be performed by Tenant or such assignee hereunder, equal to at least twelve (12) months’ Base Rent.

33.28 Rent Not Based on Income . No Rent or other payment in respect of the Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Premises. Tenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.

33.29 Access . Following the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right of ingress and egress to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically prevented as a result of (i) an emergency, (ii) Requirements, or (iii) a specific provision set forth in this Lease. At all such times, at least one (1) elevator servicing Tenant’s floors shall continue to be operational.

33.30 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterpart. All such executed counterparts shall constitute the same agreement, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

33.31 Business Days . In the event that the date for the performance of any covenant or obligation under this Lease shall fall on a non-Business Day, the date for performance thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day.

 

66


33.32 Certified Access Specialist . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not engaged a Certified Access Specialist, as such term is defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52, to inspect the Project.

33.33 Confidentiality . Except as expressly permitted in this Section 33.33, neither party nor its agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors will, without the prior written consent of the other party, disclose or use any Confidential Information (as defined below) of the other party to any third party. “Confidential Information” means information of a party if either: (a) it is disclosed by the party to the other party in writing, orally or by inspection of tangible objects and is conspicuously marked “Confidential”, “Proprietary” or the like; (b) it is disclosed by one party to the other party in non-tangible form and is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure; or (c) would reasonably be understood, given the nature of the information or the circumstances surrounding its disclosure, to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial information of Tenant provided to Landlord under this Agreement will be considered the Confidential Information of Tenant. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the terms of this Lease (but not its mere existence) will be deemed Confidential Information of each party. Other than the terms and conditions of this Lease, information will not be deemed Confidential Information hereunder if such information: (i) is publicly known and made generally available in the public domain prior to the time of disclosure by the disclosing party; (ii) becomes publicly known and made generally available after disclosure by the disclosing party to the receiving party through no action or inaction of the receiving party; (iii) is already in the possession of the receiving party at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party as shown by the receiving party’s competent files and records prior to the time of disclosure; (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of or reference to the disclosing party’s Confidential Information, as shown by documents and other competent evidence in the receiving party’s possession; or (v) is obtained by the receiving party from a third party lawfully in possession of such information and without a breach of such third party’s obligations of confidentiality. The terms and conditions of this Lease will cease being confidential if, and only to the extent that, they become publicly known, except through a breach of this Section by a party. Each party will secure and protect the Confidential Information of the other party (including, without limitation, the terms of this Lease) in a manner consistent with the steps taken to protect its own trade secrets and confidential information, but not less than a reasonable degree of care. Each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information where: (A)the disclosure is required by Applicable Law or by an order of a court or other governmental body having jurisdiction after giving reasonable notice to the other party with adequate time for such other party to seek a protective order; (B) if in the opinion of counsel for such party, disclosure is advisable under any applicable securities laws regarding public disclosure of business information; (C) the disclosure is reasonably necessary and is to that party’s or its affiliates’ employees, officers, directors, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other advisors, or to Landlord’s mortgage lender and its counsel, or the disclosure is otherwise necessary for a party to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Lease, so long as in all cases the disclosure is no broader than necessary and the party who receives the disclosure is bound by confidentiality obligations as restrictive as the terms herein; or (D) the disclosure is reasonably necessary for a party to conclude a business transaction provided that the party who receives the disclosure is bound by confidentiality obligations as restrictive as the terms herein. Each party is responsible for ensuring that any Confidential Information of the other party that the first party discloses pursuant to this Section 33.33 is kept confidential by the person receiving the disclosure. Without limiting the

 

67


generality of this Section 33.33, neither party will, directly or indirectly issue any written press release regarding this Lease (except as required by Applicable Law), or use the other party’s name for any commercial purposes or use any of the other party’s trademarks, in each case, without the express prior written consent of the other party to be granted or withheld in such party’s sole and absolute discretion.

34. Intentionally omitted .

35. Intentionally omitted .

36. Intentionally omitted .

Signature Page Below

 

68


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the Lease Date.

 

LANDLORD :
BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ZYNGA, INC.,
 

a Delaware corporation

 

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ Michelle Quejado

  Name: Michelle Quejado
  Its: VP, Corporate Controller
TENANT :
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   ZYNGA, INC.,
 

a Delaware corporation

 

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ Matthew Garrett

  Name: Matthew Garrett
  Its: CFO

 

69


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN FOR THE PREMISES

 

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

  1. The Common Areas of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to the Common Areas of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Project and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Tenant shall not go upon the roof of the Project, except in areas that Landlord may designate as “Common Areas” from time to time.

 

  2. No awning, canopy or other projection of any kind over or around the windows or entrances of the Premises shall be installed by Tenant, and only such window coverings as are approved by Landlord shall be used in the Premises. Tenant shall not place any items within 18” of the interior glass window lines. Any film on windows between the Premises and Common Areas shall not be removed by Tenant without Landlord’s prior written consent. If film removal is approved by Landlord, then (i) only Building standard blinds may be used on windows that front common corridors, (ii) no window coverings may be installed on windows that front the atrium of the Building, and (iii) all areas within the Premises that are visible through affected windows shall be maintained by Tenant at all times in a neat and orderly condition.

 

  3. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping, nor shall cooking be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for Tenant and its employees shall be permitted.

 

  4. Any person or persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Project property manager while in the Project and outside the Premises.

 

  5. Landlord will furnish Tenant with two (2) keys to the Premises, free of charge. No additional locking devices shall be installed without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord may make reasonable charge for any additional lock or any bolt installed on any door of the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord. Tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys to doors in the Project and the Premises that shall have been furnished to Tenant, together with security codes for security systems installed by Tenant in accordance with the Lease.

 

B-1


  6. The freight elevator shall be available for use by Tenant, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord shall deem appropriate. The persons employed by Tenant to move equipment or other items in or out of the Project must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to reasonably prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, supplies, furniture or other property brought into the Project. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight of such objects. All damage done to the Project by Tenant in moving or maintaining Tenant’s property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

  7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or flammable or combustible fluid or materials or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business in the Project. Except as set forth in the Lease, no other pets or animals shall be permitted in the Project or the Premises.

 

  8. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance of same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate, including closing entrances to the Project.

 

  9. The doors of the Premises shall be closed and securely locked at such time as Tenant’s employees leave the Premises.

 

  10. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be deposited therein, and any damage resulting to same from Tenant’s misuse shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

  11. Except with the prior consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale from the Premises of, or use or permit the use of any Common Area adjacent to the Premises for the sale of, newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theatre tickets or any other goods, merchandise or service, nor shall Tenant carry on, or permit or allow any employee or other person to carry on, business in or from the Premises for the service or accommodation of occupants of any other portion of the Project, nor shall the Premises be used for manufacturing of any kind, or for any business or activity other than the specifically provided for in the Lease.

 

  12. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Project.

 

B-2


  13. Tenant shall not use in any space, or in the Common Areas of the Project, any handtrucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material handling-equipment as Landlord may approve. No bicycles, motorcycles, or other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by Tenant into the Project or kept in or about the Premises; except that motor vehicles may be parked at the Project by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of the Lease and bicycles may be parked in designated portions of the Common Areas.

 

  14. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the Premises until daily removal of same by Tenant to such location in the Project as may be designated from time to time by Landlord. No material shall be placed in the Project trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the City of San Francisco without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

 

  15. All loading and unloading of merchandise, supplies, materials, garbage and refuse and delivery of same to the Premises shall be made only through such entryways and elevators and at such times as Landlord shall designate. In its use of the loading areas on the first basement floor, Tenant shall not obstruct or permit the obstruction of said loading areas, and at no time shall Tenant park vehicles therein except for loading and unloading.

 

  16. Canvassing, soliciting, peddling or distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Project is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.

 

  17. Tenant shall not permit the use or the operation of any coin operated machines on the Premises, including, without limitation, vending machines, video games, pinball machines, or pay telephones without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

  18. Landlord may direct the use of all pest extermination and scavenger contractors at such intervals as Landlord may require.

 

  19. Tenant shall immediately, upon request from Landlord (which request need not be in writing), reduce its lighting in the Premises for temporary periods designated by Landlord, when required in Landlord’s judgment to prevent overloads of the mechanical or electrical systems of the Project.

 

  20. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application by telephone or in person at the office of the Project. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

B-3


  21. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of these Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project.

 

  22. Wherever the word “Tenant” occurs in these Rules and Regulations, it is understood and agreed that it shall mean Tenant and other Tenant Parties.

 

  23. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed in any way to modify, alter or amend, in whole or part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Project.

 

  24. Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

  25. Tenant shall have the right to connect the telephone system in the Premises to the telephone cable distribution system serving the Project at the location of the telephone cable terminal on the floor on which the Premises are situated, provided that no connection shall be made and no work otherwise affecting the telephone cable terminal or distribution system shall be undertaken without reasonable prior notice to Landlord. Landlord or Landlord’s contractor with responsibility for maintenance of the telephone distribution system may require supervision of the connection by Landlord or the maintenance contractor, and may impose such other reasonable conditions as may be necessary to protect the telephone cable terminal or distribution system. Any damage to the telephone cable terminal or distribution system caused by the act or omission of Tenant shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

CONFIRMATION OF LEASE DATES

THIS CONFIRMATION OF LEASE DATES is made this              day of                             , 20     between BIG DOG HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, by Office Lease dated the              day of                             , 2016, between the parties hereto (the “Lease”), Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord for the Term and upon the terms and conditions set forth therein certain premises located at 650 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California, said premises being more particularly designated in the Lease; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to confirm certain dates for purposes of the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

1. All terms used herein, as indicated by the initial capitalization thereof, shall have the same respective meanings designated for such terms in the Lease.

2. The Commencement Date shall mean                                 .

3. The Rent Commencement Date shall mean                                 .

4. Any work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in the manner required thereunder as of the Commencement Date.

Signature Page Follows

 

C-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Confirmation of Lease Dates to be executed as the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :
BIG DOG HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ZYNGA, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  its sole member
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:  

 

TENANT :

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:  

 

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

FORM LETTER OF CREDIT

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER _______________

 

ISSUE DATE: _______________   
ISSUING BANK:   
SILICON VALLEY BANK   
3003 TASMAN DRIVE   
2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210   
SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054   
BENEFICIARY:   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  
APPLICANT:   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

AMOUNT:         US$________ (____________ AND XX/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE:                                                                  
LOCATION:                     SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

 

D-1


2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT STATING AS FOLLOWS:

“AN EVENT OF DEFAULT (AS DEFINED IN THE LEASE) HAS OCCURRED BY                      AS TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN TENANT, AND                  AS LANDLORD. FURTHERMORE THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT: (I) LANDLORD HAS GIVEN WRITTEN NOTICE TO TENANT TO CURE THE DEFAULT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE LEASE; (II) SUCH DEFAULT HAS NOT BEEN CURED UP TO THIS DATE OF DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT; AND (III) LANDLORD IS AUTHORIZED TO DRAW DOWN ON THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND THAT LANDLORD WILL HOLD THE FUNDS DRAWN UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AS SECURITY DEPOSIT FOR TENANT OR APPLY SAID FUNDS TO TENANT’S OBLIGATION UNDER THE LEASE.”

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST      DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND                     . [ OPTIONAL PARAGRAPH ]

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. [SELECT ONE: BENEFICIARY OR APPLICANT] SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF 1/4 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE. [ OPTIONAL PARAGRAPH ]

 

D-2


DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

DOCUMENTS MUST BE FORWARDED TO US BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA CA 95054, ATTN: INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT THE DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

                                 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE      AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER  

 

 

D-3


EXHIBIT “A”

 

 

    DATE: __________    REF. NO. _______________        

    AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

    PAY TO THE ORDER OF ____________________________________________ US$__________

    US DOLLARS _____________________________________________________________

    DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY

    LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO. _____________________ DATED __________________

 

    TO:       SILICON VALLEY BANK                                       
  3003 TASMAN DRIVE    

 

 
  SANTA CLARA, CA 95054     (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)  
     

 

 
      Authorized Signature  
            

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2. REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

 

4. US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

 

5. USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

 

8. BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

 

9. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT __________________.


IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER _______________________

EXHIBIT

TRANSFER FORM

DATE: ____________________

 

TO:

  

SILICON VALLEY BANK

  
  

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

  

RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

  

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

  

NO. _____________ ISSUED BY

  

ATTN: INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

  

SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA

  

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

  

L/C AMOUNT: ____________________

GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

 

 

(ADDRESS)

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

SINCERELY,

 

 

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)

 

 

(NAME AND TITLE)

 

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

The name(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.

 

We further confirm that the company has been identified applying the appropriate due diligence and enhanced due diligence as required by BSA and all its subsequent amendments.

 

(Name of Bank)

 

(Address of Bank)

 

(City, State, ZIP Code)

 

(Authorized Name and Title)

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

(Telephone number)

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

THIS NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (AND ALL PAYMENT AND ENFORCEMENT PROVISIONS HEREIN) IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, THE INVESTORS AND SILICON VALLEY BANK (“ SVB ”) (THE “ SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT ”). IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 1, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among iRhythm Technologies, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Schedule of Investors ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company is willing to sell to each stockholder of the Company that is an “accredited investor”, as defined pursuant to Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and that has funded investments in the Company equal in value to at least $25,000 and/or that is a significant holder of capital stock of the Company as determined by the Company and as set forth on Exhibit G hereto (each, an “ Eligible Investor ,” and collectively, the “ Eligible Investors ”), subordinated convertible promissory notes (each a “ Note ,” and collectively, the “ Notes ”), together with corresponding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock (“ Warrants ”); and

WHEREAS , unless otherwise stated, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the form of Note, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

The Notes and Warrants

1.1. Issuance of Convertible Promissory Notes . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at each Closing (as defined below), the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Investors, and each of the Investors severally agrees to purchase, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the Schedule of Investors. The securities into which the Notes are convertible are referred to herein as the “ Note Conversion Shares .” The obligations of the Investors to purchase Notes are several and not joint. The aggregate principal amount of all Notes that may be issued and sold hereunder shall not exceed $3,500,000 (the “ Total Note Principal Amount ”).

1.2. Warrants to Purchase Shares.  In consideration for the purchase by each Investor of such Investor’s Note at the Initial Closing or an Additional Closing (as defined below), the Company will issue to such Investor at each such Closing a Warrant, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, for a purchase


price equal to 0.01% of the principal amount of the corresponding Note. The Company and each Investor agree that such purchase price allocation represents the parties’ good faith allocation of the purchase price of the Notes and Warrants and shall be used for all purposes, including income tax reporting by the Company. The securities for which the Warrants are exercisable are referred to herein as the “ Warrant Shares .” The Notes and the Note Conversion Shares, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Note Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares, are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities .”

1.3. Place and Date of Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the purchase, sale and issuance of the Notes and Warrants shall take place at one (1) or more closings (each, a “ Closing ”).

(a) Initial Closing . The initial Closing (the “ Initial Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304 at 1:00 p.m. Pacific time, on or around October 26, 2012, or at such other time as the Company and a majority in interest of the Investors participating in the Initial Closing may determine.

(b) Additional Closings . The Company may sell and issue at one (1) or more additional Closings (each, an “ Additional Closing ”), at such times and places as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion (each, an “ Additional Closing Date ”), up to the balance of the unissued Notes (the “ Remaining Amount ”): (i) first , to those Eligible Investors that, following the Initial Closing, have not purchased at least their respective full Pro Rata Shares; (ii) second , to the Investors that previously purchased at least their respective full Pro Rata Shares (each, a “ Fully Participating Investor ”, and collectively, the “ Fully Participating Investors ”), as allocated in accordance with Section 1.3(d) ; and (iii) third , if any portion of the Remaining Amount has not been purchased by (A) such Eligible Investors purchasing at least their respective full Pro Rata Shares, or (B) the Fully Participating Investors in accordance with Section 1.3(d) , to such persons or entities (each, an “ Other Investor ” and collectively, the “ Other Investors ”) and in such amounts as may be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes (a “ Majority in Interest of Investors ”). The Company may conduct such Additional Closings until the date that is sixty (60) days following the Initial Closing (the end of such period, the “ Final Closing Date ”). After each Additional Closing, the Company shall update the Schedule of Investors to list any Other Investors purchasing Notes and Warrants hereunder.

(c) General . For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Initial Closing and each Additional Closing is referred to herein as a “ Closing. ” Each of the Initial Closing Date and each Additional Closing Date is referred to herein as a “ Closing Date .” At each Closing, the Company will deliver to each Investor the Note and Warrant to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding principal amount funded by such Investor and the purchase price of the corresponding Warrant. Each of the Notes and the Warrants will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

(d) Additional Allocations . Subject to Section 1.3(b), if there is any portion of the Remaining Amount due to one or more Eligible Investor’s failure to purchase at least their respective full Pro Rata Shares on or prior to the Final Closing Date, each Fully Participating Investor shall have the right to purchase an additional Note in the principal amount equal to all or any part of such Remaining Amount; provided , however , that to the extent the aggregate principal amount of Notes that the Fully Participating Investors desire to purchase exceeds the Remaining Amount, each Fully Participating Investor so electing to purchase all or any part of such Remaining Amount (each, an “ Electing Fully Participating Investor ” and together, the “ Electing Fully Participating Investors ”) shall be entitled to purchase a Note in the principal amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying : (i) the Remaining Amount, by (ii) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be the Pro Rata Share of such Electing Fully Participating Investor, and (B) the

 

2


denominator of which shall be the sum of the Pro Rata Shares of all Electing Fully Participating Investors. The sale and purchase of such Notes shall take place at an Additional Closing or Additional Closings on or prior to the Final Closing Date.

1.4. Definitions .

(a) “ Pro Rata Share ” shall mean: (i) with respect to each Eligible Investor that is a holder of the Company’s Preferred Stock, the amount obtained by multiplying : (A) $3,000,000; by (B) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held by such Eligible Investor that is a holder of Preferred Stock, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-converted-to Common Stock basis) held by all Eligible Investors that are holders of Preferred Stock, in each case measured as of immediately prior to the Initial Closing; and (ii) with respect to each Eligible Investor that is a holder of the Company’s Common Stock, the amount obtained by multiplying : (a) $3,000,000; by (b) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Eligible Investor (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company held by all Eligible Investors (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), in each case measured as of immediately prior to the Initial Closing. Each Eligible Investor’s Pro Rata Share is set forth opposite such Eligible Investor’s name on Exhibit G hereto.

(b) “ Transaction Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants and the Subordination Agreement.

1.5. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Notes and Warrants shall be used for general corporate purposes.

1.6. Payments . The Company will make all cash payments due under the Notes in immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date such payment is due at the address for such purpose specified below each Investor’s name on the Schedule of Investors, or at such other address, or in such other manner, as an Investor or other registered holder of a Note may from time to time direct in writing.

SECTION 2

Representations and Warranties of the Company

A Schedule of Exceptions, attached hereto as Exhibit D (each, a “ Schedule of Exceptions ”) shall be delivered to the Investors in connection with each Closing. Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, which exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties hereunder, delivered to the Investors at the applicable Closing, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:

2.1. Organization, Good Standing and Qualification .  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite legal and corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted, to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents, to issue and sell the Notes and the Note Conversion Shares, and the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, and to perform its obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents. The Company is presently qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in California and in each other jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, prospects or business as now conducted or proposed to be conducted (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

3


2.2. Subsidiaries . The Company does not own or control (and has never owned or controlled), directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, association, or other business entity.

2.3. Capitalization . Immediately prior to the Initial Closing:

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of: (i) 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 7,245,527 shares are issued and outstanding; and (ii) 33,747,093shares of Preferred Stock, consisting of (A) 20,093,232 shares of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, of which 19,948,052 shares are issued and outstanding, (B) 3,666,416 shares of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock, of which 3,589,247 shares are issued and outstanding, and (C) 9,987,445 shares of which are designated Series C Preferred Stock, of which 7,950,056 shares are issued and outstanding. Warrants to purchase up to 145,180 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and up to 77,169 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, are issued and outstanding.

(b) The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued in compliance with applicable laws, and are fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The Company has reserved 8,938,724 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ 2006 Stock Plan ”), under which options or other rights to purchase 7,753,887 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, 1,052,644 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance, and 132,193 shares of Common Stock have been issued upon exercise of stock options or other rights previously granted, each as of the date of this Agreement.

(d) Except for the: (i) the Notes and the Note Conversion Shares; (ii) the Warrants and the Warrant Shares; (iii) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Stock; (iv) the rights provided pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011 (the “ Rights Agreement ”), the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2011, and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011 (each as may be amended from time to time); (v) the shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan as described above; and (vi) the warrants to purchase up to 145,180 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and up to 77,169 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, there are no options, warrants or other rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) to purchase any of the Company’s authorized and unissued capital stock.

2.4. Authorization . All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders necessary for: (a) the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the Company; (b) the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Notes and Warrants at each Closing, the Note Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Note Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares; and (c) the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under the Transaction Documents has been taken or will be taken prior to the Initial Closing. The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except: (i) as limited by rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and by general principles of equity; and (ii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Rights Agreement may further be limited by applicable laws and principles of public policy.

 

4


2.5. Financial Statements . The Company has made available to the Investors: (a) the audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year then-ended; and (b) the unaudited balance sheet and related statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the nine (9)-month period ended September 30, 2012 (the “ Financial Statements ”). With the exception of the items noted in Section 2.5 of the Schedule of Exceptions, the Financial Statements are true and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may exclude certain footnotes required under GAAP and are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, which are not expected to be material either individually or in the aggregate. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to September 30, 2012. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

2.6. Material Contracts .

(a) Except for the agreements explicitly contemplated hereby, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (written or otherwise) which may involve: (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $100,000; (ii) the license of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company; (iii) provisions restricting or affecting the development, manufacture, license, marketing, distribution or sale of the Company’s products or services; or (iv) indemnification by the Company with respect to infringements of proprietary rights (each, a “ Material Contract ” and, collectively the “ Material Contracts ”). All of the Material Contracts are valid, binding and in full force and effect, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general principles of equity. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any Material Contract is in default under the terms any such Material Contract.

(b) Except for: (i) agreements explicitly contemplated hereby; (ii) option agreements and stock purchase agreements with employees, directors and consultants in the Company’s service (including all exhibits to such option and stock purchase agreements); (iii) offer letters of employment with the Company’s employees and similar letters and/or agreements with other service providers to the Company; and (iv) agreements set forth under Section 2.6(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, or holders of the Company’s outstanding capital stock or any affiliate thereof, including, without limitation, spouses, or family members of any such officer, director or holders of such outstanding capital stock.

(c) The Company has not: (i) declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock; (ii) incurred or guaranteed any indebtedness for money borrowed or incurred or guaranteed any other liabilities individually in excess of $50,000 or in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate; (iii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses; or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights (other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company).

 

5


For the purposes of subsections (a) and (c) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company knows to be affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

2.7. Intellectual Property .

(a) The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a true, correct and complete list, as of the date of this Agreement, of: (i) all patents and patent applications owned by the Company; (ii) all registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names and applications therefor, owned or claimed to be owned by the Company; and (iii) all registered and material unregistered copyrights and copyright applications owned by the Company. The Company has previously disclosed to the Investors all information, documents and material that is actually known by the Company and that, as of the date of this Agreement, is substantive or material in connection with or related to its Intellectual Property as it relates to the Company’s business as currently conducted, including, without limitation, with respect to any patents owned or used in its business. The Company has taken all steps necessary or prudent to maintain and protect its right, title and interest in and to its Intellectual Property (as defined below), including in response to any actions taken by governmental authorities, as are customary for similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar business. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Intellectual Property ” means all know how, intellectual property, inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, processes, machines, manufactures, compositions of matter, improvements, techniques, methods, ideas, concepts, procedures, formulas, designs, technical data, medical analysis, product development data, clinical and research data, technology secret processes, trade secrets, prototypes, specifications, plans, software, promotional and marketing materials, any patents or patents applications, any registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names and applications therefor, any registered and unregistered copyrights, copyright applications and copyright renewals, and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

(b) The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a complete list of all licenses, agreements, authorizations and/or permissions pursuant to which the Company uses any one (1) or more items of Intellectual Property licensed from third parties in connection with the ongoing business of the Company (“ Licensed IP Agreements ”), other than software that is generally commercially available at retail. The Company has made available to the Investors correct and complete copies of each of the Licensed IP Agreements. Each of the Licensed IP Agreements is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect. The Company has performed all obligations imposed upon it under each of the Licensed IP Agreements, and is not in breach of any of the Licensed IP Agreements, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no other party to any of the Licensed IP Agreements is in breach thereof. The Company has not granted any sublicense or similar right with respect to the Licensed IP Agreements. The Company has not received any notice that the other parties to the Licensed IP Agreements intend to cancel, terminate or refuse to renew the same or to exercise or decline to exercise any option or right thereunder. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Agreements will not cause a breach of any of the Licensed IP Agreements. The Company has obtained and possesses valid licenses to use all of the software programs present on the computers and other software-enabled electronic devices that it owns or leases or that it has otherwise provided to its employees for their use in connection with the Company’s business.

(c) The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a complete list of all licenses and agreements pursuant to which the Company has granted to any person or party a license or sublicense to use any one (1) or more items of Intellectual Property used by the Company in connection with the ongoing business of the Company (“ IP Agreements ”), exclusive of any evaluation license or non-disclosure agreements related to the Company’s third party evaluation process. The Company has made available to the Investors correct and complete copies of each of the IP Agreements. Each of the IP Agreements is legal, valid, binding,

 

6


enforceable, and in full force and effect. The Company has performed all obligations imposed upon it under each of the IP Agreements, and is neither in breach of, nor has incurred any indemnification obligations under, any one or more of the IP Agreements. The Company has not granted any sublicense or similar right with respect to the IP Agreements. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents will not cause a breach of any of the IP Agreements.

(d) The Company possesses all right, title and interest in and to, and is the sole and exclusive owner of the Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, all patents, trademarks and copyrights (and any applications for any of the foregoing), listed on the Schedule of Exceptions. The Company is the sole and exclusive licensee of the Licensed IP Agreements, and has the right to use such Intellectual Property in the operation of its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. As of the Initial Closing, the Company has not received any written notice that its rights in such Intellectual Property have been or will be declared unenforceable or otherwise invalid by any court or governmental authority. No infringement, misuse or misappropriation of any such Intellectual Property by a third party has come to the Company’s attention, either orally or in writing.

(e) No third party has made a claim, assertion or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened assertion, either orally or in writing, that the Company is interfering with, infringing, misusing, misappropriating or otherwise conflicting with such third party’s Intellectual Property.

(f) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Intellectual Property owned or otherwise used by the Company is free and clear of all material liens or other restrictions, and no such item of Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge. No action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand is pending (or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened) against the Company, which challenges the legality, validity, enforceability or ownership of, or the right of the Company to use, any one or more items of the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company in connection with its business as currently conducted. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company has not agreed to indemnify any person or party for or against any interference, infringement, misappropriation, or other conflict with respect to any one or more items of the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company.

(g) The Company has taken all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that it has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property right of any third party in the conduct of its business as presently conducted, and the Company has no knowledge of any such interference, infringement, misappropriation or conflict. To the knowledge of the Company, the operation of the business of the Company and the manufacture, marketing, sale or distribution of the Company’s products has not and does not interfere with, infringe upon or constitute misappropriation of the Intellectual Property rights of any third party.

(h) No director, officer, stockholder, employee of or consultant to or other affiliate of the Company owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any interest in any of the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company.

(i) The Company has not disclosed to any person or party, other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company, consistent with past practice and pursuant to valid written non-disclosure and non-use agreements, any proprietary or otherwise confidential information relating to the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company. The Company has at all times maintained reasonable procedures to protect all trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company. The Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, each other party to any Licensed IP Agreement or IP Agreement, is not under any contractual or other obligation to disclose any proprietary information relating to the Intellectual Property

 

7


owned, developed or licensed by the Company (unless required by law) and no event has taken place, including the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or any related change in the business activities of the Company, that would give rise to such obligation. The Company has disclosed trade secrets solely as required for the conduct of its business in the ordinary course and solely under non-disclosure and non-use agreements.

2.8. Title to Properties and Assets; Liens . The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no material mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than: (a) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable; (b) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due; (c) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws or similar legislation; and (d) liens, encumbrances and defects in title which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto, and which have not arisen otherwise than in the ordinary course of business of the Company. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases in all material respects and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances.

2.9. Compliance with Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation of any term of its Restated Certificate or Bylaws, each as amended to date, or in any material respect, of any term or provision of any material mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment, order or decree to which it is party or by which it is bound. The Company is not in violation of any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of the Agreements by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations pursuant to the Agreements, and the issuance of the Securities, will not result in any violation of, or conflict with, or constitute a default under, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as amended to date, or any of its agreements, nor result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.10. Litigation . There are no claims, arbitrations, complaints, chares, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending against the Company or its properties or against any current or former officer, director or employee in their capacity as such or that questions the validity of the Agreement of the rights of the Company to enter into them or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby (nor has the Company received notice of any threat of any of the foregoing). The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There are no claims, arbitrations, complaints, charges, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations by the Company pending or which the Company intends to initiate against any other person or entity.

2.11. Compliance with Health Care Laws .

(a) The Company meets, in all respects, the requirements of participation and payment of all Government Health Care Programs (as defined below) in which it participates or to which it submits any invoices or bills, and is a party to valid participation agreements for payment by such Government Health Care Programs if the Company bills a particular Government Health Care Program for services or procedures or is otherwise required to meet such requirements. There is no action pending, received or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company that relates directly to a violation of any laws pertaining to the Government Health Care Programs or that could result in the imposition of penalties or the exclusion by any of them from participation in any Government Health Care Program. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Government Health Care Program ” means any program operated or funded (in whole or in part) by any governmental entity that provides or pays for the delivery of health care services, supplies or equipment, including, without limitation, Medicare and Medicaid.

 

8


(b) The Company is in compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws, in all material respects. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Health Care Laws ” means all federal or state, civil or criminal health care laws applicable to the Company or its business that pertain to the delivery of or payment for health care services or products; the operation of Government Health Care Programs; medical device marketing or manufacturing; certification requirements for the provision of health care services; conduct of medical research; handling of medical devices; reprocessing of medical devices; and/or handling of medical waste or infectious materials, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws, SSA § 1128 (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7), or the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state and federal laws and regulations applicable to the Company or its business.

(c) All material reports, documents, applications, claims and notices required to be filed, maintained, or furnished to any governmental entity with respect to the marketing, sale or manufacture by the Company of any item or service marketed, sold or manufactured by or on behalf of the Company have been so filed, maintained or furnished, except to the extent that any failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect. All such reports, documents, claims and notices were complete and correct in all material respects on the date filed (or were corrected in or supplemented by a subsequent filing) such that no liability exists with respect to such filings. All reports required to be filed by the Company with any governmental entity regarding any incidents, injuries or defects in any products marketed, sold or manufactured by the Company have been timely filed.

(d) Neither the Company, nor any employee, owner or officer of the Company (to the extent applicable) has ever been excluded from participation in any Government Health Care Program.

2.12. FDA Compliance .

(a) The operations of the Company, including, without limitation, the manufacture, import, export, testing, development, processing, packaging, labeling, storage, marketing and distribution of all products, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and permits held by the Company including, without limitation, those administered by the Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”) relating to the business, assets, properties, products, operations or processes of the Company. There are no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened actions against the Company by the FDA or any other governmental entity that has jurisdiction over the operations of the Company. The Company has not received notice of any pending or threatened claim, and the Company has no knowledge that any governmental entity is considering such action.

(b) The Company has not received any FDA Form 483 notice of adverse findings, warning letters, untitled letters or other written correspondence or notice from the FDA, or other governmental entity alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable federal or state laws or permits, and the Company has no knowledge that the FDA or any governmental entity is considering such action.

(c) All studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials being conducted by or on behalf of the Company are being conducted in compliance in all material respects with experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to accepted professional scientific standards and applicable federal and state laws. The Company has not received any notices, correspondence or other communication from the FDA or

 

9


any other governmental entity requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of any clinical trials conducted by, or on behalf of, the Company, or in which they have participated, and the Company has no knowledge that the FDA or any other governmental entity is considering such action.

(d) The manufacture of products by, or on behalf of, the Company is being conducted in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws including the FDA’s Quality Systems Regulation. In addition, the Company, and, to the Company’s knowledge, any third-party manufacturer of products on the Company’s behalf, are in material compliance with all applicable FDA requirements, including registration and listing requirements set forth in 21 U.S.C. Section 360 and 21 C.F.R. Part 207.

(e) The Company is not the subject of any pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened investigation by the FDA pursuant to its “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities” Final Policy set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) and any amendments thereto. The Company has not, to the Company’s knowledge, committed any act, made any statement, or failed to make any statement that would provide a basis for the FDA to invoke its policy with respect to “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery and Illegal Gratuities” and any amendments thereto.

(f) To the extent that the Company markets or sells any products or services in any jurisdiction outside of the United States, or manufactures any products outside of the United States, the Company has acted in compliance in all material respects with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction pertaining to the approval of marketing or sale of such medical devices; the use of good manufacturing practices; and such other laws and regulations that that pertain to the same subject area under the jurisdiction of the FDA.

2.13. Governmental Consent . No consent, approval or authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the offer, sale or issuance of the Notes and the Note Conversion Shares, and the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, except: (a) the filing of such notices as may be required under the Securities Act; and (b) such filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.14. Permits .  The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority materially necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

2.15. Environmental and Safety Laws . To the knowledge of the Company, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and, to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

2.16. Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has duly and timely filed all material tax returns (federal, state, local and foreign) required to be filed by it and there are no waivers of applicable statutes of limitations in effect with respect to taxes for any year. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and all other taxes due and payable by the Company on or before the Initial Closing, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised: (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been audited in the past or are being audited as of the date hereof; or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other

 

10


taxes. The Company has no knowledge of any liability of any tax to be imposed upon its properties or assets as of the date hereof that is not adequately provided for. The Company believes in good faith that any “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as such term is defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the guidance thereunder) under which the Company makes, is obligated to make or promises to make, payments (each, a “ 409A Plan ”) complies in all material respects, in both form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder. To the knowledge of the Company, no payment to be made under any 409A Plan is, or will be, subject to the penalties of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

2.17. Offering . Assuming the accuracy of the Investors’ representations and warranties in Section   3, the offer, sale and issuance of the Securities constitute transactions exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and from the registration or qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Securities to any person or persons so as to bring the sale of such Securities by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

2.18. Brokers or Finders . The Company has not incurred, and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.19. Employees . The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee intends to terminate his or her employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer or key employee. The employment of each officer and employee of the Company is terminable at the will of the Company (subject to general principles related to wrongful termination of employees) and no severance or other payments will be due upon any such termination. There is no strike, labor dispute or union organization activities pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened between it and its employees. To the knowledge of the Company, none of its employees belongs to any union or collective bargaining unit. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement. The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business. The Company has complied with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours and other laws related to employment, and there are no arrears in the payments of wages, withholding or social security taxes, unemployment insurance premiums or other similar obligations.

2.20. Employee Benefit Plans . The Company does not have any Employee Benefit Plan as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The Company has made all required contributions and has no liability to any employee benefit plan required to be set forth on Section 2.20 of the Schedule of Exceptions and has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws for any such plan.

2.21. Disclosure . The Company has provided each Investor with all the information regarding the Company that such Investor has requested for deciding whether to purchase the Notes and Warrants. Neither the Transaction Documents nor any other documents or certificates delivered in connection herewith, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. The Company does not represent or warrant that it will achieve any financial projections made available to the Investors.

 

11


2.22. Insurance . The Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies in amounts customary for companies in similar businesses similarly situated. The Schedule of Exceptions lists all of the insurance policies maintained by the Company, including the name of the insurer and the type and amount of coverage.

2.23. Obligations of Management . Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting substantially all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

2.24. Subsequent Events . Since September 30, 2012, there has not been:

(a) any change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not caused or could not reasonably be expected to cause, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any waiver or compromise by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business;

(e) any material change to a material contract or agreement by which the Company or any of its assets is bound or subject;

(f) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(g) any resignation or termination of employment of any officer of the Company;

(h) any material mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the Company, with respect to any of its properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets;

(i) any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

 

12


(j) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company;

(k) any sale, assignment or transfer of any intellectual property of the Company;

(l) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company;

(m) to the Company’s knowledge, any other event or condition of any character, other than events affecting the economy or the Company’s industry generally, that has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described in this Section 2.24.

SECTION 3

Representations and Warranties of the Investors

Each Investor hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, and only with respect to itself, to the Company with respect to the purchase of the Securities, as follows:

3.1. No Registration . Such Investor understands that the Securities, have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of such Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

3.2. Investment Intent . Such Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and that such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of the Securities Act. Such Investor further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Securities.

3.3. Investment Experience . Such Investor, has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company and acknowledges that such Investor, can protect its own interests. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company.

3.4. Speculative Nature of Investment . Such Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. Such Investor can bear the economic risk of such Investor’s investment and is able, without impairing such Investor’s financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of such Investor’s investment.

3.5. Access to Data . Such Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning the Transaction Documents, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, as well as the

 

13


Company’s business, management and financial affairs. Such Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 3 (each as modified by the Schedule of Exceptions referred to therein) of this Agreement or the right of the Investors to rely thereon.

3.6. Accredited Investor . Such Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

3.7. Residency . The residency of such Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

3.8. Rule 144 . Such Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Such Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “brokers’ transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. Such Investor understands that the current public information referred to above is not now available and the Company has no present plans to make such information available. Such Investor acknowledges and understands that notwithstanding any obligation under the Rights Agreement, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities, and that, in such event, such Investor may be precluded from selling such securities under Rule 144, even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. Such Investor acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. Such Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the SEC has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

3.9. No Public Market . Such Investor understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

3.10. Authorization .

(a) Such Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents, to purchase the Securities hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of the Transaction Documents. All action on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, and the performance of all of such Investor’s obligations under the Transaction Documents, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Initial Closing.

 

14


(b) The Transaction Documents (as applicable), when executed and delivered by such Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable against such Investor in accordance with their terms except: (i) to the extent that the indemnification provisions contained in the Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable law and principles of public policy, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.

(c) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by such Investor in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents (as applicable) by such Investor or the performance of such Investor’s obligations hereunder or thereunder.

3.11. Brokers or Finders . Such Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and neither the Company nor any other Investor has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by such Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Transaction Documents.

3.12. Tax Advisors . Such Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Agreements. With respect to such matters, such Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Such Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

3.13. Legends . Such Investor understands and agrees that the Notes and the Note Conversion Shares, the Warrant and the Warrant Shares, or any other securities issued in respect of the Notes, the Note Conversion Shares, the Warrants and/or the Warrant Shares upon any applicable stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear any legend required by the Transaction Documents or under applicable federal or state securities laws.

3.14. Exculpation . Such Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person or entity, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Such Investor agrees that neither any Investor nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Investor shall be liable to any other Investor for any action heretofore taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Securities.

3.15. Investment Representations, Warranties and Covenants by Non-United States Persons . If such Investor is not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”)) or is deemed not to be a U.S. person under Rule 902(k)(2) of the Securities Act, such Investor has been advised and acknowledges that: (a) in issuing and selling the Securities to such Investor pursuant to this Agreement, the Company is relying upon the “safe harbor” provided by Regulation S and/or on Section 4(2) under the Securities Act; (b) it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S “safe harbor” that the Securities not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. person until the expiration of a one (1)-year “distribution compliance period” (or a six (6)-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in Regulation S) following the applicable Closing; (c) notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the one (1)-year “distribution compliance period” (or six (6)-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in

 

15


Regulation S) after the Closing (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Securities may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either: (i) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person (as such terms are defined in Regulation S), the Securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or (ii) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. person; and (d) until the expiration of the Restricted Period, such Investor, its agents or its representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person, unless pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

3.16. Representations by Non-United States Persons .   If such Investor is not a U.S. person, such Investor is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of such Investor’s jurisdiction in connection with any offer to acquire the Securities or any use of this Agreement, including: (a) the legal requirements within such Investor’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities; (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase; (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained; and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of such Securities. Such Investor’s subscription and payment for, and such Investor’s continued beneficial ownership of, Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of such Investor’s jurisdiction.

SECTION 4

Covenants of the Company

For so long as any Notes held by the Investors are outstanding:

4.1. Negative Pledge . The Company hereby agrees not to license, pledge, create a lien on or otherwise encumber any of the Company’s properties and assets without the consent of the Majority in Interest of Investors, except for Permitted Liens. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Permitted Liens ” means: (a) Liens for taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established on the Financial Statements, as required under GAAP; (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s and other like Liens and charges incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith and, in either case, do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed $50,000 for which adequate reserves have been established in the Financial Statements, as required under GAAP; (c) Liens on inventory held by suppliers thereof that are incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith and do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed $50,000; (d) the interests of the lessors and sublessors of any such leased properties; (e) Liens arising in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance incurred, in each case, in the ordinary course of business that do not, individually or in the aggregate exceed $50,000 for which adequate reserves have been established in the Financial Statements, as required under GAAP; (f) purchase money Liens that arise in the ordinary course of business; (g) restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title as normally exist with respect to properties similar to the Company’s properties that arise in the ordinary course of business which do not in the aggregate materially impair the ownership or use thereof in the operation of the business of the Company; (g) any Liens in favor of SVB pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, by and between the Company and SVB, as amended to date; and (h) extensions, renewals and replacements of the foregoing Liens with respect to the property covered by the Lien extended, renewed or replaced.

 

16


4.2. Registration Rights . The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the securities underlying the Notes and Warrants shall be included in the definition of “Registrable Securities” under the Rights Agreement.

4.3. Reservation and Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of Notes and/or Exercise of Warrants .

(a) Reservation of Series C Preferred Stock . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series C Preferred Stock solely for the purposes of effecting: (i) the conversion of the Notes into such number of its shares of Series C Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of such Series C Preferred Stock) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of the Notes; and (ii) the exercise of the Warrants for the purchase of such number of its shares of Series C Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of such Series C Preferred Stock) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the Warrants (collectively, the “ Reserved Series C Preferred Shares ”). If at any time the number of Reserved Series C Preferred Shares that are authorized but unissued shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of the then-entire outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the exercise of the Warrants in full, without limitation of such other remedies as shall be available to the Investors, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase the number of Reserved Series C Preferred Shares that are authorized but unissued to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for issuance of the full amount of shares of Series C Preferred Stock necessary to effect the conversion of the Notes and the exercise of the Warrants.

(b) Limitation on Issuance of Reserved Shares of Series C Preferred Stock . The Company shall: (i) maintain the Reserved Series C Preferred Shares so as to only be issuable upon conversion of the Notes and exercise of the Warrants in accordance with their terms; and (ii) take no corporate or other action which may cause the Reserved Series C Preferred Shares to be issued or become issuable upon any event, occurrence or other circumstance other than the conversion of the Notes and the exercise of the Warrants in full.

SECTION 5

Conditions to Closing of the Investors

Each Investor’s obligations at each Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the applicable Closing Date, of all of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by such Investor participating in the applicable Closing:

5.1. Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth herein, the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2 hereof shall have been true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects on the applicable Closing Date.

5.2. Governmental Approvals and Filings . Except for any notices required or permitted to be filed after the applicable Closing Date with certain federal and state securities commissions, the Company shall have obtained all governmental approvals required in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Notes and Warrants.

5.3. Legal Requirements . At the applicable Closing, the sale and issuance by the Company, and the purchase by the Investors participating in such Closing, of the Notes and Warrants shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors or the Company are subject.

 

17


5.4. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the applicable Closing and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Investors.

5.5. Transaction Documents . The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Investors the following Transaction Documents:

(a) This Agreement;

(b) Each Note and Warrant issued hereunder; and

(c) The Subordination Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

5.6. Corporate Documents . With respect to the Initial Closing only, the Company shall have delivered to the Investors each of the following:

(a) A certificate of the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Initial Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, certifying that: (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and attached thereto, is in full force and effect and has not been amended, supplemented, revoked or repealed since the date of such certification; (ii) attached thereto is a true and correct copy of the Bylaws of the Company as in effect on the Initial Closing Date; (iii) attached thereto are true and correct copies of resolutions duly adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and continuing in effect, which authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and (iv) attached thereto are true and correct copies of the resolutions duly adopted by the stockholders of the Company and continuing in effect, which resolutions ratify and approve the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and

(b) A certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, certified as of a recent date prior to the Initial Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of the Company.

SECTION 6

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

The Company’s obligation to issue and sell the Notes and Warrants at each Closing is subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the applicable Closing Date, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Company:

6.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the applicable Investors in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct on the applicable Closing Date.

6.2. Governmental Approvals and Filings . Except for any notices required or permitted to be filed after the applicable Closing Date with certain federal and state securities commissions, the Company shall have obtained all governmental approvals required in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Notes and Warrants.

 

18


6.3. Legal Requirements . At the applicable Closing, the sale and issuance by the Company, and the purchase by the applicable Investors, of the Notes and Warrants shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which such Investors or the Company are subject.

6.4. Transaction Documents . Each Investor shall have duly executed and delivered to the Company the following Transaction Documents:

(a) This Agreement; and

(b) The Subordination Agreement.

6.5. Purchase Price . Each Investor shall have delivered to the Company the purchase price in respect of the Note and Warrant being purchased by such Investor at the applicable Closing.

SECTION 7

Miscellaneous

7.1. Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Notes may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided , however , that in no event may any such amendment, waiver or modification materially adversely affect any holder of Notes in a different or disproportionate manner unless agreed to in writing by such materially adversely affected holder; and provided, further , no such amendment, waiver or modification shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of any Note without the affected holder’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of any Note without the affected holder’s written consent. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.1 shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to add a party as an Investor hereunder in connection with the Additional Closing without the consent of any other Investor (except as provided in Section 1.3(b) ), by delivery to the Company of a counterparty signature page to this Agreement. Such amendment shall take effect at the Additional Closing and such party shall thereafter be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder and the Schedule of Investors hereto shall be updated to reflect the addition of such Investor.

7.2. Governing Law.  This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.

7.3. Survival.   The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any Investor and the applicable Closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.4. Successors and Assigns.   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

7.5. Entire Agreement.   This Agreement (including the schedules and exhibits attached hereto) and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

7.6. Registration, Transfer and Replacement of the Notes . The Notes issuable under this Agreement shall be registered notes. The Company will keep, at its principal executive office, books for the registration and registration of transfer of the Notes. Prior to presentation of any Note for registration of

 

19


transfer, the Company shall treat the person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner and holder of such Note for all purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note shall be overdue, and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary. Subject to any restrictions on or conditions to transfer set forth in any Note, the holder of any Note, at its option, may in person or by duly authorized attorney surrender the same for exchange at the Company’s principal executive office, and promptly thereafter and at the Company’s expense, except as provided below, receive in exchange therefor one or more new Note(s), each in the principal requested by such holder, dated the date to which interest shall have been paid on the Note so surrendered or, if no interest shall have yet been so paid, dated the date of the Note so surrendered and registered in the name of such person or persons as shall have been designated in writing by such holder or its attorney for the same principal amount as the then unpaid principal amount of the Note so surrendered. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note and: (a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; or (b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender thereof, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Note executed in the same manner as the Note being replaced, in the same principal amount as the unpaid principal amount of such Note and dated the date to which interest shall have been paid on such Note or, if no interest shall have yet been so paid, dated the date of such Note.

7.7. Assignment by the Company . The rights, interests or obligations hereunder may not be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

7.8. Notices, etc.  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, to the Investor at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the Schedule of Investors, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or if any such Investor does not furnish such an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of such Investor for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Philip H. Oettinger, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given: (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered; (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid; or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

7.9. Fees and Expenses. The Company and the Investors shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; provided , however , that if the Initial Closing is effected, the Company shall reimburse the reasonable documented legal fees and expenses of Carr & Ferrell LLP, as counsel for New Leaf Venture Partners, Synergy Life Science Partners and Kaiser Permanente, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000.

 

20


7.10. Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.

7.11. Attorneys Fees.   In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

7.12. Separability of Agreements; Severability of this Agreement.   The Company’s agreement with each of the Investors is a separate agreement and the sale of the Securities to each of the Investors is a separate sale. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each Investor hereunder are several rights, not rights jointly held with any of the other Investors. Any invalidity, illegality or limitation on the enforceability of this Agreement or any part thereof, by any Investor whether arising by reason of the law of the respective Investor’s domicile or otherwise, shall in no way affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement with respect to other Investors. If any provision of this Agreement shall be judicially determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

7.13. Market Standoff.  Each Investor agrees that all Securities shall be subject to the market standoff provisions of Section 2.10 of the Rights Agreement.

7.14. Pari Passu Notes.  The Company and each Investor acknowledge and agree that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of any Note and all interest thereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes issued pursuant to this Agreement. Upon repayment of any amounts on any Note, the Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable make available with such repayment an accounting that sets forth the repayments made to all holders of Notes issued hereunder. In the event that the Investor receives payments in excess of such Investor’s pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the holders holding all of the Notes, then the Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

7.15. Anti dilution Adjustment.  The Company and the undersigned Investors who represent the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of each of: (a) the Series A Preferred Stock; (b) the Series B Preferred Stock; and (c) the Series C Preferred Stock, hereby acknowledge that the sale and issuance of the Notes and Warrants will not be deemed to constitute an issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common (as defined the Restated Certificate) under Article FIVE, Section 4(d)(iv) of the Restated Certificate until such time as the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes or exercise of the Warrants is determinable and only in the event that an issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common will have occurred as a result thereof.

7.16. Waiver of Right of First Refusal.  Pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Rights Agreement, the undersigned Investors, representing the Holders (as defined in the Rights Agreement) holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, on behalf of themselves and all other Holders of Registrable Securities granted the right of first refusal pursuant to Section 4 of the Rights Agreement, hereby agree to waive such right of first offer and any notice requirements in connection therewith, with respect to the Company’s sale and issuance of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

21


7.17. Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest.  Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“ WSGR ”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to such Investors. Each of the Investors, and the Company acknowledges that WSGR is representing only the Company in the transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities and WSGR’s possession of such confidential information. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Kevin King

Name:   Kevin King
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
Address :
650 Townsend Street, Suite 380
San Francisco, CA 94103

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
NEW LEAF VENTURES II, L.P.
By:   New Leaf Venture Associates II, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   New Leaf Venture Management II, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Craig L. Slutzkin

Name:   Craig L. Slutzkin
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
ST. JUDE MEDICAL, INC.
By:  

[Illegible]

Name:  

[Illegible]

Title:  

VP, Finance & CFO

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
SYNERGY LIFE SCIENCE PARTNERS, LP
By:   Synergy Venture Partners, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ William N. Starling

Name:  

William N. Starling

Title:   Manager

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (PVF)
By:  

/s/ Martina Poquet

Name:   Martina Poquet
Title:   Managing Director - Separate Investments

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
KFBSF PRIVATE EQUITY FUND II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ David Stevens

Its:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

David Stevens

Title:  

Manager

  10/31/12

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2012A)
By:  

/s/ Philip H. Oettinger

Name:  

Philip H. Oettinger

Title:   Member

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTORS:
KAISER PERMANENTE VENTURES, LLC – SERIES A
By:  

/s/ Thomas Meier

Name:  

Thomas Meier

Title:  

SVP & Treasurer

KAISER PERMANENTE VENTURES, LLC – SERIES B
By:  

/s/ Thomas Meier

Name:  

Thomas Meier

Title:  

Management Committee

THE PERMANENTE FEDERATION, LLC – SERIES J
By:  

/s/ Glen Hentges

Name:  

Glen Hentges

Title:  

CFO

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
JAY H. ALEXANDER DECLARATION OF TRUST DATED NOVEMBER 12, 1987
By:  

/s/ Jay Alexander 10/31/12

Name:  

Jay Alexander, MD

Title:  

Trustee

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
JOSEPH P. ILVENTO, MD AND JUDY C. DEAN, MD PROFIT SHARING TRUST FOR STAFF
By:  

/s/ Joseph P. Ilvento

Name:  

Joseph P. Ilvento

Title:  

Trustee

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
SCOTT B. GIBSON

/s/ Scott B. Gibson

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
MIRRO FAMILY PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ Michael Mirro

Name:  

Michael Mirro

Title:  

General Partner

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
MICHAEL D. GOLDBERG FAMILY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Michael D. Goldberg

Name:  

M.D. Goldberg

Title:  

TTEE

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
KATZ FAMILY VENTURES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Charles J. Katz, Jr.

Name:  

Charles J. Katz, Jr.

Title:  

President

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTORS:
VANCE VANIER

/s/ Vance Vanier

KATHLEEN VANIER

/s/ Kathleen Vanier

 

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement)


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

[Intentionally Omitted]


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES


EXHIBIT D

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT F

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE


EXHIBIT G

PRO RATA SHARES OF ELIGIBLE INVESTORS

 

Name of Eligible Investor

   Pro Rata Share  

Preferred Stockholders:

  

MDV VIII, L.P.

   $ 869,556.69   

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P.

   $ 462,502.95   

St. Jude Medical, Inc.

   $ 371,290.68   

Synergy Life Science Partners, LP

   $ 869,556.69   

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (PVF)

   $ 85,117.61   

KFBSF Private Equity Fund II, L.P.

   $ 15,748.00   

WS Investment Company, LLC (2012A)

   $ 2,475.23   

Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC - Series A

   $ 177,885.84   

Kaiser Permanente Ventures, LLC - Series B

   $ 111,178.65   

The Permanente Federation, LLC - Series J

   $ 34,687.66   
  

 

 

 

SUBTOTAL:

   $ 3,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Common Stockholders:

  

Uday Kumar and Trusts

   $ 335,298.19   

William F. Willis

   $ 69,258.45   

Sally Willis

   $ 45,006.99   

Jay H. Alexander Declaration of Trust Dated November 12, 1987

   $ 4,801.49   

Joseph D. Ilvento, MD and Judy C. Dean, MD Profit Sharing Trust for Staff

   $ 2,274.36   

Scott B. Gibson

   $ 2,274.36   

Makower Family Trust

   $ 2,653.47   

Mirro Family Partnership

   $ 7,238.62   

Michael D. Goldberg Family Trust

   $ 2,228.89   

Katz Family Ventures, LLC

   $ 1,516.29   

Vance Vanier and Kathleen Vanier

   $ 1,401.40   
  

 

 

 

SUBTOTAL:

   $ 473,952.51   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL FOR ALL ELIGIBLE INVESTORS:

   $ 3,473,952.51   
  

 

 

 


THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

Purchase Price    Dated as of November 1, 2012
«Warrant_Purchase_Price»    Void after the date specified in Section 8

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

No. «Warrant_Number»

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, «Investor», or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from iRhythm Technologies, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Shares (as defined below), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1 . The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and among the Company and the Investors described therein (the “ Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement ”). This Warrant is one of the series of “Warrants” issued pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement and/or the form of subordinated convertible promissory note attached as Exhibit B to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “ Note ”, and together with each other Note issued pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, the “ Notes ”). The Holder of this Warrant is subject to certain restrictions as set forth in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

(a) Definition of Shares . Shares ” shall mean the following: (i) if a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes, the shares of the series of Preferred Stock sold in such Qualified Financing; or (ii) if a Qualified Financing has not occurred on or prior to any Maturity Event and the Notes are voluntarily converted into the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

1


(b) Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Shares that equals the quotient obtained by dividing : (i) the Warrant Coverage Amount, by (ii) the Conversion Price, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8 .

(c) Exercise Price.  The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.001, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”).

(d) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part: (i) after the earlier to occur of: (A) the closing date of a Qualified Financing in which the Notes automatically convert into the shares of the series of Preferred Stock sold in such Qualified Financing; or (B) the voluntary conversion of the Notes into shares of the Series C Preferred Stock upon the written election of a Majority in Interest of Investors in connection with a Maturity Event; and (ii) prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8 .

(e) Warrant Coverage Amount . The “ Warrant Coverage Amount ” shall mean:

(i) if the aggregate principal amount of the Holder’s Note(s) delivered pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement is less than or equal to the Holder’s Pro Rata Share, the amount obtained by multiplying : (A) twenty-five percent (25%); by (B) the principal amount of such Note(s); or

(ii) if the aggregate principal amount of the Holder’s Note(s) delivered pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement is greater than the Holder’s Pro Rata Share, the sum of: (A) the amount obtained by multiplying : (1) twenty-five percent (25%); by (2) the Holder’s Pro Rata Share; plus (B) the amount obtained by multiplying : (1) fifty percent (50%); by (2) the amount that the aggregate principal amount of such Note(s) exceeds the Holder’s Pro Rata Share.

2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise, in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to: (A) the Exercise Price; multiplied by (B) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

2


(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being cancelled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate), together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

  X   =  

Y (A – B)

  
      A   

Where:

 

X    =    The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.
Y    =    The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation).
A    =    The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation).
B    =    The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of: (A) the average of the closing bid prices of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of the fair market value; and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of: (A) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering; and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(c) Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction of a share.

(e) Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the Notice of Exercise.

(f) Automatic Exercise Upon Change of Control . To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised and if the Company will consummate a Change of Control, this Warrant shall be deemed

 

3


automatically exercised in accordance with Section 2(b) above (even if not surrendered) immediately prior to the consummation of such Change of Control; provided , however , that the Holder may, at the Holder’s option, elect to exercise this Warrant in accordance with Section 2(a) above prior to the Company’s consummation of such Change of Control. To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 2(f) , the Company (or its successor entity) agrees to notify the Holder within a reasonable period of time of the number of Shares, if any (or the consideration payable for such number of Shares in connection with such Change of Control, if any), that the Holder is entitled to receive by reason of such automatic exercise. If applicable, the Company shall not be required to deliver any stock certificate(s) evidencing any Shares issuable upon such automatic exercise unless and until the Company has received the original of this Warrant. The Company shall provide the Holder with prior notice of the Company’s contemplated consummation of any such Change of Control in accordance with Section 7 below.

(g) Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares (and shares of Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock (and shares of Common stock for issuance upon conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its Preferred Stock (and shares of Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

3. Replacement of the Warrant.  Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such a change of address.

(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4 (a) , issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 , title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form, attached hereto as Exhibit B (the Assignment Form ”)), and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

4


(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer.   On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of Shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes.  In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws.  By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers.  Subject to Section 5(b) below, this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by the Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

(ii) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, that the Securities are being acquired (1) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (2) for investment and (3) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with evidence satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Holder to the Company. The Company agrees that it will not require an opinion of counsel for a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act except in unusual circumstances.

 

5


(b) Permitted Transfers.  The following transfers shall not be subject to Section 5(a) : (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership; or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to: (A) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (B) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (C) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , however , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c) Investment Representation Statement.   Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d) Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e) Market Stand-off Legend.  The Shares and Common Stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

6


(f) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5 .

(g) Removal of Legend.  The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(c) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if: (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments.  Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 , the number and kind of Shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization.  If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause a deemed net exercise pursuant to Section 2(f) ) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the Securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 ) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of Securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations.   In the event that the outstanding shares of the Securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such Securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the Securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such Securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

7


(d) Notice of Adjustments.  Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6 , the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth: (i) such adjustments; (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Notification of Certain Events.  Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 , in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than: (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6 ; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;

(c) a Change of Control; or

(d) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b) .

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) calendar days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b), (c) or (d), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this Section  7 may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Warrant Coverage Amount of all Warrants issued pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement (a “ Majority in Interest of Warrant Holders ”).

8. Expiration of the Warrant.  This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on November 1, 2019; or

(b) Upon the written election of a Majority in Interest of Warrant Holders to effect an adjustment of the Conversion Price of: (i) in the case of a Qualified Financing, the shares of the series of Preferred Stock sold in such Qualified Financing; or (ii) the Series C Preferred Stock, to a price per share that, following such adjustment of the Conversion Price, would result in the number of such shares of the series of Preferred Stock sold in such Qualified Financing or the Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, being issued upon any conversion of the Notes in accordance with their terms, being equal to the number of shares as would otherwise have been issuable upon the conversion of the Notes and exercise of the Warrants, in each case in accordance with their terms, had no such adjustment of the Conversion Price been so effected.

 

8


9. No Rights as a Stockholder.  Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Market Stand-off.  Each Holder agrees that all Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions of Section 2.10 of the Rights Agreement.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments.  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and a Majority in Interest of the Warrant Holders; provided , however , that in no event may any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination materially adversely affect any holder of a Warrant in a different or disproportionate manner than the other holders of Warrants issued under the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement unless agreed to in writing by such materially adversely affected holder. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 11(a) shall be binding upon each holder of the Warrants, each future holder of such Warrants and the Company; provided, however, that no special consideration or inducement may be given to any such holder in connection with such consent that is not given ratably to all such holders, and that such amendment must apply to all such holders equally and ratably in accordance with the number of shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall promptly give notice to all holders of Warrants of any amendment effected in accordance with this Section 11(a) .

(b) Waivers.  No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c) Notices.   All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Philip H. Oettinger, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

 

9


Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given: (A) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered; (B) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid; or (C) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law.  This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.

(e) Titles and Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(f) Severability.  If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. This Section 11(g) shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law .  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(i) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(j) Entire Agreement.   Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto), the Notes, the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matters hereof and thereof.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

10


The Company signed this Warrant as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:   Kevin King
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
Address :
650 Townsend Street, Suite 380
San Francisco, CA 94103

(Signature Page to iRhythm Technologies, Inc. Warrant)


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:    IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”)
Attention:    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

(1) Exercise.  The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant:

 

Number of shares:

  

 

Type of security:

  

 

 

(2) Method of Exercise.  The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant pursuant to:

 

¨    A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
¨    The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached Warrant.

 

(3) Conditional Exercise.  Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

¨        Yes                              ¨        No
If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

  ]

 

(4) Stock Certificate.  Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨        The undersigned   
¨        Other—Name:   

 

   Address:   

 

     

 

 

(5) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant.  Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached Warrant in the name of:

 

¨        The undersigned   
¨        Other—Name:   

 

   Address:   

 

     

 

¨        Not applicable   

 

A-1


(6) Investment Intent.  The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(7) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8) Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice.  Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law § 232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws by: (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records); (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records); (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting; or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law § 232.

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Date )

 

( Fax number )

 

( Email address )

( Signature Page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:   

 

COMPANY:    IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
SECURITIES:    THE WARRANT ISSUED ON NOVEMBER 1, 2012 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES)
DATE:   

 

  

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration .  The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. I nvestment Intent . The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience . The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment . The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5. Access to Data . The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

A-1-1


6. Accredited Investor . The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

7. Residency . The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restrictions on Resales . The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9. No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

10. Bro kers and Finders . The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11. Legal Counsel . The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12. Tax Advisors . The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

13. Market Stand-off .  The Investor agrees that all Securities shall be subject to the market standoff provisions of Section 2.10 of the Rights Agreement

( Signature Page Follows )

 

A-1-2


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-3


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.   
WARRANT:    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES ISSUED ON NOVEMBER 1, 2012 (THE “ WARRANT ”)   
DATE:   

 

     

 

(1) Assignment.  The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:  

 

Address of Assignee:  

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:  

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as attorney to make such transfer on the books of IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2) Obligations of Assignee.  Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3) Investment Intent.  Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(4) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement . Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1 .

 

B-1


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR     ASSIGNEE

 

   

 

( Print name of Assignor )     ( Print name of Assignee )

 

   

 

( Signature of Assignor )     ( Signature of Assignee )

 

   

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

   

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print title of signatory, if applicable )
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

B-2

Exhibit 21.1

IRHYTHM TECHNOLOGIES, INC. SUBSIDIARIES

as of 9/23/2016

The following is a list of subsidiaries of the Company, doing business under the name stated.

 

Name

  

Country or State Incorporated

iRhythm Technologies Ltd.    England

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. of our report dated March 29, 2016, except for the effects of the additional disclosures relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 as to which the date is September 7, 2016 relating to the financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

September 23, 2016